Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Modern advance in prevention and treatment has elimi nated or brought under contr
ol many of the severe illnesses which, a generation or so ago, afflicted man. Th
e medical profession now has greater opportunity to pay attention to the challen
ge of chronic arthritis and the effects of trauma, stress and strain and wear an
d tcar of the musculoskeletal system, The population of the Western world of tod
ay, its av erage age and demand for physical comfort gradually in creasing, presen
ts an expanding and exacting problem. In hospital practice, to which the more di
fficult cases 3fC referred, it is the consultant who examines, investigates, att
empts to diagnose and prescribes treatment and having excluded a serious cause o
r the need for inpatient treatment may refer the patient to the department of ph
ysical medi cine for supervision and care. The therapist who carries out these in
structions spends much time with the patient and learning from experience develo
ps an unparalleled understanding of the nature of skeletal pain. Greg Grieve has
dedicated his professional life to an extensive study of these physical problem
s and has devoted his attention in particular to the multiple syn dromes arising
from the intervertebral and sacroiliac joints. So impressed was he by the work o
f Mennell, Marlin, Cyriax, Stoddard and others that he energetically became invo
lved, with other Chartered physiotherapists, in found ing a school of instruction
in the basic sciences as applied to the spine and of the problems of derangemen
t and to train physiotherapists in the art of treatment by manipu lation. Followi
ng the initial courses, with other teachers, between 1965 and 1967 he was the pi
oneer who carried the
torch of planning the curriculum and progressive develop ment of the annual cours
es during the eight especially formative years, 1968 to 1975. During this time G
rieve delved deeply into the vast literature that has accumulated on this subjec
t. The variety and extent of this field is aptly expressed in this book: 'The mo
untain of literature on spinal pathology is massive enough to have become all th
ings to all men.' This book lists no less than 1400 references and its text is a
stoundingly reverent to the galaxy of opinions and conclusions and the conflicti
ng hypotheses that they contain. Derangement of the vertebral column is covered
in all its aspects and it soon becomes obvious that the value of this monograph
is unique. It unfolds the nature of the problem as seen by a person who has spen
t much time communicating with and actively treating patients. There is much to
learn both from a diagnostic and therapeutic angle which is not found in the man
y textbooks written by the medical profession. This is a comprehensive aggregati
on of the whole subject but there is nothing pedestrian in its teaching. It is p
rov ocative and doubtless the more conservative reader would now and again catch
his breath. Above all it provides stimulation for thought on a subject which is
apt to be bogged down by tradition and hampered by interdisciplinary contention.
It is a brave and brilliant endeavour to translate the jargon of the various sc
hools into a language with a scien tific basis. It cannot fail to appeal to all t
hose interested in the vencbral column whatever their clinical status. Aldeburgh
, Suffolk 1981 P.H.N.
Preface
Is there anything whcrcofit may be said, 'Sec, this is new? It hath been already
of old times, which was before us.' (Ecclesiastes i, 10)
There is )jute new in this book, only a different voice saying the old things, y
et gathered together in a form which I hope will be useful to my colleagues. A c
ommonly expressed regrct of therapists who strive to improve their handling of c
ommon joint problems is that some of those whose prerogative it is to diagnose a
nd pres cribe at times appear to have only a limited conception of the capabiliti
es of modern therapists. Such is the speed with which the technology and capabil
ities of all disciplines has riscn, this circumstance probably now applies to al
l interdisciplinary relationships. Since it is incumbent upon us to keep our own
house in order, therapists must do something about their own situation. We must
provide opportunities for our peers and colleagues to know about our work, aspi
rations and capabilities. In any case, it is really no more than enlightened sel
f interest to comprehend as much as we can about the context of our work because
if we do not, its value and our worth will fall away. Wright and Hopkins (1978)
"" have em phasised that some 30 per cent of physiotherapists' time is devoted to
rheumatic and orthopaedic conditions. I have attempted to formulate a guide, a
vocabulary of basic information for those spending much of the day handling vert
ebral joint conditions. As a foundation for improving our knowledge we must know
something of this if we aspire to become competent in the conservative treat men
t of , and to know in which direction our knowledge must be expanded. The easily
portable knapsack-and-bedroll information and rule-of-thumb clinical methods of
times past are no longer enough. Today's workers must gather knowledge from man
y fields, and train themselves to apply it quickly and accurately when assessing
the multitude of facts ob tained by a good clinical examination. As the more suc
cessful treatment of respiratory, nervous and metabolic disease, for example, ha
s naturally evolved
from a deeper understanding of the nature of the functional abnormality concerne
d, it is surely axiomatic that abnor malities of the musculoskeletal system arc m
ore effectively treated when the nature of the abnormal movement is understood,
since bodily movement is the function con cerned. There is nothing incongruous or
unacceptable in applying this basic law of progression in therapeutics equally
to the treatment of diseases of the blood, for in stance, and degenerative joint
disease of the vertebral column. To treat musculoskeletal pain, whether by manip
ulation, acupuncture, hydrocortisone injection, transcutaneous nerve stimulation
, the 'back school', relaxation techniques, exercises, ultrasound or whatever, w
ithout first making a comprehensive attempt to understand the clinical nature of
the musculoskeletal abnormality as it affects each patient, is the road to Erew
hon. The basic physical examination of common vertebral and peripheral joint con
ditions has now been developed to the stage of a modern technology, and given th
is as increas ingly standard practice, the steady accumulation of further knowled
ge is certain. Without this basis, low back pain, fibrositis, muscular pains, sc
iatica and tension headache, etc., will remain classically associated with paten
t medicine advertisements, rubifacient unctions, generalised exer cises, other 's
hot-gun' regimes like generalised relaxation or whatever piece of gleaming chrom
ium-plated machinery happens currently to be in vogue. There is nothing sadder t
han yesterday'S machine. While we make no real effort to understand the myriad c
linical presentations of joint abnormality, troublesome joint pains will thunder
on unabated. Since the level of useful knowledge in the world increases horrend
ously, individuals have great difficulty in keeping up with advances in their ow
n small sphere; there are the problems of assimilation and especially organisati
on of the available information. I have had in mind the need for a new structura
l framework, perhaps serving as a skeleton around which increasingly better-info
rmed successors will build yet more meat, the whole remaining organised in the
viii
PREFACE
sense that the skeletal framework is never lost from sight. The volume of inform
ation requires that many contri butors are needed, and this implies my hope that
others will share in formulating succeeding and bener forms of this text. Unless
they be monsters of omniscience, indivi duals who singlehandedly attempt to writ
e on the many and diverse aspects of vertebral joint conditions must deal with s
ome aspects about which they have little or no first hand knowledge. Without divi
ne dispensation one's own view of what is important cannOt be acceptable to more
than a handful, and for this reason alone, I would be very grateful for informa
tion about omissions, contradictions and ambi guities; suggestions from like-mind
ed colleages would help to make a more suitable bony framework for the new meat
and help to eradicate the inevitable defects of a first attempt. One could have
written entirely on 'Manipulation', yet this presupposes that manipulation is th
e primary interest. This is not so-the more we understand about the genesis of t
hese conditions, the temperament and life-habits of the patients in whom they ar
e occurring and more especially the infinite variety of presentation from patien
t to patient, the better we help them; 'manipulation' is but one of our treatmen
ts, albeit a subject in itself. The text is addressed to the members of no parti
cular discipline other than like-minded professional colleagues, by whatever aca
demic route they may have developed an interest in the conservative treatment of
the ubiquitous, frustrating and depressing spinal joint problems suffered by su
ch multitudes of people. I have not attempted to categorise, or elaborate on, th
e pathology and syndromes of common musculoskeletal ab normalities other than in
a general way, for these excellent reasons: 1. I already know of at least three
different solutions to the problem of syndrome classification, which is a highly
artificial business, anyway. 2. There is not space for such a full dissertation
, should I be competent to provide it, if there is also to be some general atten
tion to treatment techniques. 3. Knowledge of the subject is expanding and chang
ing with such speed that a text purporting to be up-to-date and written by even
the best authorities has little chance of meeting such a claim. Hence, principle
s only arc important, and do not change with the years. In The History of Impres
sionismlO29 Renoir is quoted as observing, '. . . though one should take care no
t to remain imprisoned in the forms we have inherited, one should neither, throu
gh love of progress, imagine that one can detach oneself completely from past ce
nturies.' Further, if we look to our experience we find that it is by thoroughly
familiarising ourselves with the inventions of
others that we learn to make inventions of our own, par ticularly in regard to cl
inical examination procedures and treatment techniques. While physiotherapists s
hould not anempt [Q write com prehensively on problems of diagnosis, or the disci
plines of pathology, medicine, surgery, neurology, radiology and epidemiology, e
tc., perhaps in the devotion of a profes sional lifetime to this field of minor o
rthopaedics one may have acquired the competence to touch upon these discip lines
as they concern the group of conditions under dis cussion here. When students ap
proach their training in 'clinical con ditions' as diseases of the various system
s, the conditions tend to assume a sort of social pecking order in their minds.
Regrettably, the largely benign and humble rheumatic dis orders have a habit of b
eing relegated to the lower orders and boring peasants of this hierarchy. I beli
eve this to be a profound mistake, since by meticulous examination and enlighten
ed assessment each one of the 'old (and young) necks and backs' becomes an excit
ing detective stOry of absorbing interest and amply repays informed and accurate
treatment, which need not be vigorous or aggressive. The ample repayment lies i
n the pure pleasure of relieving chronic and often disabling pain and other symp
toms and in one's slowly increasing awareness of the infinite variety of ways in
which movement-abnormalities of the vertebral column can present. Degenerative
joint disease of the spine is perhaps best regarded as a family of physiological
ageing processes, with pathological changes intervening sooner or later as a co
n sequence, the process being influenced by direct and indi rect trauma or stress,
and coexistent disease. Patients rarely attend because their spines are undergo
ing gradual and silent degeneration with gradual diminution of movement, but bec
ause they have pain and other troublesome symp toms in a specified area, and some
times two or three. 'There is in medicine a natural law that any single man ifest
ation, subjective or objective, may have behind it a multiplicity of organic cau
ses, just as any single patho logical event is bound to project itself into a num
ber of different clinical manifestations' (Steindler, 1962).1171 It is convenien
t to use generalised treatment procedures for 'the arthrosis' or 'the spondylosi
s' as the basic reason for the patient's attendance, yet always more rewarding t
o broaden an understanding of the infinite variety of ways in which patients can
be troubled and try to perceive the nature of the causes and to adapt treatment
for the unique form in which the disease affects each one. With regard to affec
tions of the cranial nerves, for ex ample, Brodal (1965) has pointed out that it
is somewhat unreliable to attempt fitting a given series of symptoms to one of t
he many syndromes described, since these syn dromes rarely occur in typical form.
The same applies to migraine, of course (p. 218), and especially so to all clin
ical presentation of musculoskeletal joint problems.
PREFACE
ix
Attempts to eradicate this annoying untidiness, by seek ing to impose artificial
order and regularity, where none can yet exist, are foolish. Plato observed that
man never legislates, but destinies and accidents happening in all Sorts of way
s, legislate in all sorts of ways (see p. 205). There are too many factors invol
ved; very many of the so-called typ ical syndromes arc surprisingly uncommon. Thi
s becomes more apparent in direct relationship to the comprehen siveness of histo
ry-taking, initial examination and careful palpation. Because there appears to b
e a gross imbalance among the weight of literature on degenerative change, in th
at the lumbar disc has cornered a fashionable and ridiculously large share of an
emion, I have devoted more space than may be customary to arthrosis, and to seem
ingly less-vis ited districts of the vertebral column. The subjects of ver tebral
traction and the sacroiliac joint have also been given rather more space, since
they currently attract considerable interest. The opposite end of the spine, in
the form of therapy for headache, already suffers from an embarrasssment of rich
es-academic debates over migraine become more eru dite and the drugs more exotic
with an increasing ball-and chain paraphernalia of side-effects. A very great dea
l more is being learned about what appears to a clinical therapist to be, in man
y cases, of little shopfloor clinical value, and we wistfully hope that more tim
e will be devoted to comprehensively examining and palpating the bit that holds
the headache up-the cervical spine and the craniovertebral junction. With regard
to pathological changes, it has been neces sary to restrict discussion to those
aspects which are of first importance in the field of musculoskeletal joint prob
lems; where convenient to do so, reference as is necessary is made in the 'Clini
cal presentation' section rather than in the more detailed section on 'Pathologi
cal changes' (cf. anky losing spondylitis). Where it has seemed to me appropriate
I have not hesi tated to cross the somewhat 'watertight' descriptive boun daries
of aetiology, pathology and clinical features, for the more effective presentati
on of important aspects in parti cular spinal regions, e.g. in the section on 'wh
iplash' in juries, the discussion of surgical problems in the section on biomecha
nics of the cervical cord and meninges, and the discussion of soft tissue change
s. Bourdillon (1973)'" expressed a salient feature of spinal musculoskeletal pro
blems:
The paucity of clinical signs and the diversity of symptoms produced by spinal j
oin( disorders confused the medical profes sion
[Q
it, or the facilities for help are not as adequate as desired, the patient is gi
ven a few generalised exercises and told to 'live with it'. There is the paradox
that while musculo skeletal abnormalities are the most frequent cause of de press
ing aches and pains, they tend to be regarded as the least rewarding to treat an
d thus may be the worst pro vided-for. The run-of-the-mill standard of clinical e
xamin ation of these 'uninteresting' conditions is perhaps not always as painstak
ing as it might be, and the patience of patients is at times unbelievable. The a
mount of real need is calamitous, and the clinical wherewithal to cope with it e
thically, knowledgeably, effectively and with a minimum of vigour, has been sadl
y thin on the ground. For this reason, the energetic attack with limited means o
n the important lumbar spine problems by the Society for Back Pain Research will
do much good; the cervical region of the vertebral column, and the ubiquitous p
roblems of cervical spondylosis, have also received an increasing vol ume of expe
rt attention 1 11 and, together with the advances in the understanding of pain b
ehaviour, today's clinical workers arc immeasurably better equipped than those o
f two decades ago. I t may be that the word 'manipulation' will conjure in the m
inds of many the 'rogue-elephant' manipulator, banging away in a vigorous manner
at what ever joint condition may present itself; it may also be that (happily a
small) minority of authors with a manipu lative bent, who have acquired authorita
tive voice and responsibility over the years, have tended to alienate the modera
tely minded by an habitual style of unbuttoned rhetoric and noisy self-aggrandis
ement. I quote F. Dudley Hart''':
In medicine the authority in the past for some theory of ae tiology or drug actio
n or pathological or physiological process was often some (often professorial) G
od-like figure and was sometimes based on precious little evidence, but it was a
ccepted as true because (l) it seemed to explain things nicely and often relativ
ely simply and
(2)
the gentleman who said or wrote it
was a great authority.... The God-like physician, proven repeatedly right in the
past and venerated and respected ac cordingly, can hold back for years afterward
s medical progress by an ... utterance based on inadequate evidence .... It is s
o much easier for us all to believe in somebody reputable than to work it out fo
r ourselves and see if he was right. ... Most of us perform our medical duties a
cting on working hypotheses rather than on fixed beliefs, but it is very easy fo
r the one gradually and very insidiously [0 become the other, particularly if on
e is teaching and lecturing. What I say three times is true, is true, is very tr
ue.
such an extent that they were not always recognised as
having their origin in spinal joints.
Occasionally, because the clinical therapist may only partially appreciate what
the patient is complaining about, or fully appreciates it but docs not know what
to do about
Having travelled the long road from cocksure ignorance to thoughtful uncertainty
, I am mindful of the prime need for the younger clinical workers to develop the
ir vocabu lary of anatomical information and their capacities for assessment, bec
ause superficial conclusions derived from casually observed phenomena are not al
ways justified. The fact that most strip-clubs audiences are said to comprise
x
PREFACE
the occult nature of many visceral lesions; much efort f required
[0
baldheaded old men should not lead to a 'logical' conclu sion that looking at lad
ies without any clothes on makes the hair fall out. The patient who presents as
'just another old disc lesion' may have a pain behaviour and more subtle clinica
l signs which only reveal themselves on careful examination. Those who have the
wit and the stamina to adopt the attitude of intellectual explorers, rather than
opting for an easier and safer pathway as passive recipients of orthodox knowle
dge, will get more interest and fun out of the pro ceedings and will find the wor
k more absorbing; the overall profit exceeds the pain by a handsome margin. For
myself, one of the hardest things I had to learn was concentration on treating t
he signs and symptoms and nOt unwittingly trying to treat the X-ray appearance,
the textbook, the dogma or mechanical concepts of what was believed to have occu
rred, important though three of these may be. I plead that the medical and physi
otherapy schools might devote much more attention to the teaching of ver tebral a
natomy and the comprehensive management of benign articular pathology of the spi
nal column because, like the common cold, there's a lot of it about and its depr
edations interfere with our economic and social affairs to a sad extent. This is
a pity, because a truly remarkable amount of the population's money syphons its
elf into re search of one kind and another and it is plain that a minor proportio
n of it might acquire considerable cost-effective ness by being channelled into t
eaching very many more clinicians and therapists how to recognise and treat by r
elatively simple means the early painful manifestations of vertebral degenerativ
e joint disease. A summary (Wood, 1980)"'" of the proceedings of a Workshop on u
ndergraduate education in rheumatology, suggests that while the musculoskeletal
system is one of the major systems of the body, its status is only infre quently
recorded in patients' casenotes.
Although considerable progress has been evident since the
encourage all medical colleagues to examine joints
properly ...
It has been suggested that because the conundrum of rheumatoid arthritis will pr
obably be solved within the decade, rheumatology must look to new fields and sho
uld turn its main energies to backache. Together with these logical and reasonab
le observations is included:
Suferers f whose pains arc severe will seek help, some from family doctors and s
ome from heterodox healers, the osteopaths, chiroprac tors, manipulating physioth
erapists, unqualified bonesetters or others of the host described as 'fringe med
icine'.
1971 survey) nevertheless there were still grounds for concern
about the adequacy of rheumatological teaching in many undergraduate medical sch
oolsj the situation in regard to rehabilitation is less satisfactory. Under the
heading of 'Educational objectives' is suggested the fostering of an attitude of
'cooperation in regard to the con tributions that can be made by various health
professionals and other members of the team'.
The summary also observes that:
... the persisting neglect of the musculoskeletal system is cause for serious co
ncern, and tends to be encouraged by the fact that patients are usually aware of
their problem, in contrast to
The writer of such phrases about ethical and competent paramedical workers in th
e health care team could nm have more plainly bared his deep anxieties. Those wh
o profess to handle the vertebral column must be awake [Q all aspects at all tim
es. Problems, a few of them highly disconcerting, have a habit of looming sudden
ly and the more so as one slides into an easy familiarity of handling after a 'r
outine' history-taking. The possibility of serious pathology, and somelimes mali
gnancy, hangs over all clinical presenta tions of vertebral pain. That which pres
ents as a simple joint problem can be the seemingly innocent augury of something
more sinister. Not often, but often enough. For this reason alone, the therapis
t must be soundly and com prehensively informed, always awake and always eco nomic
al in the use of vigour. There is no other way to avoid serious or catastrophic
manipulation accidents. Should there be a message in this book, it lies in the s
ections on assessmcnt. In its coordinated activity and usc of stored patterns th
e mind is like a group of prime movers and syncrgic muscles and its ability to g
rasp, sort and organise information can reach an artistry as perfect as an outfi
elder's leap for a back-hand catch. I n his essay on Sir Isaac Newton, J. M. Key
nes describes the mind-muscle as much like a lens; the ability to gather unrelat
ed bits of knowledge in a new pattern varies from person to person. This ability
is an essential quality for the accurate and detailed assessment of joint probl
ems. Anatomical infor mation, painstaking clinical method and basically simple th
ings done carefully and well are more important than the facile acquisition of e
xotic manipulation techniques. Since we tend, at times, to take ourselves much t
oO seriously I hope the mild irreverence here and there in the text does not mak
e my more sober colleagues too unhappy. The late Sir Winston Churchill once said
that short words were better than long ones and the old words were best of all.
I hope there are not too many long words. G.P.G.
Acknowledgments
We climb on the shoulders of those who have gone before, and those who follow wi
ll climb on OUf own; we also lean on the shoulders of colleagues and I express w
ith pleasure a debt of gratitude to john Conway (from whom I learnt much about t
he value of treating patients in (he side-lying position) and joe jeans (whose f
riendly but incessant demands that I produce a book have now been met), also Fre
ddie Preasrner, Brian Edwards, Peter Edgclow, Marjorie Bloor, Sue Adams, Freddy
Kaltenborn, Beryl Graveling, Sue Barker, Shelia Philbrook, Chris Coxhead, and ji
ll Guymer. I wish to acknowledge the fruitful working relationship between Geoff
rey Maitland and myself, extending over eighteen years and dating from his visit
to St Thomas' Hospital in London during 1961. We have both had the privilege of
developing the usc of mobilisation and mani pulation techniques by physiotherapi
sts in our respective countries, and the free exchange of information and ideas
between us has afforded me pleasure as well as profit. Figures 2.18, 2.19 and 2.
20 arc reproduced from Verte bral MalliplIlalioll (4E) by kind permission of Geof
frey Maitland, AVA FCSP MAPA, and Messrs Butterworth, London. There is an especi
al place in my regard for Mr P. H. Newman, in whose Tuesday clinics at the Royal
National Orthopaedic Hospital I learnt so much about orthopaedic patients. He g
raciously lent his immense tcaching au thority to the 1973, 1974 and 1975 CSP Man
ipulation Courses, and has very kindly honoured me by writing the foreword to th
is book. All therapists will join me in recording our considerable debt to Profe
ssor R. E. M. Bowden, Dr D. A. Brewerton, Mr R. Campbell Connolly, Dr j. Ebbetts
, Mr A. W. F. Lettin, Dr R. O. Murray, Dr A. Stoddard, Dr j. D. G. Troup, Profes
sor P. D. Wall and Dr B. D. Wyke. To our debt I add my warm personal thanks, als
o to Dr Basil Christie, Dr Ian Curwcn, Dr Desmond Newton and Mr Hugh Phillips; t
hey have more than once guided my wan dering notions. I am grateful to Professor
D. L. Hamblen, Mr P. H.
Newman, Mr H. Phillips, Dr W. G. Wenley and Dr B. D. Wyke for kindly looking at
sections of the text and advising mc; faults which remain are my own, of course.
Dr A. Burnell's enthusiasm has been a constant encour agement to physiotherapist
s and we owe much to Dr J. Cyriax, who brought some order to the examination of
musculoskeletal problems and upon whose work further developments have been base
d. Also to Mr W. j. Guest, Principal of the West Middlesex Hospital School of Ph
ysiotherapy; his capacity for doing good unobtrusively has benefited physiothera
py more than it knows and I take pleasure in publicly recording my appreciation
of his en couragement and support of the CSP Manipulation Courses in the early da
ys, and of myself over 30 years of professional association. Members of the Mani
pulation Association of Charlered Physiotherapists have been most fortunate to e
njoy access to the great and important volume of continental medical literature
in this specialist field, and for this are in major debt to the multilingual eru
dition of my classmate of years now sadly past, Mr H. j. C. Cooper, and to his u
nfailing willingness (Q burn the midnight oil on our behalf with French, German
and if need be Russian translations. It is a pleasure to record my debt (Q the t
echnical skills of Dr john Graves of the Graves Audiovisual Medical Library, Mis
s Vta Boundy, Medical Photographer to the Institute of Orthopaedics, London, Mr
john Tydeman of the Department of Medicallllustration, Norfolk and Nor wich Hospi
tal, and to Anglia Photographics, Halesworth; they have devoted much care and te
chnical skill to the illustrations. To those who patiently modelled during the l
ong and tedious photographic sessions, viz. the late Moira Pakenham-Walsh, Sarah
Key, jenifer Horsfall, Kathleen \'\Iinter, Denise Poultney and Fiona Percival,
J am very grateful. To Mrs M. Moore, Librarian of the Norfolk and Norwich Instit
ute of Medical Education, and to Mr C. Davenport and Mr P. Smith, respectively t
he previous
xii
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
and present Librarians of the Institute of Orthopaedics, London, I gratefully ac
knowledge the efficient help I have been given. I thank Mr G. T. F. Braddock for
generously providing photographic evidence of a unique experiment, which raised
my interest when described, and for allowing me to publish it. Professor Peter
R. Davies has been especially generous with advice on expression of magnitudes i
n S-I units. Mrs J. Whitehouse, The CSP Journal Editor, has kindly
allowed me to reproduce very many figures and passages from my writings in Physi
otherapy. I thank Mr B. Holden of Carters Ltd, Mr N. Peters of The Tru-Eze Co. I
nc. and Mr J. Maley of the Chattanooga Pharmacal Co. for promptly sending me the
illustrations I had requested. Every care has been taken to make the customary
ac knowledgment to holders of copyright, but if any copyright material has inadve
rtently been used without due permis sion or acknowledgment, apologies are offere
d to those concerned.
Contents
1. Applied anatomy-regional
7. Clinical features
159 160 161 176 189 196 196 199 200 202
Cervical Thoracic Lumbar Pelvic Surface anatomy
2. Applied anatomy-general
3 13 17 29 31 36 36 36 38 53 56 62 64 69 74 77 82 82 88 94 110 121
Articular cartilage Lubrication of synovial joints Vertebral movement Inrcrvcrtc
bral foramen Biomechanics of spinal cord and meninges Venous drainage Autonomic
nervous system Patterns of somatic nerve root supply
3. Aetiology in general terms 4. Incidence 5. Pathological changes-general
Neurological changes Pain and tenderness The autonomic nervouS system in vertebr
al pain syndromes Referred pain Abnormalities of feeling Changes in muscle and s
oft tissue Deformity Functional disablement The psychological aspect of vertebra
l pain
8. Common patterns of clinical presentation
205 205 206 229 232 250 279 300 303 303 322 322 324 326 327 328 334 336 341
Arthrosis and spondylosis Upper cervical region Cervico-thoracic region Thoracic
region Lumbar spine and pelvis The pelvic joints Neoplasms
9. Examination
Synovial joints Symphyses (Intervertebral body joints) Nerve root involvement So
ft tissues Neoplasms
6. Pathological changes-combined regional degenerative
125 125 129 134 138 150 151 157
Cervical spine Cervico-thoracic region Thoracic spine Lumber spine Sphincter dis
turbance The pelvis Serious pathology simulating musculoskeletal pain
Introduction Regional Examination procedures Cervical region Shoulder and clavic
ular joints Thoracic region Lumbar region Pelvic joints Hip Passive physiologica
l movement tests Recording examination
10. Assessment in examination-Prognosis
350 369
11. Investigation procedures
xiv
CONTENTS
12. Principles of treatment
376 377 378 38 38
Aims of treatment Definition of passive movement techniques Manipulation in gene
ral terms Grouping of techniques
13. Recording treatment and clinical method
C. UNCOVERTEBRAL REGION The uncoverrebra' joinss (or the so-called JOlOts of Lus
chka) are formed between the uncinate rocesses the t e u er surfaces of vertebra
l elevated I bodies three to seven, and the bevelled lower border ese small hori
zontal the verte r o y a ove (Fig. I. .
As the paired posterior components of each movement segment, we facet-jointSare e
nyelopedin a baggycapsule which covers them like a hOOd and has a degree ofelas t
ii!L This allows free movement, the nature of which the facet-planes largely gove
rn. Imaginary lines joining the planes of these joints would roughly converge on
the region of the eye, so that a 55 ansle with the vertical of the upper cepric
a'spine facet-plages becomes a 25 angle at the upper thoracic hcer planes. The t
otal surface area of these joints is about two-thirds of the articular area of t
he vertebral bodies, and the joint planes are approximately 45 to the vertical,
tbps esi ally at the more horizontallyplaced upper joints but also in the rest of
the cervical column the articular ' age bears a degree 0 we'g t, s armg the load
of the head with the vertebralboalCSanadiSCS. AlI the posterior joints con tain
small 'meniscoid' srrJJcl!!res, which project into the joint space similarly to
the alar folds of the knee, and 'ir!' formed of tongue-like or semil"nar fringeS
of synovium; the subsynOyia) tissue is richly innervated according to Kos (1972
)677 With all other weight-bearing joints, the facet-joints inherit a marked ten
dency to degenerative
The facet-joints
6
their connections with the equilibratory ontans and tbe vjsual cortex; in the lo
wer cervical spine other arteries contribute to the supply of extracranial struc
tures such as muscles and nerve roots. Transient compression ofthe vertebral art
ery by bony outgrowths and soft tissue thickening during upper cervical movement
s, especiaUf!' rotation and extenSion, or permanent narrOWIn due a and facet-jom
t margins in e s the reSt of the region, can produce the alarming symptoms of ve
rte brobasllat insuffiCiency. Adegreeof atheroma of the vessel wall increases th
is possibility, branch of the vertebral artery passes directly back w rds at each
se ment to su Iy the facet-joint structures, e verteb a1 and it is es eciall Ii
1J rte 's distorted by degenerative processes. T ood su I of t e cervI In cord I
S der' d in part from the radicular arteries, w arranged branches from the verte
bral artery lie on the front f the s ina! nerve roots, enter each mterverteb I f
oramen, give off ranches to nerve roots, ganglia, facet joints and other structu
res, and then proceed inwards to form free anastomoses with the anterior and pos
terior spr nal arteries. The former of these IS aenvedItom tne vet tebral arteries
as they unite above to form the basilar artery near the foramen magnum, and the
latter from the pos terior inferior cerebellar arteries in the same region. Thes
e two apparently continuous Ion i vess s are moses. Flow is downwards in the ant
erior spinal artery in the upper cervi cal region, but succeeding arteries supply
a length of spi nal cord both below and above their level of entry. ;The arterie
s on the cord surface are largely immune to athero matoJJScbanges, but thiS compl
ex andlughlyvariable sys (Fig. 1.12) of spinal cord supply is especially subject
[0 remote effects by pressure, e.g. the radicular arteries are at hazard as they
traverse the incervenebral foramina with the cervical nerve roots, and despite
a certain degree of collateral supply, the vertebral artery itself is subject to
compression as described, producing a pattern of CQrdandnerve root ischaemia wi
ch signs and symp[Om wlJifhmill depend upon the paccprn qrwpply in particular ct67
.t8". )8".70",656 When the ischaemia is due to vessel constriction a few segment
s removed, the cord areas most likely to suffer are those lying morc centrally,
the 'watershed' areas at the boundary of adjacent territories of supply of two e
nd artery systems, i.e.
The terminal distribution of arterial supply accounts for many apparent anomalie
s in level of the lesion relative
[0
change and suffer as much of this as any other joints in the body.162.6U
VESSELS
Arising from the subclavian vessels, these run the gauntlet of many hazards in t
heir passage through the foramina transvcrsaria of the upper six cervical verteb
rae, before
The vertebral arteries
Right Vertebral Ar1ter" 111.\'J l.eft Vertebral Artery
:lI[:Jl- SoI".tic Roots
Inferior Cervical and Stellate Ganglia Right SUbclavian Art,erv-'
Fig_ 1.10 The vertebral arteries.
--L.en Subclavian Artery
they pie[Cc the posterior atlanta-occipital membrane, enter the foramen magnum a
nd unite on the front ofthe b ain stem to formfirst the basila and then by divid
ing 3g3m, t e wo pas CrIor cerebral artenes Igs 1.10, 1.11). The vertebrobasilar
arterial system supplies the s inal cor, e meninges, nerve roo s, p exuses, mus
cles and joints of the neck and, intracranIally, the medulIa withits vital centr
es. the cerebellum, the vestibular nuclei and
the cause, e.g.
Fig. 1.11 Posterior aspect of craniovcrtebral region. After emerging through the
foramen transversarium of the atlas, the vertebral artery winds around the anic
ular pillar and, together Y'ith the first cervical nerve and veins, pierces the
posterior atlanto-occipital membrane, to unite with its fellow on the front of t
he brain stem to form the basilar anery.
compression at the foramen magnum can cause wasting of the artery. 704 hands by
interruption of the downward flow in the anterior spinal
Cgf:,regiOll can be a
eg It should be apparent thatd ellerative challge in the cervi matter of some imp
ortance, because ill
APPLIED ANATOMY-REGIONAL
7
Anterior aspect of cervical spinal cord and brain stem. Examples of the highly v
ariable arrangement of spinal cord and nerve root arterial supply. The numbers a
nd arrangement of radicular arteries arc very inconsistent (s text), (After Dommi
sse GF 1974 The blood supply of the spinal cord. Journal of Bone and Joint Surge
ry 568: 225.)
Fig. 1.12
VA
VA
vo vmg t e spinal cord due to spon c an dylosis may lead to c Imca eatures W Ie c
an be puz zling, and to cervical myelopathy, onc of the most com rhon, if not the
commonest, neurological diseases of the middle-aged and elderly (see p. 228).
addition to local pain and joint stiffness, the ischaemic
NERVE SUPPLY
An understanding of the function of receptor endings in vertebral joints and blo
od vessels helps a better under standing of the clinical features of degenerative
disease. Details of the complex innervation of the vertebral column are of prac
tical importance in terms of the likely level of origin of the pain resulting fr
om tissue changes, the areas to which pain is commonly referred, the abnor maliti
es of posture and changes in the quality of move ment, and the confusing concomit
ant symptoms and signs
Venous drainage This is extensive, as befits the haemoQoictic function of the ve
rtebral bodies; Iym in the extradural space, the mternal venous lexus receives t
he r veins, which drain the spongiosa of venebral bodies, and then forms a rich
anastomosis with the external venous plexus. The two plexuses form the interyert
ebral veins, accompanying the spinal nerves through the inter vertebral foramina
and draining into the vertebral vein of the neck. '12. 'JJ5 Following its format
ion in the suboccipital triangle, the ver;esral vem, which IS connected to the l
Dtracranial venous system (see p. 62), enters the foramen trans versarium of the
first cervical vertebra and descends to C6 as it gathers the tributaries describ
ed; it c;.mpties into th.e bracbjocephaljc yejn ofthe same side. he rhythmic, ul
satile ctivity of veins in the cervical canal 0 served during myelograp y a ter
contraSt medIum IS lDJected mto the subarachnoid space) is vigorous, and a sudde
n single rise in pressure (ana ttius venous distenSIOn) also occurs dunng a coug
hll5 (see p. 62).
::: .I1'1 Anterior \1st
/
Primary Ramus
A.P. R. 1Ii'?,..,J- Arthrosis ,,::.+- 31d A.P. R.
f-- 4th A.P. R.
.... r>"\-
2nd
. --j'--- 5th A.P.R.
Fig. 1.13 Laleral aspect of upper five cervical verlebrae. The first two cervica
l roots emerge behind the facet-joints; all others emerge in front of the facet-
joint. Arthrosis of the joint twr:en C2 and C3 frequently involves the nerve rOOt
and rami by trespass upon il of degeneratively thickened tissues. (After Lazort
hes G 1972 Ann. de Me-d. Physique 15: 192.)
8
other than pain (sec p. 299), some of which arc certainly due ta involvement of
the autanamic system and which often accompany vertebral pain syndromes. At the
u er two se menlS the spinal nerve roots emerge postero aterally behind the arti
cular pillar an a ove the posterior arch at the numencatly correspondm vertebra'
the first cerVlca nerve root s ares a foramen in the pos terior atlanta-occipita
l membrane with the vertebral artery and vein ( Fig. 1 . 1 3). All the orher spi
nal nerve ropts down to the level of the 5th lumbar eerge in front of the facet-j
ojnts Shore (1935)"" mentions that while the skin does not receive a direct supp
ly from the first cervical nerve, because ofa communication with the second cerv
ical nerve
C l has a share in supply of the cutaneous area to which the greater occipital n
erve is distributed.
I5liiTrlg their passage towards the foramina, the fibres of the roots leaye thes
pjnalcordat the level of the numeric ally corresponding vertebral body, and do no
t pass later r all in such close relationship to the disc as do the I nerve roots
see p. 24). onsequent y, although spinal cord and nerve root compression can oc
cur by pathologi cal changes in the discs, its mode of production differs somewha
t to that in the lumbar region. During their pass en t s are age through the inte
rverte boun e 10 front and behjnd bygtrpcwres very likely to
sympathetIC trunk
C2-C8
Fig. 1.14 Innervation of related cervical vertebral structures in transverse sec
tion. Muscular branches of the dorsal ramus supply the articular capsule. Pans o
f the vertebral plexus are seen within the foramen transversariuffi, together wi
th vertebral vein and artery, and showing smaller but macroscopic ganglia in thi
s situation. Communications of the plexus are seen with the spinal ganglion, dor
sal and ventral rami, and the sympathetic trunk (and via this branch to the peri
osteum and marrow of the vertebral body and the anterior longi[Udinal ligament).
Other branches are directed medially to the periosteum and spongy bone of the b
ody and via the meningeal ramus to the dura mater and posterior longitudinal lig
ament. (After: Stillwell DL 1956 The nerve supply of the vertebral column and it
s associated struCtures in the monkey. Anatomical Record 125: 139. Reproduced by
counesy of the Director, Wistar Press.)
APPLIED ANATOMY-REGIONAL
uce pressure or irritation by exos(Osis, these being the p fa e -'oint structure
s postero atera y and the 'neuro central joints' anterome la y. Cervical spine ne
rve roots have a rough segmental identity, i.e. after union of the ventral and d
orsal rootlets, the roots emerging frow thejnteryertebral foramjna cor respond ny
merically with the vertebra below (excepting that of the 8th cervical) and the a
ppropriate segment of the spinal cord. Nevertheless, a few rootlets of the cord
may ascend or descend to join and emerge with the spinal root numbered one above
or one below the cord segment giving rise to them, and the lowest spinal cord r
ootlets contributing to a spinal root may be lower than the foramen for that ner
ve, and therefore have to ascend slightly to reach their exit from the neural ca
na1. 537 Paradoxically, the nerve supply to the vertebral column structures them
selves is much I seqmentall ed, 1177 a rich netbem en work of fibres occupying t
he region of the somatic nerve roots and the sympathetic ganglia (Fig. 1.14). Wy
ke (1979)"'" observed that,
articular branches of its own segmentally related spinal nerve Each cervical apo
physeal joint
9
is
innervated not only through ut
.1.0 it and ascend to it from the caudally located nerve rOOt.
also by articular nerves that descend to it from the nerve root rostra
,
There are plentiful interconnections with the sympath etic grey rami communicante
s, the inferior, middle and superior cervical ganglia, the spinal posterior root
gan glion and the anterior and posterior primary rami. Mixed efferent autonomic
fibres and afferent somatic fib
rived from this plex-us -fo-rm (ramus meningeus), usually compnslOg two or more b
ranches which re-enter the foramen to supply structures ,\,ithin the vertebral c
anal (Fig. 1.15). Mixed branches from the paravertebral plexus also pass externa
lly to the sides, front and back of the vertebral bodies, supplying periosteum a
nd ligaments; many join with the medial branch of the posterior primary rami of
each spinal root, thereby reaching and serving the rich and varied receptor popu
lation of the facet-joint structures (see p. 10). Each 'mobilit se ment' receive
s fibres derived from es together with sympathetic three a postganglionic fibres
innervating the blood vessels therein, and these approach from a variety of dir
ections; in addition to this segmental overlap, from outside, the branches of th
e sinuvertebral nerve within the neural canal may wander up and down for two or
three or more segments before they terminate in receptor endings (Fig. 1.15). T.
be extension of nerves supplyin g the vertebral column beyond their segment of o
r' . om arable to the mal innervation on the body s Ascending branches ofmixednen
res withjn thenellra! canal, derived from the upoer three cervical segments, sli
Iy the dura mater of the posterior cranial fossa, and may be concerne at urnes
10 the production of occipital headaches.657
>
r
The autonomic nerve supply The supply to the head and neckis derived Cal from th
e three cervical sympathetic ganglia in this region, with (b)
Fi,. 1.15 Posterior aspect of spinal canal. The sinuvertebral nerve (ramus menin
geus) may wander up and down for two, three at more segments before terminating
in receptor endings. (After: Wiberg G 1949 Back pain in relation to the nerve su
pply of the intervertebral disc. Acta otthopaedica scandinavica 19: 211.)
10
parasympathetic connection,L contributed by cranial y nerves (particularl the gl
ossopharyngeal and vagus) (Fig.
1.14).
",
4"
Although it is customary to regard the first thoracic segment as the uppermost l
evel for emergence from the neuraxis of preganglionic sympathetic neurones, the
work of Laruelle,699 Guerrier,4L Delmas and Laux2<H indicates that the ventral ro
ots ofCS,C6,C7 and C8 segments also contain preganglionic sympathetic efferent n
eurones, and that there is a deep chain of macroscopically visible gan glia along
the course of the vertebral vessels in the foramen transversarium (Fig. 1. 14).
Similarly, clusters of intermediate sympathetic ganglia have been150 demon strat
ed along the cervical nerve roots. There is experi mental evidence in man that pa
in afferents from the face pass back to upper thoracic segments and thus the spi
nal cord via the cervical sympathetic chain, i.e. in addition to the multitude o
f afferent neurones which descend in the spinal tract of the fifth cranial nerve
before synapsing in the dorsal region of CI, C2, C3 and C4 segments.... The ple
xus which surrounds the vertebral artery enters the posterior cranial fossa with
the vessels and supplies, among other gtr"ct'lJ;'es,sYA:1parbetjc fibres to the
blood vess s in the vestibular portion of the inner ear; that sur cl r-nDinic ro
undmg the carotid artery contribu supp y 0 t e eye, aSSlste y the oculomotor ner
ve (III) which contnoutes parasympathetic fibres.'98 Pathological trespass by ne
ighbouring tissues can irri tate or damage the autonomic nerve filaments with the
likelihood of contributing to disturbance of function of the intracranial struc
tures they supply, in addition to the ischaemia resulting from vertebral artery
narrowing.
Details of nerve supply and receptor endings
Although perivascular nerve fibres accompany the blood vessels that penetrate in
to new, young connective tissue formed with 'healing' of a damaged annulus, thes
e are efferent sympathetic neurones accompanying the associated angioblast activ
ity and supplying the blood vessels as vasomotor fibres. '-In vertebral bodie;-;
;;arches, perivascular nocice tive ;d plexuses accompany the blood vesse s o l n
e, the rich networ emg ormed by small diameter fibres which are either poorly my
elinated or unmyelinated. erjarriCIJ\ arrwepnd.arterioles, a[ Similarly, the wal
lsofp and of epidural and paravertebraLvrinsaM )lcnyles. all contain plexuses of
unmyelinated nociceptive nerve filaments. The periosteum ofvertebral bodies gnd
neural arches. and thete tache t m are ndons fasciae and a oneuros supplied wit
h unmyelinated plexiform endings whic are part of the nociceptive system.
supplied with a nociceptive system of unmyelinated fiee nerve endings only. This
is most dense in the posrcrior longitudinal ligament.
The dura mqter has a rich supply of unmyelinated plexi fOinendings anteriorlyaqdjn
thedllral sleeves surroW1d inuhe nerve roots hilt its posterior aspect is not in
nervated.
The longitudinal ligaments, ftaval Ii amems Ii amemum nuchae and the ru Jmema ry
incertr ansverse Iigamw.J1 are
a 0 u eXI orm nocice ve endings Ja{1on 0 unm which is more dense in the cervical
[han in other vertebral regions. The cervical epidural adipose tissue is also se
rved b
Distribution to synovial facet joints
ligaments) a free nerve endings. 1)54, LJ57, 1361b,I361 Unmyelinated postganglion
ic sympathetic vasomotor fibres are distributed to the arterial systems of joint
s. No nerve endings are located in articular carlila mem rane. The importance of
mechanoreceptors in the upper two or three cervical segments has been noted (se
e p. 3). Intervertebral discs in adults are not supplied with ves nociceptive end
ings only are found close to the posterior part 0 t e annu u In t e connective t
issue that binds it to the postenor longitudinal ligament)...as-ubm' elinated fr
ee and plexiform endings.
Mechanoreceptors Type IV Plexiform noci ceptive receptors Type I I Mechanorecep De
ep capsule tors Type IV Plexiform nociceptive receptors Fat pads (and in foramin
a) Type I I Mechanoreceptors Type IV Plexiform noci ceptive receptors (very rich
supply) Type IV Free nerve endLigaments ings only No nerve endings of any Synovi
al membrane kind No nerve endings of any Cartilage kind
Superficial capsule
Type I
APPLIED ANATOMY-REGIONAL
II
Functions: Type I areespeciqIlynumerous in the facet-joint capsules of the cervi
cal spine, and are very sensitive to changing mechanical stress . Some of them d
isplay a can stam restinglow-frequencydischarge due to the pressure difference of
5-10 mmHg (0.67-1.33 kPa) between the in side and outside of the joint capsules,
and to the capsular stress produced by the static tension in related muscles and
elastic connective tissues. Thus they contribute (0 awareness of staticjojnt po
sition, even in immobile joints. Other receptive grall s arc active within certa
in ran of (he ang e 0 movement of the joint. These change-of s sensors report d a
mlC JOInt starus, and thus the direction. degree and speed ofjoint movement (kin
aes thesis)-whether actively or passively produced. They also monitor atmospheric
pressure change. They have a low threshold, 3re slowlyadapt n andalsoex npowerf
ul j g e reflexog enic effects on the muscles. 1)54, IJ61 Type I I end-organs li
e in the deeper capsule layers, and onJhe Surface or all fat-pads in and around
synovial joints. TJ)ese low-threshold, rapidly adapting sensors have no resti nl
fire off at the beginning and us, they are end ofjoint movement, however produc
ed. acceleration and deceleration sensors. They are reflexo genic only! and do no
t contribute [0 awareness ofjoint position or movement. Tspe I I I mechanorecept
ors, which occur solely in intra- and extra-articular ligaments of other joints,
areabsent from an 'oDsiwdipa1 vertebral joint ligaments. Type I V end-organ fun
ction (nocicep tion) has been noted above, and is further discussed on p. 161. II
is important 10 note that: (3) the maintenance of posture, and the performance
0 va untar movement are highly integrated and co-ordinated functions ofgroups of
skeletal muscles,i appropriate changes of tone are con trole l tter ofefferent i
mpulses which are them ns selves based in part on rich and complex patterns of aH
erent sensory impulse traffic from Type I mechanore ceptors in joint tissues and
from cutaneous receptors in the Skin overlying joints. ThIS IS the consciously p
erceived (or perceptual) system subserving postural and kinaes thetic sensation.
Degenerative disease and trauma severely affect joint capsular tissue, and caref
ul examination will often reveal the extent to which postural sensation and kina
esthesis havebeen 1m aired by damage to or irritation of the recep c, Eor populat
ion ; (b) an egua Iy rich vol umeofreflexogeni afferent (but non-sensory) impuls
es from Type I and i . Type I I receptors plai g WiI,oLoUL at brain-stem and : p
atterns of segmentalleyels; fcilitatoryand inhibitory bias in the motoneurone poo
ls of the cervical, limb, eye and jaw muscles ; and it is these which underlie t
he functional groupings of muscle during postural control and voluntary movement
s. Voluntary m<iwement is onlyas good as reflexogenic efficiency. Thes.e arthrok
inetic reflexes are defective in diseased and trau-
matised joints, and are also disturbed when joints are immobilised, as in splint
s and supports, e.g. cervical collars ; (c) t e involvement of Type IV nocice to
rs by the same tissue changes IS are p aIn y mam est during examination of patie
nts by awareness of pain and ab normal patterns of muscle reflexes. Ik!: (1978),'
5 in a well-referenced summary, has reviewed the structure and function of joint
innervation, and makes the sugs:estion that articular reflexes may haye an i mp
ortant role in maintaining articular congruity
possibly distributing the load in a suitable way and not merely acting [0 resist
the grossforces that rna cause subluxation or dis-
qess
;;:
The implicatjqnsare obvioUs' ifdegenerative change has gross I disturbed a rent i
m ulse traffic from capsular mechanoreceptors, the partial loss of 'the governor
or joint congruity has increased the susceptibility of such jomts to minor arti
cular strains from normally trivial stress.
A neuroanatomical fact of significance, when considering mechanisms of pain prod
uction fromdiseased or damaged joints in the upper neck, is the extent to which
this brain Stem nucleus descends in the spinal cord (Figs 1.16, 1.17). Reaching f
rom the pons to the 3rd or 4th cervical spinal segment, it receives all the noci
ceptive (and thermal) afferent mpurs from : -:;th cranial nerve 7th cranial (fac
ial) nervus intermedius fibres I X cranial nerve (glossopharyngeal) X cranial ne
rve (vagus)
Spinal nucleus of the fifth cranial nerve
;1 dorsal nerve roots ,Or
Tile extreme lower pole of the nucleus (C2 to C3 segments of the cord) rceives pa
in afferents from the region of the mandibular angle and from the retroa"rjcllJa
r Q fipit';i and submandibular region, which descend to the lev eTOr the C2 and C
3 dorsal nerve roots, before they synapse to give rise to [he second neurones as
cending to the thalamus in the bulbothalamic tract. Will' re the spinal cord bec
omes continuous with the medulla, the substantia gelatinosa is continuouswiththe
spinaltractof the 5th cranial nerve. 109. IJ5, llSOb, 130, 1281.1277,55.3,4% The
convergence of these cervical and upper spinal afferents is of clinical importa
nce. are good reasons for holdingthe view tbat an increase in afferent impulse t
raffic. originatjng in Type IV nocicep tors in the upper cervical joints rna rodu
ce facilitatory excitation 0 neurones i upon which the synaptic terminals are su
btended from e afferents innervating relatively distant ti an cranIUm, an Iflltl
atmg symptoms of pain and
iOllrndllr;;an;;r:Vtatinv
12
b1 e,!."inal Nerve ;-lrig Cranial)
1# - Glossopharyngeal Nerve '" ---- Va.,us Nerve
A
Fig. 1.16 (A) Posterior aspect of brain stem and schematic view of floor of 4th
ventricle. Note the extent to which the spinal tract of the 5th cranial nerve de
scends in the upper cervical spinal cord (see text). (8) Posterior aspect of bra
in stem with cerebcdlum removed. The semilunar ganglia of trigeminal nerves are
depicted above cut edge of middle cerebellar penduncle. Upper four cervical cord
segments lie at levels indicated. (Reproduced from Wyke 80 1979 Manipulation th
erapy for ne<:k pain. Physiotherapy 65: 5, by kind permission of 8. O. Wyke and
the Editor.)
paraesthesiael projected or referred, to those areas which are uninvolved in the
articular changes. Further, the spinal tract ofthe 5th cranial nerve occupies a
'watershed' area (Fig. 1. 17), i.e. it lies more centrally and at the boundary
of adjacent territories of supply of twO end artery systems (see p. 6) and may fr
equently be subject to the effects of ischaemia produced by lesions that trespas
s upon vessels at segments remote from that suffering the main effects of it.050
ANOMALIES OF BONE AND SOFT T I SSUES, PERIPHERAL INNERVATION, AND VASCULAR SUPP
LY Asymmetry of the craniovertebral bon and Ii amentous structures IS a most t e
rule rather [han the exception. 220
Artery Fig. 1.17 Scheme of upper cervical spinal cord. 'Watershed' areas between
territory supplied by: -anterior and posterior spinal arteries 1111 -peripheral
and central arterial supply -area occupied by the spinal tract of the 5th crani
al nerve. (After: Keuter EJW 1970 Vascular origin of cranial sensory disturbance
caused by pathology of the lower cervical spine. Acta neurochirurgica
2J, 229.)
Infrequently, there may be congenital absence of the odontoid-the lateral mass o
f C l and the body of C2 retaining their normal relationships. A degree of platy
basia or basilar impression may be present, sometimes slight and occasionally ma
rked. 1 2H Absolute values do not exist, and [he condition may be unilateral or
bilateral. The last occipital sclerotome some times forms a separate entity.)" Ba
silar impression may occur with remnants of the occipital vertebra,l15 and is of
ten combined with other occipitocervical malformations, particularly with varyin
g degrees of assimilation of atlas. Defective fusion of the arch of atlas (sEina
bifido atlanto), '" and os odontoideum . (in which the odontOId IS dIvided tran
sversely) may occur. The latter may rarely be an acquired lesion. 519, 10)5 Fuse
d or separate accessory bony elements may be in apposition to or united with the
edge of the foramen magnum, and scattered islets of bone may be embedded in con
nective tissue around the foramen magnum. A third occipital con dyle may be prese
nt. 220 The various irregularities may occur together or in iso lated form.932 So
metimes a bony arch or a complete bony tunnel (ponticulus pontic us) is formed a
round the ver tebral artery on the superior surface of atlas. hile the ft equency
of such fr,!Ok craniovertebra1 malformations is small, minor asymmetry is very
common jndeed 220 EQr han example, one occipital cond e ' its e ow, an mayprojec
t further from the basiocciput, or the two condyles rna not Ite Ifith same coron
al plane. e as briefly surveyed t e embryology Wood (I97 of vertebral bodies and
intervertebral discs, and describes an atlas vertebra in which there was an abs
ent anterior arch, a failure of the posterior arch to unite (spina bifida atlant
o) and a bilateral costal element defect in that the foramen transversarium was
just a deep norch, open
APPLIED ANATOMY-REGIONAL
13
anteriorly. The superior facers of atlas commonly show the same asymmetrical dis
position, as well as difference in size ; the inferior facets articulating with
the axis often show similar differences. Below C2, there may be accessory articu
lations of pinous processes, and marked asymmetry of the normally bifid spines ve
ry commonly occurs. Cleavage of the cervi cal spinous processes has been frequent
ly described. Con ..:. genital block vertebra is sometimes seen at C2 and C3 1(9)
uwrence ( 1 976)70 1 studied the prevalence of cervical . . . in twelve populat
ion sam les, and rhe noted that 'congenital' block verte ra had a prevalence of
erc nt n s 0.9 p e i those born before 1935. Nonewa observed in those born since
. Thus it appears that envIronmental factors predisposing to the combination of
cervical arthritis and 'block vertebra' have changed since the last 40 years. Lo
wer in the cervical column, the foramen trans versarium may be incomplete, subdiv
ided or imper forate, 1 1 7 and cervical ribs may be present unilaterally, or bil
aterally in various forms. l316 A separate centre of ossifi cation rna a ear a he
costal e ement f an produce variations from an enlarged and beaked transverse pr
ocess to a fully develo a ana sometimes q long n . e lOCI ence 0 cervical rib ap
pears much uite greater than the incidence of vascular and neurological symptoms
arisingfrom its presence. The presenceofsuper numaryfascial bands, variations in
a normally situate first rib (see p. 131) and anomalies of the scalene muscles
(sca lenus minim us) have also been described. 1 I 7 A cervical vertebral pedicle
may be absent824 and con enital elongation of the pedicles of C6 inidentical twi
ns has been reponed. 1 62, 874 . B. The high incidence of minor asymmetry at the
craniovertebral junction and in other parts of the spine has imponant implicati
ons for theories of manipulative treatment which may hold that 'symmetry is all'
and that asymmetry detected by palpation must always be 'normalised'. Since the
spinal cord, its meninges and the narrow extra dural space lie immediately behin
d the posterior longi tudinal ligament, they are very easily compressed by gross
bony and fibrocartilaginous projections at the level of each disc. The normal ce
rvical vertebra meter fabout 17 mm, while that of the normal spinal cord is abou
r--l O mm. 1I7 Smaller projections are frequently present in mature people witho
ut causing serious symp toms, but !.f c o accentuating the likelihood of spinal a
t r c9rd interference is a narrow neural canal, j.e. congenital spinal stenosis.
when normally insignificant backward pr jections at disc level may cause signs a
nd symptoms cord pressure reasonably associated with more degenerative c ange. e
se are aggravated on cervical flexion, when the length of the neural canal is in
creased
Spinal stenosis
and the neural canal contents are drawn more tightly against the prominences of
degenerative, thickened tissue. no, 1 20 The ayailable space may be the decisive
ele acer ts, ment in the complex of trespass by arthroric f spon y OtiC spurring
Wit osseocarrjlaK'inous bosses-or gi bars, congenital stenosis of the spinal cor
dand neurolo cal disturbances. )15 The textbook patterns of root and plexus form
ation and L of penpheral tissues.are subject [0 variation inn in .a significant
proportion of cases. 117 The range of the se mental contributions to the brachia
l plexus is not uni form, It vanes from erson to n an etween the two sisles 0 one
mdividual. About I I per cent of brachial plex uses are prefixed, that is, recei
ve a major contribution from the C4 root at the expense of the lower roots of th
e plexus, and a similar percentage are postfixed, receiving a major contribution
from the T l root with the T2 con tribution always present and a very small or e
ntirely absent contribution from C4. IIOI, 896, 598 Frykholm (1971)'" has drawn
attention to the wide variations ofcervical root formation ; in some instances t
he ventral root piercing the dura at a lower level rhan the dorsal root. He obse
rves that natyre seldom provides a completelyperfect anatomyfrom all functional
points of view, except to a small privileged group of individuals. Even in young
people there are many cases of malformed root pouches, occasionally together wi
th radicular nerves sharply angulated upwards, or nerves eccentrically located i
n the intervertebral foramen. Variations in spinal rootlet formation, roots of t
he plexus, distrjb"tion oftbe roots withjn trllnks and cords and innervation of
peripheral structures should be borne in mind, e.g. anomalous innervation of the
hand occurs in at least 20 per cent of the population. The cutaneous . th suppl
y of the little finger may be derived from t sensory root, or example,
Anomalies of innervation
In less than 25 per cent of the population are the vertebral rteries of equal siz
e. I rritation, compressIOn or dIstortion of the larger of the two vessels WIll
be likely to have more serious effects than interference with the vessel of smal
ler lumen. Variations in arterial supply of the spinal cord have already been no
ted (see p. 6).
Anomalies of vessels
THORACIC SPINE AND RIBS
art of the s ina! The thoracic spine is the Ie column. t e attachmentof therib c
age, together with the thin discs comprising only one-seventh of the height ofth
is region, combining to reduce its movement considerably . The vertebral .-t?odi
es, in effect short waisted tubes,
14
diminishin size from T I to T3 and then progressively i,.;'Z rcase to T12, the b
ody of which shares the general kid ney-shaped mass of the lumbar vertebrae. The
bodjesare slightlydeeperbehind ; the two demifacets for articulation with the he
ads of the ribs are situated at the posterior aspects of the bodies in the upper
region, but in the lower half of the thorax they have migrated backwards to be
borne almost entirely by the bases of the pedicles. The thin bony plates bearing
the superior and inferior iane of the facet-joints at aboyt 15 facets orientate
the p ss in the lower segments ; the 200 to th superior facets face backwards.a
nd a htt e outwa r and up ward. The strong transverse processes have clubbed e'S
remities and in the uppermo'segments may extend t laterally for 4-5 em ; they ste
adily diminish in size from above dowhwafds. Ihe concave costal facet, for recep
tion + , of the tubercle of the correspondmg Clb IS p laced anteriorly on transv
erse processes I to 6.and then steadily tpigrates to the sypenpr sprUces Oftbe t
rgns"crSc pro cesse 7 to 10, becomingmuch flatter as it does so. Thus s d u i gr
s i t r Hl fC Ci , t eu p rri srotate on the rn e p rao y 6 l11 H h p e b transv
erse processes, while the lower ones glide. JOINTS OF VERTEBRAL BODIES AND ARCHE
S The vertebral bodies and their apophyses are connected by the intrinsic ligame
ntous structures common to the whole column, with the difference that they are n
ot so thick and dense as in the lumbar region, but are more de veloped than in th
e cervical spine.
The costovertebral joints
gravity now exerting its effect almost entirely upon the discs and vertebral bod
ies in this spinal region. The prac tically vertical set of the facet-planes also
contributes to tne markedlImitation of thoracic movement in the sagittal plane.
They contain meniscoid structures as in the cervical spine. Macalister ( 1889)'
" stated that the thoracolumbar junc tion was the pointmost exposed toiojlllY . T
he transition from thoracic to lumbar characteristics may occur at seg ments T I
O-T I I or T 1 1-T I 2 or T I 2-L I . The transition rrCJ ar o is most marked bya
singular configuration ofa i J! pr cesses ofone vertebra which has the effectoff
orming with the sub'ac n ebra a mortise and tenon joint when under com ressio is
is one of t C very ew examples of complete bone-to-bone 'lock' i t e bo y. nh T
he transitional vert 's thoracic in type in its upper ha , I.e. t e superior fac
ets fa wards u war s and a,littie outwar s, an CHins to show lumbar character ist
ics in its lower half, i.e. the inferior articular processes begin to turn later
ally, with f acets Sh8fiuy convex trom side to side and facing laterally and for
wards. On exten sion, t e ower acets 0 t e t n ItlOnal vertebra lock into the upp
e r facets of the uppe rmost 'lumbar-type' verteb y, ana no movement9tA@ftban fl
exj is then possible. on In a series of 67 adult columns,228 the site of the mor
tise joint was variously at : T I O-T I I T l l-T I 2 T I2-LJ Total
5 columns 46 columns 1 6 columns 67 columns The thoracolumbar mortise joint
. to the concavity Reception of the head of forme by adjacent vertebral b d marg
ins and the ISC The importance of this characteristic is that if manual between,
IS secure b a closel a lie rous ca su e, techniques of any vigour are applied w
ith the intention . te Ii ament which covers the b t e of mobilising this juncti
on when in extension, they will anr9lateral aspect ofthejoint and bya short horiz
ontal certainly be fruitless, probably painful, and may even do band of fibres,
the intra-articular Ii ament which con the patient a mischief. nects t e crest on
the head of the rib to the disc and thus diVides the small synovial joint into
two cavities. VESSEtS'
I
The costotransverse joints
These are I2rmed by articulations ofthe typical ribs, half way between head and a
ngle of rib, with tbe frontaspect of transverse processes of the numerically cor
responding vertebrae, by the capsular and tbe three cos[Qtransverse these are an
important factor in restricting th c c movements as compared toother regjons. g
ra i Although the first and second ribs take little part in quiet respiratory mo
vement, and somewhat more in forced inspiration, they have more mobility than is
some times appreciated.
I;
Thtse take only a very small part in weight-bearing,
The facet-joints
The spinal cord, with its meninges, is supplied by dorsal b1=ancnes of the osten
or mtercostal arteries, having a variable arrangement 3Q. contn utmg to the like
wise d variable longitudinal anastomotic channels Iyin on the cor surface. The d
Ofs ranc es a so supply the ver tcbral column and its articulations, and rOVl e r
adicular branc es to the ven The thoracic spinal canal is consistently narrowest
in that part of the vertebral column extending from T4 \9 1'9. This narrow zone
of the bony tube corresponds t exactly with that part of the spinal cord with th
e poorest blood supply. 266, 82 - more or less constant and relatively large art
er -the a, or t e artery 0 damkiewiczarteria ra ICU a
APPLIED ANATOMY-REGIONAL
15
is always found among the lower thoracic or upper lumbar roots; it is the larges
t of the lower thoracic upper lumbar branc es su 109 t e spinal cord, and is the
main nutrient vessel of t e umbar cord. It is usua y near e dlaphragm. I. When
the arteria magna is in the thoracic region there are fewer radicular vessels, b
ut the longitudinal anas tomosis is richer. 2. When the arreria magna is in the l
umbar region, the local segmental blood supply is relatively well preserved but
the anastomosis along the cord surface is poor. 5ll The significance of these ob
servations lies in remembering the hazards of handling any patient who reporrs l
ower limb symptoms in association with thoracic spinal joint problems. In clinic
al treatment sessions, there is no way of knowing how narrow the margin of safet
y may be. As in the cervical column, the internal and external al vein, v nous p
lexuses umte to form the interv whlc ra costal vns, t e tTl utaries of the azygos
system. NERVE SUPPLY An imponant characteristic of the thoracic column is that
the coslOvenebral and costQ[ransverse joints share inti mately in the distributio
n of the 'mixed' nerves from the paravertebral plexus (cf cervical spine) as wel
l as being supplied from the related intercostal nerves (Figs
1 . 18, 1 . 1 9) . ' 16',
microdissection that the costoverrebral ioints are in nErvated both from the post
erior primary rami and the i'!. tercostal nerves. Type I and Type I I COrPIIscul
a r mechanoreceprars(sea 1'. lQ)arc emhedded in a plexus of Type IV nociceotors.
whose unmyelinated aHerent neurones enter the related articular nerves. The ref
lex response to electrical stimulation of these articular nerves was powerful an
d co-ordinated hyper tonus of thoracic musculature ; a simultaneous stimulus of t
he nociceptors altered normal respiration (see p. 385). The sympathetic sup to t
he blood vessels in the region is eTlve rom the an Iia restm a alPst e of the T1
bs, and in this part of the spine they are com ponentSof the rich paravertebral p
lexus developed along the length of the column. Branches of the sinuvertebral ne
rve (ramus meningeus) may wander up and down the neural canal for four or five s
egments before terminating as end-organs. The sympathetic neurones acc n in the
somatic rna be athered from as far c ly n ves to u as the IS segmrnt 6")5 - Bran
ches from T2, T3 and very occasionally T4 supply the inside and back of upper ar
m and axillary area, joining with the medial cutaneous of the arm. T3 can freque
ntly
Vrettos and Wyke ( 1 97 4)"" have demonstrated by
Fig. 1.18 Horizontal section at a thoracic level showing the main branches of th
e spinal ganglion and of the dorsal ramus. A paravertebral nerve plexus is shown
, made up of communications betwn the spinal and sympathetic ganglia, with branch
es to the longitudinal ligaments, dorsal and vtntral (intercostal) rami, periost
eum, spongy bone of the rib, the vertebral body and arch, and to costQ(ransverse
and intervertebral joints. Tht sources of the meningeal ramus (,recurrent' nerv
e) are shown. Muscular branches of the dorsal ramus give off nerves to tht inter
vertebral joints. (After: Stillwell DL 1956 The ntrve supply of the vertebral co
lumn and its associated structures in tht monkey. Anatomical Record 125: 1 39. R
eproduced by courtesy of the Director, Wistar Press.)
I
be traced out to the shoulder region. The subcostal nerve ns (TI ?) often anasto
moses with the lumb'ar Ie connection thereby with t e l lOinguinal and genito fem
oral nerves.Ili"
osterior prima With regard (0 the lateral bra,,,hes of the p IY
rtJ!!!J: I . That of the second thoracic ne e di stribution, escen IPg paraverte
brally until it emerges at the level of T6, and then climbing up to the level of
the acromion area before it terminates (Fig. 1 . 20). 788 2. The lateral branch
of the posterior primary ramus of the 12th thoracic nerve descends as far as th
e postero lateral iliac crest, and then crosses it to supply the skin over the la
teral buttock (FIg. 1.20 . ' .m ) .. The discrepancy tretween spinal cord segmen
ts and
16
ant lonqtfudtnol hqament
Fig. 1.19 Dorsal and ventral ramus branches in the lhoracic region. A cranially
directed branch of lhe dorsal ramus supplies deep oblique muscles and an articul
ar capsule cranial to its level of origin. Another dorsal ramus branch supplies
a joint one segment caudal, continuing into dorsal muscles. Ventral rami (not la
belled) have been severed. Autonomic rami) two or more in number) give off branc
hes to periosteum and areolar connective tissue on the surface of the interverte
bral disc. The anterior longitudinal ligament and nearby periosteum receive nerv
es which arise from the sympathetic ganglia. (After: Stillwell DL 1956 The nerve
supply of the vertebral column and its associated structures in lhe monkey. Ana
tomical Record 125: 139. Reproduced by courtesy of the Director) Wistar Press.)
vertebral body segments begins to be apparent at the lower cervical levels, and
the disproportion between cord length and column length means that uppe r thorac
ic roots now h:lye t ave! do rds about 3 cm to reach their foraminal exit. At th
e thoracolum ar Junction, e IS tance is about 7 cm'" (Fig. 2. 1 3). ANOMALIES Tho
racic spinous processes are frequently asymmetrical, and the tips of one or more
may be congenitally deviated from the mid-line by as much as 0.5 cm. Manipulati
ve attempts at 'correction' of these 'positional defects' are less likely to be
made if movement-testing during examination is careful and normal mobility confi
rmed thereby.
Thoracic laminae are much more uniform in configura tion ; in the absence of fran
k malformations, asymmetry detected by careful palpation may have significance,
especially so when the localised area is unduly tender, also feels thickened and
is reasonably associated with the symptoms reported. Par a-articular processes,
as bony spicyles or spurs, occur almost exclusiyely jn the thoracic spine, and
are located on the inner surfaces of the laminae very close to ar e th artlcui p
rocesses.bJO 1h y may nave some clinical siiQ cance as a factor in spjnal nerve
root compression. ifi Developmental stenosis of a thoracic vertebra is not un kno
wnoo and in one patient severe thickening of T9 laminae was responsible for spas
tic paralysis of lower limbs.
APPLIED ANATOMY-REGIONAL
17
The vertebral arches are thicker and stronger than in oth regIOns and are b uttre
ssed with extra bone. as for example in the mamillary processes which strengthen
the bony face of the posterior facets. Unlike the bifid cervical and rather poi
nted thoracic rocesses are uadrangular and project orizontally backwards ig. 1 .
21 ). They may exhibit a shallow depreSSIOn at the middle of their subcu taneous
bony ridges, a factor to be borne in mind during palpation. The fifth lumbar spi
nous process is frequently the smallest of the five, and its transverse process
the most massive ..:.THE FACET-JOINTS The plane oft e" r P8 archjoints is now ve
rtical, usu-. h 8He 1 al ty but by no means always anteroposterior and gently co
ncave medially.726 The inward-facing concave facets of the superior art l rp oce
ses therefore claspfrom below icua r s t11e inferior, convex and outward-facing
facets of the ver tebrae above (Fig. 1 . 2 1 ).'" A somewhat loose, fibroelastic
capsule allows the opposed SJJrfaces to separate during flexlOn, this movement
widening the intervertebral ror3men considerably. The joints contain 'meOlscoid'
strYctures as in the cervical and thoracic regions.
Fig. 1 .20 Distribution of lateral branches of posterior primary rami of lower t
horacic nerves. Extent traversed by T I 2 is of clinical interest.
Block vertebra, or congenital synostosis, is occasionally seen in the thoracic s
pine, as a partial or complete fusion of two segments.JI S Sagittally cleft vert
ebra ('butterfly vertebra'), and con genital wedge vertebra with failure of devel
opment of the anterior nucleus, may also be encountered. The latter pro duces a p
rominent postural kyphus or gibbus. A unilateral anomalous joint in a normally s
ituate first rib has been reported'''''' '''' and the sternal end of tbe 3rd or
4th rib and its cartilage is sometimes 6,fi . As well as >l a cervical rib (p. 1
3), an extra rib may attach to the 1st lumbar vertebra . The lowest cartilage t
o reach the ster num may be the 6th, 7th or 8th, therefore ribs should be counted
from above downwards by their prominent angies.04
LUMBAR SPINE
Tbe massive vertebral bodies are developed to sustain greater weight and other s
tresses than the regions above. They are a bjt deeper in front, and the fifth ma
rkedly !Q, accounting in part together with the Similar shape of the fifth lumba
r disc, for the lumbosacral angle; this is highly variable within normal limits
(see p. 273).
Fig. 1.21 Posterior aspect of lower lumbar spine. The facet-planes at the L3-L4
segment are anomalous, the left more than the: right. The: fifth lumbar spinous
process is small.
18
The lumbar vertebral canal may be demonstrated on ally disappear during the agei
ng process.'" The annular radiographic measurement to be narrower than usual, i.
e. fibres are gathered in concentric lamellae, successive congenital stenosis, o
r the dimensions of a normal canal layers overlapping in alternately oblique dir
ections ; each lane and its fibres may be reduced by acquired stenosis, sometime
s due to 'lamella is alsoconvexin the yertebral p ligamentum ftavum thickening a
nd buckling forward into formabomone-halfof the disc circumference (Fig. 1 .22).
The amount of connection or binding between each the extradural space, for exam
ple.1088 The typical lumbar vertebral foramen is generally tri lamella is small,
implying a degree of movement relative angular, but is subject to marked variati
ons of configura toeach other The most laterally placed fibres of the lamellae be
come tion which may have important consequences (see Ano m e slen e a db r i "'II
11'19sweepposteriorly. At t a r n ig' ' malies) (Figs 1.32, 1 . 33). the upper
and lower margin of vertebral bodies the fibres may be separated into three grou
ps by reason of their THE INTERVERTEBRAL D I SCS mode of attachment (Fig. 1 .23)
. According to McNab ( 1 9 77 ) , 780 (a) the outermost fibres The intervertebra
l discs are thi enou to accoun about one- If 0 the total height of the lumbar sp
ine. are much more numerous anteriorly, and attach to the rom the periosteum and
vertebral body just beyond the epiphyseal As in all vertebral joints they are s
eparated f adjacent spongiosa or cancellous bone of the venebral ring of cortica
l bone. These are the fibres adjacent to the bodies above and below by a plate o
f hyaline cartilage, the anterior and posterior longitudinal ligaments. (b) The
epi circumference of which is bounded by the margins of physeal group of fibres a
re the next deepest layer, attach cortical bone of the vertebral body. ing to the
opposed superior and inferior epiphyseal bony rings of adjacent vertebral bodie
s. Like the foregoing, there are many of them anteriorly. (c) The innermost 1. T
he annulus fibrosus This forms a fibrocartilaginous ring, more fibrous and fibre
s attach above and below to the hyaline cartilaginous elastic peri herall ) more
cartilaginous fu the inner a t ; plate, and the majority by far of posterior an
nular fibres it enc oses and retains the gel of the nucleus pulposus. The are of
this type. many elastic fibres of the young, healthy annulus graduGhadially ( 1
9 78)"15 observed that under electron micro-
Fl,. 1.22 Photograph of a dissection of the annulus fibrosus which shows the dif
ferent obliquity of the fibres in adjacent laminae. (Reproduced by courtesy of t
he Editor, Scortish Medical Journal.)
APPLIED ANATOMY-REGIONAL
19
Fla. 1.23
Transverse section of the lumbosacral intervenebraJ disc of a young adult. The i
ntricate pattern of the laminae of lhe annulus is apparent and is in contrast to
the appearance of the nucleus which is nearer the back than the front. (Reprodu
ced by counesy of the Editor. Scottish Mtdical Journal.)
scopy the elongated fibroblast-like cells of the annulus resemble chondrocytes m
ore than any other cell type. Despite assumptions to the contrary, knowledge of
the fine structure of intervertebral discs, particularly the annulus fibrosus, i
s still far from complete. For example, it is unlike any other connective tissue
in the body, in that 'its content of proteoglycans IS h,gh. Also, the collagen
content o the disc also helps to mamtam Its hi h ff f uid its content, and p a r
an mt I bioc emlstry.
Functions of the annulus: (a) Forms the chief structural unit between vertebral
bodies, and provides a mobile s. (b) ncloses and retains the nucleus pulposus. (c
) RstrjctSandregulatesmovement, e.g. sagittal lum ar movement is restricted almos
t entirely by the tough annulus. It, full flexio'l, when the articular processes
are more separated, some half of the diagonal lamellae restrict rotation to a d
egree and are thus under stress during this movement. (d) irtue of an inherent el
asticity, the anm fi i ! !h l' t absorh theShock o compression d"s 'e 6 U el S E
l f s, which are sustajged as a circumferential tegsile f st in the annulus. The d
iagonal strapping effect of the ss fibrous lameIlae IS Important here. T e poste
rior parnd especially the postern/meral.oart of h
the annulus is a site of potential weakness because: (a) of the tlJi ning andonu
rcauon 01 annular fibres posteriorly; (b) n fi us tissue is ada ted to withstand
tenSIOn rather than p ressure, and in the lordotic lumbar spme gravltatlona , c
ompression falls most heavily on the posterior aspects of the vertebral body joi
nts; (c) the posterior longitudinal f ligament is attenuated, thin and expandeda
tthe levelo tl1c..Ai1c ; (d) the eccentric position of the nucleus pul nosus, whi
ch lie;Closer to the postenoraspect of the disc; (e) the susceptibility of this
locality to succumb under the stress of rotation strams.J2S
The nucleus pulposus comprises about 40 per cent ofthe isc and is a semifluid el
readi! deformable but in compressl e. Cllagen fibres form a three-dImensional hon
eycomb network, enmeshm the mucoprotein el with its rich content of muco 01 sacc
har or proreoglycans; t ese ge mo ecu es are rongly hydrop I IC-O . . . ssure tein-
pol saccharide gel exerts an which will bm about 8.8 times its volume ofwater-an
d are mamly responsible for the high water content of the pulp, which decreases
steadily with age because the disc literally dries up as the years advance. Ine
ect, [he inflated ff pt.QftOgiYCdh!keep thedisc bloWg up with water. Although th
e molecular weight of proteoglycans is very
2. The nucleus pulposus
20
high, the hydrophilic properties depend up0'UtS capacity as an 'jon exchanger',
and thus its charge density. rather tban its molecular wejbt. I n degenerative di
sc disease, the proteoglycans' molecular weight becomes smaller, but this does n
ot of itself affect the hydrophilic properties to any degree, since the essentia
l factor is the ' ion exchanger' function and not the molecular weight. Prorcogl
ycans swelling is in balance with the pressure upon the disc. The hydrophilic at
traction is not biochemical bonding because appreciable amounts of water can be
expressed from the nucleus by continued mechanical pressure, which may explain t
he diurnal variation of body height according to posture. When there is a lower
fixed-charge-density, the amount of water which can be squeezed out of the disc,
under a given pressure, is much greater. of a mobile segment, and allows an eve
n lstribution of compression f orces over the opposed surfaces ofvertebral ' () T
hf viscid gel acts like a dynamic hydraulic suspension system.
Functions of the pulp : (a) ts fluidity ermits the formation
4. The proteoglycans of the lowest disc (L5-S1 ) were less extractable compared
with the higher segments, and 5. The proteoglycans initially extracted were on a
verage of much smaller molecular size than those extracted subsequently. Results
suggestedthat ageingand/or mild degeneration ots gly is accompanied bycba g ..i.n
the gualit,x of the Q.I' o o c.s of amily leadingto cans f witR sQme. andad mjn
ishedcapacity oftberemainder to form j a gregatesi he observed chan es are likel
y to consid a I t e disc. In h general, very much more is known about the bioche
mistry of intervertebral discs than the effect of biochemical changes on disc fu
nction as a whole.. A few elastic fibres are also found in the matrix of the nuc
leus pulposus.'39
f
c1;;;t:asso datieR
.
;;uaco
The hyaline cartilage plate
.
.
The normal distribution of the population of macro molecular proteoglycans in lum
bar discs is of interest. From a detailed study" of the intervertebral discs, un
dertaken to assess (he quality, and the hydrodynamic size of prorcoglycan extrac
ted from human annulus and nucleus in 8-, 1 6- and 44-year-old spines, it was ev
ident that: 1 . The nature of prorcoglycans differs between annulus and nucleus.
2. The molecular size of the proteoglycans from both regions decreases with age
, and their content of keratin sulphate increases. 3. The interaction ofproteogl
ycans with collagen-the fibrous content of the disc--<:hanges markedly with adva
ncing age. 4. The composition, and thus the nature and character istics of indivi
dual discs differ from each other in malUre
lumbar spines.
Differences in composition between discs
Unlike the older discs, there was uniformity between discs of the 8-year-old in
the extraction of proteoglycans, and only small differences between discs of the
1 6-year old spine ; there was between them a general resemblance. The 44-year-o
ld disc showed some maior differences, in that: I . A much higher proportion of
the total proteoglycans was extractable from the annuli as well as the nuclei, a
nd 2. There was a distinct difference in this respect between discs. 3. The coll
agen content of the discs increased from upper to lower segments.
In life, the upper and lower surfaces of a vertebral body between the marginal b
ony rings comprise a cribriform, hyaline cartilaginous plate; there is no closur
e by compact bone between the cartilage and the vascular, cancellous spongiosa o
f the vertebral body.508 In effect a vertebral body is a short vertical tube of
corti cal bone, nipped slightly at the waist, sealed at each end by the hyaline p
late and enclosing the spongiosa with its rich blood supply. The plates have thr
ee f unctions : I . They are the growth zone of the immature verteb ral s. 2. Th
ey help to aochor the disc. 3. Theyprovide a barrier. not impermeable. between t
be nucleus pulposus and the spongiosa of the bodies. Dwinl! the decade of life,
the plate is perforated by blood v s el which communicate between the pulp es s
and the spongiosaj after their obliteration during child hood the sites of these
erforations are evident as small, scarre areas on the surface 0 t e p ate, an t
ese remain as sites of oorcntial weaks, sometimes allowing tiny herniations of th
e nuclear pulp into the spongiosa. These should not be confused with macroscopic
and compara tively massive vertical herniations of pulp into the ver tebral bodie
s which are radiologically evident (as Schmorl's nodes) and observed in spines w
hich have with stood much compression in daily living; neither do they necessaril
y give rise to symptoms. 109) m r so There is evidence that the rhythmicco p es
i noccur ring during body movements, besides exerting a centri fugal force sustain
ed and absorbed by the elasticity of the pulp-retaining annulus, exerts vertical
forces which slighlly bulge the hyaline plate into the spongiosa of the vertebr
al bodies, thereby distorting the trabeculae to a degree, i.e. the plate acts li
ke a diaphragm (see Vertebral movement, p. 49). 1 1&1 With these facts in mind,
the occurrence of microscopic
St
--
APPLIED ANATOMY-REGIONAL
21
and macroscopic herniations is presumably evidence of a degreeoffailureofthe hya
line plate, or of excessive applied force, or both. ]{clrge herniations would be
expected to in terfere with the normal mechanICs of the disc. Detailed ultrastru
ctural studies of the hyaline cartila ginous endplates arc still needed. 405 The
adult disc is virtually avascular, also the interfibrillar por s of the gel will
admit particles no larger than 1 5 A "e ( 1 . 5 nM). Hence. blood cannot enter
healthypulp, after the first decade. 1 202 Nutrition appears todepend upon imbib
ition oftluid in to it from the vertebral bodies, and from the sparse vessels of
the peripheral annulus during the first years oflife. This process must obviousl
y be assisted by the rhythmic move ments and compression of daily activities and
it is of inter est that there is a diurnal variation in body height, prob ably due
to variable turgidity of discs. amountingtQ a de crease in the eveningof one-qua
rter to three-quarters of . 40 an 'nc r in Stronauts in space are not subject to
gravitational stress, and their discs imbibe water to such a degree that they r
eturn to earth measuring 10 cm taller than when they left . bH s ao Therei re s
n to suppose that active movement assists nQrmal fl"jdjmbjbition processesbetwee
nspongiosa and eJ,Llp.,!pdtbis rna)'be av!Ctorjn delayingthe slow jneyj table des
jccation of discs with ag eing. Nachemson ( 1 976) provides a summary of the pat
hways of disc nutrition as presently understood, expressed in the accompanying s
chemes (Fig. 1 .24). By reason of the lack of directly penetrating vessels from
the age of 1 5 years or so, the il)leryertebral disc becomes (he largest avascul
ar structure in the body. There remain .
Nutrition of the disc
vascular buds between the spongiosa of the vertebral body and the end-plates ; t
hese vascular contacts are sivni(i canoy fewer in discs showing advanced degener
ati ve changes. Diffusion of solutes can take place through the central portion
of the hyaline cartilaginous end-plates as well as through the annulus fibrosus.
Posteriorly, the area available for diffusion is smaller, thus the posterior pa
rt of the nucleus-annulus j unctionaJ zone receives fewer negatively charged ion
s. The central part of the disc, and particularly the boundary zone between nucl
eus pulposus and annulus fibrosus, is exposed to possible deficiency of nutritio
n . I!.,has been demonstrated thatlucosaminoglycan turn. over in a dog'sdjsci v r
slow ao"t500days' the tU"rn s ey over of collagen is even slower, hence healing
of disc rupture is very slow indeed, when it occurs. live and thrive on movement
and change! anddie slowly through lack 0 It. ere IS now a shift of emphasis fro
m the idea that disc disorders result from purely mechanical derangement, to the
view that nutrition and metabolism of the disc, and the biochem . try of degener
ative change, are of equal importance.2 1 2 . . "" A high concentration of hydrog
en ions in the tissues is ... a . cause of pain. The mucoprotein gel contains a
variety ofgitlcosaminoglycogeos, some of whjch are acid and lately believed capa
ble of causing[bepain associatedwith de enerative disc disease. s I n a proporti
on of those patients who exhibited much scarring and adhesion around the nerve r
oot, postsurgical studies886 revealed a very high pH, which was due to an increa
sed amount of lactate. Large_ amounts of lactate are producedy..hen fibroblasts
and other cells are metabolis i n i nae(,obic conditions. Yet among many ofthose
con cerned every day with the conservative treatment of
- - ,
I
(
-- - -
I I
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
-1
Fig. 1.24A DirCCI vascular contracts, so-called vascular buds (A) between the ma
rrow spaces of the vertt:bral body and the hyaline cartilage (8) of the end-plat
es are of imponance for the nutrition of the disc.
22
Booe
35% ... . 1 5% 35%
1 5%
Annulus
Variations of posture will alter the amount of pressure, and thus the degree of
annular tension, being sustained by the disc. Direct in vivo measurement88} of n
ucleus pul posus pressures in a 35-year-old female revealed, for example, that th
e total forces exerted on the L3 disc were as follows : Sitting Slanding Standin
g with tight corset Reclining 1 5.3 kg/cm' 9.6 kg/cm' 7.0 kg/cm' 3.5 kg/cm' ( 1
500 kPa) (941 kPa) (686.5 kPa) (343.2 kPa)
Bo
FIC. 1.248 Diffusion of small uncharged solutes such as glucose and oxygen occur
s mainly through the end-plates. The area exposed to possible nUlrient deficienc
y is shaded.
1 5%
Annulus
..
,(, . 30"
Fig. 1.24<: Diffusion of negatively charged solutes, such as sulphate, occurs ma
inly through the annulus fibrosus. The area that receives less of such solutes i
s shaded.
Days 600 500 400 300 200 100 2
AnterIOr Distance across the dISC
During lifting the compression acting on ver[ebr bodies and discs rises 10 very h
igh levels, such is Ihe degree of tension developed in deep muscles when control
ling the forces accumulated during various movements and by / using the spine, a
s it were, like a derrick. While a tight lumbosacral supporl or cummerbund reduc
es Ihe intradiscal pressure by approximalely 30 per cent, it also reduces or mod
ifies the gravitational and functional stress on all ocher lumbar structures, of
course, and in the case of Ihe vertebral venous plexuses Ihe pressure may possi
bly be raised to a degree . Expressed as percentages, with the figure for standi
ng erect taken as 100 per cent. the relative pressure or load sustained by L3 di
sc'" are as follows : Lying supine with complete muscle relaxation Reclining Sit
ting Standing, slooped forward Sitting, slOoped forward Slanding, stooped and ho
lding weighl Sitting, stooped and holding weight
Standing erect
25 75 I2Q 140 150 1 85 220 275 -
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
(mml
The pressures recorded, on the same basis, for classical physiotherapy exercises
and postures, are interesting: Fowler's position (lying supine with calves rest
ing on stool) 35
Posterior
F\I. 1.240 The turnover lime of glucosaminoglycans, as measured by the turnover
of radioactively labelled sulphate ions in the dog's discs, is rather slow, espe
cially in the nucleus pulposus. (Figs. 1 . 2 4A-D with legends, are reproduced f
rom The Lumbar Spi"e:
a" Orthopaedic Challttlgt ( 1976), Spine 1: 59, by kind permission of A.
Standing erect
Nachemson and the Editor.)
musculoskeletal problems, there remains a tendency to regard the disc as a sort
of badly packed suitcase, in that any untidy bits sticking out should ideally be
Sluffed back in again, or failing that lopped off, like a Laurel and Hardy hair
cut. The conception that man's erect posture is the direct cause of disc abnorma
lity is attractive, but IS cer tainl nOI substantialed by the frequenc wilh which
ver similar diSC a n i les occur in four-legged animals. T first known disc lesi
on (1893) occurred in a dog, and e w as described by a veterinary surgeon.2Sb _
Lying prone wilh feel fixed and raising head and 1 30 shoulders 140 Resisted bil
ateral hip flexion in Fowler's position Bilateral slraighl-Ieg raise in supine l
ying 1 50 180 Prone lying, trunk and leg extension combined Supine lying with kn
ees bent-Irunk and hip 210 flexion with thighs and legs stationary
100
These er onomic considerations are important in the mana e.nt-o....o: AC and post
ur advice to patients. 888
---
THE L I GAMENTS The ligaments of the lumbar region are fQr Ihe most parI stronge
r and denser than elsewhere, the intertransv srse
APPLIED ANATOMY-REGIONAL
23
ligaments and ligamentum flavum being especially well dcfveloped. T.ension tests
on the interlaminar ligamentum avum88S at the 3rd lumbar segment in 10 ostrno m
_ subjects between 1 3 and 80 years, showed the ligament to be almost pe.rfec las
ticJ the ' fa ortlon 0 e astfc fibres to collagen being 2 : I . When the disc is
normal or mo erate y degenerated, theJigamenrum'flaVUl-treen lll1as found to pr
estress the.sl.iSJ:_b.}Cioresra!!w from 1 500 In the young to 400 in the elderly.
Exerting these effects at a distance from the motion centre of the disc, the li
gament therefore creates an inrradiscal pressure of about 0.7 kg/cm' (7 1 kPa) i
n standing, at least in the young. At lumbar segments which are not degenerated,
the lis. ament apl'ears to contribute to intrinsic stability of the sltine. pre
ventin e nerve roots from mechanical im pingement and also prestressing the discs
.
The supraspinous ligament and lumbosacral attachments of the erector spinae musc
ulature
attenuated at its blending with the posterior annulus. fifth lumbar vertebrais ad
ditionally stabilised by the ilio lumbar ligament, which attaches the tip and low
er anterior sur ace 0 t e transverse process to (a) the adjacent iliac crest, an
d (b) to the roughenedlateral area of the adjacent upper surface of sacrum.4)7 V
ESSELS The lumbar vertebral structures are supplied by a spinal e branc of the l
umbar arteries, which irIsefrom tn d5ack of the aorta. A fifth pair may branch f
rom the median sacral or iliolumbar arteries. Af entering the foramen and supply
ing the nerve ter roots 10 this situation, anastomoses are formed with the longi
tudinal arterial network _in the subarachnoid space and with the vessel of the o
pposite side. (See also the arteria radicularis magna', p. 1 4.) The intrinsic v
enous drainage is arranged similarly to other parts of the column, a multitude o
f large veins form ing tributaries of the lumbar veins in this region ; the lower
three usuiilly enter the in(eUOf- vena cava d the first often joins the tumba s
s stem but the arrangement is variable. NERVE SUPPLY The lumbar vertebral struc
tures are supplied by mixed nerv rom t e paravertebral plexus as in other region
s (see p. 9, Cervical spine), with the exception that (a) the ganglionated sym a
thetic trunk now lies against the medial margin of the psoas major, and below th
e L2Jevei there are no preganglionic fibres emerging from the spinal cord with t
he anterior roots, mpathetic supply to s{linal ner.veL below this level being de
rived as grey rami co!!:,municantes..iro nei hbouring ganglia, and (b) tfie popu
lation of nociceptor free nerve endings in liga mnts is greatest Jfl the terior lon
gitudinal ligament, less in other longitudinal and sacroiliac ligaments, and lea
st in_the Jigamentum flavum and interspinoUSITg;'ment. A good example of the int
racanal wandering of nerve fibres from the ramus meningeus is provided by a recu
rrent branch from the L2 segment, which after re entering the intervertebral fora
men, descends within the dorsal aspect of the posterior longitudinal ligament to
the L5 level. I rritation of this branch may explain the com mon occurrence of l
ow back pain in spondylotic changes anywhere between L2 and L5.130
This system o f very fine nerves i s much too fine for medical students to see i
n the dissecting room and accordingly is not well known among members of the pro
fession. I t belongs to that enor mous field of anatomy which is really never lea
rned in the medical course and in fact is not at all well known yet and in which
a great deal more research work is needed. 1 100
..
Previous descriptions ofligamentous arrangements at the low lumbar region appear
to require modification. I n care ful dissections of the posterior lumbar struct
ures of 28 specimens from subjects aged I month to 98 years ( Hey lings, 1978), S
l8 the su prfl:Ipinnus lgament w.as observo i terminate between L4 and L5 ; it ne
ver reached the sacrum. Below L5 spinous process, the fibres of the right and le
ft lumbodorsal fascia decussated across the mid line; after removal of the I umbo
dorsal fascia, the median attachments of the erector s inae musculature were seen
to be variable according to the presence or absence of the supraspinous ligamen
t. Where the ligament was present, from segments L5 upwards, the tendons attache
d to the hiterareageof the posterior part of the spinous process, but below this
the most medial tendons desated to cross the mid - line and attach to the opposi
te side of the posterior edge of spinous processes L5.-=an=_ The interspinous lig
ament was seen to cross the inter spinous spaces in a posterocranial direction, a
nd consisted of ventral, middle and dorsal parts. The ventral part was clearly a
posterior extension of the lIgamentum flavurn.; the interspinous ligament was b
ilateral anteriorly, the slit like median cavity being filled with fat. The middl
e part was plainly the major component of the ligament. In the neutral posture t
he fibres had a curved dis osi tion, becoming..s traighL when the spine was flexe
d . The band of tissue posterior to the spinous processes was thickest between t
he segments 1.5 and S1.; there was no supraspinous ligament at this level and th
e thickness reflects the presence of the decussating erector spinae ten dons and
the other structures mentioned (see Vertebral movement, p. 5 1 ) . The posterior
longitudinal ligament generally narrows beeen the levels of U and the sacruen.iLi
s y a narrow strip of fibrous tissu widened and further
24
Obliquity of the spinal roots
Bee the spinal cord terminates at the level of L I or use the lumbosacral nerve
roots have to travel some djs tance..1upper lumbar footS , lower lumbar roots 1 6
cm) within the canal before they reach and emerge from tiieTr respective interve
rtebral foramina, and con sequently their course is progressively morc obli abov.e
.downwftrds-when compared, for example, with the morc horizontal cervical nerve
roots,n (Fig. 2. 1 3). mmediatciy he orc (he lumbar nerve roots emerge fro tfi n
respective foramina.J_they are Intimately c related to the posterior and terolate
ral aspects of the numerically corr onding inte.r'iCLte.bral discs ; sence of thi
s intimate roxiriltty is irritation or COffi pr -2LDerve roots by movement of disc
material, either backwards, or to one side, or both. These hernia tis and prolaps
es of discsubstance often compress two adjacent spinal nerve roots, so closely a
re the lumbosacral coccygeal roots gathered together to form the cauda equina in
this part of the spine.
L.2)
ANOMALIES The transitional or junctional regions of the spine are 'on('O"genetic
ally restless'l093 and more subject to variations and malformation than any othe
r part of the column. Keith'" refers to the 'physiological unstableness' of the
lumbosacral area. Ammetry of the posterior lumbar and umbos acral joints is commo
n, -",nd occuQ to a varying dEgree in-1'pproximately one-quarter of human spines
. In a series of 3000 pre-employment X-ray examinations of the lumbosacral regio
n over a two-year period, a large number of asymptomatic conditions, including d
egen erative processes and developmental anomalies, were encountered. Epstein's r
eview ( 1 969 1 15) of a long series of spinal studies in patients admitted for
conditions other than back pain showed that many normal individuals have minor c
ongenital variations at the lumbosacral junction. Like wise, radiologically evide
nt narrowing of the lumbosacral interspace is not necessarily significant. One f
acet-plane may be sagittally orientated, and its opposite fellow of the same seg
ment be disposed with a slightly coronal angulation ( Figs 1 . 2 1 , 1 .25, 1 .
3 1 ). In the segments above and below, similar asymmetry may be present, but wi
th the sides reversed. Where evident, this alternating tropism occurs almost alw
.ays-a variant in ttb u the lower h e.J. mbar...region.92, , > 1 A single facet o
n one side may be angulated downwards and inwards, while remaining sagittal in g
eneral disposi tion (Fig. 1 .25). Arthrosis at the anomalous synovial joint is pl
ain, and 't may be Sl ml1cant that this patient developed arthrosis of the hi on
that side. ongenital absence of a icle,9)/) ory laminae,}SO
I
Fig. 1.25 depicts, on the a-p view, an anomalous L4-L5 facet-joint on the left s
ide, with radiographic evidence of frank arthrosis of that joint. (The white spo
tS are shrapnel.) His buttock and anterior thigh pains were emanating from an ar
throtic left hip with marked clinical signs, and less so from his back. In some
17 per cent of cases, this type of spondylolisthesis is complicated by arthrosis
of the hip. Sec: Fig. 6.9.
-, osseous bridging of transverse --1?rocesses dysplasia or absence 0 spmous pro
cesses and clefts in pedicles ofL3 and L4 have been reported. 1 093 Sagittal cle
fts in the vertebral arches-bifid spines are common.605 Spina magna, a much enlar
ged spinous process of L5 coex isting with spina bifida of S I , may also occur.
"" This part of the axial skeleton tends also to present anomalies like the lumb
arised first sacral segment or the sacralised fifth lumbar vertebra, which may b
e either partially or completely fused to the sacrum (Figs 1 .26- 1 . 28). The l
arge 'transverse process' of a transitional and partially sacralised LS may form
an anomalous adventitious joint with the ala of the sacrum on that side, the jo
int being subject to degenerative change like any other and perhaps more so beca
use of the malformation. In at least two of the author's patients, mobilising te
chniques f ntract able backache were unavailin until movement was se.eciikiiIT lo
calised to aft c e adventitious oint.'''' The sacrum may sometimes develop with i
ts upper sur face higher on one side than the other, and a trapezoidal shaped fift
h lumbar vertebral body may be present (Figs
1 . 28- 1 . 30).
APPLIED ANATOMY-REGIONAL
25
d ---
Fig. 1.26 Anterior aspttt of lumbosacral fegion, 39-year-old woman. There were o
nly four truc lumbar vertebrae, the 5th being sacraliscd. Marked loss of L4-L5 d
isc space. She suffered anacks of low back pain with increasing frequency for 10
yean. a 4th lumbar vertebra b Marked loss of L4-L5 disc space e Sacraliscd 5th
lumbar vertebra d 1 st sacral sC'gmem.
B
Fi,. 1.27 Transitional and partly sacraJiscd L5 with 'adventitious' joints betwe
en enlarged transverse processes and ala of the sacrum. Degenerative changes on
the patient's right side.
Fig. 1.28 (A) This 35-year-old woman's sacrum is congenitally tilted upwards on
her left side, and the lumbosacral junction there is panly transitional. (8) The
a-p view of her lumbar spine shows it to be virtually straight, despite a lop-s
ided base. Clinical assessment revealed that her righl sided haunch and groin pai
n on movement were emanating from the L I - L2 segment, and her low lumbar ache,
on sining, from the lumbosacral segment. Her haunch and groin symptoms were rel
ieved by several sessions of manipulation of that segment, and her residual symp
tom of lumbar ache on sitting was relieved by rhythmic lumbar traction. The radi
ographic appearance, of course, remains unchanged.
26
Fl. 1.29 (A) This lady's right upper sacral surface is higher than the left and s
he is consequently listing to the left, despite having a slight lateral pelvic t
ilt upwarru on the left. (8) The uneven sacral surface is more apparent; also ap
parent arc the anomalous L3-L4 facet-joints. The twelfth ribs arc asymmetrical.
(c) Group Ita spondylolisthesis (1st degree) at L4-L5, with bony contact of L3-L
4 spinous processes. (D) Bone-to-bone cOntact of L3-L4 spinous processes is show
n more clearly. It was not possible, by manual or mechanical passive movement te
chniques. or exercises, or suppon, to modify this patient's right buttock pain w
hen standing.
APPLIED ANATOMY-REGIONAL
27
HALf -MOON SHAPE
12 Ofo
57
fLAT
"/0
HALf- MOON SAPE AND fLAT
31 %
Fig. 1.31
Supuior aspect of sacrum, showing main varieties of lumbosacral facet-plane orie
ntation. (After Goldthwait, 1952.)
Fig. 1.30 Because of a trapezoidal and partially sacralised L5, this 22year-old
girl's spine listed to the right on a level pelvis. All movements hurt her in th
e low back, and flexion was limited to lOuching her knees. All signs were reliev
ed by repetitive grade I I I pressures on the left PSIS-no other technique was e
ffective. While now asymptomatic, she of course remains deviated.
Frequent dysplasia of the pars interarticularis of LS has been reported. 1 (9 )
These structural anomalies are often well tolerated until the additional insult
of degenerative spondylosis is added to further narrow the lumbar canal. Surgica
l decompres sion may then be required.
9 an t e general factor of mechanical weakness predisposes to the forward slip.
This tendency IS resisted by the bony hook comprising the pedicle, the interarti
cular portion of the neural arch (pars interarticular is) and the inferior facet
; this hooks over the superior facet of the ver tebra below. The constant tenden
cy cannot prevail so long as the in tegrity of the bony hook and the subjacent su
perior facet remain. The intersegmental soft tissue structures, i.e. annulus fib
rosus, longitudinal and other ligaments, and muscles, make it more secure. The r
esistin bony mechanism can be upset, among
Spondylolisthesis (Figs 1.29, 6.8, 6.9) has many causes''''
other causes (see p. 1 4S) by congenital aplasia of the superior facets of the s
acrum. Lumbosacral facet-planes disposed in the coronal plane probably comprise
a more efficient bony hook to resist the influence of body weight acting on the
lumbosacral angle. I f the facet-plane is sagittal the integrity of the joint ma
y bl:JllOl:"-3L ris k. The differences are important because of the potential of
some configurations for giving rise to signs and symp toms. The facet-planes of
the l umbosacral joint frequently vary between sides, and there is also a wide v
ariation between individuals (Fig. 1 . 3 1 ). Where asymmetry exists with one jo
int disposed in the coronalplane and the other more sagitally, naturally symmetr
ical regional movements o t e ac an pe VIS may tend to exert asymmetrical f orce
s at this segment, but excessive wear and tear with an increased likelihood of l
ow back pain does not neces s3rITY follow as a consequence.1l27 Farfan )26. )24 d
raws attention to the'potenc of rotation ,y strains in initiating the degenerati
ve process, particularly on the Side ofthe more oblique facet in asymmetrical jo
ints ( Ig. 1.2S , yet the shape and orientation of lumbosacral facet-planes seem
to have no effect on the symmetry of lumbar rotation. 769. 1093. 421
A further facLOr is variation of sacral disposition j the more hofizOn'i:ally di
sposed the sacrum, the greater is the need for the strong bony hook, resisting t
he constant forward slipping tendency ofLS on the sacrum under the influence of g
ravity. The plane of the upper surface of S 1 vertebral
28
The diSPOSition of the facets determines the shape of the vertebral foramen and
spinal canal
body forms an angle with the horizontal of about 30. The !! more the sacrum is ho
rizonra dis osed the reaterdie ace-vet:sa. Variations of sacral disposition in th
e lateral view, when the angle may vary from 20 to almost 90 , and of the sacral
profile itself, have frequently been considered together with abnormalities of
sagittal spinal curvature, and a diathesis to onc or morc joint con ditions of th
e lumbar spine, pelvic girdle and hip joints has been postulated on the basis of
these observations. Schmorl and J unghanns assert,IOQl
birth canal . . . . Critical evaluation of all available investigative results m
akes it difficult to d lagnose-an- 4abnormal umbosacral angle and it is even more
difficult to consider it
as
Facets distant. pechcles long.
oral canal
1
oral canal
pechcles long,
2 Facets close.
influence the statistics and dynamics of the spjne.. as wclLas the
The differing degrees of angulation play an important role and
a caus
n.
3 Facets dlstant. pedICieS short,
mang ularcanal
During the last tWO decades, increasing attention has centred on developmental r
eduction of the dimensions, together with altered configuration, of the lumbar v
er tebral canal (Figs 1 .32 , 1 .33) , H)88. 1 207. 2, ) 1 5 , 6 1 8 , 1292, 1 1 2
7 , 660, 9 1 1 although the first account of clinical affects appeared in 1900,
1072 II forms of stenosis show consistent abnormalities on a Ian view of the ve
rtebra: smaller interfacetal distance ; shorter pedicles ; reduced dorsoventral
diameter; shallow ness of the lateral ecess. The lateral recess, bounded by the me
dial p..ID"tion of the superior articular facet and the lamina above, by the ped
icle laterally and by the vertebral body its superior lip and the adjacent disc
below, contains the nerve root and it is in this limited space that the root is
most vulner able to compression. 1 088 In stenotic lumbar spines the cauda e uina
is ver freqU.;!1t y compresse y a degree of degenerative trespass
Spinal stenosis
The factors determininl!; the shape of the lumbar vertebral foramina. (Reproduce
d from The Lumbar Spine and Back Pain, 1976, by kind permission of H. Baddeley a
nd the Pitman Medical Publishing Co. Ltd.)
Fig. 1.33
e f3
.
trefOil canal
4 Faootsclose, pedICieS shon.
which could easily be accommodated without symptoms by a more roomy vertebral ca
nal. The incidence shows a male preponderance; it can bel evident on plain films
,part of this being a relativ;flatten ing of the interverte n d shortened pedicles
, evident on lateral radiographs.911 Kirkaldy-Willis el 01 ... state that the co
ndition is much more common than has been appreciated over the past 70 years. Po
rter el 01. ( 1 980)'00', have highlighted the clinical importance of a trefoil-
shaped lumbar canal. By studying three skeletal populations altogether comprisin
g 240 adult, and 27 children's, spines and comparing the results with in vivo ul
trasound measurements of the spinal canals of nearly 1 500 subjects and patients
from two pathological groups, they suggest that patients with disc symptoms and
those with neurogenic claudication may have not only nar row but also trefoil ca
nals. They noted that the degree of 'trefoilness' increased from L l to LS. In g
eneral terms, congenital malformations of weight bearing bones might be expected
to produce wear and tear, and thus symptoms, earlier than would normally symmetr
ical structures subjected to the same stress ; this follows at times, yet as has
been mentioned, many patients without symptoms exhibit a variety of skeletal ab
normalities. ll27 Abnormal variations of lumbosacral root and plexus formation h
ave been reported6 1 . 1 1 and nerve fibres form ing intersegmental anastomoses in
the dorsal lumbosacral rootlets have also been described;%S these appear simila
r to those in the cervical region. 98 Agnoli I I reported on 20 personal observat
ions and anaSoft tissues
Fig. 1.32 Plan view of the lumbar verlcbrae (L I to L5, from left above to right
below). The shape of the neural canal at Ll progressively changes to a trefoil
shape at LS. There is relative constriction of the Illteral recess of L4 vCrlcbr
a on the subject's Icft. Thc apparent unilatcral constriction at L3 is due to sl
ight tilt i ng of the vertebra.
APPLIED ANATOMX", REGIONAL -
29
lysed 18 cases from the literature. The most fregw:n.t..Jl!.!.o malies were (he c
ommon dural origin of twO nerve footS and the common exit of two footS via one f
oramen. Intet- radicular conneccions, nd Y-shaped or horizontally dis posed nerve r
oots, were seen in 9 of the 20, and 6 of the 1 8 ; operation revealed only the a
nomalies, although the 'history and clinical findings suggested prolapsed interv
ertebral disc. Decompression produced positive results. Transforaminal Ii aments
"22 rna be resent the freuency a anomalous fibrous bands might be higher than !o
estimated, since many soft-tissue anomalies would escape radiological detection
.
THE SACROILIAC JOINT
Because this articulation, together with the craniover (ebra! region and other tr
ansitional areas, is of prime im portance in the understanding and conservative t
reatment of vertebral joint problems, a fuller account of salient features is gi
ven (Fig. 1 .35). STRUCTURE
sacral surface are cephalic and caudal levation bounding e acentral depression; i
n elderly people a third elevatIon Ii dnrsally to the central depresslOn.4)7 The
configura g. tions of the iliac articular surface are not necessarily a faithful
mirror-image of the sacral surface, and great irre gularity prevails in the surf
ace formations. Similarly, the articular slits are not orientated in space as fa
irly uniform paramedian planes converging posteriorly; each joint exhibits at le
ast two planes slightly angulated to one another, and often three-their disposit
ion and area are not always similar when sides are compared in the same individu
al. l '51 Thus the assertion that movement. albeit small between the two bones i
s primarily rotation, in an nclined parasagittal plane, requires some qualificati
on ; likewise the notion that manipulations with a rotatory component are the mo
st important. RELATIONS Anteriorly, the joint is crossed above by the obturator
and femoral nerves, the lumbosacral cord and the medial edge of the psoas major.
The internal iliac artery and the iliac veins lie in front of it. The first sac
ral nerve and the piri formis muscle cross its lower part. Laterally and below th
e joint, the greater sciatic foramen is partially filled by t.he emerging pirifo
rmis muscle, above which the superior gluteal vessels and nerve emerge from the
pelvis. Below the piriformis, t.he inferior gluteal vessels and nerve, the inter
nal pudendal vessels and the pudendal, sciatic and posterior femoral cutaneous n
erves emerge.
The joint and the mechanism of the pelvis are fully de scribed in many texts, and
[his description concentrates on special aspects of OUf concern. The nature of
the cartilage covering the opposed articu lar surfaces seems a matter of debate r
ather than agreed fact, and descriptions differ between hyaline cartilage, fibro
cartilage and a reddish-grey cartilage with villous prolongations as covering on
e or both surfaces ; the carti L I GAMENTOUS ATTACHMENTS AND lage on the sacral s
urface is thicker than on the ilium. I t EFFECTS OF GRAVITY is 'probably not of
immediate chOlcal importance, except for a tendency for the condensation or scle
rosis which 1n an AP view. the sacrum seems inserted like a wedge appears as a r
esult of stress (osteitis condensans iliil to be between the two ilia, as the ke
ystone of an arch. RuLi.tl. almostinvariablyonthe iliac side of the joint and no
t the the lateral view, the true dependence of the joint's integ !(! side; the na
ture and thickness of cartilage may be rity upon the strength and efficiency of
its principal liga cral a factor here.'l)7 790. 1 082. 1095 ments is immediately
apparenl (Fig. 1 .34).The sacral articular surface, a letter L lying on its side
, WI-Uk t.heJ.ntedorconcavityof thesacrum serves to in has the shorter and verric
all dis osed ce halic lim crease the capacity of the true pelvis, the sacral pro
mon by the first sacra se2menr while the longer and horizon toryprojects jnto the
pelvic cavity to form the aoex of the t disposed caudal limbis borne bythe secon
d and third Sacrovertebral angle ; graYitational stress tends to project ally ;
sacral segments. Dorsally, t median, intermerl.te and th sacral --pf,QmGntor=-fo!.
ward, thus tending to he --lateral sacral crests rep" "- \..,.: '-... spinous,"-
=-ticular and reduce the sagittal dimensions of the pelvic inlet and also esent
f usea - '-- a . '\ :-.r-\_ ''-- se processes transxtr ....... - respectively, a
nd It is noteworthy to increase the lumbar lordosis by anterior pelvic tilt. The
ttJ in ab 1"Jjr S accesc latter tendency is, of course, resisted extrinsically by a
b D n a5e J soq.-sacr.o.iliil a;ticulations exist between the lateral sacral cres
t and dominal and gluteal musculature. adjacent ilium. 12 109) Forward movement of
t.he sacral base and backwards In childhood both sacral and iliac articular sur
faces are movement of its apex, relative to the ilia. are resisted in plane, but
from puberty every conceivable combination trmsically by the strongest l igament
s in tbe body (Figs of small ridges and furrows is seen on the two surfaces. 1 .
34, 1 . 35). p01'Sally-..to ..th"- Srticular surface lies a The size. shape and
roughness of the articular surfaces rough deeplJ<..pitted- cr.aggjl area which,
-1Ogether with the varygreatly between individuals, as do the small ranges late
tally adjacent craggy surface of tbe....iliac tuberosity, of movement. In more g
ross terms, irregularities of the gives attachment to the massive interosseous s
acroiliac
30
GRAVITATIONAL
ORCE
PS I S I NTEROSSEOUS SACRO - I LiAC LIGAMENT
FORWARD THRUST
GREATER SCIATIC FORAMEN
-
, :--
_ _
-!. - u' ""-l.
r
PS I
LESSER SCIATIC FORAM EN ISCHIAL TUBEROSITY SACRO SPINOUS SACRO TUBEROUS LIGAMENTS
Fig. 1.]6
(Sec text.)
and
d
transverse processes to the adjacent iliac crest, may give origin to some fibres
of sacrospinalis and multifidus muscles. MUSCLES While the strongest muscles of
the body surround the sac i1iac joint, none are intrinsic to it or act upon it
directly as tbe quadriceps extends the knee, for example. It will be apparent, e
ven to the first-year student, that this does not mean tbat by its attachments t
he surrounding muscle mass may not markedly influence the mechanical behaviour o
f the joint. ordwstressesSllstained by it . On studying the gross anatomy of the
joint surfaces, it will also be apparent that since these comprise two and ofte
n three planes angulated to each other, whatever movement may be powerfully but
indirectly imposed by the muscle mass, it cannot be rotation (see p. 280). The j
oint may be ljkened to the superior tibiofibular joint, disorders of which are f
requently a covert cause of anterolaterallegand ankle pain. In some important re
spects, this litcle articula tion is a microcosm of the sacroiliac joint and, wei
ght bearing strains apart, the comparative anatomy, function during walking and s
usceptibility to local and referred pains after what appear to be 'shuffling' le
sions, are worth our consideration. The suggestion is not as incongruous as it m
ay seem. uropean authors sometimes speak of iriformis spasm, an a the muscle bei
ng stretched and . 0 inful on pressure dunng rectal exarninauo ., NERVE SUPPL Y
The intra-articular innervation is more abundant than macroscopic examination in
dicates. Segmental derivation of its nerve supply is not always the same on each
side. Behind, the lateral branches of L5, S I and S2 posterior primary rami for
m a plexus between the posterior and interosseous ligaments ; from these IggeSbr
anches ramify
Fig. 1 .34 Medial aspect of sagittal section of pelvis. Gravitational stress len
ds to increase sacrovertebral angle and reduce sagittal dimensions of pelvic inl
et.
ligament (Fig. 1 . 35) forming the chief BeRd Of uRion b1!'tWCen the two bones ;
it also converts the sacroiliac articulation into a part synovial joint and par
t syndes mosis. Interosseous ligament fibres do not tear in the gdayer when the b
ones are forciblyseparatedi the fibres detach themselves fcom one hone and remai
n fixed to the other. 8)8. 1 082 'Bel;w and laterally, the stron sacrotuberous a
nd sacroIg. . 6) firmly attach the non articular lower paC[ ofthe sacrum and its
apex to the ischial tuberosity and spine respectively. Thus a mechanical 'couple
' is provided to resist the effect of gravity in the he erect position. T more s
uoerficial posterior sacroilil!c liBament is also very strong, but its anterior
fellow is a thin weaksrr"ctlJre which stretches and tears easily upon sli ht ubi
c separation.I082 The iliolum ar Igaments, attaching the fifth lumbar
SACRO- I LlAC INTEROSSEOUS LIGAMENT
SACRO ILIAC JOINT
FI,. 1.35 Horizontal section demonstrates that joint is partly synovial and part
ly a syndesmosis. Short but very thick interosseous ligament is a principal fact
or in resisting excessive forward movement of sacral base.
APPLIED ANATOMY-REGIONAL
31
to the ligaments. and skin ofthemedjal andlower buttock. Anteriorly, the joint i
s supplied by nerves variably derived from roots 13 to.$ l , and by the superior
gluteal nerve (L5 to 52). 07, 1 10. 399. 'm. l m BLOOD SUPPLY The median sacral
artery branches from the aorta above iis bifu c to d r ai n, escending on L4 an
d L5 vertebral bodies to anastomose on the front of the sacrum with the lateral
sacral branches from the internal iliac artery. Branches enter the anterior sacr
al foramina, supplying the sacral vertebrae and cauda equinain the sacral canal,
!Jnd then emerge via the poSterjor foramioae to anastomose pos teriorly with bra
ncbes of the gluteal arteries. Venous drainage is by vessels ascompanyiogthearte
ries as tribu taries of the lateral sacral and median sacral veins; these are tri
butaries of the common iliac veins.4)7 ANOMALIES Of 30 sacra, Solonen ( 1957)"57
found variations in width of the lateral part in 25 cases ; the left lateral wa
s wider in 19, the right in 6, and in only 5 cases were the rwo sides similar. V
ariations in the height of sacral alae and the body of SI (Figs 1 .3 1 , 1 .37),
1 09 ) transitional vertebrae, a laterally tilted upper surface of the sacrum,
a trapezoidal fifth lumbar vertebral body, iliac horns, calcified iliolumbar lig
aments, an anomalous notch for the iliac artery (para-
glenoid foramen), asymmetrical sacral facets, spina bifida occulta of the upper
sacral segments and spina magna of L5, do not per se justify ascribing back, but
tock and thigh pains to their presence. By meticulous examination the cause of a
in s d b in the resence of factors which may not be visible on plain X-rays, suc
h as torsional and stress dis t;'rbances of the sof tissue of the back and sacroi
l ac t i joint ;JI5 although X-rays are important, of course, and anomalies cann
ot be excluded from the basis of assessment.
SURFACE ANATOMY
Palpation of the vertebral column and limb girdle Structures is a vital part of
examination for spinal joint problems ; thus there should be familiarity with wh
at underlies the surface terrain on both the dorsal and ventral aspects. CERVICA
L SPINE The posterior tubercle of the atlas (CI) may be felt in the mid-line ( F
igs 1 . 1 , 1 .2), under the 'eaves' of the overhang ing occiput, in a small prop
ortion of people but for the mostpart it is an impalpable bonyP Int, unless cons
ider O able and uncomfortable pressure is unwisely applied. Its surface mark is t
hus the soft-tissue sulcus between the occiput and the prominent spinous process
of the axis (C2). Unless the patient'S cervical tissues are very thickened, the
posterior arches of atlas (CI) can be palpated postero laterally immediately und
er the occiput. It is necessary to direct the fingertip anteromedially and sligh
tly upward, and to ensure that there is muscle relaxation. The lateral lip 0 the
transverse process o the atlas IS pal able, in most j people, between t e ang e
0 t e Jaw and the mastoid pro cess (Figs. 1.2, 1.3). Inafew, It 15 not easy to f
ind, and less so when upper cervical tenderness is such as to make even the most
gentle probing difficult. The little sulcus, which is formed by the adjacent bo
ny points of mastoid process and atlas, allows a comparison of the position of C
I in relation to the skull, and also of movement in the craniovertebral joints ;
'abnormalities' are not necessarily significant. The axis (C2) (Fig. 1 .2) is m
arked by a large beaked spinous process ; this terminates in 3n inverted V which
can sometimes be verified by careful palpation. While on inspection it is not as
evident as that of C7! it often reels as large. The C2 transverse process can b
e jdentifieg,. through the soft tissues._
The axis
SACML ALAE ABOV E .
LEVEL WITH
AND
BELOW
I.t. SACRAL CENTRUM
FI,. 1.]7 Anterior aspect of sacrum, showing variations in relative height of sa
cral alae and body of S 1. (After Schmorl and Junghanns, 1971.)
upper surface of
32
C3 spinous process soft tissues, may simulate these normal bony proThis is a shy
liltle bony point ( Figs 1 . 1 , 1 .2) .almost con- minences. cealed by the ove
rhanging beak of C2 and may therefore The lateral extremities of the transverse
processes are ... through the soft tissues on either side, be missed when palpat
ing the neck of the prone patient easil from cranial to caudal (Fig. 1 .38). I t
is most easily felt by although this becomes I s. eas e ow C6. directing the tb
umbtip pressyre anteriorly and slightly With the patient supine, the anterior as
p of thecerviect cal transverse processes can be palpated, and unilateral r crani
ally. mques The remaining cervical spinous processes may be asym- bilateral ante
roposterior contact mobilising tech h metrically bifid, and may give the impress
ion of rotation employed. Locatmg t e most comfortable poiur for ifunusually pro
minent on one side. Q.o"btabo"t whether pressure should be carefully done, with
the musculature pushed to one side. Some patients may experience proxi OQC is pa1
pat;o8C6 or C7 spinous process (which seems to arise more frequently when treati
ng degenerative joint mal arm pain, and some a feeling of impending syncope, dis
ease than when palpating fellow-students !) can be if the pressure is not consid
erate. resolved byplacing a fingertip so that it lies between...t he C7 spinous
process two s inous rocesses. On extendin the subject's neck, The spinous proces
s of C7 is prominent, but so is that 7 c;. spinous rocess remains al able whil o
f T I , and perhaps the term 'vertebra prominens' should glides away from the pa
lpating finger. be written 'vertebrae' and applied 10 both of them, instead of c
ustomarily toC7 (Fig. 1 . 1 ). Th9se of C6 and C7 are C2 to C6 spinous processes
usually not bifid ; further, thf trans"eCie pr9':csses of C7 ,\he tips ofC2 t9
C6 spinous processes lie on the same extend laterally as far as those of C2, so
that a paramedian level as the lower margin of the inferior artic"lar facet, I'e
rpendicular would join their tips. Those of C3 to C6 which is thus the lower mar
gin of the facet-joint. Thus would not extend laterally to reach this perpendic
ular line. the tip of C4 spinous process, for example, overlies the transverse p
rocess can be identified in front of the 7 lower margin of the C4-CS facet-joint
. Since the inter trapezIus muscle but pal patIon IS uncomfortable, and it articu
lar bony mass is marked dorsally by a little bony is often simpler 10 locate it
through the broad, triangular hump. it i Q t e s t ryotfie tfiumbtIps down the p
ara median aponeurosis of the middle fibres of tra ezius. s Ul e a y o vertebral
sulcuson either side, some 2-3 em from the ' In t e prone patient, palpation of
a cervical rib at C7 line an ocate t ese urn s w IC over ie t.he facet- oints. m
ay require strong probing since it will lie anteriorly, i.e. They are easiest to
feel at C4 and a ove. an are most deep, to the transverse process. It is much e
asier to com easily palpated with the patient in prone-lying or in side pare sides
when the patient is supine. lying. Facetal osteophytes are usually shelf-like p
rojections Cord segments and when marked they, with their covering of thickened
In the typical cervical region, [he tio of the spinous process
t;;=;E]iir:
A CrantOYertebral
8. Lumbosacral
CranIum
C3
L . . . . . . . ,,- -:,
C:1 <" (j
Fl._ 1.38
Similarities between craniovertebral and lumbosacral configuration on sagittal p
alpation. (8) Similarly, as one moves cranially down the rused dorsal spines of
the sacrum, L5 is 'the little blunt church tower at the bottom or the valley' an
d L4 is large and unmistakable.
(A) As the palpating finger moves caudally off the occiput. C I posterior tuberc
le i s 'the little blunt church tower at the botlom or the valley' and C2 is lar
ge and unmistakable.
APPLIED ANATOMY-REGIONAL
33
corresponds to the level of the succeeding spinal cord g se ment. i.e C6 spinous
process is level with the C7 cord ' ' segment (Fig. 2. 1 3). THORACIC SPINE AND
RIBS The anterior concavity of the thoracic spine varies quite considerably bet
ween individuals. While it is obvious that the region's general configuration mu
st conform to the patient'S body type so far as sagittal curvature is con cerned,
there will be found a surprising variety of midI upper thoracic curvature. Quit
e commonly, the inter sca ular region is flat and in some it will be markedly so,
and this with radiograp IC appearance reporte as nor mal'. In many, this apparen
t postural deviant is associated ith upperthor cica dc ycaljoint problems (see p
. 235) a n er j but by no means invariably. These characteristically 'lie down t
he back like the scales of a fish' sothat tbe tpo a spinous process lies level w
ith j f the subjacent vertebral body, but this does not apply to t!!. upper two
or three. and lower two or three sCiwepts, e i.$: the lower margin of these spin
ol1s processes lies roughly on the same level as the lower margin of the same . I
t is seldom appreciated how variable these levels of horizontal relationship can
be, andWhy descriptions can only be generalised ; comparison of three newly art
iculated skeletons will make the point. In the middle seven or eight thoracic le
vels, the tip of the SplDOUS process Ijes more r less level with the laminae of
the subjacent ven ra. The tips of t e spines are not 1 ut s ightly bulbous, and
progressively become more ridge-like towards the thoracolumbar junction. Anomali
es are common, and deviation of a spine to one side or other is frequently palpa
ble ; these should nOt be taken as positional evidence of rotation since compari
son of the relationship of the laminae will demonstrate there is no fixed rotati
on. I with The facts that the acromioclavicular 'oint r lOterspace, the spine of
scapula lies approxi i!te C matelylevel with 1'3 spinous processand its inferior
angle aE.P[Qximately level with T7 spinous process, provide a rough guide only.
For accuracy it is necessary to .QY.O-t downwards from T 1 or upwards from L5. A
practical method of counting is to place the tips of two adjacent fingers on th
e interspinous depression above and below one spinous process, and to shift the
two fingertips as one when transferring to the next spinous process. There can s
till be difficulty if the spines are very close, and virtually fixed thus by chr
onic segmental stiffening. Caudally, rh9 ilpines become progress ively more shor
t, andprojectmore dorsally; this shaner lever ill ' ovement induced by transvers
e ressures on the side of the spinous pr p
Thoracic spinous processes
These are easily felt in the paravertebral sulci as aseries o 'flattened ridges
and it is ' ortant to remember that t e ridge palpated is the dorsal aspect of[b
einterarticular pan ; it overlies the lower facet-joint of that vertebra.
,
The lower parts of the thoracic Jaminae
The Ii rst rib
The first rib arTiculates only with the first thoracic vene .. bra; the spinous a
nd transverse processes of TI, and angles of the first rib. are on the same hori
zontal level . P alpation of the first rib angle tbrollgh the trapezius muscle,
which may be in some spasm, can be painful for the patient ; the flat uppe r sur
face ofthe rib iseasily felt, the prone patient, by lifting the upper fibres of t
rape zius and palpating immediately beneath . By careful prob ing, the transverse
process of TI can also be identified. Anteriorly, the first palpable rib below t
he clavicle is , the first rib. H Frequently, the anterior shafts of the 2nd n'b
s are unduly prominent, and simple observation from the front as well as palpati
on will confirm the fact. t.!!:!ilateral prominence. associated with marked loca
l eo d tenderness anteriorly?mayoccur in lesionsofas c n rjb. For all ribs, the
intercostal spaces are somewhat wider in front than behind. 1 18 On a posterior
view ofthe trunk, the line of the rib angles is not vertical ; that of the 8th r
ib is usually furthest from the mid-line, and both above and below this level a
line joining them deviates slightly inwards, more so above the 8th rib. Grant (
1 958)'" states :
Si9- [he deep muscles of the back diminish in b"lk as they ce ascend. it follows
that the angles become ro ressivel nearer the tubercles from e ow upwards, till
the first rib is reached.
The important point is that generally they are nearer the tubercle more craniall
y, and further away more caudally. Down to the 8th or 9th thoracic vertebra, the
transverse process is level with the upper border of its vertebral body, and si
nce the head of a typical rib articulates with (i) its numerically corresponding
vertebral body and the one above, and (ii) the tubercle articulates with the nu
meric ally corresponding transverse process, it follows that the rib ang wjll bcp
alpatcd jpst below, or at the same level les of. the transverse processes. , One
should be careful not to mistake a small soft-tissue nodule or fasciculus, whic
h may be acutely tender, for 'a rib angle' ; it is necessary to push the overlyi
ng soft tissues to one side to be sure one is indeed feeling an immovable bony p
oint. Doubts as to which rib angle must always be clarified by couoting upwards
or downwards. The single costal facet on Ti l and TI2 vertebral bodies is virtua
lly level with the transverse process, but the associated rib does not articulat
e with it. The slight angle of the I I th rib is easily palpated at about the ho
rizontal level ofTI2 spinous
34
process, but the 12th rib, which may be 2-20 cm long, is virtually featureless a
nd not so easy to find, especially in women. In the uppe r thoracic region, the
tip of the spinous pro c s corresponds to the second succeeding segment, e.g. the
spmous process of T4 overlies the T6 cord segment. In the lower thoracic spine,
there is a three-segment dis crepancy, i.e. TIO spmous process overhes the first
1 ::' " C ao segment. At the last two segments, Ti l b r ';'rd "' sEinous process
overlies L3 cord segment and I12 lies the first sacral cord segment. As with all
biological measurements, there is a normal range ofvariarion as to the precise
level of caudal termina tion of the human spinal cord, relative to the vertebral
canal. 71 T e adult cord may terminate anywhere between t e last thoracic and th
e t ied umbar verte ca. pm cords in the femalez and those of negro races tend to
e V!ghtly longer than those of white males (Fig. 2. 1 3). In the newborn child,
[be spinal cord extends to the upper border of L3.
Cord segments
,!>Iunted bony point, while that of L4 is a comparatively l;ug and saglla1ly ndg
ed eminence. e l1 2. T e ridged emmences from L4 upwards (including the lower th
oracic spines) are often a little depressed at about their middles, and it is em
barrassingly easy to aSSl!me that one is palpating an interspinous gap when, in
fact. one's finger is in the depression which marks the -. middle of a quadrangu
lar lumbar spinous process. 3. The palpable ridge of one middle or upper lumbar
spinous process may be considerably broadened, giving the impression of 'osteoph
ytosis' of the bony point; this is a normal structural variation and should not
be given any special significance. T l.!. se generallylieleyel with the interspa
ce between the e , s einous processes and they are larger in the middle of the h
reg than at t p "pper and lower ends. 1)1e palpable ion eminences which can be
detected through the soft tissues on eithersjde areoat the laminae, but are the
promtnent dO a aSpects of the inferjor articular processes. They rs l ;;= the le
vel of the facet-jointsJmd lie on either side ark of the lower third of the spin
ous processes.
The facet-joints The lumbar transverse processes
THE LUMBAR SPINE
The iliac crg.ts do not invariably lie level with the L4 ver ""(hef cet-joiotSlie
atadepthof some 5 em below the skin a tebral body, and more frequently (about SQ
pc, "OAt of surface,658 although this dimension is considerably .. e as -L5 int
erspace. cases) they lie in the s reduced by firm digital pressure when palpatin
g through In some 20 per cent they are level with the L5 verte the soft tissueso
body, and this is sometimes referred to as '3 high-riding L5'. Only in the rema
ining 20 per cent of cases do the iliac crests lie in the same plane as the L4 v
ertebral body. THE PELVIS For this rcason, it is morc accurate to localise the L
4 spinous process by first finding that of L5, which in most cases can be identi
fied by sliding the tip of finger or thumb cranially along the fused spines of t
he sacrum (Fig. 1 . 38). The blunted and often small bony point, lying at the ce
ntre of the lumbosacral depression is the fifth lumbar spinous process. Because
anomalies (in the form of transitional vertebrae and spina bifida) (p. 24) are c
ommon in this region, there may be difficulty in deciding which is the fifth lum
bar spinous process. The first segment with palpable move ment will decide the is
sue, and the vertebra immediately above the first movable joint will be the lowe
st lumbar vertebra, whether it is L4, LS or 'L6'. l 18O(,) Palpation of the pron
e patient's lumbosacral region can sometimes be difficult because of anomalies,
and when there is the real likelihood of confusion in identifying bony points, t
he patient'S position should be changed to that shown in Figure 14.3 (p. 455). T
he imporq!O[ P9iAB abem tlie lumbar spinous processes are: of J 5 i. ''''prisingl
y often a deep, small and Directly beneath a skin dimple on each side, the moste
mi nent part ofthe postenOor superioriliacspines lies opposite the second sacral
segment, the 'spinous process' of which is always palpable as1 discrete bony poi
nt. nm The posterior superior iliac spines do not invariably present with a dete
ctable and localised eminence, but may remain simply as flatly curved bony ridge
s; medial to them the palpable depression is the sulcus overlying the sacro iliac
joint. At this point. the synovial cavity of the joint itself lies some 3 cm or
more beneaththe palpating finger, this space being occupied by the massive inte
rosseous sacroiliac ligament ; yet during testing movements (see p. 334) the rhy
thmically changing relationship between the sacrum and the iliac spine is readil
y detectable in young, and many older, adults. . htl laterally, the pose 6 cm be
low terior in/enoor iliac s ines are palpable throug tlie up r h p mass of the b
uttock, and immediately medial to this point c OlO t can eaSI y e e t. the low T
he , eaf 'crillt lies slightly hi onzQ.!!! hne joining the uppe r tipS of the gr
eater tro 31 chanters ; the sacrql hiatus lying betwecn thc cornua, is .
APPLIED ANATOMY-REGIONAL
3S
ep identified as a median depression over the apex of sily the sacrum. "lii the
highest point ofthe buttock in youngpeople, ar the sacrotuberollI l;rQmpnts CaD
be detected through the gluteal mass, and with a IittJe practice it is RQt giffi
C1)lr to note differences in tensioo between them. In maturer patients, the palp
ation point will lie a little above the highest point of the buttock mass. Diffi
culties of orientation can be resolved by identifying the ischial tuberosities a
nd marking out the known
attachments of the ligaments between these two emi nences and the lateral borders
of the sacrum. Anteriorly, Baa's poillt (q. v.) lies a litlle below McBur ney's
POlOt,'" the laner being situated at the junction of the outer and middJe thirds
of a line joining the anterior superior iliac spine and the umbilicus. Medial t
o and ; slightly below the anterior superior iliac spie, the iliacu and psoas mai
or muscles form a palpable longitudinal bundle, and in the medial plane the uppe
rmost part of the sl!lcus formed by (he symphysis pubis is easily felt.
2. Applied anatomy-general
ARTICULAR CARTILAGE OF SYNOVIAL JOINTS
INTRODUCTION The contact-bearing surface of joints is the hyaline carti lage cove
ring the articular surface of bone. True articular bearing surface cartilage dif
fers from epi physeal growth cartilage-although adjacent, they are functionally d
ifferent tissues and their fate is different. Articular cartilage exjstsonlyin t
hin layers andthe two sources of nutritional fluid can ani be a the underlying S
tudies indicate that adult bone and b articular cartilageisprjmarilydependent on
synovial fluid for its metabolic exchanges, albeit via the matrix. 8)() The pos
sibility of contributions from subchondral vessels remains, but at most this nut
ritional route can only be of minor importance, and is probably more active dur i
ng skeletal immaturity than after closure of growth regions. I Ls.. TJ 1 e rc.;,
xtured matrix.thewhole forminga tough but elastic and compressible layer a few m
m in thickness, enmeshed together and also bound to the underlying bone by numer
ous collagenous fibres. Thickness is variable at dif ferent sites ofasiAgie !I ce
. n the deepest layer, (a) arranged as arching bundles of collagen.anchoredin[he
calcified zone beneath and e nmeshing vertical rows ofclosel packed oval chon y N
earer the surface, (b), cells become more horj_ ontally disposed among fibres whi
ch are thinner, and (c) the surface la er hself is arran ed of more flattened ce
lls, , fibres thi te e bu branches dcscending into the superficial matrix. On el
ec tron microscopy, the contact-bearing surface presents the appearance of hilly
country with a matted fibrous tcxture.1 "0 Thc mounds or hills are built up by g
roups of the thick horizontal fibres, while the intervening de pressions or inden
tations are apparently formed by a sur face layer which closely follows the conto
ur of underlying
7
e@Qrjn :!! fib;;;;;
es.
lacunar structures, gcnerally grouped together in pairs.876 Around the lacunae,
collagenoys fibrils can be seen to an;Stomose and form cross-links with each oth
er. With a lbird's nest' appearance. Cells are normally conceived as the source
and regula tors of the extra cellular material of tissues, but cluml!!9avascular
articular cartilage are entirely de c pendent uponthe generous matflx or thclr nu
tfltton a&1 abolic exchanges."54 ct articular chondrocytes live in and under pro
per cir cumstances synthesise and dissolve ground substance. Ty mayevendivide alth
ough the turnover of cellsmust be low, due to the relative firmness of the matri
x, and this accords with the need for a bearing-surface architecture of structur
al stability. 836 This does not mean that cartilage . is not a viable tiss f res
onse to inury. tab e collagenous tissue, the fibrous element which is the source
of the tissue's tensile strength, consists of the triple helix of the tropocolla
gen molecule, intimately associated with, and cnmeshing, the complex mucopoly sac
charide molecules of cartilage, i. e. proteoglycans.'07J Besides proteoglycans,
cartilage comprises a number of solutes of much lower molecular weight. While th
e collagen network is responsible for the integ rity of the tissue and its mechan
ical strength, it is the pro teoglycan-water gel"" with its very fine pores (2(}-
40 A, 2-4 nM) which controls diffusion of water and salts. In health, the turnov
er of collagen is little, if it occurs at all, while the matrix or ground substa
nce has a slow but steady metabolic turnover.
of population
Low back pain 67.0 69 0
Sciatica 8 6%
Both 25% 25%
37 40
The mode of onset IS mterestmg, in that 'cause not known' exceeds all other stat
ed causes, although lifting strains were higher in men:
Table 4.2
Onset Injury Lifting strain Other Not known Females Males 190 233 68 239 Total 3
62 348 206 545
172
115 138 306
MALES
100
Ii
"
c Q
75
*
l
50
25
/ /
20 30 40
Age
50 50 70
FEMALES
100
The highest total of 545 of 'not known' plainly indicates that our well-worn ten
dency to almost invariably associate the aetiology of low back pain and sciatica
with lifting strains may need modification. There is lillie c01Jvinci,lg eviden
ce chac che incidence and duraciml of low back pain have been i,rfluenced by ins
truction in manual handling and li/ting.41" (See p. 503.) Not surprisingly, mode
rate and sometimes more marked signs and symptoms become manifest from about the
third decade onwards, and increasingly so in succeed ing years. In a group of 11
37 working men''''''''' between the ages of 25-54 years, the incidence of abnorma
l physical signs was recorded by clinical examination of the spine, and disc deg
eneration was recorded by radiographic examination. Less than half were engaged
in light work, and the re mainder were heavy workers. Attacks of stiff neck occur
red in about 27 per cent of those below 30 years, and in 50 per cent of those ov
er 45 years. Brachalgia started later than neck stiffness, only about 8 per cent
of those under 30 years suffering from this and 38 per cent of those over 45 ye
ars. There was the same tendency, though less marked, for low back pain and scia
tica. Neck stiffness and low back pain come first, arm pain and sciatica come la
ter. There was no real difference in the incidence of cervical and lumbar pain b
etween the light and the heavy workers. The back pain of sedentary workers proba
bly appears less often in statistics, since to a degree they can still work de sp
ite pain, as opposed to the more active industrial worker who is effectively dis
abled for his type of work by symptoms. There is general agreement that trauma,
malalignments, and dysplasia frequently predispose the individual to degenerativ
e disease but not the same agree ment that heavy work per se, in the absence of i
njury, hastens disc disease. 157. 112,99
75 c 0
'5
l
*
50
25
/ /'
20 30 40
Age
------....
50
60
70
Fig. 4.1
See text. After Hay Me 1974 The incidence of low back pain
in Bussehon. In Symposium on low back pain. In: Twomey LT (cd.) West. Aust. Inst
. Tech., Perth.
INCIDENCE
79
Taking the spine as a whole, some radiological evidence of degenerative change,
i.e. spondylosis of vertebral body joints and/or arthrosis of facet-joints, is a
lmost universal at 60 years, but pain and radiographic changes do not cor relate
in either direction in randomly selected populations. Wirh regard [0 lumbar arth
rosis per se, Lewin's ( 1 964)721 analysis of autopsy findings in 104 cases show
ed, not surprisingly, that the frequency and degree of arthrotic changes increas
ed with age equally in both sexes. Commonly, only minor cartilage changes were f
ound before age 45, and after that age more advanced chondral changes such as ne
crosis, and other changes such as sclerosis, cyst formation and osteophytosis we
re very common. Correlations between the degree of arthrosis (either demonstrate
d radiographically or at autopsy) and the severity or even the presence of pain
is known [Q be sketchy. With regard to assessments of overall incidence, figures
suggest that some 20 per cent of adults suffer back pain during any one fortnig
ht. 251
The total number of persons afflicted with arthritis and rheuma tism cannot be kn
own for certain. Such figures
as
supply of shining and expensive lumps of chromium plated apparatus, whose cost-ef
fectiveness perennially falls short of the expectations sometimes induced by the
ir impressive appearance. As dictated by the weight and the manifest emphasis of
statistical evidence, the prime need, amongst a host of other needs, appears to
be a sufficiently large increase in the number of clinicians and therapists ski
lled for specia lisation in this particular work, the conservative treatment of b
enign joint problems. Only one in 10 000 of the popu lation reaches the stage of
myelography and operation, for example,723 and therefore conservative treatment
is of first importance. If the manifest size of the requirement is given the imm
ediacy it merits, every comprehensively trained and ethically responsible worker
, of whatever persuasion, is a shoulder at the wheel. While the internecine war
rages as to who shall have the keys of the kingdom, the patient, unconcerned abo
ut the kingdom, seeks relief from the pain.
are available
SEGMENTAL
Spondylosis with arthrosis often exist together, and it is reasonable to expect
that disc degeneration would have some effect on the movement patterns and integ
rity of the facet-joints of the same segment, '5 yet we find, for example, that a
rthrosis of the posterior cervical joints, most common in the upper segments, do
es not seem to be correlated with disc degeneration (spondylosis) at C2 and C3 s
egments. There is a degree of independence of changes in the different parts of
any one segment,ll80b, 112'5, '09) Frequently the posterior joints of the lower
neck escape involvement even when the discs show marked degenera tion. Studies of
a primitive group compared with a civi lised society produced evidence that in t
he latter, the in cidence of disc degeneration and hypertrophic change, although
rising at different rates, did so constantly throughout life, whereas in the pri
mitive group, the in cidence of hypertrophic change rose as for the civilised soc
iety but the incidence of disc narrowing (spondylosis) rose very slowly, suggest
ing different causes for the two types of degenerative change.))) At autopsy exa
mination of I II cervical spines, Hirsch (1967) el a/.'" could find no evident r
elationship between the degree of disc degeneration with exostosis and changes i
n the posterior facet-joints; according to other investigators also,38'5,976 the
re seems to be no correlation between changes in the discs and facet-joints. How
ever, in contrast, it is still unclear if an arthrosis of synovial joints, regar
dless of cause, may produce a secondary chondrosis of the disc, or aggravate it
consider ably.'09)
tend to be limited and inevitably they are rather out of date ...
Glover (1971)412 asserts that each insured person, and there are around 26 milli
on of them, loses on average half a day's work each year through conditions like
ly to be associated with back pain. Wood and McLeish (1974)"" present an analysi
s which suggests an overall yearly loss of around 30 million man days, because o
f incapacity due to rheumatic com plaints. The sheer scale of the problem facing
those in the front line, Le. on the clinical shop-fioor and in the community, an
d facing those whose responsibility is the recruitment as well as the deployment
of these sketchy clinical resources, is difficult to grasp. Its magnitude has a
numb ing effect. One single person affected badly enough to be suffering the slo
w and depressing destruction of musculo skeletal function and optimism is harrowi
ng enough; when each of these represents a statistic making page after page grey
with figures, the clinical therapist may deal with a feeling of helplessness on
ly by working as hard as sinew and stamina will allow. Since we do not enjoy the
clinical means to deal with pain as effectively and quickly as we would wish, c
ompas sion and the powerful therapeutic effect of physically handling the painful
tissues with anentive consideration and skill, are almost as important as the c
linical pro cedures. Further, it may be that our first priority of thera peutic ef
fectiveness does not necessarily depend upon a
.. This publication, formulated to mark World Rheumatism Year 1977, is a mOSt co
mprehensive
for Rumatjc Disordus
Report
on
ProblemJ and ProgreJS in Health Care
(cd. P. H. N. Wood). Published by The British
League Against Rheumatism.
80
Lewin727 observed that while gross arthrotic change was commonest in the lower l
umbar segments after 45 years, the initial phases of arthrosis were more frequen
t at the upper two lumbar segments before that age, i.e. between 26 and 45 years
. After 45, about 30 per cent of subjects had upper lumbar changes, and about 60
per cent showed the changes in lower segments. In this same age section, half o
f the subjects had changes in three or more segments simultaneously. Intrasegmen
ta11y, arthrosis was often found in the posterior 1umbar joints unaccompanied by
either disc degeneration or vertebral-body lipping, age notwithstanding. In the
lower age-group, 26-45 years, spondylotic degenerative change in discs was ofte
n found as the sole pathological change, with the posterior joints unaffected, L
e. 35 per cent of the spines examined showed disc degeneration at L4-5 and L5-S1
segments and only a few showed synovial joint involvement. After 45 years, both
spondylotic and arthrotic change in volved whole segments, with a frequency of a
bout 60 per cent. Sometimes two I umbar articular processes comprising one synov
ial facet-joint, i.e. enclosed in one capsule, showed marked differences in thei
r degree of arthrotic change. Arthrosis of the atlantodental (median atlantoaxia
l) joint is as common as spondylotic disease in the vertebral body joints of the
rest of the cervical spine, and is surpris ingly found more frequently than at t
he occipitoatlantal and lateral atlantoaxial joints (Fig. 4.2). 1274 Degenerativ
e change tends to follow an overall pattern of distribution, set out in the acco
mpanying scheme (Table 4.3), although the pattern depicted might well
Table 4.3
Segmental incidence
Arthrosis
Facet-joints Median atlantoaxial CERVICAL Upper cervical Costal joints
Spondylosis
Intervertebral body joints
Lower cervical C7 TI TI
1'4
T5 THORACIC Middle thoracic
1'8 1'9
Til TI2 LI L2 LUMBAR L3 L4 L4 L5 SACRAL SI TI2
Ref. nos: 5, 35, 239, 117,326, 7BO, 727, 902, 950. 1125. IIBOb. 1274
Fig. 4.2
Arthrosis of the atlantodental (median atlantoaxial) joint is as
common as spondylotic disease in the imervertebral body joints of the rest of th
e cervical spine. It occurs more frquently than at the lateral atlantoaxial and o
ccipitoatlantal joints. (Reproduced from Spondylosis cervicalis: a pathological
and osteo-archaeological study, 1969. Munksgaard,Copenhagen, by kind rmission of
Dr Sager and the publishers.)
change in the future, when the amount of detailed know ledge of changes in the th
oracic region approaches that already available about the cervical and lumbar re
gions. Referring to arthrotic changes in the facet-joints, Shore ( 1935) (Fig. 4
.3)"25 mentions twO peaks of especially high incidence: (a) at the cervicothorac
ic junction, i.e. between C7 and TJ and (b) at the facets between T4 and T5. Acu
te joint problems tend to occur in the middle of ver tebral regions, while chroni
c joint problems are more common at the junctional areas of the spine, where rel
a tively mobile segments are related to almost immobile regions, i.e. cranioverte
bral, cervicothoracic, lumbosacral and, to a lesser degree, thoracolumbar. Also,
the highest incidence of degenerative change, and highest segmental incidence o
f anatomical anomalies and dysplasias, crowd together at the junctional regions-
this is more than co incidence, perhaps. It is fundamentally important to bear in
mind that: (a) The sites of X-ray evidence of degeneration are NOT ALWAYS the s
ite of the painful joint problem for which the patient is seeking treatment and
(b) patiems with gross X-ray changes may have no symptoms to speak of, while ver
y frequently lhose wilh 'JOrmal X-rays may suffer severely from pain, presumably
due lO change in radiotranslucent soft tissues only. It might also be mentioned
that the distribulion of joint degeneration giving rise to morphological change
s seen at autopsy may well have had little relationship to the distri bution of p
ain, type of functional disability, and vertebra]
INCIDENCE c7 TI T2 T3 T4 TS T6 T7 T8 T TIO Til TI2 Ll
81
* *
OSJ.VERtBRJ JoJrs
f'
if it
_
C: area with
marginal osteophytes.
Bl
D: area with sclerosis
Fig. S.4 Photograph and drawing of a facet-joint surface with moderately severe
anhrotic changes. The area of the degenerated facet surface is about twice that
of the normal side. (Reproduced from Spondylosis Cervicalis: a Pathological and
Osteo-archaeological Study, 1969, by kind permission of Dr Sager and the publish
ers.)
Fig.5.6
The author's lumbar spine in 1971. 'Claw' spondylophyte on L4 and slight 'tracti
on spurs' on the lower border of L3. There is no instability, or hypermobility,
at any segment.
88
Arthrosis is not necessarily a progressive condition. The well-known examples of
resroration of joint space after osteoromy for arthrosis of the hip, and the gr
adual dis appearance of osteophytes after fusion of spondylotic and arthrotic low
er cervical segments , testify to the fact that regression of degenerative chang
es will occur if stress is removed or reduced. This is of practical clinical int
erest to those handling musculoskeletal joint problems.
B. THE VERTEBRAL BODY JOINTS
UNCOVERTEBRAL ARTICULATIONS (neuro central joints of Luschka)
I.
2. T H E INTERVERTEBRAL D I SC In the massive literature on this subject, the gr
eater majority of contributors have concerned themselves with the lumbar discs,
and because of the importance of patho logical change in all t issues of this spi
nal region, the changes occurring in thoracic and cervical interbody joints are
described under 'Regional variations of combined degenerative change' (pp. 1 25,
1 35). Like other tissue, most discs degenerate to a greater or lesser degree.
They: I. Desiccate and may lose turgidity 2. May form combined osseocartilaginou
s bars pos teriorly, with exostosis of adjacent vertebral body marginsl 17 3. Dev
elop concentric or circumferential tears between laminae of the posterolateral a
nnulus, and radial tears be ginning at the nucleus and inner annulusJ2tJ 4. Parti
ally disrupt their annular attachments toget her with portions of hyaline cartil
aginous plate780 5. Herniate up and/or down into the spongiosa of ver tebral body
(microscopically and macroscopically)'O" 6. Be themselves invaded by vascular t
issue from the spongiosa1044 7. Undergo internal disruption or isolated resorpti
on, and be slowly ground into rubble'" 8. Develop a vacuum or gas within the dis
ctJ07.b68 9. Become calcifiedll5 10. Bulge into the neural canal70, '52,818,820.
1)71 I I . Extrude nuclear pulp into the same space either as a pedunculated ma
ss, a sequestrum or a massive escape (burst) of nuclear contents together with r
upture of the posterior longitudinal ligament.608 With the exception of the last
-named, the relationship between these events and clinical evidence of their pre
sence is by no means direct. That the intervertebral disc and the vertebral bodi
es de velop, grow and age together has been emphasised by Twomey and Furness ( 1
978), "5 6 who stress that the age ing process affects both elements. It is quite
impossible to affect one of those structures alone, as the other must sooner or
later also be involved, even to a lesser extent (Fig. 5.2). The phrase 'slipped
disc' is unfort unate non sense, directing lay people as well as more gullible a
nd indolent clinical workers to consider the disc as an impor tant interposed was
her between unimportant vertebral bodies. A clear distinction between interverte
bral disc degeneration and intervertebral disc disease remains to be est ablishe
d, albeit our detailed knowledge of the physical and biochemical changes increas
es almost weekly.4.4 9Q. II08. 892. 1 270 The vertebral column undergoes a fairl
y predictable sequence of morphological changes from infancy to old age but by n
o means do all individuals showing these changes suffer significant spinal pain
or disability. Our essential mode of distinction, between ageing and
While joints are primary structures, the uncovertebral clefts or joints of Lusch
ka (see p. 5) are secondary fissures, albeit with a synovial membrane, in primar
ily normal cervical discs. While the presence of a synovial membrane is disputed
by some, cleft-like spaces in the posterolateral aspect of cervical discs C3 ro
C7 can be recognised in sagittal sections during childhood,548 and by the end o
f the first decade they are well established and have begun ro widen and to exte
nd horizontally from each side rowards the nucleus. Increasing disc degeneration
between C2 and C7 with loss of thickness, and thus more looseness of segmental
movement, increases the contact between uncinate pro cesses of the vertebral body
below and the bevelled lower edge of the vertebral body above ; this process of
increas ing instability is often aggravated by a tendency for the horizontal fis
sures to extend transversely inward, and sometimes break through to meet and thu
s divide the cervical disc into two parts. This is seen as early as the third de
cade. 1"229, 12)() As the junction between vertebral bodies is thus relaxed, sta
bility of these cervical segments is now provided only by the ligaments, the mus
cles and the outer ring of the annulus fibrosus, which forms the small periphera
lly placed capsule for these joints. The excessive movement and shearing stresse
s sus tained by cervical movement (see p. 46) hasten degenera tive thickening of t
he capsule by fibrosis. Increasing strain and pressure are thus placed on the bo
ny eminences in the uncovertebral region, and under the overload, the unci nate p
rocesses are slowly forced apart, tending to become everted and smeared out to f
orm bony excrescences (Fig. 1 .4). This bone-ro-bone formation trespasses upon r
elated spaces like a pair of enlarged lips, which enclose between them degenerat
ed fibrocartilage and which form the pos terolateral extensions of osseocartilagi
nous bars or bosses (see p. 86) related to accompanying changes in the associ ate
d discs. 117. 981,1093
PATHOLOGICAL CHANGES-GENERAL
89
disease, remains that of clinical criteria, and even this dis tinction is blurred
by the fac t that an individual with demonstrable vertebral changes and painful
disability is very frequently relieved of symptoms and signs while the vertebra
l changes persist and slowly multiply.o98
Sciatica was first described by the early Greek and Roman physicians. However, i
t was not related to dysfunction of the sciatic nerve until 1764, when Domenico
Cotugno of Naples published his De Ischiade Nervosa Comme,llarills. Irritation o
f the sciatic nerve and its component nerve roots was subsequently found to resu
lt from different underlying conditions, such as spi nal arthritis, intraspinal a
nd extraspinal neoplasms, and spondylo listhesis. More recemly, it became apparen
t that sciatica is often posus of a lumbar intervertebral disc. 1 )1 4 caused by
nerve root compression from a herniated nucleus pul
becomes very difficult to remember that there are other equally important articu
lar tissues in the spinal column.445
... In the same year, Mixter and Barr published their pioneer ing paper in the wi
dely read New England Journal of Medicille and brought to medical anemion ruptur
ed discs, which for the next decade and a half after 1934 were thought by many t
o explain just about everything abnormal in the lower spine. 1 }()()
Sunderland ( 1 978)"04 has summarised the changing approach to as follows :
When investigating the problem oflow back pain, one cautions against concentrati
ng exclusively on the intervertebral disc as the site of the off ending lesion l
est this obscure the significance of aetiological factors originating elsewhere
in the vicinity. In this respect the passage of the medial branch of the lumbar
dorsal ramus and its accompanying vessels through an osseo-fibrous tunnel and th
e intimate relationship of this neurovascular bundle to the capsule of the apoph
yseal joint represents a potemial site of fixation and entrapment following path
ological changes involv ing the joint.
Although the first disc lesion ( 1 893) to be described had occurred in a dog an
d was reported by a veterinary sur geon,'" Nachemson ( 1976) observed,
. . . we have our heritage from Doctor Barr of Bosran who, one Sunday morning in
1932 in the Pathology Laboratory of Massa chusetts General Hospital, was the fir
st person to understand that the material recently removed from one of his patie
nts as chon droma was in reality a disc hernia. He solved one important part of t
he low-back pain problem, but, as we all know by now, it was only a minor part.
889b
The observations of Arnoldi ( I972)" are relevant,
. . . Pain in the lumbar area can originate in a number of different structural
elements, and if we except the apparently clear-cut syn dromes with nerve root af
f ection caused by disc herniation we can not say that our understanding has gain
ed substantially from the impressive pool of detailed information.
Wyke ( 1 976) ' ''' considers it should be emphasised (contrary to popular impre
ssion) that less than 5 per cent of patients with backache have prolapsed interv
ertebral discs ; about three-quarters of the small handful affiicted in this way
will have backache as the initial symptom. This leaves only the occ asional pat
ient representing that group whose pain will begin in haunch or lower limb, with
out backache. Following the papers of Goldthwait,'" Dandy,'" and more espec iall
y Mixter and Barr86 1 there has been an ava lanche of published material on the i
ntervertebral disc ; an estimated 3000 papers have appeared since the war, i.e.
more than 100 a year, or 2 every week. I n the face of this inexorable How, it i
s understandable that a senior ortho paedic surgeon should have been moved to obs
erve,
.. . have found in the intervertebral disc not a jelly-like nucleus but a glitte
ring nugget of gold.9N For a long time it has been evident that the attention of
the medical profession in general has been mesmerized by the dis covery of the r
adiologically visible gross changes in intervertebral discs associated with regi
onal spinal disorders, in some cases to the point at which some medical men seem
ed to have regarded a pain in the back and the word 'disc' as synonymous. It is
of course evident that there are many Structures in the spine in which pain can
arise. 1 100
A commonly expressed regret of orthopaedic and neurosurgeons is the wide discrep
ancy between much of what is said and written about the disc and what is actuall
y observed by them during open surgical procedures. I t also
There is no c l in ical sign, nor combination of signs, which prove diagnostic o
f a disc protrusion, other than the signs of a space-occupying lesion.'" Radiogr
aphically demonstrated lumbar disc 'lesions', for example, and demonstration by
epidurography that alterations in the profile of disc 'lesions' may be produced
by rotatory manipulation and/or traction,8l7, 1 171 provide interesting corrobor
ation of the ordinary physical c hanges these pro cedures might be expected to pr
oduce, since discs are sub ject to physical laws like everything else, yet this d
oes not dispose of our difficulties of confidently ascribing the cause of clinic
al manifestations, with any real certainty, to changes in a particular tissue. B
arker ( 1 977)" describes the incidence of back prob lems in a general practice w
ith 3000 patients, and a con sultation rate of about 10 000 per year; musculoskel
etal and connective tissue d isorders accounted for some 750 consultations annua
lly. About one-third of these were concerned specifically with complaints of bac
k and leg pain. Over a 2-year period, the data on all patients with back and leg
pain were recorded in a standardised way, i.e. 1 97 cases, and it was suggested
by the investigator that the intervertebral disc could acc ount for only a smal
l pro portion of these problems. Brown ( 1 9 7 1 )1]7 reminds us that even more p
erplexing is the c ircumstance that enucleation of an intervertebral disc reliev
es the syndrome of low back pain and sciatica when true mechanical impingement o
f the nerve rOOt is not evident during surgery.
90
One of the earlier (and perhaps the fullest) accounts of intervertebral disc pat
hology presented in British litera ture was that made by Beadle ( 1 9 3 1 ).76 in
which he de scribed and illustrated the now classic image of posterior or poster
olateral bulges in the dorsal aspect of (he longi (udinal ligamenr, this perhaps
leading to the common con cept that nuclear protrusion represents a breach at abo
ut the middle of the annulus with extrusion of nuclear material through the brea
ch. Thjs is not necessarily COf rect/so very frequently the essential physical da
mage is that to the hyaline cartilage plate, a detached segment of which slides
or is shifted centrifugally under traction exerted by intact annular fibres, the
mselves under tension of stress produced by flexion, rotation and compression fo
rces upon a tissue-system in which concentric annular disruption has very probab
ly already begun.
Degenerative changes (see 'Applied anatomy', p. 18) The nature of structural dis
turbance of the disc is more complex and varied than is sometimes conveyed by si
mple diagrams and by the hydrostatic theory of disc pro trusion. ) 20
. . . the word <disc' has been used so loosely as to lose all clinical and patho
logical significance. 78o
artefacts of preparation for pathological examination 1 270 but these should not
be compared with the macroscopic evidence of annular separations following tors
ionaJ stresses applied to fresh cadaver material. Farfan ( 1 973)'" reported dis
c degeneration, presumably trau matic in origin, in an 8-year-old boy, and there
are many reports of disc prolapse in children, adolescents and young aduits,77.
2?6. 322,4 )5. 929,I066 yet Farfan also observed that nor mal discs may be found
at autopsy in patients of 80, 90 or over. I n many instances, these discs have e
xperiment ally been subjected to compression and torsional loads, and they behave
in a manner indistinguishable from younger discs ; injections under high pressu
re failed to show any annular damage or end-plate fractures.
The physical properties of intervertebral discs have been conceived as depending
mainly upon the water binding capacity of the nuclear pulp, the hydration of the
nucleus being predominantly due to the imbibition pressure exerted by the mucop
olysaccharide gel. '" Nor mal function of the disc has been observed to require t
he presence of a fluid nuclear gel to distribute pressure evenly, together with
the tensile strength and elastic prop erties of the pulp-retaining annulus fibros
us, which does contain elastic fihres. 1 J9 The gel distributes the pressure put
upon it in an isotropic manner. With ageing, the soluble polymer content slowly
pre cipitates to form a collagen matrix, and isotropy decreases with the diminut
ion of gel viscosity.499 Ageing is accom panied by a gradual increase in the coll
agen content of the pulposus and this takes place at the expense of the gel stru
ctures. The lessening of the degree of hydration from early life is progressive,
a gel water-content of almost 90 per cent in children slowly decreasing to abou
t 70 per cent in later life. There is generally a sharp rise in severity of dege
nerative changes in the fifth decade, among those mature people who do come to t
he notice of clinicians. Degenerative changes usually become visible in the nucl
eus before the age of 20, but whether these are evi dence of normal age involutio
n or pathological degenera tion is not certain.'" Hirsch and Schajowicz ( 1 953)'
" de scribed changes recognisable as early as the 14th year, apparent as concentr
ic cracks and fissures occurring more commonly in the posterior annulus of the l
ower two lumbar levels. Splitting and cleft formation in discs are frequently th
e
As degenerative change proceeds: J. The borders between pulp and annulus begin t
o become less definable and islands of cartilage cells begin to appear among the
now more fibrous pulp. In the later stages of disc ageing the collagen of the n
ucleus and that of the inner annulus tend to coalesce ; separation of the two el
ements becomes more difficult.499 2. The annulus progressively loses its elastic
ity as its cartilage content increases. 3. Degeneration of disc tissue appears t
o be accelerated if the disc becomes vascularised, as may happen when car tilage
end-plates are damaged. Trespass into the disc by vascular tissue, through the p
reviously closed apertures in the cartilaginous end plates, has been described b
y Ritchie and Farhni ( 1 970)."" The more central nucleus becomes typically disc
oloured, 'brown degeneration', believed in the past to be due to blood pigments
from small haemorrages of spongiosa vessels penetrating through minute defects i
n the hyaline cartilage plate. This 'brown degeneration' is usually associated w
ith a desiccated and friable consistency of the nuclear pulp. 1270 In elderly di
scs, sites of previous tears are frequently occupied by fibrovas cular tissue, pr
oviding evidence of previous disruption and of repair processes. 1 94 , 1 95,50
8
4. Concentric or circumferential tears in the peripheraJ annulus, as separations
of the annular laminae, notably in the posterolateral part of the disc, become
evident before the more central radiating fissures begin to track outwards throu
gh the peripheral nucleus and inner laminae of the annulus. 1044 Lateral or ante
rior ruptures are probably rare.I27O Fragmentation and disruption of the disc ha
ve commenced ; thus the nucleus pulposus, with the retain ing annulus, cannot act
as a fluid suspension and shock absorbing system with its former efficiency, and
is less able to redistribute the stresses placed upon it, although nuclear hern
iation and protrusion do not necessarily fol low because of this. The water-bindi
ng capacity is more markedly depressed in more degenerated discs ; for example,
when changes normally seen in the fifth decade of life occur at 40 years, degene
rative joint disease, as
PATHOLOGICAL CHANGESENERAL
91
opposed to simple ageing, can be considered to be present. The difference betwee
n normal discs and those showing frank pathological changes are greater than whe
n young and aged discs are compared. 5. The fissures initially affecting the dee
per layers of the annulus extend later to the peripheral layers. This age ing pro
cess is frequently hastened by particular types of stress, especially rotation s
tress, and as a rule the posterior and posterolateral annulus arc the sites most
often in volved in attenuation, disruption and failure, i.e. disc pro lapse, most
common in the lumbar spine. Extrusion of the nucleus pulposus seldom occurs in
normal discs. Concentric tears frequently occur without breaching the outer annu
lus, reducing the normal resilient stiffness of the mobile segment and allowing
a certain 'sloppi ness',872 with consequently reduced ability to withstand the no
rmal strains of movement, and the possibility of in creased wear and tear on all
the ligamentous and joint structures of that segment. Intervertebral joints with
degenerated discs have been found to have appreciable lateral motion (lateral s
hear of 0.1 to 0.4 inches) at the disc when subjected to torsion ; this lateral
shear is not observ able to any appreciable extent in joints with intact discs. 3
26 (See Lumbar instability, p. 1 39.) Disc prolapse is frequently preceded by ep
isodes of simple bulging, i.e. herniation, as the annulus, without actually bein
g breached, becomes attenuated by rotational stress, and the circumferential ten
sile stress exerted by compression forces, acting on the nucleus pulposus and an
nulus. Farfan ( 1 973)'" believes the hydrostatic theory of lumbar disc protrusi
on (i.e. that axial compression will be transmitted as hoop tension to the annul
us, and increasing compression may ultimately cause rupture of it, the rupture c
ommencing on its inner side) has many failings ; when subjected to experimental
proof, the predicted out come does not occur. In compression tests, the vertebral
body always collapses before the disc is damaged to any significant degree.324
In mechanical torsional tests, of a magnitude which did not injure vertebral bon
e, it was demonstrated that the orientation of posterior facet-joints protected
the discs from torsional stress, the resistance of isolated discs being much les
s than the discs of an intact lumbar segment. During testing, concentric tears a
ppeared in the annulus, and these were similar to those occurring naturally. The
change in facet-orientation at the lower lumbar spine appears to lessen the res
istance to torsional stress and the development of circumferential or concentric
annular tears. This would accord with the segmental incidence of annular disrup
tion which is, of course, very much greater at the lower two levels. An apparent
ly logical assumption that the magnitude of weight-bearing stress is directly re
lated to the segmen tal incidence, because of the higher compression loading at L
4-5 and L5-S 1 , may not be valid. Compression loads
may cause failure of the disc i n the sense that end-plate fracture may occur, b
ut this is not failure of the annulus. Torque strength of isolated discs is not
appreciably changed by compression, but experimental torsion of in tact joints wi
th compression amounting to 50 per cent of the body weight increased the ability
to withstand torsional stress by a similar 50 per cent. This may be because fac
et joints are more approximated and provide more protec tion'" by locking. Clinici
ans have known for a considerable time that rotational stress figures largely in
patients' descriptions of incidents causing lumbar joint problems, and Farfan r
eadily produced annular failure, as separation of laminae, when applying torsion
.
The relatively small twisting force required to inj ure the inter vertebral joint
probably occurs in everyday life; for example. using the flexed thigh as a leve
r to manipulate the spine, a manipu lator could easily attain 1000 inch-pounds of
torque by applying a 50 Ib force to a femur 20 inches long. In this way, he cou
ld easily damage the intervertebral joint. 325
The development of laminar separations in the annulus precedes that of radial pe
rforating fissures, and the torsional stress concentration occurs mainly at the
pos terolateral portions of the annulus. Farfan's326 hypothesis of predisposing f
actors in degenerative change, and factors preventing the likelihood of lumbar d
isc damage, might be summarised as follows : The integrity of the neural arch is
a factor of immense importance for the torque strength of the lumbar vertebral
segments. Facet-joint orientation exerts an influence on stresses applied to the
intervertebral joint, and is partly respon sible for the pattern of degenerative
change. The initial changes of disc degeneration are the result of torsion forc
ed beyond the normal range of motion, which is probably less than 5 . The distor
tion of the annulus during experimental rota tion strains is most commonly maxima
l at the posterior surface and especially the posterolateral angle. Rotation als
o induces a forward tilt (ftexion), forcing the neural arches apart and increasi
ng the interpedicular dis tance. The posterolateral annul us is distracted. When
torsion is removed, the distortion largely dis appears, but the disc has lost sti
ffness and become Isoft.' Abnormally increased motion at a joint is usually a si
gn of severe degeneration, and can be observed in radio graphic studies in about
1 5 per cent of patients with back ache.J26 ( Morgan and King, 1 957,872 found th
e incidence to be 28.6 per cent j those especially practised in evaluation of se
gmental mobility by palpation would probably detect a higher proportion ; see p.
328.) Lack of motion at a lumbar intervertebral joint is usually a sign of stab
ility of that joint, and repeated attempts to attain 'normal' range will predict
ably result in sprain.
92
Spines with four segments will rotate less than those with five segments, and ar
e perhaps more easily sprained. The most likely initial trauma is combined torsi
on, bending and compression. When flexing in the presence of compression due to
body weight, the compressive stresses anteriorly in discs are further increased,
while the compressive stresses on the posterior parts are decreased, or even re
versed to become tensile. Simultaneous rotation adds an increment of tension whi
ch may rise to a critical threshold. Forward bending of more than 20 -30 is less
dangerous than extension to the same degree, thus when applying stress by loadi
ng (handling weights) it is advisable to avoid torsion, asymmetrical loading, an
d hyperextension (a slightly flexed lumbar spine is probably the optimum positio
n). The transverse sectional area of the vertebra is important, as the larger th
e area the less the stress, as load/area. Large-boned individuals enjoy a natura
l advantage. Increased body-weight as such has little to do with disc damage, si
nce the disc is relatively resistant to compres sion loads. The back sufferer pro
bably gains very little by losing weight. The orientation of the vertebral body
to the line of applied vertical load, and the size of the vertebra, appear impor
tant. A small vertebra, orientated at 90 to applied load, is more likely to sust
ain hyaline plate damage. A good abdominal musculature maintains the advanta geou
s distribution of load between disc anteriorly and facets posteriorly. Disc prot
rusions, though of great importance, are not always of clinical significance. Fo
llowing a radiographic and anatomical study of 1 82 lumbar spines obtained at au
topsy, Farfan ( 1 972)'" con cludes that,
asymmetrical articular processes lead to asymmetrical degenera tion, while symmet
rical processes lead to symmetrical degenera tion.
calcification and patches of fibrosis. Thinning of the disc is evident radiograp
hically as a loss of disc space, with marked sclerosis of adjacent vertebral bod
y margins. The remains of disc tissue may be represented by little more than a l
ow ridge of peripheral annular fibres. Often, the disc space is otherwise empty,
the amount of rubble remaining depending upon the stage of resorption existing
at the time of autopsy examination. It may occur both in patients who gave no hi
story of symptoms likely to have accompanied a sudden herniation or prolapse of
disc material, and also in those with a history of injury. 2. Intemal disc disru
ptioll. This change is characterised by alterations in internal structure of the
disc (specifically excludillg escape of disc material from the confines of its
space). There appear to be alterations in metabolic func tions of the disc, refle
cted in local and often in con stitutional changes. Of the pathological changes,
little is known. Macroscopically, the tissue is soft, slightly yellow, and the s
taining properties are altered. Fibrillation of the annulus may be seen. The sym
pathetic trunk is seen mat ted to the adjacent disc, and paravertebral lymph node
s are enlarged. The density of adjacent vertebral bodies is altered, with increa
sed vascularity and marked softening of vertebral bodies. There are three probab
le causes of symptoms ; irritation of adjacent roots, due to abnormal vertebral
movement with or without disc bulging, irrita tion of adjacent structures due to
leaking products of disc metabolites, or leaking of protein metabolites into gen
eral circulation by vertebral vessel pathways, producing what may be an autoimmu
ne reaction. Lumbar disc herniation is nearly always by trespass into the extrad
ural space. Ruptures of disc into the intradural space" are very much less commo
n, a toral of 2 1 cases being reported, 1 5 male and 6 female. These patients us
u ally have more severe neurological deficit, and only 1 patient was neurological
ly normal. In 1 case, computed tomography scanning with a water-soluble contraSt
agent, at the L4-L5 level, revealed the intsadural mass.
The importance of assess ment
Crock ( 1 970) 2 1 1 has given one of the best descriptions of two particular ty
pes of change in the lumbar discs: 1 . Isolated disc resorption. This occurs com
monly as an isolated affection in an otherwise normal spine and it is rarely see
n in patients with generalised spondylosis. Herniation, and prolapse of pulp via
annular-attachment disruption, imply injuries to a still more or less recognis a
ble tissue system, but in middle age or earlier the desic cated disc tissue can b
ecome flattened by dehydration and gross disorganisation, with fissuring of fibr
ocartilage and invasion by connective tissue; differentiation of pulp and annulu
s becomes progressively more difficult, and the once plastic, resilient and heal
thy disc may become a thin and hardly recognisable 'washer', an almost amorphous
rubble of detached cartilage, remains of pulp, islands of
The salient features of disc degeneration which have been outlined may occur slo
wly over many decades, perhaps not proceeding to the final stages at all, or may
speedily progress to practically complete obliteration of the disc as a recogni
sable tissue system, before the age of 40. The form and degree of degenerative c
hange, and its con sequences, are infinitely variable from patient to patient, th
e available space in the neural canal being o critical impor f tance. 3 15 Naylor
( 1 97 1 )"" observes that injury should be seen only as an additional factor,
and that by setting up abnormal stresses in the annulus it increases the tendenc
y to produce annular tears. He adds:
PATHOLOGtCAL CHANGES--{;ENERAL
93
All disc herniations are basically spontaneous in onset and trauma is never the
sole factor. 2. Once a disc prolapse occurs some measure of defec tive function m
ust remain, and predisposition to recur rence is present. 3. With the passage of
time the risk of recurrence is progressively less. The changes which occur durin
g the life of an inter vertebral disc occur in time as well as space ; very fre qu
ently these changes may be advanced at one segment or minimal or absent at other
s. Often, an apparently similar degree of degeneration in three adjacent segment
s will exist in the presence of symptoms manifestly arising from only one of the
m, and relieved by localised treatment techniques to that single segment. Depend
ing upon the patient'S inheritance of body-type and postural habit, work and rec
reation stresses, trauma, disease, psychic health, culture and temperament, the
clinical presentation of pain at any particular time is fre quently multifactoria
l, often being coloured by some underlying and transient S tress which is not de
clared and seemingly not even fully recognised and confronted by the patient. Ne
at and detailed tabulated lists, of the changes known to occur in a chronologica
l sequence in the intervertebral body joints from childhood to old age, are usef
ul for com pleteness and are aesthetically satisfying to the academi cian; in the
hurly-burly of clinical practice, they become for the most part abstractions, ha
ving little application o f immediate clinical importance to the effective handl
ing of joint problems from patient to patient. Each is like no other, and theref
ore unique. Expressed otherwise, it is salutary to remember not to treat the tex
tbook, or the X-ray appearance, or the con cept, but that which is an existing re
ality and therefore objectively verifiable, i.e. the signs presented by each in d
ividual in pain. Retrospective examination of case histories of the sub jects of
autopsy examination indicates in many instances that quite marked spondylotic ch
anges do not appear to have given rise to back pain of any severity. 1270 There
is now a shift of emphasis from the idea that disc disorders result from purely
mechanical derangement, to the view that the nutrition and metabolism of the dis
c, and the bio chemistry of degenerative change, are of equal impor tance. 212. 8
1 1 . 908 LaRocca ( 1 9 7 1 )'" draws attention to three important research find
ings :
I. The first is the observation that the pH of the tissue fluid sur rounding dege
nerate nuclear fragments is lower than the physio logical pH. The second is the d
emonstration of the antigenicity of protein-polysaccharide from the nucleus pulp
osus in the same animals from which the nuclear material was obtained. A third i
s the combination of the laboratory demonstration of profound protein-polysaccha
ride disarray that occurs with intradiscal in-
jection of chymopapain and the clinical observation that symp toms of back pain c
an be improved or eliminated by intradiscal chymopapain injection.
Yet among many of those concerned every day with the conservative treatment of m
usculoskeletal problems, there remains a tendency to regard the disc as a sort o
f badly packed suitcase, in that any untidy bits sticking out should ideally be
stuffed back in again, or failing that lopped off, rather like a Laurel and Hard
y haircut. 450 I t is interesting to note that during a series of myelo graphic i
nvestigations of 300 people with neither symp toms nor signs, around 37 per cent
were found to have evidence of trespass into the neural canal, and in 9 per cent
the changes were marked.552 St Clair Strange ( 1 966)"" comments that the diagn
osis of a prolapsed intervertebral disc, imperfectly made, has been responsible
for making very many perfectly fit men and women into lifelong invalids. N.B. Th
ere are many conditions of intervertebral discs in which degenerative processes
are not the primary aetio logical factor; they are not described here. 3. THE VER
TEBRAL BOD I ES Under the forces applied to it, the disc material tends to move
centrifugally, and a frequent change, as a result of the traction by annular fib
res on the periosteum of ver tebral bodies, is stimulation of osteoblast activity
at the edges of the bodies. This new bone formation is extended outwards as the
tractive process continues, the lippi,lg and JPurring of two adjacent body marg
ins sometimes assum ing the appearance of a parrot's beak. It often occurs, in th
e absence of disc thinning, in the lumbar spines of men whose work or recreation
involves much Hfting or with the application of other forms of compressive forc
es, and is here probably not a truly degenerative process but the adaptation of
healthy tissue to occupational stress (Fig. 5.6). Of a group of 178 coalminers o
ver the age of 40 years, 48 per cent had spurring of vertebral bodies without di
sc narrowing.)7) When occurring with frank loss of disc substance, the vertebral
lipping is accompanied by increased density of bone in the region of the hyalin
e cartilage plates, i.e. sclerosis of the adjacent body margins (Fig. 6.8). (See
also The traction spur, p. 1 40.) 4. THE HYALINE CARTILAGE PLATES Normal cartil
age end-plates do not have gaps, and the pro trusion of nuclear material craniall
y or caudally is only possible when there is a gap, or a weakness of the end plat
e which predisposes to gap formation. 1 270 Defects in the plate allow small ves
sels from the spongiosa to pene trate the nucleus. Tiny and sometimes massive hae
mor-
94
rhages can therefore occur in the normally avascular nucleus. The plate degenera
tes and loses its tissue charac ter, to merge with the vertebral body sclerosis,
but frequently the weakened lamina of hyaline cartilage is breached by nuclear m
aterial under compression, the extent of this vertical type of protrusion trespa
ssing into the spongiosa being outlined by its thin sclerotic bony margins ; thi
s is a very frequent X-ray appearance (see p. 262). , .. , A further common radi
ographic appearance of the lumbar vertebrae is that of the plate bowing into the
ver tebral bodies like a cupid's bow, probably evidence of compression strains s
ustained by a retreat of plate into spongiosa without actual breaching. This bow
ing is out lined by sclerosis.
NERVE ROOT INVOLVEMENT
INTRODUCTION An attempt to briefly summarise past and more recent work on nerve
injury makes for some untidy bedfellows, because the field is a very large one a
nd interesting de velopments occur neither in step with each other nor side by-sid
e. Comparatively little is known about the pathophysio logy of nerve root compres
sion. I I I.. Few clinical/experi mental studies of root compression have been re
ported, mOSt studies having concentrated on peripheral nerves, and thus the know
ledge of the relative amountS of damage to myelin and axon of the nerve root is
somewhat limited. Surgical biopsies of compressed roots are rarely per formed. I
n many decompression procedures, care is taken not to incise the d ura, so that
the root is not even visualised. As nerves and roots are structurally similar it
seems reasonable to draw some inferences from clinical con sequences of traumati
c injury to peripheral nerve, and reports of experimental injury of nerves. The
inferences should not be carried too far, since irritant and compres sive effeclS
on peripheral nerves are nor quite the same as when spinal nerve roots suffer t
he same interference, also spinal roots themselves appear to have different resp
(Jses to experimental compression, and to stimulation. For exampl e : 1. During F
rykholm's operations192 on the cervical spine under local anaesthesia: a. the do
rsal root was stimulated, and the patient reported a 'neuralgic' pain in the der
matome dis tribution b. if the ventral, motor root was stimulated, the patient re
ported a deep 'boring' myalgic pain, situated more proximally in the muscles whi
ch were painful and tender preoperatively.
2. I n the region of the intervertebral foramen, spinal nerve roots with motor a
nd sensory fibres of the somatic nervous system have extensive connections, via
white and grey rami communicantes, with the autonomic nervous system, the whole
forming Stillwell's paravertebral plexus.l m Peripheral nerves carry only a few
autonomic nerve fibres because these have already separated to pass down the lim
b in the coats of the arteries. Proximal mech anical pressure on radicular nerves
has a greater effect therefore on the autonomic nervous system than does dis tal
pressure on peripheral nerve trunks . l l sob The cold sciatic leg is much more
common than similar distal tem perature changes in the carpal tunnel syndrome, f
or example. 3. Axons compressed close to their parent neurone cell suffer a grea
ter risk of the cell being damaged than when pressure is remote. Entrapment neur
opathy at the wrist can lead to a permanent loss of power in the thenar muscles,
but it is unlikely to lead to permanent damage of posterior root-ganglion cells
, whereas compression at the intervertebral foramen may well cause permanent dam
age in the posterior ganglion cells. 4. As will be seen, there are differences i
n the behaviour of peripheral nerves and spinal rootS subjected to the same expe
rimental injury. 1 I 1 2
' I n these matters it should be noted that damage to sen sory nerve fibres is no
t necessarily painful' (Sunderland, 1978). "" While lesions of trespass upon spi
nal cord and nerve roots remain the prime concern for those handling com mon vert
ebral joint problems, the study of compressive effects on peripheral nerves rema
ins of value and interest. Sunderland's ( 1 968)"" authoritative and extensive r
eview indicates that experimental findings are sometimes contradictory, as are t
he interpretations of findings, e.g. the different s usceptibilities of the diff
erent diameter fibres, the time needed for a complete compressive block and the
most important cause of it.
Susceptibility to stress
That peripheral nerves tolerate without pain the stresses and strains of normal
free active and passive movements, of a wide range, indicate that nerves enjoy p
rotective mechanisms,1 194 viz: 1 . With two exceptions (the ulnar nerve of the
elbow and the sciatic nerve behind the hip), nerves cross the flexor aspect of j
oints j extension is more limited than flexion, thus tension is less likely to o
ccur. 2. By reason of an undulating course, of the nerve trunk, of the funiculi
within the perineum, of the nerve fibres within the funiculi, the nerve fibres t
hemselves are the last to suffer tension when stretching is applied. 3. The peri
neurim imparts elasticity to the nerve trunk and gives it tensile strength. 4. T
he large amount of epineurial connective tissue,
PATHOLOGICAL CHANGES--GENERAL
9S
providing a loose matrix for the funiculi, has a cushioning effect. Nerve roots
differ from peripheral nerves-the nerve fibres are arranged in parallel bundles
which are loosely supported by endoneurial tissue alone ,; they are more vulnera
ble to stretch since they lack the tensile strength of peripheral nerves. Withou
t epineurial packing they are also susceptible to compression, and the semiosseo
us con fines of the intervertebral foramen are an added potential danger. Tractio
n on peripheral nerves during neck, trunk and limb movementS will transmit tensi
on to the nerve roots, and cause 'piston-Iike' movements of the roO[ complex wit
hin the foramen, but a degree of protection from over stretching by transmitted f
orces is provided, i.e. : I . Traction pulls the entire root/dura complex out war
ds, the cone-shaped dural funnel thus plugging the foramen and resisting further
lateral movement. 2. Since relatively large upper limb movementS are likely to
greatly stress cervical nerve roots, those of C4 to C7 are firmly attached, by s
lips of prevertebral fascia and from musculotendinous attachments, to the 'gutte
r' of the cervical transverse process. 3. The elastic properties of nerve roots
allow accommo dation of tension to a degree, but this is limited. Nerve roots wil
l fail under a given tension before peripheral nerves. Conversely, there are sev
eral factors which may lower (he threshold of neroe fibres for the point at whic
h abnormal eff ects begin to occur, e.g. : 1 . Adhesions which bind down the ner
ve, or reduce its mobility. 2. Changes in connective tissue which reduce its ela
sticity. 3. Damaged nerve fibres are more susceptible to mech anical deformation,
and to ischaemia. 4. Toxic or metabolic neuropathies, and intercurrent infectio
ns, render the nerve more likely to suffer from a traumatic or ischaemic event.
Axonal transport
transport) while others move considerably more quickly (fast transport). Ochs (
1 975)'" showed that the characteristic outflow is graphically seen as a crest o
f advancing activity followed by a plateau, typically with less activity in it c
ompared to the crest. The crest advances at a linear rate down the fibre, and in
a large number of experiments the rate deter mined was 4 1 0 mm per day. The rat
e is independent of nerve size, i.e. diameter of myelinated fibres or unmyeli nat
ed fibres, and for a given neurone, the rate of transfer of all molecules is alw
ays the same. A range of soluble pro teins, polypeptides and particulates are car
ried down, as are glycoproteins, glycolipids and phosphatidyl-cholinc, together
with catecholamines and enzymes related to their synthesis. I t is common knowle
dge that effector cells have im portant influences on the innervating neurones, a
nd Thoenen ( 1 978) "" describes the evidence that retrograde axonal transport i
s linked to subcellular structures which are similar to those associated with or
thograde transport. Among the many experiments described were those in which tra
nsplants, pre incubated in a medium containing nerve growth factor (NGF) become
more densely and more rapidly innervated by adrenergic fibres than without prein
cubation. Preincubation in a medium containing antibodies to NGF markedly impair
ed the reinnervation of the transplanted tissue. These and other observations pr
ovide support for the hypothesis that NGF might act as a macromolecular messenge
r between effector organs and their innervating neurones. A1buqerque et al. ( 1
974)" have demonstrated that the important trophic action which nerves have on s
triated muscle is in fact related to axonal transport.
Some of the molecules delivered by axoplasmic transport are needed for transmitt
er metabolism and for trophic action on in nervatedcells . . . . With the present
state of knowledge, the impact that nerve compression, stretching, angulation o
r other deforma tions may have on the neurochemistry of axonal transport is not k
nown but can reasonably be inferred to be significant. [Samson,
1978) 1078
Those neurones with long axonal processes, which depend upon components manufact
ured in the cytoplasm, allow the study of traffic which moves within them. ' 07'
Transfer of substances underlies trophic and other long-term influences of peri
pheral neurones on the meta bolism, function, development and growth of the st.ru
cture innervated. Orthograde transneuronal movement of biochemical substances, p
roceeding from the anterior horn cell along the axon into the fibres of muscle,
has been demon strated by radioactive isotope tracing methods ( Korr. 1967). ,N T
he most extensively studied are the labelled proteins, some of which move slowly
at about I mm a day (slow
SjOstrand ( 1 978)"" mentions that a local supply of energy is needed to fuel th
e axonal transport, which is partially or completely blocked by local ischaemia
or compression. In nerves which had been subjected to local compres sion, an acut
e accumulation oflabelled proteins was found in the region of the compression. A
2-hour compression with pressures as low as 50 mmHg (6.67 kPa) caused blockage
of fast transport, which was reversible within 24 hours. Reversal of trans POrt b
lockage usually occurred within 3 days after com pression at 200mmHg (26.66 kPa)
for 2 hours and within 7 days after compression at 400 mmHg (53.33 kPa) for 2 ho
urs.
96
SjOstrand'''' has suggested that conduction block, transport impairment and intr
aneural oedema may differ in their reversibility, also that orthograde and retro
grade transport may also be differentially affected by nerve in jury. Haldeman an
d Meyer ( 1 970)'" mention that the recorded study of peripheral nerve compressi
on or con striction is more than 1 00 years old. Waller ( 1 862)''''' described t
he effects of compression on the radial, median and ulnar nerves of his own arm.
He did not refer to the mechanism by which these experi ments disturbed nerve co
nduction, perhaps because it appeared self-evident that the conduction block was
due to simple pressure. That this was apparently not so was demonstrated by Gru
ndfest ( 1 936)'" who found that a pressure of I 000 atmospheres ( 1 0 1,325 kPa
) was necessary to completely block nerve conduction ; hence the until recently
prevailing view that the clinical consequences of compression or stretching of n
erves were due mainly to obliteration of the vasa nervorum. ' 0)7 There is a lis
t of more than 50 reports of investigation into conduction block, ischaemia and
posrischaemic para esthesiae, indicating the importance of these abnormal process
es and their prime interest for clinicians. Severe and prolonged compression blo
cks the nerves' blood supply and produces other damage ; it then loses its abili
ty to conduct impulses. Prolonged inflammation appears to produce the same effec
t. Temporary compression will produce temporary loss of conduction, from minutes
to days according to the degree and duration of compression. Intermittent compr
ession or mechanical irritation may lead to inflammatory changes, with space-occ
upying effects produced by oedema and thus some or all of the changes and clinic
al features following inflammation. Traction, of insufficient force to disrupt t
he nerve, will cause irritation and consequent neuritis. " sob Sunderland ( 1 96
8)"" refers to the three fundamental types of peripheral nerve injury, in which:
1 . There is temporary interruption of conduction with out loss of axonal contin
uity between neurone and end organ. 2. The axon is severed or axonal mechanisms a
re so dis organised that the distal axon does not survive, neither for a variable
distance does the proximal axon. The endoneurial sheath is preserved unthreaten
ed by the in jury reaction and the ensuing Wallerian degeneration. 3. The fibres
are severed or the wall of the endoneurial tube and its contents are so disorgan
ised that the normal architecture of the fibre is completely destroyed.
Compressive injury to nerve results iU lwo distinct pathologi cal processes :99'
1. Relatively low-intensity trauma (pressures between 1 50-1000mmHg) (20-U3.33 k
Pa) causes segmental demyelination. Electrical studies demonstrate slowing of
conduction velocity (partial conduction block) in the in jured segment. Distal to
the injury, conduction velocity and neuromuscular function are preserved. For r
estora tion of full normal function, only myelin resynthesis in the injured secti
on is needed ; this is ordinarily rapid and complete. 2. With more severe trauma
, Waller ian degeneration occurs. Distally, the nerve becomes electrically inexc
it able, and the myoneural junction and sensory end-organs degenerate. For the re
storation of full function, neurones must synthesise large quantities of axonal
Structure pro teins, axons must sprout through the distal nerve segments to re-es
tablish synaptic contact with muscle and finally these axons must be remyelinate
d. This complex regenerative process is usually incomplete and unsatisfac tory es
pecially in the adult. Denny-Brown and Brenner ( 1 944)'" applied compres sion of
1 70-430 g by a spring clip to a peripheral nerve for two hours, and reported i
ntermittent loss of myelin at the nodes of Ranvier in the compressed area. There
was transient paralysis of 5-18 days, but this was not associ ated with any gros
s defects of sensation, and the distal por tion of the nerve did not degenerate.
Despite the recovery of motor conduction within a few days, res(Qration of mye li
n was only slight at two months, and remained in complete at six months. The auth
ors regarded the effects of compression to be due entirely to changes produced i
n the axoplasm rather than due to the selective con sequences of pressure on fibr
es of different sizes. Barlow and Pochin ( 1 948)" showed that repeated ischaemi
a reveals a reduction in the degree of recovery of nerve, e.g. after cuff occlus
ion of a human arm for 2S minutes, sensation and motor power will return to norm
al. For some hours afterwards, however, a second occlusion will produce earlier
development of sensory and motor changes. Thus repeated pressures increase the v
ulner ability of peripheral nerves, although cumulative effects only appear if th
e periods of relief are small in comparison to the periods of occlusion. Haldema
n and Meyer ( 1 970)'" used different tech niques to compress the frog peroneal n
erve and showed that there are two mechanisms involved in the blocking of nerves
by constriction and pressure. The techniques were : 1 . A single loop of surgic
al cotton (0.25 mm) was tied loosely around the nerve, and weights which created
ten sions of 40, 60 and 80 g were applied to pull the cotton more tightly around
the nerve. 2. A 2-3 mm wide plastic strip was placed around the nerve, and weig
hts to effe ct a constriction exerting 40 g and 80 g were applied. The responses
of alpha and beta fibres, to a stimulus applied at a frequency of one impulse e
very 4 seconds, were noted. Decreasing amplitudes of the spike potential were ex
pressed as percentages of the maximum :
PATHOLOGICAL CHANGES--GENERAL
97
I . With the 0.25 1//1// cons t r;ct;oll, recordings were as follows :
Tablr 5.1 40 g
Time (minutes) Alpha Beta ( n II of maximum)
60 g
Time (minutes) Alpha
80g ( U II of maximum) 100 100
Beta Time (minutes) Alpha Beta 0 ( 0 of maximum
0
100 85 71 56 46
100
0
0
100
100
1.0 3 6 18 36 45
Release
80 2 5 8 20 45 60
Release
65 35 20 10 10
67 53 42 30 12 7
85 60 40 30 15 8
0.5 1.0 1.5
35 8 2
60 0 0
44 43
Release
5 30
46 44
35 65
5 30
10 8
0 0
30 60 days
0 0
0 0
At 40g cOllStricrio" the spike decreases rapidly for 1 5 minutes, and then much
more slowly. The slow-conduct ing gamma fibres stopped conducring almost at once,
within 1 minute, and are nOt recorded. The beta spike virtually disappeared aft
er 1 8 minutes. After this, the alpha spike continued slowly decreasing. On rele
ase, the alpha response was virtually unchanged at 30 minutes ; the beta spike h
ad increased to about half its normal amplitude, its responses being roughly sim
ilar to those of an unconstricted nerve after 75 minutes of the steadily repetit
ive stimulation described above.
2. With [he 2-3 mm constriction, the effects were as follows :
Table 5.2 40g
Time (minutes) Alpha Beta (0 of maximum)
80g
Time (minutes) Alpha Beta ( " 0 of maximum)
0
100
100
0
100 50 25 13 2
100
3 6 10 15
Release
86 57 21 5
50 0 0 0
I 2 3 5
50 10 0 0
At 60g cotlStriction, the amplitude of responses has diminished more quickly and
to a greater degree ; release of constriction had little effecL effecL
Release
2 5 15 30
14 28 43 57
10 40 60 70 45 3 0
At 80g c011striclioll, twitching was observed as the spike potential began immed
iately to decrease to virtual dis appearance at I ! minutes. Similar constriction
in anaes thetised experimental animals produced paralysis which still persisted
at 60 days, when the spike potential remained absent and typical Wallerian degen
eration was evident distal to the constriction. There is a puzzling dis crepancy
between the effects of compression by a spring clip'" and by constriction by a s
ingle, 0.25 mm wide loop ofsurgical cotton, and the authors refer to this when c
om paring their findings with those of other reports. 81, 84, L 6 L , 1 302 The s
econd method of constriction was varied to resemble more closely the techniques
of previous investi gators.
With all 80 g compression, the spike potential reacted in much the same way as a
fter 80 g compression with the 0.25 mm cotton. The quickly diminishing response
was completely absent after 5 minutes and had not returned after 30 minutes. WiT
h the 40 g compressioll, the responses were markedly different. The spike potent
ial diminished more rapidly than with the 0.25 mm constriction at the same press
ure, being completely absent after 1 5 minutes. On release, however, recovery st
arted almost immediately, and con tinued for about 25 minutes, reaching to around
60 per
98
cent of its original value by 30 minutes, at which time it had levelled out to r
emain constant. As previously, the beta response disappeared first. It also show
ed the larger recovery. CONCLUSIONS There appear to be two mechanisms involved i
n nerve block by compression : 1 . The first is completely reversible and seems
to leave the nerve undamaged, i.e. a reversible conduction block. 2. The second
is irreversible-it disturbs nerve conti nuity and Wallerian degeneration follows,
i.e. the irrever sible conduction block. The nature of the mechanism involved ap
pears depen dent upon the nature of compression, its duration and the degree of d
eformity produced by it.
1 . The reversible conduction block
Depending upon the nature of the constriction, a nerve can still obtain enough o
xygen, by diffusion over a dis tance of 5 cm, to maintain almost full activity. T
he usual explanation of the reversible block is anoxia, based on the knowledge t
hat a nerve deprived of oxygen ceases to con duct in 1 6-35 minUles. Vet pressure
may be applied to a nerve in such a way as to make it ischaemic, without impair
ing conduction ;8 1 although diffusion ceases at pressures in excess of 100 mmHg
( 1 3. 3 3 kPa), when the nerve does become anoxic. Cessation of oxygen diffusi
on is probably then due to a decrease in axoplasmic and endoneural fluid (produc
ed by the more severe compression) through which oxygen can diffuse. If neither
axons nor blood vessels are damaged during the constriction, conducting ability
returns soon after compression is removed.
2. The irreversible conduction block
a tourniquet can cause permanent loss of nerve con duction. Vascular injury or ir
ritation leading to traumatic arterial spasm may also produce an irreversible bl
ock.485 Alpha and bela fibres appear to act quite differently to compression and
its consequences. In the reversible COtl sen'criarl, the beta-response disappear
ed long before the alpha spike was eliminated, but the beta fibres were quicker
to recover and did so to a greater degree. In the irreversible conscricciarl, th
e beta fibres were again blocked earlier, and again showed a degree of recovery.
The alpha fibres showed no recovery at all. Gelfan and Tarlov ( 1 956)"" found
the largest fibres most susceptible to compression and the finest relatively res
istant, while anoxia blocks the smaller alpha before the larger ones. Accordingl
y, alpha fibres would be affected by the slight constriction itself, and would n
ot recover conduction at release, whereas beta fibres would be affected by the a
noxia occasioned by constriction, and would recover again upon diffusion of oxyg
en after removal of con striction. The authors make the following observations :
The latency for complete blocking in each neuronal structure is specific and irr
educible in the case of anoxia, whereas in com preSSion it varies over a wide ran
ge depending upon the magni wde of the compression force. The entire pattern of m
odification of neuronaJ responses by compression, and the postcompression recove
ry pattern, are distinctly different from the patterns obtained during anoxia an
d recovery from the latter, indicating [he difference in mechanism by which (a)
mechanical deforma tion, and (b) oxygen lack, block conduction.
Acute peripheral nerve compression
This is a different mechanis m ; the time needed to produce block with the O.25
mm cotton stricture is longer, with the same 40 g tension. The number of fibres
affected depended on the degree of constriction. Moderate con striction affected
a few fibres, the others presumably being protected by the inertia of axoplasmic
and endoneural fluids. With increasing stricture all fibres were blocked, and m
ore quickly. Two months later, the nerve had not recovered conduction. From cros
s-sections through the constriction it was observed that the three elements nece
ssary for impulse conduction (intracellular fluid, extracellular fluid and an in
tact membrane) were all eliminated by severe con striction. The fluids had been f
orced out by the pressure, which had also destroyed the axolemma and myelin shea
th. Allen ( 1 938)" showed that while asphyxia ofa limb may cause a paralysis wh
ich is reversible, direct pressure from
Until recently, it was held that the effects of compressing and stretching a mam
malian nerve trunk, under clinical conditions, are due mainly to obliteration of
vasa ner vorUffi, i.e. an ischaemic lesion. Anatomical points ofposs ible entrapm
ent were viewed as localities where the nerve is especially vulnerable to focal
ischaemia. 706 Since the early 1 970s there has developed the view that these ar
e not ischaemic lesions, but are caused by the direct mechanical deformation of
nerve fibres (Gilliatt, 1975). "" I . When a sphygmomanometer cuff is used to pr
oduce a demyelinating block in an experimental animal, the pressure needed to do
this is much greater than that required to occlude blood vessels. 2. Histologic
al examination showed most of the demyelinating lesions occurring near the edges
of the compressed region, and not at its centre. 3. Physiological studies on th
e experimental animal confirmed that nerve damage was concentrated in those port
ions of the nerve under the edges of the cuff. These findings suggest mechanical
distortion of nerve fibres under the edges of a cuff rather than an ischaemic p
rocess, which could be expected to be maximal under its centre.
PATHOLOGICAL CHANGES--(iENERAL
99
4. Clear evidence of mechanical damage of a particular kind is observed, in sing
le nerve fibres at the cuff edges.
The node of Ranvier, instead of being under the Schwann cell junction, had moved
along the fibres . . . for a distance of more than 100 microns . . . the termin
al loops of the myelin sheath remained attached to the axon membrane at the node
, so that the whole myelin sheath had been dragged along with it, the myelin bei
ng stretched on one side of the node and invaginated on the other . . . analogou
s to the way in which a mass protruding into the lumen of the intestine causes i
n intussusception . . . the axo plasmic movement always occurs in opposite direct
ions under the rwo edges of the cuff . . . the force which moves the nodal axopl
asm comes from the pressure difference between the compressed and uncompressed p
ortions of the nerve.
veins, (5) the pressure within the unyielding tunnel, must be ( I ) > (2) ( 3) >
(4) (S) for adequate circulation, and there is little margin of safety when the
intracompartmen tal pressure increases. When pressure does rise, by tunnel steno
sis and/or swelling of the tunnel contents, the epineurial venules succumb and i
nitiate a series of abnormal changes, the most serious occurring within the funi
culus. First stage: Flow in capillaries is slowed, congestion occurs and intraca
pillary pressure rises. Intrafunicular pressure rises and a vicious circle begin
s. Nerve fibres are com pressed and the resultant hypoxia causes the spontaneous
discharges of nerve hyperexcitability. Larger myelinated fibres suffer earlier,
and these changes are painful, although reversible by any procedure which reliev
es compression. Second slage: Capillary flow decreases further, and the con seque
nt anoxia damages capillary endothelium so that protein escapes and causes oedem
a in the tissue spaces. Protein accumulates in the endoneurial space, to add a f
urther increment of intrafunicular pressure. Nerve fibres are now seriously at r
isk by severe interference with nutri tion, deformation, proliferation of fibrobl
asts and thus extra connective tissue in the endoneUrIum. The thinning nerve fib
res begin to undergo segmental demyelination. Within their endoneurial sheaths,
some axons are then interrupted, and these fibres degenerate. While some resista
nt fibres may continue normal con duction, most surviving but thinned fibres cond
uct al reduced velocity; a further proportion has sustained a first degree (cond
uction block) injury and in others the injury by deformation is followed by Wall
erian degeneration. Thus at this stage the lesion is a mixed one, and as the str
uctural changes advance, sensory and motor de ficiencies in the territory supplie
d will reflect them. If decompression then occurs, blood and fluid transfer is r
estored, oedema slowly resolves and the intrafunicular pressure subsides. The de
gree and duration of motor and sensory recovery depends on the extent and distri
bution of minor changes, and of irreversible ones. Stage three: Continuous and l
ong-standing compression leads to a permanent state as interference with the art
erial supply is added to the existing disturbance of venous drainage. Fibroblast
s proliferate in the protein exudate, with a progressive and irreversible fibros
is constricting yet more nerve fibres. The consequence of final obliteration of
the nutrient vessels is conversion of the nerve to a fibrous cord ; a few fine n
erve fibres may survive, within a dense and relatively avascular epineurium. In
further consideration of the mechanical deformations described above (p. 98), Gi
lliatt ( 1 97S)409 suggests that
It should be noted that only the large myelinated fibres are affected in this wa
y, and that the nodes on the small myelinated fibres are usually normal. This pe
rhaps explains the relative sparing of sensation, a familiar clini cal feature of
acute compressive lesions in man. The characteristic changes have been seen in
man as well as in experimental animals. The important factor is the force per un
it area, and with respect to how much pressure is needed, the results of cuff ex
periments in animals, and pressure by thin nylon cord, agree fairly well. Pressu
res of l . S-20 kg/cm' ( 1 47. 1-196 1 . 3 kPa) are, in the baboon, sufficient t
o cause a block; the nerve of an unconscious patient will not be damaged if the
weight of the limb is resting over a wide area, but localised pressure by extern
al surfaces will cause the lesion. A further important factor is the duration of
the com pression. In the baboon, both cuff and nylon cord pro duced a longer-dura
tion block (with Wallerian degener ation in a proportion of the fibres) after a t
hree-hour compression than after a two-hour compression. Wallerian degeneration
was rarely found with the shorter duration compression. It is assumed that the no
table difference between a two-hour and a three-hour compres sion is due to direc
t pressure and ischaemia now acting in combination.
Chronic peripheral nerve compression
Slowly increasing compression of a nerve will IOltiate among other damage the va
scular changes of an ischaemic lesion, and Sunderland ( 1 978)"" takes the model
of one funiculus (or fasciculus), in an unyielding tunnel, to de scribe the chan
ges. The only intrafunicular vessels are capillaries, since the arterioles and t
he venules and veins lie in the epineurium; because of their oblique course thro
ugh the perineurial sheath, the nutrient vessels suffer closure when there is sw
elling of the bundle. Veins succumb before arteries. The pressure gradient acros
s the fine interrelated pressure systems in the confines of the tunnel, i.e. : (
1 ) that in the nutrient arterioles, (2) the capillary pressure, (3) the intraf
unicular pressure, (4) the pressure in epineurial
100
in chronic compression 'detachment of the terminal loops of myelin from the axon
at the node of Ranvier initiates a sequence of changes leading to demyelination
'. Detachment allows the inner myelin layers to slip back along the axon, with f
irst thinning of the myelin sheath and then complete demyelination of the axon a
t one end of the internode; redundant folds of myelin 3rc formed at the other en
d. Regarding types of trauma, longitudinal stretching may have the same effect,
and it can be visualised that this could occur when a section of the nerve is te
thered at the site of entrapment when other parts of the nerve are freely mobile
. This asymmetrical appearance of myelin is known to occur at entrapment sites o
f human median and ulnar nerves, as well as in experimental animals. Gilliatt po
ses the question : what part, if any, does ischaemia play in these lesions ? The
re is good evidence that ischaemia causes the acute attacks of pain which are ch
aracteristic of the carpal tunnel syndrome. Even a short period of ischaemia can
block conduction reversibly in damaged fibres, and the temporary power and sens
ation loss, often accompanying episodes of pain in this syndrome, is prob ably al
so caused by ischaemia. Gilliatt also mentions that, 'the factors which determin
e the progression from demyelination to Wallerian degeneration within the lesion
s, and which cause the deposition of collagen and neuromarous thickening, are no
t well understood'. Wyke ( 1 974)']60 has fully discussed the functional aspect
of inj uries to peripheral nerves as (a) the changes occurring distal to the inj
ury, (b) those occurring proximal to the injury and (c) changes occurring in the
parent cell from which the injured fibres derive. Functional changes in regener
ating nerve fibres, and the phase of maturation, together with techniques of ele
ctrophysiological investi gation, including skin thermography and the measure ment
of skin electrical resistance, are also described in detail.
Compressive nerve root lesions
Though neural structures are at hazard in the inter vertebral foramina, there is
usually ample room and the root is cushioned by fatty areolar tissue; yet some r
oots are eccentrically placedQ()4 and may have a smaller margin of safety. Remar
kable degrees of deformation will be tolerated by the nerve, provided this is su
fficiently slow and blood supply is not impaired. For example, Frykholm ( 1 97 1
) '" has observed :
Cervical spondyloSis can only be regarded as a predisposing fac tor for the devel
opment of nerve root symptoms. As a maHer of fact, it is quite amazing to what e
xtent a nerve root can become squeezed and deformed by a slowly growing osteophy
tic pro trusion, without any clinical evidence of irritation or dysfunction. Reac
tive fibrosis may also involve the root-sheaths, and peri articular tissues, obli
terating the root pouches, and yet the rOOt may remain functionally intact. Such
changes, however, always make the root extremely vulnerable to all kinds of str
ess and strain.
When intervertebral foramina! dimensions are signifi cantly reduced, the veins ar
e first to suffer and impairment of the nerve's venous return is probably the ca
use of the early neurological symptoms and signs (Sunderland, 1978)."94
Irritative nerve root lesions
Where nerve trunks pass through so tissues such as muscle, ft fascia or ligament
, information about local changes in lesions at these points is scanty. It is su
ggested that the nature of the lesion is a fi brosis secondary to mechanical irr
itation, but the nature of the pathology is unknown and Sunderland ( 1 978) 1 1
94 observes,
The biopsy specimens that I have had the opportunity of examin ing histologically
have shown surprisingly little to account for the distressing pain associated w
ith entrapment.
Arthrotic changes in facet-joints and degenerative changes in neighbouring soft
tissue may produce irregu larities in the normally smooth foraminal profile, and
repetitive injury to the nerve during its small movements in the foramina may be
intensified by nerve root angula tion over foraminal edges.904 The chronic irrit
ation may initiate a friction fibrosis (p. 102), which constricts the root, inte
rfers with its blood supply and forms adhesions which tether the root so that tr
action effects deform it further. The medial branches of posterior pn",ary rami t
raverse a fibro-osseous tunnel around the facet-joint structures as they curve b
ackwards and medially to supply the joint and other neighbouring tissues. The li
ttle neurovascular bundle is intimately related to the facet-joint capsule, and
is at risk of fixation and entrapment by degenerative changes, including capsula
r thickening and fibrosis, of the associated joint. D I FFERENT RESPONSES OF SCI
ATIC NERVE AND SPINAL ROOT It seems reasonable to suppose that there is a fairly
close parallel between the effects of spinal root compression and peripheral ne
rve compression, when the factors of d if ferent effects upon ventral and dorsal
roots, and the high population of autonomic fibres in the vicinity of the inter v
ertebral foramen, are taken into account. However, Sunderland ( 1 978) 1 1 94 as
serts that spinal
In the opinion of the writer, this may well be because the tissues examined are
innocent, and a like search in the region of the associated vertebral joint, and
/or foramen, might frequently reveal ample objective changes to account for the
patient's distress (pp. 103, 242).
PATHOLOGICAL CHANGES-GENERAL
101
roots yield more readily to tensile stress since they lack the perineurium and f
unicular plexus formations of peri pheral nerves, while Gelfan and Tarlov ( 1 956
)"" mention their impressions that spinal nerve roots are more suscep tible than
peripheral nerves to compression forces. Sharpless ( 1 975)" 1 2 reviewed the re
sults of previous workers, and applied pressures of 0-180mmHg (24 kPa) to the ca
t and rat sciatic nerves, and to the dorsal roots ; subsequently observing, 'The
single most important find ing to emerge from our re-examination of this old pro
blem is the astonishing sensitivity of spinal roots to compres sion.' Pressures w
ere applied for three minutes, relieved for three minutes and higher pressures t
hen applied in this sequence, being continued until a substantial conduction blo
ck became evident. Despite the three-minute relief periods not being enough to a
llow recovery at the higher pressure values, so that the cumulative effects com p
ounded those of pressure alone (see p. 96), the difference between peripheral ne
rves and spinal roots was plain. A complete conduction block in the sciatic nerv
e could not be achieved with pressures of less than 150 mmHg (20 kPa), whereas d
orsal roots were able to withstand only minute pressures, the action potentials
being reduced to around half their initial values by pressures of 2025 mmHg (2.6
7-3. 3 kPa). An important parameter is duration of compression. A transient incr
ease of pressure will block a few fibres only, but the same pressure prolonged m
ay produce a substan tial conduction block. The consequence of ischaemia and mech
anical deformation are not so easily clarified, e.g. Bentley and Schlapp ( 1 943
)" rendered a 4 cm length of peripheral nerve completely ischaemic by a pressure
of 60 mmHg (8 kPa), yet it maintained conduction for many hours by diffusion of
oxygen from the ends of the com pressed region. According to the observations of
Gelfan and Tarlov ( 1 956)'" the small pressures which produced the con duction
block in dorsal roots did so by mechanical de formation of fluids rather than by
anoxia. Pressures as little as 20 mmHg (2.67 kPa) affected predominantly the rap
idly conducting fibres, as a rule, though the differentia tion is not always so c
onspicuous. Thus dorsal roots show a differential sensitivity to unit pressure a
s compared with sciatic nerve, and the fast-con ducting A neurones are considerab
ly more susceptible to pressure than the slower-conducting fibres. Sharpless ( 1
975) " " summarises the phenomenon as probably due to viscosity of displaced ax
oplasm, and in vagination of myelin. He emphasises the important point that the v
iscosity of displaced fluid may have an adaptive val ue, protecting nerve roots
against transient fluctuations in local pressures. Thus when joints are fixed in
positions which cause a significant and sustained increase in pressure, a compr
ession block could be expected to de velop. Many instances of the clinical featur
es of idiopathic
compression may be associated with occupations i n which an awkward position mus
t be maintained for some time. Since the spinal roots are protected from small l
ocal fluctuations of pressure by their situation of floating in the bony apertur
e of the foramen, it may be they have not developed other mechanisms to protect
themselves from more sustained forces. Magoun's ( 1 975)'86 extrapolation of S h
arpless's observations suggest that the still smaller and slower pain fibres may
be exceedingly resistant to pressure blockade, and draws attention to the domin
ant complaint of pain during compression of spinal nerve roots in man although a
s we have seen, nerve root compression is not necessarily painful, so long as it
is slowly and not suddenly applied. The 'root pain' of sciatica, for example, h
as for many years been ascribed to nerve root compression by disco genic trespass
, and it was also assumed that the compres sion produced prolonged firing of the
injured sensory fibres ; this consequence therefore underlying the severe pain i
n the distal territory served by the injured nerve. Yet the neuropathy of acute
peripheral nerve compression is usually painless, and experimental studies rarel
y show more than several seconds of repetitive firing when nerves or nerve roots
are acutely compressed. It has also been suggested that 'root pain' is actually
referred pain, perceived in the limb through the activation of deep spinal and
paraspinal nociceptors. By experimentally applying minimal acute compression to
normal dorsal root ganglia, Howe et al. ( 1 977)'" observed that much longer per
iods of repetitive firing, up to 25 minutes, were provoked. Chronic injury produ
ces a marked increase in sensiti vity to mechanical injury, and the acute compres
sion applied to such chronically injured sites was followed by several minutes o
f repetitive firing. The prolonged re sponse could be repeatedly evoked in both s
low and rapidly conducting fibres. Thus mechanical compression of either the dor
sal root ganglion or chronically injured nerve rOOts evokes pro longed repetitive
firing in sensory neurones j the authors have concluded that 'root pain' is due
to the activity of neurones directly involved in the abnormal changes, and serv
ing the territory of perceived pain. There remains, of course, the question of w
hat propor tion ofthe distal pain may be due to the mechanism POStu lated above, a
nd how large is the component of pain of similar distribution, referred from the
associated abnormal changes in non-neural tissues. Wa ll et al. ( 1974) 1282 ha
ve shown that acute injury to a healthy dorsal root does nO! produce a sustained
dis charge except where there has been pre-existing minor chronic irritation or
injury to the root.
Features of root involvement
(see
also Clinical
features, p. 160).
102
Ventral roots comprise: Large myelinated A-alpha neurones and a few A-beta fibre
s, motor efferent to the extrafusal fibres of skeletal muscle. Small myelinated
A-gamma neurones, motor efferent to intrafusal skeletal muscle fibres. Pregangli
onic myelinated B fibres, sympathetic visceral mOlOr efferent (from segments T I
to T I 2 inclusive, but see p. 10) and in S234 roots, preganglionic parasympath
etic visceral motor efferents. Dorsal roots comprise: Group IA myelinated affere
nt fibres from primary end ings in skeletal muscle spindles, and from Golgi tendo
n organs. Group I I A small, medium and large myelinated afferent neurones from
joints (Types I, I I and I I I mechanorecep tors, see p. 1 1 ), afferent fibres f
rom secondary endings in muscle spindles and from touch and pressure receptors.
Group I I l A-delta, small myelinated neurones, part of the somatic nociceptor s
ystem. C unmyelinated fibres of both the somatic and visceral afferent nocicepto
r systems (the latter are not necessarily 'autonomic' afferents).
The ramus meningeus, or sinuvertebral nerve, of which there may be several filam
ents, has on re-entering the intervercebral foramen become a mixed nerve, and th
us contains both somatic and autonomic neurones. Because the filaments of the ra
mus meningeus may wander up and down the neural canal for a distance of some seg
ments before terminating in end-organs, the consequences ofcon duction block in t
hese neurones may frequently involve tissues at some distance from the site of t
he foraminal or neural canal trespass. The ventral and dorsal roots may be compr
essed indivi dually, depending upon the nature and position of degenerative and o
ther changes, and also the nature of root formation. A furcher important conside
ration is the varying degree of root angulation, commonly existing as a normal a
na tomical feature in many individuals, occasioned by the changes in direction of
spinal roots between their in tradural and extradural course. Classical anatomic
al descriptions present a more or less characteristic pattern for each spinal re
gion, yet in a study of 50 dissections (adult males and females) Nathan ( 1970).
. 1 1 observed that in a majority (76 per cent) of the cases a variable number of
spinal roots, more usually in the lower cervical and upper thoracic segments, fo
l lowed an angulated course. Within the dura, the rootlets proceeded downward for
a variable distance and on piercing the dura are sharply angulated upwards to r
each the portal of the intervertebral foramen. Since the extraforaminal course i
s again down-
wards, a handful of spinal roots (commonly occupying a junctional vertebral regi
on prone 10 trespass by thickened degenerative tissues) have undergone two fairl
y marked angulations by the time of their emergence from the foramen. The degree
of angulations may be as much as 30 , and can reach 45 . I rregular and uneven
development at the dural sac has been considered as the possible cause of these
angulations which may, of course, be further distorted by degenerative changes,
particularly dural tethering within the neural canal and root-sleeve tethering a
t the foramen. The roots affected are those between C6 and T9, with T2 and T3 mo
st frequently and severely angulated." REGI ONAL VARIATIONS Comparatively few cl
inical or experimental pathological studies of nerve root compression have been
reported, and postmortem descriptions of rOot compression are un common. N.B. Onl
y the salient features of root involvement in these regions are described here ;
for more generalised descrip tions see under Combined degenerative change, page
125.
I . Cervical spine
The foramen allows the passage of a neurovascular bundle comprising spinal nerve
root, radicular artery and small veins, contained in a firm and inelastic sleev
e of the dura mater. The combined cervical root, or the dorsal root only, may be
unilaterally irritated or compressed by chondro osteophyte formation at the marg
ins of facet-joints, andl or by the same degenerative trespass as a consequence
of osseocartilaginous bar formation in spondylosis of the ver tebral body joints,
from the third cervical segments downwards. Frykholm ( 1 9 5 1 )'" ascribed the
clinical features of root compression to fibrosis of the dural sleeve, and show
ed the characteristic thickening and opacity of the sleeve and adjacent parts of
the dural sac, restriction and sometimes complete obliteration of the root osti
a or funnel forming the root pouch, fibrotic thickening of the arachnoid part an
d sometimes a restriction and notching of the radicular nerve. The considerable
variations in formation of the lower cervical roots and root pouches are importa
nt factors, determining the nature and degree of root interference by degenerati
ve change from patient to patient. Wilkinson ( 1 97 1 ) 1 )" observes that disc
pathology in the cervical spine is complicated, in that in addition to pro trusio
n of the nucleus pulposus (which in this spinal region constitutes only 1 5 per
cent of the disc volume) there is often osteophyte formation with or without rOO
t sleeve fibrosis. She describes (a) a type of dorsolateral pro trusion which doe
s not invade the intervertebral foramen but which may compress the intra meninge
al rootlets
PATHOLOGICAL CHANGES--GENERAL
103
against the anterior aspect of the vertebral laminae, and (b) a protrusion origi
nating more laterally, from the unci nate region of the disc, and invading the fo
ramina to com press the radicular nerve (or combined roots) against the articular
pillar. A notable feature of the characteristic and combined nature ofcervical
degenerative change is the very frequent presence of mulriple disc change in mat
ure patients. In 17 patients who came to autopsy, Wilkinson ( 1 960)"" observed
some or all of these changes in each, with an average of 3 disc lesions per subj
ect. In 3 of them, there were 5 disc lesions. Hence the nature of discogenic roo
t involvement in the cervical spine differs from that in the lumbar spine, where
root interference more usually in volves a single segment unilaterally. The enla
rgement due to effusion of the capsule of the apophyseal joint may produce some
root pressure.6)9 An important point is that the upper two or three cervi cal roo
rs have posterior primary rami which are at least as large as the anterior prima
ry ramus, and while the upper two cannot be involved in spondylotic processes, s
ince the latter by definition involve the disc, they frequently appear to be vul
nerable to repetitive or more sustained irritation as a secondary consequence of
ligamentous in sufficiency, degenerative thickening and partial dis organisation
of the cranioverrebral region following trauma and stress. This spinal neighbour
hood is of pro found clinical importance and it is wise to be alert to the possib
ility of segmental muscular weakness (see Patterns of Segmental Supply) and inst
ability. In cervical spondylosis, spinal roots can be severely damaged by protru
ding osteophytes. The damaged rootS may contain regenerating axons proximaJ to t
he level of trespass or more commonly give rise to groups of myeli nated fibres c
oursing through the meninges and passing along the blood vessels. The site of da
mage may form a neuroma at the entrance to the intervenebral foramen. In chronic
states these regenerative phenomena are very common. 4 )9 Cuneiform areas of de
generation in the dorsal columns of the cord have also been observed, and interp
reted as secondary to dorsal root damage. Histological changes, presumably due t
o the mechanical causes outlined, in clude proliferation of Schwann cells, signs
of axonal mye lin degeneration and an increase of connective tissue around the Sc
hwann cells. The patchy lesions arc most pronounced in mid- and lower cervical r
egions. At autopsy examination of subjects older than 50 years, numerous rounded
, lamellated and calcified bodies, with a hyaline central part, have been found
in the sheaths covering the spinal roots and proximal peripheral nerves. 548 The
little masses are most frequently observed in epineurial and perineurial connec
tive tissue, with a few plasma cells and lymphocytes in their neighbourhood. The
masses occurred less often in the endoneurial sheath.
Cystic lesions are aJso found, frequently in the posterior root near the dorsal
ganglion, and appear as diverticula continuous medially with the subarachnoid sp
ace contain ing cerebrospinaJ fluid. The cystS are associated with degenerative c
hanges in related neurones. The frequency of cYStS, at the j unction of posterio
r roots and dorsal root ganglion, varied from none in the 2nd and 3rd root to mo
re than 1 0 per cen t in the 6th root. 56' At the site of pressure there is seco
ndary swelling both of nerve and connective tissue. I f the nerve traverses a co
nfined space or tunnel, which may have been added by chronic degenerative proces
ses, the mechanical pressure and irritation initiates oedematous changes, which
further aggravate compression. ll80b Production and ab sorption of oedema may acc
ount for the exacerbation and remission of symptoms. The root may also suffer is
chaemic changes due to arth roticor spondylotic interference with the segmental r
adicu lar arteries, this also appears to be a more potent cause of cervical myelo
pathy.'"
2. Thoracic spine
Aside from consideration of the thoracic-outlet group of syndromes, and such con
ditions as tumours of the l ung apex which involve the upper thoracic nerves nea
r their foraminal exits, reports of root compression at thoracic levels are rela
tively sparse, probably because it is less easy to show unilateral and obvious n
eurological deficit in the territory supplied by a single thoracic spinal root.
This is not to ignore the literature on thoracic disc lesions, of which Benson a
nd Byrnes ( 1 975)" have pro vided an excellent review, or the well-documented ch
anges of spinal tuberculosis and thoracic neoplasms, but only that in 22 patient
s with surgically proven thoracic disc prolapse, intercostal muscle wasting was
not seen and paraspinous muscle spasm was not seen. While weakness of the lower
abdominal muscles was frequent, nearly all other neurological signs involved the
lower limb (and in one-third of cases the sphincters) and thus were due to cord
interference; this may be because a thoracic disc tres pass usually occurs in th
e median plane and thus at suf ficient distance from the nerve roots on either si
de (p. 528). Schmorl and Junghanns ( 1 97 1 ) '0'1' remarks that several forms o
f intercostal neuralgia in the thoracic area have been recognised as an expressi
on of nerve root irritation from posterior disc prolapse but, again, neuralgia i
s not neurological deficit. Nathan ( 1 959)89' describes para-articular processe
s of the thoracic vertebrae, and the space-occupying effect of these structures.
His observations on osteophytes of the vertebral column900 and on arthrotic cha
nge in the costo vertebral joints902 together with his clear demonstrations of th
e abdominal sympathetic trunk incorporated among the degenerative outgrowths of
spondylotic vertebral joints901 provide ample reason to suppose that covert
104
thoracic root involvement may occur more frequently than we are easily able to s
how, in terms of circumscribed neurological deficit. Angulations of the upper th
oracic nerve roots (vide supra) would certainly predispose them to the con sequen
ce of degenerative interference by surrounding structures. That thoracic spinal
root involvement occurs, is best demonstrated electromyographically. In a review
describ ing radicular symptoms which simulate visceral disease of abdominal orga
ns, Marinacci and Courville (1 962)8() show that diagnostic error at times leadin
g to unnecessary ab dominal surgery is easily caused by vertebral join I prob lems
referring pain around the trunk, and through to the abdominal wall.
The resultant abdominal manifestations can usuaUy be traced to stem from irritat
ion of one or more thoracic spinal roots . . . in this group of syndromes we are
concerned with the entire ab dominal wall supplied by the sensory and motor root
s from about T6 down to L l level.
3. SpiT/al a. Spondylolisthesis b. Trauma c. Vertebral disease, e.g. tuberculosi
s d. Intervertebral disc lesions. A root of the lumbosacral plexus may also be c
om pressed by impingement between the tip of a superior articular facet and the p
edicle above, by the descent of a pedicle due to the unilateral collapse of a lu
mbar disc, by anterior trespass of thickened degenerative tissue of facet-joint
arthrosis, by acquired spinal stenosis due to a combined degenerative change, an
d by nerve root cysts. According to Macnab ( 1 977),'"0 backache and radicular p
ain of sciatic distribution, i.e. root entrapment syn dromes, may result from any
of the following lesions : 1 . Foraminal impingement of the emerging nerve root
by a subluxated posterior zygoapophyseal joint 2. Kinking of a nerve root by a
pedicle, and compression ofthe nerve root against the pedicle by a diffuse bulgi
ng disc 3. Entrapment of the nerve root in the subarticular gutter 4. Diffuse sp
inal stenosis 5. Segmental spinal stenosis 6. I atrogenic (postfusion) spinal st
enosis 7. Extradural tumours 8. Lamina impingement as in spondylolisthesis 9. Ex
traforaminal entrapment-the corporotransverse ligament ;'" engulfment by a perip
heral disc bulge. The sites at which trespass upon lumbar nerves may occur have
been summarised by Kirkaldy-Willis and Hill ( 1 979) :66' 1 . Anterior to the du
ra (i.e. sinuvertebral and spinal nerves at the posterior wall of the disc) 2. T
he medial part of the nerve canal (or beginning of the lateral recess) 3. The po
sterolateral part of the neural canal, by tres pass of enlarged posterior joints
4. The lateral part of the nerve root canal (e.g. trespass upon the ventral and
dorsal roots, root sleeve and sinuver tebral nerves, by subluxed and enlarged sup
erior articular processes) 5. At the posterior joints, where the medial branches
of the posterior primary rami may be involved. If scoliosis is taken to include
congenital or acquired curvature of the lower thoracic and lumbar spine, includ
ing those mature patients with developing rotatory curves, scoliosis alone does
not cause statistically significant low back pain in patients under 60, but sign
s of nerve com pression may appear further with ageing, because of pro gressive st
enosis of the intervertebral foramen within the concavity of the scoliotic nerve
. The narrowing is caused by the degenerative trespass of hypertrophied facet-jo
ints, marginal vertebral osteophytes and thickening of the
Epigastric pain over stomach or pancreas produced by T6-T7 irritation, gall blad
der 'disease' by involvement of T7-T8,pain in thekidneyregionfrom T9vertebral se
gment and 'physical disorders' of the urethra and bladder, are illustrative exam
ples. Radiculitis at T I 2-LI roots often simulates femoral and inguinal disorde
rs. Angiomas, disc changes, arthritic spurs of facet-joints and compression frac
tures are among the pathological spinal conditions referring the pains mentioned
by the authors, and the five examples of root involvement confirmed by electrom
yography of thoracic nerves were neurofibroma at T7, neuronitis at T7, 8, 9, a c
entral disc hernia at T9, arthrotic hyperostosis at T i l and a metastatic adeno
carcinoma involving T6, T7 and T8 roots. Each patient had abdominal surgery, one
had two operations and the patient with facet-joint arthrosis was submitted to
three exploratory surgical procedures. On the other hand, conventional clinical
tests of oeso phageal function may fail to reveal the visceral cause for thoracic
pain which does originate from oesophageal dis orders.87 1 3. The lumbar spine Y
ates ( 1 964) "'19 broadly classifies the causes of root inter ference according
to their anatomical site as follows: 1. IntraspiT/al a. Viral radiculitis, e.g.
herpes zoster b. Meningeal disease, e.g. malignant infiltration c. Extramedullar
y tumours. 2. EXlraspiT/al a. Retroperitoneal, e.g. sarcoma b. Large pelvic tumo
urs c. Sciatic nerve e.g. malignant infiltration.
PATHOLOGICAL CHANGES--GENERAL
l OS
lamina and ligamentum ftavum. Available space, particu than in the smaller diamet
er nociceptor afferents in the same nerve trunks. The consequent selective condu
ction larly in the lateral recess, may be much reduced. ) 1 7 , 1 1 8 Trespass b
y degenerative tissue does not always occur loss reduces the inhibitory effects
upon centripetal traffic on the concave side of abnormal lateral curvature, Wrig
ht in the nociceptor system, these changes occurring early et al. (1971 )"" ment
ioning 28 cases of scoliosis, 15 of in compressive lesions and as a result of va
scular disturb whom showed disc narrowing on the concave side and 1 3 ance involv
ing the vasa nervorum. He observes that as nerve root compression increases, int
ermittent or con presenting with changes on the opposite side. The nature of root
involvement by disc trespass may tinuous irritation of small diameter nocicepto
r fibres also take many forms, from the detachment of a section of hya increases,
so that backache and/or sciatica increase, and line cartilaginous plate, alread
y described (see p. 90), to are less readily relieved by changes of posture or a
ctivity. Nevertheless, these effects may sometimes be relieved the root being bu
ried in a groove of bulging disc, migra tion of a disc fragment into the interver
tebral foramen, by lying or standing, and appear to be aggravated by sit impingem
ent of the nerve in the lateral recess of the ting, although the diminution or l
oss of the inhibitory in neural canal (see p. 28) and transforaminal lateral disc
fluence of mechanoreceptor impulse traffic may render antalgic postures of part
ial benefit only. herniation. The intensity of pain is an unreliable yardstick f
or the To these should be added the restricting effects of trans foraminal ligame
nts, which on occasions can produce a grading of root lesions, besides the fact
that patients have degree of entrapment in the presence of normal discs, differi
ng pain tolerances.'295 Schaumburg ( 1975)1 1 1 ' was unable t o discover any hi
s closely simulating the neurological consequences of disc topathological descrip
tions of acutely compressed spinal prolapse. The lumbosacral roots descend almos
t vertically within roots, although postmortem appearances of roots flattened th
e neural canal, and thus a disc protrusion at the 4th and almost fenestrated by
disc herniations have been de l umbar segment may impinge upon the 4th and 5th sc
ribed. There are many reports of radicular nerve and lumbar, or 1 st sacral, roo
ts and sometimes two of these. ganglion being adherent to protruded disc materia
l, and A 5th lumbar neurological deficit does not necessarily im very many descri
ptions of degenerative change involving plicate the 5th lumbar disc, nor a 1 s t
sacral deficit the 5th nerve roots. Lindblom and Rexed ( 1948)'" suggest that r
oot lumbar disc, albeit the latter combination of 1st sacral damage need not fol
low a massive single trauma, but may deficit and 5th lumbar joint changes occur
commonly. Brodal ( 1 969)" draws attention to the descending often result from re
petitive small injuries. These may branch of the second lumbar nerve ; this fila
ment lies in affect a relatively large area, and the authors describe the poster
ior longitudinal ligament and may be involved degenerating fibres distributed in
a diffuse manner over in lesions of trespass, with consequent patterns of pain
the entire root, their number being proportional to the severity and duration of
the compressive injuries. In single which can confuse the clinician. Wyke ( 1 9
76) 1 '" describes a typical herniation of compressed roots, they found evidence
of both recent and nucleus pulposus as trespassing initially on the sinuver old
injuries, i.e. the presence of regenerating axons coex tebral nerve, with the eff
ects of not only interrupting isting with actively degenerating axons. The resul
ting his mechanoreceptor afferent activity but also irritating noci tological pict
ure was a mixture of degenerating, preserved ceptor afferent fibres, which may g
ive rise to pain in the and regenerating fibres. They described nerve root com lo
wer back, in the absence of sciatica. The selectivity of pression secondary to d
orsolateral disc protrusion, indi conduction blocks would explain this sequence o
f events. cating the point of pressure to be between the distal half Further ter
ritorial aggression allows the protrusion to of the spinal ganglion and the firs
t portion of the spinal impinge upon the nerve roots and their dural investment
nerve. Deformities were either a slight circumscribed after which, it is postula
ted, backache becomes more flattening, or an indentation of longer stretches of
nerve. severe and more widely distributed, being reinforced by Moderate and seve
re compression flattened both ventral root and ganglia, whereas slight pressure
deformed the concomitant reflex muscle spasm. Sensory changes as paraesthesiae a
nd numbness, with ventral root bundles less than the ganglia. The dorsal root ga
nglia were frequently compressed so pain in the distribution of the sciatic nerv
e and, it should be added, pain sometimes in the distribution of the that their
normal circular cross-section was distorted to femoral nerve, may ensue. Inconve
niently, pain does not a crescentic shape, and the intraganglionic, connective t
issue was severely disorganised. Near the compressed respect classical dermatome
boundaries. Wyke draws attention to the correlation between the margin ofthe ga
nglion, some neUTones appeared flattened diameter of nerve fibres and their meta
bolic activity, with and atrophied, and stained abnormally, although the conduct
ion in the larger mechanoreceptor afferents in spi majority of neurones appeared
normal. Microscopically, nal nerves being interfered with earlier and more sever
ely the degeneration of large myelinated fibres was more (by disturbance of bloo
d flow through the vasa nervorum) easily observed in the ventral roots, and alth
ough the
106
dorsal root ganglia were involved as described, the dorsal roots themselves were
largely spared, as confirmed by the relative absence of nerve fibre pathology,
in their investigations. I f significant axonal degeneration of neurological los
s does occur in dorsal roots, their central projections in the dorsal column als
o degenerate, but in many of the cases examined, there were no retrograde degene
rative changes in dorsal root components, although some ventral root degenerativ
e changes were observed extending centripet ally for 1 -2 cm. Questions of (a) wh
en, or when not, a root of the lumbo sacral plexus is involved in the pathologica
l changes underlying complaints of haunch and leg pain, with diminished straight
-leg-raising, and (b) the precise nature ofrhis involvement, are easier to pose
than clarify. Much of the confident ascribing of neurological involvement with n
otions of root interference as the underlying cause of sciatica, and a diminishe
d range ofleg-raising, may have been misplaced. The author has previously (Griev
e, 1970)'" drawn attention to the lack of justification for authoritarian pro nou
ncementS on this often indeterminable aspect of lumbar joint problems (since onl
y 1 in 1 0 000 reach the stage of myelography and operation), and the more recen
t observations of Mooney and Robertson ( 1 976)86' when describing 'the facet sy
ndrome' are of interest. The authors initiated a diagnostic-therapeutic procedur
e (facet-joint block) by injecting steroid with local anaes thetic routinely into
the lower three lumbar facet-joints. As each posterior primary ramus supplies a
t least two facet-joints, and each facet-joint receives innervation from at leas
t two spinal levels, the precise facet-joint account able for abnormality could n
ot be determined by the patient's description of pain distribution. Because of t
his overlap in innervation, therefore, three joints were in jected. I f standard
radiographic views showed a unilateral single-segment degenerative change, only
that joint was injected.
h is apparcm to us that the localisation of pain in the low back, bultock and le
g is a non-specific finding. Pain referred to those areas certainly could be dev
eloped from noxious stimuli arising at the facet-joint area. In addition, there
is some question as to what constitutes a true neurologic sign. Based on this pr
eliminary experience, we no longer consider diminished straight-leg-raising or r
eflex changes to necessarily implicate nerve root pressure by disc protrusion. T
he only tfue localising neurologic signs which we currently will accept are spec
ific dermatome sensory loss, or specific motor weakness. Probably severely dimin
ished straight leg-raising and a crossed leg positive straight-leg-raising test a
re true neurological signs as well. These findings currently do suggest a ruptur
ed intervertebral disc with nerve root involve ment.
Patterns of referred pain from irritation of the lumbar facet-joints were found
to be in the typical locations of lumbago and sciatica. For this, and other reas
ons, descrip tions of root involvement of a mechanical nature at the lumbar and l
umbosacral segments and disc changes need not, and perhaps should not, be aUloma
cicaJly associated with the ubiquitous clinical problems of backache and sciatic
a. The two have in the past been somewhat indiscri minantly linked, and there is
plainly some doubt that this is justified. 174, '12 Following the work of Edgar
and N undy297 the notion that extrasegmental and widely radiating back pain (in
the firststagesofan acute attack) may be a 'dural' sign received some reinforcem
ent, since the anterior aspect of the dura enjoys a much greater population of n
ociceptors than does its posterior aspect. More than 20 years ago, Pedersen et a
l. ( 1 9 56)979 showed very clearly that any destructive lesion of lumbar joint
structures will initiate widespread vertebral and hamstring muscle spasm; thus i
t may be im portant to remember that widely radiating protective re sponses includ
ing diminished straight-leg-raising need not be consequent only on lesions of tr
espass involving the cauda equina or its dural investment.
'It is apparent that causes of compression of the cauda equina and nerve roots o
ther than simple disc protrusions are much more common than previously thought.
Some authors are of lhe opinion that these other causes are responsible for two-
thirds of the patients.'660
RECOVERY I n relation to peripheral nerve injuries these processes are subject t
o considerable variation. Sensory recovery. Accumulated evidence ll91 tends to d
is prove the hypothesis that protopathic and epicritic sensi bility are separate r
ealities, as Head ( 1 905)'" proposed. The pattern of recovery, as regenerating
axons reinnervate the skin, is but a reflection of the different stages in the m
aturation of new afferent processes. The interval, between injury and the first
appearance of sensory processes in the peripheral stump below the lesion, is qui
te variable. A guide to the recovery of sensory neurones was considered to be pr
ovided by the Hotfman Tinel sign"" "" (DTP-distal tingling on percussion). Stewar
t and Eisen ( 1 978)1 1 74 studied the clinical signifi cance of the DTP sign. Fi
fty-one patients, who satisfied 3 or more of the following 4 criteria: ( I ) sen
sory abnor malities in the median nerve distribution, (2) thenar weak ness and was
ting, (3) abnormal motor latency of the median nerve, (4) abnormal sensory actio
n potentials at the wrist, were compared with a normal matched control group. Th
e signs and symptoms of median nerve involvement were not secondary to local or
systemic disease, or to trauma.
All other findings
of the disc syndrome may be accounted
for by facet abnormality. On the other hand, the very same pain referral pattern
can no doubt be caused by irritation within the spinal canal.
PATHOLOGICAL CHANGES-{;ENERAL
107
The DTP sign was positive in 45 per cent of the experi mental group and 29 per ce
nt of the controls; the authors concluded that the sign is of doubtful clinical
significance. While the DTP sign might be an indicator of regenera tion, it is no
t a reliable measure of useful regeneration. Since completely denervated muscle
is insensitive to pressure, an early sign marking the arrival of immature sensor
y fibres at the periphery is the development of ten derness to pressure. The arri
val of immature cutaneous endings is marked by a crude sensibility with distinct
ive characteristics. The previously insensitive area becomes unpleasantly sensit
ive to pinprick at high thresholds, and to extremes of temperature. The elicited
sensations are abnormal, very unpleasant, radiate widely, defy localisa tion and
lack any qualitative features. In very general terms, the time required for the
appear ance of sensory recovery at the periphery varies between weeks for mild i
njuries and months for severe injuries (e.g. nerve suture), given the factor of
distance between injury and end-organ. The threshold to stimulation, the capacit
y to localise, and the remaining qualitative features associated with sen sory mo
dalities continue to improve to normal function if the pauern of innervation is
re-established in every detail. Sunderland ( 1 968) 1 1 91 again stresses, in re
lation to mOlOr recovery, the variability of the process. The interval between i
njury and onset of motor recovery comprises three interrelated phases : 1 . The
;"itial period, (a) when the neurones are recover ing from the retrograde changes
, which increase in sever ity as the level of injury approaches the cell body, an
d are proportional to the severity of the injury, and (b) the time needed for th
e passage of regenerating axons to, and through, the injured zone. This interval
depends upon the severity of damage, and its pathological form; some agents are
more prejudicial than others to axonal advance. 2. The intermediate period, i.e
. the time needed for regenerating axons to grow from the site of trauma to thei
r myoneural junctions ; this is dependent both on the level and the severity of
the injury. The former determines the distance, and the latter the rate, of adva
nce. 3. The terminal period is the time needed to effect those refinements in re
generative processes which are necessary to meet functional requirements. With r
egard to motor recovery after unilateral lumbo sacral rool compression, Yates ( 1
964)"" investigated by clinical and electrodiagnostic criteria the natural cour
se of motor weakness and recovery in 48 patients. While none of the patients in
this series underwent surgery, the in vestigator assumed that root compression wa
s secondary to a disc lesion. A complete motor recovery occurred in all 40 patie
nts (see Table 5.3) in whom only I root (uniradicular) was affected, but in only
1 of 8 patients in whom 2 or more roots (multiradicular) were involved.
Tablr 5.3
Root involved Number of palie:nts Perce:nlage of total Mean duration of weakne:s
s (in weeks)
L3 L4 L5
SI All cases
3 I I3 23 40
7.5 2.5 32.5 57.5 100
24 10 (not denervated) 28 20 22
A typical example of lmiradicular involvemelll was that of a 30-year-old woman w
ith backache for 7 weeks and left sciatic pain to the heel for a further 3 weeks
. After a further week the pain eased but the leg felt cold, numb and weak. Musc
le power in the left calf and hamstrings could be overcome by moderate manual pr
essure and the left buttock was flabby on contraction. The left ankle-jerk was a
bsent and sensation to pinprick was impaired on the lateral border of the foot.
On electromyography the intensity-duration ratios in both heads of gastrocnemius
were norma), no spontaneous activity was detected, but the volitional patterns
were reduced from normal. Three months from the onset of sciatica, no weak ness w
as detectable and the left ankle-jerk had returned, although the outer border of
the foot was hyperaesthetic. EMG tests showed a normal volitional pattern in ga
stro cnemius. An example of multiradicular involvemem was that of a 66-year-old m
an with a history of lumbago and sciatica for 20 years. A further onset of lumba
r pain and left scia tica, prior to attendance, began slowly to ease, leaving the
leg numb and weak. Isometric contractions of quadriceps, toe extensors, calf mu
scles and hamstrings could not be held against moder ate manual resistance, and l
ighter manual pressure over came the weak contraction of tibialis anterior. Myelo
graphically evident small disc protrusions at L4 and L5 interspaces were assumed
to be responsible for the gross muscle weakness, by L4, L5 and S I root compres
sion. An EMG test three months from onset showed abnormal intensity-duration cur
ves of partial denervation in tibialis anterior, peronei, extensor digitorum bre
vis and gastrocnemius, and fibrillation potentials were detected in the same mus
cles. Volitional activity was absent in tibialis anterior and reduced in the oth
er muscles. Two years later, clinical weakness and EMG findings remained unchang
ed and the patient perforce retired from work. Subsequent findings in these pati
ents are of interes t : I . I n 5 uniradicular cases, nOt showing denervation, m
uscle power was recovered in a mean of I I weeks, and the author concluded the n
erve injury to be a neuropraxia. Electrodiagnosis offers a means of distinguishi
ng the con dition from more severe injury of nerve. 2. ]n 1 3 uniradicular cases
with evidence of denerva-
108
COMMON VERTEBRAL JOtNT PROBLEMS
tion, complete motor recovery occurred within a mean period of7 months, and in 4
of these the EMG abnormali ties disappeared, indicating active reinnervation. Va
n Harsveld ( 1 952)'263 and others have shown in ex perimental animals that secti
on of one lumbar nerve root is followed by complete recovery of the weakened leg
muscles. This occurs by terminal branching of nerve fibres from other healthy r
oots supplying the muscle, the fresh peripheral axons growing down the empty end
oneural tubes of degenerate fibres. The process occurs within 1 mm of the myoneu
ral j unction, beginning within two weeks of denervation and continuing for six
months. Thus denervated motor units were reactivated before axonal growth from s
pinal root to periphery, at the rate of 1 - 1 . 5 mm per day, could complete the
reinnervation of muscle. Coers and Woolf ( 1 959)'" showed definite peripheral
branching, and end-plate regeneration in biopsies of muscle denervated by root c
ompression. 3. Since complete motor recovery occurred in only one of the eight p
atients with multiradicular involvement, the lack of recovery may be due to the
absence or reduction in number of healthy roots to supply peripheral axonal bran
ches. Edds and Small ( 1 95 1 )'" sectioned three lumbar roots in monkeys and ob
served litt1e recovery of muscle power and little evidence of peripheral branchi
ng. It has been suggested that occlusion of one radicular artery by disc trespas
s might occasionally cause ischaemia of several cord segments and so produce a u
nilateral multiradicular lesion, but with regard to effects of interference of b
lood supply on peripheral nerve regeneration, Bacsich and Wyburn ( 1 945)" ligat
ed regional nutrient arteries, and destroyed the longitudinal anastomoses in the
epineurium over considerable lengths of the sciatic nerve of the rabbit, withou
t adversely affecting the regeneration of nerve fibres below a crush injury. Reg
ional nutrient arteries have been experimentally ligated over considerable lengt
hs of nerve trunk without affecting the structure and function of nerve fibres o
r their regeneration. Muscles denervated for more than two years are un likely to
substantially recover power, and for this reason Yates ( 1 %4) ' 369 suggests t
hat cases of multiradicular in volvement warrant full and prompt investigation, i
nclud ing myelography and electromyography to confirm the extent of denervation,
with surgery urgently considered. There is some uncertainty whether muscular par
esis of unknown duration indicates surgical or conservative treatment. Employing
clinical techniques for assessing neurologi cal deficit, Eis ( 1 964)30' reporte
d complete or partial re covery of muscle power in 93 per cent of surgically trea
ted patients, Hakelius ( 1 970) 48" reported complete recovery of neuromuscular
function in about 50 per cent of patients
in both conservatively and surgically treated groups, and Weber ( 1 970)"" showe
d that about 80 per cent of his patients, in the same two groups, regained norma
l neuro muscular function. Weber ( 1 975)"" studied paresis and recovery in 280 p
atients suffering from sciatica, with mye lographically verified disc prolapse. F
ollowing relief of pain by bed rest and analgesics for two weeks, the problem of
pain inhibition reducing muscular effort was negated. The 14-day period allowed
instruction and practice in the standardised muscle-testing method, which compr
ised fixing the foot by non-stretchable strap to a measurement beam with built-i
n strain gauges. The muscle functions tested were : 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Dorsal
extension of big toe Dorsal extension of lateral toes Dorsal extension of the wh
ole foot Eversion of the foot Plantar-flexion of the foot Abduction and extensio
n of the hip Flexion of the knee.
Following control experiments in 1 3 healthy persons, by 104 individual movement
s, it was evident that a dif ference in normal strength between the two sides cou
ld differ as much as 20 per cent, therefore in patients only the loss of strengt
h in excess of 20 per cent was recorded as paresis. Control measurements of six
patients made on several successive days showed that daily deviations in muscle
power were well within a limit of 20 per cent. 1 . Conservative treatment was be
d rest, isometric back and abdominal exercise, and intensive ergonomic training.
2. Surgical trealment was extirpation of the prolapsed and loose disc tissue, i
n a prone position with hips and knees flexed. When 128 patients, of an original
1 33 with paresis, attended the follow-up examination 1 year later, only a reco
rded difference in muscle power exceeding 20 per cent was allowed as a definitiv
e improvement or deterioration. Patients with disc rupture at L4-5 showed a prep
on derance of muscle-power loss in toe and foot extensors, while disc rupture at
L5-S1 included most loss of calf muscle and hamstring power. An important and un
expected finding at both levels of disc involvement was that 3040 per cent of Ol
her muscle groups were affected, in addition to the dominating weak ness describe
d above. Surprisingly, the study showed that prognosis of muscle-power recovery
is no better after sur gery than after conservative treatment, and tests of power
of dorsal and plantar flexion of the foot and toes showed poorer results in the
operated patient. Although more than 70 per cent of all pareses were partially
or completely restored, significantly only 30 per cent of patients had regained
full strength in all muscle groups. The findings might be interpreted in differe
nt ways, but they pose vari ous questions regarding:
PATHOLOGtCAL CHANGES-(;ENERAL
109
1 . The roOl or roots involved by single disc rupture in the low back. 2. Diffic
ulties of ascertaining the accual onset of the consequences of root compression
(many patients are un aware of mOlar loss). 3. The difficulty in that EMG may sho
w persistent denervation in muscles which are, on clinical testing, of normal st
rength. (Since slight paresis matters little for functional capability, the addi
tion of EMG-testing to careful manual clinical examination may not be justified.
) 4. Surgical indications, since the unisegmental loss of muscle strength appear
s insufficient reason for surgery. 5. The nature of muscle power recovery after
sciatica with neurological deficit. As Weber points out that muscle function con
tinues to improve for more than a year after root involvement in sciatica, reinn
ervation may include a process other than peripheral axonal sprouting although t
he distance to be traversed by new axonal growth would seem to require an interi
m of some 2 years or more. In Yates's (I 964}lJb9 series, motor units at varying
distances from the lumbar segments recovered power during a com mon interval of
time. Autonomicfibre regeneration is believed to be similar to that in the cereb
rospinal nervous system. 4 17 Evidence has steadily accumulated over years to co
n firm the regeneration of postganglionic sympathetic nerve fibres"" although sur
prisingly little is known of the regenerative processes themselves. Studies sugg
est that the time required for restoration of function following repair of sever
ed preganglionic fibres is less than that for postganglionic neurones. Relativel
y large defects in the sympathetic trunk of ex perimental animals have apparently
been made good by growth of fibres across a complete gap in the trunk. 520 Ther
e is some evidence that the rate of degeneration differs in different regions an
d in different fibre-types ; preganglionic regeueration may be influenced by the
site of the lesion, and the regeneration of postganglionic neurones may include
reinnervation by neighbouring in tact fibres. Adjacent healthy autonomic fibres
produce axonal sprouts which form connections with the appropriate cho linergic o
r adrenergic endings. Murray and Thomson ( 1 957)'" have demonstrated that secti
on of pre- or post ganglionic fibres in the neck is succeeded by growth of sprout
s from neighbouring axons, these reinnervating the denervated structures if the
autonomic supply is of the same type, i.e. adrenergic or cholinergic. The stimul
us for sprout formation is believed to be a humoral substance released from dege
nerating neurones. SUMMARV It is common knowledge that in aged cadavers nerves r
educed to less than one-half of their normal diameter,
without evidence of wasting in the regions supplied, are often encountered. 282,
192 Peripheral nerves can be greatly reduced in diameter, without functional im
pairment, provided the change is a gradual one. I t is possible for a peripheral
nerve to be chronically elongated to something like three times its resting len
gth, ,,9< and examples of this slow kind of de formation are (a) the distortion o
f the facial nerve over an acoustic neuroma, and (b) an adenoma of the pituitary
gland escaping from the sel1a turcica and trespassing under the third (oculomot
or) nerve and elevating and dis torting it to unrecognisability. Vet there is no
detectable disturbance of function in the field of either the facial or the ocul
omotor nerve. It seems reasonable, for example, to assume that the 'root pain' a
nd signs of root involvement of sciatica are due entirely to root compression by
disc herniation, but this concept could bear some inspection 1 I"q (see p. 93).
There is a growing realisation that many features of this syn drome are difficul
t to understand. Spinal nerve roots often react to compression by dis turbance of
function, but root pressure in spinal tubercu losis is often painless, and 30 pe
r cent of benign spinal tumours are painless. Pressure on a peripheral nerve roo
t does not invariably involve pain. 1 1 6. 750 Sudden, rapid com pression will us
ually produce paraesthesiae and more or less pronounced pain, while moderate or
continuous com pression will produce linle or no pai n ; for example, plaster cas
ts pressing on the lateral popliteal nerve and osteo phytes irritating the ulnar
nerve. I n 1 95 1 , Lindahl"" noticed that 7 out of 1 0 cases of scia tica coming
to surgery had inflammatory changes in nerve rOOts exposed. Some of this group
of patients had disc herniation, some had nOlo I n 1966, he performed 20 of thes
e operations under local anaesthesia, and while the roots were exposed, he injec
ted 1 0 cc of isotonic saline rapidly around the nerve root, i.e. producing an a
rtificial and rapid root pressure. All patients reported exacerbation of their e
xisting sciatic pain. Fourteen had disc herniations, 6 had not. Some surgeons ha
ve observed spinal roots to be flat tened at the site of disc herniations, while
others report grossly oedematous, hyperaemic roots, these being de scribed by som
e as swollen to two or three times their usual size, and designated as hypertrop
hic neuropathy. Brown ( 1 971 ) ' " refers to those puzzling cases where removal
of nuclear disc material relieves the backache and sciatica, yet at surgery the
re is no observable trespass upon the root. Certainly, root pain and root signs
for which no adequate cause can be found at operation are common enough. 65 1 Am
ong 1 50 patients who had a myelogram followed by surgery, Wright er al. ( 1 97
1) ' ''' report 1 2 patients with positive myelograms but no disc protrusion at
operation.
1 10
Bourdillon ( 1 973) 1 05 reminds us,
There can be no doubt that actual protrusion and extrusion of disc material occu
rs in some patients and can cause physical pressure on nerve roots or on the cor
d itself. . . . Even in this con nection, however, there arc a number of factors
which require explanation. , . . It is probable that some types of stimuli to th
e dural investment of the nerve rOOt can cause pain but the evidence in support
of this docs nOt appear to be conclusive.
The ability of nerves to [Dlcrate mechanical trauma without frank clinical evide
nce of the consequences may depend on the nature of the onset (slow or sudden) a
s well as the degree and duration of compression. 1 29'i During foetal developme
nt many neurones degenerate and die (there is, for example, a thincenth cranial
nerve in the foetus, t2Q as well as the vomeronasal nerve, both of which become
rudimentary even in foetal life), this pro cess continuing into postnatal life to
senescence, when i t i s estimated that up to 2 0 per cent o f the original neu
rone population is los('1J7 but in addition to this, it may not be unreasonable
to suppose that lower cervical, upper/mid thoracic and lower lumbar nerve roots s
uffer some neuronal damage as a normal consequence of living, throughout maturit
y, and that 'the normal nerve root' in some areas of the vertebral column might
always contain a large population of normal neurones, side-by-side with some deg
enerating and some regenerating axons. This is not impossibly the case, and migh
t be seen as analogous to the steady incidence of microfractures, and sites of h
ea ling, in the trabeculae of bones normally stressed con siderably in daily livin
g. Clinical methods of determining the presence of neurological deficit, at leas
t so far as they apply to limb reflexes, muscle power and sensation, are sometim
es not very precise when compared to the more sophisticated procedures available
, although with atten tive practice and meticulous care they can be raised to a h
igh standard of accuracy for clinical purposes. Essentially, an all-or-none appr
oach to the question of neurological deficit could perhaps be somewhat limited,
and assessment of the consequences of vertebral joint problems might benefit fro
m better recognition of the many degrees and form which neurologiea) signs can t
ake. Our detailed knowledge of the relationship between (a) irritation and compr
ession of spinal nerves, (b) inflamma tory changes observed at operation, and (c)
the clinical presentation of 'root pain' and neurological deficit, is less comp
lete than sometimes appears. While this is widely appreciated by clinicians and
therapists, it seems often to be overlooked as one of the most important factors
under lying assessment, and governing the initial selection and subsequent modif
ication of treatment programmes. In general terms : 1 . Where painful and/or lim
ited movement is accom panied by neuromuscular function which is moderately depre
ssed rather than absent, a steady recovery of muscular power, sensation and refl
ex activity will go hand in hand
with improvement in joint range, and a lessening of pain. 2. Whereas recovery fr
om frank uniradicular "eurologi cal de ficit may frequently lag behind the restor
ation of joint range and the relief of pain, a functional degree of muscle power
being restored in some 1 0-30 weeks, normal sensation takes a bit longer (somet
imes leaving a small patch of circumscribed, objective sensory loss) and reflex
response sometimes not at all. Hence, a diminished ankle jerk, as such, is not ne
cessarily associated with the current symptoms reported by patients, since it mi
ght well be the 'tombstone' of a past sciatic episode some 1 0 or 20 years befor
e. When severe cervical root pain and frank neurological deficit are associated,
relief of pain is not always accom panied by full recovery from other symptoms a
nd signs. Some patients will continue indefinitely to suffer some paraesthesiae
and some loss of cutaneous sensibility in fingers ; there may be substantial imp
rovement in muscle power but this may take as long as 2 years. 1 3 16
Electrical stimulation of nerve growth
Small electric currents can stimulate or retard the regrowth of amputated amphib
ial limbs, e.g. a weak electric current will encourage a frog's amputated limb t
o regenerate if applied in one direction ; degeneration occurs if the direction
is reversed. This has prompted experiments in which electric fields have been sh
own to dramatically affect the growth of nerve cells in tissue cultures. Ganglia
from week-old chick embryos, well supplied with nutrients and the nerve growth
factor, were placed in an electric field, with the immediate effect that the clu
sters of nerve cells were bodily attracted to the positive pole. When this tende
ncy for mass migration was prevented by pinning down the centre of the ganglion,
it was possible to observe the effects, upon the nerve cells themselves, of an
electrical field of about 70 millivolts per millimetre. The nerve cells growing
towards the cathode elongated up to five times faster than those growing towards
the anode. The authors suggest that this may occur because the macromolecular N
GF (nerve growth factor) itself carried many charged groups and it is these whic
h are attracted to the negatively charged cathode. Thus their effect is exerted
most at the tips of those nerves facing the cathode, and the findings suggest th
at the successful growth of regenerating nerves might be encouraged in an electr
ic field of the right direction . "
SOFT TISSUES
MUSCLE The muscular, tendinous and aponeurotic mass which is developed in intima
te relationship to the vertebral column
PATHOLOGICAL CHANGES--GENERAL
III
from occiput to pelvis can be divided broadly into two functional groups : ( I )
phasic muscle, and (2) postural or tonic muscles, though all muscles contain di
ffering pro portions of both fast and slow twitch fibres. I . Small SIIboccipital
muscles of the craniovertebral region (Fig. 5.7) are the recti and obliques, ca
pable of rapid alterations of tension in a few milliseconds. They have a high im
rervation ratio, that is, the number of muscle fibres per motor neurone is small
, their proportion being about 3-5 fibres per neurone. Consequently, their poten
tial rate of contraction approaches that of the extrinsic eye muscles and they a
re able to control head posture, and produce rapid movements, with a fine degree
of precision. This
column . .07 These intersegmental muscles arc functionally analogous with the ro
tator cuff muscles of the gleno humeral joint and the short muscles grouped aroun
d the hipjoint, and their activity as possible prime movers is n01 so important
as their dynamic stabilising function.2M
Lifting and handling
capitis sup.
Obliquus
------t\'
Rectus capitis post. major
capitis info
Fig. 5.7
The small suboccipital muscles.
accords functionally with the major influence of head posi tion on body posture,
and the correct correlation of orientation of the head in space with the require
ments of the visual apparatus. Joint stiffness in the craniovertebral region has
thus rather more extensive effects than in other regions (see p. 3). While Basm
ajian ( 1 976)" suggests that, 'the function of these small muscles can only be
guessed at, since no direct studies have been made', implications of an impor tan
t part of their function are manifest in many reports. For example, the interact
ion between deep neck muscle proprioceptors and optic-evoked head and eye nystag
mus was remarked upon by Hinoki and Terayama ( 1 966) '" 2 . Sacrospinalis muscl
e groups have a very much lower in nervation ratio, the proponion being about 300
0 muscle fibres per neurone, and so these muscle masses are charac terised by slo
wer and more sustained activity; this is a functionally imponant property of mos
t stabilising muscle groups. A furTher distinction may be made, in that: (a) the
longer muscles of the sacrospinalis group (e.g. iliocostalis and longissimus) a
re regarded more as prime movers, especi ally during extension of the column, but
(b) the shorter groups (e.g. multifides, rotatores, interspinales, inter transve
rsarii) which arise from and insert more closely to the intervertebral joints, a
re important synergic muscles, stabilising and steadying the bony segments of th
e
The stresses tending to shear one venebra upon another, applied during the lifti
ng of a weight from the floor by stooping, are resisted not only by the strong l
igamentous strapping of the joints but mainly also by the deepest, shon muscles
of the spine, which change the flexible column momentarily into a much more rig
id though still fle xible lever, the short muscles continuing to exert this effe
ct while the longer groups and other muscles (hip extensors) extend the spine to
the erect position. The sacrospinalis (erector spinae) as a whole group has two
main functions, extension of the spine and counterac tion of gravitational force
. The effect of the latter can rise dramatically during postures and movements w
hich entail the centre of gravity of the trunk being displaced well beyond the p
erpendicular confines of its base, c.g. trunk bending or reaching movements duri
ng the lifting of weights.890 The stress is very much more marked when reaching
and lifting weights in the sitting position. It is clinically significant that t
he sacrospinalis muscle group is relaxed whenfull trunk flexion is maintained, a
nd further, during the first few degrees of trunk extension when holding a weigh
t, the muscle remains relaxed (as shown by electromyographic quiescence16 3 364),
vigorous contraction not beginning until after the initial phase of trunk exten
sion has been produced by the hip extensors. Great stress is therefore placed on
the posterior liga mentous structures in full trunk flexion, which is much incre
ased when lifting, and this accords with the fact that many low back injuries su
stained during the handling of awkward and heavy weights are produced during the
iniTial phases of extension of the trunk. Tendons, apon euroses and fascia are v
ery strong, being naturally de veloped to withstand tensile stress (e.g. the tens
ile strength of healthy fascia lata is 7000 Ib/in' (48 249.0 kPa), although the
elasticity and recovery power diminishes after about one-third of this magnitude
of stress is applied) ;00 ligaments may be stretched 20 per cent to 25 per cent
of their resting length before failure occurs. 37), }Q4, 1 1-17 The forces deve
loped during the dynamic management ofthe mass which constitutes a human body ar
e great, and can become of critical magnitude in many ordinary daily activities.
The ability to withstand these forces safely de creases with ageing. PARAVERTEBR
AL M USCLE Other muscle groups, e.g. scaleni, trapezius, latissimus dorsi and ab
dominal wall muscles, are also intrinsically
1 12
concerned in postural control, movement and protection of the spinal column. Dur
ing the stress of lifting, the con traction of abdominal and other trunk muscles,
together with contraction of the pelvic floor and closure of the glottis, creat
es an increased intrathoracic and intra-ab dominal positive pressure; this mass o
f compressed air and fluid abdominal contentS is an important flexion resisting c
omponent and contributes a s ignificant amount of the force needed to lift weigh
ts from the floor '29."., 72 EMG studies indicate that the diaphragm, internal a
nd external obliques, and the transversus abdominis contract to a much greater e
xtent than the recti, which if contracted strongly would bring the spine into mo
re flexion and thus increase the load upon it. }6) These findings accord with th
e physiological need to compress the fluid abdominal contents. The pressures dev
eloped in abdominal and thoracic cavities are very high, and on lifting weights
can go up dramatically ; 229. 2 )) during common industrial lifting activities t
he abdominal pressures may repetitively rise to 100mmHg ( 1 3. 3 3 kPa).
In the normal bimanual lift from the floor, intrathoracic and imra abdominal pres
sure are at their peaks before intrinsic lumbar extension begins-intervertebral
motion being delayed until maximal spinal stresses are past. (Troup,
1979. ) 12'Sob
So far as the internal mechanics of the trunk are con cerned, there is theoretica
lly a greater mechanical advan tage of the pneumatic mechanism as compared with t
he erector spinae activity when the trunk is in a flexed posture ; while there i
s some evidence in support of this theory, this is not to say that lifting in su
ch a posture is to be preferred.235 While the abdominal muscles are regarded as
stabilising the lumbar spine by maintaining the intra-abdominal pressure, Fairba
nks and O'Brien ( 1 980) 3221 present evi dence that they also act to maintain te
nsion, via the thoraco-Iumbar fascia, in the ligamentous structures between spin
ous and transverse processes, thus increasing lumbar stability. Nachemson and Li
ndh'" contend that the strength of spinal and abdominal musculature is of doubtf
ul impor tance for prevention of the low back pain syndrome, although they do not
specify any categories of clinical pre sentation, other than 'localised symptoms
from the lumbar region'. Tests were performed by 160 men and women, 63 of whom
were suffering from low back pain. In the male groups, the values of muscle stre
ngth for those who had been incapacitated for less than one month were not signi
ficantly lower than for the controls, albeit pain inhibition was found to be a p
robable strength-reducing factor. I n the female groups, the values for strength
vari ables were significantly lower for patients than for con trols, except for a
bdominal strength in older women. The abdominal muscles participate in many moro
r acti-
vities, including postural function, expulsion, expiration and circulation. Like
antigravity limb muscles, the abdominal muscu lature is well supplied with muscl
e spindles, and a tonic stretch reflex is easily elicited from them. In many way
s, the abdominal skin reflex resembles the flexion reflex of the limbs. Contract
ion of the abdominal wall and simul taneous reciprocal inhibition of [he antagoni
stic dorsal vertebral muscle serve to flex the trunk and retract the abdomen awa
y from the noxious stimulus.Q(J The important aspect is the reciprocal action o
the sacro f spinalis aud abdominal muscle groups adaptive shortening of dorsal ve
rtebral muscle, with adaptive lengthening and weakness of the abdominal wall mus
culature, probably constitute a dependable augury for low back problems. The nat
ure and periodicity of the loading applied to a disc during work are probably of
considerable impor tance.6)1 Recovery of disc thickness on removal of load is no
t instantaneous ; if forces are applied and removed at too short intervals, or i
f repetitive and rhythmic loading are too prolonged, recovery is incomplete and
a physical state analogous to ageing is induced. Prolonged and heavy lifting, of
lesser weights than an arbitrary maximum, might hasten the onset of degenera tio
n,24 the more so if rotation and asymmetrical stresses occur frequently during t
he activity. By extrapolation, using the methods of stress analysis, Farfan ( 1
973)'" suggests an hypothesis of the degenera tive process as applied to the lumb
ar spine, and assumes that, 'the most likely initial trauma is combined torsion,
bending and compression. Of these three types of load, torsion and bending toge
ther would seem to be the most potent combination. Thus it is wise to avoid tors
ion or asymmetrical loading of the lumbar spine when attempt ing to lift a weight
; avoiding hyperextension is also wise.
I
Hence, we can see the importance of the anterior abdominal wall musculature whic
h, when contracted, prevents both torsion and hyperextension . . . in the absenc
e of good abdominal muscu lature, the distribution of load between facet-joints p
osteriorly and the disc anteriorly may be affected adversely. . . .
With regard to the widely held view that wearing a lumbar corset makes the muscl
es weak, Nachemson and Lindh887 found no difference in strength between women pa
tients with low back pain and those who had been pain free but wearing a corset f
or a mean period of five years. Walters and Norris 1 290 studied the effects of
spinal sup ports on muscular activity by EMG. There is no effect on standing and
slow walking, but wearing the support increases muscle activity on fast walking.
Changes in resting length and tone and neuromuscular control
Troup ( 1 979)"50' observes that,
When the vertebral column is stripped of its muscles it is wholly unstable. The
muscles which support the spine stabilise it postur-
PATHOLOGICAL CHANGES-GENERAL
l l3
ally; they control imervertebral motion during movements of the whole column in
addition to being its prime movers, and they stabilise imcrvertebral posture dur
ing work when the spine trans mits the reactions between hands and feet. All the
muscles of the trunk have some supportive role: the erec[Qr spinae muscles in co
ntrolling extension, the rate of flexing under gravity, rotation and lateral fle
xion ; the rectus abdominis in flexing the trunk against gravity and resisting e
xtension ; the oblique abdominal muscles in rotation and lateral flexion as well
as flexion of the trunk; the quadratus lumborum in lateral flexion; the psoas m
uscles in controlling hip trunk flexion and lumbar posture. Static tension in an
y of these muscles induces a reaction in the spine, equal and opposite in magnit
ude and direction.
In health, normal neuromuscular co-ordination is accepted as unremarkable; only
in dysfunction does the underlying complexity of movement become apparent, and (
he disturbance of reciprocal muscle action become manifest. An explanation of th
e incidence of vertebral joint syndromes, and of some unsatisfactory long-term t
herapeutic results, might be assisted by regarding joint problems in a wider con
text than that of the joint alone. Much abnormality presenting, apparently simpl
y, as joint pain may be the expression of a comprehensive underlying imbalance o
f the whole musculoskeletal system, i.e. articulation, ligaments, muscles, fasci
al planes and inter muscular septa, tendons and aponeuroses, together with defect
ive neuromuscular control and co-ordination in the form of abnormal patterns of
afferent and efferent neurone traffic. The concept of connective-tissue tightnes
s is not new. Mennell ( 1 952)'" has said,
It is very remarkable how widespread may be the symp[Qms caused by unduly taut f
ascial planes. Though it is true that the fascial bands play a principal part in
the mobility of the human body, they are often conducive to binding between rwo
joim sur faces. For obvious reasons it is of the utmost importance to restore th
e lost mobility in the joims, before attempting to stretch the fascial planes. O
n the other hand, if the mobility of these planes is nOt restored, recurrence of
the binding in the joints is almost inevitable.
mechanical entity, but onc of many arthrokinetic systcms which are functionally
and reflexly interdependent with all others'" (see p. 385). Abnormal join t func
tion, increasingly be([er exam ined 799 and increasingly be([er understood, 1 270
is only one expression of motor systems impairment ;600 . 007 the whole field o
f benign functional pathology of the motor system is as yet largely unexplored.
74 1 Janda ( 1 976)60' observes that muscles play an important part in the patho
genesis of various back pain syndromes, and Lewit (p. 1 52) has drawn attention
to the significance of iliopsoas spasm in the genesis of pelvic asymmetry in chi
ldren. Manifest changes in muscle are not random or inciden tal but follow certai
n typical and significant patterns. Selective tightness of some muscle groups, a
nd lengthen ing with weakness of their antagonist groups, occur fre quently in deg
enerative joint conditions of all spinal regions. A patcern emerges in which tho
se muscles with largely a postural function appear to respond to pathologi cal st
ates by tightness, and those with mainly a phasic function respond by weakness a
nd lengthening. The differences may be broadly summarised as follows :
POSTural muscle is phylogenetically older, can work for longer without fatigue,
is largely concerned in the main tenance of static posture, is activated more eas
ily and has a tendency to become shorter and tight. Phasic muscle is phylogeneti
cally younger, is fatigued more quickly, is primarily concerned in rapid movemen
t and has an earlier tendency to become weak.
There is new evidencelO5 to support the view that suppleness and flexibility of
muscle and connective tissues are of prior importance. Long and continued occupa
tional and postural stress, asymmetrically imposed upon the soft tissues, tends
to cause fibroblasts to multiply more rapidly and produce more collagen. Besides
occupying more space within [he connective tissue elements of the muscle, (he e
xtra fibres encroach on the space normally occupied by nerves and vessels. Becau
se of this trespass, the tissue loses elasticity, and may become painful when th
e muscle is re quired to do work in co-ordination with others. In the long term,
collagen would begin to replace the active fibres of the muscle, and since colla
gen is fairly resistant to enzyme breakdown, these changes tend to be irreversib
le. The single nerve-muscle-joint complex is not a simple
The distribution of the two fibre types has been exam ined more extensively in an
imals than in man, yet where investigated their relative populations have reflec
ted the habitual nature of human muscle activity. 4 ) 7 Studies indi cate that in
termediate types also exist, and it may be that the simple division into slow an
d fast mammalian muscle fibres represents two extremes of a range of fibre types
. All muscles partake in all kinds of muscular activity, and it seems reasonable
that at different times the charac teristics of all ranges of fibre types are re
quired; the main difference under discussion here is therefore one of emphasis.
Other distinctions between fast and slow fibres are de scribed.oI9. 437 M uscles
can be categorised in other ways, too, e.g. comparisons between 'spurt' and 'shu
nt' muscles ;18) those which cross one joint and those which cross two or more j
oints; possible correlations between muscles which tend to become tight and part
icipate largely in flexor reflexes, and muscles which tend to weak ness and to pa
rticipate largely in extensor reflexes.607 Further, (a) muscles which tend to ge
t tight have a shorter chronaxie than muscles which tend to get weak, and (b) th
e size and histochemical qualities of some muscle fibres may change due to habit
ual overuse, i.e. those of
1 14
the athlete may differ from those of the sedentary worker. IOn One characteristi
c difference between phasic and pos tural muscles lies in the relative magnitude
of abnormal effects, in that a small reduction of strength in a phasic muscle wi
ll initiate a disproportionately larger contracture ofthe antagonistic postural
muscle, wheras a considerable reduction of strength in a postural muscle is not
followed by an equally considerable contracture of the antagonistic phasic muscu
lature. These characteristics are clinically evident to the most casual clinical
observer, c.g. a degree of calf muscle contracture accompanies anterior tibial
muscle weakness very much morc frequently than even slight contracture of the an
terior tibial group follows con siderable calf muscle weakness. Similarly, a glan
ce at the cervical and cervicothoracic posture of many mature people, with a pok
ing chin and the head carried somewhat forward of the line of gravity, will indi
cate the need for stretching of tightened posterior cervical structures (particu
larly the ligamentum nuchae) and a strengthening of prevertebral cervical muscu l
ature. The inhibitory effect of a tight postural muscle is evi denced when weakne
ss of the gluteus maximus accom panies tightness of the iliopsoas. Hip extension
is slightly abnormal, lumbar lordosis tends to increase and abnormal loading of
the lumbosacral segment initiates chronic changes which can be a cause of pain.
If is common experie,zee that muscle ;mba/a'lce turds to occur in typical pauern
s, e.g. as a rule, the upper trapezius, pectoralis major, lumbar sacrospinalis a
nd hamstrings react to pain by increasing tightness, while others such as rhombo
ids, deltoid, abdominal muscles, glutei and anterior tibial muscles tend to show
weakening and lengthening. Yet the apparent chronological sequence of events ma
y not be so. While these normal and reciprocal changes in tension and tone appea
r at times to be the sequelae of joint prob lems, clinical experience is that the
genesis of many com mon joint conditions almost certainly lies in the habitual u
se of these muscle groups within a small and abnormally restricted amplitude of
their available extensibility ranges, thereby slowly and covertly initiating abn
ormal stress pat terns and chronic changes. Changes underlying the patterns descr
ibed may mas querade as the consequences of joint dysfunction, and yet in fact ma
y largely be responsible for them. In the circum stances that musculoskeletal pai
n is often manifest as pain ful and/or limited movement of a joint, and is primar
ily investigated on the basis of seeking the nature of the joilll abnormality, a
ssociated structural and functional defects in the whole neuromuscular-skeletal
system must also be understood, and given appropriate treatment when in dicated.
Those muscles which have a predominantly postural
function, and tend to react to pain by increasing tightness are: sternomastoid p
ectoralis major (clavicular and sternal parts) trapezius (superior part) levator
scapulae the flexor groups of the upper extremity quadratus lumborum erector sp
inae, perhaps mainl y : the longissimus dorsi and ttie rOtatores iliopsoas tenso
r fasciae latae rectus femoris piriformis pectineus adductor longus, brevis and
magnus biceps femoris semitendinosus semimembranosus gastrocnemius soleus tibial
is posterior. Those muscles with predominantly a phasic function, which tend to
react to pain by weakening and lengthening are: scaleni and the prevertebral cer
vical muscles extensor groups of the upper extremity pectoralis major, the abdom
inal part trapezius, the inferior and middle part rhomboids serratus anterior re
ctus abdominus internal and external abdominal obliques gluteal muscles (minimus
, medius, maximus) the vasti muscles (medialis, lateralis, intermedius) tibialis
anterior the peroneal muscles Janda observes that much present-day work and rec
rea tion occupations tend to favour postural muscles in getting stronger, shorter
or tighter, as the phasic muscular system becomes weaker and more inhibited. Mo
re established tightness, and lengthening of antagonists, leads to chronic distu
rbances in functional movement patterns. By extended use, the imprint of abnorma
l joint function must be accompanied by abnormal imprints of neurone pat terning.
While muscle and other soft tissue changes (vide infra) frequently accompany jo
int problems, and can be seen as sequelae, e.g. muscle spasm in joint irritabili
ty (p. 197), it is clinically evident that joint problems commonly occur as a se
quel of chronic localised postural imbalance. The genesis of painful, degenerati
ve joint conditions may frequently lie in morc regional, and major, chronic imba
lance of functional movement patterns, which place sustained and abnormal stress
on joints.
PATHOLOGICAL CHANGES-GENERAL
1 15
While localisation of problems and their localised treatment arc paramount, reco
gnition of disproportionate tensions in prime movers, antagonists and synergic m
uscle groups is an important pan of treatment. The connection between a craniove
rtebral and a lumbosacral problem, for example, may frequently be morc than coin
cidental, although this connection morc often involves vertebral regions adjacen
t to each other. Abnormal patterns, unless recognised and corrected, may persist
after joint mobility per se has been restored. Eder ( 1 97) 2Q4 indicates the pr
ime importance of per ceiving and correcting muscle tcnsion imbalance. The mobili
sation and manipulation of joints without attention to the tethering effects of
undue tightness leaves some thing to be desired ; there is electromyographic evid
ence of improved motor co-ordination and function after thera peutic stretching o
f tight musculature. A factor which bedevils one aspect of discussion of the sub
ject, so far as the present author is concerned, is the unresolved question of w
hether the essential changes of tightness occur in the parenchymatous elements o
f muscle, or whether they chiefly involve the non-parenchy matous connective tiss
ue of muscle, i.e. intermuscular septa and fascia. Farfan ( 1975)'" observed tha
t when a muscle is stretched beyond its resting position, its collagenous con ten
t gives it a tensile strength which is independent of its contractile power. Pre
cise information on whether a chronically elongated muscle retains a full or onl
y a reduced capacity for shortening in response to resisted exercises is not kno
wn to the author, although one's clinical impression is that treatment results m
ake the attempts to do so very worth while. Farfan has also mentioned that a liga
ment attains its ultimate tensile length with 5--{) per cent of elongation, and
if this is exceeded, it is probably unlikely that the full stabilising and tethe
ring function of a ligament remains unimpaired. For this reason correction of mu
scle imba lance, and particularly a degree of selective muscle strengthening by i
sometric resisted exercises, is an impor tant part of treatment. During fast and
forceful move ments, joint injury is prevented by fine neuromuscular co ordination
, and it is well known that as the fast movement ceases, active inhibition of an
tagonists changes swiftly to facilitation and contraction in order to slow the m
ovement and avoid joint insult (see pp. I I , 83). If these dynamic patterns of
reciprocal innervation activity are disturbed or chronically defective, joint St
ruc tures are at risk. Reference has been made (p. 76) to those subjects who coul
d be described (not unkindly) as 'proprioceptively illiterate', in whom the cent
ral nervous system regulation of motor function appears to achieve something les
s than the normal effectiveness of available neural machinery and functions.
An interesting field for further research presents itself on consideration of th
e work of Wyke ( 1 976)' '''' (p. 10), Dee ( 1 978)'" (p. 1 1 ), Schmorl and Jun
ghanns ( 1 97 1 ) '00 ' (p. 259), and J anda ( 1 978) '07 , Driver ( 1 964) 278
and Rose ( 1 974).''''' Schmorl and J unghanns "''' referred to the specific add
itional stimulus which may be 'the straw to break the camel's back' and which pr
ecipitates a vertebral pain epi sode ; there is evidence that the factors which u
nderlie ver tebral pain may embrace a very much wider field than the somewhat nar
row consideration of localised mechanical changes due to localised mechanical st
ress or direct trauma. Rose has considered the effects of weather on rheuma tism
and Driver has studied the effects of well-defined seasonal variations. Janda an
alysed 100 patients between 1 7 and 6 1 years who were suffering either chronic
ver tebral pain with little relief, or who had been admitted for rehabilitation a
fter injury but with unsatisfactory therapeutic results. The average age was 40.
In most of them, the vertebral pain began without evident cause when between 20
and 25 years old; in the otherwise un complicated traumatic cases, in whom a goo
d prognosis had been made, treatment results were poor and the general musculosk
eletal condition of those patients left something to be desired. The musculoskel
etal system, its nervous regulation and the psychological state in all of the pa
tients were evaluated : 1 . Neurologically, the patients variously exhibited in c
reased muscle tonus and tendon reflex responses, asym metrical hypotonia with irr
egular tendon reflexes, lack of co-ordination evidenced as slight dysdiaokokines
ia, in voluntary movements of the fingers during mental con centration, slight cha
nges of proprioception and slight changes in discriminative sensibility. 2. Moto
r e fficiency and control were studied by multi channel EMG, and almost all patie
nts had some change in their ability for finely adjusted co-ordination, e.g. in
that many more muscles were activated than were needed for the performance. 3. P
sychologically, perceptuomotor co-ordination, visual and spatial orientation, mo
tor memory and learning were evaluated. Fine co-ordination was poor, timing un ce
rtain and visual analysis of length and distance, for example, was conspicuously
poor. No general impairment of intellectual performance was found (many of the
patients were college-educated or of high scientific standing). I t was plain th
at more than half of the patients appeared affected by their low tolerance to st
ress, appeared to live at high tension and managed the problems of daily life on
ly with undue strain. Some appeared to produce Stress by overreaction or overexc
itability. The overall impression given by the group was that of
1 16
COMMON VERTEBRAL IOINT PROBLEMS
lack of co-ordination of moror, sensory, and mental func tioning, poor control of
activation and a diminished adap tibility to, and general tolerance of, stress.
In summary, given a background of chronically pre-existing muscle imbalance, of
poor or defective neuromuscular co-ordina tion, and/or an existing but covert seg
mental insuffi ciency, the stimulus for initiation of overt vertebral pain need n
ot be mechanical injury alone, but may be climatic, emotional or environmental s
tress, competitive overexcit ability, endocrine dysfunction or a simple bodily mo
ve ment so trivial that it is difficult to believe it responsible for the ensuing
bodily distress. These concepts 3CC a far cry from the 'if something is "out",
put it back' school of manipulation, yet they are a necessary part of any real a
ttempt to fully understand the aetiology and nature ofvenebral pain syndromes, t
heir infinite variety of causation and presentation and our seemingly inexplicab
le therapeutic failures.
the well-recognised factors of trauma, ischaemia, toxins and exposure to extreme
s of temperature, he discussed the possible evidence for an origin from visceral
disturbances, i.e. that visceral irritation, in which he included the nucleus p
ulposus of the intervertebral disc, may possibly be trans mined via autonomic ne
urones, and be the genesis of self-sustaining lesions within the musculature. He
dis tinguished acute and chronic phases and observed that in the acute condition
the muscular component is not re sponsive to treatment, but the more central les
ion will re spond quickly to appropriate treatmen t ; the tender mus cular areas c
oincide with the patient'S description of pain distribution. In later, more chro
nic phases, he considered that only the peripheral component of the lesions resp
onds well to therapy. The author proposed that a self-perpet uating mechanism pro
duces the same final lesion, regard less of the nature of its genesis. Froriep (
1 843)'89 mentioned 'painful hard places' in the muscles of patients with rheuma
tism, finding them in 148 out of 1 50 cases, and describing them as a 'tight sti
ffness' PALPABLE TEXTURAL CHANGES so that the muscle felt 'like a tendinous cord
or wide band'. He conceived them as a connective tissue deposit and A very tend
er type of tissue in the human body, so frequently coined the term 'muscle callu
s'. Although most of the a source of pain in all sorts of conditions-traumatic,
'rheumatic', areas were painfully sensitive to pressure, some were not. postural
, occupational, ctc.-is the tissue of junction between muscle, tendon, intermusc
ular septum, or similar structure, with Strauss ( 1 898)"" categorised three pal
pable distributions periosteum and bone. This of course includes joint capsules,
liga of excess connective tissue, i.e. in not only the muscle but ments, tendon
insertions, and structures of that kind . . . . a great in adjacent subcutaneous
tissues; involving the whole deal of spinal pain may well be pain felt where mu
scle, tendon, muscle only ; discrete aggregacions following the orienta ligament
and capsule are attached to sensitive periosteum in the tion of fibres of an ind
ividual muscle ; and only the last spine. l loo was considered to be 'rheumatic
muscle callus'. He de Palpable changes in the musculature of limb girdles, scribe
s xcision of a firm, non-tender thickening of about and more distal muscles, have
long been associated with che size of a walnut, in the right rectus femoris, th
ereby 'rheumatic' pains and common benign joint problems. relieving the sign of
radiating pain to the knee when the A host of names and phrases l i n have been
used to de thickening was pressed. The histological appearance was scribe them, e
.g. fibrositis, interstitial myofibrositis, that of degenerating muscle fibres e
nclosed by connective muscle callus, muscle gelling or myogeloses, muscle tissue
. He gave further examples of pencil-sized and larger hardening, muscular rheuma
tism, non-articular rheuma palpable thickenings within muscle, the painful thicke
n tism, soft-part rheumatism, myofascial pain syndrome, ing becoming less painful
with heat and localised massage, although the bulk and texture of the 'thickeni
ngs' changed myofasciitis, trigger points, myalgia and myalgic Spots. A landmark
in the controversy over the nature of lumps, but little with this treatment. Mu
ller ( 1 9 1 2)'77 described fibre 'hardenings' that may thickenings, stringines
s, and palpable hard fasciculi in the muscle and other soft tissues was the pape
r by Copeman extend for the entire length of the muscle and exactly and Ackerman
( 1947) 20' in which the authors described parallel to its fibres (e.g. in the
medial head of gastrocne herniations of lobulated fat, and ascribed the condition
of mius), together with a scattered number of thinner, hard fibrositis to their
presence. The literature goes back for and painful fasciculi in the rest of the
muscle. Painfulness more than a century before this, however, and there is a wa
s often independent of palpation findings, but some rich store in German writing
s on the subject. hardenings radiated pain to distal areas when pressed; In a ch
apter on Examination for Sensitive Areas (Men others were spontaneously painful.
Confusion as to fibre nell, 1952)'51 the author provides a clear topographical d
irection was sometimes unavoidable when palpating scheme of the most common situ
ations for the formation multiple muscle layers. Of special interest was Muller'
s description of insertion of sensitive deposits in the paravertebral regions an
d limb girdles. nodules in the depth of muscle near the bone of origin, During h
is presidential address to the Royal Society of and especially in the gluteus ma
ximus of patients with low Medicine, Glynn ( 1 971 )'" elaborated his views on t
he back pain. With the muscle shortened and relaxed, the nature of fibrositis, o
r non-articular rheumatism. Besides small nodules feel like grains of sand or pe
a-sized nodules.
PATHOLOGICAL CHANGES---G ENERAL
1 17
They may feel hard or like crystals, and are extremely sen sitive ro pressure. Th
ey may be found at the ilium attachments of sacrospinalis and glutei) the rectus
abdo minis at the xiphoid and at the aponeuroses of muscles with a scapular atta
chment. Although light pressure may induce a reflex contraction of the muscle co
ncerned, strong pressure eliminates the response and reduces the pressure sensit
ivity. Both kinds of nodules 3fC seen in patients with and without musculoskelet
al complaints. In field hospitals during World War I , Schade ( 1 9 1 9) 1086 ex
amined rheumatic muscular hardenings at the lateral free border of the upper tra
pezius and the lower parr of pectoralis major before, during and after anaes thes
ia. In all but two cases the hardness remained un changed during anaesthesia; in
two cases it softened or disappeared leaving a few firm nodules. He followed fou
r cases through death to rigor mortis, and in these the hardenings or nodules pe
rsisted until obscured by rigor mortis. Postmortem incisions confirmed that the
harden ing was in the muscle, and at 3 hours postmortem direct palpation of muscl
e via incised skin showed that 4 cm x 1 cm cord-like hardenings in the trapezius
and pectoralis major were unchanged. At 1 0 hours postmortem no cord was palpab
le in the stiff muscle. Histological examination of the previously marked cord-l
ike hardening showed only normal muscle. In postulating a localised and fusiform
increase of muscle colloid viscosity (muscle gelling or myogelosis) the author
concluded that the persistence of cord-like bands through deep anaesthesia, and
in death, precluded (a) a nerve-mediated muscular contraction of individual fibr
e groups, and (b) a structural change such as connective tissue deposits. Lange
( 1 925)'" suggested that distinction should be made between painful cutaneous a
reas which coincide with a hyperaesthetic area of skin ;'1121 painful muscle poi
nts which are a contraction of some fibres within a muscle as a response to palp
ation, and muscle hardenings, which are equally tender but arise from myogelosis
(vide supra) and are not associated with localised contractions. After several
muscle biopsies, during surgical procedures for other reasons, he did not observ
e any great change in the muscle samples examined. After experiments with canine
muscle, Lange ( 1 9 3 1 )b9J concluded that muscle hardenings may in some way b
e due to a deficiency in P04 ions. The important German contributions in the fie
ld were added to by Ruhmann ( 1932),'0.' who gave a good, illustrated descriptio
n of the morphology of three types of hardening: I. Small seed-like hardenings,
3-5 mm across, which were scattered along the line of attachment of muscles. 2.
Plum-sized roundish or oval masses lying within the muscle belly, and composed o
f aggregations of several fusiform bands.
3. Long, stringy hardenings which often extended the whole length of a muscle. H
e suggested they were due to increased tension in dis crete fibre bundles. Glogow
ski and Wallreff ( 1 9 5 1 )'" reported on 24 biopsies of muscle hardening, 22 s
amples being taken from the back muscles during surgical enucleation follow ing d
isc prolapse, and 2 from the hip musculature during IOtal hip replacement of the
joint. Most of the palpable hardenings had been present in the biopsied muscle
for at least 2 years. Histological examination included the use of9 stains ; in
only 1 case was there a change which could have been palpated through the skin,
i.e. a small con nective tissue deposit. A number of more consistent changes were
dissemin ated among the areas of muscle hardening: Fat infiltrations, which appe
ared 10 be filling the space vacated by degenerating and atrophied muscle fibres
. Isolated darkly staining and tightly stretched fibres with knotty swellings an
d a loss of striation patterns. Isolated single fibres or groups of fibre with g
reatly in creased nuclei, aggregated as chains both inside and 00[ side the fibres
. There were no inflammation changes nor evidence of phagocyte increase. An impo
rtant description of the histology of muscle associated with the degenerative ch
anges in joints was pro vided by Jowett and Fidler ( 1 975).'" Muscle dysfunction
commonly accompanies degenerative joint disease, and while recognising the role
of chronic muscle imbalance in initiating joint problems, it may be secondary t
o denerva (ion, to reflex inhibition because of pain or secondary to stresses imp
osed by ligamentous failure. The multifidus largely controls intersegmental ver t
ebral movement, and like the limb muscles, contains populations of both 'fast' a
nd 'slow' twitch fibres. The fibre type is neurologically determined, and differ
entia tion is complete at birth.60o The authors underlOok biopsies of multifidus
at operation in 1 7 patients undergo ing surgery variously for disc prolapse, spo
ndylolisthesis, lumbar instability and lumbosacral degenerative changes with neu
rological deficit. Results suggested that the multi fidus, since its slow fibre p
opulation had increased at the expense of the fast fibres, is, with age and disa
bling degenerative lesions of the lumbar spine, less adapted to carrying ou t ra
pid phasic movemen ts, and adopts an in creasing postural role , Conversely, in p
atients with adolescent idiopathic sco liosis, Yarom and Robin ( 1 979) ' ]07b ob
served that both spinal and peripheral musculature frequently showed morphologic
al and histological abnormalities. The morphological changes were worse on the c
oncave side of spinal curves, and s uggest that there is a specific neuro muscula
r disorder which causes idiopathic scoliosis.
I
18
COMMON VERTEBRAL )01 NT PROBLEMS
Fibrositis is the one English word most frequently employed to describe this pai
nful muscular condition l l H which was referred to b y Adler ( 1 900)' and late
r ( 1 904) by Gowers.'01 Stockman's paperll 78 in the same year de scribed cases
where biopsy demonstrated nodules in the perimysium of muscles, subcutaneously,
in subcutaneous fat, in fascia and in the periosteum, and he suggested that the
condition was a patchy, inflammatory hyperplasia of connective tissue. He recomm
ended that no permanent relief was possible unless massage was continued until t
he nodule was complelely resolved. Kraft et at. ( 1 968)" 1 defined a fibrositis
syndrome with four essential features : ( 1 ) localised exquisite tenderness of
muscle ; (2) a palpable 'rope' in the muscl e ; (3) dermo graphia; (4) reduction
of pain with ethyl chloride spray. They concluded that the 'rope' contained loc
alised oedema, and also observed that some individuals seem to have a diathesis
for the syndrome. Smyth ( 1 972) 1 1 50 has summarised the clinical criteria whi
ch satisfy the diagnosis of non-articular rheumatism or the fibrositis syndrome,
although the question of a pathological basis was left open. Of one clinical as
pect there is no doubt whatsoever-lumps, 'rope', thickenings, hardenings and str
inginess are manifestly palpable and usually, though not always, tender. Further
, massage and other local attentions to these painful thickenings bring ease to
patients, at least temporarily. Travell et at. ( 1 942) 1 2 ]) reported a study
of lrigger points in patients with shoulder problems and localised exquisite ten
derness to pressure ; the pressure induced referred pains in most of the subject
s. Almost all the patients had at least one trigger point 'in the serratuS pos te
rior superior muscle') but since this is a multilayer region of the body it is p
robably difficult to ascertain that a trigger point lies in a specific muscle la
yer. Many patients had similar trigger points in the infraspinatus muscle, and p
ressures here consistently referred pain to the front of the shoulder and someti
mes in the hand. Experienced workers in the field of benign musculoskel etal prob
lems of the spine are very familiar with medial periscapular muscular tenderness
and spasm, and a not able paper on the subject by Cloward ( 1 959)18< described
reference of pain to medial periscapular areas on injections for discography (un
der local anaesthesia) into the anterior part of cervical discs C3-4, C4-5, C5-{
; and C6-7. The painful localities were C3-4 upper f\bres of trape zius ; C4-5 up
per scapula, medial borde r ; C5-{; middle of medial border of scapular ; C6-7 m
edial to inferior angle, and subsequently it has been customary for some to inva
riably inculpate individual cervical segments, as the cause of the pain describe
d, on the basis of the locality of pain reference. However, KlafIa and Collis (
1 969)'" analysed the pain response to 549 injections of cervical discs, and obs
erved that the significance of the pain response is particularly
indeterminate. Pain was like the presenting symptoms in 22 per cent, unlike the
presenting symptoms in 67 per cent and 1 1 per cent of the patients had no pain
at all. Holt ( 1 964)'" has drawn attention to the fallacy of cervical discograp
hy. In this connection, it is a salutory exercise to carefully identify the bony
prominences of the rib angles when pain involves this anatomical situation, and
to observe (a) that localised pressures there can be very painful indeed, and (
b) rhythmical and repetitive pressures precisely applied on the rib angles are v
ery effec tive in reducing the pain. Returning to the theme of muscular tendernes
s, many have noted the efficiency of inhibitory pressures, i.e. strong, sustaine
d pressure applied directly to the tender point. Travell ( 1 949)1'" noted that
chronic muscular syn dromes of a year or more were much less responsive to ethyl
chloride spray than to injection of local anaesthetic, and suggested that an ini
tially physiological or functional disorder in its acute stage would respond to
spraying, but that later organic changes would have supervened, and needling and
/or procaine were more effective than super ficial application by ethyl chloride
spray. Although it is now recognised that eradications of a local ised pain by lo
calised injection certainly does not demon strate that its source has thereby bee
n identified, many patients are considerably relieved by localised treatment to
painful trigger zones or trigger points. Steindler and Luck ( 1 938 ) 1169 revie
wed 45 1 cases oflow back pain, exhibiling referred pain to the leg on localised
palpation around the lumbosacral region. In 228 of the cases, a point was locat
ed where needle contact produced local and referred pain, both of which were rel
ieved by injection of local anaesthetic at that place. All patients achieved at
least temporary relief from pain. I I )) Travell ( 1 968) 1 241 arranged muscle
biopsies under local intradermal anaesthesia; no pathological changes could be s
een, and she concluded that the abnormality at trigger points must be physiologi
cal or molecular, but not cellular. It has been repeatedly observed 1 1 1 J that
injection of nor mal saline is almost as effective as procaine, and poking aroun
d the area with a dry needle is only slightly less effec tive than injecting sali
ne. None of the three modalities are effective unless the needle produces both s
evere local pain at the trigger point and the typical referred pain also. The li
nk with acupuncture is too plain to be missed, and in a review arlicle, Melzack
et at. ( 1 977)'" have included 42 diagrams of trigger points associated with my
ofascial pain syndromes. Most of their own summary of this compre hensive review
is worth inclusion here :
Trigger points associated with myofascial and visceral pains often lie within ar
eas of referred pain but many are located at a distance from them. Furthermore,
brief, intense stimulation of trigger points frequently produces prolonged relie
f of pain. These
PATHOLOGICAL CHANGES--GENERAL
1 19
properties of trigger points-their widespread distribution and the pain relief p
roduced by stimulating them-resemble those of acupuncture points for the relief
of pain. The purpose of this study was 10 determine the correlation between trig
ger points and acupuncture points for pain on the basis of two criteria: spatial
distribution and the associated pain pattern. A remarkably high degree (71 per
cent) of correspondence was found. This close correlation suggests that trigger
points and acupuncture points for pain, though discovered independently and labe
lled diff erently, represent the same phenomenon and can be explained in terms o
f the same underlying neural mechanisms.
Levine el al. ( 1 976)72 reported their observations on the analgesic effects of
needle puncture and suggested that in chronic, painful conditions needle punctur
e may be very effective in producing at least transient analgesia. Needle punctu
re was not helpful in the management of pain resulting from nerve involvement. I
t is noteworthy that they found a high score on psychometric indicators of anxi
ety and depression was a significant predicator of successful needle puncture an
algesia in patients with chronic pain. Puzzling exceptions tU) to segmental refe
rence zones may occur, in that a low thoracic sacrospinalis 'point' may refer pa
in to the lower buttock, while an upper lumbar 'point' may refer pain to an area
over the upper buttock. Long (1955, 1956)'" discussed myofascial pain syn dromes
and allied these to the 'gelling' concept of myogel oses. He described treatment
for tension headaches, tra pezius syndrome, the scapulohumeral syndrome, scalenu
s anticus syndrome, anterior chest wall and abdominal wall syndromes, pelvic flo
or syndromes, and the hip adductor syndrome. He also mentions detailed criteria
for diagnosis and treatment in conditions involving the piriformis, leva tor ani
and coccygeus muscles. In passing, the multiplicity of proper names, for various
syndromes in this field, might well be reduced to every one's advantage. Maigne
( 1 976)792 has described very accurately the tender and thickened eyebrow tissu
es in frontal headache secondary to upper cervical joint problems, and the eradi
cation of this manifest physical sign by accurately local ised manipulative treat
ment to the vertebral segments concerned. With reference to the cervical spine,
sensitive trigger points 'in' the sternomastoid muscle may produce severe distur
bances of equilibration, the patient stagger ing and weaving to the side of the l
esion, and having blur ring and mistiness of vision ('foggy window' syndrome !),
sometimes with verrigo and nystagmus. These symptoms have been relieved by treat
ment of the trigger point, and it is noteworthy that Langley ( 1 945)09' describ
ed a method of relieving typical migraine by muscle springing and stretching tec
hniques, which included attention to the sternomastoid. Travell ( 1 960)'240 dis
cussed in detail the trigger point phenomenon as it affected the temperomandibul
ar joint.
She gave clear illustrations of the location of trigger points within each muscl
e, with the area of referred pain shown in depth, and she differentiated the zon
e of pain reference from different parts of the pterygoid, masseter and tem poral
is muscles. In temperomandibular joint problems, acute trismus of the masseter m
uscle t t H which restricts jaw-opening to 1 . 5 cm was relieved to allow openin
g to 5 cm in step-like increments by four weekly injections of its trigger areas
. Simons ( 1 976) 1 1 3 3 suggests a direct neurogenic effect, rather than an in
direct vascular effect, as the response to ethyl chloride spray cooling. Travell
( 1 954)"" defined a 'trigger point' as charac terised by (a) circumscribed deep
tenderness ; (b) a local ised twitch or fasciculation when pressing or pinching
the muscular location of the trigger area ; (c) pain referred elsewhere when the
trigger point was pressed upon. Sola and Williams ( 1 956)"" concluded that the
in jection of normal saline produced its effect via the autonomic system, and al
teration thereby of local vaso motor activity. Brendstrup, et al. ( 1 957)'24 pro
vided a controlled bio chemical-biopsy study of fibrositic muscle, and described
an increased concentration of acid mucopolysaccharides, increased water content
and chloride content and a slightly increased population of mast cells. They sug
gested that the 'harder' consistency of this part of the muscle was probably due
to oedema. Glynn ( 1 97 1 )' " has summarised the anti-inflammatory effects of
local corricosteroid injections as inhibition of collagen production ; decreased
population of mast cells, and of fibroblasts ; lessened permeability of connect
ive tissue; decreased metachromatic staining characteristics of connective tissu
e. Simons ( 1 976)"" provides a most comprehensive study of muscular pain syndro
mes and summarises the possible mechanism as follows :
Many patients with a painfully pressure sensitive spot in their muscles also hav
e a palpable hardening associated with it. Other patiencs have the pain but not
the hardening. Most German authors and the originators of the fibrositis concept
concentrated on the nature of the hardening as a means of understanding the cau
se of the pain. Taking this approach, one can consider seven possible causes for
the palpable hardness: increased fibrous con nective tissue, oedema, altered vis
cosity of muscle, ground sub stance infiltrate, contracture of muscle fibres, vas
cular engorge ment and fatty infiltration.
An extensive biopsyS!)7 which attempted to correlate histological changes and cl
inical severity failed to demon strate changes sufficient to account for muscle h
ardening in cases other than chronic or in those severely affected. With chronic
cases, fibroplasia was shown to be sufficient to account for palpable bands or
nodules. Subcutaneous nodules have been regarded as diagnostic of rheumatoid arr
hritis for a long time, yet they have been
1 20
found in asymptomatic individuals without known disease, in patients with sclero
derma and in another whom Zuckner and Baldassare ( 1 976) 1 38 1 diagnosed as fi
brositis. The authors postulate that relationship to an immune mechan ism, trauma
and/or vasculitis seems to underlie most sub cutaneous nodules. The pathogenesis
of the nodules in the cases reported above was not ascertained. Rheumatoid-like
subcutaneous nodules have been described in 54 children277 with no clini cal man
ifestation of the disease. Apart from I child devel oping rheumatic fever, no pat
ient in (he series developed rheumatoid arthritis during a follow-up of I to 1 4
years. Simons ( 1976) " l J suggests that much of the conflicting data might no
w be resolved by carefully distinguishing trigger points from reference zones an
d acute from chronic lesions, by EMG, biochemical, histochemical and ultramicros
copic techniques. I t would also be of value to correlate palpable findings of v
ertebral abnormality, and cincradiographic studies of vertebral movement, with p
alpation of trigger points. CONNECTIVE T I SSUES AND S K I N The adaptation o f
structure t o function i s probably more common in abnormalities of the musculos
keletal system than in any other body tissues, and adaptive shortening of connec
tive tissues with reciprocal lengthening of opposed struc(Ures occurs very frequ
ently indeed. A tedious list of familiar examples would serve no purpose, but th
ere are some aspects of connective-tissue changes which repay consideration. La
Rocca( 1 97 1 )"" describes the pre-employment radio graphic assessment of the lu
mbar spine6Q7 and mentions the high incidence of radiographic abnormality in rel
ation m heavy labour; yet in manycases these abnormalities were not associated w
ith sympmffis at any time. He mentions the difficulty of explaining the absence
of symptoms in the presence of advanced radiological changes, and the need to po
stulate that the aetiology of pain lies in some peculiarity of connective tissue
composition, function, or both. Reference has been made (pp. 1 30, 2 3 1 ) to t
he tethering and 'guy-rope' effect of soft tissues. Epstein ( 1 9 7 1 ) '" has o
bserved thatthe cause of pain in abnormalities of the lum bosacral region, for ex
ample, should be sought in the pre sence of facmrs which may not be visible on pl
ain X-rays, such as torsional and stress disturbances of connective tissue. The
ligamentous and capsular structures of the joints have elas ticity to provide cer
tain ranges of motion and they have tensile strength to resist deforming forces,
If they are subjected to a deforming force beyond their functional capacity, th
ey do not re gain their original length when the deforming force is removed .s98
Mennell ( 1 952)'" observes that many joint problems are due to pathological cha
nges in the fascial planes, and
that a far greater proportion of musculoskeletal difficulties arise because of t
hese changes than because of changes in the muscular fibres themselves. He menti
ons that, , . . The ordinary activities of life seem to suffice to maintain a re
asonable degree of flexibility in the fascial planes throughout the earlier year
s of existence, and the extent to which the objective is attained must vary in a
dult life in accordance with the require ments of different individuals. He empha
sises the importance of loss of mobility in the fascial covering of the iliopsoa
s muscle, and in the ilio tibial band, describing stretching exercises for shorte
n ing of the latter. Janda"'"7 and Eder'" describe the con sequences of fascial con
tracture involving the iliopsoas muscle, and Eder describes techniques for stret
ching these tight structures. Changes in fascia, fat and areolar tissuellSOb may
be secondary to changes in bone, cartilage and capsule, but are important in th
emselves as indicators of abnormal states. Thickened and tender areolar tissues
have been de scribed in the eyebrow tissues (vide supra) and Stoddard ( 1 969)""l
b describes how the skin may be tethered more tightly in some sites than others,
feels thickened and is tender. Resistance is felt when attempting to mobilise s
kin in the lumbar region by pinching and rolling. These changes frequently exist
with chronic changes in vertebral joints, and are localised to the cutaneous ar
ea overlying the joint abnormality (see also pp. 198, 199). Despite authoritaria
n pronouncements that fibrositis is a myth, probably in the pious hope that poor
ly understood changes represented by this unfortunate word will go away if the p
ronouncements are repeated often enough, and despite our somewhat better underst
anding of the be haviour of referred pain (p. 189), referred tenderness (p. 168),
hyperaesthesia (p. 196) and muscle spasm (p. 197), we seem no nearer a scientif
ic elucidation of the ubiqui tous clinical features of changes in the texture of
muscles and attachment-tissues. Although the spine is a mechani cal structure and
must obey physical laws, there is no method at present of direct in vivo measur
ement of the precise vector value of a muscle or ligament. ll 1 So far as muscle
is concerned, electromyographic studies show that tender areas in muscle are fr
equently the seat of a localised increased irritability and a con tinuous dischar
ge of action potentials, which last as long as the needle remains in the muscle.
l l80b Perhaps it should not be surprising that in a tissue with a fairly exotic
bio chemistry and which enjoys a complex servo-system of neural control, i.e. sk
eletal muscle, localised and fusiform 'thickenings' are groups of fibres in a st
ate of hypertonus which temporarily or more permanently exceeds that of the musc
le as a whole. Further, degenerative processes in joints might reason ably be exp
ected to induce, or be accompanied by, con comitant changes in the skeletal muscl
e and attachment-
PATHOLOGICAL CHANGES-GENERAL
121
tissues which are neurologically and embryologically linked with the functions o
f those joints. It may be that objective signs of muscle abnormality, i.e. palpa
ble nodules, bands, stringiness, seed-bodies, cre pitus and the like, and the pre
sence of muscle tenderness which is sometimes acute and surprisingly quite unkno
wn to the asymptomatic patient until made manifest by care ful localised palpatio
n, represent external evidence in peripheral tissues of changes (whose complexit
y we do not yet understand) accompanying the stately progression over many years
of degenerative changes in vertebral joints. Sometimes the external evidence is
painful and sometimes it is not. When painful, the muscular and con nective-tiss
ue lesions tend to assume diagnostic entities, since they repeatedly occur in a
singular pattern of distri bution, and thus tend to be given proper names (tennis
elbow, bicipital tendinitis, scapulocostal syndrome, golfer's elbow, subscapula
ris tendinitis, supraspinatus tendinitis (see pp. 1 1 6, 1 87 . In a comprehensiv
e survey of the autonomic nerve com ponent in the genesis of these ubiquitous sta
tes, Ebbens ( 197 1r8Q refers to the vasomotor changes, produced lo cally in the
arms by cervical degenerative change, leading to local tissue changes which prob
ably include a low-grade collagenosis. Sometimes we come upon patients who have
lived and worked through these painful episodes without therapeutic help and who
are no longer in distress from them, although currently having pain from other
regions.
The painless and 'fossilised' evidence is very frequentl y chere to be found eve
n ts
(see Palpation section, p. 352) and clinical
impressions indicate very firmly that it probabl represents y
ill
the comparativel remOle past o the iudividual's y f
degenerative history, like the rings o a sawn tree or the strata f o a seaside c
liff f
The lesson seems plain-treatment of degenerative joint conditions should perhaps
include treatment of the whole arthrokinetic system, as it affects that particu
lar joint and vertebral region, i.e. abnormal movement; mus cular imbalance ; con
nective-tissue tightness or tethering; localised soft-tissue changes of a textur
al kind. The move ment-system is more than (he joint alone and we treat, in the m
ain, abnormalities of movement.
NEOPLASMS
The classification of tumours is a comprehensive sub ject,Qf\! and of more immedi
ate concern is the behaviour of new growths in the spine. As with osteoporosis (
p. 247) it is unwise to rely completely on the innocence of X-ray appearances; i
n cadaver studies780 radiographic changes were shown in only 25 per cent of vert
ebral bodies with secondary neoplasms. Large metastases can exist without visibl
e changes in the contour or bone density of the affected vertebra; for example,
an area of bone de-
struction more than 1 cm diameter i n the middle of a ver tebral body may be pres
ent without radiographic sign of i el l S, 1 59 Extensive bony metastases will o
ften exist without symptoms referrable to the vertebrae involved ; and among inv
estigation procedures positive scans of vertebral bone occur in Paget's disease
and osteomyelitis, for example, as well as in bone metastases. Tumours in verteb
ral bodies may : 1 . Replace bone, with some of them eventually giving rise to r
arefaction on X-ray, yet often not causing symptoms. 2. Produce gradual collapse
and wedging or flattening of a vertebral body, and thus deformity. 3. Produce s
udden collapse of the weakened body. 4. Burst through the restraining cortex of
the body, compressing nerve root and/or spinal cord, or infiltrating muscle to p
roduce soft tissue swelling. 98 1 The spine is not often directly involved by ne
oplastic spread from adjacent non-vertebral structures ; when this does occur, t
he site most commonly affected is the upper thoracic region, from peripheral bro
nchial carcinoma in the lung apex. IS9 Like primary malignant tumours, benign tu
mours of the spine are uncommon, most vertebral neoplasms being metastases. Thes
e account for the great majority of cases in any representative series of verteb
ral tumours in adults, HW usually occurring via the blood Stream of the systemic
circulation or the vertebral venous plexuses. The blood-borne metastases are be
lieved to pass from the primary site as emboli into the venous system, passing v
ia the heart and lungs to reach the vertebral bodies as arterial emboli. I n pri
mary tumours of the prostate gland, the emboli probably reach the vertebral bodi
es via the ver tebral venous plexuses. t,Q The predilection of secondary neoplasm
s for vertebral bodies, ribs and ilium, is most probably explained by the slower
blood stream at these haemopoietic sites in the adult. The extent of metastases
to individual vertebrae is vari able, there being no constant pattern of involve
ment by any particular type of neoplasm. 1\5 Metastases are some times classified
as osteoplastic, i.e. increasing the density of bone, or osteoclastic (lytic),
denoting osseous destruc tion, but both may coexist in the same patient and in th
e same vertebra. I ncreased bone formation with osteoplastic neoplasms has not b
een explained. While bone erosion by inj ectiofl, e.g. osteomyelitis, is accompa
nied by early struc tural changes in the disc, which always becomes narrowed, the
disc resists invasion by a tumour and is at first spared when vertebral crushin
g is due to metastasis. However, when the support of underlying bone is lost, th
e disc fragments and subsequently does become invaded by the tumour. liS. 780 Im
portant early radio graphic appearances are a slight loss of density, associated
with small changes in contour of a
1 22
vertebral body, transverse process, neural arch or pedicle. Other, uncommon, cha
nges may be a small area of in creased density, or spotty areas of increased dens
ity together with translucent areas. Asymmetrical loss of pedicle shadow on AP f
ilms makes a secondary deposit virtually certain. 780 Although benign in the sen
se that of itself the nature ofthe tissue destruction is not malign and ultimate
ly fatal, non-malignant new growths may often produce severe disablement by lysi
s of bone and by trespass on neigh bouring structures.
Some benign skeletal tumours include:
On X-ray a large area of rarefaction in the vertebral body may extend into the p
edicles. Later, the body is wedged and flattened. 2. A haemangioma occurs in the
vertebra and less in the long bones. The X-ray shows one vertebral body and its
pedicles to be enlarged, with the shape and borders of the body unchanged. The
discs are normal, but the spongiosa trabeculae are coarse and more opaque. Norma
lly, a ver tebral body angioma is regarded as an anomaly not need ing treatment, u
nless dissolution occurs in affected bone and the local vertebral disorganisatio
n leads to pathologi cal spondylolisthesis and paraplegia.'"
Malignant tumours include:
1 . Chondroma, which arises within bone, more often in the shaft ofa long bone,
but which may occur in scapulae, ribs and vertebrae, and composed of adult carti
lage cells in a mucous stroma. When occurring in fiat bones it may grow to some
size before attracting attention. I n the pelvis it may interfere with hip funct
ion and produce a limp.'''8 1 2. An osteochondroma forms an irregular shaggy mas
s and besides involving the femur, when hip movements may be affected, may occur
on the surface of the scapular or pelvis. The lump is hard and not tender. The
tumour in creases in size until skeletal growth ceases. Some 5-10 per cent of the
m may become malignant after 40. 3. Benign oSleoblastoma604 is a tumour of osteo
id tissue and atypical bone occurring in young people, and when the vertebrae ar
e affected the lesion usually involves the neural arches, articular facets and t
ransverse processes. There is sometimes evidence of spinal cord compression. 4.
Aneurysmal bone cysts are uncommon, primary, benign tumours of bone and can invo
lve the spine as well as limb bones. 1 1 4o They occur in young people, as local
ised expan sions of fibrous tissue honeycombed with an enormously dilated vascula
r bed. Radiographically they appear as localised rarefactions with bulging of th
e involved bone. Benign osteoge'lic tumours are all lytic, and may have caused m
oderate pain for a year or more before X-ray reveals the lytic lesion. 1 l88
Benign non-skeletal tumours
1 . Secondary carcinoma. Bone metastases occur more fre quently from tumours whic
h do not kill quickly. The more silent the primary, the more probable are bone s
econ daries. Primaries may occur in kidney, thyroid, bronchus, prostate, breast.
The patients are usually older women, the primary often having occurred in the b
reast. In men the kidney and prostate are likely sites for the primary. In less
than I per cent of carcinoma of the stomach do secondaries occur in bone. In mor
e than 1 5 per cent of bone secondaries no evidence of a primary can be found, a
nd is sometimes not even found at postmortem. A secon dary in bone may show itsel
f many years after the primary has been removed. Secondaries may be solitary or
mul tiple, and common sites in the adult are where red marrow persists ; skull, v
ertebrae, pelvis, sternum, ribs and upper end of femur and humerus. A metastasis
is usually osteo lytic; patients may complain of pain but there may not be any s
ymptoms until bone gives way as a result of trivial injury. X-ray may show a mor
e or less round rarefaction in the medulla of the bone. Occasionally the presenc
e of a secondary may stimulate osteogenesis, and this may be seen in the spine w
here the whole of a vertebral body may become dense.
2. Mu/Cip/e mecas/ases. Bone may be riddled with deposits and yet the patient ma
y have no symptoms. Often the con dition is undetected until an X-ray is taken fo
r slight pain or a fracture. Pelvic carcinomatosis may resemble Paget's disease.
Fractures often unite) and the patient may live for some time. 3. Chordomas. Th
ese infrequent and slowly growing malignant tumours arise from remnants of the n
otochord, the greater majority of them occurring either at the cranio vertebral j
unction or between sacrum and coccyx but also arising in other regions. They are
always large, encapsu lated, soft and gelatinous, and eventually kill by local e
ncroachment. The upper cervical tumour leads to a raised intracranial pressure ;
the sacrococcygeal tumour
1 . Giant-celled tumours (osteoclastoma). There is un certainty as to what should
be regarded as a giant-cell tumour of bone.3 1 5 I t is clinically a bone neopl
asm, but has a consistency like liver and microscopically resembles fibrocystic
disease and osteitis deformans. Found in young adults, it occurs more often in p
elvis and vertebrae. Often there is no deformity but palpation may reveal a prom
i nent spinous process, and a kyphus may be obvious in the thoracic region when t
he flexed spine is viewed laterally. This is not detectable in the cervical and
lumbar spines.
PATHOLOGICAL CHANGES-GENERAL
1 23
may obstruct the rectum. It is not radio-sensitive and can rarely be excised.983
4. Plasma-cell myeloma (multiple myeloma). These fairly common tumours arise fr
om the bone marrow plasma cells, and present in two forms : (a) mUltiple myeloma
tosis, and (b) solitary plasma cytoma. 5. Myelomatosis. Multiple foci occur in b
one. Whether the growths are polyfocal or whether they are metastases is not kno
wn. They occur in middle-aged people, and are often only discovered by a radiolo
gical survey. The de posits affect the red bone marrow initially, and may exist f
or a considerable time without clinical signs. There are no signs unless a bone
is fractured, and sometimes the disease is revealed by a paraplegia. Severe pain
may sud denly be caused by pathological fracture, which is com mon in spine and r
ibs. X-rays show multiple small round translucent areas, and this multiple varie
ty is fatal within twO years.
meningiomas are more common than spinal cord tumours, which include metastases o
f carcinoma elsewhere, glial and ependymal neoplasms, and occasionally connectiv
e tissue tumours of uncertain origin. Meningiomas, for example, arise from cells
of the arachnoid mater, although their arachnoid attachment may be minute when t
hey are surgically exposed. '" The primary intraspinal neoplasms may be intradur
al or extra dural, most occurring in the epidural space although some perforate t
he dura and grow both within and without the dural sleeve of the spinal cord. 1
29 1 Tumours of the filum terminale and the cauda equina may also occur. The cli
ni cal sequelae of these neoplasms are perhaps of more imme diate importance than
their precise classification and nomenclature.
Sarcomas (osteogenic sarcoma, Ewing's sarcoma (endo thelioma of bone), parosteal
sarcoma) are tumours of modified embryonic connective tissue. Aside from their h
istology all sarcomas present the same clinical features. The tumour spreads rap
idly via the blood stream, and secondaries are found in the lungs, rarely elsewh
ere. Eighty per cent of primaries involve the knee, and primary bone sarcomas of
the spine are uncommon. l l 40 Spinal lymphomas)15, 1040 include reticulum cell
sarcoma, Hodgkin's disease (lymphadenoma) and lymphosarcoma, with common histol
ogical patterns. Lymphomas spread by direct extension from involved lymph nodes,
or by lymphatics and blood vessels. Clinical features of extra dural compression
by intraspinal lymphomas depend upon the site of compression and the degree of
involve ment of cauda equina and nerve roots. Slowly growing lymphomas in the epi
dural space may for some time mimic the clinical features of disc disease. 1 I 1
4 Vertebral metaStases are usually lytic with general demineralisation of bone,
but some persistent trabeculae with increased density may show radiographically
. A single vertebra or several may be involved. ] 1 5 Reliculum-celled sarcoma p
resents like a Ewing's sarcoma, but the prognosis is relatively good. Metastases
occur late.981 Hodgkin's disease and lymphosarcoma. Spinal lesions occur uncomm
only, and are usually mUltiple when they do, being preceded by the soft-tissue l
esions. Occasionally, a bone abnormality is the presenting lesion. 1 1 4o lncras
pinal sojr-rissue tumours are distinguished from ver tebral tumours proper. Benig
n nerve-sheath tumours and
Cysric lesions of l umbosacral nerve roots,IOJI and cervical nerve roots, 565 ha
ve often been reported. In the neck these small pouches, of up to 7 mm in dia met
er, project laterally into the dorsal root ganglion and communicate medially wit
h the subarachnoid space. Their cavities are lined with arachnoid membrane and t
heir walls mainly are formed by compressed tissue. They are believed to be diver
ticula produced by increased hydrostatic pressure of the cerebrospinal fluid. Th
e larger cysts are invariably associated with degenerative changes in nerve root
s and ganglia, and occur at the junction of dorsal root and ganglion. A neuro fi
broma may be found on any nerve, from the smallest to the largest, and at any ag
e.981 It may occur singly, although multiple tumours are more common, i.e. neuro
fibromatosis, or Von Recklinghausen's disease. This is a congenital disorder of
ectodermal structures characterised by pigmented areas on the skin (ca/e au-lair
Spots) and by intracranial and peripheral nerve tumours. 1001()
The cutaneous pigmented areas have a smooth outline, vary from a pin's head to m
ore than 3 cm diameter and generally follow the line of the dermatomes, e.g. on
the trunk they follow the course of an intercostal space. The condition is hered
itary and the cutaneous lesions are present at birth. The swellings on cutaneous
nerves, cranial nerves or spinal nerves are composed of a plexi form arrangement
of cells resembling fibroblasts. They are smooth, sometimes nodular, growths su
rrounded by a fibrous capsule. 92 Because the tumours may involve any nerve the c
linical sequelae may be numerous and b izarre. The swellings enlarge slowly and
are rarely malignant,98) not interfering with function unless they lie in a rest
rictive situation and come under pressure; thus a swelling at the intervertebral
foramen will slowly enlarge the dimensions of the foramen so that this is evide
nt on oblique radio graphs. I f the tumours are multiple the nerve trunks become
cord-like, enlarged and tortuous. A 'dumbbell'
1 24
tumour may occupy both intervertebral foramen and neural canal, thus interfering
with both spinal and somatic root. A distinctive type of dorsal kyphoscoliosis
is commonly present, and next to the cafe-au-Iait spots, scoliosis is the most f
requent clinical and skeletal manifestation of the disease. 50' The scoliosis, w
hich results from wedging of two or three adjacent vertebrae from a unilateral d
e ficiency of growth, may be mild or severe. The sharply angulated and rigid curv
e tends to progress as the child grows, because of the persistence of growth def
iciency uni laterally. The deformity is often severe and resistant to treatment.
1 1 4 0 The ends of the long bones may be misshapen in neuro fibromastosis, and r
arely the peripheral tumours undergo the changes of a sarcoma. 1040
Malignam neuro fibroma are uncommonly found in a somatic nerve. The single lump
remains within the nerve, which must be sacrificed by excision. Pseudotumours, o
r deposits, include reticulosis and xantho matosis. q8 1 Of xanthomawsis-Hand-Sch
ueller-Christian disease, oesinophilic granuloma and Gaucher's disease the last i
s uncommon, with enlargements of liver, spleen and lymph nodes accompanied by ar
eas of atrophy and radiotranslucency in vertebrae, which have an inclination to
fracture. Deposits in the body of a vertebra may mimic tubercu losis of the spine
. The prognosis is good and the patient may live for 20 years.'8) Enostoses, or b
one islands of the spine, can produce sclerotic foci which will simulate mestast
asis. I I I
6. Pathological changes--c ombined regional degenerative
CERVICAL SPINE
Because of the diversity and richness of cervical spine in nervation, the nature
and volume of the aff rent impulse e traffic from ve rtebral receptors in this r
egion are also rich, and it is this traffic which contributes in large proportio
n to the extensive reflex eff ects upon muscle tone in neck, trunk and limbs (se
e p. I I , 'Applied anatomy').
. . . the atlas and the dentata have far more free movements on each other than
any of the other vertebrae enjoy, a circumstance that may account for the observ
ation that we arc accustomed to see far morc numerous specimens of the effects o
f chronic rheu matic arthritis in these vertebrae . . . ,
ArthrOlic degenerative change, in synovial joints of the upper cervical spine ,
has some clinical importance since the arthrokinetic reflexes which underlie sta
tic and dynamic posture are disturbed by these change s. Olsson ( 1 942)'" repor
ted the frequency of arthrosis in the atlantodental (median atlantoaxial) joint
in 125 cases as follow s :
Years 41-50 51-<iO 61 and above /ncide'lce 360 680 880
and this rising frequency of arthrosis with age is much the same as the rising i
ncidence of spondylosis in (he lower cervical spine. Von Torklus ( 1 972)"74 des
cribes bilateral exostosis of the medial margin of the lateral mass of atlas, an
d bony outgrowths on the apex of the odontoid. Osteophytes occur typically on th
e upper surface of anterior arch of atlas and appe ar on AP films as a pe rident
al 'halo' of sclerous tissue (Fig. 4.2). Ossification of connective-tissue attac
hments may also occur. Shore's ( 1 935)"" poStmortem examination of 126 ve r te b
ral columns showed a 32 per cent incidence of degenera tive disease at the anteri
or atlantoaxial joint, and in his series degenerative change was commoner here t
han at any othe r synovial joint in the spine, with the exception of the midlumb
ar re gion. More than a hundred years ago Adams ( 1857)' drew anemion to the pre
valence of arthrosis at this joint,
and W. ArbuthnotLane ( 1 886)" made s imilarobservations. Arthrosis of the atlan
to-occipital and lateral atlantoaxial joints does not seem to be as common, alth
ough Schmorl and Junghanns ( 1 9 7 1 )!09' describe the skull articulations as i
nvolved in normal age ing, together with degene rative processes causing cartila
ge tears, flattening, changes in the joint space and hypertrophic spur formation
. Malforma tions and malposition in the craniovertebral region also lead to arthr
osis of these joints. Os teophytic change is common, often unilaterally, at the
C2-C3 facet-joint!'" and is often found together with obliteration of the slit-l
ike space normally seen on lateral X-rays of the he althy cervical spine (Fig. 1
. 1 3). Surgical exposure in three patients indicated that the e xostosis is mo
re extensive than the radiological appearances would suggest, the extra bone ext
ending medially and dorsally on to the lamina of C3. The third ce rvical nerve w
as seen curling over the thickened joint, and flattened in a groove on the osteo
phytic mass. Following dissection of 50 cadavers, the author draws attention to
the very constant and intimate relationship of the third occipital ne rve to the
C2-C3 paravertebral joint. Lazorthes ( I972)70 3 has also described this consta
nt relationship, which does not occur in quite the same way at any other cervica
l segment. Combined spondylotic and arthrotic trespass may take dissimilar forms
at adjacent segments, with lipping of the verte bral body compressing the nerve
root at the C3-C4 space and face t-joint osteo phytes compressing the vertebral
artery at C4-C5, for example (Fig. 5.5). '" Afte r a day or two follow ing hyper
tension injury or stress (e .g. decorating a ceiling), patients may develop pain
re f erred into one or both upper limbs, and in some cases this may be due to n
erve root irritation or compression
126
duced by the disc toge ther with the adjacent margins of the vertebral bodies.
(Fig. S.2). The type of posterior or posterolateral prolapse of nucleus puJposus
w hich occurs in the lumbar region is uncommon ; the nucleus comprises only I S
pe r cent of the disc volume and is not sufficient to produce spinal cord compr
ession by this means, although more lateral forms of degenerative trespass fre q
uently compress spinal nerve roots (Fig. S.S). Vertical protrusions (Schmorl's n
odes) are infre quently seen in this region. D amage to a ce rvical disc sometim
es occurs in the young follow ing direct or indirect trauma or stress to the nec
k, when there is little or no evidence of pre-existing spondyiotic change, 11 7
and in the more mature patients with long-standing spondylosis ; similar acute d
isc damage may occur superimposed upon considerable degenerative change already
existing (Fig. 6. 1). Both of the above forms of trespass can involve root compr
ession and the clinical signs of radiculopathy.
by the oe de ma of traumatic synovitis of face t-joints, synovial e ffusion bein
g the space-occupying condition. )56 More often, this may be due to trespass by
a pre-exist ing oste ophytic spur, the sustained approximation of root and osteop
hyte setting up irritation and producing acute inflammatory changes in the alrea
dy compromised root. The segments aff ected by spondylosis, in descending order
of frequency, are : CS- 6 ; C6- 7 ; C3-4 and C4-S ; C7T 1. 1 1 7, 2)9, '" (See F
ig. 6. 1.) Degenerative changes of the disc between C2 and C3 are much rare r th
an in middle and lower cervical segments. Although the anatomy of the cervical a
nd lumbar regions is fundamentally similar, the two regions are bio mechanically
and functionally dissimilar. The typical lumbar disc proble m entails trespass b
y a soft disc sub stance w ith the consistency of crab-meat, w he reas in the typ
ical cervical disc e pisode space-occupying e ff ects are more usuaJly due to a
hard osseocartilaginous spur, pro-
Fig. 6.1 Patient V.F. (A) March 1973. Extension (sec text).
(8) March 1973. Flexion. There is some stiffness at CO-Cl and from C4 downwards,
with excessive movement at C3-C4. Loss of disc space and lipping in lower segme
nts is shown.
Ag.6.1
PATHOLOGICAL CHANGES-COMBINED REGIONAL DEGENERATIVE
127
Fir. 6.1 (e) Extension, March 1974. Increased spondyiol'ic change with
further narrowing of disc spaces.
Fir. 6.1 (D) Flexion. March 1974 (cf. 8). Movement is reduced
throughout, with greatest movement in saginal plane still occurring in the C3-C4
segment.
Fir. 6.1
(E) March 1974. CI-C2-C3 segments. There is little degenerative change compared
with other regions of the cervical spine.
128
Fl. 6.1 (F) November 1974. Extension.
Fig. 6.1
(G) November 1974. Flexion. Increased movement is now evident in the important u
pper cervical levels.
More chronic forms of radiculopathy are quite com mon, sometimes involving morc t
han one root, developing insidiously and causing some degree of permanent sensor
y disturbance and muscle wasting. The multiple nature of pathological change in
cervical structures underlies the feature of ageing (Fig. 6.2). Also characteris
tic is the slow horizontal bisection of the disc from uncus to uncus as the slit
-like spaces of the uncovertebral joints gradually extend inwards, together with
nuclear material being gradually displaced along the tears in the annulus and t
hereby laterally into the uncovertebral joint regions,I2JO This protrusion later
ally of pulp is seen only in younger individuals, before desiccation is advanced
, and it occurs during the third decade ; the altered, transversely split discs
increasingly lose their supportive power. In later life, posterior movement of t
he small amount of nuclear material together with annular cartilage, freqently a
ssumes a combined form, that of a marginal osteochon drosis, when posterior lippi
ng of adjacent bodies, con tinuous at either side w ith the posterolateral outgro
w ths from the uncovertebral joints, encloses nuclear and annu lar material to fo
rm a hard osseocartilaginous bar which
projects into the neural canal and tends to compress the spinal cord and meninge
s into a series of horizontal cor rugations (Figs. 6.3, 6.4). The IIeural calla I
may also be encroached upon pos teriorly, during extension of the neck, by buckl
ing and in folding of the ligamentum flavurn. This is more likely when vertebrae
have settled together as a consequence of disc thinning and when fibrotic change
s have occurred in the ligament. As mentioned earlier (p. 13) the decisive facto
r, under lying clinical evidence of degenerative trespass upon the cervical spina
l cord, is the space available in the neural canal. The clinical sequelae of cer
vical myelopathy are much more likely when there already exists a degree of cong
enital spinal stenosis. The dura mater becomes thickened, more adherent to the p
osterior longitudinal ligament and adhesions are formed between dura and arachno
id. The dentate liga ment of the spinal pia mater also thickens and tends to teth
er the cord, further restricting its normal free adapt ion to cervical movement.
1 1 7 Foraminal encroachmem occurs more usually by the
PATHOLOGICAL CHANGESOMBINED REGIONAL DEGENERATIVE lateral extremities of the hard
posterior ridges of QS teo chondrophytosis and these are plainly e vident on obl
ique X-rays of the neck (Fig. 6. 2(c) and (d . Consequently, the transverse foram
inal dimensions are re duced. Some times accompanying this are intrusions into fo
raminal space by chondro-osteophytosis of the face t-joints, and while changes a
t these joints are very common at upper cervical segments, the growth of bony sp
urs from facet joints at lowe r levels also commonly occurs (Fig. 6.2). The verte
bral artery is frequently compressed by this means, and sometimes both artery an
d root togethe r, since the y are closely related he re . '50 The consequences o
f com pression may only be manif est on movements-rotation, flexion or extension.
NERVE ROOTS The territory of the emerging spinal nerve roots is sur rounde d by
many structures which are potential aggressors (Fig. 5.5). Thickening and exosto
sis of the facet joints, osseocartilaginous ridges at the uncove rtebral region,
and localised bulging of poste rolateral disc mate rial are pathological changes
which can lead to either transient or constant pressure upon the nerve root.98
1 Local instability may produce furthe r compression, by retrolisthesis, when th
e lower poste rior e dge of a vertebral body approaches the superior articular f
acet of the verte bra below, and conve rts the oval foraminal shape into a restri
cted S-shaped exit for the nerve root. The real extent ofthe encroachment is alw
ays gre ater than the radiologic ally evident narrowing (Figs 6. 1 , 6.2, 6.3, 6.
4). The perineural 'saf ety cushion', of fat around the nerve root in the forami
na, may disappear. 565 Discs become progressively flatter with advancing degene
rative change , as do the ve rtebral bodies, and this shortens the vertebral col
umn. Re duction in length of t he vertebral column with age ing will also produc
e sinuosity of the vertebral artery and a tendency to constriction of the lumen,
accentuated during move ments, even in the absence of atheromatous changes in t
he vessel wall. Loss of disc space, radiologically evident by vertebrae appearin
g as dishes piled one upon another, angulates the lower ce rvical roots at the f
oraminal portal, producing a furthe r source of irritation and inflammatory reac
tions in this situation (Fig. 2. 14) and the first thoracic and eighth ce rvical
roots are particularly liable to deformation in this way. 1I7 Localised irritat
ion by angulation, or small haemorrhages produced by exogenous ove rstretching a
nd other t rauma, wi1l initiate in the dural sleeve the familiar sequence of inf
lammation, granulation and fibrosis with adhesion formation, nerve root strictur
e and loss of e las ticity and mobility, the root-sleeve fibrosis of Fryk holm. )9
1 , 392, fl2, 71 7 Ricard and Masson ( 1 9 5 1 )"" have suggested that the secon
dary formation of arachnoid cysts may be respon sible for intradural root compres
sion.
1 29
Among the space -occupying changes causing ce rvical mye lopathy, poste rior par
avertebral ossification with cal cification of the poste rior longitudinal ligame
nt has been re ported,86 1 . 954 and unilateral face t interlocking may also re
duce the dimensions of the neural canal.lOb Keuter656 has drawn attention to the
varie ty of clinical f atures which may arise by impairment of spinal cord e va
scularity, particularly in those cases whe re the spinal tract of the trigeminal
nerve shares in the ischae mic changes (Figs. 1 . 1 6 , 1 . 1 7). Signs and sym
ptoms will appear above and below the lesion, e.g. one patient showed partial an
algesia and diminishe d te mperature sense of left he micranial area, he adaches
, vertigo and dysaesthesia in the C6-7-8 territory of the distal left upper limb
. Radio graphy showed spondylotic change of the lower neck and arthrosis of uncov
e rte bral joints in the same area. Angio graphy showed irre gularities of the lu
men of the ve rtebral and basilar arteries. Other examples of bizarre and widesp
read clinical f eatures are described, involving cranial and facial areas, trunk
and all four limbs. Following indirect trauma, an extraforaminai portion of pro
truded disc at C6 1evel displaced the vertebral artery on the right side, produc
ing pain in the lower neck, he mi cranial and hemifacial pain, with numbness of t
he right half of the face and depression of biceps and triceps jerk. Sensation w
as disturbed in right thumb and index finger. Radiography de monstrated disc deg
ene ration, and angio graphy showed the change in the lumen of the vertebral arte
ry on right he ad rotation. Surgical re moval of the pro trusion almost completel
y relieved the cranial sensory disorders. The essemial and important feature und
erlying clinical expression o cervical degenerative change is the enormous f van
'obilicy of che vercebrobasilar vascular system (Fig. 1 . 1 2).
THE CERVICOTHORACIC REGION
(Arthrotic and spondylotic changes have been described above, pages 82, 88.) Thi
s is an important junctional are a : 1 . I n the biomechanical sense , in that h
e re the mOSt mobile region of the vertebral column is physically inter de pe nde
nt with a region of very limited movement. Also, a number of important connectiv
e tissue structures and muscles cross the C7-T I segment, e.g. a. The prevertebr
al lamina of deep cervical fascia, covering the prevertebral muscles and continu
ous laterally with investments of the scalene muscles and levator scapulae ; bel
ow it extends into the thorax on the front ofthe longus colli muscle, to blend w
ith the anterior longitudinal ligament in the mediastinum. b. The trape zius, sc
aleni, sternomastoid and longus
1 30
(8) There are marked arthrotic and osteophytic changes at C2-C3-C4, chronic spon
dylotic charges and bilateral cervical ribs (outlined).
Patint D.C.H. (A.) Static films of advanced cervical spondylosis and arthrosis in
a 79year-old man. There is arthrosis of upper cervical joints, which is marked
at C2-C3-C4, ankylosis of C4-C5-C6 and C7 with erosion of the body of C4. The pa
tient was much more concerned about the pains of an arthrotic hip joint than the
minimal symptoms in head, neck and upper limbs.
Fig. 6.2
3. J unctional regions are developmentally restless and anomalies ofskeletai and
soft tissues are relatively common in the cervicothoracic area (Figs 6.2, 6.50)
. While signs and symptoms due to surgically proven pressure on the neurovascula
r bundle, as it eme rges from the thoracic inlet to the arm, are well known, i n
non surgical cases there is no general agreement on either the colli muscles, fo
r example. The splenius capitis, site or the mechanics of the compression, 1209,
1210 or suf splenius cervicis, semispinalis capitis, semispinalis ficient eviden
ce in many cases that the clinical features are cervicis, longissimus capitis, l
ongissimus cervicis due to compression at all. The poorly recognised part musdes
all take attachment from bony apophyses of played by minor unilateral joint abn
ormalities of the ten by tension of soft both the upper thoracic and the cervica
l vertebrae ; upper t hree or four ribs, possibly of the iliocostocervicalis att
aches below to angles of the tissue attachments as a consequence of cervical joi
nt irrit 3rd to 6th ribs, and above to the transverse processes ability at higher
segments, or due to the chronic sequelae of C4, C5 and C6. In descriptions of p
athology of trauma, adds considerably to the confusion, because underlying those
clinical conditions grouped as the tingling in the upper limb is a very frequen
t symptom, thoracic outlet syndrome, the possible 'guy-rope' and what patients a
re acrually trying to convey by the and asymmetrical tethering effect of these e
xpressions tingling, fizzling in the fingers, pins and structures, tightened by
the consequences of chronic needles, heaviness, numb feelings, etc. may not have
spasm and fibrotic change, seem not to receive the anything to do with physical
trespass upon nerve fibres attention they might merit. or vessels, and may well
be expressions of abnormal 2. The region is a site of major vascular, neurologi
cal impulse traffic in autonomic as well as somatic neurones, and other traffic.
Many varieties of tissue with widely differ because of facilitated cervicothorac
ic segments. There can be no doubt about the d inical effects of a ing functions
, and the potential for producing a variety of clinical effects remote from the
site of interference, are P ancoast tumourin the lung apex, but a causal relatio
nship closely packed together. between the presence of anomalies of ri b, muscle
PATHOLOGICAL CHANGES--COMBINED REGIONAL DEGENERATIVE
1 31
c
(c) NOI one inttrvtrttbral foramtn has escaped marked trespass by the changes of
degenerative joint disease, apparent on lhe oblique film. (D) The right oblique
film shows similar changes. with one of the ccnical ribs well shown.
anachment, plexus formation, vascular arrangement and clinical manifestations do
es not always exist. Many patients complain oftingling, few ( 1 .2 per cent)'' ha
ve cervical ribs. Those who do seldom complain of para esthesiae. Some have bilat
eral cervical ribs and paraes thesiae on one side only (Fig. 6.S), others have un
ilateral cervical ribs and tingling on the radiographically normal side. True ce
rvical ribs relate with their proximal part, head, neck and anicular connections
as a normal rib to the trans verse process and vertebral body; f lse cervical ri
bs do not a have a well-formed head but only a l igamentous con nection.I(I9} Occ
asionally, paired cervical ribs may be quite long, and be symmetrical ; a single
short extra rib may have a cartilaginous cap, and sometimes the anoma lous rib i
s attached to the first rib by a synostosis or by cartilage, or by a tight fibro
muscular band. Anomalous ribs may occur as high as C4. With the extra rib at the
cervicothoracic junction there may be simul taneous anomalies of the neurovascul
ar bundle. The ribs and/or fascial bands must surely have a space-occupying effe
ct in some of the subjects, but not all come to clinical notice because of sympt
oms reponed. When they do, determining whether the rib is causing the patient'S
diffi culties is not easy, as the anomalous structures vary in size, shape and re
lationship to the neurovascular bundle.
Causes of the thoracic oUllet syndrome, same of them inter related, have bee'l na
med as: Trauma to the head, neck and shoulder region, with haematoma formation a
nd resultant fibrosis in the supra clavicular region. Excessive callus after frac
tures of the clavicle. Abnormality of the first thoracic rib, usually one that i
s unusually large or crooked, or with excess callus formation after fracture. Ab
normal size and shape of the clavicle, e.g. bifid c1avicle.7M Inflammatory or ma
lignant disorders in the cervical spine or shoulder girdle region.'''' Pancoast'
s tumour of the lung apex. The scalenus anticus syndrome, 'almost always changes
in the arrangement and in the course of scalenus anticus and medius are observe
d' ;1093 connective tissue encroachments beyond the normal area of the first rib
attachment are seen, being carried further forw ard than normal ;1209 thus the
lowest plexus trunk and the artery lie nOt on the rib but raised by the lower ap
ex of a V formation of the tendinous edges of scalenus anticus and medius. Extens
ive arterial thrombosis (almost 9 per cent of 120 1 9 surgical cases) ; 20 ,1210
in all cases a well-developed cervi cal rib was present, but in no case was any
arterial change
l32
Fig. 6.3 Loss of C5-6 disc space and anterior lipping of the C5 and C6 vertebral
bodies. The posterior lipping (osseus part of the 'osseocartilaginous bar') can
also be seen.
Fig. 6.4
Oblique film clearly shows loss of disc space, lipping at C5-6 vertebral margins
, with foraminal encroachment at the same level. The degree of trespass upon rel
ated structures is greater than is radiologically evident, because of presence o
f radiotranslucent tissue.
observable where the artery lay on the rib. In 1 5 cases of arterial thrombi,764
4 had recanalised, 6 developed excellent collateral circulation but with a weak
pulse and in 5 the pulse was still absent, suggesting only slight to moderate d
evelopment of collateral vessels. In the absence of adequate revascularisation o
f distal tissues, mild trauma to the hand may result in ulceration which progres
sively worsens. Aneurysmal dilatation of the third part of the subclavian artery
, 1 cm distal to a cervical rib. This was present in 5 cases of a group of120 su
rgical cases. Halstead (1916)490 reported 25 cases of dilatation in a series of
525 patients. Thrombosis of the subclavian vein.764 Swelling of the arm, heavine
ss and bluish discoloration of the limb may occur. While circulatory improvement
from collateral vessels may sustain function and relieve symptoms, the arm rare
ly, if ever, returns to normal. In 12 of 104 uncomplicated surgical cases, I210
pressure on the lower trunk was due to a strong, taut band springing from the ti
p of a small cervical rib, and passing downwards and forwards in the anterior bo
rder of scalenus medius. In two young girls of 14, a large cancellous boss was s
itu ated where a well-developed cervical rib reached the first thoracic rib.
Ofthe above group of 104 patients 69 showed cervical ribs in various stages of d
evelopment, and in almost all of them there was no naked-eye evidence that eithe
r plexus or artery had been damaged by clavicular pressure. Com pression of the a
xillary artery by the two heads of the median nerve ; experimental traction duri
ng open surgery revealed that all arterial pulsation ceased below the 'vice', bu
t the subclavian anery was unaffected. Sustained abduction or hyperabduction of
the upper limb. To these various causes there might be added: Early spondylotic
and arthrotic change in the upper thoracic spine and upper costas pinal joints,
especially when the symptoms described include heaviness of the arm, subjective
numbness and paraesthesiae which tend to have a glove or extrasegmental distribu
tion, in the absence of objective neurological signs--often only the tips of all
digits are affected in this way. Palpable and persistent elevation of the first
, and often the second, ribs, due either to mild fixation following moder ate tra
uma to the region itself, or as the consequence of increased tension in the scal
ene muscles. This may be an acute condition because of irritability at upper cer
vical segments, or the established contracture of connectivc-
PATHOLOGICAL CHANGES---COMBINED REGIONAL DEGENERATIVE
133
Fig. 6.S Bilateral cervical ribs (outlined). The patient reported paraesthesiae
on the right side only.
tissue elements. The unilateral combination of joint prob lems at the C2 and T2 s
egments together is well known to clinically experienced therapists. Telford and
Mottershead ( 1 947) 1210 examined the effects, in 70 men and 50 women (240 ar
ms), of different postures of the arms in the erect position, and among the post
ures were abduction, at 90 and 180, and adduction against resistance. The results
of these particular tests were as follows :
Tabl 6.1
Abduction Adduction against resistance
90 70 males (140 arms)
No effect on radial pulse Radial pulse diminished Radial pulse absent
180 75 42 23
131 6 3
18 38 84
SO females (100 arms)
No effect on radial pulse Radial pulse diminished Radial pulse absent
91 6 3
35 35 30
9 16 75
In passive abduction t090 the alteration is 7.5 per cent, when the arm is adduct
ed there is a sharp rise to 90 per
cent, and plainly muscular action is now a factor; the authors offer the suggest
ion that pectoralis minor and sub scapularis are taughtened to a degree sufficien
t to trespass upon the axillary artery. When describing the excellent results fo
llowing surgical excision of an anomalous joint in the central portion of the fi
rst thoracic rib, Ross and Vyas ( 1972) 1060 include, as the mOst important cont
ribu tory cause of the thoracic outlet syndrome, reduced tone in the muscles of t
he shoulder girdle, with consequent de pression of the clavicle narrowing the tho
racic outlet further and compressing the neurovascular bundle. Telford and Motte
rshead mention that, 'it is an old observation that in certain positions of the
shoulder the radial pulse is diminished or completely arrested . . . it is taken
for granted that the cause of this interference is costo clavicular pressure.' T
he authors applied downward trac tion to the arm in 25 bodies postmortem and repo
rt that when the shoulder girdle is depressed, the clavicle moves downwards and
forwards; the further the clavicle is depressed the further forward it moves, wi
dening the interval between clavicle and rib. At no point could the clavicle be
made to impinge upon the subclavian artery. In order to press the clavicle direc
tly backwards on to the first rib it was necessary to open and disorganise the s
ter noclavicular joint. With regard to the brachial plexus, depression of the sho
ulder caused the upper and middle trunks, together with the C7 contribution to s
erratus anterior, to be stretched tightly over the tendinous edge of scalenus me
dius; the lower trunk is pulled down hard into the angle formed by the scalenus
medius tendon and first rib. It was not possible by arm traction to compress the
subclavian artery against either of the scaleni. When the shoulders were retrac
ted, the tendon of the sub clavius muscle compressed the subclavian vein against
the first rib, but the clavicle itself does not impinge upon i t ; the middle th
ird o f the clavicle pushes the neurovascular bundle backwards against the anter
ior border of scalenus medius, and in the presence of space-occupying resistance
(extrafascial band, cervical rib, abnormal first thoracic rib) could compress t
he bundle. Sympathetic nerve fibres are present in the lower trunk. 1 22), 1209
Movement of the clavicle in abduction showed no essential difference from the ef
fects of clavicular retraction. The authors suggest that the concept of costocla
vicular compression is supposition, unsupported by anatomical evidence, and that
symptoms referrable to the plexus on shoulder depression are caused by drag on
the nerve cords. The plexus is stretched taut over the edge of scalenus medius,
and this effect is accentuated if the attachment is carried somewhat forw ard on
the rib. In retraction and abduction, the clavicle does impinge the plexus and
vessel against scalenus medius, and this possibly explains tem porary hand tingli
ng during prolonged abduction when dressing the hair, for example, or decorating
a ceiling.
1 34
bony rims of advanced chondro-osteophytosis of the facets tend to reduce the tr
ansverse foraminal dimensions but do not appear to cause such frank evidence of
nerve root interference as is observed in the cervical and lumbar regions, altho
ugh EMG testing will reveal it.... When visceral disease, e.g. cardiac ischaemia
, pleural and pulmonary involvement have been excluded, the back and chest wall
symptoms observed in these common musculoskeletal lesions are invariably accompa
nied by palpable loss of movement at associated vertebral segments, and by palpa
ble signs of joint irritability. m Shore ( 1 935) 112' described hypertrophic ch
anges in the posterior facet joints of 126 dried and macerated spines, and gave
the peaks of incidence as C2-3-4 , C7-T I , T34-5, T 1 1-12-L I , rising to the
greatest incidence at L2-34. He mentions three categories of change, in order of
severity : a. Marginal osteophytes of articulating areas b. An intermediate zon
e, around the periphery of area (a), of porous bone marked by holes which vary c
on siderably in size and depth. Some are shallow pits, some admit a pin and other
s penetrate the bone deeply. c. A third and outermost zone, as a rampart of irre
gular osteophytes, sometimes discontinuo\ls, of harder bone than (b) and often h
ighly polished. The clinical effects of territorial aggression are probably due
to growth of the (c) zone. He describes as very striking the persistence of the
normal contact area of the joint ; though the surface of actual contact be doubl
ed, the normal contact areas may still be recognisable. This is ascribed to the
subchondral bone thickening which appears before the cartilage covering it has e
ntirely disappeared. '" The rib joi'llJ often share in localised and painful los
s ofmovemen t ; ligamentous structures of the costovertebral articulations can d
egenerate to the stage of becoming ossi fied. These arthrotic processes have been
found in 48 per cent of skeletal examinations at postmortem, and in 17 per cent
of living persons, some as early as the third decade.902 The distribution of co
stovertebral degenerative change seems to show no marked difference when left an
d right sides are compared, but is noticeably different when com parisons are mad
e between the superior and inferior demifacet on one vertebral body. The upper p
art of each typical costovertebral joint, i.e. the inferior demifacet of the ver
tebral body, is more fre quently affected than its fellow on the subjacent verteb
ral body, commonly at the joints of the 6th, 7th and 8th ribs. This higher freq
uency could be related to the general obli quity of the ribs, pointing medially a
nd upward against the vertebral bodies. The most conspicuous feature of rib join
t changes is the definite overall pal tern of distribution (see Fig. 4.3).
In a group of 37 patients, who were treated surgically by anterior scalenotomy,
after an injection of local anaes thetic into scalenus anterior had given relief
of symptoms, Silvers ten and Christensen ( I 977)"" described the clinical featu
res. In 2 1 patients no radiographic abnormality was observed ; 8 had cervical r
ibs, 6 had a large transverse process of C7 and 3 had spondylotic changes. Neuro
logi cal signs were detected in 1 6 patients and several patients presented with
muscle atrophy, variously of the thenar, hypothenar, interosseous or upper arm m
uscle groups. The purpose of injection was to relax the muscle and note if sympt
oms were relieved. While the technique of muscle section was nOt described, it f
ollows that release of the muscle and/or attachments was responsible for relief
of symptoms (see Patterns of clinical presentation, p. 205). It would be of inte
rest to have had comparisons of [he degree of tcnsion in both scalenous anterior
muscles, since although expansion of the first rib attachment area is well reco
gnised, hyperronus of the muscle itself, with its consequences on the posture of
the rib, is rarely mentioned,l' 80b No onc mechanical cause can explain all cas
es. 1210
THORACIC SPINE
Few people have normal thoracic spines ; 1180b the presence of reduced accessory
movement, localised tenderness and spreading pain on careful palpation is clini
cally demon strable to a greater or lesser degree in most, and discrete areas of
acute midthoracic tenderness in young women are frequent. Group lesions are comm
on but their precise nature and classification are not easy to decide on clinica
l features alone, although the combination of spondylotic change and secondary a
rthrotic change, particularly in the middle thoracic segments, is probably the c
linical state usually re sponsible for the chest wall symptoms commonly simulat in
g serious disease of thoracic viscera. 100 2, 571, 433, 642, 1093, 1l8Ob The pre
cise distinction of the nature of degenerative change is probably more of academ
ic than immediate clinical importance, because the malign and sometimes catastro
phic acute thoracic disc lesion (vide infra) tends to occur between T7 and T IO,
with peak incidence at lT9-l0."
1. Arthrosis
Arthrosis commonly stiffens the thoracic synovial joints, with radiographically
evident peaks of incidence at C7-T l , T4-5 and the lowest thoracic segments (Fi
g.
4.3). QO:!.1121 The normally slight ranges of movement at the facet, costoverteb
ral and costotransverse articulations are reduced, postmortem studies clearly de
monstrating the prevalence of degenerative change at these joints. The
PATHOLOGICAL CHANGES-COMBINED REGIONAL DEGENERATIVE A significantly higher f req
uency of changes at the f ull facet costovertebral joints of T I , Til and T12,
in which the intervertebral disc plays no parr, indicates that these single syno
vial plane joints are vulnerable to the f unctional stress and mechanical irrita
tion of constant rib motion, which is probably less of a contributing f actor in
the remaining and more typical joints, where the demifacers and intervening dis
c, with intra-articular ligament, may effectively reduce the mechanical stresses
imposed upon the articulation. Morphological criteria for the presence of rib j
oint arthrosis, in Nathan's (1964)'" review of 346 spines, were first found duri
ng the third decade (20-30 years) and increased rapidly to maximal incidence dur
ing the fourth decade, but it should be stressed that a host of clinical feature
s may be manifest in the early stages of degenerative joint disease, long before
radiological and morphological criteria of abnormality have developed to the po
int of recognition. Mild degrees of pre-existing but symptomless scoliosis or ky
phosis can be aggravated by cramped working postures and carrying strains, and t
he same pattern of symptoms tends to be produced. That oedema of inter spinous li
gamellls can cause referred pain has been clearly demonstrated by experimenr.269
, 04 1, 642 So far as macroscopic change is concerned, it is in rerest ing that t
he general incidence of arthrosis of the thoracic synovial joints, reported by t
wo investigators902,I m widely separated in space and time, should be highest at
the upper and lower ends of this vertebral district (Fig. 4.3).
2. Spondylosis
135
to prove that thoracic or intercostal 'neuralgia' actually justifies the f reque
nt use of this nebulous word, with its vague connotations of neurological involv
ement. Postmortem studies of the thoracic spine show that disc pathology is comm
on,l l80b and in the sense of spondylotic degenerative change, thoracic disc pat
hology is probably very f requent indeed. Radiologically evident narrowing of an
inrervenebral disc is not necessarily indicative of disc herniation, but in the
event of symptoms which arouse suspicion of this, it might be a helpf ul hint.}
U Most changes are less noticeable clinically, in the early stages, than the ove
rt and relatively abrupt episodes of lumbar disc involvement. Funher, the ultima
te con sequences of thoracic spondylosis tend to be f ar-reaching, and the cause
of more prolonged and painful chronic dis ability (vide infra). In terms of radio
graphic appearance the vertical col lapse and horizontal bulging of discs tends t
o produce bony outgrowths in the anterior and right lateral aspects90 1 of the t
horacic vertebral bodies. Anatomical features (other than those mentioned below)
f avouring disc pro trusion givi"g rise to symptoms are not present in the thora
cic spine, due not only to the relative stability of the region but also to the
tendency of annular disorganisation to occur on the concave side of sagittal cur
ves. As a con sequence of a general forward concavity, the radiographic changes o
f thoracic spondylotic degeneration are more marked anteriorly than posteriorly,
since compression of weight-bearing falls most heavily on the f ront of bodies
and discs. The anterior lipping is sometimes quite gross in the elderly, turning
these segments of the vertebral column into an almost immovable, 'fossilised' a
rea; this is seen when a degenerate, collapsed and extruded disc allows the ante
rior lips of large, adjacent outgrowths to meet, and form the characteristic kis
sing chondro-osteophytes. The meeting of degenerative bony growths of adjacent v
erte brae in this situation (and in the neck) is not necessarily a cause of pain,
whereas the approximation and compres sion of normal bony apophyses, as in the l
umbar spinous processes, because of excessive lordosis and/or disc col lapse, is
f requently a cause of pain. Posterior bony lippings in the thorax do occur, but
they are comparatively small and may or may not give rise to symptoms. Discs do
not herniate or prolapse unless they are weakened by degeneration, stress or tr
auma. The commonest disease to weaken cartilage is osteochondrosis, I I BO b mos
t evident in the lower half of the thoracic spine. Hilton et aI. ( 1 976)54\ rep
orted the postmortem incidence of cartila ginous end-plate lesions in the lower t
horacic region of 50 vertebral columns, in subjects between 1 3-96 years. The pr
edominantly male lesions were demonstrated in 76 per cent of cases, and were mos
t f requent in the caudal end-plate of segments, with a higher incidence and gre
ater severity in the dorsolumbar j unctional area than the lower
This usually occurs at the middle and lower thoracic levels, the more stately de
generative processes of the middle/ upper region being rarely associated with di
sc pro lapse, and the lower region being the site of infrequent but serious disc
trespass posteriorly upon spinal cord and related structures. In the sense of an
acute tissue-trespass with pronounced clinical features, surgically proven thor
acic disc lesions are very uncommon, and Epstein (1969)3 15 gives the incidence
as 2- 3 per 1000 cases, equally f requent in men and women. Of 2948 cases of dis
c prolapse, producing compression of neural canal structures, only 7 occurred in
the thoracic spine, between segments T8-TI2'" Posterolateral thoracic disc tres
pass appears to be less eventful than cervical and lumbar lesions, probably beca
use the foramen is larger and there is no lateral recess as in the lower lumbar
spine (see Fig. 1 .32), although the margins of the foramen tend to be sharper.
Each thoracic root has a much smaller territory of distribution compared to thos
e of the cervical and lumbosacral plexuses, and per haps it is for this reason th
at f rank evidence of root in volvement is difficult to satisfactorily show. This
does not mean to say that covert root compression may not f re quently occur, bu
t without EMG evidence it is less easy
136
of spondylotic changes is apparently assured thereby, there is no immediately o
bvious wed ging and kyphosis, with the apophyseal centres little altered in appe
arance. On the other hand , when there is a weakening of cartilage anteriorly an
d a larger, more localised protrusion of nuclear material, pushing into the spon
giosa of the ver tebral body and passing between bone and cartilage as far forwar
d as the anterior longitudinal ligament, there is severe disturbance of the ante
rior growth region ; the epi physeal zone is disrupted and the development of ant
erior collapse, with wedging of vertebral bodies, follows. Islands of ossificati
on may persist anteriorly, between ver tebral bod ies whose anterior adjacent mar
gins have a 'chamfered ' appearance on lateral X-rays. In passing, lumbar and ce
rvical osteochond rosis are far from uncommon ; I"6 the greatest frequency of Sc
heuer mann's d isease appears to straddle the d istrict of adjacent thoracic and
lumbar vertebral segments. Calcification of intervertebral discs can occur in th
e annulus, the nuclear pulposus or both, and in the cartila ginous end-plates ; S
andstrom ( 1951)"'80 mentions that Luschka described the cond ition in 1858. Mos
t commonly the site involved is the annulus fibrosus, and annular cal cifications
are the most permanent. ) 1 5 Calcifications in ad ults are usually symptomless
, occur in the middorsal area and as a rule d o not d isappear; those in childre
n are more frequently associated with painful symptoms, and may or may not d isa
ppear on resolution of the clinical cond ition. They are not common, and have a
tendency to involve the lower cervical or upper thoracic spine at more than one
level. The cond ition is sometimes associated with pain, reduced movement and a
raised ESR in children, but in these cases the cervical spine is more usually in
volved. )22. 929 In 53 cases of disc calcification reviewed by Melnick and S ilv
erman ( 1963)"0 there were 90 d iscs involved, and ofthe thoracic segments the s
ixth interspace was most fre quently affected. In the uncommon choracic disc prot
rusions sufficiently severe to warrant surgery,Illb the sequestrated material is
often calcified. In 20 surgically proven thoracic disc lesions 822 in which cen
tral protrusions predominated, calcified disc material was clearly observed in t
he spinal canal, with linear calcifi cation in the ad jacent disc spaces, by plai
n rad iographs. Lateral protrusions were less frequent. Thoracic d isc trespass
occurring in the lower half of the region is a lesion of potential hazard!!) 1 a
nd in the past has tended to be associated with a gloomy prognosis, whether oper
ated upon or not. In 17 cases8 only one was markedl y improved by surgery and non
e completely re covered . . After the laminae are removed, the disc, under tensio
n and now unopposed, extrudes into the spina] canal. Paraplegia may intervene. '
1 1 16 Shaw ( 1975)"" mentions two possibilities of pathologi-
lumbar spine. The changes seen were significantly related to disc degeneration i
n the TIO-Ll region, but no lower. The authors suggest that end-plate lesions de
veloping in child hood and adolescence may predispose the segment to disc degene
ration in maturity. Since end-plate changes are an essential feature of Scheuerm
ann's d isease, charac teristically occurring in the lower thoracic segments of m
ales, it may be that frank vertebral osteochond rosis is an unusually severe man
ifestation of a very common but often clinically occult spinal defect. Stoddard
IlSOb has repeated ly d rawn attention to the causal relationship of osteochondr
osis and backache due to degenerative d isease. His study of the incidence of Sc
heuermann's d isease revealed an overall population in cidence of 13 per cent, wi
th a 49 per cent incidence in patients with low back pain; the seven rad iologic
aJ cri teria 1 46 are as follows : a. b. c. d. e. f. Increased AP d iameter of bo
d ies. Vertebral bodies wedge-shaped anteriorly. I rregular and narrow disc spac
es. Loss of lordosis, or frank kyphosis. The presence of Schmorl's nodes. Flatte
ned areas on the superior surface of bod ies, near the epiphyseal ring. g. Detac
hed epiphyseal ring.
He regards the cond ition as a generalised d isease of the whole vertebral colum
n, in that t he age of onset of disc protrusions is earlier in those cases with
frank osteochon d rosis. In a more recent review of this ubiquitous cond ition, a
n important and largely unrecognised factor in spondy losis, Stoddard and Osborn
( 1979)' 18' mention that the pre cise aetiology of the d isorder, in which the t
ransition from cartilage to bone is irregular and patchy, remains unknown. The a
uthors' statistical analysis showed that half the patients who seek help forback
ache have clinical and rad io logical evidence of osteochond rosis, and it is sug
gested that this evidence should be sought more carefully.
Vertebral osteochondrosis (idiopathic kyphosis, Scheuermann's disease)I"b,I089
This tends to occur mainly in the second decade of life, as a consequence of cha
nges which appear to be degenera tive rather than inflammatory, involving the jun
ction of vertebral bodies and intervertebral discs, when these structures are st
ill in an active stage of growth and dif ferentiation. P reviously described as a
pophysitis,9 8) the essential change is now taken to be the vertical protrusion
of nuclear pulp through a defect or weakness in the hyaline cartilaginous plate.
The trespass of nuclear material may take two forms. 146 I f the nuclear prot r
usions are small and evenly distri buted, though mUltiple, there is no gross and
localised d is turbance of growth processes, and while the later onset
PATHOLOGICAL CHANGES--COMBINED REGIONAL DEGENERATIVE cal change : (a) simple loc
al or circumferential compres sion, and (b) pressure upon the anterior spinal art
ery with concomitant disturbance of blood supply to the cord. The condition of t
horacic spinal canal narrowing between T4 and T9, corresponding to a cord region
whose blood supply is somewhat hand-to-mouth, contributes to the potential haza
rd of these lesions and the possibility of in farction of the cord. Besides often
being calcified, the usually cherry-sized disc material is often adherent to th
e dura, and may pierce it. JI 5 Comparatively small protrusions may have disprop
or tionate effects, since the extradural space is limited. The extruded material
can vary from a soft swelling to a bone hard excrescence, and there may be irrepa
rable damage by erosion of the dura, erosion of the spinal cord,1 029 and bruisi
ng with a blue discolouration of the cord. The consequences may be an acute onse
t of signs and symptoms, or the gradually progressive development of bizarre cli
nical features. Benson and Byrnes ( 1975)82 de scribed the clinical course of22 p
atients, and stressed the important radiographic finding of disc calcification.
Gout
1 37
tions pronounced osteophytosis and bridging of paraver tebral structures being pr
esent in patients with gouty arthritis and hyperuricaemia; and also suggests the
possi bility that the clinical expressions of gout and diabetes may be interchan
geable, giving examples to suggest this. From the data he presents, 'it would ap
pear that the pres ence of primary osteoarthritis coexisting with gouty arthritis
is a parent factor in causing spinal pain'. As most of the women in his series
were menopausal, osteoporosis may have compounded the increase in thoracic spina
l pain.
Spinal osteoporosis
Gout involves the spine as well as peripheral joints. Acute episodes of sacroili
ac or spinal pain, with intense muscle guarding and severe limitation of movemen
t, may accom pany acute episodes in peripheral joints, although the classical sig
ns of a red, hot, swollen and tender join t are not so evident in spinal involve
ment. The acute symptoms may subside in a few days. A severe manifestation of go
ut may occur as paravertebral muscular irritability, any movement sening up acut
e muscular pains-passive test ing is usually precluded by the irritability of mus
cle, l lsob as is any unnecessary movement. In some gouty patients, tophaceous i
nvasion of the spine may occur which can result in erosive lesions, and by their
physical presence cause painful reactions. 1220a The erosive and destructive le
sions may alter the mech anical supporting Structures of the spine. Gouty osteoph
y tosis in the thoracic spine tends to involve the right more than the left ; Nat
han and Schwartz ( 1962 )90' ascribed the almost invariable right-sidedness of t
horacic outgrowths in normal subjects to the effects of aortic pulsation dis cour
aging bone formation beneath it, and this also appears to influence the thoracic
spinal changes of gout. Advanced and marked spinal osteophytosis, exceeding the
normal spondylotic exostosis at joint margins, is de scribed as having a pronoun
ced relationship to gout and diabetes, these patients sharing similar constituti
onal features. In Tkach's review ( 1 970) 1220. of 1 00 subjects with gouty arth
ritis, more than 55 per cent, 32 women and 23 men, gave a history of significant
pain in the thoracic region in addition to pain in other vertebral regions, and
he men-
In spinal osteoporosis there is preservation of the vertical trabeculae of verte
bral bodies and a tendency to dis appearance of the more horizontal ones, and thi
s may be an explanation of healing microfractures observed in the vertical trabe
culae of osteoporotic lumbar vertebrae by Vernon-Roberts and Pirie ( 1973)."09 T
he authors deter mined a statistically significant correlation between the number
of trabecular lesions and age, and a direct rela tionship to the degree of osteo
porosis. Very few nodules of woven bone callus formation were found on horizonta
l trabeculae. The question of whether trabecular fractures can be a cause of bac
k pain is not yet determined, but the authors make the point that a structure wi
th cross-ties, i.e. hori zontal trabeculae, is more vulnerable to load if the cro
ss ties are removed. Thus the structure will buckle under one-quarter of the orig
inal load required, and for 'load' one might also read 'vertebral manipulation',
It is worth remembering that the most prominent mani festations of osteoporosis,
U'R9 in terms of vertebral collapse, are usually localised to the thoracic and
upper lumbar region with pain usually referred'" diffusely to the low back; ribs
are especially vulnerable to fractures.
Acute fixations of rib joints
(see p. 233) These occur commonly, most usually in the upper half of the thoraci
c region, and show all the usual character istics of synovial joint locking. 3 15
Articular discs or little 'menisci' of synovial tissue are found in these costa
l joints as in almost all other synovial articulations of the spinal column. ] 1
2 Schmorl and J unghanns ( 197 1 ) "'" mention that the probable incarceration o
f an articular villus or meniscus in vertebral synovial joints is common, and th
at there is no doubt that the causes for such disturbances are located in mobili
ty segments, the locking causing pain in capsules and ligaments, and painful ref
lex muscular tensions. The temporary and palpable fixation may also be due to ro
ughened articular surfaces. So far as the upper two ribs are concerned, fixation
in somewhat elevated positions may be due to spasm of sca-
1 38
lene muscles, secondary [0 an irritative lesion involving their segments of orig
in. Developmental spinal stenosis in the thoracic region (p. 16) appears to be u
ncommon. Acquired stenosis due to Paget's diseaseJ9 has been described, the tomo
graphic appearance showing a reduction in vertical height and an increase in the
anteroposterior diameter of the diseased bone. Osteitis deformans can occur in
any vertebra from the atlas to sacrum, the lumbosacral region being most fre quen
tly involved.
LUMBAR SPINE
Narrowing of disc space, spondylolisthesis (p. 143) and transitional vertebrae t
end to apply abnormal stresses to the posterior joint structures ;317 conversely
, dysplasia of lumbosacral facet structures, or gross degenerative change in fac
et-joints (Fig. 1 .25), can be the cause of spondylolis thesis.92 3 Degenerative
loss of normal resilient stiffness in low lumbar discs can usher in a group of c
hanges, of which facet-joint damage may be one, although arthrosis does not inev
itably follow spondylotic change. Arthrosis of posterior joints is common in the
mid and lower lumbar regions, and it is at the lumbosacral articulation that de
generative change of both synovial and vertebral body joints seem to occur most
often together. The lumbosacral segment is the lowest truly mobile one of the sp
ine, sustaining heavy forces and suffering great stress ; also, anomalies are fr
equent and these factors may tend to hasten degeneration (Figs 1 .27, 1 .28, 1 .
29). The incidence of arthrosis and spondylosis at one lumbar ver tebral segment
is age-related, with spondylotic and arthrotic change involving whole segments i
n about 60 per cent of subjects over 45.727 The degree of damage commonly sustai
ned by the articular processes and facet-joint surfaces is often severe; chip fr
actures, fissure fractures, facet overriding and mar ginal bony ridges produced b
y traumatic grinding of sur faces are not infrequent, and what appears clinically
as episodes of osteoarthrotic locking of lumbosacral facets can occur.W8 Yet th
e presence of macroscopic changes at autopsy may nOI be an index of the pain and
disability suffered by these subjects during life, and it is known that the cor
relation between radiographic'" and morphologi cal392 changes, and clinical featu
res, for example, tends to be imprecise. When severe structural changes are foun
d in the low lumbar discs of young persons, they may often be associated with co
rrespondingly severe change in the posterior synovial joints. Degenerative disc
changes may produce irregular movement and sometimes imtabilily,508 the facet-jo
int structures being buffeted and injured by the traumatic distortion and intens
ification of their normal movement stresses. Instability is sometimes a source o
f chronic symptoms, because of excessive movement at the hypermobile segment (se
e p. 143) and tends to involve the L4-5 segment. gamentous slrain l l80b will oc
cur as a consequence of Li segmental hypermobility, but is also often due to def
ective posture, increased lumbar lordosis being a common cause. This is often se
en in multiparous women and corpulent men. The added forward shearing stresses w
hen standing or walking tends to throw extra compression on the ver tebral arches
and facet-joint structures, and excessive
111 (Tietze's disease) IOl5,
Acute and chronic costochondrosis 1
Acute and chronic costochondrosis of the costal cartilages may simulate disease
of the thoracic viscera, or mimic the anterior reference of pain from vertebral
joint problems. The small, localised and painful swelling, of two or more costal
cartilages on one side, appear to have no relation to the vertebral joints. Spe
cimens obtained by excision or needle biopsies are usually unrevealing, but may
nevertheless represent a traumatic or low-grade in flammatory response at the cos
tochondral junctions. Their main importance lies in the recognition of their in n
ocence, although they are a frequent cause of anxiety to patients and can be sev
erely painful.
Slipping rib-tip
A slipping rib-tip may produce acute, localised pain at the costal margin, and i
s attributed to increased mobility of the cartilaginous tip of the 8th, 9th or 1
0th rib. '" The somewhat fragile anterior attachments, normally by loose fibrous
tissue, allow increased mobility, and moderate trauma to the infrasternal regio
n may force a cartilaginous tip upwards and inwards in close relationship to the
inter costal nerve. The nature of the condition lies in the fact that surgical e
xcision of the anterior 4 cm of rib completely relieves it.
Scapulocostal crepitus
Subscapular crepitus is not infrequent. Apparently harm less aggregations or stri
ngy thickenings of soft tissue can be palpated in many areas adjacent to the spi
nal column and iliac cres t ; it is reasonable that they might occur in the subs
capular soft tissues also, and be the more evident to patient and clinician in t
he bony compartment between ribs and shoulder blade. The 'roughening of the post
erior thoracic wall' may sometimes, on meticulous examination, be found to con si
st of a mild postural fixation of one to three ribs, forming a slight elevation
of their angles which disturbs the normal upper posterolateral thoracic contour.
The fault thus may lie at the costal joints.
PATHOLOGICAL CHANGES--COMBINED REGIONAL DEGENERATIVE stress on the ligaments in
the two forms of (a) nipping between bony apophyses (e.g. the interspinous ligam
ent), and (b) traction stress (e.g. the iliolumbar ligaments) '''' Q8 1 This lat
ter effect is increased if the inferior articular processes of the fifth lumbar
vertebra are poorly de veloped and do not form an efficient bony hook. Thus the c
ause of arthrosis and ligamentous stress here can be (a) segmental hypermobility
and instability alone, (b) lordotic postural stress alone, and (c) both. Increa
sed lordosis with disc collapse may lead eventually to the state of 'kissing spi
nes' (Baarstrup's syndrome}"q when bone to-bone compression of the spinous proces
ses occurs, and gives rise to an unpleasant localised pain occurring especi ally
on extension. Sclerosis of the adjacent bone surfaces of an adventi tious joint b
etween spinous processes is sometimes evi dent on X-ray. Ligamentous strain may a
lso possibly arise as a result of habitual postural slumping in young people, ye
t joint pain in juniors may not always have this attractively simple explanation
. Disc narrowing is not always accompanied by insta bility. On occasions the grad
ual loss of disc height is accompanied by slow concomitant shortening of colla ge
nous tissue in annulus fibrosus, interspinous ligaments and facet-joint capsules
; patients who tend to overprotect their backs for years on end may then suffer
a generalised ache from segmental stiffness as a consequence of adaptive shorte
ning.
Lumbar instability
IntervertebraJ instabiliry-a loosening of the mobility segment is the most common
f orm of insufficient performance in the mobile space between two ve'rtebrae. T
his applies from the ana torno-pathological standpoint as well as from the cl ini
cal one. 1
1 39
gas in the disc is very much exceeded by the incidence of abnormal motion of low
I umbar segments. Knunson ( 1 944)'68 states that the first radiological sign o
f disc disease is abnormal motion on flexion from the neutral position. He estab
lished the important signifi cance of this lumbar vertebral instability by the ro
utine use of lateral X-rays at the extremes of flexion and exten sion. Macnab ( 1
969)773 describes other abnormal move ments, and ascribes them to annular tears a
nd fracture of the hyaline cartilage plate. Hadley ( 1936)'" reported apophyseal
subluxation as a disturbance of lumbar segment mechanics. Morgan and King ( 1 9
57)'72 assert that 'primary' instability of lumbar vertebrae is the commoneSt ca
use of low back pain, and report the clinical and radiographic features of the c
ondi tion among a group of 500 consecutive cases of lumbo sacral pain. The inciden
ce of instability was 28.6 per cent ( 1 43 patients). The authors refer to the w
ork of many earlier writers who had repeatedly observed the coexist ence of lumba
r instability and the presence of concentric separations of the annular laminae,
together with radial tears of the annulus. 508. 182. )81. 752 Friberg ( 1 948)'
" examined 500 intervertebral discs, obtaining postmortem radiographs of full fl
exion and extension, and then cutting the discs horizontally. In all the spines
which showed radiographic evidence of insta bility, he found fairly widespread in
complete radial tears or crescentic fissures between the annular laminae. Only a
minority of patients with low back pain have a bony dis continuity, such as isth
mic (Group I I) spondylolysis or spondylolisthesis, which can be shown radiograp
hically. The abnormal motion, as a lumbar Iisthesis, was de scribed by J unghanns
( 1 9 30)'24 and labelled 'pseudo spondylolisthesis', since there is no neural a
rch defect. This degenerative spondylolisthesis occurs more fre quently in women
and involves the U-5 segment. Rosenberg's ( 1 975) 1 05' study of 20 skeletons a
nd 200 patients with Group I I I (degenerative) spondylolisthesis (Fig. 1 .25),
included descriptions of the markedly degenerated small joints in the anatomical
specimens. The slipped vertebra and subjacent vertebra always showed profound c
hanges in their articular processes. Rarely was there the remnant of an articula
r process, or evidence of residual subchondral cortex to delineate where an arti
cu lar process might have been. The 'articulation' was much broader than the area
originally covered by the articular process on each side, these having worn awa
y so that the 'joint' existing was formed by the front aspect of the remains of
L4 inferior articular processes, for example, abutting onto the entire posterior
surface of L5 superior process. In only one case was there a spontaneous fusion
of articular processes in the slipped position. Advanced degeneration of poster
ior joints often occurs without degenerative spondylolisthesis, but the latter c
an not occur without prior degenerative changes in the facet-
09 1
Knuttson ( 1 942)667 observed 'the vacuum phenom enon', radiotranslucent streaks
at the lumbosacral disc space, usually associated with marked narrowing of the d
isc, and more apparent on lateral films taken during extension, since widening o
f the space increases t.he radio translucent area. Both Knuttson and Gershon-Cohe
n ( 1 946)- attributed the change to degeneration of the nuclear pulposus. Marr
( l 953)'" found gas in the lumbar discs of 2.026 per cent of 24 1 9 radiographs
, most occur ring at the lumbosacral space and associated with loss of disc space
, marginal osteophytosis and eburnation of bony surfaces. Some do not accept the
presence of a radiotrans lucent space as indicative of instability, but do regar
d it as a stress phenomenon. Gas in the disc is occasionally seen in the lower c
ervical spine, and the same change has been observed in the symphysis pubis duri
ng and imme diately after pregnancy/ 1 5 when the pelvic articulations have been
loosened by hormonal changes. According to the literature, radiographic evidence
of the incidence of
140
joints ; occasionally slipping is detectable before facet joint changes can be de
monstrated radiographically. Whether the dominant cause of Group I I I spondyl ol
isthesis is disc degeneration or facet degeneration is uncertain. Rosenberg offe
rs the explanation that degenerative changes in the fourth and fifth lumbar arti
cular processes are due to the relative instability of the L4-5 segment compared
to the stability of the L5-S I interspace. Among the 200 patients, all body typ
es were represented but none predominated. Physical findings were unimpressive i
n the majority. The most constant physical finding was the ease with which these
patients could touch their toes without bending their knees or obliterating the
lumbar lordosis. In 90 per cent of cadavers over 40 years, Rissanen lOH noted t
hat the interspinous ligaments between L4 and L5 had degenerated or completely r
uptured. Because he con sidered an unstable spine to be onc of the commonest caus
es of an unsatisfactory result after operation for nuclear prolapse, Barr ( 1 9
5 1 ) 67 advocated spinal fusion as an additional procedure during these operati
ons. Morgan and King ( 1 957) 872 excluded the 'secondary' form (i.e. that deriv
ing from nuclear prolapse) of insta bility from their series of 143 patients, and
their observa tions concern only the one form of primary instability that occurs
in the absence of any other radiological abnor mality of the discs or vertebrae,
except anteroposterior sliding. Observing that nuclear prolapse into the neural
canal is an important cause of acute lumbosacral pain and scia tica, they assert
that lumbar instability, presumably caused by structural annular defects, appea
red to be the commoner and consequently more imporrant cause of a milder type of
lumbosacral pain and sciatic neuritis, and this accords with Farfan's observati
ons (p. 9 1 in Patho logy section) that: I . The loss of normal disc s tiff ess o
r [urgidiry aCrer n experimental roration strains is probably akin to the soft,
or loose, segment in the Jiving, and 2. abnormally increased motion at a joint i
s usually a sign of severe degeneration. Macnab ( 1 977)'80 describes some stage
s of this degenerative process, in that excessive degrees of exten sion and flexi
on are permitted and a certain amount of backward and forward gliding movement o
ccurs as well. Symptoms are produced by ligamentous strains, and pos terior joint
strains. A furrher stage is segmental hyper extension, when loss of elasticity i
n anterior annular fibres allows excessive approximation of posterior structures
, aggravated by a lax abdominal wall and/or a tight tensor fascia lata. On later
al films, the tip of the subjacent superior arricular process is seen to rise ab
ove the level of the lower margin of the vertebral body above, and this trespass
converts the normal ovoid outline of the inter vertebral foramen into a 'Iazy-S'
silhouette. He also
Fig. 6.6
THE ..... - _ :z..-- ' TRACTION ---SPUR' ---.S-----1 .
THE COMMON 'C LAW -- SPONDYLOPHYTE \ - -..... -
The 'traction spur' and the 'claw-type osteophyte' or spondylophyte. Macnab ( 1
977) regards the traction spur as radiological evidence of segmental instability
, and thc spondylophytc as cupping the disc. growing around it during the degene
rative process, but nOt associated with instability. Cyriax ( 1 969) views the l
atter osteophyte formation as a beneficial process, limiting mobility and thus h
indering further disc protrusion.
describes the traction spur77 (Fig. 6.6), a characteristic exostosis of the verre
bral body, projecting horizontally about 2 mm away from the discal border of the
vertebra. This is ascribed to an excessive strain applied to the outer most annu
lar fibres (sec p. 18), the small traction spur being clinically significant and
probably indicating current instability. The large traction spur probably indi c
ates that the segment has been unstable in the past but is now stable because of
fibrotic changes occurring within the disc. He gives the telltale radiographic
signs of degeneration in the stage of segmental instability as the Knuttson phen
omenon (sec above), abnormal movement and the traction spur. The presence of ost
eophytes or traction spurs need not necessarily signif an unstable joint (Farf y
an, 1 9 73). )10 Radiographic changes may at times help in assessment, and at t
imes confuse it (Figs 5.6, 6.6, 6.7). Mooney ( 1 977)"0 equates segmental lumbar
instability with facet arthropathy. Howes and IsdaJe ( 1 971 )'" reported a pro
spective study of 102 cases of backache with particular reference to the presenc
e of ligamentous laxity. Neurological signs were invariably absent, and of the 5
9 men and 43 women between 16 to 70 years, nearly all the men had varying featur
es of spondylosis or spondylitis, while only half of the 43 women could be diagn
osed as suffering from these conditions, the majority of the remainder exhibitin
g hypermobility. The alllhors suggest that the clinical/eawres o the loose-back
syndrome are an impOrlQm differential f diagnosis o backache in women. f Newman
( 1 952)920 described a distinct group of patients with backache from mechanical
causes, comprising 20 per cent of those seen in a year. The patient is more com
monly a female between ages I S and 35, and the onset is often
PATHOLOGICAL CHANGESOMBINED REGIONAL DEGENERATIVE associated with a fall or blow
on the back, a lifting strain, childbirth, violent activity or horseplay during
adoles cence. Many are young housewives, nurses or young men doing occasional or
unaccustomed heavy manual work. There is no evidence of neurological involvement
. The nature of the stress or violence, when of sufficient force, is to tear the
supraspinous and interspinous ligaments, the capsules of the posterior joints,
and occasionally the pos terior longitudinal ligament and posterior annulus. The
l igamentum flavum stretches but does not rupture. The affected spinal region is
often the junctional area where the mobile spine meets the relatively immobile
pelvis, and damage to or laxity of the supraspinous ligament may be evident by a
depression at the L4-5 or L5-S1 interspace, markedly contrasting with the resis
tance of an intact liga ment at adjacent and other levels. Lateral radiographic v
iews in extremes of flexion and extension may show mechanical instability, and o
n injection of a local anaes thetic there is first an increase of pain due to ten
sion, fol lowed by temporary relief of pain.
141
Bremmer ( 1 958)'" asserts that this type of case forms a fairly typical clinica
l group of large dimensions and in the early stages the condition is essentially
an instability with associated ligamentous strain. In some cases there seems to
be an insidious primary degeneration of the disc whereas in others a traumatic
incident may be the cause. In his series of 250 consecutive cases diagnosed (not
ide ally, he allows, because of the state of our ignorance) as 'lumbosacral stra
in', those presenting with nerveroot in volvement or generalised lumbar spondylos
is were excluded from the group; a distinguishing feature was the paucity of phy
sical signs. I t would have been of interest to know the palpation findings in e
ach of these patients. Armstrong ( 1 965)40 refers to the occasional rupture of
the interspinous ligaments which may be produced by sudden flexion injuries, wit
hout fracture or intervertebral disc injuries, and Dehner ( 1 9 7 1 )2" describe
s the serious injury to the spine which can be caused by an abrupt deceleration
crash, when the car occupants are wearing lap seat belts.I4 Severe flexion of the
torso can cause tear-
Fig. 6.7 Two examples of 'traction spurs' and 'claw spondylophytes' existing at
the same segment (viz. L2-L3 and L3-L4) in a 67-year-old man. For severe bilater
al limb pains on standing and walking, and severe leg restlessness at night, he
had received prolonged treatment for 'osteoarthrosis of knees and ankles'. On ca
reful clinical examination, both L3-L4 and L4-L5 were hypermobile; the L2-L3 seg
ment was much less mobile, despite the presence of a 'traction spur'. His clinic
al features of spinal stenosis cleared up almost entirely with a few treatments
of lumbar traction combined with abdominal strengthening exercises and a tempora
ry corset.
Fig. 6.8 This 72-year-old woman had severe burning pain at the low back and both
buttocks after being up for 2i hours in the morning. Whether her pains were due
to the lordosis as such, or the lumbosacral problem (so far as radiographic app
earance is concerned), or the group I I I spondylolisthesis at L4-L5, or her bon
y approximation at L3-L4 (Baarstrup's syndrome), is anybody's guess. Other than
diminished movement there were no significant signs, and little further informat
ion derived from palpation. She improved considerably on traction in a well-flex
ed position, bilateral hip and knee flexion exercises, and isometric abdominal e
xercises, although it is still not known precisely why .
1 42
Fig. 6.9 (A) The a-p view of low lumbar spine and pelvis shows the anomalous fac
et-plane at L4-L5 on the left, and radiographic evidence of arthrotic changes th
ere. (Sec Fig. 1.25)
:c' The lateral sca"dmg erect film reveals the effects of gravitational Mrcss at
the L4-L5 segment, i.e. a 1st degree group III (degenerative)
spondylolisthesis. Clinical features suggested that his left haunch and thigh pa
m were emanating more from an carly arthrosis of the left hip lomt, than from th
e changes at L4-L5, although there may have been a degree of rOOt irritation of
the articular nerves to the hip. There were no neuTological signs.
(8) The lateral I)'''IJ: view of lumbar spine reveals the low lumbar arthrotic c
hanges. and a degree of backward slip of L2 on L3. There is no change in relatio
nship between the vertebral bodies L4 and L5 .
PATHOLOGICAL CHANGES--COMBJNEO REGIONAL DEGENERATIVE ing of the posterior elemen
ts, with or without injuries to the vertebral bodies. Occasional non-union of ve
rtebral bodies, after fracture at the thoracolumbar junction, have been reported
, the unstable segment showing persisting mobility of about 20 on dynamic radiogr
aphy. I 06 J Leaving aside the more obvious causes of unstable segments in the l
ower half of the spine, i.e. some of those mentioned above, the spondylolysis wi
th or without spon dylolisthesis (see p. 145), Newman's'" observations are of spe
cial importance. He defines instability as a loss of integ rity of soft-tissue in
tersegmental control, causing poten tial weakness and liability to yield under st
ress. The most common level is the L4-5 segment. His general comments924 summari
se the present situation :
There are clinical syndromes associated with compression in juries and with encro
achment of tissue into the spinal or inter vertebral canals which are comparative
ly common and well recog nised. There are other syndromes which are probably more
common, but far less well understood, which are associated with tension strain
and breakdown of the extension mechanism both of the long lever and of the indiv
idual segments. The pain is often very persistent and the clinical signs, apart
from tenderness, non existent. There is a tendency to label the syndrome with a f
unctionaJ element. This is often a harmful step. psychologically.
143
with the concept of nuclear pulp slowly tracking through the breached annulus, o
r annular attachment, usually pos terolaterally or posteriorly, over some hours f
ollowing the injury. Ruptures may occur following mechanical stress as de scribed
, but spontaneous ruptures also occur, when there is no history of any precipita
ting event. There may not even be any gross breach of the annulus ; the semiflui
d material appearing at times to escape by dissecting its way through the annulu
s fibres.'" Radiographically demonstrated disc-bulging can com monly be present w
ithout manifesting its presence to the patient in the forms of signs and symptom
s. In a series of 300 healthy asymptomatic persons, 552 approximately one-third
were found to show myelographic evidence of trespass into the neural canal, in s
ome cases grossly so. Conversely, nerve root involvement, with neurological sign
s in the root distribution, may occur in the absence of observable mechanical in
terference (see p. 89). Fre quently the disc prolapse itself is but part of a fam
ily of changes at the segment (vide infra). 75C, 775, 508 The trespass may remai
n as a central, backward pro trusion, bulging and stretching the still intact pos
terior longitudinal ligament into the extradural space, and com pressing structur
es to a greater or lesser degree, but it fre quently extrudes (either initially o
r, more commonly, afterwards) in a posterolateral direction. Presumably the fact
or of internal radiating ruptures and concentric tears already present has a bea
ring on the direc tion of nucleus pulposus movement from patient to patient. The
extrusion often takes the form of a small nipple-like tumour pressing against th
e dura mater (to which it tends to adhere later when organisation and re active f
ibrosis occur), and tending to lie not only to one side of the mid-line, but oft
en a little above or below the central horizontal plane of the disc. The inciden
ce is very much greater at the lower two lumbar segments ; of2948 cases of disc
prolapse involving cord or nerve root compression at lower cervical, lower thora
cic and lumbar segments, the incidence585 in the lat ter was L I -2 segment (6),
L2-3 segment ( 1 4), L3-4 segment ( 1 35), L4-5 segment ( 1 667), L5 S 1 segment
( 1 098) ; thus indicating the frequency of low lumbar disc pathology giving ri
se to symptoms and severe enough to compress structures in the neural canal. Pro
lapse of nuclear pulp can presumably only occur in more or less undesiccated dis
cs, but there can occur shifts of generally desiccated and amorphous disc substa
nce in more mature people.
-
Durillg manipulacive creamlenc, wich or wichouc anaes thesia, the most common err
or is failure co recognise che hypermobile lumbar vertebral segment.279 Herbert
et al. ( 1 975)'" have observed that considerable amounts of new collagen are sy
nthesised in discs next above those most involved in degenerative change, and it
may be that this is some form of compensation for a degree of loss of function
in the lower disc. Sp(JlIdylocic degenerative change in the intervertebral bod y
joints, with some of its consequences, has been described in general terms (p.
88), and it remains to describe some salient characteristics of this process in
the lumbar disc. A common injury occurring as a consequence of a sudden cough wh
ile bending, or a flexion-rotation strain, or extending the spine from a flexed
and rotated position, appears to be that of an immediate strain, possibly a tear
of the annular fibres or of the annular attachment to the hyaline cartilaginous
plate of the vertebral body (see p. 256) . Depending upon the extent and depth
of the traumatic tear, and the presence and degree of radiating internal fissure
s already present as part of the degenerative pro cess, the injury may remain as
a peripheral and partial breach of annulus attachments or may be accompanied by
rupture of the posterior longitudinal ligament and associ ated annulus, with a ma
ssive extrusion posteriorly of nucleus pulposus. Alternatively, the clinical cou
rse of events may accord
an
)( _ 3 v..
-4-0
2
11
4 5
3
6 7 B 9
1 11 12 -1-2-
-3-
c
Fig. 8.S Patient R.S. (A) Extension (see text). (a) Flexion. CO-Cl and CI-Cl seg
ments are stiff. C6-C7 is hypcrmobile.
(c) August 21. Palpation findings. The point on the range of accessory
intervertebral movement at which the findings were encountered is not depicted (
see text).
(D) Extension. (E) Flexion. CO-Cl and CI-C2 segments are less stiff. C6-C7 is st
ill
hypcrmobile.
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION
211
Von Torklus (1972)1274 observes that it is likely that some cases of chronic atl
antoaxial derangement may have their origin in an early rheumatoid arthritis. Gr
isel ( 1930)'" described the same clinical presentation in children and adolesce
nts with upper respira{Qcy tract infection, e.g. tonsillitis and other pharyngea
l infections, which appear to produce the same inflammatory attenua tion of the c
raniovertebral ligaments. Just a century before, Bell ( 1 830)80 described C I-C
2 subluxation as a complication of throat infection. Acute wry-neck occurs and i
s accompanied by the same atlantoaxial dislocation. In every one of a group of t
hese cases, Gutma"n (1970)'" radiographically found an insufficiency of the tran
sverse ligament of atlas, so that in flexion (e.g. bending over school books, re
ading and writing) the odontoid pro cess does not Stay in close contact with the
anterior arch of atlas, but on the contrary, the arch moves forward and the odon
toid moves backward. This movement abnor mality always occurred together with a b
locking of the occipitoatlantal joint in the frontal or transverse plane. The li
gamentous insufficiency is temporary, and is apparently a sequel to the pharynge
al inflammation, a much increased retropharyngeal space shadow being
apparent on lateral fil ms, e.g. enlarged from a normal 67 mm to over 20 mm. The
articular signs and abnormal radiographic appear ances settle with support and a
ppropriate medical treatment. Movement-techniques are contraindicated, and there
fore acute torticollis in j un iors requires careful investigation before it is
regarded simply as a transient and innocent joint derangement. THE ADULT 'RHEUMA
TOID NECK' Involvement of the cervical spine is common in rheuma tOid arthritis,
and occurs in some 40 per cent of cases, 1 l 1 l although only a smaller proport
ion show serious inst ability of the craniovertebral joints ; this appears more o
ften in patients with sero-positive disease, a chronically raised ESR, nodular i
nvolvement and a history of medica tion with steroids. The incidence of atlantoax
ial subluxation in rheuma toid patients has been reported as around 25 per cent,1
911, 11111 taking as the positive sign an anterior odontoid/atlas separation of
more than 3 mm on lateral films of cervical flexion. Rana el at. (1973) 1012 stu
died 41 rheumatoid
212
and symptoms; 110 a gratifying recession of abnormal signs often occurs when th
e neck is supported in a firm and com forlable polYlhene collar, and rhere is a g
ood case for con servative treatment in these patients. Surgery is indicated when
rhe neurological signs are progressive. 1012 Swinson, et al. (1972)1201 describ
ed rhree cases of verli cal subluxalion of rhe axis, all of whom had advanced rhe
umatoid disease with destructive peripheral arthritis. Two of the patients were
managed conservatively, and the third improved after foramen magnum decompressio
n and immobilisation in a rigid collar. The authors observe that serious neurolo
gical changes do not necessarily occur even with extreme degrees of vertical tra
nslocation. Physical Irealmenl by movemenI has no place in rhe management of the
rheumatoid cervical spine, unless the possibility of precarious joinl slabiliry
has been radiologic ally excluded, and even rhen rhe neck should be handled prud
ently, and the responses to cautious early treatment carefully monitored. ROTATO
RY FIXATION OF THE ATLANTO AXIAL JOINT The term 'rotatory fixation' is employed b
ecause the out Slanding radiological fealure is Ihal of fixalion of rhe atlas on
the axis in a relationship normally attained to a greater or lesser degree durin
g rotation.Il46 The axis itself is rotaled, as evidenced by the offsel of rhe sp
inous proeess. COUIlS (1934)20' has described rhe condilion as 'fixalion in a po
sition possible to a normal neck', and it is probably correct to avoid indiscrim
inate use of the term 'subluxa tion', which implies partial derangement; this is
not always present. When present, 'subluxation' is justified. Fielding and Hawki
ns (1977)"" observe Ihal rOlalory deformilies ofrhe atlanloaxial joinr are usual
ly shorl-lived and easily correclable, and rhal only rarely do rhey persisl caus
ing a torticollis which is resistant to treatment. The authors were describing t
heir findings in seventeen palienlS wirh irreducible atlanloaxial subluxalion (f
ixa lion), who were aged 7 1068 years, wirh an average of 20.6 years. Thirreen of
the palienls were Irealed by atlanroaxial arthrodesis. Experienced manual thera
pists who for many years have routinely employed careful segmental palpation, as
part of the comprehensive examination of the craniover tebral region in patients
for whom surgery is not indicated, would probably agree Ihal rhe incidence of m
ild and per sisting rotatory atlantoaxial fixation is very much higher than suppo
sed, being revealed by this examination merhod in a fair proporrion of adull pal
ienlS wirh symp loms aboul the neck and cranium and signs of a degree of rOlalory
limilalion. The grealer majoriry of rhis group present with a normal posture on
cursory inspection; their symptoms, and restricted motion, can very often be
patients with atlantoaxial suhluxation--40 were seroposi tive, and the mean durat
ion of rheumatoid arthritis, at the lime of diagnosis of subluxalion, was 16 yea
rs (range 439 years); 36 of the patienrs were taking corticosleroids. Ball and S
harp (1971)" described rhe morbid anatomy of the condition; weakening of the tra
nsverse ligament allows the subluxation, and this is accompanied by undue loadin
g of orher joints and ligamenrs of Ihe occipitoatlan toaxial complex. The transve
rse ligament may be alrophied or completely destroyed by rheumatoid granu lation
tissue, but may remain surprisingly healthy in a few cases of severe subluxation
; the posterior aspect of the odontoid may be eroded by granulation tissue betwe
en it and the transverse ligament. In a funher sludy by Rana, ec al. (1973)101)
8 of Ihe 41 patienls (vide supra) were observed 10have rhe lip of Ihe dens displ
aced upwards above McGregor's baseline (a plane between rhe upper poslerior edge
of hard palale 10 rhe mOSI caudal poinr of oeciput) by 10 mm or more, i.e. more
rhan Iwice rhe normal of 4.S mm. This upward Iransloealion of the odonroid is a
norher fealure of upper cervical invovement in which a mixture of erosion, scler
osis and osteoporosis of bony elements accompanies the soft tissue changes. Diso
rganisation of cervical joints is not confined to the upper neck; for example, W
haley and Dick (1968)'104 reponed falal disloealion of C4 on CS in a woman of 62
wilh a IS-year hislory of rheumaloid arrhrilis. The clinical features do nOI ap
pear 10 be relaled on a one-Io-one basis wirh pathological changes. Mosl palienr
s report pain in the upper cervical and/or suboccupital areas, spreading to mast
oid, temporal or frontal areas. The pre sence of pain does nOI necessarily imply
any abnormalily of the central nervous system, and patients without head and nec
k pain may present with abnormal neurological signs. Neurological signs may be a
sequel of occlusion of ver tebral arteries, intrinsic vascular disease, compress
ive lesions by rheumatoid inflammatory tissue or a combina lion of these. Clinica
l fealures may include Irigeminal nerve involvement as facial sensory loss and a
transiently depressed corneal reflex; vertigo on head extension, paraesthesiae
of hands and/or legs, Iransient heaviness and uselessness of upper limbs, diffic
ulties in walking, urgency of micturition and transient loss of consciousness ma
y occur. Upward transloealion of Ihe odonloid in rhe eighl patients mentioned ab
ove was unaccompanied by neuro logical signs in two of them, but in the remaining
six con siderable neurological involvemenl included hyperalgesia or sensory loss
in the trigeminal distribution, patchy sen sory loss in upper and lower limbs an
d Irunk, upper and/ or lower limb spasticity, limb weakness, clonus and extensor
plantar responses. The degree of derangemenl is nol relaled 10 Ihe signs
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION considerably improved without recourse
to vigorous techniques or extreme head/neck positions during treatmenL It is imp
ortant to bear in mind that full-range cervical rotation is not without the poss
ibilities of serious damage and sometimes catastrophe. COU((S208 observed that w
hen the transverse l igament is intact, complete bilateral dis location of the at
lantoaxial articular processes can occur at about 65 degrees of rotation at that
segment, and where there is a transverse ligament deficiency allowing some 5 mm
of anterior displacement of atlas, complete uni lateral dislocation can occur at
45 degrees of rotation. Excessive rotation, combined with anterior shift of the
atlas, can severely compromise the vertebral arteries, and brain-stem and cereb
ellar infarction have occurred due to excessive head rotation. 'The importance o
f recognising atlantoaxial rotatory deformity lies in the fact that it may indic
ate a com promised atlantoaxial complex with the potential to cause neural damage
or even death. 'JS4b The patient may present : (I) with normal symmetry of head
and neck, or (2) with the head tilted to one side and rotated to the other, i.e
. the 'cock-robin' deformity. 1. With head and neck in normal posture the clinic
al features may be: a. Positionalfixatiotl o C2 ill rotalion without X-ray evi f
dence o arthrosis, in which case it may be simply a f functional block and fairl
y easily dealt with, or it may be part of a recent traumatic block of the occipi
toatlantal joint following mild injury, in which case release of the cranioverte
bral block will frequently also release the atlantoaxial fixation. Many patients
give no history of trauma. b. Positional fixation o some years' standing, in wh
ich f case there has been adaptive shortening of ligaments and therefore strain
on adjacent joints. There may be no arthrotic changes visible on X-ray, but this
does not pre clude the presence of chronic soft-tissue changes, or the likelihoo
d of untreated but resolved ligamentous tearing or attenuation by trauma, or of
a block following an unguarded movement, in times past. I t is not possible, rad
iologically, to differentiate between spontaneous and traumatic rotation-fixatio
n, 1274 or between recent changes and those of some years' standing, without tak
ing account of both history and clinical findings. The characteristic 'end-feel'
of a firm and virtually painless resistance, l i miting one or other movement o
n ex amination with over-pressure favours an established fixa tion. (Tests should
be more cautious if there is a history of recent trauma or spontaneous locking d
uring an un guarded movement; the patient presents with tilt and rota tion of the
head and is unable to correct it.) c. Positional fixation with X-ray evidence o
arthrolic f changes. It is important to remember that patients with
213
clear X-ray evidence of rotational fixation (i.e. the spinous process shadow ofC
2 being offset to one side, on AP open mouth views) may present with the clinical
features of spondylotic changes lower in the spine, and with no symp toms referr
able to the upper neck, adaption to the asym metry presumably having occurred yea
rs before. A good clue, that head and upper cervical symptoms may be associated
with radiographic appearances, is that rotation is limited to the same side as t
he C2 spinous process offset from the mid-line. 2. Those few patients who presen
t with a postural tilt to one side and rotation to the other have a diminished r
ange of movement, in that they cannot overcorrect either the s ide-flexion or ro
tatory component of the deformity, although they may be able to actively adopt t
he neutral posture for a short period. Typically, the s ide-flexion is held at s
ome 10 to 20 degrees, as is the rotation, and exten sion is also limited. The ste
rnomastoid muscle on the side opposite to the tilt is often in some spasm, as if
trying to correct it. If the abnormal position persists and spontaneous re ducti
on is not possible, soft-tissue contracture develops and causes fixation. Some w
ill have facial asymmetry, in the form of unilateral flattening. When there is a
ssociated anterior displacement of the atlas on the axis, there may be a compens
atory 'swan-neck' deformity of the lower cervical spine. Aetiology Inco-ordinate
d movement while stirring in sleep, during functional activities while working i
n confined spaces and during athletics, may lead to spontaneous blocking, even i
n childhood. 1 274 It is a condition of its own, apart from spondylosis. When pa
tients present with normal head and neck posture but X-ray evidence of segmental
rotatory fixation the genesis of the condition may probably lie in the physiolo
gical necessity to normalise the head position, and thus the visual and equil ib
ratory apparatus, in correct orientation to the verticals and horizontals of one
's en vironment. The intrinsic lesion (traumatic or functional block or fixation)
probably affects the CO-C I (see p. 206) or C I-C2 segment rather than C2-C3, a
nd a consequence of this is a tendency for head orientation to be disturbed, in
that rotation of the skull and CI together might be in duced. Reflexly, this abno
rmal tendency is negated by normalisation of the head and atlas, provided ligame
ntous integrity allows it, thereby inducing C2 perforce to become rotated beneat
h the atlas. Thus the C2-C3 segment is also strained as a consequence. The onset
o the 'cock-robin' deformity may be spon f taneous, particularly in children, or
may be associated with an upper respiratory tract infection (Grizel's syn drome"
').
214
and from acute torticollis, which is usually a lesion of the C2-C3 segment (see
p. 216). Wortzman and Dewar (1968)1'16 infiltrated, with local anaesthetic, the
lateral atlantoaxial joints under fluoro scopic control in four patients, comple
tely but temporarily relieving discomfort and movement-limitation. Films taken a
fter infiltration showed a persistent rotational deformity. Two cases of acute t
orticollis received the same injection, with no relief of symptoms or movement re
striction. The hypothesis oj JUllctiollal block in some cases is of interest in
the light of observations of the above authors:
. . . rotational adanto-axial fixation is due to damage of an un known nature at
the atlanto-axial joint itself. The lesion cannot be reproduced by the sectionin
g of alar and/or transverse liga ments. The relief of pain and freedom of movemen
t following in jection of local anaesthetic into the joint itself also indicates
that one is dealing with disease localised to this joint ... still un explained i
s the cause of the fixation.
The cause may also be minor or major trauma, usually to the head, and occasional
ly the onset may date from surgical procedures to the mouth or pharynx. A typica
l case"" emphasises the delay in diagnosis:
. . . A 7-year-old girl who began to have torticollis two weeks following an ear
infection. Traction, physiotherapy. a Minerva jacket. neck manipulation, a halo
cast, and finally a Milwaukee brace had failed to correct the deformity. She ha
d been seen by many doctors, including a psychiatrist, and all the while she had
an unrecognised atlantoaxial rotatory fixation. Cineroentgenography 25 months a
fter onset confirmed the diag nosis, and after partial reduction by skull tractio
n atlantoaxial arthrodesis was performed because of the lesions' resistance to r
eduction.
Rotational fixation may be the consequence of an in flammatory juniors, but in th
ese cases there is often an accompanying increase of the atlantodens distance du
ring flexion.1214 It is important to remember that torticollis may be con genital
and caused by bony anomalies-the skeletal wry neck-and in 40 per cent of these c
ases there is a history of breech presentation; almost 70 per cent show basilar
impression.154c Congenital torticollis is not considered here.
Clinical features Fielding and Hawkins15<lb mention that an important find ing wh
ich differentiates spasmodic torticollis (wry-neck) from atlantoaxial rotatory f
ixation is that in the former a shortened sternomastoid is the deforming force a
nd is in spasm, whereas in the latter the elongated sternomastoid is in spasm. S
ome patients give a history of recent minor trauma to the head, others report an
unguarded movement. When trauma to the head and/or neck has been in any way sev
ere, the probability of tearing of atlantoaxial liga ments is present (see above)
and handling should be prudent. Not all patients hold the head in the neutral p
osi tion, and some may present with painful and restricted rotation to the side o
f the head tilt. This latter group require much care in handling. Symptoms are v
ariable, but usually include occipital and hemicranial pain, face pain and parae
sthesiae some times, and a feeling of restriction of the upper neck. Head ache may
be diffuse and not unilateral. N.B. 'Persistent asymmetry of the odontoid, in i
ts rela tion to the articular masses of the atlas on open-mouth AP views, with th
is asymmetry not being correctable by rotation, forms the basic radiological cri
teria for diagnosis.'1841 Surprisingly, this appearance may persist after symp to
ms have been cleared, and the signs have regressed, at least on examination of g
ross movements. This distin guishes the condition from fixation due to muscle spa
sm,
Fielding and Reddy (1969)'" ascribe the condition to loss of ligamentous integri
ty, but mention that the mechanism of rotatory locking is poorly understood; the
y describe the case of a 65-year-old woman who awoke, yawned and twisted her nec
k, with immediate sharp pain. Her head remained rotated left and tilted right, w
hich she could not correct. After 10 days of cervical traction she turned her he
ad to the left, increasing the deformity, and died. Necropsy revealed that the a
das was displaced for ward and rotated across the canal of the axis, damaging the
cord. A total of II fatal instances of rotatory adantoaxial deformity have been
described from 1908. These findings indicate the prime need for awareness of th
e possible mechanisms underlying postural asym metry of head and neck and radiogr
aphic evidence of rota tory fixation. Diagnostic mistakes are possible if the hea
d is not in the mid-line on AP films, or if there are pre-existing ano malies (or
asymmetries, vide supra) of auas, axis or occipi tal condyles. Similarly, their
presence may predispose the patient to rotation-fixation on trauma or functional
stress.12N In summary, when the head is normalised, it may be a functional bloc
k. When the head is not normalised the condition may be more serious and testing
movements are best conducted with care; physical treatment, if indicated, shoul
d in the early stages be restricted to gentle traction and support. Fielding el
al. (1978)"" suggest that manipulation of these fixed deformities is unwise, bec
ause of the inherent dangers. The authors probably refer to hazardous gross move
ments of the head and neck. It is a mistake to assume that acute and transient t
or ticollis in children is necessarily due to the common
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION C2-C3 segment derangement which occurs
in adults. 'Atlantoaxial rotatory displacement is a common cause of (onicollis i
n childhood, and almost all patients recover spontaneously from the condition ev
en without treat ment'. (Fielding et al., 1976.)'" 'Persisting torticollis in you
ng patients, particularly after trauma or an upper respiratory tract infection,
suggests a diagnosis of atlantoaxial rotatory fixation.' H4b
215
ARTHROSIS OF UPPER CERVICAL SEGMENTS
Hadley (1936)479 and Wright (1944)''''' have provided an analysis of the aetiolo
gy of facet-arthrosis (see also p. 125). The segments afected f (median atlantoa
xial), occipitoatlantal and atlantoaxial joints and the C2-C3 (Fig. 2.5) and C3-
C4 segments or any combination of these (Figs 1.5, 4.2, 5.3, 5.5). In a table of
segmental incidence of upper cervical arthrosis, unilateral involvement of a C2
-C3 facet-joint would perhaps be highest together with the median atlan toaxial j
oint,and frequently the only radiographic change easily evident is that of C2-C3
arthrosis; U42 atlantoden tal arthrosis is sometimes seen,albeit less easy to vi
sualise on X_rays. 1274 Like arthrotic changes in the hip-joint, painful symp tom
s and manifest signs may be present years before x ray evidence of degenerative c
hange becomes apparent. Bearing in mind that vertebrobasilar ischaemia may arise
from spondylotic interference with vessels in the mid- and lower cervical spine
, upper cervical symptoms are possibly due more to arthrotic changes of synovial
jointS than to spondylosis of C2 to C4 vertebral body joints, and a common patt
ern is as follows: patients are usually adult, mature or middle-aged, and apart
from a slight general lowering forward of the head in more mature patients, and
the beginnings of a dowager's hump, there is usually no lateral or rotation asym
metry of head and neck alignment. Symptoms have often been present for months or
years, steadily becoming chronic. Some patients, frequently women, have accepte
d their 'migraine' as one of the facts of life; they present with neck pain and
are mildly surprised when examination seeks a possible link between the two. Oft
en past or more recent trauma is recalled but Sometimes there is no recent histo
ry of injury, although after the first treatment session it is com mon for people
to have been reminded by near relatives of recent traumatic stress they had for
gotten. Headache is a very common symptom; it often spreads to fore head and eyes
, and is accompanied by feelings of retro orbital pressure. It is nagging and wea
ring in character, often present on rising, and may worsen as the day goes on, d
epending on activity. Working with the head bent
forward often aggravates headache. When bilateral it may be worse on one side; h
eadache which is solely occipital usually accompanies occipitoatlantal joint pro
blems. Head extension commonly provokes or increases the headache, and often pro
vokes dizziness; the upper neck pain may be aggravated by extension and, in unil
ateral pain, by side-flexion or rotation to the painless side. Bilateral pain is
usually worsened by all neck movements but not symmetrically so. The postural s
pasm of neck muscles may disappear on lying down. Some will appreciate that thei
r so-called 'migraine' (but not the concomitant symptoms) is coming from the upp
er neck (see p. 218). On palpation the suboccipital soft tissues are unduly tend
er and frequently thickened,and chondro osteophytes at facet-joint margins are pa
lpable in some. The patient is frequently worried about the nuchal crepitus, and
may need reassuring that it is harmless. Headache is accompanied by one or more
of a host of concomitant symptoms and signs: Vertigo (dysequilibrium or instabi
lity) Momentary vagueness, more rarely 'drop' attacks Nausea, and sometimes vomi
ting Dysphagia Dysphonia Foggy or blurred vision Retro-orbital pressure Depressi
on or other psychic distress (cf. weeping fits) Suboccipital and nuchal crepitus
Vasomotor and sudomotor changes Constriction of pupil The frequency with which
dysphonia and dysphagia accompany joint problems at the C3 segment may be more t
han coincidence. Symptoms may have a bizarre quality,such as 'my eye balls are ti
ngling', or 'I feel as if I am wearing a helmet of hedache'. The production of si
gns and symptoms has been in vestigated,among many others,by Campbell and Parsons
(1944)156 who injected capsular, fascial and muscular structures with irritant
solutions, and scratched with a fine needle the periosteum of upper cervical ver
tebrae and the periarticular structures of 40 subjects, half of whom were hospit
al staff and half were patients suffering head pain. The cranial and facial symp
toms provoked in normal subjects resembled the symptomatic pain of clinical case
s very accurately. Pain was predominantly frontal and periorbital from the occip
ital condyle and basiocciput region,together with forehead reference. Pain from
irrita tion of cervical interspinous connective tissue between C2 and C5 was refe
rred to occipital and upper cervical areas, and occasionally to frontal regions.
Cmrcomicanc signs and symptoms were provoked by stimulation of basal,suboccipit
al and interspinous tissues,
216
accompanying severe symptoms from vertebral facet joints. Wing and Hargrave-Wils
on ( 1 974)'3) suggest that the association of upper cervical joint strain with g
iddiness has been neglected. The combination of abnormal electronys tagmographic
recordings with neck movement, together with normal routine audiological and ves
tibular findings, is specifically diagnostic of true cervical vertigo. They de sc
ribed the clinical, audiological, vestibular and radio graphic findings in 80 pat
ients with cervical vertigo, also reporting electronystagmographic findings both
before and after manipulation of the cervical and upper thoracic spine. Electro
nystagmography after manipulation recorded significant improvement in 73 per cen
t of the patients; S3 per cent were completely relieved to the stage where medi c
ation was not required and they returned to normal activities. Pains and other s
ymptoms of obscure origin have been grouped together as Costen's syndrome,.f95 i
.e. Neuralgia of the second or third divisions of the V nerve Pain in and around
the ears Stuffy sensation in the ears Pain up the back of the head and down the
side of the neck Headaches Sinus pains Impaired hearing Tinnitus Altered sensat
ion in the tongue and throat. These are usually included in consideration of tem
peromandibular joint problems; experienced manual therapists are aware that some
of these patients can be completely or considerably relieved of some of the com
pOnents of their distress by localised mobilisation of the upper cervical segmen
ts, when there is little or no clin ically detectable change in temperomandibular
joint function. ACUTE TORTICOLLIS OR WRY-NECK A segment berween C2 and C7, " '"
16' more usually C23 , is the site of a usually transient but acutely painful u
ni lateral joint condition, often manifest on rising in the morning and character
ised by an antalgic posture of slight flexion and side-flexion away from the pai
nful side. The varieties of combined movement in normal cervical and upper thora
cic spines (p. 47), differences in the tolerance to pain, variations of body typ
e and muscu lature, normal mobility existing and the level of the lesion are prob
ably some of the factors deciding (i) which antalgic neck posture will be assume
d, and (ii) its degree of fixity by postural spasm of muscle. Further, we suspec
t but do not know precisely what the
and included giddiness, listing, pallor, sweating, pulse alterations, nausea, pt
osis and occasionally tinnitus. There was a marked resemblance berween these eff
ects and the clinical features of the 'post-traumatic head' syndrome, and also a
strong resemblance to non-traumatic neuralgias and myalgias of the occipjto-cer
vical-facial regions (see pp. 1 8 1 - 1 84). The authors mention the tendencies
to which these patients may be prone, observing that,
Morphological, physiological and psychological stresses form a field of reciproc
al relations . . . feelings of inadequacy and in ability to cope with life in ter
ms of previous capacities, altered social relationships in familial and occupati
onal fields . . . pro longed ill-health which often has too few objective signs t
o make it legitimate in the eyes of others . . . problems of compensation. (See
p. 183.)2O'J . 2115. 2116
Objective evidence of covert but important physiologi cal and pathological change
s is no longer lacking. 1242, 1224, 260 Electronystagmography and cupulometry st
udies have established a physical basis for the bizarre and distressing symptoms
reported by patients.20 The spinal tract of the 5th cranial nerve (p. 1 1 ) and
the morphology of the bulbothalamic pathways (p. 1 65) are of importance when a
ssessing the production of these clinical states. Patients often report that nas
al breathing is freer, and their 'sinusitis' is better, after localised atten tio
n to upper cervical joint problems. It is sometimes for gotten that the trigemina
l nerve innervates the mucous membranes of the nasal and oral cavities and the m
axillary and frontal sinuses. n o Another important feature is the profuse inter
connec tions between somatic cervical nerve roots, the 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 1 1 t
h and 1 2th cranial nerves and the superior cervical sympathetic ganglion.156, 1
1 05 . (Possible mechan isms of symptom production are tabulated on p. 183.) The
justification for assembling these clinical features under arthrosis lies in th
eir very frequent occurrence when the upper rwo segments with their purely synov
ial joints are the ones mainly involved, although spondylotic changes berween se
gments C2 and C7 can and do produce occipital headache, for example.285 Patients
with advanced degenerative change of lower cervical interbody joints (spondylos
is) often present with the clinical features of upper cervical facet-arthrosis,
and following localised treatment to the upper segments are sign and symptom fre
e, i.e. the spondylotic lower segments are plainly having no current part in pro
duction of symptoms reported; yet the f\U1ctional interdepen dence of the spine s
hould not be forgotten (see p. 38). If one accepts the general proposition that
joints never forgive and never forget a traumatic insult, it follows that, in up
per cervical arthrosis, the previous history may well include episodes outlined
on pages 206 and 2 1 2; further, there need not be any detectable radiographic c
hanges
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION lesion is, and the abnormality may not
be the same from patient to patient. Full elevation of the painful-side arm may
be neither possible nor pain-free. Movements towards the side of pain are very r
estricted or impossible, as is full extension, and attempts provoke a severe jab
of pain ; early in the day the provoked pain can usually be localised 10 the up
per neck on the convex side of the deformity, but as the day wears on a generali
sed ache is superimposed upon the local pain and unguarded movements will elicit
jabs of pain spreading to the upper trapezius and shoulder area. The patient is
then less able to accurately localise its source; Spisak (1972) " 62 reported a
group of 103 patients among which 80 per cent were unable to localise the pain.
In his series the O1lSet was variable, 3 per cent reporting mild trauma to the
head, 8 per cent reporting the onset of pain on head rotation, 31 per cent on wa
king in the morning and 23 per cent describing pain coming on over 1-2 hours wit
hout apparent cause. Others mentioned irri tation by cold Csleeping in a draught'
, 'had the window open'). The condition occurs more frequently in children and y
oung adults. Some subjects seem surprisingly active dur ing sleep, e.g. powerful
tooth-grinding (bruxism), fist clenching and back-scratching; the neck may be pow
er fully twisted during sleep. Conversely, during heavy sleep one aspect of the n
eck may suffer the prolonged stretching of a strained posture which would be int
olerable for more than 15-20 minutes if the subject were awake. Possible mechani
sms are: 1. The prolonged stretch, probably in the posture of the fixed tendency
, induces slight oedema which congests and thickens a meniscoid synovial villus
(see p. 5), in ducing it to remain as an impacted synovial inclusion on subsequen
t change of neck posture during the night. 2 The prolonged stretch initiates oed
emalOus thicken ing of the particularly tight joint structures of the C2-3 segmen
t, with periarticular congestion and consequently a localised irritability, but
with no inclusion. 3. The slow shift of cervical disc substance during a straine
d posture during sleep. The high frequency of C2-C3 involvement may be associate
d with the unique anatomical and functional position of that segment. It is the
first mobility-segment with a disc, the upper component functionally belonging t
o the craniovertebral complex and the lower component forming the first typicall
y cervical vertebral joint; it is thus a transitional region. Colachis and Stroh
m (1966)'" demonstrated its unique ness in that traction produces here the least
separation of all the typical cervical segments, and Spisak mentions that its li
gaments are stronger than in the other typical segments. Most cases respond to l
ocalised mobilisation and sup port by a significant lessening ofpain within 24 ho
urs, many
217
clear up spontaneously with a comfortable support in a few days; some may not be
clear of pain for 10 days or more. Probably it is wise to avoid the immediate u
se of Grade V thrust techniques of manipulation in these cases unless the sympto
ms are minor, the therapist can have confidence that they are innocuous and the
responsible segment has been localised. A frequent clinical presentation of this
syndrome is that of a roughly similar neck deformity occurring together with tw
o broad types of pain behaviour, and a further dif ference between the two so far
as history and the indicated treatment are concerned. Deformity Patients tend t
o hold the neck slightly side-flexed rotated away from the side of pain, and a l
ittle flexed. Movements which increase the deformity are much easier than those
which correct it, and in type ii below, the flexion component may be somewhat gr
eater. Onset T ype i is sudden and associated with a particular move ment. The ab
normal neck posture is necessarily imposed, by pain, from that instant. The onse
t may be on waking, during the night or at any time during the day. T ype ii. A
common pattern is that the patient retires normally at night and wakes with a st
iff and painful neck. Pain T ype i. This is unilaterally localised to the pillar
of the neck, and commonly does not spread to the yoke area, the scapula, should
er or arm. Attempts to correct the deformity are accompanied by sharp jabs of pa
in localised to the neck. Type ii. The pain tends to occupy one side of the base
of the neck, and spreads unilaterally to the yoke area and the middle region of
the scapula, and spreads down the outer or posterior arm, sometimes as far as t
he elbow. Careful and considerate attempts to correct the deformity meet with a
very painful resistance which has the firm, springy quality of a cartilage injur
y at the knee. The pro voked pain may spread distally. Regarding the probable nat
ure of the underlying joint de rangement, it seems reasonable to speculate that t
he type j condition might be due to impaction of a synovial villus (meniscoid st
ructure) between the surfaces of a cervical facet-joint, and that type ii may be
a result of the slow shift of cervical disc substance. The best distinction lie
s in the circumstance that type i is, as a rule, easily relieved in a single tre
atment by loca lised mobilisation or manipulation, whereas type ii can often be b
adly provoked by these techniques, and requires instead sustained traction in fl
exion, and/or rotational dis traction manceuvres which also need to be sustained;
it
218
arterial dilatation occurs in the painful phase but causes no permanen t change
in the vessels (see p. 182). 1. Classical migraine-vascular headache with trans
ient visual and other prodroma (see p. 181). 2. Common migraine-vascular headach
e without focal aura and less often unilateral ; frequently termed a 'sick heada
che', 'atypical migraine', 'premenstrual head ache', etc. 3. Cluster headache-a t
ype of migraine occurring in cyclic groupings of headache which last 3O-{jO minu
tes each, perhaps three or four times a day, and then dis appear for a period of
weeks, months or years before the next 'cluster' begins. 4. Hemiplegic migraine
and ophthalmoplegic migraine, in which sensory and motor phenomena persist durin
g and after the headache. I I I 5 . Lower face headache-occurring typically i n
the region implied, possibly of vascular origin and includ ing atypical facial ne
uralgia, etc.
will also take longer to relieve, particularly if the flexion deformity is marke
d. A handful of cases presenting in this way may defy the most careful attempts
with heat, support and gentle mobi lisation to alleviate the pain and the clinica
l state proceeds, seemingly inexorably, to a manifest low cervical rOOt in volvem
ent with neurological signs. It is difficult in these few cases to avoid the con
clusion that a slow shift of cervi cal disc material has impinged upon the neighb
ouring nerve root. It is important to distinguish the condition from epi demic ce
rvical myalgia and the conditions previously described (pp. 157, 212). Mehta (19
73)'" draws attention to the value of nerve block at C2 and C3 in resistant case
s. It is useful to remember that, uncommonly, vertebra plana and oesinophilic gr
anuloma of the cervical spine may be present, in children, with sudden onset of
neck pain and torticOllis, usually without a history of significant trauma. llll
Vertebral involvement occurs in a descending order of frequency in the lumbar,
dorsal and cervical spines. HEADACHE (see p. 181) While pain in cranial and faci
al regions is a frequent com plaint in cervical spine disorders598 headache may b
e the presenting symptom of disorder not involving the muscu loskeletal tissues,
e.g. dental malocclusion with con sequent temperomandibular joint irritability, w
hich com monly refers pain to the temporal regions.937 Conversely, facial pain mi
stakenly believed to be due to disorders of the jaw joint may be referred from t
he cervical spine. In a series of 951 patients referred primarily for tem peroman
dibular joint disorders, 23 cases were experienc ing the referred pains of cervic
al spondylosis ;375 it is a common clinical experience that face pain, other tha
n in the auricular and temporal area, may arise from cervical joint problems. Th
e phenomena of referred pain occur frequently in the trigeminal system, because
the mechanism for such reference appears to be very highly developed in this neu
rone complex 271 and this adds to the difficulties of localisation"" (Figs 1.16,
8.2). Stating the obvious, headaches may also present as the dominant clinical
feature of serious intracranial condi tions 417 such as space-occupying vascular
and neoplastic disease or meningitis. Chusid (1973)175 classifies headache under
the cate gories summarised below: Vascular headache of migrainous type Recurrent
attacks are widely varied in intensity, fre quency and duration, commonly unilat
eral in onset and sometimes associated with nausea and vomiting. Cranial
Muscle-contraction headache This is characterised by aching sensations of tighte
ning or pressure in the suboccipital and cervical musculature. More commonly bil
ateral, it is often associated by both patient and clinician with sustained cont
raction of skeletal muscle, and goes by generalised terms as that above, or tens
ion headache. There is evidence (see p. 197) that the tension may not be the cau
se so much as one of the mani festations of a non-muscular abnormality. Sheldon (
1967)1120 observes that the easy labelling of headaches in innumerable patients
as tension headache is unrealistic. Although it may be known that tension exists
, careful analysis shows that tension is not the prime agent in nearly as many h
eadaches as is commonly stated (see p. 198). Similarly, many patients with the p
resenting symptom of headache are diagnosed as 'migraine' when organic pathology
, later uncovered, had no true relationship to the description of so-called migr
ainous complexes. Sheldon tabulated the findings in 109 patients who had been di
ag nosed as migraine, and the ultimate findings, in descend ing numerical order we
re: 1. Cervicooccipital syndrome (with convulsive disorder) 2 . Intracranial ane
urysm 3. Brain tumour 4. Cerebrovascular disease 5. Hypertensive disease only 6.
Aneurysm plus cervicooccipital syndrome 7. Aneurysm, cervicooccipital syndrome,
myas thenia gravis; subdural haematoma; neck tumour, posterior fibroma 67 (4) 15
11 4 3 2
3
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION Combined migrainous and tension headach
e, with both features co-existing Other categories include headache due to nasal
vasomotor reactions, glaucoma, hypochondriacal states, dilatation of cranial ar
teries due to infections, poisons and foreign-pro tein reactions, or to essential
hypertension ; neoplasms, subarachnoid haemorrhage, cranial neuritides and cran
ial neuralgias and headaches due to other disease of ocular, aural, nasal, denta
l structures and sinuses-the list is for midable. Lance ( 1 969)'" among others,
has also classified head ache, and the preponderance of inverted commas in any li
st of the nomenclature of head pain reveals the degree of uncertainty regarding
this ubiquitous clinical feature. Mehta ( 1 973)'" observes that the aetiology o
f many cases of headache remains unknown and treatment remains empirical. Magora
, el al. ( 1 974)'" studied the involvement of the cervical spine in 57 patients
suffering from headache, and mentioned the constellation of clinical features a
s occipital pain, hemicranialgia or more widespread pain, vertigo, difficulty in
swallowing, tinnitus, nystagmus, contracted neck musculature and limitation of
head movements. As such the features may mimic tension, ophthalmological headach
e or migraine, and be superimposed upon them. By X-ray of the whole neck and ele
ctromyography of the semispinalis muscle, the authors studied the various clini c
al presentations. A major striking finding was the high incidence of e.m.g. evid
ence of nerve involvement in the headache syndrome. No correlation between X-ray
and e.m.g. abnormalities was observed. While its pathogenesis is still nOt full
y understood, headache is a common symptom of cervical spondylosis, and it may o
ccur both with spondylotic changes of the lower neck as well as that due to syno
vial joint changes in the upper neck.
This symptom is less often related to disc degeneration than to arthrosis of the
upper cervical apophyseal joints. These joints tcnd to be neglected because X-r
ay films need to be taken at a special angle to show them well.Hm
219
Possible underlying mechanisms have been discussed elsewhere (pp. 1 8 3, 184). A
particular and common type of headache is described (Lew it, 1 977)742 in which
the pain is considered to be aris ing from the posterior arch of the atlas. The
basic and common finding is unilateral tenderness of that structure on carefully
localised palpation, and movement-restric tion (blockage) of the occipitoatlanta
l joint (Figs 8. I, 8. 3, 8.4). Frequently, the pain is increased on head extens
ion. The presence of craniovertebral joint restriction is elicited by springing
the occiput against the stabilised atlas, i.e. producing a dorsal shift of the h
ead, or by extending the rotated head on the atlas while the atlantoaxial joint
is held stabilised. Thus, the classical occipital neuralgia, previ ously consider
ed due to irritation of the greater occipital nerve at its point of emergence th
rough fascial planes of the neck, is most likely to be referred pain from an abn
ormal craniovertebral joint (see also p. 100). The definitive treatment is local
ised mobilisation or manipulation, and failing this, needling of the posterior a
rch with acupuncture needles. Segmental exercises may also be indicated. Lewit s
uggests that the diagnosis of occipital neuralgia is, as a rule, as little justi
fied as that of intercostal neuralgia.
TEMPEROMAND I BULAR JOINT This is a highly specialised articulation, and because
of the interposed disc between temporal bone and mandibu lar condyle it may best
be described as a hinge joint with a movable socket.495 Movements of the mandib
le are COl/pied by the bilateral articulation, in which the bearing surfaces are
avascular fibrous tissue and nor hyaline cartilage. 86 The commonest complaints
affecting the joint are the consequences of stress, trauma and muscular tension
or trismus. As in other joints, clinical features can exist before positive evi
dence of degenerative changes can be demonstrated, and if these are treated on t
he correct aetio logical basis, the majority can be cured. Transpharyngeal X-rays
can provide clear evidence of existing arthrotic erosion. 1227 Joint problems m
ay presenr917 with any combination of the following features : Pain in or around
the ear Pain on jaw movement Tender muscles of mastication Clicking, popping or
snapping on joint movement Grating, grinding and less obvious crepitus Limitati
on of movement Ear symptoms, including subjective hearing loss, a feeling of 'fu
llness' and tinnitus Seal p soreness
The justification for stressing the importance of cervical joint problems in the
genesis of headache lies in an analysis of 5500 cases of cervical spine disorde
r, in which more than 85 per cent were the result of trauma and in which headach
e was one of the most frequent complaints.59Q Frykholm ( 1 97 1 )'" stated,
In my experience cervical migraine is the type of headache mOSt frequently seen
in general practice and also the lype most fre quently misinterpreted. It is usua
lly erroneously diagnosed as classic migraine, (ens ion headache, vascular heada
che, hyperten sive encephalopathy or post-traumatic encephalopathy. Such patients
have usually received an inadequate treatment and have often become neurotic an
d drug-dependent. (Sec Arthrosis of upper cervical segments, p. 2 15.)
220
Tender or painful teeth Throat pain on swallowing, or throat soreness 'Burning'
pain on the side of the neck Upper trapezius pain spreading out to the point of
the shoulder Head pain in known 'jaw clinchers'. Many tense patients grind their
jaws, and have jaw pressure symptoms which must be distinguished from meniscal i
njuries. H2o Hankey ( 1 954)'" described the features of 1 50 cases, in which wo
men were affected three times as often as men. Twenty-three of the cases complai
ned of trigeminal neuralgia without any other symptoms, and these caused great d
ifficulty in diagnosis. Fifty-seven per cent of the cases developed the symptoms
between adolescence and 30 years. Few had symptoms which were severe at the ons
et but most sought help within 6 months. Most had a gradual onset and only 37 pe
r cent started suddenly. Extrinsic trauma was more common in men, and could occu
r after a blow to the side of the face or axially on the chin, and included extr
action oflower molar teeth, which may strain the joint ligaments. burjmic trauma
could be laughing, yawning or eating. Painless unilateral or bilateral clicking
, which is not the same as crepitus, occurred in 30 per cent of the cases, and i
n 27 per cent clicking was painful. The remaining 43 per cent had no clicking, b
ut a variety of other symptoms more or less localised to the joint, among which
movement-re striction was common. Movement, wide opening or mastication usually p
ro voked the pain, which would be either sharp and stabbing but transient, or a s
teady dull neuralgia or gnawing sore ness. Only nine patients complained of deafn
ess, tinnitus or lingual symptoms. Some had occasional locking, or recurrent sub
luxation ; early or initial restriction may be self-reduced at first, but leaves
a synovitis with tenderness and stiffness. Repeated intrinsic trauma may initia
te degenerative changes with capsular looseness, clicking and poor apposi tion of
disc to condyle. 9' Hankey .. observed that trismus, either reflex or mech anica
l, is a common cause and anything which upsets the delicate muscle balance be [W
een the two joints (which really comprise a single joint with a bicondylar arran
ge ment )7) may initiate symptoms. In 20 of his cases the underlying factor was an
impacted third molar or carious tooth. The most frequent aetiological factor in
itiating degenerative change is the cumulative effect of altered stresses and st
rains imposed by malocclusion, the aetio logy of which is a subject in itself. Am
ong the causes, tceth-grinding (bruxism) is oftcn a sign of anxiety, and the tee
th may be worn away to the extent that maloc clusion occurs.
While psychogenic factOrs may be contributory in that they may initiate habitual
tooth-grinding. Kirveskari ( 1 978)66' suggests that an underlying morphologica
l change must be present before teeth-grinding can cause the 'pain-dysfunction'
syndrome. Copland ( 1 954)'" observes that the rest position is almost permanent
ly abolished ; joints are always com pressed and muscles are always tensed, so th
at pain is caused for this reason alone. Changes in the occlusal relationship of
the teeth lead to small degrees of remodelling of the articular surfaces of the
joint . 37 Malocclusal displacement may account for no more than a 1-2 mm shift,
and yet produce extreme pain. Bal lard ( 1 956)56 suggests that a high percentag
e of 'derange ment of the temperomandibular joint' are, in fact, reflex disturban
ces of the basic co-ordinating panerns of man dibular movement. While malocclusio
n can be the cause of obscure facial pain, pain is also dependent upon the psych
o logical factors and the pain tolerance of the individual. Rocabado ( 1 977)10"
has done much to clarify the functional interdependence of the cervical and temp
ero mandibular joints, the relationship be [Ween neck and jaw movement, the inter
relations of muscular activity of neck and jaw, and movements of the mandible in
relation to the position of the head and the rest of the body. The nor mal funct
ions of opening and closing the mouth, biting and chewing, swallowing, speech, y
awning and respira tion are bio-mechanically linked, and not surprisingly therefo
re the author has been able to emphasise the con stantly recurring link between j
aw, neck, yoke, shoulder and craniofacial pain. Chronic abnormalities of dentiti
on, of occlusal articula tion of the joints of the jaw and of the craniovertebral
region, and of the masticatory and suboccipital muscles, are likely to affect o
ne or other member of this inter dependent family, with persistent effects often
spreading further afield. It is suggested that one of the many causes of tinnitu
s might be an abnormal functional relationship of the tem peromandibular joint, i
nduced by chronic hypertonus of the temporalis and masseter muscles. This would
tend to maintain an habitual approximation, upwards and back wards, of the mandib
ular condyle towards the middle ear, possibly disturbing the normal pressure rel
ationships in the region of the tegmen tympani and tympanic plate. Twigs from th
e auriculotemporal branch of the man dibular nerve (V cranial) supply the joint-i
t is not poss ible for this nerve to be compressed against the tympanic plate by
a retruded condyle. '" While the srapedius muscle is supplied by the 7th cranial
(facial) nerve, the tensor tympani muscle is s upplied by a branch of the nerve
to the medial pterygoid;"37 the latter two branches are from the mandibular ner
ve, a division of the 5th cranial, and it is conceivable that associated tem-
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION peromandibular and craniovertebral join
t abnormalities may induce auditory disturbances in more than one way, i.e. (i)
chronic approximation of the mandible in the con dylar fossa and (ii) increased n
ociceptor and mechano receptor afferent traffic from vertebral joints activating
a degree of facilitation in the spinal tract of the 5th cranial nerve. In this c
onnection, the observations of Travell ( 1 960)"" (p. 1 19) on the trigger point
s of jaw muscu lature, and the successive relief of restricted jaw-opening by wee
kly injections at trigger points,are of both clinical and aetiological interes!.
Patients with hyperactivity of the masticatory muscles may develop simultaneous
hyperactivity of the sternomas toid muscle, initiating an abnormal loss of the n
atural cervical lordosis with, in some patients, an anteposition of the head. Th
e craniovertebral posture and suboccipital musculature are then disturbed, with
the chronic effects of pain being referred to cranial and cervical regions not n
ormally associated with the temperomandibular joint. As a therapist working with
orthodontic and dental groups, Rocabado has described some clinical presenta tio
ns: 1 . Headache and temporal pain, overactivity of the jaw musculature with an
unconscious habit of teem-grinding, a postural tendency to side-flexion and rota
tion of the head with a painful unilateral scalenus anticus syndrome and a tende
ncy to raise the shoulder of that side. 2. Antepositioned posture of the neck wi
th a fat cervical l spine, referred occipital pain and malocclusion, the last be
ing the dominant factor and taking priority in treatment. 3. A lady with posteri
or capsulitis of the temperoman dibular joint, the pain of which was acutely exac
erbated each time she cleansed her ears by partiauy inserting an index finger du
ring washing. Her pains were referred to the upper and midcervical area, and upp
er chest, and she tended to adopt an abnormal head and neck posture when in pain
. 4. Orthodontic problems in a child of 1 0 years, a mouth breather,with an ante
position of the head and a hyperac tive sternomastoid muscle acting as an accesso
ry muscle of respiration. More than 60 per cent of the patients attending this s
pe cialised clinic were women between the ages of 25 and 55 and most of the patie
ntS who were assessed as con currently having a cervical joint and temperomandibu
lar joint condition exhibited hypermobility of the jaw joint. Investigation Diag
nostic local anaesthesia may be required; among the most important investigation
s are bite analysis and joint radiography. The clinical and radiographic feature
s of 1 30 cases were reported by Touer ( 1 973)"" and radiographic changes of
221
the surface of the mandibular condyle were present in all of the cases,although
not always detectable at first attend ance. Pain, X-ray changes, crepitus and lim
itation of jaw movement were all present in most cases. The condition affected m
ostly women, being commonest in the fifth decade. Transpharyngeal radiographs sh
owed the anterior part of the condyle to be more frequently affected, from early
loss of lamina dura to shallow and more severe erosions of condylar bone. Rocab
ado1os1 suggests that when seeking to analyse the genesis of pain in the jaw reg
ion its functional context should also be considered. The whole masticatory syst
em, i.e. dentition,occlusion,the temperomandibular joint, the masticatory and fa
cial musculature, the postural relation ships of head, neck and upper thorax, and
the state of related musculature and soft tissues, should be syste matically exa
mined. Apart from the necessity for specialist attention to dentition and occlus
al correction, many patients may exhibit one or more of other important clinical
features which will need correction, e.g. stiffness or laxity of the temperoman
dibular joint, abnormal movement patterns of the mandible, coexisting craniovert
ebral and cervical joint problems, abnormal head and neck posture, asym metrical
muscle tighmess from occupational and/or psychological stress and a restricted
range of head, neck, shoulder girdle and arm movement. The author suggests a sim
ple experiment to demonstrate by palpation the inti mate structural relationship,
as distraction and compres sion effects, between the capsule of the jaw joint an
d the auditory meatus-the tip of an index finger is held within the auditory mea
tus while the mouth is fully opened and closed. The attachments of the trapezius
muscle, the platysma, the sternomastoid, the digastric and supra- and infrahyoi
d musculature, the longus capitis, the ramifications of the deep cervical fascia
and the intimate functional relation ship between opening of the jaw and extensi
on at the craniovertebral joint, suggest the rational link of these con cepts wit
h those of Janda (p. 1 1 3). Rocabado mentions that the important lateral pteryg
oid muse/e, with its bicipital arrangement of one attachment to the joint menisc
us and one to an anterior depression JUSt below the head of the mandible, may fu
nction abnormally in hypermobility of the joint, and that imba lance between the
two heads may occur. Management The condition may req uire injection of hyalase,
hydrocor tisone or local anaesthetic, dental as well as orthodontal attention, a
nd surgical attention in the form of menisec tomy or condylectomy. A single intra
-articular injection of corticosteroid can successfully relieve intractable pain
, but is more success ful in patients over the age of 30 years; the older the
222
in some, many years after the patient is pain-free, with good jaw movement and
adequate function. 1 228
patient, the greatcr the likel ihood of clinical improve ment. 1 228 Physiotherap
y may be indicated, as the only treat ment or in conjunction with b iofeedback re
laxation techniques and those mentioned above. Trott and Goss ( 1 978)'241 analy
sed 34 palients treated by physiotherapy techniques. Physical and e.m.g. tests r
evealed that temperomandibular joint function was abnormal in all cases with min
imal muscle involvement. Nineteen patients (56 percent) had pain referred from t
he cervical spine. Physiotherapy treatment for restoring full painless joint ran
ge was successful in 6 of 10 patients. Bio feedback relaxation therapy was succes
sful in 1 9 of 24 patients ; there were significant psychiatric factors in the r
emaining 5 of this latter group. Patients with or without upper cervical joint p
roblems may have cheek, ear, temporal and posr3uricular pain, and the distinctio
n between pains of cervical origin and those arising from temperomandibular join
t abnormalities is usually not difficult. At times the distinction is not easy.
(i) Postauricular and face pain may be referred'75 from the neck, and often from
the craniovertebral region (i.e. segments CO-C I -C2-C3), and anention to the c
ervical problem alone will relieve these pains. (ii) Painful temperomandibular j
oint move ment on occasions exists cogether with craniovertebral joint problems,
and treatment of the laner may reduce lateral face pain and the pain on jaw move
ment, although not be sufficient to completely relieve it. The type of patient f
req uently referred for treatment is a fairly slim woman of a little over 30, or
older, who has a tendency to preoccupation with the pressures of life and famil
y demands, and who habitually clenches the jaw. Cervical joint problems frequent
ly coexist, and the patient often has a stiffish neck, chronic neck muscle hyper
tonus and often a slightly elevated 1 st rib on the side of the mOSl affected te
mperomandibular joint. There may be some joint-clicking on the most painful side
of the face, and ten derness of mastication muscles on both s ides. The amoun t
of movement-limitation may not be severe, but can be painfully limited to the ex
tent that the patient's index and middle finger cannot be freely inserted betwee
n the teeth. Lateral mandibular movement away from the most pain ful side may be
the most painflll movement, although opening is the most limited movement. The c
omplex of signs and symptoms may have been compounded by the removal of a molar
tooth. When the patient is to be treated by mobilisation tech niques for both cer
vical and jaw pain, it is for obvious reasons wise to first note the effects of
attending to either the jaw or the neck before combining the treatment of both c
ausative lesions. The initial use of cervical traction for the neck problem may
by aggravating temperomandibular soreness invali date the assessment findings. Cr
epitus may still remain
ACCELERATION AND DECELERATION TRA U MA (,whiplash' injury) Injury to the cervica
l spine is almost without exception due to indirect violence, 1 274 the force be
ing applied to head or rump and the neck sustaining a considerable proportion of
it. The direction of the force, the position and relationship of the head and s
pine, and the Slate of tension of Ihe neck muscles determine the localisation of
stress. When injury has been severe, these patients suffer what might be regard
ed as multiple 'sprained ankles' in the neck, with all the added complications o
f nerve root and plexus traction injuries ; meningeal traction ; tearing of l ig
aments and probably muscl e ; trauma to blood vessels and lymphatics ; upset to
sensitive structures and delicately balanced functions. Ray and Wolff( 1940),'16
when discussing the pain-sen sitive structures probably contributing to headache,
mentioned the scalp arteries and the narrow zones of dura along the large arter
ial trunks (e.g. the meningeal and cranial base arteries) as especially sensitiv
e. These structures are frequently involved in whiplash injury, the effects of w
hich are compounded if direct trauma to the head is sustained at the same time.
Conversely, in the pre sence of direct head injury alone, the parential additiona
l injury to the cervical spine must always be remembered. Occasionally, neurolog
ical signs of upper cervical cord or lower brainstem injury may be present.
In general, hyperextension will injure the upper, and hyper flexion the lower cer
vical spine . . . in the presence of head injury, the potential additional injur
y to the cervical spine must always be remembered. 1274
Chusid ( 1 973)'" mentions that so-called chronic post traumatic headache may ari
se from one of several mechan isms. The 'post-concuss ion a syndrome'Xl5may not b
e I entirely due to intracranical changes and further, a moment's thought may sh
ow that a sideways fall on the outstretched hand can produce a lateral whiplash
effect on the cervical spine besides a Colles fracture. Patients need not have b
een in a motor-car to have suffered acceleration or deceleration trauma to the n
eck, many of these injuries occurring during athletics or on the sports field. I
n a group of patients described by Roca ( 1 972)'0>2 one developed the acute tra
umatic cervical syndrome after a fall in a shower. The inflammatory reaction to
injury includes space occupying oedema, and if this persists and becomes in durate
d, fibrotic hyperplasia of connective tissue adds to the chronic trespass upon n
erve roots, arteries, veins and lymphatics, besides interfering with the normal
free
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION
223
adaptation of cervical soft tissues to functional movements and postures of the
neck. Bleeding, between normally mobile planes of delicate intraspinal and extra
spinal soft tissues, tends to become organised and to add to tethering effects b
y adhesions. Tearing or auenuation of ligaments and capsules, accompanied later
by patchy areas of firm fibrosis, may eventually produce a residual pattern of c
hronic stiffness and instability in adjacent segments. Because of the chronic di
sturbance of normal tjssue fluid exchange in collagenous structures and muscles,
the normal biochemical environment of nociceptor and mechanoreceptor endings is
almost certainly disturbed, adding chronic irritative effects to nociceptor endi
ngs besides upset to the important afferent traffic from joint and muscle recept
ors, upon which equilibration depends. Stoddard ( 1 969)"0" observes that pure f
lexion/exten sion injuries do not normally involve the facet-joints, and that the
re needs to be some element of side-bending and/ or rotation to involve the caps
ules of these joints. A glance at the posterior surface of neural arches at C6,
C7, T I and T2 indicates that forcible extension (of a flexible structure carryi
ng a 3.5--4.5 kg weight, i.e. the head) will violently engage the lower edges of
the inferior facets on the narrow horizontal bony ledge marking the base of the
superior facets below. A multiple acute traumatic periostitis at facet-joint ma
rgins is probably one of the family of lesions sustained in a severe extension-a
cceleration injury. Stoddard also regards a tear of the anterior longitudinal li
gamcnt to be more important than posterior ligamentous tcars, partly because the
y are sometimes undetected but also because these ligaments provide the only ant
erior support for cervical vertebral bodies. The upset to delicately balanced fu
nctions is briefly dis cussed on page 183. Depending upon the nature and magnitud
e of the vio lence applied, these cases present with one or more of the following
: Suboccipital, neck and yoke area pains, unilaterally or bilaterally, with bout
s of frontal headache which may be periodic and transient or remain as a dull an
d constant background ache Facial and anterolateral throat pain Patches of subje
ctive facial numbness Otalgia Retro-orbital pain-sometimes paraesthesiae 'in' th
e eye Subjective laryngeal disturbances, with compulsive clear ing of the lhroal
Upper pectoral area and axillary pain Feelings of instability or dysequilibrium,
wim sometimes a tendency to list to one side Disturbances of hearing and/or vis
ion Depression, and feelings of fatigue
A belief that they are becoming neurotic and 'should pull themselves together.'
Irritability, insomnia and l ight-headedness. They tend to move the neck cautiou
sly and apprehen sively, and are glad to return to a neutral position in which th
ey feel most comfortable. Bilateral muscle spasm is common, and is not always su
perficial. Referred pain, without neurological signs, tend to spread to upper li
mbs, and paraesthesiae with sub jective numbness begin to occur in the arm, eithe
r with a patchy and changing distribution, or distally and more or less confined
to the territory of a s ingle root, with later objective numbness. Roca ( 1 972
) 1 0" described 1 5 patients with oc ular mani festations after whiplash injury,
mentioning that blurred vision, strain, fatigue, diplopia, photophobia and inab
ility to read may occur, with anxiety and a degree of depres sion soon to follow.
Among the clinical features were in cluded amaurotic episodes, decreased accommo
dation and convergence, anisocoria, possible vitreous detachment, hyperphoria, h
ypertropia, ptosis and inability to focus. N.B. The most important clinical aspe
ct is lhat of a highly reactive 'brittleness' of condition during the early stag
es. It is quite different to the irritability of a single peripheral joint, for
example, where unwisely energetic handling may stir up severe pain for hours or
days. If the badly injured whiplash patient is handled vigorously with careless
movement, the exacerbation can be very severe, with headache of hideous intensit
y, bizarre vis ual upset, psychic distress amounting to abject misery, and cervi
cal pain offrighrening viciousness. The 'brittle' stage may last for a week or f
or two to three months, and may return for a few days during the following month
s if the patient stumbles, is badly jolted or is given unnecessarily vigorous tr
eatment. A retrospective analysis9 of 146 patients, after 5 years , indicated that
there was a statistically significant correla tion between poor treatment result
s and the following findings soon after injury: Numbness or pain, or both, in an
upper limb A sharp reversal of cervical lordosis visible on X-ray Restricted mo
tion at one segment on 'bending' films The need for a collar for more than three
monlhs The need to resume physiotherapy more than once be cause of a recurrence
of symptoms.
CERVICAL SPONDYLOSIS
The lower cervical region is especially prone to spondylosis (see pp. 1 26, 205)
, radiographicall y evident in the majority of middle-aged people and certainly
symptomless in many (Figs. 5. 2, 5.5, 6. 1 , 6. 2, 6. 3, 6.4).
224
Frykholm ( 1 9 7 1 )'" mentions the consequences of a painful condition which n
eed affect only one of the many neck joints j spasm of neck muscles and a signif
icant impairment of normal mobility may occur. A similar effect is produced by t
rauma, which may affect one or several of the joints and their ligaments. Pain a
nd muscle spasm initiate vascular spasm, causing addilional pain. In those cases
with some spondylosis existing, or with structural anomalies predisposing certa
in segments to nerve root trespass, there is always the risk of radicular irrita
tion. Nathan ( 1 970)90' observed that in a majority (76 per cent) of cases a va
riable number of spinal rootS, more usu ally in the lower cervical and upper thor
acic segments, fol lowed an angulated course. Within the dura, the rootlets proce
ed downwards for a variable distance and on piercing the d ura were sharply angu
latcd upwards to reach the portal of the intervertebral foramen. Since the extra
foraminal course is again downwards, a handful of spinal roots (commonly occupyi
ng a junctional vertebral region prone to trespass by thickened degenerative tis
sues) have undergone two fairly marked angulations by the time of their emergenc
e from the foramen. The degree of angula lions may be as much as 30 and can reach
45 . Irregular and uneven development at the dural sac has been con sidered as t
he possible cause of these angulations which may, of course, be further distorte
d by degenerative changes, particularly dural tethering within the neural canal
and root-sleeve tethering at the foramen. The roots affected are those between C
6 and T9, with T2 and T3 most frequently and severely angulated. The angularions
are increased when lhe neck is extended. The previously silent progression of d
egenerative change may be stirred up by some slight trauma or stress, or the ons
et is insidious. The causative stress may be an unusually long car journey, deco
rating a ceiling, hanging curtains, horseplay with children or a night in an un c
omfortable hotel bed. Frequently the stress is trivial, such as minor trauma to
the head, neck or arm, e.g. the tugging of a dog on a lead, or an hour's reading
, knitting or sewing with the head bent forward. Commonly, the epi sode begins as
vague neck pain and slight stiffness, with pain later spreading from the base o
f the neck to upper trapezius and upper scapular areas, over the deltoid and dow
n the lateral or posterolateral arm on the same side. It may begin as an upper s
capular region ache, and arm pain may also involve the posterior axillary bounda
ry, sometimes involving the upper pectoral area. The dull aching pain is commonl
y unilateral but can be bilateral and is aggravated by movement of the neck towa
rds the mOSt painful side, as well as by extension andl or flexion. Movement of
the shoulder on the same side is slightly limited and often hurts ncar the extre
me of range j this sign may be missed during cursory examina tion. Patients often
report pain along the lateral forearm
Because of the complex anatomy and biomechanics of neck structures, the whole sy
stem is vulnerable. A simple experiment which will give an idea of the stresses
imposed on the neck in a working day is to grasp a 3.54.5 kg weight in the hand,
resting the elbow on a table with the forearm vertically under the weight. Twis
t the fore arm, lower the weight a little to one side or another, raise it again
; continue this for two minutes. The weight represents a head, and the wrist rep
resents a neck. The cervical vertebrae with associated ligaments and muscles are
stronger than similar structures of the wrist, of course, but this simple exper
iment will give a good idea of why they need to be, and of the work they arc doi
ng. Should the vertical forearm now be given an unexpected and forceful lateral
push, the experimenter has experienced something like the stresses imposed durin
g an acceleration or deceleration (whiplash) injury to the neck. Cervical spondy
losis, so often the late retribution (see p. 75) exacted by cervical structures
in response to physi cal stress, seems less a precise diagnosis than a statement
drawing anention to the coexistence of head, neck, yoke and arm pain, in the pre
sence of some loss of normal neck movement, sometimes with upper limb neurologic
al ab normality and frequendy some radiographic change in the lower cervical regi
on. None of the the four factors need have any frank relationship to the other t
hree ; they may or may not be clinically associated in the great variety of pres
entation of neck pain considered to be due to spondy losis of the lower cervical
spine. Myelopathy is discussed below.) The diagnosis may also include patients w
ith associated peripheral changes in the upper limb ; these may go by proper nam
es such as periarthritis, bicipital tendinitis, lateral epicondylitis and medial
epicondylitis, etc."" (See pp. 1 1 6, 187). The radiological appearance of comp
ression of a cervi cal articular process is a not uncommon finding, even though s
ome patients may not be able to recall a recent traumatic incident. When its nat
ure can be ascertained or strongly suspected, the trauma is usually a combinatio
n of hyperextension with compression injury j Smith el al. (I 97 6)1 I"6suggests
that attention to this possibility is war ranted when patients report persistent
neck pain. The forms of presentation are many j cervical spon dylosis embraces c
hanges of multiple genesis. They may in clude changes masquerading as cervical wh
en the upper thoracic region, or more distal tissues, may largely be re sponsible
for the clinical features. For example, paraesthesiae which are worse at night,
and nOt provoked by neck movements, may be caused by first thoracic root compre
ssion or by median nerve im pingement in the carpal tunnelither may occur in assoc
iation with cervical spondylosis 1 )70 and can be diffi cult to separate clinical
ly, although electrodiagnosis will assist in detecting carpal tunnel compression
.
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION muscles on functional movements involvi
ng wrist exten sion or wrist flexion (see p. 188). The pain and/or re stricted nec
k movements may wax and wane over a period of weeks or months, to reappear some
months later and trouble the patient more severely, or then to regress for years
. Paraesthesiae may develop, for example, in the thumb and index finger (C6 root
), the middle three digits (C7) or the medial two (C8) and this together with we
ak ness in the myotome (representative muscles being, respectively, those produci
ng elbow flexion, elbow exten sion, and extension of distal phalanx of thumb) may
(see below) indicate involvement of the appropriate spinal nerve root (see p. 1
60). The C6 or C7 tendon reflex may become depressed or be absent. Alternatively
, paraesthe siae may be the first symptom noted, sometimes but not always to be f
ollowed soon after by 'root' pain of a particu larly unpleasant nature in the arm
. Sustained holding of an extreme neck movement will then exacerbate the arm pai
n and paraesthesiae, after a latent period of some seconds. In the presence ofse
vere 'root' pain, neck movements may not be markedly limited. The C7 root is the
one most often affected, with weakness of the triceps muscle. Although it seems
that the greater majority of patients with cervical spondylosis have pain which
is not due to root involvement it is common experience that those with signs of
currently developing root changes s uffer a parti cularly severe and 'sickening'
type of distress. Frykholm'" has emphasised the vulnerability of the root compl
ex and his observations, which have a mechani cal bias, are summarised as follows
: l . A nerve-root angulated and fixed at its exit point (be it from dural shea
th and/or intervertebral foramen) cannot tolerate too much of the stretching whi
ch occurs when the neck is flexed and tension is applied to all of the rootlets.
The angulations at dural exit are increased on exulIs;oll (see p. 224). 2. If t
he tolerance of a root-complex be exceeded the nerve will suffer acute damage, f
ollowed by intra- and periradicular oedema, in a situation very probably already
crowded by chronic degenerative thickening and fibrotic change. The root sympto
ms usually develop gradually during some days or weeks. Brain and Wilkinson ( 1
967) ' " describe several types of clinical presentation of root involvement : I
. Acute radiculopathy, due to dorsolateral disc pro trusions, in relatively young
patients with no evidence of spondylotic changes (see pp. 1 26, 2 1 7). 2 . Acu
te radiculopathy, due to acute disc trespass or exacerbation of a pre-existing t
respass in patients with radiographic evidence of established spondylosis. 3. Ac
ute or subacute root involvement, in patients who are known to have spondylosis
and episodes of neck pain. There is nothing in the recent history to suggest acu
te disc trauma.
225
4. Symptoms of chronic root involvement develop in sidiously, or an acute radicul
opathy does not subside but leaves some permanent sensory disturbance. They ment
ion that any of neck pain, radicular symp toms, cervical myelopathy, headache and
the symptoms of vertebrobasilar ischaemia may occur, either singly or in any co
mbination ; and with regard to myelopathy, the changes in the spinal cord are pr
oduced in a com plex fashion by the pressures and tensions to which it is subject
ed. It is now some 1 2 years since a report appeared on the Multi-Centre Trial o
f Physiotherapy for Pain in the Neck and Arm,127 when it was observed that, 'thi
s study is a reminder of how little is known of the natural history of this comm
on syndrome'. While understanding has been enlarged l 2. ). 120,}oH. 192. 981. 9
88, 1116 it remains difficult in any particular case to account confidently for
the production of all the symptoms and signs, and to be as precise as we would l
ike about forecasting the response to treatment. Patients admitted to the trial
satisfied one of the follow ing sets of criteria : I . Pain in the neck and arm (
with or without paraesthe siae), the symptoms having a root distribution and bein
g associated with limited and painful movements of the neck. 2. Pain in the neck
and arm of full root-distribution with paraesthesiae but without clinical evide
nce of abnormality in the neck. 3. Pain or paraesthesiae in the neck and arm of
partial root-distribution but with definite evidence of clinical ab normality in
the neck. With regard to neurological signs, 40 per cent of the 493 patients in
the trial had abnormal neurological signs in the upper limb, usually a diminishe
d triceps reflex, weak elbow-extension and minor sensory loss in the fingers. I
t is not always easy to b e sure, on clinical grounds alone, that pain and limit
ation currently troubling a patient are necessarily associated with neurological
signs, of which the patient may be unaware and which can be the 'tomb stone' of
past episodes, remaining unaltered after current pain and restriction are comple
tely relieved. Bearing in mind the authors' comment that only limited conclusion
s could be drawn from a study of this kind, it is of interest to quote from thei
r findings :
There was no significant difference in the ratc of improvement in patients with
abnormal neurological signs when compared with those having no such signs ; and
patients with abnormal neurologi cal signs responded equally well in the five trc
atment groups.
With regard to effects of restriction of neck movement on prognosis :
There was no significant difference in response to treatment of 36 patients who
had no restriction of neck movements in any direction when compared with patient
s who did have restriction of neck movement, and their rate of improvement was t
he same.
226
on this topic-but in agreement with Brain et 01. ( 1952 1 1 41_ neurological find
ings arc of extremely limited usc in assessment of the precise level of cord and
root involvement, and may be mis leading.
It is striking that the words 'root-distribution' appear in each of the three ca
legories for entry, perhaps implying a conclusion that pain in the neck and arm
mUSt inevitably concern the nerve-root, and further that this pain should be who
lly or partially in the territory of a nerve rOOI. (See Referred pain, p. 189.)
The authors mention that some of the findings do not fit well with the concept o
f a steadily progressive degenerative disorder, and Sandiferl079 (quoting Lees a
nd Aldren Turner, 1963) observes that, 'static disability for long periods is th
e rule and progressive deterioration is exceptional'. The correlation between X-
ray findings and gross ana tomical findings on inspection is between 68 per cent
and 86 per cent, depending upon whether the changes are moderate or severe, resp
ectively.144 When foramina! encroachment is detected by X-ray, the actual degree
of trespass, including that by radiotrans lucent soft tissues, will be considera
bly greater. Yet many patients with very severe changes on X-ray are entirely as
ymptomatic; the correlation between X-ray signs and cli,lical features is very l
ow, and the value of radiographs in assessing the degree of clinical involvement
remains in doubt. Radiographs will often demonstrate severe degenera tive change
at one or more levels, while a relatively nor mal-looking segment above or below
will be hypermobile and be the cause of the patient's distress. The complex inn
ervation of the neck and its vascular arrangements have been mentioned (pp. 6-12
) and there are three aspects of radiculopathy and myelopathy which require emph
asis : 1 . Angulation of roots at the cervicothoracic regio". Radioculopathy nee
d not be due to spondylotic trespass by disc materia l ; a violent extension mov
ement, or a sus tained extension posture (decorating a ceiling) can prob ably exer
t sufficient traction at the point of angulation (p. 224) to initiate the change
s of a localised traumatic neuritis. 2. Localisatio". Foraminal encroachment by
exostosis, evident on X-ray, may have litde to do with causation of neurological
signs. Phillips ( 1 97 5)'" observes:
Analysis of 200 cases reveals that the two neurological syn dromes, brachial neur
itis and myelopathy, associated with cervi cal spondylosis arc distinct with very
titde overlap. While upper limb motor and sensory loss are doubdess due to nerv
e root com pression in cases of 'pure' brachial neuritis, they are more likely to
be due to cord damage in cases with myelopathy (with spastic paralysis of lower
limbs). In either group of cases, neurological features in the upper limbs are
not very helpful in local ising the level of significant intervertebral disc pat
hology.
3. Disturbance of blood suppl (see also p. 59). Many y authors have drawn attent
ion to the discrepancy which may exist between the severity of signs and symptom
s in cervical spondylosis and cervical myelopathy, and the minor nature of protr
usions into the canal, or lack of evi dence of cord compression ;426, 12S4, Q42 a
n important factor is cord ischaemia due to trespass upon vessels sometimes remo
te from the site of its most potent effects. (I'S(I The nor mal spinal cord does
not enjoy reserves of blood supply. 'Man has just as much nervous system as he c
an supply with oxygen and no more.'"'' Turnbull .t. al. ( 1 966)"" could find no
arterial anastomoses within the substance of the spinal cord. Following injury
to the vascular supply, survival or death of spinal tissue must depend upon adeq
uacy of remaining intact channels; there is little possibility of effective coll
ateral circulation. Dutton and Riley ( 1 969)'" describe intractable occipi tal h
eadache of four years duration, accompanied by giddiness, aural disturbances and
facial numbness, which were relieved for a further four years by removal of a b
ony spur between the 6th and 7th cervical vertebrae. One essential and important
feature underlying clinical expression of cervical degenerative change is the g
reat variability of the vertebrobasilar vascular system (Fig. 1 . 1 2) ; the way
patients present often depends very largely on the hand of cards nature has dea
lt them by way of arrangement of the intrinsic and extrinsic spinal cord blood s
upply. In a microscopic and microangiographic analysis of 43 cervical spinal cor
ds, the anterior radicular arteries varied from 1 to 6, and the posterior radicu
lar arteries from none to 8. It seems the only prophylactic measure is care in t
he choice of one's parents. Patients with cervical spondylosis may present as fo
llows: 1 . A localised and chronic midcervical pain, without yoke area or arm pa
in, arising from overstressed midcervi cal segmenrs because cervicothoracic segme
nts are stiff. Pain is relieved by localised mobilisation of the lower segments.
2. Chronic and advanced spondylotic changes of the low cervical spine, which ha
s irredeemably stiffened, have imposed undue stress on upper segments, and the j
uxta position of hyper mobility and hypomobility is plain (Fig. 6.1). 3. A 'monk'
s cowl' of symmetrical neck and yoke area pain, steadily worsening during the da
y, aggravated by driving moderate distances, reading or sewing for more than an
hour and characterised by an unpleasant burning quality. The spinous processes o
f C7 and T I are promi-
Further;
. . . we early came to the conclusion, reinforced by long experience, that contr
ary to the statements of many physicians
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION nent, making a small localised 'bison's
hump', and are very tender to pressure. The paravertebral soft tissues are palp
ably thickened and sore, and on examination accessory movement is difficult to p
roduce. The pain is aggravated by flexion, and extension is achieved mainly by m
id-upper cervical movement. Both rotations may be limited, as are side-flexion m
ovements, with the junctional region taking little part in these movements. Both
shoulders are stiff, with arm elevation especially limited. If treated during t
he early stages the localised pains are readily relieved, but the condition may
become chronic and a more extensive fixed-flexion deformity established. Consequ
ently, the head is carried now somewhat forward of the line of gravity in the av
erage, entailing increased work for the posterior neck and suboccipital muscles
to maintain the normal orientation of the head, and thus the visual and equilibr
atory apparatus. This produces undue approxima tion and painful compression of th
e facet-joint surfaces ; secondary contractures occur in the posterior cervical
and suboccipital structures and the combination of stiffen ing joints and overwor
king muscles produces extensive head, neck and 'yoke' pain which may req uire pr
olonged treatment. 4. Unilateral occipital and neck pain, together with pain spr
eading down the preaxial border of the arm to the wrist, all of which are reliev
ed by mobilisation of a single segment, C4. 5. Painful and restricted left cervi
cal rotation and right side-flexion, with no other articular sign, relieved by mo
bilising the C6--7 mobility segment on the left. 6. The upper and middle trapezi
us, and the scapulae, arc prominent ; a localised 'dowager's hump' or 'bison' at
C7-TI coexists with an adjacent pronounced flattening of the upper thoracic spi
ne. Al times lhe laller appears almost concave posteriorly. The lower cervical s
egments are stiff and there is left unilateral headache, bilateral neck pain, pa
in in the left upper arm and over the left upper rib pos teriorly. Apart from som
e spondylotic changes, the X-ray appearances are usually reported as unexception
al. 7. Thickening and stiffening of segments CS-C6-C7T l unilaterally are limiti
ng neck movements towards the painful side, and tethering those to the opposite
side. Elevation and external rotation of the painful side arm arc limited, but i
nternal rotation exceeds that of the painless shoulder. The first, second and th
ird rib angles of the affected side arc acutely tender. Since cervical spondylos
is is a disease like chronic bronchitis, in the sense of existing in time as wel
l as space, more emphasis should be given to the frequency with which clinical f
eatures can present as a mixture of old and newly acquired. In none of these exa
mples of clinical presentation were there any neurological signs ; patients with
out radiculo pathy frequently suffer chronic and disabling pain. Should neurologi
cal signs be present, the character and
227
behaviour of the pain can often provide a clue that the signs are 'old and cold'
, and have l ittle to do with the patient'S current complaint. In the majority o
f cases spon dylosis is not associated with neurological disability l 204 associa
ted with the current episode. When n.eurological signs are appearing or have rec
ently de veloped, the associated root pain is not invariably severe, and even whe
n severe pain ;s manifest, it is untrue that there is no point in trying to reli
eve it by active physical treatment. The gratifying results of mild and skilfull
y applied traction, governed by watchful assessment, show that many of these pat
ients can be given early and effective help. When root involvement ;s producing
current neuro logical signs in an upper limb, the full hand of cards (root pain,
paraesthesiae, objective numbness, muscle weakness and a depressed or absent ref
lex) is not often present. Most patients with distal evidence of root changes ha
ve one or other or some of these, but not all. The behaviour of root pain is var
iable, and it may regress and disappear between 2 to 1 2 weeks after onset. This
process can be hastened: 8. A fit and athletic 39-year-old man began to be awar
e ofan upper scapular ache during badminton 1 4 days pre viously. The pain spread
distally to index finger in a day, with objective numbness of its lateral borde
r the day after. Sustained side-flexion to the right for six seconds pro voked mo
re pain spreading down the arm. Resisted exten sion of the right wrist produced a
sharp pain down the lateral upper forearm. The right triceps was weak and the t
riceps jerk was diminished. The intensity of arm pain was moderate. 9. A 40-year
-old field-sports enthusiast woke with yoke, scapular, arm and left n dex finger
pain five days i previously ; the intensity was described as 'a dull painful ac
he', not s ufficient to warrent interference with his love of a day's rough shoo
ting. Paraesthesiae were confined to the index finger, and sensibility was not i
mpaired. There was no muscle weakness and the reflexes were normal. Central vert
ebral pressures on C6 provoked the distal paraesthesiae. The root pain in both t
hese instances began signifi candy to recede after the third treatment by careful
trac tion. 10. A SO-year-old clerical worker developed left scapu lar tingling an
d right scapular pain after carrying a fireside chair in front of her three week
s previously. The pain rapidly spread distally 'inside' the arm and forearm, and
was described as a searing and nauseatingly severe pain. There were no cervical
articular signs other than aggrava tion of the right arm pain, after a latent pe
riod of several seconds, when extension and right-side-flexion combined were sus
tained. The right triceps was weak, but there was no other neurological deficit.
Gentle rotational mobilisa tion had no effect, but 3.S kg of cervical traction f
or S
228
segments C3 downwards being kept undisturbed during this part of treaonent; she
could not relax when lying prone. Careful mobilisation localised to the lower ce
rvical and upper thoracic spine also had to be done in this position. The upp:r
ribs were mobilised in crook lying. A collar at night, and for times of stress d
uring the day, helped to ease the more distressing symptoms. Progress was natura
lly moderate yet she would derive more benefit from a stabilisation procedure if
the stiff segments were carefully mobilised. After weekly treatment sessions sp
read over a rhree-month period, because her tolerance of both travelling and mob
ilisation was low, the segments CO-C l and CI-C2 were mov ing more freely, and th
is was achieved without disturbing the already mobile C 3-C4 segment (Figs 6. IF
and G).
minutes reduced (he arm pain, which continued steadily (0 recede to mild discomf
ort over the next 7 days. As classical migraine (p. 1 8 2) occurs in about 1 0 p
er cent of patients with headache, so 'typical' cervical spon dylosis is more of
a rara avis than a common thing, when measured against the very large group of p
atients who do not fit conveniently into textbook patterns. Except in C8 root le
sions muscle power commonly re covers in around four to six months from the onset
of neurological signs ; muscles innervated by (he C8 foot may take twice as lon
g to recover power. Where a reflex re sponse and muscle strength are only slightl
y depressed and sensation changes arc minimal, they will oftcn steadily re cover
during treatment, as pain also diminishes and neck movements, if manifestly limi
ted, are restored. An absent reflex jerk may remai so for the rest of the patien
t's life, n and the loss of bulk due to pronounced muscle wasting may also remai
n, if the onset of palsy occurs in late middle age or after. Some may lose their
pain but continue to be troubled by some lack of cutaneous sensibility and by p
araesthesiae in the fingers.
Cervical spondylotic myelopathy'" This presents in three clinical forms: A symme
trical quadriplegia with little weakness but marked spasticity, and intense para
esthesiae in the hands ; there is dysdiaokokinesia but objective sensory changes
are minimal 2. Spasticity and weakness affecting one arm and leg more than the
other, with a contralateral reduced pain and temperature sense and a sensory lev
el on the trunk 3. A denervation atrophy of some upper limb muscles combined wit
h spastic paraparesis of lower limbs (see p. 1 60). Since spondylosis is common
it may often coexist with other disorders of the s pinal cord.
I.
Brief case history
Patient VF, 56 years. This woman recalled no trauma or stress to her neck. She s
uffered fromal and temporal headache, di ziness z (dysequilibrium) on head movem
ents of any amplitude and on changing the position of her trunk. She had neckach
e which came on with considerable force after late morning, and an oppressive 'y
oke' pain and paraesthesiae in all right-hand digits after using her arms for ho
usework. She changed her trunk position with care and on rising in the morning p
referred to stabilise her head with a hand umil upright. Neck flexion for more t
han a few minutes provoked dizziness, 'blood rushing to the head' and neckache.
She was unable to go out to work. Her problem was compounded by an arthrodesed h
ip and a chronic backache. Increasing degenera tive change and loss of movement a
re evident between March 1 97 3 (Figs 6. IA and B) and March 1974 (Figs 6. lc an
d D). Some occipitoatlantal movemem occurred in the earlier films but a year lat
er there was very little; movement between CI-C2C3 had also diminished. Although
extension was fairly free, flexion was chronically and markedly reduced from C4
downwards, degenerative change hav ing produced the familiar mixture of hypermob
ility and stiffness with the C3-4 segment bearing the brunt of available sagitta
l movement. Examination. All neck movements were reduced and had a jerky, precar
ious quality. Palpation detcrmin<:d that rotation at the C I 2 segment (Fig. 6.
IE) was not excessiv:ly limited, and that the low cervical stiffness extended to
the upper thoracic spine and rib joints. There were no neurological signs. Trea
rment. It is mandatory in this situation to localise movemem techniques carefully
and accordingly C l and C2 were mobilised, ['0 the patient'S tolerance, in the
side-lying position and with the
Acute brachial neuritis (neuralgic amyotrophy) This painful disorder is characte
rised by brachialgia and usually an extrasegmental distribution of paralysis of
muscle, e.g. shoulder, shoulder girdle and arm muscles. 1079 There may be paraly
sis of spinatii, serratus anterior, deltoid and triceps in varying degrees. Ofte
n there is no demonstrable cervical or upper thor acic joint change to account fo
r the neurological deficit or the considerable pain, 1 18Gb and the cause remain
s uncertain. The symptoms may develop a few days after an in fection or operation
, or may be precipitated by an in oculation for prophylaxis, or adminisuation of
serum. Pain begins in the root of the neck or in the scapular region, spreads ov
er the shoulder and down the lateral arm to upper forearm. Both arms may be invo
lved. The duration of pain may be a few days or some weeks ; the amount of paral
ysis is at first concealed because the limb is kept still. Recovery occurs in a
matter of weeks but the paresis may not recover within a year. Physical treatmen
t is re stricted to treatment of the sequelae j both stiffened joints and weakene
d muscles should receive attention.
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION
229
THE THORAC IC OUTLET (OR INLE T) (see Cervicothoracic region, p. 1 29)
Patients with clinical features suggesting changes of tres pass at the thoracic o
utlet present with a multitude of signs and/or symptoms, which may be grouped so
mewhat arti ficially as follows : 1 . Predominantly vascular features (sometimes
denoting interference with subclavian vessels, and/or distribution of sympatheti
c vasomotor fibres, see p. 1 76) : Diminished pulsation in radial and ulnar arte
ries Obliteration of radial pulse when the shoulder is abducted and extended, an
d on Adson's test (vide illfra) A!!acks of Raynaud's phenomenon Puffiness of the
hand Swelling of the limb and feelings of heaviness Bluish discoloration of the
hand Local peripheral symptoms with 'dead' fingers Pains of cramp in hand and f
ingers A pulsating lump above the clavicle The limb may develop claudication and
become gan grenous with ulceration of digits.702 The circulatory disturbances ar
e sometimes but not always increased by carrying heavy suitcases and shopping or
wearing a heavy overcoat, and surprisingly can be exa cerbated by repetitive sta
mping actions such as occupy Post Office clerks. A moment's thought indicates ho
w very many structures of the upper thorax may be included in the slight poStura
l changes induced by 'hanging a weight from the shoulders', and how this would a
lso disturb cervical mechanics, the tone of cervical musculature and the posture
of the head. Adson's testl 7 may be positive on the affected side. The subject s
its with hands on thighs and takes a deep inspira tion. While holding it he exten
ds his head and rotates as far as possible to one side, then the other. Oblitera
tion of the radial pulse on one side is said to be significant. The difficulty i
s that Adson's test may be positive in a per son who is asymptomatic. 2. Predom;,
wntly neurologicalfeawres (in some cases due to trespass upon nerves ohhe brachi
al plexus or associated autonomic neurones ) : Paraeslhesiae, in the distal terr
itory of a single nerve root, usually C8 or T l , but often extrasegmental, ofte
n worse in the small hours and often bilateral ; sometimes sym metrically so and
somctimes not Muscle weakness, and muscle wasting, usually Tl distri bution Objec
tive numbness More often, subjective numbness with no actual sensory loss A tend
ency to drop things, and to be clumsy
Disturbance of stereognosis Inability to do up buttons, thread needles or perfor
m small repetitive finger movements like winding a watch Pain in the hand, forea
rm and arm Spasmodic hypertonus of finger flexors (,flexor cramp') Horner's synd
rome may sometimes be observed. The clinical course may show considerable variat
ions between patients, and frequent remission, or slow pro gression, may occur. T
he subdivision is artificial because patients frequently complain of symptoms, a
nd may exhibit signs, which may have both a neural and a vascular basis, with a
prepon derance of one or other in most instances. In non-surgical cases chere is
often no general agrecment on either the site or the mechanics of compression, o
r sufficient evidence in many cases that the clinical features are due to compre
s sion at all. The cause has been ascribed to loss of tone in shoulder girdle mus
cles, poor posture or excessive Stress to those parts by lifti g and s training,
yet a surreptitious inspec n tion of any group of mature people at a party, or o
f lifetime agricultural labourers, will indicate many with poor shoulder girdle
posture but who, on enquiry, have no upper limb problems. Other causes are said
to be pregnancy, operations, obesity and the altered stance of middle age. '0<0
Differential diagnosis is concerned with excluding causes s uch as cervical spon
dylosis, syringomyelia, Pan coast tumour, shoulder arthropathy, ulnar tunnel syn d
rome and carpal tunnel syndrome, etc. Menopausal women may develop bilateral acr
oparaes thesiae which disturbs sleep;267 this can be due to hor monal imbalance in
creasing the fluid content of tissues and thus trespass upon the median nerve in
the carpal tunnel. When the signs of motor and sensory paralysis are present, a
diagnosis of nerve involvement follows ; the change may be that of a pseudo-gan
glion or fusiform en largement of the nerve where a hard structure or unyield ing
stenotic passage impinges on it. 70t1. 222 Non-paralytic entrapment may occur, a
nd this may be made manifest by increased conduction time on e.m.g. testing, or
prolonged evoked potentials ; relief of symp toms on resting the limb, or by inje
cting corticosteroids at the entrapment point; immediate relief after surgical d
ecompression. On the other hand, operative treatment is not uniformly successful
, and 25 per cent of e.m.g. examinations in cases of carpal tunnel syndrome, for
example, yield normal results.122 Clinical experience is that many patients wit
h extraseg mental paraesthesiae and digital clumsiness present the features of ce
rvical spondylosis, poor posture of the shoulder girdle, and some slight restric
tion of the shoulder joint on that side.
2 30
and paraesthesiae ; both are frequently worse at night, although in some, noctu
rnal paraesthesiae do not occur. Similarly, elevation of the shoulder girdle wil
l exacerbate the paraesthesiae in some, but not in others. Sensibility changes m
ay be patchy, e.g. there may be hyperaesthesia confined to the index and middle
finger, and dysaesthesia in the ring and little fingers. At times the fingers ma
y become icy cold and numb, at room temperature.98) Weakness of grip, and later
atrophy of the small hand muscles, may follow, if they have not been the initial
and only feature. For example:
A 72-year-old man, whose X-ray showed a rudimentary right cervical rib, began (W
o months previously to feel pain in the right forearm, with dorsal pain and para
esthesiae in the right middle three fingers. His left middle and ring fingers ha
d 'tingled for years'. He achieved only three hours sleep a night, and n<xturnal
ly relieved his distal symptoms to an extent by hanging his arms downward. He fo
und difficulty in doing up bunons. The right hand was at all times warmer than t
he left, and the fingers were always faner. Cervical movements were surprisingly
good,as were combined movements, and none provoked his symptoms. Arm elevation
temporarily reduced his pain and paraesthesiae during the day. There were no neu
rological signs, and no signs on cervical and upper thoracic palpation, other th
an undue stiffness. X-ray revealed 'severe spondyJotic chanjites from C3 to C7,
with large osteophytes and considerably reduced spaces at C5-C6-C7. The osteophy
tes encroach upon the spinal cord.' Rhythmic cervical traction of 9 kg for 1 5 m
inutes relieved the right hand pain at each pull/phase of two minutes. Five succ
essive tractions, slowly progressed to a firm and sustained pull, steadily relie
ved the temperature difference, the ache of right hand and forearm ache and the
disturbance of sleep. Tingling appeared at the tip of the thumb, and remained at
the lateral three fingers of the right hand, and the middle two of the left. Th
e forearm and hand ache were completely relieved. Five weeks after treatment cea
sed the left hand paraesthesiae and the right forearm ache remained completely r
elieved, but the ache n the right hand has worsened. He was referred for surgica
l i opinion. The correct analysis is probably that the left symptoms were spondy
lotic and the right due to the cervical rib, and thal a surgical opinion was ind
icated.
Thoracic inlet and carpal tunnel syndromes often simu late the features of cervic
al spondylosis. The sensory symptoms do not by themselves form the basis for a d
iagnosis of entrapment neuropathy without other diagnostic criteria. 706 Excludi
ng peripheral causes, clinical experience sug gests we may be mistaken if we try
invariably to interpret upper limb acroparaesthesiae only in terms of physi cal t
respass upon structures of the neurovascular bundle itself. We have already seen
(p. 6) that vagaries of cervi cal spinal cord blood supply may give rise to hand
muscle wasting when the lesion is at the foramen magnum, and thaI osteophytes a
t C6-C7 can produce occipital headache (p. 1 29). Keuter ( 1 970)'" has emphasis
ed the importance of a wider view, and of holding in mind the reasonable likelih
ood of vascular changes sometimes occurring at sites remote from where they migh
t be expected. Nathan'"' has shown how the sympathetic trunks may be embedded in
thickened, degenerative soft tissue of the thoracolumbar region, but whether th
is also occurs at the stellate ganglion or in the upper thoracic sympathetic tru
nks and might be a factor in producing symptoms, is uncertain. Bilateral extrase
gmental paraesmesiae, in the absence of neurological signs, can sometimes be rel
ieved by mobilisation localised to segments T3, 4 and 5. A variety of the modes
of trespass is set out on page 1 3 1 , most ofthem verified at open operation, a
lthough the number of patients who come to surgery is small com pared to those wh
o are treated conservatively, and in whom the cause is not always satisfactorily
established. The majority of patients do not develop symptoms until middle age,
and vascular symptoms tend to predomin ate over the neurological symptoms, altho
ugh both are present to varying degrees. If there are bilateral hut asymmetrical
cervical ribs, the smaller and shorter of the two tends to produce the more sym
ptoms, possibly because a supernumary fibrous band is attached [Q the smaller ti
p.
Common presentations are as follows: Cervical rib (Figs 6.2, 6.5). The proportio
n of cervical ribs confirmed as the cause of trespass upon the brachial plexus i
s small. m The features are: Pain, proximally localised at first, begins to spre
ad down the arm, usually on the medial side, but sometimes later ally. Pain tends
to migrate distally if repetitive actions such as stamping documents or cleanin
g shop front win dows are continued. Sometimes pain is negligible but wasting and
weakness of the hand is more noticeable.9S) Paraesthesiae may initiate the hand
symptoms, or may fol low pain as the first symptom. The position of the limb may
not always influence the pain although use of the hand may aggravate both pain
Scalenus anticus syndrome (Naffz iger's syndrome) Dan ( 1976) 222 refers to the
importance of dividing the scalenus medius when excising an anomalous rib, while
S ilvertsen and Christensen ( 1 977) 1 1 28 describe the clinical features and
operative results after the scalenus anterior had been divided without excision
of a cervical rib, if present. Section of the scalenus anterior muscle, in 37 pa
tients who complained of pain and/or paraesthesiae in the upper limbs and tender
ness over the muscle, was pre ceded by injection of local anaesthetic into the mu
scle ; following the diagnostic injection, all of the patients ex perienced relie
f of pain.
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLlNICAL PRESENTATION On the 37 patients 38 scalenectomies we
re performed. Radiological signs were : Normal Cervical rib Cervical spondylosis
Large transverse process of C7
21 B
231
surgical analyses, having been relieved of their distress by simple physical mea
ns. As an example of the means, distressing bilateral glove paraesthesiae in mat
ure people may not infrequently be relieved by mobilising the upper three or fou
r thoracic segments, and seems more effectively relieved when treatment combines
adequate stretching of the pectoral structures and improvement of the range of
shoulder elevation. THE CLAVICULAR JOINTS The factor of changes in the shoulder
joint which often appear to be secondary, and allied, to cervical and upper thor
acic joint problems has been discussed (p. lB7) ; in this connection the clavicu
lar joints must also be mentioned, since possible changes in either need to be e
xcluded during examination for spinal problems. (a) Sternoclavicular joint Pain
over the upper lateral pectoral area may be referred forward from lower cervical
and/or upper thoracic ver tebral joints, and lower paramedian thoracic pain is f
re quently referred from upper thoracic segments.'" Upper medial pectoral pain is
more likely to arise from the sterno clavicular joint, surprisingly overlooked a
t times during an otherwise exemplary examination of the cervico thoracic region
and associated peripheral structures. Early arthrosis of the medial clavicular j
oint may simulate referred vertebrogenic pain, particularly from the upper and m
iddle neck. The joint is an important component of the shoulder mechanism, the s
ternal end of clavicle moving downwards through some 30-60 during shoulder elevati
on, also during which the clavicle rotates axially backward through some 50 . 1 0
2 1 When pain is provoked or aggravated in this region on overpressure to cervic
al rotation towards the painful side, the effect on the joint of sternomastoid a
nd scalene muscle traction should not be forgotten. Minor s ubluxation here will
present as an 'enlargement' of the sternal end of clav icle, and if this is susp
ected, the effects of testing the full range of scapular mobility should be note
d before the joint is palpate d. Advanced arthrosis, and traumatic attenuation o
f fibrous capsule and costoclavicular l igament, present with manifest changes o
f contour and attitude, and are easy to identify. In a follow-up of cases of tra
umatic dislocation, Savas tano and Stutz ( 1 97B)"" concluded that stability of t
he sternoclavicular joint was not necessary for normal func tion of limb and did
not interfere with arm movement. (b) Acromioclavicular joint This weak and poorl
y stabilised articulation is an intrinsic component of the shoulder mechanism ;
as the scapular
3 6
The patients had had symptoms for an average of 2 1 years. Diffuse pain or parae
sthesiae occurred in 19, ulnar radicular pain in 1 2 , radial radicular pain in
2, and both diffuse and radicular pain in 5. The criteria for assuming pain as r
adicular, rather than referred pain without root involvement, were not given. Ne
urological signs were found in 16 patients ; 8 patients had a weak handshake, 2
had atrophy of the thenar muscles and one had hypothenar muscle atrophy. Patient
s with neurological signs seemed to be relieved more often than those without, b
ut there was no difference in the efficacy of operation between those with or wi
thout cervical rib. A postoperative questionnaire after some months re vealed tha
t 5 had no symptoms, 1 9 had negligible symp toms, 12 were unchanged and 2 were w
orse. Several points for discussion arise, e.g. I. What might be the effects on
cervical mechanics of division of an important guy-rope muscle like the scal enus
anterior? Might the mechanics of the first rib also be disturbed? 2 Bearing in
mind the phenomenon of referred tender ness, what might be the mechanism responsi
ble for tenderness of this muscle? 3. Is there an unelucidated 'acupuncture' eff
ect on in jection of local anaesthetic? (See p. l i B.) It has been suggested tha
t there may be a link between the scalenus syndrome and headache,)) which is not
un reasonable in view of the muscles' attachments. When the well-worn paths of n
erve compression or entrapment, and vascular trespass, have been trodden, and th
e certain cases with these changes excluded, it is salutary to bear in mind that
a number of important muscles and connective-tissue structures link the lower c
ervical and upper thoracic vertebrae ; the factors mentioned under (3) (p. 1 30)
should perhaps be included in any clinical assessment of the genesis of acropar
aesthe siae, when signs of trespass upon nerves or vessels are absent. Important
factors in analyses of the frequency of extrasegmental paraesthesiae are: 1. The
distal segmental territory of a spinal nerve appears to be more of a flexible d
imension than may always be recogn ised'" and thus the basis for confident appel
la tions of 'extrasegmental' may not be justified. 2. Many of these patients neve
r reach the stage of surgical consultation or are entered as a statistic in retr
ospective
232
rotating outward early
10
begins
the
movement
of
shoulder elevation, the coracoclavicular ligament is tigh lened and there is a ra
nge of about 1 5 of rotatory gliding in the ;oint. 1021 After about 1 3 5 of ele
vation, a further
keeping with the idea that many cases of pain in the chest wall are due to anato
mical misalignment of a rib. This need only be of Slight degree to produce disco
mfort and disturb the equilibrium of the musculoskeletal structures of the thora
x.
Radiographic appearances are almost invariably reported as normal, although the
condition can a t times be man ifest on a-p views of the upper thorax . l l Their
report of the distribution of thoracic tenderness in syndromes :
Table 8.2
15
of gliding occurs between the lateral end of clavicle
and the acromion-this
30 of movement provides an in
crement of mobility for functional use of the arm. The true incidence of acromio
clavicular joint pathol ogy contributing to shoulder pain is unknown. Zanca which
41
patients allowed a grouping into costal and vertebrocostal
( 1 97 1 ) ' ''' analysed 1 000 cases of shoulder pain, among 1 2.7 per cent of
the patients presented with radio
by the same criteria, 20 per ccnt with glenohumeral abnor malities such as calcif
ied deposits in tendons of the rotator cuff. Degenerative change i n this 3nicul
arion, as a cause of shoulder pain and disability, is frequently overlooked. I)"
" In the absence of radiographic changes the incidence of pain from the joint, m
ore commonly because of minor subluxation, and the early changes of arthrosis, i
s prob ably very much higher. The joint should be tested whenever the neck and fo
re quarter is examined. Even minor degrees of subluxation or laxity may be painfu
l j pain is usually localised to the joint but may be referred as far as the lat
eral f orearm. 1l79 There is little or no change in the apparent range of scapul
ohumeral movement, but full elevation hurts at the joint, especially if overpres
sure is applied. Likewise, the extremes of functional glenohumeral movement, and
ac
graphic abnormalities of the acromioclavicular joint, and
Sites of tenderness in the vertical plane Right Left Bilateral
COSlal sj",drome; 31 cases
Single ribs tender: 20 cases 2 or 3 4 or S or 6 7 or 8 or 9 or 10 I I or 1 2 Mul
tiple ribs tender : I I cases , 23 3 4 or 3 4 S or 4 S or S 6 678 10 1 1 or I I
12
I 3 I 3 I 2
2
7 3
I 3 I
1
13 Single spines tender: T3
1"4 T7 T8 Vertebrocosral syndrome: 10 castS
18
7 cases 3 2
2 2
cessory movements of the clavicular joints, are also painful when passively test
ed. Active shoulder shrugging often hurts. The cardinal signs of acromioclavicul
ar joint changes arc (i) acute tenderness accurately localised to the superior a
spect of the joint, (ii) severe provocation of pain on gently forced traction ac
ross the chest,9t\ J and (iii) localised pain on passive tests of a-p gliding mo
vement. Subl uxation shows an unduly prominent clavicle, with an upward 'step' J
USt medial to the acromion.
Multiple spines tcnder: 3 cases 345 56
34 I
I
2
7
Table 8.3
Sites of tenderness in the horizontal plane Costochondral In Rib CostOvertebral
Dorsal spine shaft J I
No. of cases Costal I syndrome 18 Vertebro Costal syndrome
CONDIT IONS OF THE THORACIC INTERVERTEBRAL JOINTS, THE COSTAL JOINTS AND SCAPULO
COSTAL JOINT
Grant and Keegan
}
}
( 1 968)'" refer to the ominous signifi
While the authors suggest a fairly detailed nomen clature of costal and vertebroc
ostal pain, it may be prefer able to avoid proper names where possible, pending m
ore general agreement on the clinical entities and their f orms of presentation.
Also, it is clinically useful to emphasise the behaviour and distribution of ch
anges rather than give them names, other than in the case of those classical tho
racic conditions which need no full description here. The lesions, some of them
of acute onset and some chronically established, tend to occur in patterns which
cance, until otherwise explained, ofchest pain and observe that a more general r
ecogn ition of musculoskeletal chest wall pain might savc unnecessary worry and
invalidism. They commen t ;
We recognise our diagnosis is a clinical one lacking technological confirmation,
a fact which may partiy explain both ir:s neglect and lhe confusion in the nome
nclature . . . X-ray films of the rib insertions do not seem to be helpful . . .
our experience would be in
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION can be discerned and workers with much
experience of these cases might group some of them as under, besides adding synd
romes from their own clinical experience. For example, cranioverrebral joint pro
blems are accom panied surprisingly frequently by lesions of the third rib, on th
e side of the hemicranial pain. In all of the upper thoracic conditions, the sho
ulder girdle and glenohumeral joints should be carefully exam ined, because arm m
ovement is very often restricted and painful ; frequently a proportion of the up
per limb symp (Oms reponed are in fact anribmable (0 abnormal hies of the clavicu
lar and/or glenohumeral joints. Panerns of presentacion are as follows : Acute o
r chronic elevation of first and/or second rib Chronic unilateral lesions of upp
er rib joints Flattened upper thoracic region The so-called scapulocostal syndro
me Chronic generalised upper thoracic stiffening Poly myalgia rheumatica Upper/m
id-thoracic spondylosis with stiffness Upper/mid-thoracic spondylosis with hyper
mobility Tietze's disease The rib-tip syndrome Acute hemithoracic pain Chronic a
nterior chest wall pain Abdominal pain of spinal origin Scheuermann's disease An
kylosing spondylitis Lesions of lowest ribs Acute lumbar pain of thoracic origin
Osteoporosis Erosion of ribs in rheumatoid arthritis Thoracic disc lesions. Acu
te or chronic elevation of first and/or second rib The fixation of synovial join
ts of the craniovenebral region 'in a position possible to a normal neck' has be
en recognised for more than 40 years CCoutts, 1934) ;'08 this fixation within th
e normal range of movement is more likely 10 occur when the jointCs) concerned l
ie within and belong to a movement-complex of many other joints, such as occurs
in the spine, the carpus and the tarsus. One of these is the first rib ; althoug
h it moves very little in quiet respiration482 its costotransverse and costo vert
ebral joints appear more mobile than expected, and the clinical state of being p
ainfully 'hitched' upward is common. Among complex articulations a degree of fix
ation of one joint component is much more likely to remain undetected by cursory
examination, although the fact of something causing pain and a greater or lesse
r degree of difficul t movement is known well enough to the patient. These ab nor
malities, usually covertlLSOb until detected by careful
233
clinical and sometimes radiological examination, occur much less frequently in s
ingle large articulations like the glenohumeral or knee joints, and when they do
are much more likely to be due to relatively gross intra-articular derangement.
The clinical features which usually accompany the painful, unilateral fixed ele
vation of an upper rib justify separating it from the 'thoracic outlet' group of
condi tions, since the distribution of pain typically includes the lower neck mo
re often than the upper limb beyond the shoulder girdle. Upper cervical and subo
ccipital pain, on the same side, often accompany the detectable, unilateral chan
ge in the resting attitude of the 'yoke' region. A common antaigic attitude adop
ted by the patient is that of slight side-flexion IOwards the painful side, whil
e reaching across to rest the fingers of the opposite hand over the unilaterally
painful 'yoke' area. The patient reports an oppressive, dull, nagging ache, at
times accom panied by a burning feeling over the upper trapezius on the side of t
he pain and occasionally by a degree of uni lateral hyperaesthesia which can be f
ar more troublesome than pain. On observation, the upper trapezius fibres are in
some spasm, and palpation quickly reveals increased tenderness of the muscle ma
ss. Cervical rotation towards the painful side is restricted, as side-flexion to
the opposite side feels tethered. Extension hurts the painful side and flexion
elicits a pulling pain over the yoke area unilaterally. Movc ment of the shoulder
on that side may be moderately pain ful at extremes of range. There arc no neuro
logical signs. By careful and gentle palpation which avoids causing further refl
ex spasm or voluntary muscle guarding, the positions of the angles of first ribs
can be compared. Postural deformities including scoliosis and kyphosco liosis, o
r a pronounced 'dowager's hump' are excluded from this description. It is more c
ommon before 50, and appears to occur more frequently in young adults. The condi
tion may exist as a localised entity, but more often tends to involve a degree o
f fixation at (he second rib also and be allied to a region of upper cervical te
nderness at the C2-C3 segments. Since the scalenus muscles take origin from the
apo physes of C2 vertebra and downwards, it is tempting to explain the rib elevat
ion as due to chronic hypertonus of the scaleni muscles secondary to upper cervi
cal irrit ability, but the aetiology may not be as anractively simple as this. Ve
ry commonly, the cervical musculature is tensed dur ing exertions involving the u
pper limbs ; to the writer's knowledge there appearS to exist no cineradiographi
c study of the mechanical influences on the upper two ribs during pulling and pu
shing activities of the upper limb. The scalene group comprise powerful muscles,
and the intercostais, serratus anterior and subclavius, all of which attach to
the first rib Cas do the c1avipectoral fascia and
234
intercostal membranes) may transmit forces which induce fixation. Certainly, the
condition is sharply aggravated by pull ing activities such as hoeing, raking an
d sweeping leaves. It is also tempting to speculate that many mature people, wit
h more chronic unilateral fixation of cervicothoracic joints, with chronic arm p
ain and restricted neck move ment but no neurological signs, are in fact presenti
ng with the chronic sequelae of untreated upper rib fixation in times past.
Chronic unilateral lesions of upper rib joints Costal joint lesions are much mor
c frequent than is gener ally accepted, and only rarely do they spontaneously res
olve. Where not adequately treated they may lead to chronic symptoms. 1 M The ta
ble of segmental incidence of degenerative change (p. 80) has been derived as fa
r as possible from descriptions of the process observed in joints at autopsy, an
d from skeletal changes secn after maceration of bone. This does not preclude th
e frequent occurrence of pain ful joint problems during life at sites other than
those mentioned ; among these are commonly the upper three or four rib articulat
ions on one side, often presenting as a small family of involvement. The basis f
or ascribing the changes to costotransverse and costovertebral joints is given b
elow ; meanwhile, it is useful to recall the distribution of upper thoracic spin
al nerves.
1 . Ancerior primary rami. T I root supplies a large branch the brachial plexus,
and a much smaller branch (the first intercostal nerve) passes forward in the i
ntercostal space to end on the front of the chest as an anterior cutaneous nerve
of the thorax ; it also supplies the axillary skin. The C4 root supplies the sk
in overlying the clavicle. T2 root s upplies a lateral cutaneous branch (the int
er costobrachial nerve) to the brachial plexus ; it joins the medial cutaneous ne
rve of the arm, and also the posterior brachial cutaneous branch of the radial n
erve. It supplies axillary skin and the posterior arm. T3 intercostal nerve freq
uently gives off a second inter costobrachial nerve, which supplies axillary skin
and medial arm.437 Succeeding anterior primary rami of upper thoracic spi nal ne
rves end by piercing the pectoralis major and supplying the skin of the upper th
orax. The lateral cutaneous branches supply the axillary region. Intercostal ner
ves 4, 5 and 6 innervate the mammary region.
to
2. Posterior primary rami. The lateral branches of the dorsal rami pierce the de
ep structures more or less in line with the angles of the ribs ;'88 that of T2 m
ay descend to the level of T6 before ascending again to terminate on the back of
the scapula near the acromion process.789
While referred pain often lies within the peripheral dis tribution of individual
spinal nerves, just as frequently (p. 192) itis less tidily referred ; upper lim
b pain commonly arises from lesions in the upper thoracic spine, as well as from
the lower cervical region and the shoulder itself. The referred pain is often a
ccompanied by concomitant symp toms, the patient reporting heaviness and uselessn
ess of the arm, and numb feelings in the limb, although there is no objective nu
mbness and very frequently no neuro logical deficit. When the upper three or four
costal joints are involved, the patient reports a mid- or lower-scapular area o
f pain, as an oppressive dull ache. When contour changes due to kyphosis or kyph
osco liosis have been excluded, the overlying upper thoracic region will often ap
pear to be slightly more eminent pos teriorly than that of the opposite side. At
other times, a single rib and sometimes a pair of ribs are palpably more eminent
than their adjacent fellows and those of the oppo site side. Cervical extension
and flexion provokc the pain, and movements towards the painful side do likewise
. Move ments away from it feel tethered. There may be upper pec toral pain on the
same side and sometimes mammary pain. Elevation, external rotation and abduction
of the shoulder may be limited by some 5 or so, the nature of the limita tion be
ing pain and 'tightness' combined. The internal rotation range may paradoxically
be freer than that of the uninvolved shoulder. Pulling clothes over the head is
sometimes difficult, as is reversing a car. Pain commonly involves the axillary
region and spreads into the upper limb ; the whole forequarter may have a feeli
ng of frustrating uselessness. There may be extra segmental paraesthesiae, or the
patient may report the limb as feeling 'not quite right'. Palpation of spinous
processes T l to T4 may elicit no greater tenderness, but palpation in the parav
ertebral sulcus and morc especially of the upper three or four rib angles themse
lves elicits marked tenderness, and provokes acute pain localised to the upper t
horax on that side. Localised mobilisation by central vertebral pressure on the
spinous processes is usually less effective than pos teroanterior unilateral move
ments on the side of pain combined with mobilisation of the affected ribs ; the
ster nocostal joints of which are also more tender than on the unaffected side. '
Chapman's point'IM refers to the tenderness of associ ated sternocostal joints-th
e referral of pain and tender ness anteriorly is said to follow the anterior cuta
neous branch of the intercostal nerve. The distinction .. BOb between lesions of
ribs fixed in in spiration or fixed in expiration may be more of academic than c
linical importance, and seems not to have much bearing on results provided the c
ostal joints arc adequately mobilised.
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION N. B. The distinction between the condi
tion above when acute, and acute elevation of the first or second ribs, rests on
the ease with which the former may be relieved by a single thrust manipulation
applied to the rib angle, com pared to the need for several treatments of persuas
ive, rhythmic mobilisation of the rib joints in the latter. The second rib syndr
ome A distinctive localised contour change of the pectoral region tends to occur
when the second rib appears to have sustained stress more than its adjacent str
uctures. The cause is invariably trauma or strain, which may take the form of a
jolt when carrying a heavy weight on the shoulder, the sudden taking of a severe
strain when hand ling a weight above the level of the shoulders, being banged ab
out in a road traffic accide)lt or prolonged pull ing and hauling s tresses at wo
rk. There are no neurological signs or symptoms and the subjective changes repor
ted are those of a useless or heavy limb, the patient feeling unable to grip eff
iciently or to usc the arm in housework, for example, for very long at a time. T
here may be associated upper cervical joint problems, referring the pain to the
head ; the glenohumeral and cla vicular joints are usually unaffected but shoulde
r pain may be reported. Careful inspection and comparison of the upper pec toral
area will reveal an individually eminent second rib anteriorly on the affected s
ide, and surprisi gly, the angle n of that rib may also feel more prominent post
eriorly, giv ing the impression that the head and neck of the rib are 'stuck' at
the extreme lateral extent of their small accessory movemen t range. Rotations o
f the neck are the least affected movements, with flexion and extension provokin
g the existing uni lateral pectoral pain, 'like a hot horseshoe' s traddling the
yoke area on the affected side. S ide-flexions to either side arc abruptly halte
d and produce a stabbing pain over the upper pectoral area. The affected rib is
acutely tender anteriorly and pos teriorly, and the distinctive feature is that g
entle mobilisa tion of the rib provokes the bulk of symptoms reported ; palpatory
testing procedures at the first and third rib do not. When the condition has be
come chronic, the acute pain on movement disappears, sometimes to be replaced by
a steady ache in the upper limb, with 'heaviness' and 'uselessness'. If the sho
ulder girdle is held a little elevated, which may relieve the arm symptoms, an u
pper pectoral ache then appears on that side, and the patient has perforce to ch
oose bctween onc or other symptom. In the writer's experience one of these patie
nts had, when in acute pain 1 8 months previously, been diagnosed as pleurisy an
d given a course of antibiotics ; together w i th the prominent second rib, the
235
spinous process of this patient's T2 was markedly depressed. In all cases of tra
uma to the neck, yoke and shoulder girdle region it is wise to bear in mind the
poss ibility of traumatic disturbance of the architecture of upper rib articulat
ions. Long after the root pain in upper limb, and the cervical discomfort, have
been cleared up, there not infrequently remains a tendency for the upper limb to
become heavy and uselss after moderate activity, and on occasions the patient'S
persistent complaints may un fortunately raise a suspicion of malingering. A car
eful examination of the upper three ribs may reveal abnormalities which have bee
n missed during con ventional procedures for the root pain and the neurologi cal d
eficit.
Flattened upper thoracic region This has been mentioned ((f), p. 227), but is de
scribed again here becausc painful stiffening of the lower cervical spine appear
s to be linked with the upper thoracic changes. The flattened, and at times appa
rently lordotic, upper! mid thoracic spine has long been recognised as a postura
l change which augurs difficulty ; it was described in a chiro practic text by Sm
ith, Langworthy and PaxS01l in 1 906. While many middle-aged people with upper t
horacic stiff ening and a 'dowager's hump' are free of joint pains, notwithstandi
ng clear X-ray evidence of considerable degenerative change, the flat interscapu
lar area very frequently goes with intractable head, neck, shoulder girdle, arm
and rib-joint pains, and grumbling, chronic disability. On palpation there is ge
neral stiffness of a particularly unnatural kind, marked by a lack of resilience
which gives an impression not unlike that of the stiff, 'burned-ouc' rheumatoid
joint. The author's impression is that an apparently high in cidence of 'true fr
ozen shoulder' (for want of a better term), among patients who also exhibit this
peculiar pos tural change, may be more than coincidence. Cavaziel ( 1974)1" ment
ions that joint problems affecting ribs very seldom cause any extra tension of v
ertebral musculature, and indeed there may be little palpable evidence of para ve
rtebral muscle spas m ; while costal joints presumably could escape the conseq u
ences of this apparent postural abnormality, the upper rib angles on one or anot
her side are frequently tender, the C7-T l segment is frequently very stiff as w
ell as appearing prominent, the lower cervi cal segments sometimes feel 'board-li
ke' to accessory movement tests and there is the combination of unilateral (somet
imes contralateral) cervical headache, neck pain, an asymmetrical pattern of nec
k-movement limitation, re striction of shoulder movement, and upper thoracic or h
emithoracic pain. Pain of a non-radicular distribution may spread into the arm,
and a frozen shoulder may co-
236
exist. It is probably coincidence that the determination of histocompatibility a
ntigens in 38 patients with frozen shoulder, and 2 1 6 normal blood-donors, esta
blished that HLA-B27 was significantly morc common in patients with frozen shoul
der (42 per cent) than in the controls ( 1 0 per cent)'" (see also p. 206). With
out invoking chronic muscle spasm, it is difficult to explain the 'fixation' of
a vertebral region in what appears to be an abnormal poSture ; the possibility t
hat one is observing a variant of normal posture should not be discounted.
with difficulty in passively distracting the scapula from the chest wall. Scapul
othoracic crepitus on active or passive movement of the shoulder girdle may be f
ine or coarse, and occasion ally be that of a dull, snapping sound. The crepitus
may be attributed to a roughened posterior thoracic wall, mis alignment of subsca
pular ribs or projections such as soft tissue nodules or fasciculi in the subscap
ularis muscle. The possible existence of congenital soft-tissue sub scapular anom
alies should not be ruled out. The most consistent features seem to be : Pain al
ong the medial scapular border Tenderness in parascapular and medial subscapular
soft tiss ues Palpably fine crepitus, and fasciculi or nodules, apparently with
in the soft-tissue attachments (see p. 1 1 6) Reproduction afarm and scapular pa
in on firm palpation of its medial perimeter Unexceptional cervical and thoracic
spine movement teSts Scapular pain on use of arm Discomfort on extremes of scap
ular gliding movemen t when passively tested Difficulty in distracting the scapu
la from the chest wall. The cause of scapulothoracic crepitus remains in doub t
; many subjects have noisy movement but are other wise sign and symptom free. Whe
ther these subjects will eventually develop pain and other problems is undeter mi
ned. In others, crepitus coexists with scapular pain and some of the other featu
res mentioned. When testing the condition of soft-tissue attachments at the medi
al border of the scapula, it is convenient to stand behind the seated patient, w
hose ipsilateral wrist is drawn medially acroSS the lumbar region by the therapi
st'S contralateral hand. The medial scapular border can then be palpated by the
therapist'S thumb of that side. The patient may also be lying prone, of course.
Chronic generalised upper thoracic stiffening An example of clinical presentatio
n described above [(3) in Cervical spondylosis, p. 226] may present with the mos
t prominent features in the upper half of the thorax and with less obvious spond
ylotic changes in the lower cervical spine. The changes are quite characteristic
, with noticeably rounded shoulders comprising a generally stiff, hardened and f
orward-curved upper thoracic regio n ; the vertebral body joints and all the upp
er rib joints share in the regional fixation by a smooth rounded kyphosis. From
around the T6 segment upwards, the whole region is tender, board-like to palpati
on and sore. The forward upper thoracic curve ends at the base of the neck, as t
hough the neck were a separate structure with completely different curve charact
eristics.
The so-called scapulocostal syndrome Descriptions of the symptoms said to indica
te this condi tion include many clinical features which could be shown to be pres
ent because of other lesions, yet when these have been exc1 uded there remains a
small group of patients in whom firm palpation of soft-tissue attachments to th
e medial scapular border will reproduce the scapular and arm pain reported. Pain
can be referred to this region from the lower cervical segments (see p. 1 1 8)
; and the presence of referred tenderness from low cervical lesions, overlying a
n area of innocuous fasciculi in the soft tissues of the scapular border, cannot
always be ruled out. Yet again, the pain reported can at times be directly over
lying the site of coslal joint abnormalities giving rise to it (see p. 234). Pai
n unilaterally along the medial periscapular border is common, as is the finding
oftender nodules and fasciculi in the periscapular soft tissues in patients who
are other wise asymptomatic. If, in some who report periscapular pain but whose
cervical and thoracic movement tests are normal, the medial border of the bone i
s elevated and its under surface explored by palpation, the scapular attachment
of serratus anterior may be found painfully tender.217 Sometimes, the medial bor
der cannot be elevated or distracted from the chest wall as easily as that of th
e non painful side, and an association between this difficulty and the patient's
localised symptoms may then reasonably be made, provided other causes have been
excluded. Anention is naturally directed to the trapezius, rhom boids, levator sc
apulae and deeper layers comprising the cervicis muscles (longissimus, semispina
lis, and iliocos tal is) ; while postural spasm of the painful side trapezius can
often be seen as well as palpated in some lower cervical joint problems, statem
ents about 'palpable loss of tone' in the trapezius arc easier to make than to s
ubstantiate, and acute tenderness of the trapezius is very common indeed. Probab
ly a more acceptable test is Hat-handed re sistance ro isometric contraction of t
he scapular retractors while the trunk is well stabilised. This test will someti
mes reveal lack of power (or inhibi tion of a good contraction) of the trapezius,
coexisting
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION
237
The patient, usually a middle-aged woman, describes a constant, oppressive dull
ache across the yoke area and upper back, with painful stiffening of both should
er joints and marked inability to reach up for things on a shelf or to hang curt
ains, for example. Abduction and external rotation of the shoulders are very res
tricted, as is internal rotation. The pectoral structures are plainly tight and
normal shoulder girdle retraction is not possible. Extension of the head and nec
k is also very restricted, because the low cervical/upper thoracic segments seem
vir tually 'fossilised'. The line of the throat, seen laterally, does not even a
pproach the vertical on extension, let alone go beyond it as is normal in some.
Other cervical move ments are I ike wise restricted-the whole carriage of the upp
er thorax appears shifted forwards. Symptoms include aching and heaviness of the
arms, with extrasegmental paraesthesiae and early morning stiffness. The arms f
eel imprisoned to other than comfortable functional use in front of the body bel
ow 1000 elevation.
Polymyalgia rheumatic a This organic condition, which affects females much more
than males, has to be distinguished from other causes of vague aches and pains,
in middle-aged people, with little or nothing in the way of abnormal physical si
gns. 26) When a woman over 60 reports severe early morning stiffness and pain in
the upper and lower limb girdles its likelihood should be suspected. In a well-
referenced de scription of the condition, Plotz and Spiera ( 1 978)"" suggest the
following criteria :
syndrome is not normally associated with any other condi tion and its cause is ob
scure, but may be a form of arteritis. Giant cell arteritis occurs in temporal a
rteritis and also in polymyalgia rheumatica, and it is probable that the two dis
eases583 are different manifestations of a s ingle under lying pathological proce
ss. Its distinction from the other syndromes described and the indications for m
anagement by a rheumatologist must always be borne in mind, since prompt treatme
nt with corticosteroids may be a matter of urgency. The condition has a natural
course of 6 months to 1 0 years, and most patients recover completely.2f)}
CoexisTent joint problems The l ikelihood of a coexisting, localised and innocen
t joint problem, unconnected with the medical condition and amenable to localise
d treatment, should not be forgotten. So long as the examination findings are un
assailable, and treatment is moderate and governed by careful assessment, the lo
calised problem will respond in the nor mal way. For example: In 1 976 a 58-year-
old housewife developed polymyalgia rheumatica, with an ESR of 100 mm/hr. She be
gan improving at once on steroids. I n February 1 979 she was preparing food and
felt sudden right neck pain, which improved on use of a home vibrator. In May,
during a long bout of watching television, the acute pain returned and she began
to get an ache over the right yoke area and also the occasional frontal headach
e. She presented in July 1979 with the symptoms as described, together with a br
uised feeling in the right upper trapezius on movement of the right shoulder gir
dle. The referring letter from her physician mentioned her medical condition, it
s treatment by steroids and the probability that her neck pain might respond to
local treatment. Her constant, unilateral background ache, unilaterally provoked
by neck movements or using her right arm, together with the mode of onset on tw
o occasions and easily distinguishable by her from her regular 'rising a.m. stif
fness', taken together with the articular pattern of limi tation and pain provoca
tion, and the palpation signs, were sufficient to indicate a joint problem in it
s own right. Of her movements, left side-flexion felt tethered on the right side
and provoked a C4 1evel pain there. Left rotation was similarly a little restri
cted. Right side-flexion was nor mal but right rotation was reduced by some 10 de
grees and hurt more severely at mid-neck on the right side. She had a small hard
kyphus at C7-T I, some contracture of the ligamentum nuchae, with sore, thicken
ed and stiff segments between C2 and CS on the right, the mOSt tender and limite
d of which was the C3-C4 segment. The three upper right ribs were a little promi
nent posteriorly and both the associated vertebral transverse processes and (he
rib angles were sore to palpation, with reduced and painful accessory movement.
Her right shoulder was painfully
Shoulder and/or pelvic girdle pain which is primarily muscular, rather than arth
ritic or tendinous, in the absence of true muscle weakness Patient is over 60 No
evidence of rheumatoid or other inflammatory arthritis Marked elevation of ESR i
s the most uniform laboratory finding, and is associated with moderate anaemia,
mild fever, fatigue, lethargy, anorexia and weight loss. The plasma viscosity is
raised Absence of objective signs of muscle disease Prompt response to systemic
corticosteroid. The onset is more often acute and the patient may be able to pi
npoint the onset within an hour. Stiffness is worst after resting and can severe
ly but tem porarily paralyse the patient, who may initially need help to get out
of bed and move about. The arms are tender to pressure and very painful to move
; there may be generalised swelling of the hands. Low back pain may radiate to b
uttocks and posterior thighs, and the pressure on painful thighs by a chair or t
oilet seat may be hard to bear; driving is difficult for the same reason. Electr
omyogram studies reveal nothing. The
238
limited, by a few degrees, in elevation and internal rota tion. There was no neur
ological deficit, and her pain and arcicuiar signs were cleared in three treatme
nts of localised mobilisation to neck, upper thorax and right shoulder joint, an
d gentle stretching of the ligamentum nuchae, since when she has remained troubl
e-free, although still taking a diminished dose of steroids.
Upper/midthoracic spondylosis with stiffness Discussion. In a lecture delivered
to the International Society for Manipulative Medicine, Maigne and Ie Corre ( 1
969)788 stressed the frequent cervical origin of median or paramedian upper thor
acic 'dorsalgias', and showed that thumb pressure on the anterolateral part of t
he lower cervical spine (at the level of the emergence of the nerve roots) will
often elicit interscapular pain. Maigne ( 1 972)'89 mentioned subsequently that
the special sensitivity of one cervical segment will be noted, that this pressur
e will elicit or aggravate a pain radiating into the arm, and that in the majori
ty of cases of inter scapular dorsalgia it will provoke the habitual dorsal pain.
Further, they demonstrated a particular point of remark able fixity of painful t
enderness which lies 2 cm lateral to the line of the spinous processes at the le
vel of TS-T6. Pressure on the cervical 'sonnette' (bell) point 'rings the bell'
of thoracic dorsalgia. Others (p. 1 1 8) have drawn attention to this common phe
nomenon of pain reference. Maigne and Ie Corre observe that attentive examinatio
n of superficial soft tissues overlying the paramedian levels of T3-T6 often rev
eals great sensitivity to skin pinching and rolling, and that this sensitivity e
xtends obliquely out ward and downward, as a band several centimetres in height f
ollowing the line of the ribs. They note its fre quency after minor cervical inju
ries, in neualgias of the typical cervicobrachial type and its frequency after b
adly performed manipulations. Concerning the possible mechanisms of pathogenesis
, the authors found that the consistent paramedian 'TS/T6 point' coincided exact
ly with the superficial emergence of the lateral branch of the posterior primary
rami ofT2 spi nal nerve. This branch has a more extensive cutaneous distribution
than its fellows, since having descended to T6 level it then climbs up and outw
ard to the level of the acro mion process of scapula, sometimes giving branches t
o rhomboids and trapezius which it perforates (Fig. 1 .20). Infiltration of this
nerve with Novocaine at its exit between T2 and T3 immediately eradicated the d
orsal pain, the pain provoked by paramedian pressure at T2T3, the cutaneous sens
itivity to manipulations of soft tissues and the provocation of dorsal pain (rin
ging the bell) by cervical pressure. The sensitivity of the low antero lateral ce
rvical region remained unaltered. The authors postulate an anastomosis between t
he pos terior primary rami of lower cervical and upper thoracic
nerves--especially the second thoracic. For those hand ling daily some 20 or more
cases of musculoskeletal prob lems, it will be common experience that cervical m
ove mentS can provoke interscapular pain, and that localised cervical treatment w
ill eradicate it. The functional inter dependence of the vertebral column has bee
n emphasised (p. 38). Possibly we should not make too much of this, because just
as commonly upper/mid thoracic pain is produced by local changes in the thoraci
c segments and the relief of symptoms by localised cemral vertebral pressures in
fers that the underlying changes are those of early spondylosis. The changes may
be characterised by (i) palpable stiff ness, or may present as (ii) a mixture of
segmental stiffness and hypermobility, or (iii) a site of hypermobility only, s
ometimes at a single segment and sometimes comprising twO or three, to make a pa
lpably 'loose' region in the inter scapular area. As an example of the first (i),
a fit and athletically in clined man of 36 complained of increasingly frequent b
outs of symmetrical bilateral achi g situated paraver n tebrally at the horizonta
l levels of T8-T9-T10. The bouts occurred every two months or so, lasting some d
ays, and when severe necessitated a day or two in bed ; milder attacks were suff
iciently severe to prevent any physical activity and work was not possible. Ther
e was no pain radiation to neck, upper limbs or low back, nor any neuro logical s
igns or symptoms. Cervical and thoracic move ments were symmetrical and painless,
although the mid thoracic region was observed to move almost ell bloc. Straight-
leg-raising combined with passive neck flexion did not provoke the thoracic pain
. The patient speculated that a road traffic accident 1 5 years before may have
initiated the slow development of stiffness. Cervical palpation revealed nothing
exceptional, but the thoracic region between T3 and T6 was palpably stif fened,
with a much diminished range of accessory move ment ; the spinous processes of T3
-T6 were markedly tender to central pressures as were the transverse pro cesses b
ilaterally. Symmetrical and localised mobilisalion techniques to the named regio
n relieved the symptoms, the freedom from restriction and pain lasting to date f
or some nine months; the relief also depending, no doubt, on the segmental exerc
ises the patient was shown. A further, not uncommon, variant of this grouping of
clinical features is that of unilateral or bilateral glove paraesthesiae of upp
er limbs, and a tendency to general ised headache accompanied by palpable joint a
bnormali ties in the T2-T3-T4-TS-T6 region. More often than not, the joint proble
m is at the junction of the upper and middle thirds of the thoracic spine, i.e.
T4-TS. One of the inters paces will feel unusually tight, and an adjacent spinou
s process (usually the caudal one) will be palpably depressed and a little more
mobile than its fel-
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION
239
low; both will be sore to palpation. The patient may be wakened from sleep by th
e troublesome paraesthesiae, or may wake with symptoms present at the normal tim
e. Unusually, the patient may recall some trauma or physical stress from which t
he symptoms may be dated, but more often the onset is insidious, beginning with
mild paraesthesiae and mild headache ; having become estab lished, there is littl
e variation in the clinical features and it is not always possible to provoke or
relieve them by physi cal movement tests. There are no neurological signs. While
the palpation signs described can be detected in asymptomatic people, the syndr
ome is distinguished by the fact that both the paraesthesiae and the headache ca
n routinely be relieved by accurately localised mobilisation to the segments con
cerned. I t is difficult to avoid concluding that aberran! sympa thetic neurone t
raffic underlies the clinical presentation.
Upper/midthoracic spondylosis with hyper mobility Movement-abnormalities due to
spondylotic change can be manifest as stiffness, and also as looseness, of a seg
ment. Hypermobility and stiffness occur very frequently in adjacent segments, th
e one possibly being a consequence of the other. This occurs in the cervical spi
ne (Figs 6. 1, 8. 4) and in the lumbar spine (p. 1 39) ; it also plainly occurs
in the thoracic spine, and on occasions the degree of looseness is such as to de
fy conservative treatment and to require surgical fusion. 72 1 The comparative l
ack of movement in thoracic verte brae (p. 48) seems not to preclude it suffering
segmental hypermobility, within the context of its relatively reduced range of
movement. In the instance of s urgical fusion out lined above, the patient had su
ffered frustrating restric tions of activities because of interscapular pain for
some considerable time, and after the failure of conservative treatment to relie
ve him, had remained free of the trouble two years after the fusion. The fact th
at he began to de velop cervical problems after that period in no way nul lifies t
he presence, and surgical relief of, his segmental thoracic hypermobility. Examp
les are: I. Patients often present with midthoracic pain, fre quently provoked by
thoracic testing movements but sometimes curiously not, and with no other probl
ems in the neck, arms, rest of the trunk or lower limbs. Segments TI-TI-T3, for
example, may be palpably stiffened, and somewhat tender, but T4 and TS have a de
cidedly 'boggy' feel on posteroanterior central vertebral pressures and this pro
vokes a sharp, vol untary muscle-guarding response by the patient. If the palpat
ion is rough or too vigorous, the presenting pain is severely aggravated for man
y hours afterwards. Segments T6, T7 and below may be a little tender but are
otherwise negligibly involved and are neither stiff nor more mobile. 2. A single
segment, and more commonly a group of two or three segments, can be found to be
palpably loose in relation to the comparatively small but normal access ory-move
ment range of their neighbours. Gran! and Keegan ( 1 968)'" described certain fa
irly consistent features of musculoskeletal pain in the chest wall, i.e. reasona
bly accurate localisation ; accentuation by movements of the thoracic spine-twis
ting, bending or turning in bed ; exacerbation by breathing, coughing and strain
ing; association with posture and position; a history of twist or muscular stres
s, sometimes req uiring question ing to elicit. Most people have very little real
conception of the enor mous forces (p. 499) developed by co-ordinated muscle act
ion during activities such as wrestling, pulling, drag ging, bending and lifting,
pushing a motor-car or digging and shovelling clay; nor of the applied violence
of car acci dents. Patients should be questioned with care about stresses of thi
s kind, because very frequently they give little account to some 'ordinary' phys
ical Stress which in fact may have severely strained vertebral structures. Very
frequently a history of this kind of stress predates the onset of midthoracic pa
in, yet it is circumspect not to be too enthusiastic in ascribing pain to a part
icular event. However, when violent retching and vomiting necessitates a flexed
position of the trunk, and thoracic pain of acute onset coincides with it, there
is no doubt of the relationship between cause and effect. There also seems litt
le doubt that excessive applied stress can strain and attenuate the soft tissues
of thoracic segments in precisely the same way as occurs at all other synovial
joints. A 32-year-old man developed interscapular pain after a strenuous pulling
episode on an oil rig two years before. Two episodes of acute thoracic pain occ
urred in the interim. Thoracic extension provoked the worst pain ; other movemen
ts did less so. There were no neurological signs and no pain radiation, although
there was right occi pitofrontal headache and a painfully tender and thickened l
efl occipitoatlantal joint. Cervical palpation revealed nothing of note other th
an changes at the left CO-C I segment, but T4-TS-T6 were all noticeably 'soggy'
on central vertebral pressures, which provoked a sickening pain locally. The sam
e gently applied techniques relieved it.
Tietze's disease Tietze's disease was described by him in 1 9 2 1 ; 1 2 17 the c
hanges and clinical presentations are briefly described on page 1 38. The cause
of the painful cartilage is still un proven, but Rawlings ( 1 962)"" mentioned a
usual history of repetitive or acute overloading or stress of the rib cage. A pa
inful, tender mass overlies the costosternal junction,
240
( 1 9 7 1 ) 1200 have demonstrated 3 mm at the C5-C6 segment and 3.5 mm at the
L5-S 1 segment,
Swezey and Silverman that overriding of vertebral facets, of the order of is not
detectable on routine X-rays. Since these segments are a great deal more mobile
than the thoracic joints (Figs
and there is no other evidence of abnormality. In about
SO per cenl of patients the mass is at the second rib ; there
is no heal or redness. The histology may be that of peri
chondrial swelling with round cell infiltration. Cavaziel
( 1 974)164 asserts that the condition denotes toc
sion of a rib. Hydrocortisone injection appears (0 be the definitive treatment.
26, 2 7) it seems pointless
10 wait for X-ray evidence
before acce pting the existence of costal joint derangement. (See also Thoracic
disc lesions, p.
24S.)
The rib-tip syndrome
The rib-tip syndrome (p.
The clinical picture can be quite dramatic, and because
1 3S) is characterised by bouts
the f eatures can simulate acute visceral conditions it is understandable that a
s i mple benign, musculoskeletal cause is not thought of initially. After an ac
ute onset, chronic pain may persist for months or years if treatment is not give
n. Grant and Kee gan4H give an illustrative case history which includes a descrip
tion ofaxillary and arm pain associated with upper thoracic joint problems of ac
ute onset:
of severe lancinating pain localised to the costal margin unilaterally al the an
terior ends of the Sth, 9th or 10th rib. The pain can be confused with pleurisy,
coronary thrombosis and gall-bladder disease, 10 the extent that laparotomy may
be performed. The pain may be associated with hyperaesthesia in the territory o
f the related intercostal nerve. Diagnosis can be confirmed by hooking flexed fi
ngers under the imprisoned rib(s) and pulling anteriorly, when the characteristi
c and localised pain is provoked. ";29 A popping or clicking sensation on deep r
espiration or sudden thoracic stress may be accompanied by stabbing local pains,
which in some may radiate around the flank to the back. The author has recently
seen a woman whose recurrent episodes of thoracic dis tress were so severe as t
o render her speechless, almost afraid to breathe and completely unable to make
love with her husband for f ear of precip itating an anack of pain. Having exper
ienced this once, she felt, I I dare not risk it again'. Some typical histories
include direct trauma to the costal margin. In the patient mentioned above, vigo
rous thrust manipulations had recently been repetitively applied to the intersca
pular dorsal spine while she was in the prone position ; she could recall no oth
er direct or in direct trauma to her thorax.
A small frail 45-year-old woman had been engaged in nursing her invalid father;
work which involved shifting him around the bed. She complained of an lagon isin
g' pain in the left side of the chest over three months and had been investigate
d elsewhere X-ray chest, cardiograph. blood count and sedimentation rate being de
scribed as normal, but the cervical spine X-ray showed degenerative changes ofC4
-C5 disc. Referred to clinic as possible angina for further opinion. She was una
ble to remember the exact commencemenrofher discomfort buton questioning localis
ed the pain as being 'gripping' over the 3rd and 4th left costochondral cartilag
es going through to the back in the left scapular area and axilla. She had also
pain down her arm at night and felt depressed and very worried about her heart.
On examination, radiology of the chest, thoracic spine and ribs was normal and t
he cardiograph again negative. Twisting her back was painful. She was tender ove
r the 3rd-5th cartilages anteriorly, the shaft of the 3rd rib along its course t
o me axilla and the costovertebral joints of the 3rd. 4th and 5th ribs.
Chronic anterior chest wall pain
Anterior chest pain may persist for months, or years, and tends to occur in pati
ents over artery occlusion. Prinzmetal and Massumi
Acute hemithoracic pain
This condition is distinguished from that above by the wider area of pain and by
the usual lack of direct violence in the history, in which a trunk twisting or
reaching epi sode is morc usually associated with the acute onset of pain. A repr
esentative description of clinical feat ures has been given (p.
45 who develop the condi
tion some six or more months after an attack of coronary
( 1 955) 100' point out that the
patient with cardiac insufficiency may suffer musculo skeletal chest wall pain JU
St as frequently as anybody else. Further, [hat 'fibrositic' lesions of the ches
t wall are very common accompani ments of coronary disease. The patient begins t
o complain of pain in the anterior chest wall, usually continuous and with no ra
diation to neck, jaw or arms, but usually mOSt severe in the sternal region. Pat
ients are quite often able to diff erentiate between it and the previous cardiac
pain. There are no vasomotor changes such as salivation or perspiration. Exacer
bations may be acute because of some sudden body movement, the most frequent bei
ng flexion, exten sion, or roration of the trunk, rotation of the neck or eleva ti
on of the arms. The authors suggest that in the diff eren-
I SO) and Kellgren (p. 194) has described
many examples of it. In many cases, the cause appears to be a mechanical or func
tional block of a costal joint or, as Grant and Kee gan
( 1 968)"') have expressed it, lanatomical misalignment'
of a rib. The authors have drawn anention to the un helpfulness of X-rays, and it
may be unreasonable for us to expect that derangements of the cOStotransverse a
nd cos tovertebral joints would be detectable radiographically. 'Changes to the c
ostovertebral articulations cause inter costal pain which may be relieved by manu
al therapy.'
[ SelImorl and jllnglIamlS ( 1 972).I09'J
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION
241
tial diagnosis between this symptom-complex and other conditions such as coronar
y disease, the following major differences will be revealed by patient q uestion
ing and careful physical exam ina tion: I. The pain of angina pectoris is paroxy
smal, and precipi tated by physical exertion and emotional tension anterior chest
wall pain tends to be continuous with acute exacerbations. 2. Pain radiation in
angina pectoris is characteristic, while pain of the chest wall does not usually
radiate outside the boundaries of the thoracic cage. 3. The vasomotor accompani
ments of angina pectoris are absent in chest wall pain. 4. Musculoskeletal pain
is not accompanied by systemic or cardiac symptoms. Temperature, ESR and blood c
ountS remain normal. 5. The electrocardiograms taken during exacerbations of cor
onary arterial disease show features which are absent in the chest wall syndrome
. 6. The pain of angina pectoris is relieved by glyceryl trini trate, while chest
wall pain fails to respond to this drug. 7. While some tenderness of the chest
wall may be presen t in angina pectoris, it is mild and tends to disappear after
an anack. The tenderness of chest wall pain is exquisite and persistent. 8. The
prompt improvement in chest wall pain after cor ticotropin therapy does not occu
r in angina pectoris. Other authors29 1 , 20. }{Ih have drawn attention to examp
les of chronic soreness of the anterior chest wall un accompanied by the signs an
d symptoms of coronary artery disease or pericarditis. The patient'S general hea
lth is usually very good. There appears to be a viscerosomatic interrelation, in
that visceral changes can give rise to somatic changes in adjacent musculoskele
tal structures. The examples of pul monary arthropathy and the shoulder-hand synd
rome (p. 185) provide a basis for the notion that, ' . . . it is entirely possib
le that somatic anterior chest wall pain is patho genically analagous to the shou
lder-hand syndrome'.l oo2 The symptom-complex is often misdiagnosed as coronary
heart disease and treated accordingl y ; this may give rise to the anxiety and d
epression associated with con victions about incurable heart disease. Among a gro
up of 1 8 patients who were referred to hos pital for suspected myocardial ischae
mia, and who were found to have painful rib lesions, 3 had had a previously conf
irmed episode of heart disease, although no evidence of recurrence was found. Ku
nert ( 1 975)687 discussed the condition from a some what different aspect, sugge
sting that there may be a causal link between vertebral column changes and cardi
ac factors causing chest and heart pain.
Abdominal pain of spinal origin Those who spend most of their working day dealin
g with
vertebral joint conditions become aware of the freq uency with which lower thora
cic, upper lumbar (and sacroil iac) joint problems can refer pain to the abdomin
al wall.
Spinal rOot or referred pain often arise synchronously and in the same segments
as visceral abnormalities either because of summation or through visceroparietal
reflexes. The latter are occasionally so marked that the visceral source of tro
uble is obscured. Conversely parietal pain can cause reflex visceral symp toms .
. . . An acute abdomen may be simulated by aching from skeletal structures in fe
brile illnesses.46
Marinacci and Courville ( 1 962)1:108 in a description of radicular syndromes wh
ich simulated intra-abdominal surgical conditions, mentioned the most common cau
se of radieu/opathy as virus infection, neoplastic lesions, arthritic spurs, rup
tured intervertebral disc, compression fractures and vascular tumours (p. 103).
They describe the potentials for pain referral, e.g. T6T7 root irritation produc
ing epigastric pain, T7-T8 irri tation simulating gall-bladder disease, pain in t
he kidney region from T9 root irritation, and T I O-T I I root irrita tion sugges
ting disorders of urethra and bladder. They suggest that in these cases the clin
ician is dealing with a 'counterfeit' symptomatology. Since reflex muscle spasm
and tenderness may accom pany both visceral disease and abdominal pain referred f
rom the spine, it has been suggested that the physical signs may be unhelpful in
resolving this diagnosric dilemma.71 2 Ashby's ( 1 977)" prospective study of 7
3 patients pre senting in one year indicates the following criteria for audit of
the diagnosis of abdominal pain of spinal origin :
The diagnosis was regarded as confirmed if both the following criteria were met:
I . Either (a) the clinical features were typical, for example,
cutaneous pain or marked postural aggravation,
or
(b) the clinical features were
compatible and there was
a sustained remission of pain for an arbitrary months after intercostal bloc k ;
and
3
2. No visceral or abdominal wall lesions manifested over an arbi trary year of fo
llow-up.
It was considered that root or peripheral nerve irritation was suggested by desc
riptive q ualities like 'pricking', 'burning', or 'sore', and referred pain from
descriptions like 'nagging', 'toothache', and 'difficult to describe'. The obje
ctive criteria for distinguishing root irritation pain from referred pain, and t
he basis for not also describing the former as referred, are not given. 'Tendern
ess near the tip of a vertebral transverse pro cess was a particularly val uable
sign as it indicated nerves to inject.' Ashby considered that:
. . . pain may arise through one or more mechanisms:
( I) primary
root pain j (2) referred pain from strucrures of the vertebral axis j
(3) secondary effects, (a) referred pain due to excessive reflexes
242
provoking high-threshold receptors in joints and muscles, or (b) rOOl pain duc t
o compression by reflex muscle spasm.
It is of interest that in the papers quoted, the authors' concern with spinal ne
rve roots and peripheral nerves is manifest ; there appears an undue preoccupati
on with nerves, and insufficient emphasis given to the possibility that very man
y examples of pain referred to the abdominal wall need not concern irritation or
compression of nerves at all, as thigh and knee pain in arthrosis of the hip do
es not concern physical involvement of nerve trunks. Further, that referred pain
s in the abdominal wall are more oftcn of quite innocuous origin, their genesis
being everyday sprains and traumatic stresses of vertebral joints, or early dege
nerative changes of localised soft tissue and thickening which do not s how up o
n X-ray. The basis for this assertion is the frequency with which referred ab dom
inal pains can be relieved, by specific spinal mobilising techniques which, beca
use of their gentleness, could not by any stretch of imagination be 'putting dis
cs back' or 'taking osteophytes off nerve roots' (or vice versa). We have referr
ed (p. 239) to commonly limited con ceptions of the magnitude of forces acting up
on thoracic joints.2JO.2ll,212 The neck, shoulder and scapular muscles, the diap
hragm, abdominal wall muscles and the quadratus I umborum all exert great forces
which stress thoracic s tructures. Heavy functional use of arms and shoulders t
ransmits s tress to the thorax ; the rise in intrathoracic pressure and distorti
on of the rib cage under stress are considerable. Pulling, as opposed to pushing
with the arms, consider ably alters thoracic capacity and thoracic stress patter
ns. Joint strains, particularly habitual ones, are likely to initi ate slow degen
erative changes,902 and since this notion is acceptable as the basis for much of
cervical and lumbar degenerative change, why not for the thoracic spine, too ?
The fact that radiological changes are difficult to demon strate is not of great
consequence, since it is well known that clinically evident joint abnormalities,
with painful movement and referred symptoms, correlate poorly with X-ray change
s. Entrapme'll ,reuropathy of lower thoracic nerves must be considered. Abdomina
l wall pain because of entrapment neuropathy at or near an operation scarlO48 is
real enough, as is its relief by local infiltration of anaes thetic solutions an
d corticosteroid, yet in many cases with out operation scars the provocation of p
ain by pressure on the trigger site is probably analogous to pressure on a tende
r trapezius muscle in cervical joint problems ; pro vocation of pain by coughing,
straining or tensing the ab dominal muscles by raising head and shoulders off th
e pil low8)9 employs manreuvres which also markedly stress thoracic joints. The b
asis for a diagnosis of entrapment neuropathy may sometimes be fallacious. llcu
Eradication of a local pain by local injection does not
necessarily mean that its source has been thereby demon s trated. The factors of
'needling' and effects of acu puncture cannot be dissuciated from assessment of i
n jection effects ; three phenomena are involve d : the actions of the substance
employed, effects of its physical mass and cutaneous puncture by needle. Perhaps
this phenomenon should not be relied upon, willy-nilly, as a basic tenet of dia
gnosis in musculoskeletal problems. It is my experience that 'the need for a rou
tine and de liberate search for tenderness localised to the anterior ab dominal wa
ll' , ... is balanced by the need for a careful ver tebral examination which incl
udes meticulous spinal and paras pinal palpation. The general standard of examin
a tion of the spine seems not as high as it might be, nor does the phenomenon of
referred tenderness appear to receive the appreciation it should. Perhaps the di
agnosis of entrapment neuropathy at the abdominal wall in patients who also exhi
bit spinal problems should not be made until the vertebral column, thoracic and
pelvic joints have been comprehensively examined; the simple business of rat tlin
g through the spinal movements, testing for neurologi cal signs and taking antero
posterior and lateral X-rays does not amount to a comprehensive examination,'''2
Abdominal and anterior chest pain from posterior thoracic joints may exist in t
he absence of lateral or pos terior thoracic pain ; as has been mentioned (p. 195
), pain from synovial joints may be localised to the joint region, localised and
referred or referred only, as commonly occurs in arthrosis of the hip.
Scheuermann's disease (vertebral osteochondrosis) This is the commonest spinal d
isease and cause of back pain in adolescents. It is twice as common in boys as i
n girls. Although mentioned here under thoracic conditions, verrebral osteochond
rosis is a process which may affect any pan of the spine : ' . . . we must free
ourselves from the conception that it is a condition particularly affecting the
thoracic spine . . . ' , , 46 Any thoracic or lumbar level may be affected. l l
80b Lumbar osteochondrosis is far from uncommonlO9} and may well be as common as
the thoracic form (p. 1 36), cervical osteochondrosis in the active stage is of
ten symp tomless but may be the cause of recurrent discomfort in the neck and cer
vicoscapular region. 146 While the association between the deformity of ado lesce
nt kyphosis and thoracic osteochondrosis is plain, there is a tendency to overlo
ok the fact that for every single gross postural example of this association of
cause and effect, there are a great many cases where kyphosis is not a marked fe
ature of the condition, yet the principal symp toms for which the pacient seeks h
elp are ascribable to radiological and clinical evidence of thoracic or upper lu
mbar stiffening due to osteochondrosis.
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION
243
Alternatively, a frank kyphosis produced by Scheuer mann's disease may be quite p
ainless. It is important to remember that thoracic kyphosis per se may be second
ary to tight hamstrings and not due to vertebral pathology.981 I f the positions
of the anterior superior iliac spine and the greater trochanters, in the nor mal
sranding posture, are marked and the s ubject then bends forward, the two marks
3CC virtually horizontal when the tocs arc reached by the fingers. If they are
not, the thoracic spine is constantly undergoing flexion stress, not only in sto
pping but in sitting on the floor with the legs straight. When due to the change
s of Scheuermann's disease the kyphosis, onset of which is never observed, begin
s early in the second decade before there is any chronic spinal pain, although o
ccasionally young people may have 'growing pains' during the first decade and th
en a period of quiescence until they begin to work during the second decade. The
kyphosis is often discovered during a routine school medical examination. The c
urve is smooth and appears as an exaggeration of the normal posture. It is accen
tuated in flexion. The I umbar and cervical curves are increased in compensation
. I l l } The biomechanical effects upon neural canal structures can be altered
by the kyphosis, since the resting length of the canal has increased. Extremes o
f head and neck flexion, and of lumbar and hip flexion with the knees straight,
will have the potential of provoking earlier than normal pain which may be due t
o tension effects. This potential is increased if the canal is congenitally sten
otic. In the absence of treatment and supervision over some years, the deformity
progresses until ossification com pletes itself at about 22 years.981 l 180b Pain
starts some years after the deformity begins to be manifest, often on beginning
work which involves Stress to the spinal structures. The pain is sometimes loca
lised to the mid- and lower thoracic region, but more usually is localised and a
lso spreading to upper lumbar regions. The pain is not only s tress-dependent bu
t also time-de pendent, in that it tends to build up towards the end of the day,
or at the end of a period of work or athletic activity. The pain during adolesce
nce ceases when growth is complete, but begins again during adult maturity, when
the stresses occasioned by a region of stiffness begin to make themselves felt
in adjacent regions, often the lumbar spine. The usual clinical picture is that
the onset of pain is insidious, it is never really severe, there is no systemic
illness and the main complaints are of backache and fatigue. I l80b There are va
riation s : 1. A patient may report quite localised backache in the junctional r
egion between the radiologically affected
segments and those with normal appearances. Treatment directed only to the junct
ional region relieves the ache, while the deformity remains, of course. 2. Less
commonly the patient, usually a young adult woman, shows no marked postural kyph
osis but has severe radiological changes, several segments showing blurring and
fuzziness of the disc-vertebral body interface, and not always with wedging. The
symptoms are those of a chronic dull background ache, upon which is superim pose
d severe jabs of localised thoracic pain, more notice ably during rotation moveme
nts. The clinical presenta tion appears to be that of a thoracic column whose arc
hi tecture has been disturbed by disc degeneration to the point of initiating rep
etitive small joint derangements in themselves harmless and not threatening nerve
roots or the spinal cord but amounting to a severe functional restriction, the
cause of chronic problems. S ince this section on types of presentation has a cl
inical bias, it is no transgression to mention the important effects of the same
condition occurring lower in the vertebral column. Lower thoracic and upper lum
bar osteochondrosis (p. 1 36) may remain undetected until the patient, usually a
male, is in the late 20's or early 30's, when chronic stress on adjacent and no
rmally mobile segments begins to declare itself. A common presentation among men
around the 30year-old age group is that of lumbosacral area pain mani festly ari
sing from a tender and midly irritable L5 (and less often L4) segment, passive m
ovement of which stirs up the local pain. From L4 upwards the lumbar and often t
he lower thoracic spine is flat, stiff and sometimes feels quite solid to access
ory-movement tests. In more chronic cases, small areas of light brown cutaneous
discoloration overlie the mid and upper lumbar spinous processes, indi cating sit
es of chronic pressures on the prominent bony points by the backs of chairs. The
most striking features of this very common pre sentation are the extraordinary s
tiffness of the affected midlumbar region ; the tendency for the paillful segmen
t to lie next below the stitfregion ; the way this regional stiff ness may remain
concealed despite so-called comprehen sive examination ; an apparent general lac
k of awareness of this ubiquitous clinical finding. 'Covert I umbar osteochondro
sis' is probably the correct diagnosis in much backache of young adult males, wh
en more frank causes have been excluded. A generalised lum bosacral ache, worse a
fter a day's work or recreational stress, underlies short sharp episodes of more
acute pain after digging, bending and l ifting episodes or sudden rotational st
rains. It seems, in effe ct, that me lowest lumbar segment is being repetiti\cly
sprained or strained, due to the stress imposed by the immediately adjacent stif
f spinal neigh bourhood. The principle of treatment will be plain--<;enle
244
their physicians. The fact that women tend to have more peri pheral joint involve
ment than men may mean that some cases in women have been misdiagnosed as rheuma
toid arthritis. average, than in females. It remains possible that the disease i
s more severe in males, on the
lower segment irritability and improve mobility of the stiff region.
Ankylosing spondylitis 'This disorder may be underdiagtlosed by a factor of abou
t 80 in females and 10 in males.'15) The complex interrelationship between a lar
ge group of rheumatic conditions is slowly becoming better under slOod (see p. 20
6). The antigen HLA-27 is among several which can be identified on cell surfaces
; among the human leucocyte anligens, HLA-27 is usually present in 4-5 per cent
of the population, but was found in 72 of 75 patients with classical ankylosing
spondylitis,125 and in only 3 of 75 controls. Brewerton et al. ( 1 973) observe
thaI the diagnosis of ankylosing spondylilis has previously tended 10 be pro vis
ional for a number of years, e.g. 7 patients had not de veloped radiological evid
ence ofsacroiliitis until more than 5 years after the original clinical diagnos
is,I166 and it is now feasible that identification of this and other rheumatic d
is orders will be considerably hastened. 'From the viewpoint of genetic analysis
they are all part of an overlapping mixture of clinical features and diseases. '
7 1 3. 893 The disease is more common among the relatives of patients known to b
e suffering from it ;780 clinical investi gation of first-degree relatives of spo
ndylitic patients reveals features of the condition in 1 5 per cent or more of t
hem.7 13 Several factors mark the difference between rheumatoid arthritis and an
kylosing spondylitis:
1 . The majority of cases occur in young men 2. Asymmetrical joint involvement,
usually of lower limbs, occurs often 3. Restricted chest expansion, due to costo
vertebral joint involvement, is common 4. Radiography reveals sacroiliitis soone
r or later 5. The rheumatoid factOr is negativel264 6. Bone scanning techniques
may be helpful. 700
Although mamfesl spond ylitis is common in men, milder symptoms are found almost
equally in bOlh sexes. Calin and Fries ( 1 975)'" succinctly discuss the sex in
cidence of the disease :
The reason for male predominance in diagnosed cases is more difficult to analyse
. Many young women complaining of chronic low-back pain may nOt be investigated
because it is common to blame the female pelvic organs for any untoward symptoms
. There is also a reluctance to subject young women to pelvic radiation. Frequen
t statements that ankylosing spondylitis is rare in women further decrease the c
hance that correct diagnosis will be made. It seems possible that young men in p
hysically more active occupations are more likely to find back pain and stiff ne
ss a limit ing factor in their daily life and are thus more likely to consult
Resnick el al. ( 1976) 1028 studied the clinical and radio graphic differences be
tween men and women (98 patients) with the disease. In the 1 8 female patients t
here was a later onset, a higher incidence of peripheral joint involvement, more
frequent involvement of the cervical spine and a generally milder course. Radio
graphic differences in the women were a high in cidence of cervical spine changes
, a combination of cervi cal and sacroiliac changes with normal lumbar and thorac
ic spines and frequently a severe osteitis pubis. More frequently than not, the
patient is an otherwise healthy, strong and athletically minded man-<:ertainly n
o shrinking violet. A small percentage of patients give a his (Cry of rheumatic d
isease, or flitting joint pains in the lower limbs, during the 10th-15th year, a
fter which pain disappears. Mild spondylitic symplOms begin insiduously in late
adolescence or early manhood, and most often take the form of low back pain, wit
h severe morning stiffness. Some) but not all, report alternating sciatica, some
times spreading to lower thigh. Stiffness may also disturb sleep, and there may
be chest as well as lumbar pain. The stiff ness is relieved by exercise and aggra
vated by rest. In around 5 per cent of patients the disease may start in the tho
racic spine and in some 1 3 per cent the condition originates in the cervical sp
ine, 1so Typically, the backache and stiffness wax and wane for periods of some
weeks or months ; after a trouble-free interim the pain is noticed to have migra
ted up the spine, and is more pronounced in the upper l umbar and lower thoracic
regions. Respiration may feel less free, and while the low back no longer hurts
its movement may feel limited} although surprisingly often patients remain un aw
are of their manifest lumbar restriction. Patients rarely seek advice merely bec
ause the spine is stiffer than it used to be.l I80b The writer recalls a patient
over 50 who was referred for the neck pains of cervical spondylosis, and in who
m the whole vertebral column) other than the upper neck, was virtually fossilise
d. He vaguely recalled low back pains and alternating sciatica while in the Army
many years ago, but the condition had not been diagnosed. A consisten t clinica
l finding in spondylitis is marked re striction of side-flexion, and this sign sh
ould always arouse s uspicion of inflammatory vertebral disease. The patient'S g
eneral condition is often better than in rheumatoid arthritis, but this does dep
end on the amount of pain which has to be borne and the severity of the condi tio
n. A common feature is that of increasing and frustrat ing weariness, and it may
be noticed that the patient finds difficulty in leaning forward when asked to si
t on a plinth
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION
245
for examination of the chest. 1 040 The spinous processes, ischial tuberosities
and calcanei may show marked tender ness. Some of the patients who present annual
ly with acute anterior uveitis have identifiable rheumatic disease,71} and iriti
s is present in about 25 per cent of patients with anky losing spondylitis. Typic
ally there are no symptoms suggesting nerve root or peripheral root involvement.
The course and mani festations of the disease are seldom dramatic, and marked st
iffness with spinal ankylosis can occur without appreci able symptoms for many ye
ars. I S ) Chest expansion is reduced to less than 5 cm. Shoulders and hips are
affected in 40 per cent and more peripheral joints in 25 per cent, the knees acc
ounting for 1 5 per cent of peripheral joint involvement. 58) Atlantoaxial sublu
xa tion, and erosion of the sternoclavicular joint, may also occur.970 On occasio
ns a rapidly progressive form involves the larger peripheral joints as well as t
he spine, producing unusually severe disablement. In the few cases with severely
advanced disease, the vertebral column is fixed in a flexion curve, increasingl
y pronounced from the flattened lumbar spine upwards, save the craniovertebral r
egion which is hyperextended and may excape fixation. Involve ment of both hips a
dds considerably to the difficulties of progression.
Sacroiliitis. The sacroiliac joint is usually the first to be involved, and ther
e is early clinical, and later radiological, evidence of this. Manual gapping or
approximation of the ilia, and pressure over the sacrum, sharply provoke loca li
sed pain. Other tests, such as resisted, static isometric contractions of the hi
p abductors and adductors, may do likewise. Since the earliest signs of the cond
ition are manifest on these tests for sacroiliac joint irritability, they should
never be left out in any examination for thoracic and lumbar pain. The radiolog
ical appearances of the joint are character istic, beginning with irregular defin
ition, 78O a 'motheaten' character of the joint margins ; oblique views initiall
y show widening of the joint space by inflammatory destruction of bone. Subchond
ral sclerosis is later evident on both sides of the joint, this appearance disti
nguishing the con dition from osteitis condensans ilii (q.v.). Multiple erosions
and a patchy sclerosis may be seen, and in some me sclerosis may be linear rathe
r than broad.189 Eventu ally the joint is obliterated. The ischial tuberosities a
ppear roughened and the out line of the symphysis pubis may be blurred.'" Ankylos
is. Ossification of connective tissue structures occurs somewhat late in the dis
ease, and gives a typical 'bamboo' spine appearance. 78O This is preceded by a '
squaring' of the vertebral bodies, evident on lateral views
taken early in the disease. The sternal joints also become fixed. Systemic illne
ss is revealed by a tendency to lose weight, by a raised ESR in 80 per cent, ana
emia and sometimes pyrexia. The level of the ESR is not a good guide to the degr
ee of activity of the condition. w40 Somewhat similar clinical features are seen
in Reiter's disease, psoriasis, ulcerative colitis and regional ileitis (Crohn'
s disease), 828 In a series of 80 cases of Crohn's disease, Deshayes et al. ( 1
977),254 6 cases of asymptomatic sacroiliitis were observed (see p. 1 56). Other
factors occasionally associated with ankylosing spondylitis are cardiovascular
changes and pul monary fibrosis.78O The condition is very uncommon in the Negro
races. 7 Rarely, the vertebrae may be involved in destructive lesions,:m and frac
tures can occur mrough the indirect violence of stumbling and falling or because
of sudden violent movements of the arms.-IH Hollin ef al. ( 1 965)'\/.11 review
ed the incidence of cervical fractures, most often at C5-C6. Resnick ( 1 974) 10
20 found involvement of the tempero mandibular joint in 32 per cent of 25 consecu
tive cases of long-standing ankylosing spondylitis. The muscle tissue of patient
s with ankylosing spondy litis has been studied histologically, histochemically a
nd by electron microscopy, and has been shown to be grossly abnormal. The change
s probably have a neuropathic basis .88 Prognosis. S pontaneous resolution occur
s sooner or later, and in general terms the sooner the onset the more severe the
disablement. Women do better than men. An onset in the late teens is not a good
augury for me future, in either sex, but if clinical features do not appear unt
il the end of the third decade the degree anti rate of n volve i ment is correspo
ndingly less. Since limited respiratory movement endangers general health more t
han does vertebral fixation pe r se, 1 1 80b the maintenance of thoracic mobilit
y is important. An active regime suits the spondylitic patient better than a res
tful regime-while allowing for the periods of acute flare-up.
Lesions of the lowest ribs The single costal facet on TI l and T I 2 vertebral b
odies is virtually level with the transverse process, but the associated rib doe
s nOt articulate with it. The slight angle of the I I th rib is easily palpated
at about the horizontal level of T I 2 spinous process, but the 1 2 th rib, whic
h may be 2.5-20 cm long, is virtually featureless and not so easy to find, espec
ially in women. As a cervical rib is the most common variant at the ccr vicotnora
cic junction, the presence of a lumbar rib lOQ) is the mOSt common thoracolumbar
region variant, having the radiographic appearance on AP films of articulating
end-to-end with the transverse process of L l vertebra. It
246
occurs two or three times morc often in men, who are more exposed to direct viol
ence at work and play, and its pre sence may cause difficulties in that direct in
jury to the loin, as sometimes occurs in boxers, may be misdiagnosed as a fractu
re of T l 2 transverse process. Evidence of these fu.nctional stresses imposed o
n musculoskeletal structures at the thoracolumbar j unction is not lacking. Nath
an ( 1 964)">2 observed the changes of costovertebral arthritis in 1 68 (48 per
cent) of 346 skele (ons, the highest frequency of arthritic change occurring at t
he single costovertebral joint of T i l and T 1 2. The in tervertebral disc need
play no part in this degenerative change. Nathan suggests that this type of sing
le joint, being that of a floating rib, is more vulnerable to the mech anical irr
itation of constant rib motion. Nathan's ( 1959)'" description of the para-artic
ular pro cesses of the thoracic vertebrae, bony spicules springing from the upper
and lower attachments of the l igamentum fiava,I092 gives the highest incidence
of these spicules at the T9-T IO-T I I thoracic segments. While their genesis r
emains in doubt, their segmental incidence may be significant. Shore ( 1 935)" 2
5 described the incidence of facet-joint arthrosis as highest at the T I 2-LJ se
gment. Nathan's ( 1 962)900 analysis of spinal osteophytosis in 400 vertebral co
lumns revealed the highest incidence of 4th degree (fused) osteophytosis to be a
t the T8-T9, T9-T I O and T I O-T I l segments. Plainly, the region is no strang
er to stress, and is a common site for degenerative change. The attachments of t
he 1 2th rib, although short, in clude the quadratus lumborum, the diaphragm, the
ser ratus posterior inferior, part of the sacrospinalis group, the latissimus do
rsi and the external abdominal oblique muscles. It also gives attachment to the
middle layer of the lumbodorsal fascia. The lowest ribs are considered to have o
nly a poor range of movement,"80 and are regarded as subject only [Q s tresses im
posed by q uadratus lumborum spasm, or to secondary involvement in T i l and T I
2 intervertebral joint lesions. Yet the many attachments of powerful muscles [Q
the 1 2 th rib, the unequivocal evidence of degenerative changes in the two low
er ribs and their situa tion at a junctional region subject to powerful forces in
di cate that covert joint problems here may be much more frequent than we have s
upposed. Among 41 patients with rib pain, the criterion of which was tenderness
along the length of the rib, Grant and Kee gan4H found that one of the mOSt commo
n complaints was tenderness of the right lower three ribs. Seven patients locali
sed it to the I I th and 1 2 th rib only, the tenderness being over the costover
tebral joint as welt as the short shaft. Among the suggested diagnoses on referr
al to hos pital were renal calculus, cholecystitis and peptic ulcer. Cough fractu
res of a rib (at least 200 cases have been reported) are not rare, and arc known
to chest physicians ;
but these fracrures occur as a rule between the 4th and 9th ribs. Descriptions o
f stress fractures of the lower ribs are un common, since only about 30 have been
reporte d ; Horner ( 1 964)'" described 4 more cases in which violent exertion
produced a more or less identical set of clinical features which included radiog
raphic confirmation of fracture of the I I th and/or 1 2th rib. The features wer
e a sense of thoracic constriction, severe pain on trunk movements, painful inhi
bition of deep respiration, prounced loin area soreness which may last for a wee
k or twO and severe ten derness over the fracture sites. Horner compared the appl
ications of force probably underlying cough fractures with those producing s tre
ss fractures of lower ribs, where the external abdominal oblique is not now inte
rdigitating with serratus anterior, as in the typical ribs, but with the latissi
mus dorsi. This may explain why ribs I I and 1 2 are more often fractured by str
ong use of the arms and trunk when handling heavy loads, and not by the stress o
f cough ing. He reported four other cases of muscular exertion producing clinical
features identical to the fracture cases (see above) but with no fractures evid
ent on X-ray; these patients may have had muscle tears rather than frac tures. Kl
einer ( 1 924)'" has suggested that the subject with superior muscular developme
nt is more likely to fracture a rib, whereas those with weaker musculature are m
ore liable to overstress the muscle attachment, and presumably the rib-joint, du
ring a given physical exertion. Macnab ( 1 977)'" takes the opposite view, and i
t may be that other factors, such as a degree of osteoporosis, the precise natur
e of the stress and the state of the tissues (i.e. whether warmed upor not) at t
he time of injury will govern the nature of it. The injury resulting from excema
lly applied violence may produce a different clinical picture, in that breathing
is not restricted by pain and not all trunk movements hurl. Common examples of
this are represented by that of a 32year-old lift maintenance engineer, who desc
ribed chronic hemithoracic pain over the left lower ribs, and knife-like abdomin
al pains localised to a point on the left linea semi lunaris, following a road tr
affic accident almost two years before. His lap seat belt restrained the pelvis
while his trunk was thrown forward and to the right. The abdomi nal area was tend
er, and the pain was aggravated on activi ties involving pulling with the arms. L
eft side-flexion and left rotation of the trunk aggravated the pain ; respiratio
n did not. Left unilateral pressures on transverse processes ofT9 and T 1 0, and
transverse vertebral pressures towards the left side, on spinous processes T9 a
nd T 10, uncovered pronounced local soreness. Pressures on the left 1 1 th rib a
ngle reproduced the stabbing abdominal pain. The same techniques relieved the he
mithoracic pain and the abdominal tenderness. Hornerm makes the important point t
hat pain on res-
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION
247
There is a reduction of the mineral content of bone with diminution in size of t
he bone mass. The marrow elements of the cancellous bone are unaffected. The ter
m osteoporosis has a precise meaning-'a quiet atrophy of bone due to failure of
regeneration rather than to an accelerated rate of destruction'. (Collins, 1949.
"') Normal catabolism outstrips anabolism until there is in sufficient osteoid ti
ssue capable of normal calcification, thus there is a less dense X-ray appearanc
e. 195 Acute lumbar pain of thoracic origin A degree of general osteoporosis is
a normal accompani Lateral branches of the posterior primary rami of spinal roots
T 1 2, L I and L2 innervate the skin and superficial ment of sexual involution
and ageing, but a more severe Structures of the upper posterolateral buttock and
the pos degree ofsenite osteoporosis particularly affects the spon giosa of the v
ertebral column, causing characteristic radio terior iliac crest (Fig. 1 .20). Ma
igne ( 1 972)191 observes that rotational stress can pro graphic appearances and
clinical symptoms. If the ver duce the changes of acute traumatic lesions in the
facet tebral spongiosa of normal and os teoporotic bone are joints of segments T9
-L2, and has demonstrated that macerated, the normal architectural strength prov
ided by these lesions can refer pain unilaterally to the low back a myriad of li
ttle bony plates is seen to be reduced to a and upper buttock region. More chron
ic lesions can also delicate web of thin struts. Healthy vertebral spongy bone o
ccur. The facet-joint changes are said to irritate the pos will resist a crushing
force of 60O-B00 Ib/in' (41 36.88terior rami which are intimately related to th
e joint. 5 5 1 5 .20kPa) ; porotic vertebrae are able to withstand Transverse pr
essures, on the spinous processes of the 300 Ib/i n' (2068.44kPa) or less. 200 B
riefly, the maintenance of normal mature bone named region, towards the side of
pain, and unilateral pos teroanterior pressures on the same side, will elicit loc
al requires muscular and gravitational stress ; dietary pro pain and sometimes th
e referred pain. Palpation will also tein, calcium, phosphorus and vitamins C an
d 0 ; para elicit marked tenderness over the iliac crest at the point thyroid hor
mones, and the sex hormones oestrogen and where distal nerve filaments of the la
teral branches cross androgen, and it will be evident that there can be, and the
iliac crest. According to the author, these changes are, a multitude of causes
other than ageing which under represent 60 per cent of acute and chronic backache
gener lie the loss of bone mass. The disease is five times more common in women,
and ally considered due to lumbar or sacroiliac joint changes ; this type of pa
in referral may also coexist with pain oflum commonest in postmenopausal women, a
lthough an idio pathic type may be present in women under the age of bosacral ori
gin in about 20 per cent of cases. Positive signs only assume full significance
when they 30.897 are balanced by the appropriate negative findings, thus the The
aetiology of secondary osteoporosis, and of that dif thoracolumbar region signs
will have less weight if a care ferent condition osteomalacia, are not considered
in detail ful search reveals eq ually frank lumbar or lumbosacral ab here ; of m
ore immediate concern are the important pointS normalities on testing articular
signs, and on palpation. in the history, and the clinical features. Thoracolumba
r junction joint problems frequently The age of the patient, the duration of sym
ptoms and refer pain to the anterolateral abdominal wall too, and the a history
of immobilisation are important. Osteoporosis presence of this symptom often pro
vides a clue as to the may occur in malnutrition, vitamin deficiencies, immobi pr
obable site of the lesion, or one of them. Some patients lisation, the postmenop
ausal phase, Cushing's syndrome, with lumbar pain from these junctional region c
hanges thyroid gland disease, acromegaly, ovarian and testicular will experience
provocation of pain on both trunk rota maldevelopment, following total or partia
l gastrectomy tions ; in others the pain reported is provoked only on rota and af
ter operations on the urinary tract or pelvic structures.897 tion towards the pa
inful side. Idiopathic osteoporosis has been mentioned, and Mac nab (1 977)780 st
ates that it is more common in men around Osteoporosis the age of 40. Verlebral
bone is by far the most interesting bony territory in Treatment by corticosteroi
ds may have produced the lhe body . . . it is almost wholly cancellous. Having,
through its side-effect of osteoporosis ; the different condition osteo trabecula
r structure, a huge area of endosteal surface it can display great cellular acti
vity. II can resorb, regenerate and remodel itself malacia may be induced by pro
longed use of laxatives or quickly and, like the cancellous bone in the epiphyse
s of the long aluminium hydroxide. 58}
piration, when associated with low back or loin pain, is a significant finding.
Cavaziel ( 1 974)'" asserts that lesions of the 1 2th rib may produce an 'inguin
algia' or simulate the pain of periarthrosis of the hip. In connection with susp
ected lesions of the lower ribs, it is important to remember the phenomenon of r
eferred tenderness, and the fact that the lateral branch of T7 pos terior primary
ramus innervates the superficial loin structures at the horizontal level of ver
tebral segments T i l and T12.
bones, it has a much more rapid metabolic turnover than compact bone. Degenerati
ve processes such as osteoporosis therefore become manifest first and foremost i
n the vertebral column. (Col l ins 1 959. 1 9 5 ]
,
248
X-ray challges. Some 35 per cent of bone salts can be lost
before osteoporosis becomes radiologically evident-this is a somewhat conservati
ve estimate. X-ray appearances arc non-specific, being common to the various cau
ses of the condition. When clinical features suggest the changes of osteoporosis
it is probably unwise to rely on innocuous X-ray appearances as being conclusiv
e. The fish-vertebra deformity arises from expansion of the vertebral discs comp
ressing the porotic vertebral bodies into a biconcave form ; 195 this does not a
lways occur since it depends upon disc turgescence being retained. Often the ver
tebrae become porotic after the discs have already become degeneratively narrowe
d. Farfan ( 1973)'" states that the adjacent vertebrae become osteoporotic concu
rrently with degenerative changes in the disc. Macnab ( 1 977)780 discusses the
cause of pain and observes thaI since the blood content of the vertebral body sp
ongiosa must increase pari passu with the diminution of bone mass, there is a re
la tive increase in the vol ume of the blood pool. The marrow fat content docs n
O! increase in osteoporosis. Venous pressure in normal vertebrae is about 28 mmH
g and that of osteopormic vertebrae is around 40 mmHg-venous stasis is thus impl
ied.
Cli"icaljeacures. Pronounced osteoporosis of the spine can be symptomless.81l7 T
he persistent aching pain of spinal osteoporosis is felt in the low thoracic are
a, sometimes with girdle pain ; there is frequently low back pain which may radi
ate to b uttocks and upper thighs, and backache is mOSt often the presenting sym
ptom. 780 A gradual onset of pain may be sharply punctuated by the feeling of so
me thing 'giving' in the middle back, as a consequence of a trivial jolt or minor
stress, although crush fractures of a vertebral body can occur without the s ud
den stress of stepping from a kerb, coughing, sneezing or straining. These are l
ess painful in the middle or upper thoracic spine, but can cause severe pain whe
n occurring at the low thoracic and upper lumbar spine. Some 50 per cent of vert
ebral body fractures at the thoracol umbar region are due to this cause, i.e. th
ey are pathological fractures. The persistent aching pain is somewhat relieved b
y lying down ; both prolonged standing and siuing tend to make it worse, as does
walking. Some degree of kyphosis usually occurs ; this may be a rounded kyphosi
s or more sharply angulated at the site of vertebral collapse. There is an overa
ll loss of height in severe cases, with the lower ribs settling on the iliac cre
sts and folds of abdominal tissue becoming evident. There are no abnormal neurol
ogical s igns as a rule and cord com pression is not common. The progressive kyph
osis may lead to chronic ligamen tous strain and muscular fatigue, adding a furth
er incre ment of weary aching to the patient'S distress. Unless fractures have oc
curred, there is commonly no
pronounced bony tenderness, and the lack of this sign should not mislead the cli
nical therapist. Backache associated with osteoporosis is common. A radiological
technique for diagnosing osteoporosis was employed in a survey of 48 1 patients
with backache, 31 per cent of whom were found to have spinal osteoporosis.255
Erosion of ribs in rheumatoid arthritis Rheumatoid disease, together with poliom
yelitis, hypcr parathyroidismb'2 and scleroderma, may be the underlying cause of
erosive lesions in ribs. Anderson el at. ( 1 972)" repOrI the clinical features
in 1 8 cases, all of them satisfying the classical diagnostic cri teria for rheum
atoid arthritis. All 18 patients also showed atlantoaxial joint changes ; most h
ad a dorsal kyphosis and erosive changes in the glenohumeral joint were also com
mon. Two forms of erosion were seen : (i) a localised rounded 'scalloped' defect
involving five ribs (2 to 6 inclu sive), occurring symmetrically at the external
surface of the rib angles, at the point of attachment of the costocervi calis mu
scle ; (ii) a more diffuse lesion involving the superior margin of the rib. Eros
ion of vertebral bone by the rheumatoid process is well recognise d ; Schmorl an
d Junghanns ( 1 97 1 )"91 mention erosion of the tips of spinous processes. Thor
acic disc lesions A proportion of those concerned with the conservative and espe
cially manipulative treatment of common vertebral joint conditions plainly give
the impression, at least, that the phrase disc lesion has immediately triggered
a concepl of the disc being likened to an overpacked suitcase, whose contents ha
ve bulged the sides of the suitcase or have buts I it and in onc way or another
are trespassing upon adjacent territory and structures. This notion is an unfort
unate inheritance if unwitting adherence to it, as the only important disc chang
e, pre cludes a more comprehensive grasp of the multitude of possible changes in
the disc. For example, the presentations described on pages 238 and 239 are also
disc lesions, so far as we can know. Scheuermann's disease (p. 242) is decidedl
y a lesion of discs, and a very important one, yet it is uncommon for the clinic
al features of any kind of Irespass to be part of the signs and symptoms of this
disease. Nathan's ( 1 968)903 elegant exposition of the spondylotic changes in
thoracic and upper I umbar intervertebral body joints, incorporating sympathetic
trunks in the over growth of degenerative tissues in 78.4 per cent of 195 cadave
rs, is also describing disc lesions. The description of gross, anterior thoracic
vertebral lip ping in the elderly (p. 1 35) is of disc lesions.
I. Minor lesions. The known tendency for arthrotic facet
joints (p. 1 34) 1 1 25 to trespass upon related structures and
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION
249
the space-occupying effects of para-articular processes (p. 103) SQ8 of thoracic
vertebrae are two factors which must be borne in mind when ascribing clinical f
eatures to thoracic disc lesions in the absence of more obvious signs that this
is indeed the cause.82 The demonstration of thoracic root involvement by e.m.g.8
06 (p. 1 04) is one step, but there remains un answered the question, 'What is th
e nature of trespass?' The question may well be of academic rather than of clini
cal importance to some, but it is of much interest to the clinical therapist. Po
stmorrem studies show that in general terms thoracic disc pathology is common, a
nd the nature of this has been discussed (pp. 1 35, 1 36). A clinical rule-of-th
umb adopted by many clinical therapists is as follows: a. If the patient describ
es the thoracic pain as 'shooting direcdy through' the thorax from back to front
, the cause is likely to be a lesion of disc trespass. b. If the pain is referre
d horizontally around the chest wall, this denotes mainly a synovial joint probl
em and does not involve the disc to any extent. c. If the pain is clearly referr
ed down and around the chest waH in the plane of the ribs and intercostal spaces
, this is referred root pain due to root involvement (pre cise narure undetermine
d). The writer must confess that he just does not know. Stoddard ( 1 969)"80b ob
serves that:
Thoracic pain, especially when accompanied by girdle pain, which has a sudden on
set for no apparent reason and for which no pathological explanation can be foun
d, is probably due to a disc protrusion. The pain may be intense and any movemen
t--cven breathingan be enough to accentuate the pain. Certainly coughing and snee
zing accentuate it. The pain of pleurisy is accentuated by breathing, but in the
se cases breathing is checked at a certain phase of inspiration j the breathing
'catches' and the pain suddenly stops further inspiration. The reverse holds for
a disc protrusion because full inspiration, so long as it is smooth and gentle,
can be achieved without pain; but when the breathing is hurried or accompanied
by thoracic movement then pain is pro voked. . . . The clinical distinction betwe
en those patients who have nerve root pressure and those who have none is as use
ful in the thoracic spine as it is in the
ing both demifacets on onc side as a single joint) and among those are the costa
l and facet-joints ; intra-articular synovial fringes-meniscoid structures-in th
e latter arc found almost universally, and the opportunities for impaction of a
meniscoid s tructure are obvious. For the writer, the question remains open. 2.
Lesions urgently requiring a surgical opillion l l H (see p. 1 36). These lesion
s had acquired an unfortunate reputa tion (now more optimistic) and although infr
equent, the serious consequences of immoderately vigorous handling during examin
ation and/or treatment, or of delay in seek ing a surgical opinion, require that
no thoracic spinal ex amination be thought complete without a thorough in vestigat
ion for neurological symptoms and signs in lower limbs. Most of the younger pati
ents describe recent forceful injury, i.e. heavy falls on the buttocks or heels
by para troopers, weight-lifters and acrobats, or a rotational stress on the trun
k. Some more mature patients develop symp toms insidiously, and in these cases th
ere is often evidence of degenerative change, which may inculpate trespass by th
e l igamentum ftavum as well as exostosis. Benson and Byrnes ( 1 975)82 describe
one patient whose onset was sudden and catastrophic on simply rising from a bed
. The history may span seven days to many years, with an average of rwo-and-a-ha
lf years. 18 Pain is a very com mon complaint, and may be felt in the posterior th
oracic region with a radicular distribution anteriorly) or may ini tially be in t
he lumbar region, the pelvis and legs j l l 3 1 girdle pain may accompany leg pa
in. l l lb The pain may be sharply increased during a cough or a sneeze, and whe
n the neck is flexed. The quality of pain is variable-it may be constant and dul
l, spasmodic, cramping, 'burning' or lancinating. Pronounced ' heavy-leg' feelin
gs, and numb ness of extrasegmental distribution below the lesion, are accompanie
d by marked sensations of a particularly un pleasant and disagreeable kind . ' "
While the pain may ft.uctuate weakness is progressive j leg weakness is a consta
nt complaint. Some may not be able to walk, even with support. There may be loss
of temperature sense in one foot, for example, or both feet may feel cold. Lowe
r motor neurone signs may be seen in lower thoracic disc disease but more common
are the upper motor neurone signs of spastic weakness, clonus, exaggerated tend
on jerks and an extensor response on plantar stroking. Bladder function is not a
lways impaired j l l i b sphincter disturbances existing can take various forms-
there may be retention of urine, hesitancy, urgency, or a sense of in complete ev
acuarion. Faecal incontinence appears to be uncommon. In a review of 22 pacients
, 82 half of whom were in the 40-50 year age group, paraspinous muscle spasm was
not seen. Muscle power was impaired in all but two, the loss
I umbar and cervical spines
because treatment of the two is diff erent. With the thoracic and milder cases .
. . we make an assumption of herniation rather than full prolapse of the disc .
. . [My italics.]
The examples of acute hemithoracic pain (p. 240) may indeed at times be due to p
ainful though minor thoracic disc lesions amounting to a localised joint derange
ment, as might the example given on page 238. Should these pre sumed disc lesions
be successfully treated by a single dis traction, or thrust manipulation, this a
gain does not pro vide certain evidence that 'the disc has been put back', since
each thoracic vertebra takes part in 10 joints (count-
250
ranging from mild paresis of onc leg to complete para plegia. Weakness of the low
er abdominal muscles was common, as was foot-drop. The radiographs of 1 0 patien
ts showed disc calcifica tion. The causative lesion was most commonly at the 9th
segment, with the majority of lesions occurring at either T7, T8 or T9.
LU MBAR SPINE AND PELV I S
Haldeman ( 1 977)'" lists some 2 6 causes of low back pain, as a few examples of
the many factors which may underlie this ubiquitous complaint. He makes the poi
nt that 'any therapeutic procedure aimed at a single aetiologieai factor, in an
unselccted population of patients with low back pain, could not be expected to h
elp more than a small percent age of these patients'. In combining types of backa
che, the principal tissues involved and the nature of the cause, Wyke ( 1 976)1>
" lists some 20 categories of low back pain. Anderson ( 1 977)" discusses method
s of classification under the main headings of site, system, severity, structure
and syndrome, after s uggesting that 'the low back' lies between the lower cost
al margins and the gluteal folds. Among his observations he mentions :
. . . this field is perhaps richer than any other in what can be de scribed as th
e syndrome phenomenon. The situation arises from the fact that practitioners spe
cialising in low back pain form an opinion over a long period of observation and
therapy that, when a specific group of symptoms and signs are found to coexist,
then treatment along certain lines is associated with a high degree of recovery
. The details of the syndrome are seldom tested in terms of inter- or intra-obse
rver error, nor is the therapy likely to be the subject of a randomly controlled
trial. After all, it has taken years of careful observation to evolve the syndr
ome, so no disciple can ever achieve the same diagnostic expertise as the origin
ating maSter, and if the treatment is 'obviously successful' it would be unethic
al to withhold it from any sufferer.
The muster of items, in any classification, depends to an extent on the degree o
f subdivision intended, of course, but also depends upon how common the classifi
er believes mutllfaCloriat backache and sciatica to be (see p. 263). The difficu
lties are compounded by the fact that almost every pathological change J ' 248 a
nd lumbosacral anomalYJ')27 to which back pain has been attributed has subsequen
tly been demonstrated in the symptom-free population. A spinal mobility-segment
comprises two synovial facet-joints besides the single intervertebral body joint
; one lumbar vertebra takes part in six articulations and four ofthesc arc facc
t-joints. The synovial joint structures con tain a more varied and much richer po
pulation of mechanoreceptors than do the intervertebral body joints or their lig
aments (see p. 1 0 ); the population of nocicep tors is also much richer.
Clinical workers, for example Ghormley ( 1933),'" Hadley ( 1 936),'" Badgley ( 1
941 )," Kraft and Levinthal ( 1 95 1 ),'82 Epstein et at ( 1 973),Ji 7 Shealy (
1 974),' ' '' and Mooney and Robertson ( 1 976)'" hold the view that facet joint
changes might be responsible for much of the low back pain and sciatica so ofte
n ascribed to disc lesions. There is a gratifying increase in the recognition of
the probable part played by abnormalities of neural arch structures in producti
on of low back pain and proximal sciatic pain. 302 Stereovision radiography tech
niques provide a bencr evaluation method of the probable cause of some cases of
low back pain, in that damage to facet-joint structures is visualized marc easil
y. In seven patients, paired stereo scopic radiographs identified fractures in th
e neural arch structures in all, whereas standard X-ray views revealed the fract
ures in only two of the patients . I '>O In a survey of anatomy, biomechanics, i
nvestigation procedures and diagnosis, Hazleman and Bulgen ( 1 979)'" observe th
at 'few patients with back pain have disc pro lapse, and it is frequently over-di
agnosed'. The experiments reported by Mooney and Robertson ( 1 976)867 indicate
that categorisation of the more common and benign lumbar pain syndromes may need
much re apraisal. Electromyogram studies on the hamstring muscles were performed
on two patients, while the L4L5 and L5-S 1 facet-joints were being injected wit
h hypertonic salin e ; the precise location of the needle was confirmed by arthr
ogram. tn 1 5 seconds increased myo electric activity appeared in the hamstrings,
reducing straight-leg-raising to 70 ; these effects could be obli terated by intr
oducing 1 per cent xylocaine into the facet joint cavity. All of a group of six p
atients with a straight-leg-raising below 70 had a normal SLR test within five mi
nutes of facetal block. On the basis of their findings (p. 318) the authors obse
rve that localisation of pain in the low back, buttock, and leg are non-specific
clinical features-many of the previous criteria of the 'disc syndrome' can be a
ccounted for by facet abnormality, or may be caused by irritation within the spi
nal canal. Their studies confirm the position that, lacking de finicive neurolog
ical signs, it is impossible by pain complaints alone to specifically localise t
he precise site of abnormality, and the precise nature of the change. What shoul
d constitute definitive neurological signs is arguable, since reflex changes, to
o, can be caused by pain ful conditions oflumbar facet-joints (see p. 252). This
par ticular sign may not be conclusive evidence of physical trespass upon nerve r
oots, leaving aside consideration of the nature of the trespass, which need not
be discogenic.117 The authors suggest that the only true neurological local isin
g signs are perhaps specific dermatome sensory loss, or specific motor weakness.
Severely limited straight leg-raising and a crossed-leg positive SLR may be othe
rs.
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION
251
Since dermatomes are hardly specific territorial entities (p. 169), lhe need for
reappraisal of commonly accepled neurological criteria is plain. Major orthopae
dic surgical procedures and the management of trauma, can be based on sound diag
nostic principles ; the treatment of benign and minor orthopaedic problems must
needs be to a large extent empirical. Posi tive signs, which are reasonably assum
ed to identify a par ticular lesion or involvement of a particular segment, only
acquire full significance in the presence of negative signs elsewhere ; joint pr
oblems do not always present so neatly, however, and in many cases one has to pr
oceed initially on lhe basis of the grealest weighl of likelihood rather than a
clear-cut diagnosis. Continuous reassessment during treatment provides guidance
and correction. fi Thus there is a dilemma of classi cation, when the clini cal f
ield is one in which, however many facts are gathered by examination, certain an
d precise diagnosis cannot often be made. It follows thaI any arrangemenl of syn
dromes must be unsatisfactory, either because the dilemma is, seemingly, overcom
e by authoritarian pronouncements on the nature of pathological change,'I or bett
er) that cer tain spheres of ignorance are accepted and the truth ewe do nol know
' is plainly implied or staled.
The upper lumbar region Lewis and Kellgren ( 1 939)'" observed thaI all the esse
n rial features of renal colic, pain diffused from loin to scro tum, iliac and tes
ticular tenderness and cremasteric retraction, can be provoked by a stimulus con
fined to the somatic structures of the spine. The stimulus was in jection of spin
al ligaments with hypertonic saline. Kirkaldy-Willis and Hill ( 1 979)'62 menlio
n lhat lower abdominal and scroral pain, from upper lumbar disc herniations, is
not infrequently confused with renal or ureteric disorders. Patterns of referred
pain from experimental injection of interspinous tissues at the L I and L2 segm
entsJU indi cate that unilateral loin pain is likely to be more frequent than gro
in pain, but that the latter will certainly occur. Since the first lumbar root p
rovides branches for the il iohypogastric and ilioinguinal nerves, and together
with the second lumbar root forms the genitofemoral nerve, a loin and groin patt
ern of referred pain and tenderness from lesions at the upper l umbar segments m
ay be expected to occur in some.711! Sunderland ( 1 975)"9) mentions that: In th
e case of the 12th thoracic and upper three lumbar nerves the lateral branch (of
the dorsal rami) descends through muscle to pierce the l umbodorsal fascia JUSt
above the iliac crest before desccnding vcrtically across the crest to innervat
e the skin of the buttock as far down as the greater trochanter.
and/or L2 elicits marked tenderness, and sometimcs rc produces the loin and groin
pain ; pressures on the low thoracic verrebrae and ribs elicit neither tenderne
ss nor pain reproduction. Paige ( 1 959)'62 classified a group of 4 1 such patie
nts, who over a 2-year period comprised 1 0 per cent of 403 patients with lumbar
spine disorders. The group was subclassified as follows : Group I . Patients wi
th pain radiating from L 1 to the area above the area of the iliac crest ( 1 5 p
atients). Group 2. Patients with pain referred to the iliac fossa ( 1 2 patients
). Group 3. Patients with pain referred to the genital or suprapubic area (4 pat
ients). Group 4. Patients whose pain in one of these areas was initiated or aggr
avated by menstrual periods ( 1 0 patients). This type of problem appears to be
more frequent in women during the fourth and fifth decade, and the pain often ha
s two sites, (i) the posterolateral loin and (ii) the iliac fossa and inguinal r
egion. Some patients in this group will have pain over the I umbos acral area as
well as (he groin, and a proportion of these will also have palpable signs at t
he L5-S I segment, thus presenting with two problems. The common features of low
back are present, in that sitting on a hard dining chair is more comfortable th
an a soft easy chair) coughing and sneezing may hurt, sleep is disturbed by turn
ing over in bed and there is painful stiffness on rising in the morning. Some ma
y disl ike walk ing up and down stairs. The most characteristic feature in unilat
eral lesions is aggravation of loin and groin pain by bending to the opposite si
de ; in bilateral pain the same bilateral pattern emerges. Extension also provok
es it but flexion and straight-leg-raising need not, although there may be an ar
c of pain on flexion in some. There are no neurological signs and no disturbance
of pelvic organs or functions, or sensibility changes of skin supplied by sacra
l "erves. In men there may be a testicular ache which may wax and wane with the
loin and high lumbar pain. The im portant point is that the ache is l inked to th
e loin and groin pain. Loin pain may be the feature of an upper-urinary-tract le
sion in women. Of 100 consecutive female patients referred to a urology clinic w
ith loin pain, 22 per cent had upper-urinary-tract lesions. In the 53 per cent o
f cases where the pain was provoked by movement or exercise and relieved by rest
, a urinary-tract lesion was found in 2 1 per cent of them. Hence the prior excl
us ion of visceral disease is a necessity.J71 N.B. Careful history-taking is ma
ndatory, and any report of groin, testicular or labial pain or ache should alert
the therapist to possible involvement of the low sacral
The clinical entity rests on the findings that pressure on the spinous processes
and over the facet-joints of L 1
252
footS by discogenic or other trespass, a serious lesion in which physical treatm
ent is absolutely contraindicated. Perineal, anal or genital pain, with numbness
and or paraesthesiae, and disturbance ofsphinctcr function such as defective co
ntrol of micrurition, amount to an urgent indicalion for surgical opinion (see p
. 1 50). When lumbar and/or bunock pain is referred from the upper lumbar segmen
ts (p. 25 1), rotations are oftcn pain ful. When loin and groin pains arc morc do
minant, side flexion to the painless side is often the most provocative movement.
Tltere is a smaller group, usually tall young people (often men) in the early t
wenties, who stand with a characteristic sway-back posture and do not complain o
f loin and groin pain, bur of a low and midlumbar 'background' ache, which on ph
ysical activity becomes more pronounced and migrates upwards to overlie the L I
-L2 region. There is often a history of an episode of severe stress, or of habit
ual occupational stress. While lumbar movements are of good range and virtually
painless, there is plainly a localised 'hinge' or angulation at the upper lumbar
spine on exten sion, There are no other signs, articular or neurological, except
thaI on palpation the L I -L2 segment is grossly hypermobilc. Young adults may
present with the vertebral column listed to one or other side,or a straight spin
e with momen tary deviation on flexion, and a history of recurrent back trouble-t
his immediately triggers the concept of an L4L5, or L5-S 1 , shift of nucleus pu
lposus within an intact annulus (p. 254). These segments are found to be innocen
t, and the list ing corrected by localised attention to L I -L2, or L2-L3, as the
case may be. Frank hypermobility at high lumbar segments is not rare in mature
agricultural labourers,
The upper/ midlumbar region Lumbar osteochondrosis (Scheuermann's disease) has b
een mentioned (p. 242). The spread of pain from lesions of segments L2 and L3 in
cl udes the low outer loin, the upper outer buttock, outer haunch area, lateral
and anterior thigh, and sometimes anterolateral leg as far as the ankle. Lesions
of the L3 segment frequently refer pain to the anteromedial thigh, and those of
L4 to the shin and dorsum of foot to the great toe , Pain in an oblique band ac
ross the upper posterolateral haunch and the upper anterior thigh is observed al
ike in lesions considered due to third lumbar disc trespass and in experimental
in jections of hypertonic saline into the interspinous tissues}4J of segments L2,
L3 and L4. Kellgren ( 1 9 38)'" and Hirsch ( 1963)'" have also demonstrated tha
t hypertonic saline injections into the intersegmental soft tissues and facet-jo
ints, respectively, produce a sclerotome pattern of pain spreading to postero lat
eral haunch and limb. Patients with palpable and loca lised irritability of the 3
rd lumbar segment (and no other)
may report pain in this distribution and also reaching as far as the lower shin.
Mooney and Robertson ( 1 976)11'17 describe their clinical experience which ind
icates that the intervertebral disc does not explain all low back and leg compla
ints. The authors injected, under fluoroscopic control, the facet joints of 5 nor
mal subjects and 1 5 patients with low back pain and sciatica, and observed that
the pain referral pattern from irritation of the lumbar facet-joint is in the t
ypical locations of lumbago and sciatica ; the L3-L4 facet-joints usually produc
ed pain down a slightly more lateral aspect of the leg. The findings of previous
investigators (p. 198) indicate that the presence of pain in this distribution
does not necessarily indicate a disc lesion ; changes in any or all of the struc
tures comprising a mobility-segment may be causing the pain. In 465 patients tre
ated surgically for low back and lower limb disability,'" almost 10 per cent had
femoral rather than sciatic distribution of pain. In these 45 patients, 'it was
common to find minimal restriction of straight-Ieg raising, weakness of the q ua
driceps, diminution or absence of the knee jerk, and sensory abnormality of the
anterior thigh'. Hazlett ( 1975)!l23 observes that in patients who come to sur ge
ry, the most frequent cause of femoral neuropathy associated with lumbar spine a
bnormality is related to dis cognenic or facet-joint changes affecting the L4 ner
ve root at the L4-L5 intervertebral foramen, and this was more common than more
central changes at the L3-L4 disc level. The 'full hand of cards', i.e. all of t
he signs compris ing a segmental neurological deficit, is not always present in a
ll patients. Depressed deep tendon reflexes need not invariably be taken to indi
cate spinal nerve root involvement.861 Three patients with this neurological def
icit had it abolished fol lowing local anaesthetic injection of lumbar facet-join
ts. The possibility that diminished reflex responses may be due to segmental cen
tral nervous system disturbances, as well as to physical trespass upon nerve roo
ts, is strongly suggested by a report'" of four patients with bilaterally dimini
shed ankle-jerks, in whom the verified unilateral disc lesion did not approach t
he opposite nerve root. Prone-knee-bending with hip extension may exacer bate the
symptoms, but back pain provoked by this test is not reliable evidence of a par
ticular type of lesion since so many musculoskeletal structures are disturbed by
it (p. 3 1 9). Benign midlumbar joint problems tend to present in characteristi
c ways, with pain in the distribution de scribed, often aggravated by extension a
nd sometimes no other lumbar movement, and pain in the anterior thigh on straigh
t-leg-raising; standing for too long is disliked, as is a bed which is too firm.
Spondylosis and/or arthrosis of the L3 and L4 segments seems to occur together
with
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION early arthrosis of a hip rather more of
ten than might be explained by coincidence (Fig. 6.9). Joint problems at L3, for
example, may take the form of facct-joint arthrosis, spondylosis without root i
nvolve ment, lesions of disc trespass, and acquired hypermobility secondary to su
rgical fusion of L4-L5-S 1 segments. Hazlett'U observes that low back pain with
femoral neuropathy is not uncommon five or morc years after an L4-L5-S I two-lev
el fusion; the cause can be an L3-L4 disc trespass bur can also be a reflex dist
urbance from neural arch structures, which is evidenced by the fusion mass, face
t-joint or spinous process overgrowth and associated inflammatory changes in sof
t tissue. Anterior thigh pain and numbness, or paraesthcsiae, may be considered
secondary to entrapment of the lateral cutaneous nerve of thigh as it emerges th
rough the fascia lata, or by the inguinal ligament (meralgia paraesthetica) ; so
me of these cases also have a lordotic posture and plainly a coexisting irritabl
e, and sometimes a stiff, L2-L3 or L3L4 segment, adequate mobilisation of which
relieves the meralgia paraesthetica (p. 1 00). Psoas weakness may be present in
L l and L2 lesions, and it is important to remember that spinal metastases have
a predilection for the L2 vertebral body, similarly, 'meralgia paraesthetica' ma
y be the symptom of retroperi toneal malignant tumour. )6' Laminectomies (for wan
t of a better term in more general use) at the L3 segment amount to around 5-10
per cent of all operations for lumbar discs-this does not mean that L3 joint pro
blems are rare, only that disc tres pass severe enough to need surgery is uncommo
n. Pain and tenderness can often be elicited by palpation at the L3 segment when
similar findings are manifest at one sacroiliac joint, in the absence of inflam
matory arthro palhy like ankylosing spondyl itis, for example. Sudden backache
The many problems related to the treatment of low back pain illu strate how very
thin and unsubstantial are theories, with experience alone being tangible. I Fin
neson, 1977}'j6)
253
joint', yet while the difficulty may remain, its ultimate elucidation is not lik
ely to be furthered much by restrict ing conceptions of underlying changes to der
angement only. Articulations do not need to be deranged before they cause pain a
nd other symptoms. Since it is frequently nOt possible to kllUW, the following c
lassification of some examples of sudden musculoskeletal back pain must be specu
lative, yet may serve as a guide when planning the first moves in treatment. The
head;'lgs are suggestions for the nature o changes believed CO have f occurred.
Impacted synovial meniscoid villus Lumbar joint hypermobiliry may be induced by
many causes, including hormonal activity in the premenstrual state and in pregn
ancy. Hypermobility (p. 258) is very fre quently a consequence of l ifting, strai
ning, or applied trauma, and the stresses sustained by the lumbar spine are suff
ic ient to attenuate ligaments of the intervertebral body joint and to result in
circumferential tears or separa tion of the annular laminae (see p. 256). The re
sulting loss or diminution of disc turgidity, while not immediately producing an
y lesion of trespass, is sufficient to disturb mechanics of the facet-joints, an
d to allow undue gapping of these articulations during normal body movements. Th
epatient with sudden backache due to presumed lock ing of a facet-joint is usuall
y a young female but may be a young man, and there is often a degree of hypermob
ility. They often excel at athletics or ballet dancing, and during some activity
which may be reaching up to open a window or adjust curtains, a lumbar synovial
joint locks. No out side force is applied, the condition being consequent upon a
body movement involving reaching or stretching. It is reasonable to suppose tha
t the opposed joint faces of the hypcrmobile segment come apart more easily than
usual, and the normally slight negative pressure within the joint cavity is fur
ther lowered by the greater distraction. A villus of synovial tissue is presumab
ly 'sucked in and nipped', and thus the meniscoid structure is impacted bet\veen
joint surfaces. On resumption of normal posture the pain of impaction induces r
eactive muscle spasm, fixing the articulation rigidly to produce a locked joint.
Burnell ( 1 974)'43 is of the opinion that muscle spasm, either due to primary
injury or as a secondary protective response, can be a cause of very severe pain
. 'Muscles in spasm around the joint cause that joint to become painful.' His vi
ew appears to lay s tress on the increments of joint pain added by muscle spasm,
and not that the muscle spasm per se need be the main cause of pain, at least i
n acute lesions (see p. 1 97). Extension and side-flexion towards the pain may b
e nearly full w i th pain near the extreme of range, with side-flexion to the pa
inless side restricted early in the range and hurting more. Flexion is cautious
and limited. Straight-leg-raising is limited by pain with the movement of the pa
inless-side leg equally restricted.
Like other terms tending to have an umbrella use, e.g. frozen shoulder, sciatica
and migraine, acute lumbago has no meaning more precise than sudden pain in the
back. Most workers can be succinct about the essential clinical features of thi
s event, but there is often some disparity between the histories described. Pain
developing over a few hours, and s udden backache, may present from a variety o
f causes (some of them visceral, like renal colic), and patients of varying age g
roups will relate a variety of histories. Farfan ( 1 973)32' argues that since t
he facet articulations are part of the intervertebral mobility-segment, 'it is n
Ot possible to distinguish with any degree of certainry between facet derangemen
t and derangement of the whole
254
COMMON VERTEBRAL IOINT PROBLEMS
There are no neurological signs. Ir is feasible thar effusion into the joint cav
ity may foHow, and this may assist in releasing the impacted synovial fringe, if
such has occurred. The joint is sore for some days, but most appear to settle d
own as does an acule torticollis (p. 2 1 7). 'Locking' of arthrotic facet-joint
The palient is usually middle-aged or elderly and some what fal, and a degree of
degeneralive change of both disc and facet-joints is presupposed. The history is
that of a simple non-stressful daily activity such as bending down to pick up s
omething, adjust a shoe or get our of a bath. Sudden pain in the low lumbar regi
on to onc side fixes the patient in the flexed posture, and they regain the vert
i cal with some difficulry. It may be that muscular inco-ordination, slowly in cre
asing in step with degenerative changes in vertebral joints, permits undue stres
s or joint-surface angulation to occur during a badly performed and impulsive be
nding movement of the trunk. Pain is unilateral and paravertebral ; extension, a
nd sideflexion away from the side of pain, appear to hurt the patient most. Flexi
on may not appear to be very limited, but often provokes a jab of localised lumb
osacral pain when tested by overpressure. In others, fairly painless flexion is
performed with the lumbar spine fixed in lor dosis which disappears immediately o
n restoration of normal freedom of lumbosacral movement by localised techniques.
There are no neurological signs and straight-leg-raising may not be limited ver
y much, although there may be a localised shoot of pain at the extreme of leg-ra
ising on the painful side; depending upon the patient's 'normal' there is increa
sing resistance to passive raising of this leg after about 45 , although another
30 or so can be traversed. Shift of nucleus puJposus within a presumably intact
annulus fibrosus Patients with a leg-length discrepancy and thus an estab lished
mild scoliosis, secondary to a permanent lateral pelvic tilt (p. 270), show tha
t compensation has occurred because (i) a perpendicular dropped from the externa
l occipital protuberance would pass through the gluteal cleft, and (ii) rota lio
n of the vertebral bodies has occurred in some (see p. 265). While this primary
poStural asymmetry may give rise to secondary joint problems of particular kinds
, we are co,, ctrned here only with those patients whose pelvis is level, but who
se spine is secondarily deviated, or lis led, lO one or other side as a conseque
nce of the primary joim problem; a perpen dicular dropped as above would now lie
across the glutea' mass on the side to which the patient is deviated or l isted
(Fig. 8.6). Thus a patient whose trunk appeared as 'wind swept' to the left side
would carry the head vertically over the left buttock, or at times over the left
greater trochanter.
Fig. 8.6
Deviation, or listing, of the lumbar spine to the left side.
Below the horizontal line, which joins both posterior surior iliac spines, the bu
ttock COntours are symmetrical and indicate a level pelvis. This deformity was s:
ondary to joint derangement, but listing need not always be so. (Reproduced from
: Bianco AJ 1968 Low back pam and sciatica: diagnosis and treatment. Journal of
Hone and Jomt Surgery 50A: 1 70, by kind permission of the author and the Edito
r.)
The lateral l isting is sometimes compounded by a degree of postural flexion, to
o, or may show a component of pelvic rotation when active flexion is attempted,
but the essential feature is the lateral list of the spine on a level pelvis. Am
ong the factors distinguishing lateral listing secon dary to joint problems from
fixed compensated postural scoliosis are that in the former, (i) lateral deviati
on is not compensated ; (ii) there is usually no vertebral rotation component (s
ee p. 265), and (iii) the iliac crests lie on the same horizontal plane. This do
es not mean to say that patients with a mild leg discrepancy may not also suffe
r a further list which is secondary to a primary joint problem, yet the salient
dif ference between the twO conditions is plain. The cocxis tence of lateral list
and pain does not necessarily indicate that the list is solely secondary to the
pain; what it does mean is that both factors are secondary to joint derange ment.
The list and the pain can vary independently.''' Pain may be completely relieve
d while the list remains, and presumably this reflects the continuing presence o
f a mechanical disturbance, or at least some tissueabnor mality which has a mechan
ical effect on vertebral carriage. Similarly, the list can be eradicated and the
pain remain.
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION
255
The term sciatic scoliosis8ll is often indiscriminately applied to the coexisten
ce of back pain, with or without sciatica, but with associated secondary lateral
listing of the vertebral column. This umbrella use of the phrase tends to obscu
re the real incidence of a large group of patients whose acute onset of backache
is accompanied by either a contralateral or an ipsilateral secondary spinal lis
t, but who have no bUllock pain to speak of, no sciatica,7901 no neuro logical sy
mptoms flor sigllS, and whose straight-leg-raisillg is unaffected. When sciatica
, and often neurological changes, too, are caused by a lumbar joint derangement
which in duces secondary lateral listing to one or other side, the onset is usual
ly gradual and insidious,oIo and these patients are not being considered here (s
ee p. 264). Since few indeed ( I : 1 0 000) of the population come to myelograph
y and subsequent surgical procedures,72} dur ing which nerve-root-and-disc-protru
sion relationships can be directly scrutinised, observations on the surgical nat
ure of cause-and-effect between disc trespass, nerve root and spinal deviation a
re thus based on an incidence of 0.0001 per cent. Because a considerable number
of patients with back ache and listing of the spine are successfully managed con s
ervatively, and on follow-up over many months remain sign- and symptom-free, it
is reasonable to suppose that root ard disc relationships in many cases may have
little to do with inducing these postural deviations. Radial cracks or fiss ure
s of the inner margins of the ann ul us are common during the long process of di
sc degeneration, and posterolateral movement of the nuclear gel may occur within
an intact outer annulus791 (p. 1 45), tending to force the joint open on that s
ide. Sustained and persuasive lateral correction proceduresS} ) are very often s
uccessful, and it is difficult to believe that a disc protrusion has been 'pushe
d back' or 'pushed further out' by these manceuvres. Trespass into the foraminal
territory by bony articular facets has also been mentioned as a possibility. L
I 7O It may be that the mechanism of derangement is other than those suggested a
nd that on occasions the simple physical trespass of oedema, or synovial effusio
n, is sufficient to induce the secondary and antalgic postural deviation. Males
arc affected in the ratio of 2 : 1 , mainly between the ages of 25 and 50. Prolo
nged work in postures of lumbar flexion is a frequent factor in the history, e.g
. farm tractor drivers whose work involves long hours of sining and twisting to
look behind, sales representatives who drive long distances and telephone operat
ors who sit for long periods, are among the groups who seem prone. The precipita
ting episode is usually trivial, perhaps shifting a dining chair or reaching to
a low bookshelf. The pain is unilateral and over the lumbosacral junction ; the
patient usually lists away from the painful side, and less fre quently towards th
e painful side. It is uncommon but cer-
tainly not rare for a patient with only unilateral pain and a contralateral list
to have this change under treatment to an ipsilateral list, or vice vers a; the
patient is unable to hold the normal posture, but tends to be comfortable when
the spine is deviated to onc or other side. The lumbar spine may be flat, with t
he sacrospinalis musculature prominent but this is not invariably so and some ha
ve no obvious spasm. Extension is difficult and if side-bending to the painful s
ide be attempted it amounts to no more than a partial straightening of the list.
Side-bending into the list is almost full and often painless. Flexion may be re
stricted and painful, but in some patients is surprisingly free and virtually pa
inless. There may be a short arc of flexion dur ing which the spine momentarily d
eviates before continu ing further in the initial plane of movement. If this flex
ion deviation is manually prevented by the examiner, Nol a for merly painless mov
ement may become painful at that point on the range of movement. If manual preve
ntion docs not provoke pain, the small arc of deviation is likely not to be rela
ted to the back pain episode, although this docs raise the possibility of adhesi
ons from past episodes, or some bone or soft-tissue anomaly. Straight-leg-raisin
g is often normal and there are no neurological symptoms or signs. The segment i
nvolved may be L5-S I , or L4L5, with the possibility that on occasions both seg
ments may be contributing to the lateral spinal deviation. An alternating list a
nd the more gross deviations are said to be more likely when derangement involve
s the L4-L5 segment, since the iliolumbar ligament stabilises the fifth lumbar s
egment.118 McKenzie ( 1 972)'" observed that in two-thirds of 500 such patients
the responsible segment was considered to be L5-S1 and in the remainder, L4-L5.
I ntrapelvic asym metry in young people, consequent upon sacroiliac joint problem
s, may need to be included among the factors to be assessed, since it is not rar
e for lumbar discogenic prob lems and sacroiliac joint abnormalities to coexist (
see pp. 265-6).
Traumatic disc distension Concepts and things must be given names, and the clini
cal features mentioned below are sometimes described by the phrase disc 'glaucom
a', because this term borrowed from ophthalmology aptly describes the changes of
disc con gestion which are believed to have occurred. In the healthy young disc,
the imbibition function of mucopolysaccharides is so efficient that these molec
ules of high weight can exert a hydrophilic attraction to an amount of water nin
e times their own mass.971 Young adults of either sex reporr a jolt, such as lan
ding heavily on the bottom on a hard surface or being on the wooden scat of a li
ght van travelling on a rutted road. The sudden compression trauma to the disc m
ay produce the vascular response of swelling, so that by taking up more
256
fluid than normal it slightly expands in all directions, placing morc tension on
(he annular fibres, and also the upper and lower hyaline cartilaginous plates.
It is possible that small lesions of bursting may occur in the hyaline plate. Th
ere is central or bilateral low back pain which comes on over some hours ; there
may be a spread of pain to both buttocks. Movements arc 'globally' limited by r
ising pain, since any trunk movement tends to increase intradiscal tension. Simi
larly, a rise in trunk cavity pressures by coughing, sneezing or straining will
also severely exacer bate the pain. Siuing, which normally causes an increase in
intradiscal prcsssurc, will also exacerbate the pain, and the patient is most co
mfortable when lying down. There is neither sciatica nor neurological signs, but
straight-leg-raising may be bilaterally and equally reduced by hamstring spasm.
Macnab ( I 977)780 in briefly discussing the hydro dynamics offtuid transfer bet
ween disc and vertebral body, mentions that sudden severe loading of the spine m
ay pro duce a rise of fluid pressure within the vertebral bod , great y enough to
produce a 'bursting' fracture.
Presumed tear of annular laminae (Fig. 8.7) Acute injuries of an intervertebral
disc may be due to the magnitude of a single stress applied to a previously heal
thy disc, or to a minor but final increment of stress s uffered by a previously
attenuated annulus. The former is more likely to occur in young people while the
latter is probably more common in mature patients. Annular tears can occur with
or without nuclear pro lapse, though there may be herniation in the sense that n
uclear material may bulge posterolaterally at the point of attenuation and weake
ning of the annular wall. The immediate cause may be rotational bending stress ;
,
)1
7,
RotatIon
Vertebral body
-"'; o'(" lo
Intervertebral dISC
\
RotatIon
Fig. 8.7
Scheme of possible mechanism of partial annular tear by
rotational Stress in flexion. Arrows indicate direction of vertebral rotation, w
hich applies tension to fibres A-B but relaxes fibres X-Y I since attachments of
the latter are approximated. The lesion could not be as neat as depicted, and a
nnular fibres from the vertebral body may also possibly occur. probably need not
be.- visible externally. A partial detachment of some
overcoming the inertia of a weight being l ifted; a cough or sneeze while bendin
g; a sudden jolt while carrying. Hence the annulus gives way (i) because of a pu
rely compressive stress, without rotation, which is transferred as sudden hoop o
r circumferential tension applied to the annular wall, or (ii) because of rotati
onal tension falling heavily upon those fibrous laminae which are so disposed as
to have their attachments most forcefully drawn apart by the trunk movement. Th
is effect is more pronounced when the lumbar spine is flexed, since the facet-pl
anes are less engaged and rotational movement is l ikely to be greater. Thus the
common factor is excessive annular tension. There is frequently an element of c
ombined trunk flexion and rotation when the force is sustained. The patient is m
ore often a young man who may both feel and hear something 'give' in the back du
ring the traumatic in cident. I mmediate acute pain in the low lumbar region may
very soon be fel t over most of the posterior trunk, and the patient may need to
be helped from the floor; it may not be possible for him to stand at all for so
me little while. This spread of pain has been ascribed to the tendency of the we
ll-innervated anterior dura mater to refer pain very widely,'" but could equally
be due to the known pro pensity 659 for facilitated cord segments to considerabl
y expand the pain-receptive territory ofa single dermawme. A sudden and marked i
ncrease in nociceptor impulse traffic is the facilitating agen t ! Depending upo
n the extent of annular disruption, the pre-existing state of the disc and the s
ize of the neural canal, the subsequent events may follow several courses : 1 .
Provided the annular damage is not such as to com pletely breach it, or completel
y detach the annular attachment to the vertebral body, the patient may be able t
o stand and walk, although painfully. The pain may have spread to both buttocks.
On examination, all movements are restricted by pain but frequently one rotatio
n will hurt very severely whereas the other will not be so painful. What is prob
ably happen ing is that the most painful rotation repeats the rotation trauma and
tends to gap the tear still further, while the opposite movement relaxes the to
rn fibres and relieves the painful tension. Hence the history of the incident is
vitally important. S traight-leg-raising is pai fully limited on both sides, n
but the restriction settles to one side only when the lumbar pain is becoming mo
re localised. Neck flexion will also hurt in the low back. There is neither scia
tica nor any neurological signs, either immediately after the injury or later. 2
. At the time of injury, or within hours or three or four days of the event, pai
begins to spread into one buttock n more than the other, and continues distally
to invade the posterior thigh, calfor anterolateral leg, and ankle and foot. Th
e neurological symptoms and signs of unilateral nerve
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION
257
root involvement become apparent (pp. 1 60, 175) and it is presumed that disc pr
olapse has occurred (p. 1 43). 3. The posterior longitudinal ligament is rupture
d and a massive extrusion of disc substance impinges upon the cauda equina. The
patient lies still on the floor, apprehen sive of the least movement of limbs, he
ad or trunk, and may report numbness and/or paraesthesiae in both lower limbs. A
ttempts to flex the neck or test the straight-Ieg raising, or even the move the p
atient onto a stretcher, alarm and frighten the patient. Saddle paraesthesiae or
anaesthesia arc evident, and urethral sphincter disturb ance soon declares itsel
f. Surgical opinion is urgem/y in dicated.
The adolescent 'acute back' The most rapid growth increase during adolescencc bet
ween 1 2-14 years in girls and 14-16 years in boys rends to coincide with an incr
eased incidence of back problems, not all of which could be labelled as 'acute'.
Backache among boys appears to be on (he increase ; in a school population with
an annual intake of ISO boys a year, the incidence rose from 6 per cent in 1 96
9170 to 1 3 per cent in 1974/75 (Grantham, 1977).'" Of the pupils reporting back
pain the greatest number ofnew cases (3 1 .2 per cent) occurred during the 1 5t
h year, and the greatest number of recurrent backaches (36.2 per cent) occurred
in the 14-year-olds. Among 58 pupils (records of II were unavailable) with recur
rent backache, the radiological findings in 47 of them indicated a pro lapsed dis
c in 1 2 , and spondylolisthesis in 1 2. Eleven boys had no positive X-ray featu
res and in the remaining 1 2 there were vertebral fractures (3), marked scoliosi
s (3), in complete neural arch (2), osteochondrosis (3) and ankylos ing spondyliti
s (I). In 36 surgically documented l umbar disc protrusions in children and adoi
escenrs,lI18 the incidence in the 12-16 age bracket among male juniors was about
three times as high as that of female juniors. Children are healthier and large
r than in times past, and because the whole spectrum ofschool athletics is incre
ased, more games are played more intensely and to a far higher standard than bef
ore;'" this applies equally to girls and boys, and other writers880. 146 have dr
awn attention to the increased risk of joint problems when young people are enco
uraged to prolong and intensify physical effort at games, athletics or agricultu
ral work, for example. In relation (0 the onset of disc prolapse, Bradford and G
arcia ( 1 9 7 1 ) ' " noted a high incidence of trauma in their 36 cases ; the f
ac t that boys are more likely than girls to sustain a traumatic injury seems si
gnificant. Among a total of 1 73 patients (Turner and Bianco, 1 97 1 ) "" under
1 9 years, with spondylolysis or spondylolisthesis, 7 4were boys and 3 1 per cen
t had a history of low-back trauma at the time of onset of symptoms (see p. 268)
. In j uniors there is a similarity between the signs and symptoms of disc pro-
lapse and those of disc space infection, in which there is frequently a history
of trauma; this factor of trauma has also been noted in relation to cervical dis
c calcification in young people 322 ,929 and narrowing of the lumbar inter verteb
ral disc spaces in children. 276 Bradford and Garcia ( 1 97 1) "" suggest it is
possible that some cases of disc infection in children may actually be herniatio
ns of the intervertebral disc. In summary, acute low back pain in adolescents ma
y indicate :
I. 2. 3. 4.
Disc space infection Spondylolysis or spondylolisthesis (see p. 268) Other lesio
ns Herniated or prolapsed lumbar disc.
Beks and ter Wee me ( 1 975)77 remark, as do others,12Qb that the clinical featu
res of l umbar disc lesions in ado lescents and children are essentially the same
as in the adulL Significant trauma is associated in some 30-60 per cent. A feat
ure of the juvenile disc lesion is the severity of signs. 1000 In contrast to ad
ults, their complaints are mini mal, but objective signs are dominant. Loss of lo
rdosis, combined with lateral curvature, is typical of adult lesions, but these
changes in j uniors are more pronounced. Straight-leg-raising is more diminished
, and their walking and sitting difficulties are more manifest. There is usually
back pain and unilateral sciatica, but this may bc bilateral, and some present
with sciatic pain without backache. The child has difficulty in walking because
of the inability to put one foot in front of the other. There is often consider a
ble spasm, a loss oflordosis combined with a contralateral tilt and a most marke
d inability (Q bend forward ; many cannot reach the patellae. Other movements ar
e also severely limited. A mong 43 patients,77 39 had a mild sco liosis. Paravert
ebral musclc spasm was present in 37 patients. Pain is aggravated by sitting, co
ughing and sneez ing, and relieved in a parricular lying position which is not th
e same from patient to patient. Straight-leg-raising is limited to below 30 on t
he affected side, and to between 45 -65 of the contralateral limb. Motor deficit
may occur, from mild degrees of weak ness to complete foot-drop. 1290 In the gro
up of 43 patients mentioned above, 3 1 had absent or depressed ankle-jerks and 7
had decreased knee-jerks. Only 5 had normal deep tendon reflexes. On myelograph
y, 39 of these children had defects indicating one or more lesions of disc tresp
ass, and four werC normal. At operation, one or morC disc herniations were found
in 42 cases. The levels of the lesions were : L3-L4 L4-L5 LS-SI L3-L4 and L4-L5
I
20 18
258
COMMON VERTEBRAL IOINT PROBLEMS
L 4-LS and L5-S 1 L3-L4 and LS-S 1
2 43
Among this group of young patients, there was an approximate 50 per cent correla
tion between trauma and disc lesions. Traumatic tension-lesions of ligaments and
of muscles with their attachment-tissues ' I t would seem reasonable to assume
that many of the acute and temporarily painful episodes (of the low back) arc du
e to acute muscular, ligamentous or capsular strains. HU Wyke ( 1 976)''''' ment
ions that much minor trauma to body tissues, including those of the lumbar spine
, does not normally give rise (0 pain because the mechanical stimulus activates
mechanoreceprors at the same time as nociceptors arc irritated (see p. 1 62), an
d inhibitory effects upon nociceptor impulse uaffic are therefore simulta neously
generated. Acute or unremitting muscular strain producing partial tears ofmuscl
e-anachment tissue is a yOWlg man's injury, where strong muscles are guarding a
healthy spine,780 but traumatic ligamentous strain may also occur in people who
are less fit, and this may include traumatic flexion strains which exceed the el
astic limits of the supraspinous liga ment, for example. The writer has suffered
one such; besides producing possibly strained and oedematous pos terior longitudi
nal and interspinous ligaments, the supra spinous ligament overlying the insulted
segment was ex tremely tender and very sore, exhibiting a roughening not palpabl
e at segments above and below. The interspinous ligaments are commonly involved
in hyperflexion or hyperextension injuries. 14) Muscle attachments. Stretching o
r tearing of spinal muscle attachments, unassociated with other injury and due t
o abnormal muscle contraction associated with unbalanced or involuntary convulsi
ve movement, does occur. 125 1 Violent twisting s tress, such as missing a ball
at golf, or the vigorous gyrations of fast bowlers, may strain or tear some of t
he sacrospinalis attachments to the iliac crest. There is always a history of sp
ecific stress.780 Similar s tress in an older man with weaker muscles and less r
esilient joint structures, is likely to produce strains of the synovial facet-jo
ints or s tress fractures of the lower ribs (see p. 246). (That severe and convu
lsive muscular exertion can be sufficient to produce fracture is manifested in t
he occurrence of the 'clay-shoveller'S fracture', when a low cervical spinous pr
ocess is fractured by the pull of muscle.982) There is tenderness and sometimes
visible bruising over the region of the iliolumbar ligament, and the site of mos
t acute tenderness is always paramedian. The injury is usually at or close to on
e attachment of the
muscle, or at the point where the fleshy fibres joint a ten don or an aponeurosis
. 1 25 I The most provocation of pain occurs when the specific stress is repeate
d as a testing movement, either as resisted muscle contraction or as passively a
pplied tension. This having been said, it sometimes happens that the signs of an
assumed muscle-anachment tear, secondary to some positional stress or body move
ment, may be q uite considerably abated during a treatment session by joint mobi
lisation with repetitive and gentle persuasive tech niques. A history of either p
roducing or sustaining specific violent force is important for the decision that
a tension injury has occurred. LUMBAR SPONDYLOSIS In the sense that many low bac
k problems arc not of acute onset (although there may be acute episodes in the c
on tinuing history), 'I umbar spondylosis' seems the appropri ate generic term for
a representative list of these chronic states. Lumbar instability (p. 1 39) 'Th
e spine acts as a supporting column and provides flexi bility. To do this it cann
ot be limp. In addition to its flexi bility and elasticity, its expansile turgesc
ence gives it stability, and internal resistance to movement like a loaded sprin
g. '. The notion that an intervertebral body joint may be un stable, or less stab
le than it should be, by reason, e.g. of an excessive degree of translatiml move
ment being added to sagittal plane movements seems unacceptable to some, despite
clear evidence872 that this occurs, that it hurrs and where indicated surgical
fusion of the unstable or 'sloppy' segment can relieve the symptoms and signs of
it. 720 The successive crossed fibrous laminae of the annulus (Fig. 1 .22) can
be likened to layered sections of flat coiled springs, which lie one inside the
other and act as if the springs were under a distraction force, thus tending to
approximate the vertebral bodies and their hyaline plates against the resilient
resistance of the nucleus. 50S Gravi tational compression tends to reduce the hei
ght of the nucleus pulposus and enlarge it circumferentially; annu lar elasticity
provides restraint. Disc turgidity, or turge scence, is probably entirely due to
the elasticity of the fibres of the annulus fibrosus which encompasses the nucl
eus, and not to an inherent expansile property of the nucleus pulposus itself. T
his hypothesis has been experi mentally tested,508 the results strongly suggestin
g that it is correct. Thus 'expansile turgescence' refers to a healthy disc syst
em in which the nucleus is at all times under a varying degree of restraint, and
that if this restraint is reduced by failure of either the annular restriction
or the integrity of the hyaline cartilaginous plate, or both, the
,. With acknowledgement to the unknown author.
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION balance of forces and biomechanical pro
perties are dis turbed j the resilient stiffness of the disc system of that mobil
e segment is diminished, with the consequent seque lae of additional and progress
ive ligamentous strain. Lumbar instability is defined as 'a loss of integrity of
controlling intersegmental soft tissues, and of the balance of restraint agains
t disc expansion'.926 The condition has no relationship to the generalised ligam
entous laxity in inherited diseases of connective tissue like Marfan's syndrome
or the Ehlers-Danlos syn drome. 70.1)(I A physical mass, i.e. the human body and it
s component parts, must obey physical laws j it cannot do otherwise. Yet also su
bject to physical laws are muscle tension, tissue fluid content, vascular flow a
nd venous engorgement; the changes in these factors are governed by spinal segme
ntal reflex systems, themselves under the influence of higher centres, i.e. brai
n-stem hypothalamus and cerebral cortex. Intervertebral instability-'the most co
mmon form of insufficient performance in the mobile space between two vertebrae'
I 09J-will manifest itself earlier or later accord ing not only to a given ergon
omic circumstance but according to other factors too, which are equally impor tan
t but which are not given enough recognition by those who conceive the spine onl
y in terms of a mechanical engineer. Latent instability, the initial stage of lo
osening of the motor segment, may through specific influences or additional stim
uli be transferred into overt conditions, with typical symptoms and signs. The p
robable mechanisms of loosening have been out lined (p. 1 39). In the early stage
s, loosening can be com pensated by muscles, the mechanoreceptors initiating spon
taneous reflex controlling mechanisms. Repetitive overstress finally leads to in
sufficiency of the compensat ing mechanisms,and the cause for this is usually a s
pecific event, which Schmorl and Junghanns ( 1 97 1)''''' ' call 'the additional
stimulus'. 'Through this stimulus, a quiescent insufficiency is transferred int
o a recognisable perform ance-weakness, meaning disease symptoms. This is mostly
a mechanical stimulus, but it can also be allergic, thermal, toxic, climatic, en
docrine or even psychic. 'The more attention a physician pays [0 the changing na
ture [my italics] of vertebral complaints, the more he will become convinced of
the significance of the additional stimulus.' Exciting causes, which may make ma
nifest a previously covert mobility-segment insufficiency, are coughing, sneezin
g, compression, unfavourable body torsion, vibra tion, percussion (motor-cycle, m
otor-car, horse riding), straightening after bending (with or without added weig
ht), sitting in constrained positions, getting out of bed, bathing, stepping awk
wardly off a kerb or bending to scratch a knee. The non-mechanical stimuli menti
oned above have an unfavourable effect, e.g. cold and dampness may have a
J
259
negative effect on blood vessels and nerves and may cause muscular tension. 'As
far as allergic, toxic, climatic and endocrine influences on muscles are concern
ed, they may be considered as similar influences upon the motor segment-in the e
nd, a mechanical influence,' The psychic influence is also mechanical in its end
result, the psychically unstable patient frequently trans ferring his personal dif
ficulties into a physical ailment. With the appearance of slight l umbar pain, '
the patient is in a stage of fearful, tense expectation that a new attack of pai
n will occur. With the slightest indication the com plaints, the wrong movement o
r spasm induce muscular changes which provide the "missing additional mechani cal
stimulus".' The stimulus initiates a new attack with all its consequences (p. 1
1 5). T ypes o pacielll : (a) The call young lIlan (see p. 252); (b) f the youn
g nurse/housewife The patient is in the late teens or early twenties, and relate
s a history ofasudden jolt while under load, i.e. lifting a patient, or a hypere
xtension injury when hitting the water from a high diving board. There may have
been the sensation of feeling something 'go' in the back. Because the pain is no
t too bad the patient continues working, but is aware of a chronic, persistent a
che across the low lumbar region, sometimes spreading to buttocks and upper thig
hs. The ache is aggravated in the 'slo.uch-sic' position, premenstrually and whe
n tired. The foetal position when sleeping aggravates pain, and the patient may
wake in the small hours with pain severe enough to necessitate getting up (with
some difficulty) and walking about to relieve it. The nagging low backache is co
nstant or nearly so, and may savagely remind the patient of its presence on any
attempt to reach for a child or working tool, drive or walk any distance, or att
empt a normal amount of housework. Standing or sitting for an hour or so may bec
ome a burden. Soone1 or later the patient finds she can do whatever she wants [0
, e.g. stand, sit, shop, bend, but for no longer than about 1 5 minutes. The pat
ient often gives a history of prolonged conservative treatment of various kinds,
and because of her fail ure to respond to therapy begins to doubt that there is
anything physically wrong with her, and to feel that she is odd. On exami ation
, posture is unexceptional and move n ments are very full, often without pain. Si
gnificantly, the characteristic ache will soon appear if patients are asked to r
emain in extension, for example. Further, the patient may show a litde wriggle,
or hesitation (with pain) at about 30 _450 of flexion or extension or both, as s
he appears to 'ride over a milestone' on the way down or on return. During this
arc of pain the patient may grasp the thighs for support. Usually, there are nei
ther distal leg pains, neurological symptoms nor neurological deficit, and strai
ght-leg-raising may be 100 on each side without pain. Blood tests are negative.
The patient is very likely
260
to be told she is imagining the pain, or to be regarded by the busy clinician as
work-shy, inadequate or a back slider. 'n.. Lateral X-ray films at the extremes
of flexion and extension may reveal a hypermobile lumbar segrr:.ent, although of
ten w ithout the 'slip' of degenerative spondy lolisthesis, which enlightened pal
pation during careful passive teSts will reveal anyway. The segment is oftcn L4L
S. Frequently, straight X-rays with the patient in ortho dox postures will show n
othing. During radiography it is necessary to usc positions which will allow the
soft tissue insufficiency to declare itself. I I M (c) The poslSurgical patient.
A year or so after surgical fusion of the L4-L5 and L5-S I segments, a minority
of the patients report for follow-up appointments and describe a pain of somewh
at different distribution to that afthe chronic problem for which treatment was
originally sought. The pain is still lumbar but higher up, together with periods
of feeling much the same pain as of old. On examination, 'hinging' is plainly v
isible at the L3-L4 segment, and palpation during a passive test of physiologi ca
l movement confirms hypermobility at that segment. There is no sciatica or neuro
logical deficit, and at this stage no thigh pain of femoral nerve distribution.
It may be thaI the higher backache is sufficient to pro voke facilitation of adja
cent cord segments, and thus 'lights up' the old and remembered pain of times pa
st (p. 1 7 3). (d) The 'keep-fiT' elllhwiGSl may be prone to ensure his continui
ng spinal mobility in a somewhat excessive and obsessive way, and overstress his
vertebral connective tissue wiLh vigorous daily exercise. As normal and often c
linically silent degenerative changes proceed, the con nectivc tissues binding on
e particular segment (often L4LS) are never afforded the chance to undergo the s
low and natural adaptive shortening which accompanies degenera tive change ; the
consequence is that of hypermobility of onc and sometimes two segments. The site
and extent of the excessive intervertebral movement depend to an extent upon th
e type of 'keep-fit' activity, and the possible incidence of more violent sudden
strains as in judo, wrest ling and gymnastic mat-work. These recurrent episodes,
in the process of disc degeneration with hypermobility, characterise the nature
of the syndrome. Joints which are unduly lax may be injured by minor trauma eas
ily sustained by stable joints during everyday activities, and the facet-joints
will share in this segmental overStress. Traumatic synovitis, with serous or hae
mor rhagic effusions, may lead later to secondary osteoar throsis.7 The clinical fe
atures arc very much the same as in (b) above, but the spinal movements may not
be as markedly free as in young women, and the patient may present initially as
an 'acute back episode' following some particular stress. An assessment of the t
emperament of the patient, the nature of his activities and the history of previ
ous episodes, together with the examination find-
ings of palpably excessive movement at one segment, provide a clue to the real b
ackground of the patient'S problems. (c) The young man in his twenties with unde
tected lumbar osteochondrosis, stiff middle and upper lumbar segments, and an ov
erstressed, irritable and unstable LS-S 1 segment has been mentioned on page 2 4
3. (f) The mature woman between 40 and 50 with degenera Tive (group Ill) spondylo
lisThesis (p. 1 47) will describe being troubled by chronic pain for months, yea
rs or decades. It occurs less often in men. 'Long-standing soft-tissue instabili
ty causes degenera tive changes in the intervertebral joints. Late in life this m
ay result in facet insufficiency and secondary subluxa tion forward. '9Z1 The L4-
LS segmenl is normally more mobile than other lumbar segments, and is the one mo
st commonly affected. 780 Pain in the low back, bUllock and thigh is almoS! uni v
ersal and usually described as a constant, nagging ache. It is rarely severe, bu
t there may have been several past episodes of sharper pain involving first one
buuock and thigh or leg, then the opposite haunch and limb in a sub sequent episo
de. Some describe a 'heaviness' and 'weak ness', or a 'burning' quality to the pa
in. The symptoms are frequently bilateral but asymmetrical. Some may present wit
h thigh pain and no current backache, although they may have had backache for ye
ars previously ; others have bilateral backache but no thigh pain. Many do nOt l
ike standing for too long and get relief from sitting, but may need to change th
is positionJ too, in favour of moving about lightly or changing the chair. Some
patients report difficulties of negotiating kerbs and steps because of their rep
orted limb 'heaviness' or 'awk wardness'. A few may actually limp at times. All o
f a series MS of 200 cases l had a smaller lumbosacral angle, i.e. less lordosis
, than normal. There may be only minor articular signs apparent on cursory testi
ng, although overpressure at the extremes of a seemingly acceptable range may sh
arply provoke the back pain, and sustaining the extreme position of a I umbar mo
vement will elicit a steadily in creasing ache. Many can touch their toes with ea
se. Besides pain, there may be cramp, tingling and numbness in leg and foot. Alt
hough this is the type of spondylolisthesis most often associated with neurologi
cal signs, they are by no means always present, the most conStant frank deficit
being that of depressed knee- or ankle-jerk. Muscle weakness of root distributio
n may need to be carefully looked for since it is often slight, and straight leg-
raising may be normal. In Rosenberg's 1058 series of200 patients, the 5th lumbar
root was most commonly involved in neurological deficit, and the most frequent
sensory change was diminished sensation to pinprick on the lateral aspect of the
thigh.
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION
26 1
Saddle anaesthesia or paraesthesiae, and sphincter problems, are very uncommon.
On X-ray, the degree of slip is not great, but when L4L5 is involved the L4 vert
ebral body is seen to shift for ward on flexion and backward on extension. Myelog
raphy in severe cases will show an hourglass constriction of the dura at the seg
ment concerned; root entrapment may be due to a diffuse annular bulge and to buc
kling of the liga mentum ftavum, and Macnab ( 1 977)780 describes it as a form of
segmental spinal stenosis. In a study of 50 patients, 25 with group I I I spond
ylolis thesis and 25 without, Gomez el al. ( 1 9 77)'" verified the clinical impr
ession that arthrosis of the hands occurs much more frequently in those patients
with Group I I I degenerative spondylolisthesis. As a corollary, there was a hi
gher than expected freq uency of degenerative spondy lolisthesis in those patient
s with extensive arthrosis of the hands.
The man 'fearful for his back' He may be over 40, and in past years suffered a p
robably minor episode of back trouble. Perhaps because of his temperament, combi
ned at the time with a strongly worded caution from his doctor to take care, the
patient has lost all confidence in the health and durability of his vertebral c
olumn. From time to time, further minor episodes serve only CO convince him of t
he dire need to strengthen his defences, and nOt to 'push his back too far'. He
is probably faithfully wearing his fourth or fifth successive lumbar support, fr
om which he is parted with some difficulty, and on being asked to move his back
during examination does so with trepidation, needing encouragement to allow his
spine CO be subjected to a full movement test. Movements are globally limited by
stiffness rather than pain, and the dominant features are (a) the patient'S cau
tion and (b) the lack of any significant abnormality other than stiffness due to
disuse. There are no neurological symptoms or signs, straight-leg-raising is so
mewhat reduced b laterally by re i sistance rather than pain, and on palpation th
ere is no objective evidence of a segment being different from its neighbours, a
ll of them being stiff and eliciting an over cautious voluntary muscle-guarding r
esponse. Although a degree of degenerative change may be radio logically evident,
it is consistent with the patient's age and unexceptional. Provided the patient
is sleeping well, has no history of a primary neoplasm or signs of possible ank
ylos ing spondylitis, it is highly l ikely that he needs to have his confidence r
estored, and the natural durability of his back demonstrated to him. 'Time-depen
dent' backache and sciatica (p. 20 1) Provocation of pain in backache and sciati
ca is as a rule 'stress-dependent', i.e. particular movementS or postures aggrav
ate the pain, and other movements and postures
tend to quieten it down or relieve i t; in general these par ticular movements an
d postures are known well enough, and are useful in gaining clues as to the like
ly nature of the patient'S problem. For example, the patient who hates standing
and walking and prefers to sit, especially with his elbow resting on his knees,
is more likely to be suffer ing from mild degenerative trespass into a congenital
ly narrow spinal canal than from a frank disc trespass into a roomy neural canal
. There is a singular group of patients whose symptoms and signs appear to be ti
me-depelldeut, i.e. characteristic ally their symptoms steadily increase througho
ut the day, from a comparatively pain-free morning to a regularly pain-racked ev
ening, almost regardless of their occupation and activities during the day, and
these have a 'saw-tooth' behaviour. On rising in the morning, the patient is vir
tually symp tom-free but by the late evening the symptoms have come on with real
force and the patient is glad to get to bed. While in the late forenoon or early
afternoon standing or walking may give more relief than sitting, neither of the
se give any relief at all by late evening, and the patient must needs lie down.
This regular diurnal waxing and waning of symptoms according to time rather than
stress charac terises the syndrome, and the important factor appears to be that
of increasing gravitational compression, i.e. whether sitting or standing. This
is just another form of stress, of course, but the more dominant factor appears
to be time, and this remains true whether the complaint is backache alone or bac
kache with sciatica. For example, a 3 1 -year-old housewife with left low lumbar
pain, coccydynia and posterior thigh and calf pain to the heel regularly awoke
with minimal pain and stiff ness, and just as regularly suffered her worst pain a
nd dis ability by late evening. Previous bouts of pain every 9 or 12 months appea
red to have had their origin from when, aged 1 8 , she had fallen heavily on her
back. The pain dis tribution during the last three episodes was similar to the p
resent episode, which began in the back without identifi able cause and spread to
the heel within a few days. The coccydynia waxed and waned with the other pains
. The whole leg felt numb and cold, as did the four outer toes, but only the lat
eral border of the foot had any obiective sensory loss. The pain steadily increa
sed throughout the day, and was aggravated by sitting, driving and bending ; cou
ghing produced a iab of back pain but no leg pain. Standing and walking were eas
ier than sitting at first, but later in the day walking provoked the same pai as
did n sitting. Rising from the sitting position was painfully slow and awkward.
Posture was unexceptional ; 1 umbar exten sion provoked the backache only, flexi
on was limited by back and posterior thigh pain when her fingertips reached mid-
shin. Straight-leg-raising was left 75 , limited by left lumbar pain, and right
90' with similar left sided pain beginning at 75 and increasing to 90 . On
262
COMMON VERTEBRAL JOJNT PROBLEMS
Slow-onset backache and sciatica (the 'equinox' syndrome) In the sense that sudd
en backache may include pain be ginning at once or within three or four hours of
a period of physical Stress or a traumatic incident, there is a dif ferent type o
f onset characterised by a more delayed re sponse. Typically, the parient has bec
ome filled with the 'divine discontent' of spring, or with irritation at the sig
ht The chronically overstressed labourer's back of autumn leaves cluttering the
flower beds, and in either The patient is rypically 45-55 years old and a strong
, case spends many hours of unaccustomed physical effort solidly built stocky ma
n,'m commonly a steel erector, agri in the garden. Other typical histories are th
ose of moving cultural worker, gravel-pit or building labourer, whose house, som
e hours of enthusiastic but amateur bricklaying characteristic appearance is tha
t of large muscular or laying a concrete path. Alternatively, the patient may sh
oulders mounted atop a long lordosis. The abdominal have taken a long car-ride t
o visit aged parents and spent wall is sU'ong and the patient's belly is protube
rant in a a night or two in a very soft bed. The mild lumbar stiffness long curv
e from sternum to groin. The glutei arc large and trivial discomfort pass off af
ter a hot bath but by next and strong, and the patient stands on massive legs wi
th morning, or sooner or later during that day or the next, a four-square John B
ull s tance. backache comes on with real force and is accompanied by Pain is rep
orted as lying across the middle and low severe I umbar stiffness. Either then o
r within hours or lumbar region, spreading to loin and upper buttock and days of
the onset of the severe lumbar symptoms, pain often into the inguinal region on
onc side. There are neither may either be felt spreading distally to buttock or
posterior sciatica, neurological symptoms nor signs of root involve thigh, or ma
y be fel t simultaneously in the upper calf and ment. buttock of one limb. The p
ain may distribute itself in a The pain, which began insidiously some months bef
ore, fairly common panern which more or less accords with appears to be as solid
ly implanted as the patient'S stance a dermatome (Fig. 2. 20) but just as freque
ntly remains on earth, is not very reactive and is virtually continuous. a patch
work, e.g. of pain in the low back and butJock, The dominant factor is pain beha
viour, in that it in upper calf and outer border of the foot. Some patients will
creases within one hour of work at his usual occupation declare their worst pain
to be at the posterolateral haunch, and it disturbs sleep. The patient cannot w
ork, and is not others will point to the calf as the worst pain. Some will descr
ibe 'a long band of toothache' from buttock to toes. getting proper rest. There
may be some low lumbar pain on the contralateral Lumbar movements, which are lim
ited not by pain but side. spontaneously by natural resistance, provoke the pain
only moderately, and the patient has difficulty in describing Passive neck-flex
ion aggravates the backache and often the sciatica, and a cough but more particu
larly a sneeze which movements hurt most, since none of them are especially more
painful than others, although each may may savagely provoke a jab of pain from
buttock to heel. The patient walks with difficulty, but prefers to stand or hurt
a little. If anything, side-flexion away from the pain lie than to sit. A dining
chair is more comfortable than ful side hurts more than side-flexion towards. F
lexion has an easy chair, and when the patient rises from either the some slight
resemblance to bending forward, in that the process is a slow and cautious rear
rangement of lumbar whole magnificent edifice of the patient'S trunk is ponder po
sture. For a minute or so the patient may not be able ously lowered a little in
the general direction of his feet, with little apparent change occurring in the
curvature of to stand fully erect. While sphincter disturbance is rare, it can o
ccur (p. the trunk ; the movement does not increase the pain. Straight-leg-raisi
ng is never more than 65-70 bilater 1 50), and appears due to involvement by tresp
ass upon ally, and has little effect on the pain. Manual testing of the 4th sacr
al root. 2 1 8 Much more common is a degree of constipation because segmental ac
cessory movement is likely to do more damage to the therapist's hands than to th
e patient and sitting and s training at stool is painful and attention to toilet
equally so. only reveals that there is no irritability. Passive physiologi The s
ciatic leg may feel cold, and be cold, and there may cal-movements test (PP-MT)
reveal a relative lack of movement (there is not much anywhere !) at the L2-L3-
be paraesthesiae and a sense of numbness of the whole limb or only the posterola
teral part of iJ; sometimes the L4 segments. The X-ray appearances are character
istic with general patient declares the whole foot to be numb, or can be quite is
ed sclerosis, somewhat rounded upper and lower edges precise in that the three o
uter toes are known to have some of the lumbar vertebral bodies, and 'bowing' in
to the loss of sensibility. The extent of objectively diminished spongiosa of th
e hyaline cartilaginous plate. The bowing sensibility is generally somewhar smal
ler than that reported, and more often lies distally. Some patients is markedly
outlined by sclerosis.
palpation, the L 5 spinous process was very sore to Grade 1 central pressures, a
s was the left lamina. On passive physiological-movement Jesting the L5-S I segm
ent was patently hypermobile. There were no other pal pation signs of note, and t
he coccyx was only moderately tcnder.
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION
263
report 'strips of cold' down the outer aspect of the limb, and others complain b
itterly of cramp in the calf. Un pleasant 'burning feelings' are less frequently
described. The patient sleeps more comfortably on a firm mattress on the floor,
yet still wakes feeling painfully 'locked' for an hour or so in the morning. Dep
ending to an extent upon whether a single root of the sciatic nerve or more than
one root is involved, and the extent of the involvement, there may be some diff
iculty in walking, nOt only because the whole limb is painful but the foot also
feels useless. In severe cases there may be a dropped fool.
Physical ceSlS. The patient stands uncomfortably and prefers to put most weight
on the unaffected leg. Exten sion is limited and may hun in back and buttock only
or in the whole of the painful limb. Side-flexion towards the painful side is m
ore likely to do the same than side-flexion away from it. Flexion is cautiously
attempted, because it is usually the most painful and limited movement. The pelv
is may tend to rotate to the opposite side. Neck flexion when supine aggravates t
he lumbar pain and sometimes the sciatica. The jugular compression test (p. 63)
may do the same, more especially when simultaneous pressure is applied to the ab
domen. Straight-leg-raising may be reduced by 10 _ I S" on the painless side, bu
t is freq uently less than 35 on the affected side, with provoca tion of pain fro
m buttock to heel. The test may 'light up' paraesthesiae for some time afterward
s. Neurological deficit (which is not confined to this syn drome only) (see p. 1
60) tends to follow patterns of root distribution, although not as consistently
as is sometimes asserted ; ascribing the lesion to this or that segment on the b
asis of neurological findings is not an exact science. Muscle weakness does not
necessarily accompany every episode j by no means does every patient show 'the f
ull hand of cards' of neurological deficit. 1 207 Many patients with disc prolap
se have minimal neurological signs. Thus a patient with lO'Wer sacral, coccygeal
or perirleal pain andwieh no neurological deficit must "ot, willy-nilly, be tak
en for an L5 lesion with idiosy"craTic pai,J reference ,. the possi bilities o a
lO'Wer sacral rooc lesion (see belO'W) muse always f be borne in mind. The infre
quent L3 involvement is declared by weakness of quadriceps and sometimes psoas,
and a loss or diminu tion of the knee-jerk. Provocation of pain on the 'femoral n
erve stretch test' does not always occur, and conversely, this test often pro vok
es back pain arising from lesions at the L4-L5 and lumbosacral segments. If the
L4 vertebral segment is involved, there may be postural deviation (listing) to o
ne or other side, or the patient may be straight when standing but list to one s
ide or other on flexion. Power loss in L4 root lesions occurS most frequently in
the foot dorsiflexors, and the knee-jerk may be diminished or absent in some.
Postural deviation may also occur in lesions at the L5S 1 vertebral segment. 833
Lesions ofL5 root are manifested by loss of great toe extensor power and weakne
ss of tibialis posterior, with loss of the great toe-jerk.l207 S I root involvem
ent is declared by loss of power in peronei, calf and hamstrings, and a depresse
d or absent ankle-jerk. On buttock contraction the gluteal mass may feel less ha
rdened than its unaffected neighbour. S2 root palsies do not involve the peronea
l muscles, but the calf, hamstrings and gluteus maximus are weak. S3 root interf
erence is declared by pain in the upper inner and posterolateral thigh, a lack o
f deep tendon reflex or muscle power changes, and pain encroaching upon the peri
neal region. Pain , numbness and paraesthesiae in the perineal and genital area
characterise S4 root involvement, and to lesions of this root are ascribed weakn
ess of bladder and I or rectum.218 On the other hand, Ross and Jameson ( 1 97 1
) """ hold that single nerve root lesions are unlikely to cause bladder dysfunct
ion. Because the cauda equina is more likely to be trespassed upon by central pr
otrusions, which need not declare themselves as dramatically as in ' Presumed tc
ar of annular laminae' (3) (p. 256), it is prudent to enquire about 'saddle' are
a sensory changes and the function of sphincters in all cases of backache (see p
. 1 50).
A common clinical course is asfollows: Severe leg pain usu ally diminishes with t
he appearance of neurological signs, but the limb may remain cold, feel numb in
a variety of distal distributions, and also feels somewhat weaker than its fello
w. The sensory changes largely disappear, not in frequently leaving a small circu
mscribed patch of objec tive sensory loss for two or three years or longer. Unles
s the neurological involvement is multiradicular (p. 107), normal muscle power i
s recovered in some 1030 weeks, depending upon the nature of involvement. 1 369
If more than one root is involved, power may still be reduced rwo years later (s
ee p. 108). Operative treatment gives no better prognosis for rate of muscle pow
er re covery than does conservative treatment. 1 295
WHAT HAS HAPPENED I N THE LUMBAR SPINE? The attractive black-or-white explanatio
n on the basis of 'disc in' or 'disc out' has much to commend it, since it has t
he charm of nice, simple revealed truth514 and this is always popular, even when
descriptions include varieeies of 'disc in' and 'disc out'. The simplistic view
that disc lesions are either cartila ginous or pulpy will no longer do ; histolo
gical examina tion 1203 demonstrates that the extruded material is some thing of a
mixture.78o A real difficulty is that we cannot always know, but what
264
work after a recent bout of backache and severe sciatica, describes minimal pai
n in back, buttock and leg, but con siderable restriction because he cannot bend
lower than to touch his patellae or tibial tubercle, and appears to rotate his p
elvis to the opposite side when attempting flexion. Sitting up in a bath, or sit
ting up having breakfast in bed, are impossible. Both flexion and straight-leg-r
ais n g on the affected side, which is reduced to 40 or so, i are limited more by
strong resistance than by pain, and such pain as there is may be felt i the low
back but especi n ally down the posterior thigh to the knee. A dominant feature i
s the lack of any other articular sign; some residual weakness of the calf, for
example, and absence of the ankle-jerk, are not noticed by the patient, whose ma
in complaint is that of the functional restriction (see p. 46 1) imposed on dres
sing and bending to the floor. Long periods of s itting, as in driving a car, ma
y increase the backache and leg 'stiffness' but these are mentioned by the way,
and not as the main nuisance-restriction of lack of flexion. N.B. An underlying
causal relationship466 between chronic cervical degenerative change and changes
in superficial connective-tissue attachments of upper limb muscles (e.g. 'tennis
elbow') is now more widely con sidered than in the past, yet the same relationsh
ip between low lumbar degenerative change, and changes in the attachment-tissues
of lower limb muscles, does not seem to be as well appreciated. For example, ma
ny patients with chronic lumbar degenerative changes may report 'sciatic' pain w
hich is worst over the lateral aspect of the knee;oint, and may spread down the
anterolateral leg almost to the ankle. Careful palpalion may not infrequently de
lect that the most acute provocation of this pain is caused by rub bing a fingert
ip across the anterior ligaments of the s uperior tibiofibular joint. While some
of this group of patients do, in fact, have a coexisting joint condition for wh
ich the superior tibiofibular joint requires mobilising in its own right, many c
an be relieved of this 'sciatic' pain by transverse friction alone precisely dir
ected [0 the liga ment mentioned. Sciatic scoliosis Following the progression of
acute backache (p. 256) to sciatic pain, or more commonly the insidious onset of
back ache and then scialica (p. 262) with neurological signs, a proportion of pa
tients will show newly acquired lateral lumbar deviation on standing, and this w
ill usually be secondary to the joint problem. The incidence of slight lateral l
isting is higher lhan seems generally supposed, because minor degrees of de viati
on may be undetected or are ignored. On the basis of s urgical findings, the ver
tebral segmen tal characteristics may be as follows: L4-L5-protrusion is often ly
ing in the root 'axilla' the listing is towards the side of pain
we can be sure about is the variety of changes, and com binations of these, which
may be underlying the clinical features. Awarness of the types of disc herniati
on and pro lapse (p. 1 45), formula led on the basis of an incidence of 0.000 I p
er cen!, should be accompanied by awareness of other documented changes, c.g. th
e seemingly irritant nature of the products of disc degeneration and the pre senc
e of arachnoid adhesions and trespass by tissues other than the intervertebral d
isc (see p. l S I). S ince myelographic evidence of disc trespass need not be ac
companied by either symptoms or s igns52 the pre sence of disc herniation or prola
pse should not invariably be taken to indicate the single cause of clinical feat
ures .....s Hirsch, in 1 97 1 ,54Q suggested that a bulging disc nar rowing an in
tervertebral foramen is not the only cause of pain, and that it was not rational
to consider only the inter vertebral discs as sites of stress. Having passed thr
ough an 'extreme operative phase' in the management of low back pain, he mention
s the possibility of actually creating disability by cutting into discs which ar
e not bulging and interfering with nerve roots or perhaps otherwise causing pain
. Certainly, root pain and root s igns for which no adequate cause can be found
at operation are common enough. 1)7, 545 Therefore, it might be more compatible
with observed fact to adopt the premise that some patients have sciatic pain of
root distribution because they have an irritated hyperalgesic nerve roo t ; 750
they may or may not have a 'disc lesion' accompanying it. They do not have tohav
ea 'disc lesion' ,and even if they do, it need not neces sarily have anything to
do with causing the pain, other than possibly making it worse. 445 Sciatica with
out backache With no period of backache preceding the appearance of unilateral l
eg pain, it begins insidiously in youngish men and for no apparent reason, start
ing more often in the pos terior thigh but occasionally in the upper calf. The p
ain then proceeds more or less as in the syndrome just de scribed, except that fr
ank neurological signs do not often accompany the pain, which is seldom very sev
ere. While there is no pain in the back, lumbar movements aggravate the pain, es
pecially flexion but sometimes also s ide-flexion towards the painful side. Flex
ion is sometimes very limited and the patient may rotate his pelvis to the oppo s
ite side during the attempt to bend forwards ; straight leg-raising may be less t
han 35 . Sciatica without backache is unusual, and in a series reported by Lansc
he and Ford695 the incidence was only I per cent. Those handling spinal problems
all day and every day will probably note a slightly higher incidence. Presumed
adhesions of lumbar roots and/or sciatic nerve ' The patient, more usually a mat
ure young man, back at
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION
265
It must therefore be accepted that a fully reliable datum on the basis of verteb
ral rotation, for comparison between sciatic l isting and postural scoliosis, do
es not exist, at least so far as the factors of lateral curves and vertebral rot
ation are concerned. L5-S1-the listing is usually away from side of pain If we m
ake the assumption (which may or may not be passive neck flexion does hurt contr
alateral straight-leg raising does not hurt. justified) that there were no examp
les of horizontal plane pelvic rOlation in this series, the criterion holds good
for The side to which the spine is listed is explained on the about 75 per cent
of cases only, and then only so long as basis of nerve-root and disc-protrusion
relationships21 8, 2J9, the side of the convexity is ignored. '80 (p. 200). The
mechanisms postulated are as follows: Should pelvic rOlat;oll also have occurre
d in this series, 1. When the protrusion is lateral to the nerve root the which
it does in some cases of leg length inequality, then it might be recalled that a
degree of pelvic rotation induc patient will lean away from it. 2. When the prot
rusion is medial to the root, i.e. in the ing vertebral rotation is not rare in
sciatic scoliosis. Two of the more reliable factors helping distinction root axi
lla, the list will be towards the side of pain, and during flexion the deviation
will often increase. In both between the two conditions are: 1. A history of 'l
isting' coinciding with onset of the of these cases the posture assumed is regar
ded as that which seeks to relieve the pain of root compression or current joint
problem, and having been absent before it (yet patients are sometimes blissfull
y unaware that they irritation. Macnab ( 1 977)'80 believes these observations t
o be are moderately listed to one side, and may have been so somewhat simplistic
, since the sciatic list disappears on for some time). 2. A plumb line from the
external occipital protu recumbency. He mentions that the loss oflateral curvatur
e on recumbency differentiates sciatic scoliosis from struc berance does not lie
in the gluteal cleft but to one side tural scoliosis ; spinal deviation and scia
tic pain are not of it. Sustained and persuasive manual correction procedures ne
cessarily interdependent, as we have seen (p. 254). 3. A contralateral list may
change to an ipsilateral list are usually unsuccessful in both sciatic scoliosis
with while the sciatic pain remains in the same l imb, and this neurological de
ficit and in postural scoliosis which has can be due to a nerve root stretched o
ver the summit of been compensated. Patients with sacroiliac joint problems a pr
otrusion. 794 may also suffer sciatic scoliosis. The factors of intrapelvic asym
metry, as well as pos 4. Alternatively, a particular type of mid-line protrusion
may underlie the phenomenon of an alternating list with tural rotation of the wh
ole pelvis, must enter into con alternating sciatica, depending upon posture and
move sideration. It is knownlM that there is in some patients a tendency for the
ilium, on the long leg side when there ments of the lumbar spine. In (3) and (4)
, the space-occupying effects of a mobile, is leg length inequality, to be 'rota
ted' backwards, and that pedunculated or sequestrated mass of disc substance can
this induces the sacral ala of that side to shift backwards be underlying the c
hanges of spinal posture. Alternating and downwards, tending to impose a rotatio
n to that side deviation is sometimes regarded as diagnostic of a disc of the 5t
h lumbar vertebral body, presumably by reason protrusion at the L4 segment.21 8
of attachments of the iliolumbar l igament. The opposite The criterion that an a
bsence of vertebral rotation, in ilium tends to 'rotate' forwards. S ince the lo
nger leg will standing, distinguishes (a) the 'sciatic list' secondary to often
induce a general postural convexity to the opposite recent joint problems from (
b) the compensated pos side, and the lumbar vertebrae will tend to rotate towards
tural scoliosis requires, like most rules of thumb, some the convexity, while t
he LS vertebra is induced to rotate qual ification. towards the side of the conc
avity, there must be set up In postural scoliosis due to a shore leg the vertebr
al bodies opposing mechanical stresses which might be (a) sources tend to rotate
to the side of the convexity, but rotation of the pain accompanying these postu
ral abnormalities, need not always occur and when present, is not always and (b)
a possible explanation of the variety oflumbar pos tural changes seen on standin
g X-ray films. to the convex side. Stoddard ( 1 969)1"'" reports a study" of545
erect radio Two of the writer's recent patients exhibited quite graphs, which sho
wed that 45 per cent of spines showed weird combinations of pelvic dis{Qrtion, u
nilateral I umbar a convexity to the short-leg side, 32 per cent showed con flatt
ening, I umbar and thoracic scoliosis with rotation, vexity to the long-leg side
, and 23 per cent showed a accompanied by sciatic pain to the popliteal space bu
t no straight spine. These were not clinical assessments, but neurological signs
. The marked asymmetry and deviated observable and reproducible signs ; a little
more than half restricted movements were normalised during a single of the pati
ents with unequal leg lengths /lot showing a con treatment session in which only
localised sacroiliac tech vexity to the short-leg side. niques were employed. pas
sive neck flexion in supine lying does not pro voke back pain contralateral strai
ght-leg-raising does hurt.
266
Clinical experience suggests that a simple sacroiliac joint shutlle (for want of
a better word) can, at least in youngish women, underlie some cases of so-calle
d sciatic scoliosis. Further anomalies (p. 24) of the lumbosacral region 3fC com
mon, and among these 3rc a tilted upper surface of sacrum and a trapeziodal-shap
ed fifth lumbar vertebra (Figs 1 .28, 1 .29, 1 .30). These considerations can ne
ver be left out of assessment of what has transpired to cause the listing in sci
atic scoli osis (see also p. 254) and assessment of the sometimes weird postures
demonstrated by these patients during lumbar movements. A transitional L5 verteb
ra will sometimes produce lateral deviation which very closely simulates sciatic
scoli osis, and these patients may present with a history of mild aches but a re
cent and sudden onset of low back pain, associated with some stress such as reac
hing into a car. One such patient (Fig. 1 .30) had a perfectly level pelvis but
her spine was listed to the right side. The X-ray revealed a transitional and tr
apezoidal L5 vertebral body, and manual prevention of deviation during active fl
exion aggravated the pain which accompanied normal forward bending. Her pains we
re completely relieved by moderate posteroanterior pressures on the left posteri
or superior iliac spine; the writer is unable to explain this. As ever, and like
the vagaries of referred pain (see p. 192), the single factor of infinitely var
iable b iological plas ticity may serve [0 produce mechanical postural 'solu tions
' (of the various opposing stresses) which can be highly individual from patient
to patient and which often arc not amenable to snap j udgements or facile autho
ri tarian pronouncements as to their true nature. Simply, we cannot always know.
Patients with sciatic scoliosis usually list away from the side of pain, and if
the deviation is accompanied by lumbar rotation when standing, it may not have a
nything to do with the current sciatic episode (vide supra). Some may present wi
th loss oflordosis and deviation to the less pain ful side, while a few will show
a fixed lordosis with devia tion to the painful side. When extending, the lumbar
spine may deviate further to the affected side, but when flexing, the pelvis ma
y rotate to the unaffected side. Others will initially deviate further on flexio
n and then straighten out to bend forward with a perfectly straight back, return
ing via the same lateral deviation to assume a standing posture with its charact
eristic list. Many will progressively in crease the degree of lateral list during
their limited range of flexion. Side-flexion to the side of the list is the mos
t free and least painful movement, but also sometimes provokes the pain to a deg
ree. Surprisingly, some patients are able to moderately side-flex to the opposit
e side, although there may be a short jab of pain during the restricted movement
. In both slow onset backache and sciatica (p. 262) and in
sCiatic scoliosis, when surgical exploration has been planned on the basis of my
elographic findings of disc tres pass, the intensity of the pain seems to have no
relation ship to the size of the disc protrusion.91 The clinical features otherw
ise resemble those described in the 'equinox' syndrome (p. 262), with the except
ion that patients with sciatic scoliosis rend to be referred for surgi cal opinio
n rather more frequently since a recent and dramatic alteration in the patient's
posture usually initi ates a more energetic plan of action. Young people may ret
ain some lateral deviation for a year or more following relief of back and limb
pain by con servative measures ; among mature adult cases who come to surgery the
relief of symptoms is not always accom panied, either immediately or for many mo
nths, by straightening of the spine. Some adults appear subse quently to go throu
gh life with a more or less permanent slight list to one side, in the presence o
f an otherwise nor mal radiographic appearance. Provided there is no sphincter di
sturbance and pain is neither intense nor prolonged, immediate surgical atten tio
n is not necessarily indicated, although a recent and dis abling degree of spinal
deviation does amount to the need for surgical opinion. Patients who may be fle
xed forward and deviated away from the painful side, and walk into the treatment
room with a recently acquired lumbar posture which resembles a banana, will alm
ost certainly be suffering from the tres pass occasioned by oedema and effusion,
whatever else may have occurred, and it is a mistake to abandon conservative tre
atment before fluid congestion at the site of the lesion has had time to settl e
; a gratifying change to a virtually straight spine in standing, and a considera
ble lessening of pain within two to three weeks can occur, although the neurolog
ical changes will alter little in that time. The 'listing' which also occurs in
juvenile spondylolis thesis resembles that due to lumbar joint derangements ; by
eliminating the source of irritation the spondylolis thetic scoliosis corrects it
self spontaneously. 91 THE SOFT TIS S UES AND LOW BACK PAIN Movement-techniques
used in treatment cannot help but be applied for the most part to the soft tissu
es, and in a real and important sense one is very often not mobilising or manipu
lating joints so much as mobilising the soft tissues, with all the potentialitie
s for affecting nerve impulse traffic, skeletal and also smooth muscle tonus, ti
ssue fluid exchange and arteriolar, venular and lym phatic flow. The soft tissues
are of primary importance (pp. 1 1 0, 196). As between changes in an articulati
on as such and changes in the soft tissues related to it, the genesis of many ch
ronic joint problems is not easy to clarify in terms of which are primary and wh
ich 3re secondary effects.
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION
267
The following factors have been discussed : 1 . The probable contribution of sec
ondary muscle spasm [0 (he total pain produced by an acute joint problem (p. 197
). 2. The factor of chronic 'spasm' or muscle shortening, with accompanying chan
ges in relative population of fibre-types, which appear to be the secondary and
estab lished sequel to chronic degenerative change in joints (pp. 1 1 7, 199). 3.
The likely genesis of chronic vertebral joint condi tions, secondary to establis
hed imbalance of muscles because of abnormal occupational or habitual postural u
se of musculature (p. 1 1 3). Burnell ( 1 974)'41 made an e.m.g. study of patien
ts with back pain who had undergone rhyzolysis procedures (p. 520), and was inte
rested to observe that quite large segments of the sacrospinalis muscle had been
denervated. Since it is not possible for rhyzolysis procedures, by cut ring, to
denervate (he apophyseal joint itself, Burnell has suggested the distinct possib
ility that denerv3rion of muscle may be the factor which is responsible for reli
ef of pain achieved by these procedures. In passing, a somewhat similar observat
ion was made l lOO after a number of arthrodeses of the sacroiliac joint had bee
n performed for intractable painful condi tions which followed low spinal surgery
. Patients lost the intractable pain immediately after the operation, and the au
thors concluded that relief of pain might well be due to neurotomy of fine nerve
s, performed incidentally dur ing the approach to the joint. Burnell considers th
e muscles as being of more signifi cance, in the causation of back pain, than may
have been appreciated, and that any techniques which will reduce muscle spasm a
nd pain are well worth trying. An impor tant factor, perhaps, is that patients wh
o undergo rhy zolysis, either as a first treatment or because they have been refe
rred to Pain Clinics specifically for the procedure, have usually had an intract
able joint problem for some time, and the factor of more chronic secondary chang
es i" paravertebral muscles may be of first importance. The facts that (i) the p
ain is very frequently relieved completely, and (ii) functional abilities are qu
ickly restored, (iii) nothing is done to the joint itself, indicate that the obs
ervations of Burnell and others are of import ance in the management of back pain
. In the absence of recent violent muscular stress, acutely tender areas along t
he spinous processes, and maximally over the tips of the transverse processes l4
) may be pal pated; they appear to resemble a particular type of tennis elbow in
which chronic and unremitting strain is an im portant factor. That vertebral join
t problems may initially have induced a low-grade collagenosis in these specific
re gions of muscle-attachment tissues (see p. 188) should not be discounted, but
the condition resembles that of lateral epicondylitis, and appears to be relate
d to chronic stress.
The lordotic low back Among the middle-aged, a common presentation is that of sy
mmetrical low back pain, associated with a lordotic posture but unassociated wit
h limb symptoms or neuro logical signs and occurring somewhat more frequently in
men. Pain is aggravated by standing (patients frequently mention museums and art
galleries) and walking, but relieved by sitting. The patient stands with a holl
owed low back and a somewhat lax and protuberant abdomen, sometimes giving the i
mpression of 'too much beer, too many babies'. Extension and either side-flexion
movement provoke the characteristic pain, while flexion docs not, but during pa
inless bending forward (which may be a little restricted but otherwise unexcepti
onal to cursory ex amination) the low lumbar lordosis docs not change and movemen
t occurs largely at the middle and upper lumbar segments ; similarly, the soft t
issues overlying the l umbo sacral region will appear flattened on a tangential v
iew during flexion. Straight-leg-raising is of normal and virtually painless ran
ge for the patient'S age-group. Palpation reveals a degree of stringiness and a
lack of plump resilience, which normally characterises the feel of healthy relax
ed muscle, overlying the low lumbar segments. The fifth lumbar ver tebral spine i
s tender,as are the immediately paravertebral regions on either side. The l umbo
sacral segment is also stiff on passive physiological-movement tests. The syndro
me is distinguished from spinal stenosis (q. v.) by the absence of limb pain, pa
raesthesiae and neuro logical signs. It appears to be a chronic muscle-tightness
entity because simple treatment procedures which stretch the lumbosacral soft ti
ssues, and strengthen the abdominal wall, frequently relieve all the signs and s
ymptoms of it (Fig. 6.8). Common variants are as follows." Middle-aged patients
may present with a b ilateral chronic lumbar ache, worse on one side than the ot
her, with pain spreading bilaterally into the upper posterolateral haunch area,
but additionally into the groin and anterior thigh of one side. The groin and th
igh pain is worse at night and commonly the back ache is not, although both are p
ainfully stiff on rising in the morning. Movements are stiff, and all provoke th
e pain to a degree ; extension, and side-flexion to the side of the groin pain,
are the more painful. Flexion is characteristic in that the low lumbar area take
s little part in the movement, a localised lordosis being maintained in flexion.
Straight leg-raising is commonly almost full for the patient's age but limited o
n the side of groin and haunch pain ; there are no neurological signs. Examinati
on of the hip on the most painful side reveals that it, too, shares in the limit
ed movement. Plainly the patient has combined low lumbar joint problems, chronic
lumbar muscle change and an early osteoanhrotic hip joint.
268
Besides the localised attention required for the early arrhroric hip, there is a
lack of complete response to soft tissue stretching procedures only, for the low
lumbar musculature ; it appears that both spondylosis and arthrosis of the lumb
osacral segment are contribucing to the clinical features and need treatment att
ention in their own right. Sometimes there appears to be no joint problem at any
segment other than L3-L4, in which case this is the onc which requires localise
d u-catment wgether with the other procedures, and at other times the lower thre
e lumbar segments will all require attention. Meralgia poraesthelica, a burning
pain on the antero laIeral aspect of the thigh with numbness and tingling, is oft
cn attributed to compression or irritation of the lateral femoral cutaneous nerv
e as it passes through the lateral end of the inguinal l igament, i.e. an entrap
ment neuro pathy. Investigation of changes in nerves at the site of soft tissue en
trapments does not always yield positive evidence of damage (p. 100), and it is
perhaps significant that the patients arc mostly obese,221 and very often have a
pronounced lordotic posture. The so-called entrapment features arc frequently r
elieved by eradicating the lordosis by flexion exercises, improving the patient'
S posture and strengthening the power of the abdominal muscles and it may well b
e, there fore, that the real cause is foraminal constriction of a root of the fem
oral nerve, due to an habitually lordotic posture reducing the vertical dimensio
ns of the intervertebral foramen. Meralgia paraesthetica may also follow surgica
l fusion of the L4-L5 facet-joints, but the symptoms usually sub side within a fe
w weeks of operation. )26
In terna! disc disruption Crock ( 1 9 70)'" has observed that, 'The whole issue
of disc lesions is wider and more complicated than can be explained on the simpl
e basis of disc-tissue prolapse alone', and describes the clinical features of a
large group of patients with a s ingular type of disc pathology, which involves
:
limbs and transient episodes of weakness in the affected limbs, so that there is
difficulty in gripping or walking. There is a very low tolerance of physical ac
tivity and the patients dislike travelling in bumpy vehicles. There is restricte
d spinal movement, but rarely any signs of somatic root interference; straight-l
eg-raising is usually unaffected. The pathology is not fully understood, but app
ears to span the fields of biochemistry and the mechanics of disc nutrition. Dur
ing interbody fusion procedures, the sympathetic trunk may be found matted to th
e disc affected, and para ertebral lymph nodes may be enlarged. Adjacent ver tebral
bodies show increased vascularity, marked soften ing and altered density. The di
sorganised disc tissue is soft, slightly yellow and has altered staining propert
ies. Amorphous tissue, and fibrillation of the annulus, are seen. The relationsh
ip of these changes to disc disruption is uncertain, and disc narrowing is not o
bserved. The clinical features might be due to irritation of structures adjacent
to the disc by leaking of disc metabo lites, and/or the production of autoimmune
reactions by the same metabolites entering the general circulation.5>t7
SPONDYLOLY S I S AND SPONDYLOLISTHESI S : Group I and group I I [ Degenerative (
Group I l l ) spondylolisthesis is described under Lumbar I nstability (p. 258),
and Groups I V and V on p. 147.] Spondylolysis and spondylolisthesis need not p
er se be responsible for symptoms. Severe degrees of slip may for tuitously be di
scovered in patients who have no backache and whose physical activity is vigorou
s. The coexistence of (i) neural arch defect, with or without olisthesis, and (i
i) back pain, sciatic and/or neurological signs need not mean that the radiologi
cal and the cl inical features are directly associated.
Juvenile spondylolysis without olisthesis or slip (see p. 146) : Group I I While
the pars articularis defect is not a congenital lesion, its familial incidence
has been clearly demonstrated,91 and there is a strong hereditary component in t
he aetiology of this fatigue fracture. 1 J26 The incidence of appearance of the
lesion is greatest between the ages of 5! and 6! years, and the reason for this
is not known; it is not rare for the pars interarticularis defect to be discover
ed very much earlier. 1J29 There is uncertainty as to whether the pars fracture
is due to an extension injuryl 250 or a flexion stress.127 The average age for a
ppearance of symptoms is 14 in girls and 1 6 in boys, and the clinical manifesta
tions are those
I . alteration in internal structure of the disc 2. changes in its metabolic fun
ction 3. local tissue changes in the immediate environment of the disc but exclu
des escape of disc material from its normal confines, i.e. physical trespass doe
s not occur. Depending upon the site of the disc involved, the patient describes
a deep-seated dull ache, with pain in an associated limb of an infolerable achi
ng character. The symptoms become more widespread, and a constitutional illness
is declared by intractable spinal pain (usually un influenced by physical measure
s such as manipulation or traction), nausea, weight loss and severe headache. Th
ere may be visual upsets, altered temperature appreciation in
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLlNrCAL PRESENTATION
269
of lumbar instability.922 In a group of 59 patients under 19 years, with spondyi
olysis,91 boys oumumbered girls 50 to 9. A little over a third of the 59 patient
s gave a history of significant trauma at the time of onset of symptoms, most of
these traumatic incidents occurring during school athletics. Fifty-five complai
ned of pain in the back ; 4 had no pain and the pars defect was incidentally dis
covered. Of the 9 girls, 8 had back pain, half with trauma and half without trau
ma. Only 1 2 had ullilateral defects of the pars, and in 55 of the group the les
ion was at L5. When the lesion is at the lumbosacral level, the average age of t
he patient is lower and the lesion more likely to be associated with spina bifid
a occu1taj there is often attenuation of the bone.92 1 Some patients Wilh lhe de
fecI will have symptoms severe enough co warrant surgical fusion, others will no
c. Of the 59 mentioned above, 24 had minimal symptoms and no neurological signs
and on follow-up over I to 9 years 1 8 of them had no significant discomfort. Mo
st of the re mainder of the group, while suffering some discomfort which necessit
ated lumbar supports and some restriction of activity, had neither disabling pai
n nor neurological deficit and did not require surgery.
Juvenile spondylolisthesis 'The difference between spondylolysis and some types
of spondylolisthesis is probably only a matter of degree, de pendent upon variati
ons in the age of onset, stability and subsequent stresses and strains. ' 922 Fo
rward slipping is permitted by (i) facet deficiency or subl uxation (group J) ;
(ii) loss of pars continuity (group I Ia) ; (iii) attenuation and elongation of
the pars (group l Ib). While facet dysplasia is a congenital defect, it is prob a
ble that all three deformities can be acquired as a result of soft-tissue fail u
re, excessive lordosis and trauma ; the latter two occur frequently in toddlers.
922 The most severe degrees of slip are seen 1 188 in those with group I (dyspla
sic) spondylolisthesis, where congenital abnormalities of the upper sacrum or th
e arch of L5 allow the olisthesis to occur.1J29 Girls oumumber boys by two to on
e. IISS Group I Ia occurs more commonly in boys than in girls, and is at the lum
bosacral level with a defect in the pars interarticularis of the 5th lumbar vert
ebra. Many have no symptoms and need no treatment. In group l I b spondylolisthe
sis, the forward slipping seldom increases after the age of 20 and is more commo
n in adult males.780 Bianco ( 1 97 1 )" describes 1 1 4 patients aged 7-19 years
; boys oumumbered girls by 78 to 36. The severity of slip was graded as I or 2
(p. 1 46) in 97 patients, and graded 3 or 4 in 1 7 patients. In an overwhelming
majority of them ( 1 10), the spondylolisthetic segment was L5. Spina bifida was
present at either L5, 5 1 or both segments in 27 of
the group. Only 1 7 ( 1 4.9 per cent) had associated scoliosis. Significant trau
ma occurred in only 30 cases. The onset of backache may be quite sudden and this
type of onset is termed by Macnab ( 1 977)"0 'the listhetic crisis', although w
hen the patient is seen the main com plaint may only be that of back pain of long
duration. A few complain only of postural deformity, of changes in trunk contou
r and attitude. The patient presents with a rigid lumbar spine, and in a handful
there will be a scoli osis due to spasm, this scoliosis resembling the 'list' of
sciaticscoliosis (p. 264). There is flattening of the buttocks, anterior rotati
on of the pelvis,91 a flat and prominent sacrum and sometimes severe hamstring s
pasm inducing the patient to stand and walk with bent knees.780 In severe degree
s the site of the lumbar slip may be visible, and there is apparent shortening o
f the trunk, sometimes with bilateral loin creases. On forward flex ion, the pati
ent is sometimes unable to reach beyond the patellae. There are varying degrees
of straight-leg-raising limita tion, with gross bilateral limitation sometimes. O
f the 1 1 4 mentioned above, 1 5 had varying degrees of hamstring tighmess. Less
than 20 per cent had neuro logical signs. Fifty-three of the 1 14 patients were
treated by surgical fusion, and neither during the operation not at myelo graphy
were any disc protrusions observed. Patients with the highest grade of slipping
tended to have the least back pain.91
Adult spondylolisthesis I t has been suggestedllll that spondylolysis and minor
degrees of spondylolisthesis may be a commoner cause of chronic low back pain th
an is appreciated. Group l I a spondylolisthesis is a common incidental finding
in mature people, but may give rise to clinical features in some (Fig. 1 .29c).
Group l I b is found mainly in middle-aged men, usually at L4-L5 but at higher l
evels, too. L L 88 Trespass may give rise to radicular symptoms, with much leg p
ain from lumbar root involvement added to the back pain. The fibrous tissue thic
kening, at the spon dylotic break in the pars interarticularis, is responsible fo
r most of the trespass upon the 5 th lumbar root. The clinical features of lytic
lesions (group I la) will de pend on the level at which they occur. After 20 yea
rs, in creased slip at the lumbosacral level is rare, probably because of the Sto
ut processes and firmer attachments, via the iliolumbar and lumbosacral l igamen
ts. At the L4 and L3 levels, the degree of slip may increase in adult life , mor
e especially i f L5 i s sacralised. Increased mobility due to a pars defect at L
4 increases the stresses imposed on the 4th lumbar disc, hastening degenerative
processes. There is also an increased in cidence of trespass upon the cauda equin
a, and con-
270
sequent neurological symptoms and signs, s ince the neural canal is normally sli
ghtly stenotic at vertebral segments L2, L3 and L4. In some, a marked deteriorat
ion in symp toms occurs with the increased slip.591 Spondylolysis predisposes the
subjacent disc to early degenerative change ; spondylol isthesis does not occur
without disc degeneration. 'The local causes of pain in spondylolysis, with or
without a slip, are instability, foraminal encroachment on the nerve root, extra
foraminal entrapment of the root, and disc degeneration.' 780 Making the radiolo
gical diagnosis of spondylolisthesis does not mean that treatment for 'the slip'
is necessarily indicated. In mature adult patients with low back or limb pain,
the question to be answered is : 'Does the pain come from the olisthesis or from
the associated disc degeneration ?' It may be difficult to separate those patie
nts in whom a discogenic (spondylotic) episode is underlying the pre senting symp
toms. A lengthy history of periodic episodes, rather than continuous difficultie
s, favours a discogenic c3use.98) Also, if pain is unilateral and worse on sitti
ng, it is likely to be arising from the degenerative disc changes and not from t
he slip, but if pain is bilateral and worse on standing, but easier on sitting o
r flexion, it is likely to be due to the slip itself, since flexion tends to red
uce the shearing stress on the segment involved. The younger the patient the mor
e likely is the pain to be due to the slip itself, and Macnab ( 1 977)780 sugges
ts that in the combination of spondylolisthesis and back pain, (i) if under 30,
the defect is likely to be the cause of symptoms ; (ii) if between 30 and 40, th
e defect might be the cause of symptoms ; (iii) after 40, the spondylolis thesis
is uncommonly the cause of symptoms. An exception is that in group I I I (degene
rative) spon dylolisthesis, when neurological signs are present they are likely t
o be arising from the unstable spondylolisthetic joint, and this is frequently t
he L4-L5 segment. He tabu lates the possible causes of pain derived from, or asso
ci ated with, spondylolisthesis as follows: Instability at the defect Foraminal e
ntrapment of a nerve root Degenerative disc changes above or below the slip Hype
rlordosis Degenerative changes at the thoracolumbar region Unrelated pathologica
l lesions in the spine, s uch as neo plastic disease Psychogenic low back pain. T
he appearance of the back is characteristic, with an unduly long sacral region,
possibly a degree of scoliosis and pronounced but asymmetrical loin creases. The
re may be a visible depression overlying the fifth lumbar ver tebra, depending up
on the nature of the spondylolisthesis. The three clinical manifestations922 are
:
1. Symptoms due to instability, i.e. pain in the back and spreading to both butt
ocks and thighs ; this is of meso dermal origin from connective-tissue structures
and muscles with their attachment-tissues. 2. Symptoms due to rOOl involvement,
which are not un common.780 There may be chronic irritation of spinal roots by t
he mass of tissue surrounding the defect in the pars interarticularis ;922 decom
pression by removal of the loose neural and surrounding tissues has provided goo
d results. While the intervertebral foramen is enlarged by the for ward slip of t
he vertebral body, the free neural arch may be tilted forward,780 and trespass d
ownwards upon the nerve root. The pedicles of the listhetic vertebral body may a
lso descend upon and thus kink the root on each side, and the corporotransverse
ligament may do l ikewise. Disc prolapse, much more commonly at the level above
that of the subl uxation, has also been found responsible for root involvement.
3. Cauda equina lesicms may be precipitated by trauma and stress upon the defect
producing sensation loss in the buttocks, backs of thighs and calves, and bladd
er dysfunction.922
S pondylolysis in the aged The accepted incidence of 5-7.5 per cent of spon dylol
ysis780 in the white population does not appear to hold good for a\l age-groups.
A radiological study of 125 unselected geriatric patients, aged over 65, reveal
ed an incidence of 1 2 per cent.899 Very frequently, a prespon dylolytic stage wa
s observed, in which it appeared that attenuation and weakening of the pars inte
rarticularis was caused by compression of the bony isthmus by articular processe
s of the vertebra above and below, probably con tributed to by thinning of discs.
Thus the acquired nature of the condition, at one end of the age scale, is evid
ent. Lateral pelvic tilt (Fig. 8.8) Assessments of body alignment and symmetry c
an only begin at the pelvis, with its 'abstract ideal' posture accepted as a hyp
othetical norm and employed as the datum for assessing the presence or absence o
f changes in (i) the support of the pelvis, i.e. the lower limbs ; (ii) symmetry
and posture of the pelvis itself; (iii) symmetry of superincumbent structures,
i.e. the spinal column. We must first find abnormality, and then decide whether
it is significant and thus a likely factor in produc ing the symptoms reported ;
somtimes it is not. Recognition of the infinite range of biological plasticity,
the infinite potential of the body for adaptation of both structre and function,
efficiently and painlessly, seems sometimes to be lacking when we determinedly
take up the hunt for 'rules of thumb' which will make our clinical preoccupation
s less onerous. Clinical impressions are that many patients with back-
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION
27 1
expects to find, and nowhere is this more true than in clini cal assessment of pe
lvic posture in the frontal plane and in assessment ofthe presumed changes in in
trapelvic rela tionships. Short side early Long side late The presence of congeni
tal anomalies such as a tilted upper s urface of sacrum and/or a trapeziodal-sha
ped body ofL5 help to compound the difficulties, by slightly inclin Late arthroti
c and ing the low lumbar spine to one side or other; these can spondylotic chang
es on long leg side exist in the presence of a level pelvis (Figs. 1 .28, 1 .30)
. Conversely, it is extraordinary how deceptive appearance can be, and that the
iliac crests appear level and the spine appears straight is no guarantee that an
a-p erect film of the whole pelvis and lumbar spine will not reveal postural an
d bony anomalies to which, were they not known, few clinicians would chhzk of as
cribiug the genesis of low lumbar backache in the presence of the clinically ass
essed straight spinal column. Combined changes in normal orientation of the pelv
is can also occur due to leg-length differences, with resulting kyphoscoliosis.
Fig. 8.8 Scheme of anteroposterior view of tilted pelvis due to leg If, for whate
ver reason, the upper surface of the sacrum lenglh inequality. is nOl level, it
is reasonable to assume that asymme trical strains are imposed upon the lumbar,
and very probably ache can be shown to have leg-length differences of more thora
cic, spines, yet it does not invariably follow that pain than I em, but, 'There
is no detailed information on the will ensue, or if it does, that pain reported
must be due effect on the spine of a lateral pelvic tilt due to leg-length to th
e abnormal strains. discrepancy' (Farfan, 1 973). '" Other factors given, it see
ms equally reasonable to 'Almost every pathological change to which back pain as
sume that a child who grew up with leg-length in has been attributed has subseque
ntly been demonstrated equality would simultaneously also develop the joint-and i
n the sympwm-free population.'1248 Conversely, Stod soft-tissue adaptations which
provided developmental dard ( J 969)1 1"" showed that more than twice the numbe
r compensation for this asymmetry. Evidence is not lack ing220 that this occurs a
t the other end of the spine where of patients presenting with backache had a sh
ort leg, com pared to a control group without backache, although 40 although the
forces are lighter, so also are the weight-bear per cent of .the group with backa
che did not have leg ing masses of bone which sustain them. length inequality. De
velopmental asymmetry in the lower half of the body Hult's ( 1 954)''''' statist
ics indicated that differences of can take a number of forms and can occur in a
number up to 3.75 em were nm often associated with backache. of anatomical locat
ions, e.g. leg length, angulation of the Nicholls ( 1 960)'" observes : femoral
neck, form of the il ia, shape of the sacrum and the l umbosacral disc and confi
guration of the articular There is no general agreement on [he incidence of leg
length facets concerned. 1093 inequality in otherwise normal subjects, or on how
much this dif Solonen ( 1 957) 1 1" describes the disposition and area of f eren
ce may be associated with symptoms. The recorded in sacroiliac joint surfaces as
not always similar when sides cidence of diff erence in leg length will depend u
pon the methods are compared in the same individual. of assessment and the selec
tion of subjects. The smaller the unit of measurement the greater will be the in
cidence, and the larger Farkas ( 1 932)'" quotes precise measurements to indi the
unit of measurement the greater will be the agreement cate that a physiological
scoliosis exists, with a curvature between observers. to the left in the cervic
al, upper thoracic and lumbar Estimation of relative leg lengths is difficult by
any region in 80 per cent of people, and a compensatory lower clinical test.105
Accurate clinical assessment of the hori thoracic curvature to the right. In the
remaining 20 per zontal alignment of iliac crests is also more difficult than c
ent, the curvatures are reversed, and the factor of may sometimes appear, not le
ast because spinal column stronger thoracic muscles on the right side is mention
ed deviation from [he mid-line may unwittingly influence as a cause. Plainly, oc
cupations which involve heavy uni visual assessment, e.g. because on sagittal vie
wing the lateral use of upper limb muscles during adolescence and spine is not s
traight, it is subconsciously assumed that the early manhood may accentuate thi
s tendency. When there is a lateral pelvic tilt due to inequality of pelvis shou
ld be tilted to one side or other. I t is not always easy to avoid hnding what o
ne wants to find, or leg length, it would be expected that in some young
SE-LL
/
272
people compensatory adjustments could occur in the soft tissues, with slight but
significant changes in the joint-surface dispositions of the sacroiliac and pub
ic joints, the lumbosacral segment and succeedingly higher segments of the lumba
r and thoracic spines. In many, there occurs a lumbar convexity to the short leg
side and a thoracic concavity to the long leg side. In others (sec Sciatic scol
iosis, p. 264), convexities and concavities arc reversed, and in yet others the
spine remains straight ; Stoddard ( 1 962) I l SO. gives radiographic evidence t
hat in this last group with straight spines, the leg-length discrepancy appears
to have been taken up in a proportion of patients by adaptations of the sacroili
ac Jomt disposition, with the result that the erect posture at lumbar and thorac
ic spines remains undisturbed. Thus, a shorr leg does not necessarily produce a
pelvic tilt, nor a scoliosis, 1 114\. nor need it produce pain, as we have seen.
Neither, at least in ch ildren does compensatory or other torsion ofthe sacroili
ac joints, where these can be assumed to have occurred, disturb the horizontal l
evel of the iliac crests. 716 Backache does indeed occur due to the strain creat
ed by lateral pelvic tilt in some, if only on the basis that provision of a heel
lift on the short leg commonly, though not always, eradicates the back pain. So
metimes the back pain is made worse by a heel raise (q.v.) and in 28 per cent of
the control group of Stoddard'sl lllOa series with a short leg of 0.5 cm or mor
e (8 per cent with I cm or more) there was no backache. In summary, the purpose
of these observations is to suggest that things are nOt always what they seem, a
nd that 'deformity need not make pathology' could be added to our rules of thumb
. Where unequal leg lengths have produced a lateral pelvic tilt, changes seen on
the short leg side from behind are: A flattering of normal curved outlines of b
oth loin and haunch A wider gap between hanging arm and loin The iliac crest is
lower A lower posterior superior iliac spine dimple A lower gluteal mass The glu
teal cleft is tilted to the short leg side The gluteal fold is at a lower level
Lumbar scoliosis with convexity to the short leg often occurs, but it can be to
the opposite side in somell80a and in others there is no scoliosis In flexion, a
tangential view shows the pelvis to appear rotated to the long leg side. If the
postural changes completely disappear with the patient sitting on a hard fla t
surface, leg-length inequality can reasonably be assumed. If the postural change
s wholly or partially remain, this can suggest well-established soft-
tissue changes andlor that there may be congenital or acquired changes in the pe
lvis itself. Persisting soft-tissue changes, e.g. psoas spasm/so can disturb the
orientation of pelvic joints in children, and it is not always easy to decide w
hen this factor of alteration in soft tissue may be the primary cause, or second
ary effect, of postural changes affecting the pelvis in young people. Further, S
chmorl and Junghanns\09J have suggested, 'These anatomical facts should not blin
d us to the fact that the psyche has a profound influence on posture.' Changes o
f pelvic joint disposition are discussed on page 279. Often there is no history
of injury or occu pational stress, but some patients will date the onset of joint
problems from a particular incident, which is fre quently more trivial than the
extent and nature of the pain would suggest. Backache and leg pain secondary to
lateral pelvic tilt have a tendency in some to present according to a chronologi
cal pattern (Fig. 8.8) : I . Probably because of a degree of elongation and atte
nuation of the annulus fibrosus on the short leg side, disc prolapse with root i
nvolvement and sciatica on that side are likely to be the clinical features when
trouble starts during the patient's twenties. 2. When problems arise later in l
ife, and it is surprising how late they can be, the features are those of combin
ed arthrosis and spondylosis of the long leg side, with the earlier emphasis on
purely discogenic changes and probable sciatica with neurological signs now tend
ing to be absent. In general, the pains are now morc localised and less distal.
Thus, the more mature the patient, the more likely are the radiographic appearan
ces of vertebral joint compression on AP films, whereas in the younger patient w
ith quite severe sciatica, straight X-rays may show nothing other than the postu
ral changes present. Common clinical features of this category of chronic lumbar
joint problems are: the patient is usually over 50 and reports recurring episod
es of unilateral backache, with sciatic pain to the back of the knee. During the
severe stage, pain may spread across the low back, but settles to the usual sid
e as it becomes subacute. Walking and standing, and sining without comfortable s
upport, provoke the pain. There is considerable stiffness after immobility, e.g.
on rising in the morning, and after sining, even with comfortable support, for
more than 30 minutes. The patient rises cautiously from the chair, and appears t
o have to 'readjust' his lumbar posture by standing for a moment or two, before
he is able to walk away. Typically there are no neurological symptoms. (Although
this does not mean to say that mature patients may not present with symptoms an
d signs of neurological deficit. They will very frequently describe long previou
s
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION
273
trauma of some severity to the low back, such as falling heavily on the buttocks
on a concrete floor.) On examination, there is leg-length inequality of some 1
.25-2 cm, the pelvis being tilted upward on the affected side. There is pelvic j
oint asymmetry, in that the posterior superior iliac spine is 'shuffled' backwar
ds on the affected side. The pauern of movement-restriction falls into [\vo subg
roups, i.e. a small proportion whose unilateral lumbar pain is aggravated by sid
e-bending towards, and a much larger group whose pain is provoked by side-bendin
g away from the painful side. In both, extension is limited by resistance as wel
l as provocation of the unilateral pain, and lumbar flexion in both groups is vi
rtually full and painless, the low back rounding well as a rule; in some, a degr
ee of lumbosacral lordosis may stitl be apparent in fult fiexion, albeit the mov
ement is uninhibited and much the freest of all. The straight-leg-raising is fre
e, unrestricted and nor mal for the patient's years. Usually there are no neurolo
gi cal signs. f A varia"t o rhis particular group is represented by the example o
fa 43-year-old gamekeeper, who had been dis charged from the Army 20 years before
with 'a slipped disc'. Following some stress three weeks before, when he had pu
lled a loaded trailer behind him for some distance, he presented with a pelvis t
ilted up 2 cm on the left side and a left low lumbar and buttock ache which spre
ad to the popliteal space on walking, and also changed to a throb bing ache then.
He had a constant, moderate but variable ache, with a symptom-free right side.
He slept well, and was not especially troubled on rising in the mornings. Sit tin
g aggravated his ache, initially and briefly, and then it subsided. On rising fr
om si uing, however, and on getting out of a car after a moderate journey, his e
pithct for the severe but temporary aching stiffness was 'bloody murder'. A coug
h or sneeze hurt him in the back but not in the leg. Lumbar extension and both s
ide-flexions were stitfand limited by resistance, not pain. He could flex only t
o touch his upper shins, the range being limited by left lumbar pain as well as
resistance. The assumption that his normal flexion range was probably more than
this was based on the straight-leg-raising range, which proved to be right 80 an
d painless, but left 55 and limited by left lumbar pain. While passive neck-flex
ion in supine slightly provoked his lumbar pain, he had no neurological symproms
or signs. Gentle repetitive central vertebral pressures to L5 pro voked the thro
bbing ache associated with walking, but also improved his left straight-leg-rais
ing by 20 to 75 . His flexion range remained unal tered. Flexion had increased b
y 6 cm at his next attendance, and by adding double-knee flexion to the mobilisa
tion treatment, his straight-leg-rais ing increased to 80 and he flexed to his an
kles. Six months later, he remained trouble-free.
Adults in their thirties and forties may have a lateral tilt which is well enoug
h compcnsated in standing and walking and when sitting in soft chairs, but not a
fter pro longed sitting on a hard chair. If such a person changes to an occupatio
n which involves being seated thus for many hours, unaccustomed backache may beg
in. There are other consequences of leg length inequalityl"l which are not consi
dered here.
Sagittal pelvic tilt It is commonly stated )2b that the cervical, thoracic, lumb
ar and sacral vertebrae form a continuous curve in the foetus and the impression
may be gained that the same applies to the newborn child. So far as the lumbosa
cral angle is concerned this is not SO l2k7 and in relation to the long 'e' of t
he rest of the column, this lumbosacral 'reverse' curve is conspicuously present
as normal anatomy in the neonate. The plane of the upper surface of S 1 vertebr
al body forms an angle with the horizontal of about 30 . The more the sacrum is
tilted forward the greater the angle, and vice versa. The lumbosacral angle is h
ere taken to mean this angle, as a measure of sacral tilt in the sagittal plane;
it cannot refer to lordosis of the whole lumbar spine, which is a compound curv
e although some authori ties, e.g. Rosenberg (sec pp. 1 39, 260), usc the term to
mean the angle berween the lumbar spine and dorsum of the sacrum. There is no s
ignificant difference between the female and the male lumbar curve. \211 While t
he three factors of (i) an abnormally increased l umbosacral angle ; (ii) gravit
ational stress, and (iii) low lumbar degenerative joint disease, appear interrel
ated to a degree in some, the notion that this is a direct con sequence of some f
ailure of natural evolutionary pro cesses, because man has adopted the erect post
ure, is faliacious .I J38
Variations of sacral disposition in the lateral view, when the angle may vary fr
om 20 to almoSt 90 , and orthe sacral profile itself, have frequently been consi
dered together with 'abnormalities' of sagittal spinal curvature, and a diathesi
s to one or marc joint conditions of the lumbar spine, pelvic girdle and hip joi
nts has been postulated on the basis of thesc observations . .... 5 In a series
of 1 82 lumbar spines, there were only 3 examples of Schmorl's nodes occurring a
t the lumbosacral joint, and this might possibly be due to inclination of the se
gment to the line of gravity. J26 In a study of static postural effects upon the
aetiology of arthrosis of the hip, Guttman ( 1 970)'" differentiates three pelv
ic types according to the magnitude of the lum bosacral angle, i.e. the 'steep' p
elvis with angle greater than 45 , which is said to overstress the hip joint; th
e 'neutral' pelvis with an angle between 36 and 44 , and the pelvis with an angl
e of 35 or less, when the longitudi nal axis of the sacrum is nearer to the verti
cal than to the horizontal.
274
I nvestigations on 1 32 healthy people showed that roughly one-third belong to e
ach category. The significant point may well be ' 1 32 healthy people'. Highly c
ompeti tive athletic activity during adolescence880 is probably just as important
in the genesis of hip arthrosis as that of an aesthetically undesirable and 'ab
normal' lumbosacral angle. Schmorl and Junghanns ( 1 97 1 ) 'O9) assert : 'The d
iffer ing degrees of angulation play an important role and in fluence the statics
and dynamics of the spine as well as the birth canal. . . . Critical evaluation
of all available investigative results makes it difficult to diagnose an abnorma
l lumbosacral angle and it is even morc difficult to consider it as a cause of p
ain.) In general terms, an habitual posture of segmental or regional hyperextens
ion of the lumbar spine appears re sponsible for morc joint changes and recurrent
backache than the posturally flat lumbar spine,3J5. 780 but not all authorities
arc agreed on when a lumbosacral angle may be regarded as abnormal, and some st
ill advocate the cul tivation of a lumbar lordosis during resting positions and o
ccupational activity. FarfanJ26 observes that in spines with large lumbosacral a
ngles, it would appear the discs are better able to with stand compression loads
; also, the fifth lumbar joint appears bener protected from torsional strains. T
he latter effect would seem to depend upon the orientation of facet planes, altho
ugh Lumsden and Morris7b'<l found that this factor seemed to be of no consequenc
e in governing the amplitude of rotation at the lumbosacral joint. Whether the 5
th lumbar vertebra is seated deeply in relation to the iliac crests, or is carri
ed somewhat higher, is not con sidered to be of any particular significance. 1 32
6 The important factor, so far as lumbar joint disease is concerned, seems to be
not so much that a subject's nor mal posture may incline more to a hollow low ba
ck or a flat back, but occupacional and recreacional activities which habicually
and continually induce hyperexcension o (he f lumbar spine ; for example, the p
ersistent wearing of high heels, combined with an occupation which involves stan
d ing and reaching up. Forceful approximation of posterior structures in weight-b
earing positions is damaging to the lumbar spine, in that undue loading falls on
the synovial facet-joints and interosseous connective tissue structures (see pp
. 23, 85). Janda (p. 1 1 4) has emphasised the tendency for pre dominantly phasic
muscle to lenthen and predominantly tonic muscle groups to shorten, and this is
a not in frequent finding in low back joint problems. The factor of prolonged ap
proximation of the posterior elements is important, and Macnab ( 1 977)780 regar
ds the most common manifestation of disc degeneration to be that of secondary re
current backache due to hyperexten sion strains of a posterior joint, or to persi
stent posterior joint subluxation. The habitually lordosed back is regarded
as having no safety factor of absorption of functional extension movements, and
thus the undiminished force of extension Stress will give rise to painful capsul
ar lesions of the facct articulations and to arthrosis of thesc joints. A normal
lumbar posture of being slightly more lordotic than the average is probably of
no real consequence, so long as the individual's occupation and habits do not in
volve prolonged hyperextension, but include a proportion ofthe day in more flexe
d positions such as sitting or bend ing. Whether the individual's normal posture
is average or lordotic, a degree of prolonged and habitual hyperexten sion, combi
ned with a degree of abdominal muscle weak ness and shortening of dorsal soft-tis
sue structures (see p. 267) will cause pain sooner or later. Sometimes an abnorm
ally increased l umbosacral angle really means an aesthetically undesirable lumb
osacral angle and rational isation will surely follow. La RoccaandMacnab( 1969)""
studied two groups of 1 50 people between the ages of 35 and 40 years ; the sub
jects had been engaged in heavy work all their lives. Those of one group were un
der treatment for low back pain ; the other group were pain-free and denied any
history of low back pain at any time. There was no statistical difference in ana
tomical vari ants seen on X-ray and measurements for lordosis and lumbosacral ang
le were evenly distributed in both groups. Likewise, there was no correlation be
tween anatomical variants and the degree of disc degeneration. The only correlat
ion observed was that between disc degeneration and age. To regard it as an adva
ntage for the horizontal sacrum to allow the lumbosacral facet-joints to bear mo
re weight is a doubtful hypothesis. Conversely, it is not unknown for diagnoses
of postural pain due to flat back to be applied to cases of unrecognised Scheuer
mann's disease of the low thoracic and upper-with-mid-Iumbar spine, causing mani
fest segmental irritability at the L5-S I level (see p. 243).
Transitional vertebrae and backache Schmorl and J unghanns loon refer to the 'pa
in-causing transitional vertebra' syndrome (sacraliSalioll douleureuse) and ment
ion that the presence of a transitional vertebra in itself does not necessarily
cause the pain, but that additional changes will be the initiating factor (Fig.
8.9). Anomalous fifth lumbar vertebrae give rise to most trouble when the transi
tion is unilateral and in complete,509 since the syndesmosis attaching the sacra l
ised half to the sacrum permits some movement, less on the sacralised side than
the normal side. These changes can cause backache and sciatica in some and sympt
oms develop more often and more severely on the side which is not sacralised. Ot
hers may present with 'added' joints on both sides of an incompletely sacralised
L5, and one or other of the joints may present with the
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION
275
A great deal of orthodox mobilising and traction was ineffective, despite carefu
l assessment and ringing the changes of technique. There was (he forlorn hope th
at transverse mobilising of the degenerating adventitious joint at LS-S I on the
right might help, and by the simple technique of opposing lateral pressures to
LS and the sacrum, she was gratifyingly freed of her distressing functional disa
blement, although she still had slight thigh symproms when making a bed, for ins
tance, and a lumbar ache on sustained flexion when washing her hair. Mooney and
Robertson ( 1 976)'" have experimentally produced buttock and ischial pain by in
jecting hypertonic saline into the pseudo-joints of transitional vertebrae ; the
pain was relieved by further injection of 2 to 5 cc of 1 per cent xylocaine. SP
I NAL STENOS IS (pp. 28, 104)
Although there are several degenerative spinal diseases, not until
1 960 was spondylotic caudal
radiculopathy accurately diagnosed
and properly treated. For nearly
20 years thl.' syndrome was
con
fused with that of a protruded disc. Medical opinion to the con trary was either
disregarded or unpublished. Evidence suggests that compression of the cauda equi
na in a smaller than normal spine has long existed but the clues leading to its
discovery were repeatedly misintcrprcted. l )oo
Fig. 8.9
T ransitional fifth lumbar vertebra with advcntitious joints
Disc trespass Postl:rior
between sacral ala and 'transverse process ' on both sides. Transitional old lad
y's mlraclab1c back pain was succcssfully treated on the basis of clinical findi
ng, which were those of a sacroi liac rather than a to sacrOiliac joint dysfuncti
on is not known, of course. lumbosacral problem. To what degree the anomaly had
prcdbposc-d her t\'\cningcal vertebrae per II! need not be responsible for sympt
oms. This 30ycar
t h icke n ing
Spondylolisthesis
radiographic evidence ofarthrotic change (Figs 1 .26, 1 .27, 1 .28, 1 . 30). In
lumbarisation or partial lumbarisation of the first sacral segment, injection of
irritant saline into the joint (or pseudo-joint) produced pain spreading over t
he but tock to ischial tuberosity and under the buttock. For example, this lady o
f 40 (Fig. 1 .27) had deep, per sistent bilateral low back pain, spreading to the
right haunch and anterior thigh, after an initial bout of right sciatica. The b
ack pain was constant and had the unusual effect of doubling her forwards into a
crouched position after 20 minutes of walking and carrying shopping; she could
only continue walking after resting against a wall. On examination she had a sli
ghtly sway-back posture, and her movements were generally good except that exten
sion and side-flexion aggravated her low back pain. There were no other signs of
note. On palpation, the haunch pain could be provoked by lateral pressures on t
he L I spinous process but it was difficult to provoke her lumbar pain by palpat
ion. The X-ray showed a transitional and thus par tially sacralised L5, with 'add
ed' joints between sacral ala and transverse process on each side; the joint on
the patient'S right showed degenerative change.
Ligamentum tiavum th;ckcn;ng
F""'-jo;nt arthrOSIS
Venous
1
I solated
(groups I , I I , I I I)
ACQUIRED STENOSIS
/
Not necessarily any or symptoms signs
patient may bl: unaware of it
congestion
disc resorption
upon CONGENITAL STENOSIS-).. pass cauda cquina ( Developmental) aggravated standi
ng walktng Scheme o relatiollSh,p betwee" degeneraflve change and the presence o
a f f developmentally narrow lumbar neural callal by and
T
Manifest symptoms and signs of tres
276
In patients who have an abnormally narrow lumbar spinal canal, the onset of dege
nerative change may cause a critical decrease in the available space which gives
rise to clinical features unlike those of isolated, unilateral disc trespass (F
igs 1 . 32, 1 . 33).'" The mean age of onset is the fourth decade, but the range
is 1 0-60 years. In a comparative study of simple disc herniations and spinal s
tenosis of varying aetiology, Paine ( 1 976) 1I() 1 gives an overall sex distrib
ution ratio among a group of 455 patients (Table 8.4).
thigh and calf to heel, but also into the anterior leg and front of foot. Males,
particularly, tend to have pain spreading to anterior thigh and medial knee, an
d perhaps not reaching the ankle. The male lumbar neural canal is narrowest at t
he L3-L4L5 segments, and that in the female at the L5-SI segment. The patient wi
th stenosis may be relatively comfortable at reSI in flexed positions even durin
g the period of having an acute attack. On standing for long, walking or climbin
g stairs, for example, uni- or bilateral leg pains, with or with out muscle weakn
ess and giving way of legs, may come Table 8.4 on within 200 yards, to be reliev
ed after some minutes on Male Female Rana sitting down and bending forward; the
symptoms begin I .5 : I 56 86 Hcrniallon of nucleus pulposus again on renewed st
anding and walking. I t is a mistake to Herniallon of nucleus pulposus and expec
t that all patients with spinal stenosis should exhibit 39 2.4 : 1 16 dcgcm:rauv
c stenosis this claudication on walking. Many will not, and will only I Icm1:atl
on of nuclc:us pulp<buS and describe progressive worsening of pain on prolonged
3: 1 39 13 congenital developmental stenosis activity. Hcrniallon of nuclcus pul
posus with dcgcncrallvc and developmental l\7here neurogenic claudication is pre
sent, it will be dJf 6 3. 3 : I 20 StenOSIS ferent from that of peripheral vascul
ar disease ; in the latter 69 33 2.1 : I Degeneratlvc !ttenOllIS case, the 'clau
dication distance' is fixed, and remains the Dcgencr.ttl\'C and dC\'l 'lopmcntal
same on repetition of walking for that distance. 1 1 27 The 2.5 : I 38 15 steno
sIs patient with spinal stenosis will suffer the discomfort at 8: 1 I 8 Congenit
al dC\'c!opmcnlal stcnOSI!t progressively shorter distances, if he attempts to r
epeat 6 10 1.7: 1 Spondylol isthl"Si.. the exercise. 2. 1 : I J09 146 Total (455
) Typically, the claudication pains of peripheral vascular Where the discogcnic
changes were associated with disease disappear if the patient stands still, wher
eas in developmental stenosis, the average length of symptoms neurogenic claudic
ation the pains are more completely before surgery was three years, but where ac
quired relieved by sitting down and flexing forward so as to stenosis was second
ary to degenerative change, the enlarge the lumbar neural canal. This is substan
tiated by average duration of symptoms before surgery was longer, the observatio
n that a myelographic block can be freed by flexing the lumbar spine. G i l Also
, the exercise-pro being nine years. voked pain of neurogenic claudication does n
ot disappear Pai" . When the cauda equina is compressed there is usu almost immed
iately on sitting down, as would the pain due ally great pain in the legs; radic
ular pain is often intense, to peripheral vascular disease. and bilateral. Pain
with a changing pattern of mid- and Often, the patients will also complain of ni
ght pains, low lumbar and radicular involvement according to activity leg twitch
ing and restlessness in bed, leg 'soreness' and is a common feature. )15 'burnin
g feeling'. Coughing and sneezing do not neces In general, the back and leg pains
of lumbar spinal sarily provoke the pain. Since supine lying on a flat sur steno
sis do not occur in the same pattern as do discrete facc, e.g. a sitting-room fl
oor, produces a lumbar lordosis, and periodic spondylotic episodes, but tend to
be chronic, it is understandable that some patients will report pro grumbling, lo
ng-continued and progressively worsen vocation of their symptoms when lying this
way. ing. %, They may be bizarre and vague, and this has led While the phrase 'i
ntermittent claudication of the cauda to opinions about psychoneurosis, malinger
ing, or a desire equina' may express the difference between neural canal for com
pensation. btIO trespass and peripheral vascular disease, it is a misnomer, Back
pain is usually less acute than in patients with a since claudication means 'la
meness' or 'limping' and the herniated disc j in more extensive cases of degener
ative cauda equina cannot walk. stenosis the pain may involve higher lumbar regi
ons as The reason for symptoms and signs of intermittent well. Many get painful
stiffness on inactivity, but pain also claudication is quite probably local vasc
ular changes of the progresses through [he day with increasing activities, thus
spinal roots. Exercise increases blood flow to the cauda showing a degree of tim
e-dependence as well as stress equina and this extra fluid may be enough to provo
ke or dependence. aggravate the root pain. Conversely, the claudication has Leg
pains are sometimes indistinguishable from those been attributed to an ischacmic
neuritis of the cauda of uniradicular root involvement, but tend more often to
equina, produced by exertion ; I N2 the vasodilatation and be extrasegmental in
distribution, i.e. down the back of hyperaemia occasioned by an increase in loca
l blood
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION
277
volume thus aggravates the local compression in the neural canal. It has also be
en suggested that cerebrospinal fluid dynamics are disturbed, with the creation
of a high local pressure secondarily impairing venous drainage and thus causing
congestion. Frank postural deformities are less common in the stenotic patient t
han in those with unilateral disc tres passO()} and similarly, spinal movemellls
may be quite free, especially flexion. The patient may often appear to be nor mal
on examination, 1 1 88 so history-taking is important. A common pattern is pain
provoked by extension, and side-flexions, with flexion full and painless. If ex
tension does not provoke the pain immediately, it will frequently do so if the e
xtended posture is held for some 1 0-20 seconds. Likewise, straight-leg-raising
may be full and painless ; ifit is limited by back and or leg pain, the degree o
f restriction will be the same bilaterally, even if the pains troubling the pati
ent are only unilateral. Neurological changes. Bilateral neurological deficit is
fre quent, and besides involving the commonly affected L5 and S I roots, there m
ay often be signs attributable to trespass upon the L4 and L 3 roots, and occasi
onally L2 roOl. II t d Absence of ankle-jerk and depression of knee-jerk is freq
uent ; sphincter disrurbaNce is Not, although it occurs. Wi More severe cases wi
ll report patchy sensory impairment in the legs, and limb weakness on standing a
nd walking. Qb In some, l imitation of straight-leg-raising and depressed ankle-j
erks may not show unless the patient is asked to walk around for 1 0-20 minutes
and return for further examination. Dombrowskpfl" in describing chronic nerve ro
ot com pression secondary to progressive spinal stenosis, men tions that myelograp
hy may demonstrate a complete block in the absence of neurological signs ; e.m.g
. findings often correlate poorly with the degree of block on myelo graphy. Many
of his patients had either normal or only slightly abnormal electromygrams but a
lmost complete block on myelography. The investigation technique of ultrasonogra
phy (p. 374) can now demonstrate the oblique sagittal diameter of the neural can
al, and thus can be used to assess the clini cal significance of the canal dimens
ion in association with lesions of trespass. When comparing 73 patients and 200
normal subjects, it became evident that the available space in the neural canal
is a highly significant factor underlying the clinical features of degenerative
or other trespass (Porter et al., 1 978). """ Bohl and Steffee ( 1 979)100 indic
ate that lumbar spinal stenosis may be a cause of continuing pain and physical r
estriction after total hip replacement; the authors suggest that the causal fact
ors arc probably the preoperative stress which the lumbar spine suffers as a con
sequence of the
limited hip motion. An increased level of activity follow ing surgery probably un
masks the neurological changes and the intermittent claudication in some.
Isolated disc resorption (sec p. 92) A particular type of lumbar spondylosis may
occur, characterised by progressive narrowing of a single disc space over a num
ber of years. 2 1 4 A normal disc height of between 1 5-20 mm is reduced to arou
nd 3 mm, and on X-ray there is marked sclerosis of vertebral body margins. It co
mmonly occurs as an isolated affection ill 011 otherwise normal lumbar spine and
there arc repeated attacks of acute but short duration low back pain, which las
l for three or four days and then disappear completely. Additional trauma or str
ess to this type of low back condition, as in falling on the buttocks, initiates
severe bilateral bu[(ock and leg pains, which in some cases arc aggravated by w
alking and physical activity. I ( is unusual for these patients to have associat
ed neurological findings of straight-leg-raising restriction or absent lower lim
b reflexes. Associated disc prolapse is not seen in the estab lished case since t
he disc has disappeared by resorption, rather than by transference of some of it
s mass to trespass upon the neural canal. One of the striking features is that a
t operation the disc space is virtually empty, and clearly recognisable vertebra
l end-plate cartilage will be found causing the lumbar nerve root canal stenosis
. Backache in generalised degenerative joint laxity Mature women in the 55-65 ag
e range, with degenerative changes of mild laxity in multiple joints, may reporl
chronic lumbar pain and troublesome morning stiffness of the low back. They als
o describe walking with a waddling gait until the morning stiffness is cased by
activity, and find their aches aggravated by walking or standing for too long, a
nd climbing stairs. Other than in passing, shoulder girdle problems are not ment
ioned and polymyalgia rheumatica need not be further considered. Around all peri
pheral joints the parenchyma of muscle appears to have lost the battle with fat,
and ligamentous tissue appears to be following suit ; the periarticular soft ti
ssues are pudgy and thickened. The patient'S valgus feet are decidedly flat, tog
ether with bilateral metatarsalgia and calloused skin beneath the metatarsal hea
ds. There is often a degree of bilateral genu valgum, with poor tone in the quad
riceps. Hip joints are surprisingly mobile, and painless straight-leg-raising is
some 1 20 or more on both sides. The patient's abdomen is corpulent and weak, a
nd all upper limb joints have the same mild hypermobility and deficient stabilis
ation which is evident in the lower limbs; Herbeden's nodes may be evident at th
e interphalangeal joints. The patient stands with a lordosis. Lumbar movements a
re characteristic in that extension hurts across the lumbo sacral region and bila
terally into the buttocks, side-
278
flexions are unexceptional and by excessive hip mobility the patient can reach d
ownward to almost place palms on the floor without pain ; the lumbar lordosis re
mains virtu ally undisturbed. Palpation findings are also characteristic, and rev
eal that the lower three or four lumbar segments arc stiff, sore and somewhat ir
ritable, i.e. (he existing joint problem is a regional rather than a segmental o
nc. The salient features are: (i) the presence of regional spinal stiffness, and
pain because of it, in a patient with manifest laxity of most peripheral joints
, and (ii) the lack of any sagittal abnormality of vertebral body relationships
on lateral films; there may be a loss of disc space in (he low lumbar segments,
but there is no alteration in ver tebral body alignment. There are no neurologica
l signs.
The chair-bound backache The patient, a man in his forties or fifties, has been
physic ally active in the past but has risen professionally to assume responsibil
ities which entail much administrative work. His weight has increased with the d
ecline in his musculature, and these are most obvious abdominally. Symptoms repo
rted are lumbar stiffness on rising in the morning, a lumbar ache on sitting for
more than two hours or standing for more than an hour, and a reduced physical c
apacity. On examination, the lumbar movements arc a little reduced but do not pr
ovoke pain to any degree. Straight leg-raising is 75 -80 bilaterally depending up
on the patient's body-type, and apart from some hamstring re striction are unexce
ptional. There are no neurological signs and radiographic appearances are normal
. Since it appears that the intervertebral disc 'lives by movement and dies for
lack of it' (p. 2 1 ), the remedy is plain, so long as clinical examination has
excluded con traindications to physical treatment. 'Collapsed back' with kissing
spines The patient is more often a somewhat portly woman in late middle-age and
she reports diffuse thoracic and lumbar aches on standing, with a more insistent
low lumbar pain which considerably reduces ordinary activi ties. There are usual
ly other problems such as chronic degenerative change in one shoulder, an arthro
tic knee or bilateral hallux valgus, but the patient is manifestly seek ing help
for the spinal problem alone, which is depress ingly painful and severely limitin
g physical endurance. The pronounced kypholordotic spine appears 10 have slumped
and sellied down into itself like an old conage. Because of degenerative change
s in many segments, sometimes associated with developmentally broad spinous proc
esses, low vertebral bodies or the coexistence of both, l i S there is approxima
tion and eventually bony con tact of the upper and lower edges of the lumbar spin
ous
processes. Occasionally, the essential cause is a particu larly well-developed lu
mbar spinous process, but much more commonly the changes are secondary to degene
ra tion and occur simultaneously at a number of segments. The chronic trauma and
thus injury to interspinous soft tissues is accompanied by ligamenwus changes (p
. 85) 1 (1.12 and sometimes the virtual disappearance of true ligamen tous tissue
. On lateral films, the posterior margins of the vertebral bodies have settled b
ackwards and downwards upon the subjacent body, the retrolisthesis thereby reduc
ing both the AP and vertical dimensions of the intervertebral fora mina. The tip
of the superior articular process thus pro jects above the lower border of the ve
rtebral body above. 780 The disc spaces have a 'wedge' silhouette which converge
s posteriorly, and the bony contact of vertebral bodies is marked by sclerosis,
more pronounced pos teriorly. The edges of the spinous processes are in contact,
with opposed bony edges flattened and in some cases smeared out a little to one
side or other, which is evident on the AP view. The area of contact is marked by
sclerosis and a pseudo-joint may be formed, sometimes with an adventitious burs
a. The chronic impaction of spinous processes (Baar strupp's disease)49 interfere
s considerably with vertebral mechanics (Fig. 1 .290). Changes sufficiently esta
blished to have caused the X-ray appearance described will inevi tably have also
produced arthrosis of synovial facet-joints) and it is likely that the persisten
t chronic pain is partly due to this, and probably due also to the chronic impac
tion of vertebral bodies posteriorly ; this is the only region of the interverte
bral disc which is innervated by nociceprors. Of (he lumbar moveme1/lS extension
is the most limited and is sharply painful in the low back. Rotation to either
side also hurts considerab l y; while side-flexion and flexion arc painfully lim
ited to a degree, the pain is less severe. In the early stages the patient may d
escribe being most comfortable when siuing at ease in flexed positions, but in t
he more chronic phases many will mention that sining only partly eases the pain,
and that they arc mOSt comfort able in a reclining position with slight lordosis
maintained by cushions. The foraminal encroachment may be evidenced by neurolog
ical signs which are bilateral in some, but there seems no direct relationship b
etween the extent, or pre sence, of neurological deficit and the X-ray evidence o
f foraminal trespass ; many patients have no clinical evi dence of roO{ involveme
nt. The assertion780 that of itself this entity, of spinous pro cess approximatio
n, is a doubtful cause of back pain may be compared with the reportl l80b of a p
atient whose low back pain of eight years' standing was relieved by a single inj
ection of local anaesthetic between the spinous pro cesses. Dixon ( 1 976) 262 co
nfirms the analgesic effect of in jection between the impacted bony areas of [he
spinous
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION
279
processes. The changes described may, as a late sequel to surgical fusion, occur
at a single segment which is unstable to a degree ; on lateral films the X-ray
appearances are as described above.52:) The changes may also occur as a componen
t of group I I I (degenerative) spondylolisthesis (p. 260).
Paget's disease (osteitis deformans) The popular image of the bent and bow-legge
d old man with a large head dies hard and Paget's description in 1877 ofa patien
t in the advanced state with a kyphotic vertebral column, enlarged cranium and b
owed femora and tibia is very rarely seen. The condition affects the vertebral c
olumn and particu larly the lumbosacral region more often than any other part of
the skeleton, and the lumbar vertebrae and sacrum are involved in at least three
out of every four cases. Nevertheless, it may occur in any vertebra from the at
las downwards, and frequently both the lumbar and thoracic spines are involved.3
15 In a descending order of frequency, the bones affected are sacrum, spine, cra
nium, sternum, pelvis and lower limb; the tibiae come ninth in this order. The i
ncidence among 2268 men was 3.5 per cent and among 2353 women was 2.5 per cenl a
nd in a large series of patients the in cidence of spinal involvement was sacrum
(55.8 per cent), individual vertebrae (50.0 per cent) and the entire ver tebral c
olumn (6.5 per cent)."" Although the bony lesions may be multiple in that more t
han one vertebra is involved, and perhaps a single focus in the skull may also e
xist, the greater part of the skeleton shows no abnormal changes ; the condition
is never a generalised bone disease. tlQ6 The abnormal appearance of the verteb
ra, described in considerable detail by Schmorl and Junghanns ( 1 97 1 ),"9) is
quite variable, with the changes involving only a small area or t.he whole verte
bra. )15 This does not necessarily mark the early stage, as the solitary focus m
ay represent a late stage of evolution ;8Q() in many the disease is com pletely u
nsuspected. The changes appear to be those of concurrent bone formation and dest
ruction, with an abnormal architecture of the bone being laid down. Occasionally
, Pager's disease of one vertebral body may be seen to extend along bridging ost
eophytes to adjacent vertebral bodies. I09} The patient is almost invariably ove
r 55 years and there are flO distinctive clinical jeawres other chan aching pain
, which may be quite severe, in the affected part.8Q6 The pain does not ease wit
h rest, or spontaneously disappear within forseeable periods as does the pain of
spondylosis. It may be provoked simply on movement, on physical exertion such a
s lifting, or when getting warmed in bed. Posture does not as a rule provoke it
much. Lumbosacral and buttock pain is common when the sacrum is affected ; this
may be due to disturbance of the normal ligamentous
st.ress because of sacral softening, and when osseous lesions such as Paget's di
sease involve the periosteum and thus its nociceptor system, pain will be more i
ntense than otherwise. 1 )()2 The abnormal bone is always soft and may easily be
cut with a knife ; vertebral fractures may occur from trivial injuries and heal
by a charaC[eristic type of callus observed in the disease . I O<Il The bone af
fected is hyperaemic and if subcutaneous it will feel warm to the rouch. The cha
racteristic hyperaemia is caused by blood-flow through the affected bone which m
ay be 20 times the normal. 98) Excessive bone formation may produce spinal steno
sis (q. v.) and signs of spinal cord compression, but the tres pass may be confin
ed [Q foraminal encroachment with consequent root pressure, although this is not
common. The need for surgical relief is occasionally urgent. 3 1 5 Medication f
or Paget's d isease has improved markedly in the last few years, and three group
s of drugs-calci ton ins, diphosphonates and mithramycin-have wrought impressive
effects on the symptoms, biochemistry and his tological features of the disease.
PELVIC ARTHROPATHY
The sacroiliac joint It may be appropriate here to mention the occasional commen
t: 'sacroiliac strains, apart from those following parturition, are excessively
rare though commonly diag nosed. The mere complaint of pain over the sacroiliac j
oint and the demonstration of local tenderness do not justify the diagnosis of s
acroiliac strain.' Indeed not, yet how many experienced workers do hold that suc
h generalised signs justify this diagnosis ? Macnab ( 1 977)780 quoted Steindler
( 1 962) : 11 7 1 'It is dangerous to arrogate to oneself the opinion that what
one cannot explain does not exist.' I t might be added here that it is also unr
easonable to mention X-ray evidence as proof of the lesion when it is common kno
wledge that pain and X-ray appearances are not necessarily related.791 It is as
unrealistic to hold that most sacroiliac area pain arises from the joint itself
as it is to solve difficult problems by asserting, 'it all comes from the lumbar
spine'. Humanly, we seek a guru with the short and certain answer to our diffic
ulties of assessment, that we might be relieved of the discomfort of swimming in
a sea of rela tivity, and of making up our own minds on the evidence before us.
Yet while seeming to ease the difficulties, dogma dulls the wits, and in assessi
ng the clinical states of this mysterious joint we need all the discernment we c
an muster.451 Certain knowledge of the nature of common non inflammatory sacroili
ac joint problems is small in propor tion to the amount of speculation, controver
sy and asser-
280
tion about them, but as to their frequent incidellce in both sexes there is now
much less doubt. Db:! An increasing number of skilled and experienced therapists
who have established high standards of examination, assessment and treatment, a
re more frequently detecting and treating common sacroiliac joint conditions. As
the relative dearth of certain knowledge of the nature of vertebral joint condi
tions has been no bar to quickly successful treatment450 based on the signs and
symptoms in themselves, so also arc sacroiliac problems amenable to successful t
reatment even though their precise nature may not yet be clarified fully. The di
fficulty lies in detecting them, and trying to understand why they present as th
ey do. That we cannot always explain them is no reason for trying to deal with o
ur uncertainty by imposing an arbitrary and artificial regularity2 here, for the t
ime being, none can exist. The sacroiliac joint is more than a mute transmitter
of body-weight to femoral heads. The vagaries of referred pain, and our difficul
ties because of this, do not justify the convenient generalisa tion, 'it all come
s from the spine' ; nor perhaps relieve us of the obligation to examine comprehe
nsively both regions, as well as the hip joint, since patients can present with
problems at two, or all three, of these areas. In assessment of this joint, more
than a t any other articula tion, the therapist needs to bear in mind the infini
te range of biological plasticity, and the infinite variety of presenta tion of c
ommon joint problems. For this reason alone some observations on the clinical pr
esentation of pelvic arthropathy may be in order. The variety of presentation of
sacroiliac problems seems matched only by the variety of methods of detection a
nd classification of them, this in itself indicating the basic uncertainty. 1Q,
tal, 2(. ltQ. 21", laQ. I1b. m, m. 791. Sb2. I l llO h It is unwise to regard vis
ual and palpable evidence of bony point ( A S I S and PSIS) asymmetry as the sil
le qua "on of sacroiliac lesions. The sacroiliac sulcus may palp ably be deeper o
n the affected side and, other criteria being satisfied, a so-called posterior i
nnominate be present and responsible for the symptoms reported, when the P S I S
i s higher, lower o r at the same level as its fellow ; bony point asymmetry in
the horizontal plane is not a prerequi site for sacroiliac joint pain, Further,
the factor of struc tural anomaly must always be in mind , Sacroiliac joint surfa
ce configurations differ consider ably between individuals, and may also differ b
etween sides in the same individual, as AP X-ray views of the nor mal pelvis of a
dozen subjects will show. As stressed throughout this text, manual treatment sh
ould primarily be based upon the actual clinical response to manual test ing proc
edures, and not largely upon theoretical notions of disturbed biomechanics, whic
h appear to rest on assumptions of bilateral symmetry as the norm. Since Weisll
Kit has, by cine radiographic studies, clearly demonstrated that the axis of sim
ple sagittal movement
of the sacrum is highly variable, by as much as 5 em, and lies I O cm below the
sacral promontory and in front of Ihe joint, the notion that slight abnormal shi
fts of relationship occur by movement around five axes (among them an axis of sa
gittal movement at the S2 segment) is probably more belief than established fact
. 802 Neither is it necessary for a shift in joint relationships, however slight
, to have occurred before sacroiliac joint pain will occur. While the precise me
chanical nature of a sacroiliac joint problem (in those cases where a shift in r
elationships does exist) may defy analysis, this does not mean that relief may n
O( be obtained by simple manual mobilising techniques, the final choice of which
depends more upon continuing assessment of treatment effects than an arbitrary
selection based upon theoretical concepts.
History. I t is not rare for sciatica to arise from the sacro iliac joint, in the
absence of inflammatory disease,'m: The sacroiliac and pubic joints as well as
the hip, of course, should be given special attention when : 1 . Pain is unilate
ral, rather than bilateral or central, and is not of typical root pain quality.
2. There are no lumbar articular signs, or symptoms (though not infreq uently pa
tients have lesions at both areas) and the lumbar spine is clear on palpation. 3
. There is an absence of signs and symptoms in the leg attributable to the lumba
r spine (e,g. neurological deficit). 4. There may be asymmetry of posterior supe
rior iliac spine (PS I S) and anterior superior iliac spine (ASIS) levels-often
but not invariably found.
Special points
I . Dull buttock, groin or posterior thigh and calf ache (N.B. check hip). 2. Su
bjective heaviness, deadness, 'dullness', of limb. 3. Turning over in bcd, or ge
tting onto plinth, or stepping up with affected side leg, produces twinges of pa
in. 4, Recent pregnancy, falls, twists, strains, such as pushing a motor-car, or
leaping a ditch, 5. Habitual sloppy standing, habitual work stance and stresses
, twisted-sitting posture. 6. Nature of SportS (e.g. fast bowler) and nature of
other activities, e.g. physiotherapist, ballet dancer, foot baller, hurdler and h
igh-jumper.
A glance at the arrangement of the sclcrotomes and myotomes ofthe lower extremit
y will show why deep pain reference from the sacroiliac joint may vary so consid
er ably in distribution. '" For example, isolated phases of ab dominal pain have b
een found to be ameliorated by in jection oflocal anaesthetic into the sacroiliac
joint, despite the fact that myelography demonstrated a disc pro trusion.9)5 Sim
ilarly, abdominal pain in the region of Baer's point
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION
28 1
(q.v.) may be relieved tor a time by injection anteriorly at the points of emerg
ence superficially of lower thoracic nerves. \Vhile the eradication of a local p
ain by local in jection does not necessarily demonstrate its source, it most cert
ainly demonstrates incorporation of the tissue injected into the sites of referr
ed pain, referred tenderness and sometimes muscle spasm, too. The common rule of
thumb, that pain on siuing should immediately raise the suspicion of lumbar dis
cogenic problems, may sometimes hinder a balanced assessment of a patient's low
back problem. Very frequently, pain on standing and walking is ex perienced by th
ose with acquired spinal stenosis due to discogenic trespass and this pain is re
lieved within some 10-15 minutes by sitting. While it is well known that low lum
bar intradiscal pressure is higher in siuing than in standingl\) this docs not me
an that sitting may not also be uncomfortable (see p. 22) in sacroiliac joint pr
oblems. Similarly, while the pain of sacroiliac joint problems is often exacerba
ted by bearing body-weight on the affected side, as in the support phase of walk
ing and climbing stairs, it is by no means uncommon for the patient to dis like s
tanding with weight equally supported on both feet.
Sigm. A common but by " 0 meam invariable combination of signs is as follows: l
. The patient tends to bear weight on the unaffected side in standing and siuing
, and to step up with the unaffected leg. 2. The painful side posterior superior
iliac spine is lower, and the anterior spine higher, than its fellow. There nee
d not necessarily be any change in the hori zontal level of iliac crests. 3. The
sacral apex may deviate slightly to the painless side, with slight asymmetry of
the gluteal cleft. 4. The buttock contour is flauer on the painful side; occasio
nally it is more prominent. The flauening is probably due to loss of gluteal ton
e, consequent upon the blocking of the sacroiliac joint on that side (sec p. 282
). For the same reason, the supint! patient will lie with the affected-side AS I
S at a lower horizontal level than the opposi te side, almost regardless of the
mechanical nature of the joint problem, while the prone patient will often lie
with the affected leg morc inwardly rotated. 5. Piedallu's sign (q. v.) is posit
ive (this finding is present in some, but less frequently than sometimes sug gest
ed). 6. Hip roration abnormalities are present, in that (he normal amplitude of
rotation remains, but is shifted to favour inward rotation as a rule, because of
the hypo tonic external rotators. 7. The affected side adductors are tight, whil
e the tensor fasciae latae of the opposite side is hypertonic. S. There are tens
ion-differences in the sacrotuberous
9.
10. I I. 12.
ligaments, although the disposition of laxness and tightness will sometimes conf
ound theoretical con cepts of unilateral iliac rotation. Straight-leg-raising is
limited by 10 -30 on the pain ful side. Iliac gapping tests will hurt, if [hr is mo
re than moderate pain. Passive testing reveals less movement on the painful side
, sometim 6 associated with severe irritability. On palpation, the sacroiliac su
lcus appears deeper on the affected side. There is localised undue tenderness at
the symphysis pubis and unilaterally at the adduc tor attachments, Bacr's point
(iliacus spasm), over the anterior acetabulum and just medial to the posterior i
nferior iliac spine. There are painful soft-tissue indu rations along the iliac a
ttachment of the gluteal muscles, and the gluteus maximus feels soft and flac cid
. The region of the posterior inferior iliac spine is palpably thickened.
Not all of the signs will be present in the same combina tion in all patients, an
d the mere prc:,cncc of som of them docs not necessarily indicate that the patien
t's complaint is due to a sacroiliac problem. Occasionally, the painful side is
opposite to that of the asymmetry described in (2). Patients may present with si
gns ( I ), (4), (7), (9) and ( 1 0) only, and some limes after recent pregnancy
with no more than unilateral pain and signs (7) and ( 1 2).
MovemelllS. Patterns of movement-limitation and pro vocation of pain will differ
from patient to patient. Sur prisingly, a few patients have no provocation of pai
n on movement other than rotation towards the painful side. Lumbar rotation, tes
ted to its extreme range by over pressure, is an important parameter in the exami
nation of sacroiliac problems, and this becomes more apparent with increasing ex
perience. It is (he attachmel/{s o the ilio f lumbar ligamel/{ which dictate thaI
this movemellI should always be carefully assessed. Many will have pain on exte
nsion only or as much pain on extension as they do on side-flexion towards the p
ainful side. Others will manifestly provoke severe pain on bend ing away from the
painful side and on flexion, and yet others will experience equal provocation o
f pain on both side-flexions. Taking [he variety of benign sacroiliac joint prob
lems as a whole, there is no one characteristic pattern of pain on movement, alt
hough there is usually provocation of pain on at least one movement and there ar
c very fre quently inequalities of straight-leg-raising and prone knee-bending. Ou
r tendency 10 seek a set of rules of thumb for a 'thera peutic kit-bag' and then
to apply these rules of thumb willy-nilly with less than full discrimination, ca
n act in
282
ways which may not always be to the patient's advantage. Just as soon as we have
formulated what appears to be the characteristically abnormal articular pattern
, it has to be modified in the light of further experience and in creased knowled
ge. For example, pain referred to the calf from sacroiliac joint problems will f
requently inhibit toe standing on that leg, bur this must nO[ be promptly taken t
o indicate that a neurological deficit of S 1 and S2 root conduction exists. The
frequency with which patients report a numb, heavy leg often adds weight to the
notion that upper sacral root interference may be present, and since it is well
known that a depressed ankle-jerk need not accompany {rue S I root involvement,
such an assessment may seem reasonable enough. With regard to hip rOlacion, the
presence of abnormali ties will need to be assessed not only in relation to the
poss ible slight disturbance of pelvic joints, the tethering effects of large mus
cles in spasm and sometimes the more estab lished adaptive shortening of importan
t soft-tissue structures, but also the limitation which is secondary to possible
coexisting early arthrosis of the hip. Laban et al. ( 1 978)'" analysed 50 pati
ents with lumbo sacral and inguinal pain associated with an unstable symphysis pu
bis. None had previous trauma or surgery. A shift in excess of 2 mm was shown at
the symphysis on alternate leg standing. On the symptomatic side, hip abduction
and external rotation were reduced. For associ ated pubic and sacroiliac joint i
nstability, the authors mentioned intra-articular steroid injection, support and
physiotherapy. Careful and attentive examination will reveal that early degener
ative change is more often detected by the hip flexion/adduction test revealing
uni lateral groin discomfort than by seeking arbitrary and stereotyped patterns o
f movement limitation ( Fig. 9. 22).
Leg lengths. However difficult it is to find acceptable ter minology for what pre
sents as a movement abnormality, from clinical experience it appears that the pe
lvis can become stuck or blocked at the sacroiliac joint, not neces sarily in a p
osition of torsion but sometimes so, in people with equal leg lengths. When tors
ion is present, this may give the appearance of unequal leg length, when measure
d from the anterior superior spines. Decisionsabout 'anterior innominates' and '
posterior in nominates' are sometimes made on the basis of slight apparent differ
ences of leg length in various postures dur ing clinical examination, and the pat
ient treated for sacro iliac joint problems on a basis which at times may owe mor
e to rules of thumb and therapeutic bias than to sober clini cal assessment. With
regard to Piedallu's sign (p. 329) (Figs 9.4; 9.5) during the sitting-flexion a
nd standing-flexion tests, the occasionally observed apparent increase of leg le
ngth on that side during reaching for the toes in long sitting, the
value of this tcst appears to reSt on several assumptions which could bear inspe
ction, viz. :
1 . That the ilium rotates around an axis somewhere near the S2 segment. Weis l
')()' has clearly shown that it does not. 2. That pelvic asymmetry invariably de
notes a sacroiliac joint condition. 3. That apparent leg-length differences in l
ong-sitting flexion are invariably significant, even though they do not appear to
give rise to any change of lateral pelvic tilt during flexion in standing, when
the feet are per force symmetrically placed.
While the so-called Yo-yo lesl, i.e. one leg becoming relatively longer when cha
nging to the long-sitting posi tion from lying, is sometimes associated with reve
rsible pelvic-ioint asymmetry, the sign is not necessarily pat hog nomic of rever
sible sacroiliac 'shuffling' lesions (for want of a better name). When an appare
ntly longer leg does exist on the same side as a sacroiliac joint problem, and a
manual backward rotation of the ipsilateral ilium relieves the pain and articul
ar signs, this relief is not necessarily accompanied by an equalisation of leg l
engths, although it sometimes is. Neither is there any guarantee that the relief
is due to changed sacroiliac joint relationships. Because a mobilisation or man
ipulation technique moves the structures in which we are presently interested, w
e should not overlook the host of other structures also being moved, notably the
hip joint and particularly the l umbosacral facet structures. Pelvic joint dysf
unction can present in a variery of ways which far exceeds the most accommodatin
g of stereotyped lists of syndromes, and distinguishing between a painful lumbos
acral facet and a sacroiliac joint problem is not always easy. For example, a pr
oportion of patients with unilateral 'sacroiliac' problems who, on the basis of
an assumed forward rotation of the ilium, respond well to a backward rotation of
that ilium, will be found to respond equally well to flexing both knees togelhe
r onto the chest. This circumstance invites consideration that the lumbo sacral f
acet may have been the culprit-more so when the pelvic joint asymmetry and leg-l
ength inequality are seen to remain undisturbed. I t is of interest to note the
effect of sacroiliac blocking on tone of the gluteal muscle mass. This has been
demon strated electromyographically.'" Many people have slightly unequal leg leng
ths, which are probably insignifi cant and would not normally be noticed. Where t
here is shortening of one-quarter of an inch or more, there is a natural tendenc
y for the pelvis to take up a torsional posi tion which most nearly rights the up
per sacral surface. Stoddardl 180 observes that: ' . . . a shorr leg gives rise p
rimarily to sacroiliac strain and secondly to lumbosacral or lower lumbar strain
', and ' . . . the first compensation occurs in the sacroiliac joint of the shor
rer side.'
COMMON PATTERNS Of CLINICAL PRESENTATION
283
The ilium on the side of the longer leg tends to be shuffled backwards, and the
pubis slightly upwards, with the sacral base on that side also moving backwards.
Not all pariems Wilh leg inequa/;ry may shO'W rhis, presumabl y because (he nec
essity for, and the nature alld degree of, pos tural compensation may differ betw
een individuals. For example, a laterally tilted pelvis does not iuvar;ably give
rise to the so-called posterior innominate on the high side. It is not rare to
find a depressed P S I S on the high side, accompanied by ipsilateral haunch pai
n which is relieved by techniques which induce a backward or posterior 'shuffle'
of the ipsilateral ilium. Following this, the degree of lateral lilt is sometim
es reduced but not eradicated. Explanations of this phenomenon probably lie more
in the field ofidiosyncrasics of joint configuration, and particular exciting c
auses, than in hypothetical biomechanics. An important point is that the body ca
nnot read the book, and joints cannot know what is confidently expected of them
by the theorist, the logician or the biomechanic. Conclusions about pelvic disto
rtion in terms of a 'pos terior innominate' are sometimes made on the basis of ro
tation backward of one ilium; or an 'anterior innomi nate' when forward rotation
of one ilium is believed to have occurred. How these concepts can be reconciled
with an articular arrangement of opposed surfaces which mani festly exhibits two
planes angulated to each other, and sometimes three, is not elucidated.
Pregnancy. Ligaments may remained softened and length ened for 6 to 12 weeks afte
r delivery, and sometimes for much longer. Among 10 patients in the laner group,
a very important clinical sign was a bilaterally positive Trendelcnberg sign, a
nd during this examination three patients experienced a snapping sound in the sy
mphysis while vertical symphyseal movement could be demon strated by palpation (H
agen, 1 974).'" Less serious movement abnormalities of the sacroiliac and pubic
joints, besides lumbar problems, are a common cause of persistent postpartum pai
n, and after careful exclusion of problems from the intervertebral joints, simpl
e mobilising techniques localised to the sacroiliac joint structures arc very ef
fective. Not all require manual treatment ; Lewit ( 1 970)'" describes results a
t follow-up examination after delivery and of seven cases of sacroiliac displace
ment, four had disappeared spontaneously. Obsretric alld gYllaecological surgery
(p. 1 53). What is the nature of the lesion in these postoperative cases? Cer ta
inly,some patients present with pelvic asymmetry, W'U ally with the lower posteri
or iliac spine on the painful side; others, on postural examination, have a symm
etrical pelvis but local irritability on sacroiliac gapping tests and a pain ful
limitation of hip abduction on the affected side. Other hip movements are normal
, but the area over anterior ace tabulum is very tender to deep pressure. Whether
to call
this block, irritability or strain is a matter of opinion. Per haps sprain might
be acceptable, because it certainly seems to result from Stress.
Ankylosis or surgical fusion, and ad jacem hypermobilicy (p. 1 55). In my experi
ence, patients with chronic low lumbar instability, having undergone fusion of L
4-L5 and L5S 1 segments, sometimes begin to report a different panern of pain lo
calised around the posterior haunch area and on the same side as a morc mobile a
nd now irritable sacroiliac joint; previously there was no irritability, and les
s mobility. In some cases the compensatory mobility occurs at the L3-L4 segment
and not the sacroiliac joint. I n others, only very minor and temporary postsurg
ical symp toms arise and they do not seek help at routine follow up interviews. Th
e surgical procedure of removal of iliac bone for grafting is sometimes followed
by pelvic instability, and one report describes how this was demonstrated radio g
raphically in six patients.207
Fig. 8 . 1 0
Osteitis condensans ilii. a Stress condition which need not
have anything to do with pregnancy. Note sclerosis on the iliac side of the pati
em's right sacroiliac joint.
284
Trauma and stress. Sacroiliac joint problems giving rise to pain which is someti
mes disabling, in childless young women and in young men, are more common than i
s generally supposed. One concludes that either the condition goes unrecognised,
or became o authoritarian and intimidat f ing pronOlmcements about its uou-exist
euce, the likelihood o f the couditioll ;s not included among the many factors f
or assessment, alld a careful comprehemive examination of rhe joint is not condu
cted. Footballers, ballet dancers, high-j umpers, fast bowlers and physiotherapi
sts commonly present with sacroiliac joint problems of this nature, ranging from
a painful, irrit able and hypermobite sacroiliac and/or pubic joint in a pelvic
girdle which may or may not be asymmetrical, to a greater or lesser degree of se
emingly irreversible torsion of the pelvis. The consequences of excessive and vi
olent stress in dancing, games and athletics, repetitive unilateral stresses of
heavy work and strains imposed upon the pelvis by an arthrodesed hip or an amput
ation prosthesis will declare themselves by the cardinal signs of: ( I ) disturb
ed mobility of pelvic joints and (2) sooner or later, condensa tion or sclerosis
to buttress the bony face sustaining the strcss, factors with which we are so fa
miliar in the ver tebral column itself as osteophytosis. The stress condition ost
eitis COlldeliSalls ;Iii (Figs 8. 1 0, 8. 1 1) is an example of this. A study of
50 patients with a long history of disease, congenital or acquired deformity or
defect of one or both lower limbs, showed that of 45 who had a unilateral disor
der of one lower limb, 35 had radiological evidence of bone sclerosis at the opp
osite sacroiliac joint. This sclerosis is usually more marked on the iliac side
of the joint. ' In the light of this small series of cases it is probable that s
ex and deliveries have no bear-
ing on the aetiology of increased density of iliac bonc.' ( Solonen, 1957.)"" At
this late stage, radiographic evidence of osteitis con desans ilii is still sole
ly regarded by some as supporting evidence of incorrect reposition of the pelvic
joints after pregnancy, despite the fact that i t has been shown to occur in me
n ! Newton ( 1 957t28 mentions that arthrosis of the sacro iliac joint is frequen
tly associated with old trauma in the region of the joint and with contralateral
hip disease. Some of these patients have pain over the joint, but referred from
the lumbar spine; others have no pain and arc unaware of the condition, and occ
asionally there may be severe and chronic irritability of onc or both sacroiliac
joints. The presence of osteitis condensans ilii, as determined by radiography,
does not necessarily imply that coexisting low back and haunch pain is a conseq
uence of the iliac sclerosis, although it may be. Asymptomatic individuals may f
ortuitously show the changes when X-rayed for other reasons. Helbing ( 1 978)'lJ
suggests that while arthrodesis of a hip joint alters the statics and dynamics
of functional use, secondary arthrosis of a sacroiliac joint, as a consequence,
is apparent more often radiographically than clinically.
Ligamentous lesioNS. These are sometimes described as present when by bringing t
he Hexed hip and knee of a supine patient into ( I ) strong adduction, (2) towar
ds the opposite shoulder, and (3) towards the same shoulder, pain is produced in
the groin, L5-S 1 dermatomes and lower sacral region, respectively (Lewit and W
olff, 1970).HO Conclusions are that ligaments will be involved in the order ( I
) iliolumbar ligament, (2) sacroiliac liga ment, and (3) sacrotuberous ligament,
but since these tests put Stress on many structures and also disturb joints and
the pain may be being referred into a sclerotome or derma tome distribution, the
conclusions seem somewhat arbi trary. Dermatomes are by no means fixed anatomical
entities. Degenerative joint disease. On the basis that radiographic appearance
s and clinical features are not associated pari passu, degenerative changes in t
he sacroiliac joint arc probably not an important factor in assessing the genesi
s of pains in the buttock, haunch and groin, although they should be borne in mi
nd. The presence of a mobile painful joint in a man over 50 and a woman over 60
may be something more serious than a musculoskeletal problem, b u t this should
not inhibit normal treatment of the joint when clinical features point to the li
kelihood of a benign joint condition. The radio graph is important, of course.
Fig. 8.t I
Bilateral osteitis condcnsans ilii, more marked on the right.
This 40-year-old lady frequently landed heavily on her seat when roller-skating
and bUlh sacroiliac joinls were irrilable (sec text).
Sacroi/iitis. The pain of sacroiliitis is usually unrelated to position. Radioac
tive scanning may reveal acute osteomye-
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION litis of the ;oint'2U when i t has not
been suspected ; its in volvement appears to have an incidence of some 5-10 per c
ent in acute haematogenous osteomyelitis. A hot thermogram over the sacroiliac j
oint is a reason ably reliable indicator of inflammatory activity in these joints
, before this is evident radiographically.9 In a group ofclinically interrelated
disorders, which arc termed the seronegative spondylarthritides,8b6 i.e. anky lo
sing spondylitis, psoriatic arthritis, Reiter's disease, the intestinal arthropa
thies, e.g. regional ileitis (Crohn's disease), ulcerative colitis and Bechet's
syndrome, a parti cularly striking feature was the central position of sacroil iti
s as a common denominator to each member of the group. In Crohn's disease the sy
novitis, in combination with other features like conjunctivitis, appears to be t
he expres sion of an immune response to the enteric lesion. In 80 patients there
were 3 cases ofpolyanhritis, 6 of spondylitis and 6 of asymptomatic sacroiliitis
.254 True bony ankylosis of the sacroiliac joint appears never to occur except a
s the result of acquired disease (see p. 1 56). Newton ( 1 9S7)Q2R reiterates th
e four cardinal signs of a'Jkylosiug spond ylitis:
285
mild abnormalities. In general, women differ from men in :
I. 2. 3. 4.
An earlier age of onset. Initial and frequent involvement of the lumbar spine. F
requent cervical spine involvement. A milder clinical course with minimal deform
ity and less systemic manifestations.
1. 2. 3. 4.
Spinal stiffness Diminished thoracic expansion Raised ESR Radiological sacroilia
c joint changes.
The author describes an extraordinary lack of aware ness of the early manifestati
ons of the disease and found during a long-term follow-up study that the average
time raken to reach diagnosis \vas a little more than six years from the age of
onset of symptoms. Clinical awareness of the nature of the disease can reduce t
his period to nine months and much less. Many cases bear no resemblance whatever
to classical descriptions of the disease. Iritis is an important presenting sym
ptom in spondy litis, as is a painful heel, and it has been suggested226 that all
men between the ages of 1 8 and 30 presenting with calcaneal periostitis and sp
urs will have spondylitic changes in their sacroiliac joints. Newton also sugges
ted that, in the presence of other good evidence, a diagnosis of ankylosing spon
dylitis should not be discarded because the patient is a female and over 35 year
s old. Women with ankylosing spondylitis appear to have a lower frequency of rad
iographic changes in the sacroiliac joint than do men,l7I and its involvement in
the changes of ankylosing spondylitis is not invariable. Resnick el al. ( 1 976
) 1028 described a clinical and radio logical survey in 98 patients, 80 men and 1
8 women. The d isease appears to be 4 to 10 times more frequent in men than in
women, although the lower incidence in women may be accentuated by difficulties
in recognising
The spinal ascent of the disease may become arrested at any stage, although radi
ographic changes in the sacro iliac joint w ithout vertebral change are unusual.
Among the 98 patients, 1 0 had sacroiliac abnormalities and normal cervical, tho
racic and lumbar radiographs ; three of this group were women. Among 1 1 6 women
, 50 0f whom aged 2 1 -71 had back ache and 66 with other conditions, 2 of the gr
oup of 50 had abnormal X-rays of the sacroiliac joint. 227 Scintillo graphy scann
ing techniques revealed inflammatory changes in 22, nearly half of the group; th
e changes were unilateral in 8 and bilateral in 14. Thus, sacroiliitis is a fair
ly common cause of backache in women. Scintillography is perhaps the best method
of diagnosis. The conditions responded well to anti inflammatory medication. A f
orme frusle of ankylosing spondylitis, in which sacroiliitis cannot be radiograp
hically demonstrated, is far more common than has been appreciated . }ol When ra
diographic changes are present, the X-ray find ings in renal osteodystrophy can s
imulate those of early ankylosing spondylitis, mgether with associated degenera t
ive changes in the articular cartilage of the joint. 11m A study'4 of 143 patien
ts with primary gout revealed 24 with radiographic changes of the sacroiliac joi
nt attribut able to this disease. All of the 24 had tophi, earlier onset of gout,
a longer duration and a more rapid course into chronicity. There may be acute,
recurrent gouty attacks, or clinically inactive tophaceous involvement of the sa
cro iliac joint. Gout ofrhe axial skeleton is more frequent than commonly thought
,801 but involvement is usually found in patients with manifestations of goul ov
er many years. Tuberculosis of the sacroiliac jointl L SI usually occurs in youn
g adults between the ages of 20 and 40 years. The disease is associated with tub
erculosis in other regions of the body, the spine being a favourite skeletal sit
e ; the fifth lumbar vertebra was the site most often involved in a series of sa
croiliac joint tuberculosis. So far as the latter is con cerned, its onset is com
monly announced by pain in the posterior iliac or hip region ; sciatic radiation
is present in about 25 per cent of the patients. When serious disease has been
excluded (so far as this is possible), assessment of pelvic joint problems shoul
d take account of several clinical possibilities : I . Asymmetry in the adult so
metimes appears 10 be long standing, is frequently irreversible by passive moveme
nt and can exist without causing symptoms ; patients may
286
present with sacroiliac area or haunch pain arising from low back and/or hip, th
e pelvic asymmetry and pelvic joints playing no detectable current part in produ
ction of pain. 2. Following stress, trauma, pregnancy, obstetric and gynaecologi
cal surgery and the effects of habitual working postures, local and referred pai
ns from the sacroiliac joint can be relieved by specific mobilisation or manipul
ation. In some, clinically detectable pelvic asymmetry coexists with the painful
condition and appears to be associated with it, because of the frequent and cha
racteristic combi nation of a lower posterior iliac spine and pain on the same si
de. The asymmetry is not always reversible. 3. Joint irritability, sometimes sev
ere, can be present in the absence of infective or metabolic sacroiliitis, or an
y clinically or radiologically delecrable postural change. These clinical states
appear to be a subdivision of possibility (2). 4. In a symmetrical pelvis, ther
e may occur a painful movement hindrance of one sacroiliac joint, frequently re s
ponsible for buttock, lower abdominal, groin and antero medial thigh pain-a separ
ate group because the history offers no likely clue to aetiology. 5. The sacroil
iac joint, usually but not invariably on the long leg side, can be responsible f
or symptoms when sus taining stress as part of the natural compensation for un equ
al leg lengths, although sacroiliac joint pain need not accompany leg asymmetry.
6. A localised very painful and tender area, lying uni laterally between the med
ian sacral crest and posterior superior spine, can sometimes arise in the absenc
e of lumbar articular signs, and appears to be a lesion of super ficial connectiv
e tissue. ( I t is difficult to resist thinking of it as 'a tennis elbow in the
backside'.) 7. Abnormalities of hip abduction and rotation need not arise primar
ily in the hip joint, but can be present as part of a sacroiliac joint problem.
8. Disorders of hypermobility in sacroiliac joint and symphysis pubis are interd
ependent. 9. Painful conditions of this joint in more mature and elderly people
should be regarded with a degree of suspi cion; bone pathology or serious disease
are more likely, although this does not mean to say that benign mechanical prob
lems of the joint may not occur in mature people. When treating sacroiliac probl
ems by manual tech niqucs, onc docs not necessarily have to manipulate them. Gaym
ans ( 1 973)'" has suggested some useful hold-relax techniques for sacroiliac bl
ocking. There can be clinical advantage in remembering the subtle effects, on lo
wer limb function, of covert sacroiliac problems. Pains about the ankle and foot
, appearing to stem from local changes which themselves seem not to fi t into a
recognisable clinical entity, are frequently relieved by careful examination and
appropriate treatment of the sacroiliac joint on that side. Bourdillon ( 1 973)
105 has given some examples of this.
It is quite common, for example, to find patients with a lateral pelvic tilt upw
ards on the side of the painful sacro iliac problem, who also have some restricti
on of extension of the ipsilateral knee joint. Both will need treatment, and it
is wise to also check the tibiofibular and more distal joints. Not all of this g
roup will conform to this pattern. A 44year-old woman, who reported l eft poplit
eal space pains which were provoked when going upstairs and rising from a chair,
had less pain when walking in shoes with a heel and more pain when barefoot or
in slippers. The pains had begun after a long walk over uneven ground about a ye
ar previously. Her pelvis was tilted up on the right, yet the deeper sacroiliac
sulcus and prominent iliac spine were on the left. Although she had no lumbar or
lumbo sacral pain, she felt a hamstring 'pull' discomfort on l umbar extension,
left side-flexion and flexion, which were not limited. The straight-leg-raising
test was posi tive, with left-leg raising restricted to 50 degrees by a 'pull' at
the knee ; the right leg was normal at 80 degrees. There were no neurological s
igns. There was nothing significant on lumbar palpation, but her left posterior
superior iliac spine was tender. Exten sion of the left knee was some three to fi
ve degrees limited with a hard 'end-feel', and flexion was limited by pain at 10
degrees. The knee-joint restriction and straight-leg-raising re striction were c
leared up in onc treatment of knee mobi lisation; the sacroiliac joint was left a
lone. Two years later, she rcported again with knee pain, this time over the lef
t superior tibiofibular joint, and accom panied again by diminished left straight
-leg-raising. The only abnormality at the knee was a slight extension 'block'. I
t is noteworthy that comprehensive examination then also revealed a degree of a
tlantoaxial rotatory fixation with a thickened and very tender left cranioverteb
ral region, about which she was unaware until examined. Her lateral pelvic tilt
was still present. While a causal relationship between the described find ings wa
s not established, of course, there is reason to believe that the changes may ha
ve been interdependent, since painstaking examination very frequently reveals th
ese changes, associated in this distinctive way.
Sacroiliac joint syndromes Considering the powerful musculature, like psoas majo
r, which crosses the joint, or attaches to the ilium, like the iliacus and glute
al muscles-and ligamentous attachments like the ilio-Iumbar ligament, capsule of
hip joint and the lumbodorsal fascia-it follows that abnormalities of the joint
are highly unlikely to remain without effects, mechanical and/or neuromuscular,
upon interdependent structures and functions. The purely specific, localised, u
nilateral sacroiliac joint lesion is something of a rara avis, other than in pre
gnancy.
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION Much more frequently, quite correctly c
alled 'sacroiliac dysfunction' in men and non-pregnant women is reflected by det
ectable articular signs in the ipsilateral lumbosacral, sacroiliac and hip joint
s-sometimes involving the con tralateral joints, too, and not infrequently accomp
anied by radiographic evidence of pubic symphysis asymmetry. The term sacroiliac
dysfunction is justified when treatment localised to that joint relieves the si
gns and symptoms. Because the various clinical presentations involving this sing
ular and mysterious joint are, with some exceptions,lo5 not described as often a
s those of the vertebral joints, some outline case histories are given. Prophyla
xis and back-care advice to the patients is not described. The case histories ar
e grouped as follows : I. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Sacroiliac joint irritability Sacroilia
c problems in men Sacroiliac condit.ions in childless women The sacroiliac joint
in pregnancy Combined sacroiliac and craniovertebral joint problem Combined sac
roiliac condition with low lumbar lor dosis, together with thoraco lumbar kyphosi
s and CO C I joint problem.
287
to deep pressure. Nine months later, she replied to a POStal ques tionnaire with:
'I am having no trouble with back or hip--no pain, no twinges.'
2. Sacroi/jac problems in men
(i) Patiem G.B., a 24-year-old press tool mak6 noticed the in sidious onset of ri
ght posterior, lateral and anterior thigh pain, spreading posterolaterally to th
e foot, after four years of repeti[ive lifting strains while standing ; these al
so involved repetitive rota tion. Thc right leg felt heavy and weak, and the limb
'dead' ; symp toms were aggravated at times by twisting his pelvis to the Icft,
or turning to the left. On examination, there were no articular or palpation sig
ns in the lumbar spine, no neurological signs in the limbs and no evi dence of hi
p involvement. On comprehensive examination of the sacroiliac joint, the right w
as relatively immobile, with the sulcus deeper and the sacrotuberous ligament mo
re easily palpable on that side. A manipulative thrust (Fig. 1277) to the right
PSIS had cleared his leg pain within 10 days, when a second thrust re duced his s
ymptoms to 'slight twinges in the joint area only'. The asymmetry remained virtu
ally unchanged. (ii) An insurance agent, 8.M.} with a five-year history of acute
epi sodes of back pain after gardening, coughing while flexed and a blow on the
lumbosacral region, complained of bilateral buttock and groin pain, and posterol
ateral with anterolateral right thigh and upper calf pain. He drove a lot and wa
s active in gardening and house maintenance. Pains were constant, but variable i
n in tensity and distribution. All pains were aggravated by sitting for one hour,
standing for 30 minutes, gardening, stretching forward or upward and coitus. Pa
ins were transiently eased by sitting after a period of standing, or moving arou
nd lightly after sitting for too long. Although there was no objective loss of s
ensation, transient feelings of nwnbness in the ball of both feet followed stand
ing, walking or driving for too long. His posture was unexceptional for a man of
his body type, except that the whole posterior surface of right ilium was more
prominent than the left. Extension was reduced to half range by pain over LS and
spreading to the right buttock. Both side-flexions were reduced, in that he cou
ld only reach to 8 em above his knee-crease, and both provoked pain in the right
buttock and haunch. Flexion was limited by right thigh pain when his fingers re
ached the mid-shin level. (It later transpired that this was his normal range of
flexion.) There were no neurological signs, and the straight-leg-raising was re
duced to 50 on the left by pain in the posterior thigh, and to 60 on the right by
pain the lumbosacral region. The prone-knee bending test was positive, both sides
provoking lumbosacral pain. The whole lumbar spine was slightly tender to palpa
tion, with most marked tenderness at LS centrally and on the right, also over th
e right sacroiliac sulcus and localised to the right posterior in ferior iliac sp
ine. Hip rotations were unexceptional, but combined flexion/adduction of the lef
l hip hurt a bit in the haunch of that side. X-rays were unavailable. He had a m
ildly troublesome hiatus hernia but was otherwise fit and very active. The curre
nt problems were assessed as primarly sacroiliac and secondarily lumbosacral ; h
e was not able to attend daily. A precis ofthe treatment notes is as follows (fo
r symbols see p. 438):
I . Sacroiliac irritability
Patient D.G., 40 years. From the age of 9 this patient was fond
of roller skating and frequently sat heavily on her bottom. As a girl she began
having pain across her upper sacral area, worse on the right side; throughout he
r adult life and the raising of four children she continued to have the pain, wh
ich was exacerbated by pregnancies. Examination: On observation her posture was
unexceptional. She was reluctant to step up with her right leg or take weight on
it. Extension, right-side-flexion and flexion were reduced, with provocation of
right sacroiliac area pain. Baer's point was acutely lender on the right, as wa
s the symphysis pubis and the right sacroiliac sulcus. Testing pressures on the
spinous process, and the right paravertebral sulcus, of LS revealed marked soren
ess there. Right hip abduction was reduced and painful, as were both hip rotatio
ns on that side. She had no neurological signs. Gapping tests of the sacroiliac
joint revealed acute irritability, and sacral apex pressure hun her severely at
the right sacroiliac joint. Right straight-leg-raising was reduced slightly by p
ain, as was the prone-knce-bending test on that side. Figure 8. 1 1 shows osteit
is condensans ilii, more marked on the right. Treatment: This was commenced by g
entle rotatory mobilisa tion, in le[[-side lying for the right lumbosacral joint.
As these wcre unavailing, treatment was localised to the sacroiliac joint, cons
isting of very gentle approximation of anterior superior iliac spines with the p
atient in left-side crook-lying; and similar repeti tive pressures on the right p
osterior superior iliac spine with the patient prone. Ten attendances were requi
red, and ultrasound was used occasionally to settle excessive irritability. At t
he termi nation of treatment she was almost, but not completely, relieved of her
symptoms, and she was sign-free. Her sacroiliac joints remained somewhat irritab
le and her bony points unduly tender
288
Signs. SLR L. 65, R. 80 /' SLR '-... 80
First lrealmerll 22.10.76
2x
(R. P S I S) I I t
80
2x
(R. P S I S) I I I-IV
SLR again F. about ISQ
t
flexion ISQ W No more treatment was done this day, because examination was prolo
nged.
27. 1 0. 76
2x
b (L. ilium)
111 +
SLR 90/90 Flex. mid-shin but pain minimal W
3 . 1 1 . 76
'No soreness, but ISQ'
Signs. IS Q with SLR at L. 50 , R. 65 Treat lumbar spine
'Can sit for 2\ hr-residual but minimal R. groin pain'
Signs. SLR L. 90, R. 90
2x Slightly looser on extension and flexion Little change Assess in 2 days
1 0. 1 1. 76
b (L. ilium) IV
2
>
(L5) I I
SLR 90/90 Flex. to mid-shin and painless
I x
(L5) II
Rhythmic lumbar traction in Fowler's position. Test pull 25 Ib x 10 min, 1 20 s
pull/60 s rest.
29.10.76
'Can do more for longer, and suffer less--still some slight R. groin pain'
S,,", Ho"., ;m,m"=""
Rep. last R,
Demo. abdominal isometric flexion exercises and back care
'Queasy after L T-hiatus hernia-but feels a bit easier' (Stop LT)
Signs. Movements remain slightly freer-not much in it
I
" vv
His lumbar spine was not treated after 27. 10.76. When contacted 14 months later
, the patient reported a trouble-free interim.
(iii) Patient R.S.M., an active 72-year-old man, subject to back trouble for som
e 30 years, was on his knees gardening when, in his own words, 'A bolt of lightn
ing struck me in the backside.' He retired to bed with great difficulty, but by
2 a.m. was in such severe localised pain that he contacted his general practitio
ner, who sedated him and suggested physiotherapy in the morning. Pain was locali
sed to the left posterior iliac crest and posterior superior and inferior iliac
spines ; visibly, the patient had been shaken by its intensity. Strangely. there
was no limitation of lumbar movement. by neither pain nor resistance, but left
hip and knee flexion provoked very intense pain, accurately localised by the pat
ient'S index finger to the left posterior inferior iliac spine. The patient had
attended for backache some months before, and his range of straight-leg-raising
was known to the physiotherapist ; i t was unaffected by the current episode.
SLR L. 50, R. 70
Treat
as
S-/ Jt problem
3x Rep. R,
(R. P S I S) I I I-IV
t
-w
L. SLR to 80 L. SLR remains 80 Flexion mid-shin but less pain
1 . 1 1 .76
'Was OK rising a.m. Saturday--did decorating and wallpapering and now it hurts a
bit L. haunch and R. groin.'
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION
289
A precis of treatment is as follows :
/6.7.77
2x
(L5) I I
5x
f-l
(PSIS) I I
W
No go
drome is that of a strain of lumbosacral facet joints and iliolumbar ligaments.
As an example of manual sacroiliac joint techniques fully relieving the signs an
d symptoms of a low back episode, the following clinical history is not untypica
l.
Patient H. W.IJ., a portly little 53-year-old man, felt his low
back <give' as he stooped forward to weld a pipe-section the day before. In cons
tant pain. which radiated from his lumbo sacral region into both buttocks and upp
er posterior thighs, he was unable to work, although was fairly comf ortable lyi
ng on a firm mattress. Getting up to dress was painful, and both neck flexion in
sitting. and coughing, hurt him in the centre low back. He stood with severe bil
ateral muscle spasm j his pattern of movement was : Extension-virtually nil beca
use of rising lumbosacral pain. Left side-flexion-rwo-thirds, limited by pain at
centre and right lumbar.
Pain gradually diminished
/8.7.77
'Very much better' Pain still P I I S but plainly less
Signs. Hip flexion still hurts P I I S
Friction to P I I S
1
Stop
Hip flex. pain minimal now
Right side-flexion-rwo-thirds, limited by pain at centre and right lumbar. Flexi
on-fingers to tibial [Ubercles, limited by pain across lumbosacral level. Left r
otation (in sittingautious, but full range and pain free. Right rotation (in sitti
ng)-reduced a few degrees by lumbo sacral pain. Straight-leg-raising was (L)
The therapist was as astonished as the patient that this simple technique gradua
lly settled the vicious pain. It is difficult to know what this man had done to
himself, and one cannot discount a locked lumbosacral facet-joint as the cause o
f his pain, nor possibly an acute derangement of an accessory sacroiliac articul
a tion (see p. 29). His response to a localised sacroiliac technique was manifest
, and the technique could also have mobilised the left lumbosacral region, of co
urse, but this does not explain the further rapid improve ment by localised frict
ions to the posterior inferior iliac spine. He had remained well when contacted
eight months later. The treatment of low back pain in elderly patients can yield
far more encouraging results than is often suggested. Kirkaldy-Willis ( 1 978)"
" describes the helpful effects of manipulation and other treatments in the face
t-joint syndrome and benign sacroiliac joint prob lems, for example. (iv) There i
s probably no such thing as a purely localised sacroiliac joint problem ; the at
tachments of the iliolumbar ligaments, for example, make such a possibility high
ly unlikely. Also, there is more in acute or chronic low back pain episodes than
can easily be explained by the orthodox theories of discogenic changes. Ingpen
and Burry ( 1970)'" describe a large group of patients whose condition is of les
s well-defined aetio logy, variously named low back strain, iliolumbar strain, sa
croiliac strain or lumbosacral strain. After careful assessment, the authors con
clude that the syn-
80
with central lumbosacral pain
and (R) 75 with similar pain. There were no other articular signs of note and he
had no neurological symptoms or signs. Apart from acute tenderness over the righ
t transverse process of LS vertebra and centrally over L4, and slight tenderness
centrally over LS, he had no detectable signs at the lumbar or sacroiliac joims
.
Treatment. Five repetitions of left rotation (grades I I
then II
+)
improved his straight-leg-raising to
90'/90
and
,
and his
flexion was increased by 5 cm. At his second attendance three days later, his co
ndition had deteriorated and straight-leg-raising was now
(L) 60
and (R) 45, with flexion still considerably reduced ) were of no avail. Three gra
de I I I mobi
and pulling on the right lumbosacral region. Pelvic rotation to the left (grades
I I to IV lisations ofthe right posterior superior iliac spine (see Fig.
12.61)
relieved all signs immediately, with free straight-leg-raising and free lumbar m
ovement. A few days later, he reported being back at work with no problems.
These events do not necessarily suggest that there might have been some sacroili
ac problem, but do suggest that the lumbopelvic articulation was affected in som
e way, and the joint condition was resolved by minimal movement of the painful-s
ide ilium, with the iliolumbar ligament probably transmitting movement to the LS
ver tebral body. Herein may lie a partial solution to the vexed question of what
'sacroiliac strain' may be in some. (v) The known propensity for sacroiliac and
midi urnbar joint problems to occur together can produce an odd mixture of symp
toms and signs.
A 41-year-old o ffice worker, who was athletically active in his
leisure hours, reported a bilaterally symmetrical low lumbar pain,
290
so by buttock pain, and right 90 . There were no neurological signs, and careful
palpation revealed a normal lumbar spine but marked deepening of the left sacro
iliac sulcus. After three treatment sessions, during which every sacroiliac, and
subsequently lumbar, technique known to the writer failed to do other than prod
uce only slight improvement (i.e. slightly less pain and improved flexion range)
, active treatment was stopped and the patient recommended to daily practise an
exercise to restore what appeared to be the cause of his pains-a backward shuffle
d left ilium, During the ensuing three months, his symptoms slowly and steadily
regressed. Flexion range had increased but slightly, although the range of left
straight-leg-raising had improved to 75 and there was much less pain when hamstr
ing spasm imposed the limitation. He was advised to raise the right heels of all
shoes by 1 cm Ci in),
which radiated down the back of his right thigh to the knee, and also to the lef
t groin much morc than to the right, 'when bad', There was no left thigh pain. H
e stood with a slight lateral pelvic tilt upwards on the left this disappeared wh
en sitting, and in both postures his spine appeared straight. Lumbar articular s
igns were: Extension-unexceptional. Left-side-flcxion-fingers to knee crease wit
hout pain. Right-sidc-flcxion-an identical range of movement but now provoking r
ight more than left lumbosacral pain. Aexion-fingcrs to toes, painlessly, but re
taining a localised lum bosacral lordosis. Rotations-unexceptional. Straight-leg-
raising was left 85 with left lumbar pain, and right 85 but painless. The hip join
ts were normal, but le!l prone-knee bending hurt in the left loin and was a littl
e limited by this pain and by resistance; the right was normal. There were no ne
urological signs, and on palpation the left sacroiliac sulcus was tender, the le
ft PSIS more prominent pos teriorly and the L2-L3 segment was thickened on the le
ft with noticeable tenderness of the L2 and L3 spines and left transverse proces
ses, elicited by moderate pressure. He was assessed as a combined lesion and tre
ated by left p-a PSIS pressures for the sacroiliac component and right rotations
for the L2-L3 problem. His left straight-leg-raising and right side-flexion pain
diminished markedly after the sacroiliac tech nique, and diminished further afte
r right lumbar rotation. He was shown a corrective postural lying exercise for t
he pelvic asymmetry and a bilateral knee flexion exercise for the localised lumb
osacral lordosis. Within an hour or two of treatment, his right sciatic pain rea
p peared for some hours, then disappeared. A week later, his panern of articular
signs was the same, but the amount of pain on the positive testing movements was
considerably less. A single localised grade V right rotation to the upper lumba
r segment cleared the straight-leg-raising restriction, and a single thrust tech
nique to the left ilium cleared the remaining restriction of right-side-fiexion.
He has remained sign and symptom free.
3. Sacroiliac conditions in childless women
(i) Dancer: Paljem G.D., a slim 22-year-old professional dancer complained of pe
rsistent sacroiliac area pain after an hour's prac tice or rehearsal of modern da
nce routines. X-rays were un remarkable. Her right posterior superior iliac spine
was more prominent and lower than its fellow, and the right anterior superior i
liac spine higher than that on the left. Her iliac crests were level in standing
and sitting. The most remarkable feature during examination was the un mistakabl
y clear exhibition of Piedallu's sign (q.v.). Other than this, her only articula
r signs of note were some 10 restriction of full flexion, by resistance and 'tig
htness' with only moderate pain, and a 1 5 restriction of right straight-leg-rais
ing by the same f ac tors. Rotations were unexceptional even to strong overpressu
re. The lumbar spine was clear on palpation, but the posterior in ferior iliac sp
ine on the right was markedly tender to localised pressure-the buttock was not.
The sacral apex pressure test was negative, and she had no neurological signs. H
er condition defied all treatment methods and combinations of technique, for sac
roiliac joint, lumbar spine and hip known to the author; her symptoms and physic
al signs remained unaltered, and on cessation of treatment she was seriously con
sidering changing her career. Whether she was subsequently relieved by another p
ractitioner and other treatment, or did give up dancing, is not known because sh
e disappeared from follow-up. (ii) Pat;em LD., a 23-year-old physiotherapist, ga
ve a three month history of beginning to feel stiff in the upper right buttock re
gion after the day's work. Two months later, at a period when she was lifting ma
ny patients, the pain became sharper, and bed rest for a week was prescribed. At
that time the pain spread down the posterior thigh and calf to ankle, with ting
ling in the 5th toe. The left leg was unaff ected, X-ray showed a Schmorl's node
at L4-L5, a slightly reduced L5-S 1 disc space and the possibility of a partly
transitional S l vertebra. When seen at the end of the three-month period, she d
escribed upper buttock pain only; this was worsened by sitting for more than a f
ew minutes, by stooping and by lying on the right side. These did not hurt her l
ow back. On observation, her right pos terior superior iliac spine was plainly mo
re prominent than the left. but her pelvis was level and there was no detectable
postural spasm of back muscles. Right-side-fiexion was reduced by 50 and
Joine problems do not invariably respond to manual treatment:
A 26-year-oldbuj/der, with left buttock and posterior thigh pain
of insidious onset six weeks before, stood with lateral pelvic tilt upward on th
e left. He was a bulky and strong man who used his back heavily at work. Walking
quickly, bending to work and sneezing all provoked the left buttock pain. When
sitting on a flat surface, the pelvis was virtually level. The only traumatic in
cident in the history was a road traffic accident four years before in which he
sustained a fractured right femur; this may have been respon sible for shortening
of that limb. On extension he appeared to hinge at the L4-L5 segment, but the g
ross range was normal and only slight buttock pain was pro voked. Side-flexions w
ere unexceptional other than that the movements were of unequal range. Rotations
were normal. On flexion, he deviated well to the right, with a flattened left b
unock and slight pain there ; fingertips reached mid-shin. He lay supine with th
e left leg markedly externally rotated. Straight leg-raising was left 45. limited
by hamstring tightness and less
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION
provoked her pain, and on bending forward she could reach just below her knees,
with similar provocation of pain. Her straight leg-raising was L. 90 , and R. 45
limited by pain over the sacro iliac joint. Apart from a 5 limitation of R. hip a
bduction she had no other signs of note, and on careful, specific and persistent
palpation it was difficult to find anything worth recording at the lower three
lumbar segments. Her right posterior inferior iliac spine was a different matter
, being acutely tender-there was otherwise only mild diffuse tenderness over the
rest of the buttock on that side. She was assessed and treated as probably a co
mbined lumbo sacral and sacroiliac problem, with the latter causing most of her c
urrent difficulties, i.e.:
22.8.14
29 1
and flexion (22.8.74) after a technique which was as carefully localised as is p
ossibl e ; single leg traction is not a localised technique. Since these were th
e only objective clinical criteria available, assessment of the nature of her pr
oblem may be ac ceptable as a reasonable one. Eighteen months later the lady sent
a brief rcport of her condicion-'AII systems are "go", and have been since.' (i
ii) Pac;em I.G. had noted the insidious onset of right haunch pain three months
previously, on gcning up from sit ting. The pain settled to a constant dull ache,
relieved only by lying on the left side. The only trauma recalled was a heavy f
all from a motor-bike on to her right buttock, 20 months previously. On examinac
ion, the pelvis was laterally tilted to the right and the trunk very slighlly de
viated to the left, the left pos terior superior iliac spine was prominent and th
e left buttock flattened. There were no lumbar articular signs other than a pain
less and slight deviation to the left on extension, but not on flexion. Other th
an slight left buttock flattening, with no de tectable gluteal weakness, she was
neurologically clear. Straight leg-raising was 90 and painless. Right hip lateral
rotation was painlessly reduced, left hip medial rotation likewise. On her right
side, iliac gapping and approximation were positive, the adductors tight with t
heir origins tender, and Baer's point and the anterior acetabular area very tend
er, wilh mild tenderness of the third, fourth and fifth lumbar spinous processes
. There was severe localised pain on palpation of the right posterior superior i
liac spine and sacroiliac sulcus. She was treated by two applications of the tec
hnique in Figure 12. 20 (grade I I and then I I ]), after which her lumbar exten
sion was symmetrical. The next day her pain was '50 per cent better'; the mobili
sation was repeated. By the third day her right haunch pain was slighlly worse a
gain, but the gapping tests were no longer positive. She was not treated that da
y j ex amination on the fourth day revealed no haunch pains, sym metrical hip rota
tions and adduclOr tensions, and no tender ness at Baer's point or the acetabular
area. During the following three days her pain had gone and she had enjoyed dan
cing, although the right sulcus was still tender on palpation. Two days later, b
ecause of a return of mild pain, she was manipulated (Fig. 12.78) but this did n
ot effect any immediate further improvement; however, she continued steadily to
lose all her symptoms without further treatment. (iv) Patient L.M. This young la
dy of 20 yean reported a lumbo sacral ache, worse on the right and 'violent' afte
r 15 minutes of badminton, with daily episodic jabs. Sitting eased her pain some
times, standing or walking for 30 minutes made her uneasy. Sustained stooping hu
rt and she returned to the erect with some difficulty, feeling a 'click' as she
did so. Her pain was time dependent to a degree, in that it always built up to th
e end of the day. She could recall no trauma. Her pelvis was tilted up on the ri
ght. Extension and side flexions were a little reduced and hurt the right lumbosa
cral region; she flexed to touch her tibial tubercles with a somewhat flat back
but little added pain, only a manifest reluctance to go further. Gentle overpres
sure to further flexion was resisted because it alarmed her. Straight-Iegraising
was left 90 , right 55 with rising buttock pain, and the prone-knee-bending test
hurt similarly on the right though it was not limited. She was neuro-
2 )(
\
(PS I S) I I
SLR
1
15
Flex.
3" (8 em)
I , R(ASIS) thrust in lumbar rotation loe V.
w 27.8.74
Not much better
'Was pretty sore, but functionally much more able'
Siglls. Flex. gain maintained-SLR 55
2,
.- .
(R. leg) I I
It was suggested that her hospital colleagues continue the gentle rhythmic leg t
raction as indicated and that she report again in a month.
25.9.74
1
Stop
SLR 90/90 Flex. to mid/lower shin
'Doing very well, no problems except cannot sustain stooping for too long'
Sig1lS. Movements
V"';
R. SLR resistant over last 10 but goes to 90 R. PSIS still prominent in standing
.
At this time she attended as one of a group of patients being presented during f
ollow-up demonstrations to the candidates of an annual comprehensive Manipulatio
n Course. In retrospect, the mistake in treatment was the localised grade V tech
nique on 22.8.74; this was unnecessary. Neverthe less it probably contributed to
her progress, although it raised the questions of 'environmental manipulation' i
n that it in volved left pelvic rotation for positioning, and this cannot help bu
t rotate the lumbar spine, too. Thus we are left with the plain fact of immediat
e improvement in straight-leg-raising
292
experienced the occasional jab of right buttock and thigh pain when walking, but
was otherwise trouble-free. When contacted a year later she had remained troubl
e-free. (iii) Par;enr H.B. A 26-year-old, eight and a half months preg nant woman
had five days previously felt a stab in the right upper buttock on reaching upw
ard to a cupboard. The pain was localised to the right lumbosacral region and be
low, and spread distally to the right heel when she lay in bed. The continuous u
pper haunch pain was aggravated by sitting, dressing, bending, and moving about
after immobility. She had no lumbar articular signs other than that flexion prov
oked right haunch pain when her fingers reached to the upper shin. Straight-leg-
raising was 90/90 and there were no neurological signs. Palpation in side-lying
reveaJed no lumbar signs but acutely tender right posterior superior and inferio
r iliac spines. She was treated by geOlJe repetitive pressures on her right aOle
rior superior iliac spines, while in comfortable left-side lying, after which she
was able to flex to the floor and easily put on her shoes. Her pregnancy was un
eventful and she remains comfortable.
logically normal. Firm unilateral pressures at LS on the right hurt moderately.
The right posterior inferior iliac spine was acutely tender, her buttock was not
. Right straight-leg-raising improved by 20 at the first treatment oflocalised r
ight PSIS pressures, and straight-leg-raising was 90 90 by the second. Her resid
ual pain and limitation of flexion was cleared by adding left rotational mobilis
ation for the lumbar spine. She adapted comfortably to a I em (J in) raise on th
e len heel, and on check-up after 1 4 days was out of tfouble.
4. The sacroiliac joint in pregnancy
(i) Pat;em S. W. A 29-year-old mother, following right lumbar and sciatic pain d
uring her first pregnancy three years before, de scribed a recurrence of symptoms
during the fourth month of her second pregnancy, which continued thereafter for
eight months m the time of admission. She could not stand for long or push the
pram without severe pain, and was understandably very depressed. Sudden trunk mo
vement or a jar stirred up the pain for several hours, although there was no cou
gh impulse. On examination, trunk extension was of good range but produced a jab
of pain down the limb to the ankle; there were no other articu lar or neurologic
al signs. Straight-leg-raising was normal ; the right posterior superior iliac s
pine acutely tender. After three mobilisations (Fig. 12.61) (grade 1 1-) to the
right posterior superior iliac spine, extension range was virtually pain less. At
the second session two days later, extension was normal, but iliac gapping stil
l hurt. The technique was repeated four limes up to grade 1 1 I and she reported
five days later that the pain had considerably reduced and she was able to do m
ore. The tech nique was progressed to grade IV, mgether with an added tech nique (
Fig. 1 2.59) on the right anterior superior iliac spine (grade 11 I) for the pai
n on iliac gapping. Thereafter she remained trouble-free and sign-free up to her
discharge a fortnight later. (ii) Paricm M.I. A 29-year-old mother with a child
of two years was 22 weeks into her second pregnancy when she developed right sa
croiliac area pain, two days previously, on standing up after lying at rest. The
re was no backache or left leg pain, but posterior thigh pain from right upper b
uttock to the popliteal space. Each time she subsequently stood from sitting she
experi enced numbness and pins-and-needles in the sale of the right fOOL for a f
ew minutes. When seven months pregnant, two years previ ously, she had experience
d a similar episode which had settled of its own accord before her first baby wa
s born. On examination she was hardly able to walk the few steps from car door m
treatment room. All movements were severely limited by pain in the right sacroi
liac region, and because of her distress straight-leg-raising was not tested. Ca
reful palpation, progressed to fairly firm pressure, revealed no tenderness or o
ther signs in the lumbar segments. The right posterior superior iliac spine felt
depressed, in rela tion to its fellow, and the sulcus was acutely tender. GeOlle
sacral apex pressure hUrl severely at the right sulcus, and there was severe te
nderness localised to the right posterior inferior iliac spine. Her distress was
visibly relieved by gently manreuvring her into a left-side-Iying position with
right hip and knee well flexed, and the left hip and knee well extended. She wa
s shown how to dispose her limbs in this way if she had a further attack; she de
clined a 6-inch crepe bandage cummerbund support, and was able to walk the 400 y
ards home. Until the birth of her baby, she
5. Combined sacroiliac and cranjovertebral problem
A housewIfe o 51 years, with constant left lumbosacral and f sacroiliac joint ar
ea pain, reported the spread of pain to left anterior haunch and groin when pres
ssure was applied to the left posterior superior iliac spine. Later during the t
reatmeOl sessions she reported an 'inverted saucer' of vertex cranial pain whene
ver 'her back was bad'. Her 1 5-moOlh history of buuock, haunch and groin pain w
as initiated by a bout of flu, and the 'backache' of her flu then sett1ed in her
left haunch area, the groin pain only being provoked as described. Some 30 year
s before, she had slipped and landed very heavily on her ischial turberosities,
and 1 5 years after that had 'left sciatica pain' spreading to heel, for which s
he had been given exercises and a corset. Her back pain was time-dependent as we
U as Slress dependent, always being bad in the evenings. The 'constant, nag ging a
che' was slowly increasing, and aggravated by lying on her back, standing on the
left leg and pressing her pelvis against the seat of a dining chair. Sitting in
any kind of chair produced in creasing haunch discomfort after 30 minutes. Walki
ng eased the pain to a degree. She had recent1y been clinically examined twice,
and after each occasion she had noticed transient slight numbness at the posteri
or left thigh. On observation, she had bilateral sacro spinalis spasm and her tru
nk was slightly 'windswept' to the right. Her pelvis was level. Her lumbar spine
articular pattern was: Ext.--i with pain in left sacroiliac area LSF-l with pai
n in left sacroiliac area RSF-i with 'pull' pain in left haunch and groin Flex.-
'Kick' of pain left sacroiliac area at 45 55 , then full pain less flexion. 'Kick
' coming up, too LR-i with pain left sacroiliac area RR-f with pain left sacroil
iac area. Because of her manifest soreness, the sacroiliac joint was not tested,
and examination of hip and prone-knee-bending were also postponed. Straight-leg
-raising was R. 90 , and a slightly limited L. 85 by left sacroiliac area pain.
On return of the left leg to hori zontal, there was a 'kick' of pain at 45 . Brud
zinski's test provoked
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION
her sacroiliac pain j she had no neurological signs. Palpation find ings were as
follows: 3 1 . 1 0. 74
293
4
Stiff Segment Thickened (deep) E l icited Spasm 'l.JlA H ypermobile Segment
x
o
Tender
X III
'E:
C
(L5)
1 +
Sore
Prominent
1
Less 'kick' on flex and return ISQ SLR
I
- 2- 4-
5. 1 1 . 74
'Sting gone from pain, sleeping better and can lie on back now'
Signs. F
- 3-
1
few . No 'kick' and pain a little less F. easier E. and LSF range F. steadily ea
sier LSF RSF now
- 5_ 6_ - 7-
2
x
C C
(L5) I I
T
1 2 4
2
x
(L5) I I I (getting sore)
3 5 _ 6
6 . 1 1 . 74
'Very sore indeed'
SigllS. F. regressed a little
7 8
9 1
1 1 1 2 -1-
3
C
(L5) I
1
Assess 24 hours
7. 1 1 . 74
'Feeling better but still sore'. Also reports vertex headache whenever 'back is
bad'
Signs. Less tender L5. F. no 'kick' but otherwise ISQ Tender and thickened C I o
n left. Suboccipital pain on left Ext/side-flex/rot quadrant sustained.
2x
C U }--
(L5) I
SLR 'kick' a little easier
Try S-/ joim now
The record of her treatments is as follows :
30. 1 0 . 74
2
X
(AS IS) I t
SLR almost painless
(day of examination)
'it eases my pain wonderfully' ISQ I
x
2
x
C
(L5) I
1
w
(CI) I
(in R.S. lying)
1
Assess headache in 24 hours
294
8. 1 1 . 74
'Going well after 4 hours slight soreness-little headache'
Signs. Lumbar movements except slight pain on extreme of ext. SLR 90/90 with very
slight 'kick' 4x
(ASIS) I I
+
Assess 3 days
3'
(CI) I
and will only mention pains which arc 'neat and tidy'. Later, other clinicians h
andling her succeeding problems are put at a disadvantage, and it is likely that
the patient'S problem is recorded as a neat little statistic representative of
a particular kind of clinical pattern, when in fact the total presentation may n
ot be in the least 'neat and tidy'. Precisely what the association is, between c
raniover tebral joint problems and low back with sacroiliac prob lems, is difficul
t to explain on any basis other than that expressed by, 'no vertebral segment is
an island', but as to the existence of this association experienced practi tione
rs have no doubt. 6. Combilled sacroiliac condition with low lumbar lordosis, to
gether with thoracolumbar kyphosis and CO-C J joint problem
This lady o 31 presented with a history of , hip and knee' trouble f when aged 1
5-16 years, falling dov.m a flight of stairs at 1 7, and backache as a teenager.
The backache cased during her early twenties. She had an episode of 'right scia
tica' in 1 975, with pain to the popliteal space, and during that time the dorsu
m of her right foot had felt cold. Three months before her attendance, she had a
miscarriage at 18 weeks. Her area of worst pain was the right upper bUllOCkj th
is was a constant background ache with several episodes of 'shooting across' the
lumbosacral region. She had morc diffuse ache over the lower thoracic and uppcr
lumbar region, and episodic left occipital and frontal pain. Her back felt 'uns
table and likely to go at any minutc'. She slept well enough, but always woke un
comfortably bent forward and leaning to her left, not being able to straighten u
ntil she had a shower. After more than an hour's sitting, she could gct out of a
chair carefully but remained bent and deviated to the left for a few minutes. D
ressing, standing for more than an hour and bending over a work-top aggravated h
er buttock pain j she returned from sustained stooping very cauti ously. The pain
was eased by a hot shower, a hot water botLie or massage to the back. A cough o
r sneeze hurt the lumbosacral region. On examination, the thoracolumbar junction
region was kyphotic and she had a pronounced but localised lumbosacral lor dosis
. Her pelvis was laterally tilted upwards on the rightJ and her right postcrior
superior iliac spine was more prominent than its fellow. She stood deviated a li
ttle to the left. Articular signs were:
1 2. 1 1 . 74
'Has been really good. Can stand longer, no headaches, no pain on pressing back
in chair'
Siglls. Flex. and SLR v'v' Slight pain on overpressure to LSF and RSF 3,
U
(AS I S) I I I
LSF and RSF v V
3>
(CI)
I f
Left eXL/side-flex/ rot. quadrant still pulls a trace Left ext. /side-flex/ rot.
quadrant still pulls a trace Assess 7 days
w
2x
(CI) II
1 8. 1 1 . 74
'No problems'
Signs. She's right !
Stop.
In retrospect, this patient is a good example of those who do not mention associ
ated problems unless asked. This diffidence is sometimes due to unawareness that
apparently disparate pains may indeed be associated, and at other times because
the patient has in the past been sub jected to ridicule or had her reports brush
ed aside. The author has very frequently observed respected and able clinicians
saying to the patient, <You cannot possibly be having a pain there.! Subsequentl
y, rather than to look or feel a fool, the patient takes care to pull up the dra
wbridge,
Ext.-i, stiff, with pain across lumbosacral level. LSF-i, with 'pull' right lumb
osacral. RSF-j, with pain right lumbosacral. Flex.-Fing. to lower shin, little p
ain, keeps lumbosacral lordosis, lower thoracic/upper lumbar kyphosis. Deviates
teft. LR-f with pain to right lumbosacral. RR-.f with pain to right lumbosacral.
Her pelvis levelled up when sitting. Straight-leg-raising was 5S on both sides
and limited by lum bosacral pain. Passively tcsting the right hip combined adduct
ion flexion 'quadrant' hurt her badly in the bUllOCkj the left was nor-
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION
mal. Prone-knee-bending on the right was reduced by some 10
295
,
the left was normal. There were no neurological signs and Brud zinski's test (q.v
.) was negative. There was little to find other than localised lordosis on centr
al palpation of the lower lumbar spine, but L5 was sore to grade I I unilateral
pressures on the right. The postural kyphosis at upper lumbar and lower thoracic
segments was markedly evident on palpation, and segments T IG-L2 were manifestl
y stiff. There was also marked tenderness and elicited spasm on middle-range cen
tral pressures over this region. On sacroiliac joint examination, the right Baer
's point was very tender as was the right anterior acetabular area. The right su
lcus was deeper, and the right posterior inf erior iliac spine very sore; the sa
cral apex pressure test was strongly positive in that it hurt her at the right s
acroiliac sulcus. She was analysed as a possible right sacroiliac joint and lumb
o sacral joint problem, almost ccnainly an old Scheuermann's disease oflhc kyphot
ic region with compensatory l umbosacral lor dosis, and a concurrent left craniov
ertebral joint condition.
It was decided to approach her problem from below upwards, the treatment plan be
ing:
1\
R. PS IS and shoe raise L.
-localised stretch of lumbosacral fascia plus isometric abdominal exercise -mobi
lise thoracolumbar kyphosis, plus corrective exer cises -mobilise CO-C 1 R. Confi
ning the description to treatment of her pelvic joints : 2
x
tural and functional unit (the 'sacroiliac unit') which can exhibit a characteri
stic syndrome. 8)7 Other writers include hip conditions, and speak of a 'pirifor
mis syndrome', and others a 'lumbo-pelvo-hip complex' ; experienced thera pists w
ill recognise the syndrome being described. Barbor ( 1 978)60 has observed that
much pain is referred from spinal and pelvic ligaments, i.e. intervertebral l ig
a ments, the iliolumbar ligament, sacroiliac ligaments, sacrotuberous and sacrosp
inous ligaments, and holds that these can refer pain according to dermatome dist
ribution ; the sacrotuberous ligament, for example, can refer pain to the calf a
nd heel. The 'numbness' and 'deadness' of the limb (without objective sensory lo
ss) which, in the author's experience, patients sometimes describe, is said to b
e due to lesions of the sacrotuberous ligament, and if this ligament is in jected
with local anaesthetic, the calf and heel 'numbness' disappears. Further, it is
observed that groin and sacral pain can be referred from lesions of the lumbosa
cral segment, and the iliolumbar ligament. A reminder of the phenomenon of pain
reference according to sclerotome distribution (p. 1 90)592 b together with the
vagaries of referred pain (p. 192) will indicate the possibilities for dif ficult
y in ascribing pain to a specific soft tissue in the pelvic girdle. According to
BarborbO the symptoms of 'sacroiliac unit' joint problems of insidious onset ar
e: I . Sitting causes pain (theatre, car-driving, sedentary jobs). 2. Standing c
auses pain (e.g. cocktail parties). 3. Walking eases the pain. 4. Worse on wakin
g a.m., but gone in half-an-hour or else hot bath eases it. S. Leaning forward h
urts, e.g. washing up, ironing. . Bending forward may not. 6. Cough or sneeze ma
y hurt in acute sacroiliac strain. 7. Sleep may be disturbed by the pain, which
is eased by walking around the room. S. Slouching in chair, so that weight is ta
ken by sacrum, instead of ischial tuberosities, may ease the pain. 9. Sensation
of pins-and-needles in back of thigh and calf, is not uncommon. 10. Daily naggin
g leg pain for many months or years (too long for root irritation without root p
alsy developing). 1 1 . A nagging pain at back of thigh, ending behind the knee.
1 2. Groin pain on standing or sitting (this is said to in culpate the iliolumba
r ligament). 1 3 . The symptoms may exist in the presence of a com pletely negati
ve lumbar spine examination. The signs arc: 1 . Lumbar movements are usually ful
l : Flexion usually full, but hurts if sacrum i s displaced for wards.
1\
(PSIS) I l l-IV
SLR 85/85 and painless Flex. much more confident.
The essential point is that her upper buttock and lum bosacral pain had probably
more to do with her sacroiliac condition than her low back, but plainly her need
s were much more than JUSt mobilisation techniques. It is always difficult to as
cribe several pains to their proper source, and in the absence of feeling on sur
e ground one must proceed on the provisional first analysis and a basis of the g
reatest weight of likelihood ; the gather ing of positive findings begins with th
e result of the first mobilisation procedure employed. Either it helps, or it do
es not. In this case, unravelling 'the tangled ball of wool' (p. 350) had begun
on the first day. The use of a unilateral heel andlor buttock raise is dis cussed
on page 475.
The 'piriformis' syndrome, the 'theatre--cocktail party' syndrome, the 'lumbo-pe
lvo-hip' syndrome The 5th lumbar vertebra, the sacrum and the sacroiliac joint a
re sometimes regarded59,o() as comprising a struc-
296
f An importa1lf point is the action o pinformis.411 It later Extension frequently
hurts if sacrum is displaced back wards unilaterally. ally rotates the neutrally
positio,ud chigh, but abducts the flexed (high. Thus combilledflexioll alld add
uctioll o (he hip f Side-flexion may hurt towards painful side. In flexion, lumb
ar spine may deviate from S 1 jfthe sacrum joim (with knee flexed) is the one mo
vemem which pUIS most tension on che piri formis (as well as its immediately nei
gh is tilted, the spine deviating to the side of sacral tilt. bouring muscles, o
course). I t will have been noted that f 2. Straight-leg-raising Can be limited,
as hamstrings pull on ischial tuberosiry various slight changes in the proporri
01lS of adduction and! or flexion during this testing movement are said (p. 284)
and put a strain on the sacrotuberous ligament. The limitation of straight-leg-
raising is nor sudden as in to inculpate this or that ligament, as the causative
lesion discogenic root pressure ; the limb can usually be pushed underlying the
patient'S complaint. A moment's con sideration indicates that a great many highl
y differentiated further after pain begins. Full straight-leg-raising may hurt t
he opposite side, when and important soft tissues are disturbed in onc or other
ways by this single physical tcst, and will also indicate the straight-leg-raisi
ng on the affected side is pain-free. 3. Flexion of hip, and chen adduction ;11
supine lying real difficulty in confidently ascribing positive signs to Is posit
ive un i- or bilaterally, unless only supraspinous changes in this or that tissu
e. When the range of the move ligaments arc affected when passive flexion of both
knees ment is limited, the pain elicited is in the groin and the and hips in su
pine lying hurts when lumbar spine is fully operator can detect a localised 'blo
ck' to further probing at che same instant as the patient experiences a momentar
y flexed. The amount of flexion of hip can guide towards which twinge of groin p
ain, some kind of change localised in the ligaments arc affected, i.e. the more
hip flexion and less hip joint may seem to be a reasonable conclusion) but there
is no absolute certainty of it. adduction the lower the site of the lesion (see
p. 284). Kirkaldy-Willis and Hill ( 1 979)'" have noted that the 4. When these
signs and symptoms occur, even after root palsy due (Q a disc lesion, sclerosant
s will often clinical history of sacroiliac and piriformis syndromes is broadly
the same as that of the posterior facet syndrome rapidly relieve the remaining l
igamentous strain. (p. 289), in that there is buttock, trochanteric and pos 5. Te
nderness is usually present. terior thigh pain. Since the muscle is closely rela
ted to the 6. Palpation may cause referred pain. The 'pinformis syndrome', altho
ugh not regarded as the anterior surface of the joint, spasm of piriformis may l
ead primary lesion, is said to manifest itself as a secondary or to strain of jo
int; alternatively, strain of the joint may accompanying clinical feature in man
y conditions of the result in muscle spasm. In passing) much the same rela lower
lumbar spine, sacroiliac joint and hip. Many of the tionship between the iliacus
muscle and sacroiliac joint lower limb girdle pains described by patients are b
elieved problems in children has been noted by Lewit (p. 1 5 2). Resisted extern
al rotation of the hip provokes pain-as to have their origin in changes of this
muscle. According (Q McQueen,lI17 the clinical features are, does the passive ap
plication of tension to piriformis among others : pain radiating in(Q buttock or
hip, because (among the other tissues which are perforce included in of ischaem
ia of the muscle; pain aggravated by sexual these passive tests). Taking sacroil
iac and the piriformis syndromes as a intercourse, and/or by defaecation; tender
ness locally whole, the authors suggest that when injection of the piri over piri
formis ; pain on external rotation of the hip. Mennell ( 1 952)"1 also speaks of
piriformis syndrome, formis muscle (p. 5 1 5) dramatically relieves the pain, t
he ascribing this to irritation of part of the sciatic nerve when diagnosis is c
onfirmed. it passes through the substance of the piriformis muscle. Also, He sug
gests that the pathognomonic sign is that of sciatic Manipulation specifically d
irected to restore the small range of pain provocation, by internal rotation of
the straight lower movement normally presem in the upper or lowcr part of thc jo
int limb, when it is just short of that point at which raising or [0 both ofthcs
e is a most helpful diagnostic aid. When it rcsults the neutrally rotated limb p
rovokes the characteristic in restoration ofmovemcm as dcscribed abovc, or in re
licf of pain, or both. these also confirm the diagnosis. sciatic pain (see p. 3
1 7). I t is suggested by Pace and Nagle ( 1976)"1 that a typical The muscle is
related to many important structures, i.e. intrapelvically on the left side to t
he rectum ; and by its history in the piriformis syndrome is that of an incomple
te upper border to the gluteus medius and superior gluteal fall, affecting femal
es six times more frequently than vessels and nerves, and by its lower border to
the coccy males. The pain overlies the groin, hip, buttock or pos geous and gemel
lus superior. Emerging between the latter terior thigh, being provoked by static
abduclion, and by muscle and the piriformis are the inferior gluteal and latera
l rotation in sitting; medial rotation is limited. Rectal internal pudendal vess
els, the sciatic, posterior femoral examination reveals a tender piriformis wher
e it overlies cutaneous and pudendal nerves. Muscular branches from the proximal
ischial spine. It has been noted by Maxwell ( 1 978)821 that patients the sacra
l plexus also pass between the piriformis and the with sciatic pain, affecting t
he side of an apparently longer gemellus superior.
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION
297
leg, do not respond to chiropractic therapy (presumably for sciatica) as well as
those with sciatic pain on the shorter leg side. Careful analysis revealed a pi
riformis muscle syn drome on the side of the longer leg. Because muscle tendernes
s of itself has not engendered elsewhere in the body a host of muscle syndromes
like tra pezius syndrome, deltoid syndrome, sacrospinalis syn drome, gluteal syndr
ome, gastrocnemius syndrome and so on, it may appear somewhat indiscriminative t
o attach such importance to the name of a tender muscle as to pro pose a clinical
entity on the basis of what is almost cer tainly a secondary consequence. Sacroi
liac joint problems are common on the side of an apparently long leg. Painful jo
int problems tend to pro duce tenderness in overlying muscle. The piriformis syn d
rome tends to disappear after quite moderate mobilisa tion, guided by assessment,
of the sacroiliac joint on the painful side, perhaps also by mobilisation of th
e ipsilateral hip joint and sometimes a small raise on the heel of the shorter l
eg. In summary, while our knowledge of the nature and be haviour of non-inflammat
ory pelvic arthropathy remains patchy, we are in no position to be completely co
nfident about which pains are coming from where, when a single test disturbs so
many structures, and we can only logically treat on the basis of signs and sympt
oms in themselves, rather than on the doubtful principles of ' selective tension
' (see p. 3 1 6) and an overreliance on the neat and tidy reference of pain into
dermatomes.
Coccydynia The single fused mass of four coccygeal vertebrae is separated from t
he sacrum by a fibrous intersection, which permits a small amount of movement. A
bnormalities at the low lumbar segments can produce trespass upon the coccygeal
nerves of the cauda equina; also, ventral movement of the coccyx can exert tract
ion on the filum terminale, which attaches to the dorsal coccy geal surface. Beca
use the incidence of sacrococcygeal transitional vertebra is somewhere around 1
0 per cent, 109) conclusions about X-ray appearances of fracture of the coccyx,
non ossification, partial ossification and angulation of the coccyx may be diffic
ult in some cases. Coccygeal pain, which has been erroneously said to be confine
d almost exclusively to young women :'" (i) may be referred from the lumbosacral
segment ; (ii) may be the sequel of direct trauma, such as sitting heavily, or
a blow on the tip of the coccyx ; (iii) may follow parturition stress of coccyge
al soft-tissue attachments. Also, congenital axial deviations of the coccyx may
cause symptoms after long periods of sitting. Stoddard ( 1 969)"8<" observes tha
t coccygeal pain is rarely psycho genic, but that preoccupation with rectal and p
erineal functions may focus attention to the coccyx.
Richards ( 1 954), 1030 who regarded psychogenic factors as secondary rather tha
n primary, reviewed the possible causes of coccydynia after a study of 102 cases
, in which less than half gave a history of injury. He believed that in many cas
es the coccygeal pain was caused by central disc prolapse at a low lumbar segmen
t. Nearly half of the patients with coccydynia had initial low back pain or sci a
tica, and most of the remainder later developed similar symptoms. Many patients
gained relief from coccygeal pain after the application of a plaster jacket for
the lumbar spine. Rose ( 1 954) 10}6 also reported success in the treatment of co
ccydynia when employing the same methods ; this in fers the link which is frequen
tly perceived between lum bosacral joint problems and coccygeal pain. Lewit ( 1 9
67)'" observed often that patients who com plained of low back pain, but not cocc
ygeal pain, had ten derness of the coccygeal tip ; further, that his score of suc
cesses in treating the lumbar pain improved when manipulation of the coccyx was
included. In some, treatment of the coccyx alone was sufficient to relieve the '
lumbago'. Of 1 1 2 cases with coccygeal tenderness, 22 had coccy geal pain, 79 ha
d low back pain. A proportion had buttock and hip pain, and 1 5 of the women rep
orted menstrual pain. He recommends examination of the coccyx as a rou tine measu
re during investigation of low back pain, and in his group of 1 12 patients (28
men and 84 women) the coccygeal findings wcre: the most important in onc among o
ther significant findings in of secondary importance in not observed for suffici
ently long in 38 45 23 6 1 12
Clinical features. 1 . Referred coccydynia: Low lumbar and/or sacroiliac joint p
roblems very frequently coexist, and when the laner is present the coccygeal pai
n may possibly be partly referred and partly due to connective tissue-tension di
fferences between sides of the pelvis. An intrapelvic cause should be borne in m
ind when assessing the nature of referred coccydynia in men. Taking a lumbosacra
l joint problem as an example: The pain is diffuse, and may include the buttock
and glu teal fold. The coccyx itself, as well as its locality and the lower sacru
m, may be tender. There may be pain during sitting, but there need not be. Some
patients describe the pain being provoked only by the lumbar movements of sittin
g down, and standing from sitting. Coughing may hurt, and pain can be exacerbate
d by straight-leg-raising.
298
The referred pain together with the lumbar pain may be aggravated by straining a
t stool. Some women may have menstrual pain. 2. Coccyd ynia due co localised cau
se: The localised pain may be due to an acute traumatic periostitis or to adhesi
ons following direct injury to the sacrococcygeal joint. The coccyx may be devia
ted to onc or other side by trauma, or may be anrcverrcd, sometimes to a right a
ngle, although asymmetry of appearance on X-ray is not con clusive evidence that
trauma has occurred. Many patients have coccygeal pain on sitting which is les se
ned by leaning forward in a chair; those with a coccyx well covered by soft tiss
ue may not be too uncomfortable when seated. Stepping up with either leg may pro
voke the pain. The tip of coccyx is acutely tender, and a testing of larcrai mov
ement, per rectum, is especially painful. Movements involving gluteal-attachment
traction may hurt, and the patient may notice a click on getting up from sittin
g. Myofascial strains following parturition may produce ten derness which is loca
lised to one or both sides of the coc cyx; these strains may also occur other tha
n in childbirth. In about 6 per cent of all pelvic fractures, there is an associ
ated coccygeal fracture.I09]
The symphysis pubis The slructural and functional interdependence of soft tissue
and bony pelvic components, which form an archi tectural entity, has been mention
ed (p. 1 55) as has the strength of the interpel vic ligaments (p. 29). The symp
hysis pubis plays an important role in the stability of the pelvis, and it may b
e involved in changes occurring because of disturbances between sacrum and the i
lia; conversely, primary disturbances of the symphysis pubis will have repercuss
ions involving the sacroiliac joint (Coventry and Taper, 1972 ;'" Schmorl and Ju
nghanns, 1 9 7 1 ) . 1'" A radiographically evident uneven position of the pelvi
s (Fig. 6. 1 1) is an important indication of loosening of the pelvic ring (Kami
eth and Reinhardt, 1955).'" These points are neatly demonstrated in an a-p view,
depicting the radiographic appearance of an adult female pelvis, in a comprehen
sive text on anatomy. 07 The minor distortion may be either current, or the fos s
ilised evidence of events much earlier in the patient's life. Schmorl and J ungh
anns ( 1 9 7 1 ) I'" observes that per manent stress of the pelvis as is common,
for example, in soccer players, occasionally leads to osteoarthrosis of the symp
hysis. In the study (Harris and Murray, 1 974)"" (p. 1 56) of pubic symphysis ch
anges in athletes, clinical features were pain in the pubic area radiating to gr
oin or lower abdomen, and clicking in some, indicating in stability. A chronic st
ress lesion in the iliac component of
a sacroiliac joint was found in 20 out of 37 athletes, and 1 3 of them had insta
bility at the pubic symphysis. A further study (Durey and Rodineau, 1976'" (see
p. 156) also demonstrated pubic arthropathy in sportsmen. Pubic or inguinal pain
s, sometimes bilateral, radiating to lower abdomen and progressively more easily
provoked, accompanied sport and eventually walking, climbing stairs and rising
from sitting. The authors observed radio logical changes from simple sclerosis of
pubic margins to changes resembling those of pubic osteitis. Dystrophic changes
were observed proceeding through definite stages to stabilisation. The evolutio
nary radiographic changes occur in four stages, described by Luschnitz et al. (
1 967) :770
1 . A florid stage, characterised by marginal notches of the opposed symphyseal
margins. 2. An intermediate stage of sclerosed fringes of symphy seal margins. 3.
A stage of sclerosis. 4. Finally, a stage of exostoses projecting at the margin
s of the obturator foramen.
Other appearances commonly seen were double con trast images, notching of the sup
erior or inferior angle of the symphysis, a widening of the symphyseal gap and i
nstability of the pubic joint when the subject was sup ported on one leg. As the
abnormality recedes with rest the 'notches' fill up, there is a lessening of mar
ginal irregularity and a nar rowing of the symphyseal gap. After several years th
e symphysis regains an almost normal radiographic appear ance, although sclerosed
joint margins may still persist together with osteophytes at s uperior or infer
ior angles. The authors assert that pubic arthropathy in athletes is far from be
ing an infrequent condition, and also that the factors which seem to favour pubi
c arthropathy are pelvic imbalance caused by inequality of leg length, and conco
mitant changes in the sacroiliac joints and lower lumbar discs. Certain factors
seem to favour changes in the pubis: the morphology of the player, i.e. hypermus
cled lower limbs and general lack of suppleness ; the temperament of players, th
ose having the tendency to train a great deal, and to be especially intense phys
ically, appearing to be more prone to the condition. We have already seen (vide
supra) that the joints of the pelvic ring are architecturally interdependent. Ha
rris ( 1 974)"" reviewed previous reports of pubic arthropathy in women, and des
cribed in detail the changes occurring in three women with disabling pain in the
pubic region. The radiographic appearances resembled those in athletes but ther
e were certain differences. Instability was common, and manifested by a clicking
sensation at the pubis. The clinical and radiological features were con sidered
to be those of infection in the retropubic space
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION
299
resulting in venous stasis and thrombosis, which in turn led to an avascular nec
rosis of the pubic symphysis. I t was surmised that instability caused most of t
he symp toms, on the basis that successful relief of long-standing symptoms follo
wed a surgical stabilisation procedure in two of the patients. Aetiological fact
ors were thought to include multiple pregnancies, pelvic operations, or both, to
gether with pelvic sepsis. Other authors ( Huskisson and Hart, 1 973)'" have rep
orted the radiographic similarity between pubic arthro pathy in athletes and oste
itis pubis in women. With regard to asymmetry of the pubic joint, and the radiog
raphic appearances of osteitis condensans ilii, this is still regarded by some a
uthorities262 only as evidence of incorrect repositioning of the pelvis postpart
um, de spite the fact that both conditions are well known to occur in male athlet
es. Changes occurring at the pubis during and after preg nancy have been mentione
d on page 1 5 3. Particularly in multiparous women, the symphysis pubis may occa
sion ally become a truly mobile joint, with pelvic instability as a consequence (
Schmorl and ]unghanns, 1 97 1 ) . 109 )
Spinal dysraphism Abnormal splitting of the notochord can involve the central ne
rvous system, the axial skeleton, the skin and the viscera ;1079 the spinal abno
rmalities resulting from in complete closure of a split notochord can cover a ran
ge from slight widening of the vertebra to a complete anterior and posterior bif
ida. At birth, occult forms of spinal dysraphism are not usually evident, and sp
inal cord fWlction may not be impaired. In 73 of 100 confirmed cases, however,60
5 the external cutaneous changes associated with spina bifida were manifest, i.e
. 57 had lumbar hypertrichosis or lipoma; 1 6 had either a naevus, dimple, sinus
or a slightly pigmented and scarred patch of skin. As growth continues the dysr
aphic defect begins to prevent the naturally changing relationships of spinal co
rd segments and vertebral segments. There may be pressure from the growth of abn
ormal tissue, c.g. a lipoma or der moid. Possible inversion of laminae may interf
ere with growth of the spinal cord within a consequently narrowed neural canal.
The trespass will interfere with segmental blood supply by producing ischaemia,
and neuronal func tion may also be disturbed by direct compressive effects. Sensa
tion abnormalities and muscle imbalance will follow. Spina bifida occulta (cleft
spinous processes) The incidence of this condition varies between 1 0 and 33 pe
r cent, according to the estimate consulted. 605 ] 1 5 San difer ( 1967) '79 regard
s it as a common and usually symp tomless malformation. The vertebral anomaly, in
its
mildest form, is a lack of fusion of the neural arches of one or several vertebr
ae. The most frequent location is the fifth lumbar neural arch, and next the fir
st sacral segment ; the existence of both lesions is not rarc.:m Spina bifida, o
f itself, probably never causes symptoms, except through the associated abnormal
ities of nervous tissue (see p. 24). It is sometimes associated with myelo dyspla
sia, with symptoms according to the level of the defect. 1079 The neural tube ma
y be open, as in myelocele, or closed. When present, the neurological symptoms a
re bilateral and often symmetrical, and there are signs of congenital atrophic p
aralysis, with wasting of calves and feet ; the feet are clubbed and the ankle j
erk absent. Sensory loss can be severe distally and will underlie trophic change
s ; there may be blueness and coldness of the feet. The sacral region may also b
e involved in sensory loss, and sphincter function disturbed. The neurological d
efects are not static, and may increase as growth inflicts further damage, eithe
r by the physical trespass of com pression, or the effects of increasing traction
or progres sive gliosis. The symptoms of spillal dysraphism may be delayed, beca
use the neurological signs vary in severity. They are often diffuse and complex,
and difficult to interpret. S09 The spinal cord or cauda equina may be unable t
o 'ascend' relative to the vertebral segments during growth, and the tethering l
esions may be of various kinds,107<.1 in cluding a tight filum terminale. Young p
eople may complain of back and other spinal problems during the adolescent growt
h spurt (girls 1 214 years, boys 1 4-16 years) and the presence of mild bilatera
l pes cavus, shortening of the tendocalcaneus and a history of enuresis as a chi
ld, without a clear his(Qry of any neurological disease, should raise the suspic
ion of dys raphism as the root cause of the patient's difficulties. Slight swelli
ng of the lumbosacral region (men ingocele), and pigmented or hairy skin, may hav
e been missed during cursory examination. There may well be a lesion tethering o
r compressing the lower end of the cord or the cauda equina; 1079 re-examination
commonly reveals a shortening of one leg and foot, though this is not always pr
esent. 605
Drug-induced joint and muscle pains Huskisson and Hart ( 1 973)581 observe that,
'aches and pains in joints and muscles may on occasions be caused, or precipita
ted, by drugs', and they give a detailed de scription of drug effects. While thes
e effects are likely to be more manifest in peripheral joints, one needs to be a
ware of the possibility of drug-induced pain. For example :
1 . A variety of muscle aches have been reported with the oral contraceptives.
300
Mid- and lower neck. When cervical pain of some duration is due to malignant de
posits or infection of cervical structures, the neck may be held virtually rigid
, 1)10 but the early clinical presentation may simulate cervical spon dylosis. A
Pancoast tumour in the early stages, for example, may amount to no more than ach
ing over the upper trapezius on that side, and some vague but persist ent discomf
ort on cervical movements away from the affected side (see below). In a series o
f 179 cases of confirmed intraspinal cervical neoplasms, 1291 1 33 were extramed
ullary. In 60 per cent ofrhe cases the initial presenting symptom was distinctiv
e pain. Holt and Yates' ( 1 966)'" description of benign cys tic lesions at the j
unction of posterior cervical roots and posterior-root ganglion includes their b
elief that in certain cases brachial neuralgia may be caused by them. (b) Thorac
ic spine Peripheral bro"chial carcinoma (Pa"coast). When a tumour lies in the ap
ex of the lung, and later involves the adjacent vertebrae and ribs, it may prese
nt with a peculiar combi nation of motor, sensory and sympathetic etfects.2'H Pai
n and disturbed movement in the associated upper limb, and atrophy of the small
muscles of the hand, are probably caused by disturbances of the limb girdle arch
itecture as well as by involvement of the lower cords of the brachial plexus. Ho
rner's syndrome may be evident, with con tracted pupil, ptosis, enophthalmos is a
nd absence of sweating. There may be hoarseness due to paralysis of a vocal cord
, but the signs of bronchial obstruction may only develop later and this allows
time for the neural features to be declared first. Neurinomas175 are especially
common in the thoraco cervical area and may occur as part of generalised neuro fib
romatosis. Over 25 per cent of patients with spinal metastases present with neur
ological dysfunction, and over 80 per cent of the tumours producing neurological
deficits occur at thoracic cord level.180 The prognosis is poorer the more cran
ially the lesion, the more rapid the onset, the longer the signs have been prese
nt and the more manifest is sphincter involvement. In a series of more than 1000
patients1 1 30 with surgically proven bone tumours involving the vertebral colu
mn, in cluding the thoracic region, 38 were preoperatively diag nosed as protrusio
n of lumbar intervertebral disc. All the symptoms associated with disc changes,
not excluding ab"ormal movement patterns, may occur in tumours of vertebral bone
. While the pain of discogenic backache is usually inter mittent, the pain of int
raspinal tumours tends to be con stant and intractable. Epstein et al. ( 1 979)'"
report three patients with thoracic spinal cord tumours, who presented with pri
mary
2. Sodium depiction may cause muscle aches and cramps with overenthusiastic diur
etic and spironolactone therapy. 3. Crush fractures in osteoporotic vertebrae ma
y cause considerable discomfort, the corticosteroids often being responsible. 4.
The barbiturates may rarely cause arthralgia accom panied by contractures. 5. Ac
ute haemoarthrosis may occur with anticoagulant overdosage. The affected joint i
s swollen, red and very tender, but settles within a few days. 6. Repeated intra
-articular steroid injections may cause destructive changes in a limb girdle or
a more peri pheral joint, although there is more recent evidence to the contrary.
NEOPLASMS
The salient clinical features of vertebral tumours have been tabulated'" as foll
ows: Possible symptoms : mild, severe or catastrophic pam weakness of legs unste
adiness of gait. deformity of the spine Possible signs: painful and restrictcd m
ovcment of the back swelling of soft parts of the back paraplegia. wedging and f
lattening o f olle Radiographicall y: vertebral body with normal discs above and
below ballooning of one vertebral body erosion of the anterior border change in
the lamellar architecture increased density. Occasionally, excessive vertebral
involvement may be manifest only as an apparent diffuse osteoporosis, and this m
ay be the X-ray appearance of multiple myeloma. 780
(a) Cervical spine Intracranial tumours, e.g. meningioma, may present with cervi
cal and occipital pain417 when symptoms can have been present for a few months o
r years. Among three such patients, none related a history of nausea or vomiting
and the ESR was normal in each, although all had papilloe dema and cervical flex
ion was the most limited movement in all of them. They all described pain as max
imal in the posterior neck, spreading upwards to occiput and un accompanied by s
igni jicam rleck stiffness. The incidence is not high, e.g. FrykholmJ92 describe
s how, over a period of 1 5 years, three patients with migraine transpired to ha
ve intracranial tumours, but nevertheless needs to be remembered.
COMMON PATTERNS OF CLINICAL PRESENTATION
301
signs and symptoms of lumbar spine abnormality. The evidence of spinal cord dise
ase was minimal and could easily have been overlooked. They suggest that IOtal m
yelography, in cases of suspected lumbar disc disease, is mandatory since myelog
raphic changes in the cervical and thoracic spines can be clinically important,
notwith standing the presence of marked changes in the lumbar region.
(c) Lumbar spine and pelvis Soft-tissue neoplasms like meningiomas, neurofibroma
s and schwannomas are likely to present initially with the clinical features of
single somatic root compression. Dif ferentiation between vertebral tumours and i
ntraspinal soft-tissue tumours by clinical and radiological means is not always
possibl e ; 1 140 sometimes the nature of the growth may not be clarified until
surgical exploration and inspection decide the issue. Signs and symptoms of back
pain and nerve root involvement, with evidence of spinal block, occur in each g
roup and there is often no way of clinically establishing the difference.
(i) Bemgll tumours. Neurinoma and meningioma are most common. Ql2 The coexistenc
e of severe backache and sco liosis may indicate a benign tumour. Idiopathic scol
iosis is rarely painful. 780 The presence of non-malignant intradural neoplasms
may eventually be declared by the signs of extrasegmental involvement, among whi
ch in the lumbar spine is fre quently an absent knee-jerk. 1 I88 Their presence i
s con firmed by myelography. Benign osteogenic tumours occur more often in patien
ts under 30 and usually involve the vertebral apophyses rather than the vertebra
l body. '". They present with pain which is not especially severe, and it may ha
ve been present for some time before X-ray reveals the lytic lesion. A hemangiom
a occurs in some 1 2 per cent, the incidence increasing with age. I t is not nec
essarily associated with backache. Osteoid osteoma occurs in children and young
adults and is associated with backache and vertebral spasm and with scoliosis wh
ich does not show the usual features of idio pathic scoliosis. There may be tresp
ass upon the spinal cord. 1 1 40 An oSleoblaswma occurs in the neural arches of
lumbar spine and sacrum. Males are affected more than females and 80 per cent of
cases are under 30. There may be a neurological deficit. Aneurysmal bone cysts
are the only benign spinal tumours which may extend from one vertebra to another
. They occur in older children, adolescents and young adults,II..o equally among
the sexes. Bone destruction is marked. (ii) Mahgnant tumours. With a malignant
tumour in the limb bones, pain is the first symptom; later the patient
notices a lump. When this sequence is reversed, the tumour is not as a rule mali
gnant. 981 For obvious reasons, the rule of thumo cannot be so easily applied to
the vertebral column ; nevertheless, the important point is that pain is common
ly the first symp tom, and as always it is the characteristic behaviour 0/ pain r
elated to time, posture and activity to which the clinical worker mUSt give the
fullest attention. Malignancy occurs most frequently in patients over 30 ; the o
lder the patient the more frequently they occur and the more likely is the tumou
r to be malignant. They usu ally involve the vertebral body rather than the apoph
yses. Backache is commonly the presenting symptom, and it is wise not to rely on
X-ray appearances ; in autopsy speci mens with neoplastic changes, quite gross d
isease may n01 be visible on postmortem radiographs in 85 per cent of the specim
ens.78o The pain is characteristically worse on rest, and particu larly at night;
early in the history it will awaken the patient from sound sleep, but later the
patient is awake for more time than asleep. Discogenic pain may be bad at night
, but is more commonly provoked by movement in bed, and its intensity is general
ly less than when the patient is trying to move about during the dayQL and suffe
ring the effects of gravitational compression. Turning over and changing limb po
sitions often relieves the pain of degenerative joint disease, but gives no reli
ef from the pain of malignancy, and frequently the patient must get up and walk
about in an attempt to dis tract himself. It should be remembered that disc space
in/ectio" has a different characteristic,91 in that it may be so severe at nigh
t that movement in bed is not even possible, and the patient is unable to sit up
, or get out of bed. Once the pain begins, the symptoms steadily become virtuall
y constant, tending to remain so regardless of posi tion or movement. 1 1SOb This
does nO[ mean to say that active movements, asked of the patient during clinica
l ex amination, will not provoke pain. Contrary to what seems to be believed, an
active movement may provoke a very severe jab of pain; rotation of the thoracic
spine, for example, may make a patient gasp with the viciousness of provoked ful
gurant pain which disappears as quickly as it arose. The usual analgesics provid
e no relief. While continuous and harrowing distress may be the dominant feature
of pain from malignancy, the emotion ally disturbed patient with psychogenic pai
n may try 10 give the same impression, but tends to describe suffering rather th
an symptoms, and the histrionic extravagance of description may invite the suspi
cion that while the patient may certainly be in pain, the kind of help they mani
festly need is not that indicated for malignant disease. Changes in blood levels
of calcium, phosphorus, alka line and acid phosphotase, and globulins, may accom
pany malignant disease, and the ESR is commonly raised. 780
302
Where spinal movements arc not painful, they will cer tainly be so once a kyphus
has developed due to vertebral body collapse, and before this, a gentle flat-han
ded ver tebral springing test (p. 353) will evoke the characteristic sharp reflex
guarding of vertebral muscle con traction I ISOb_in (his respect the spinal resp
onse will represent that of a suitably similar palpation test of 'the acute abdo
men',
Primary tumours Chordomas. These arc morc commonly secn in men between 40 and 70
, but it is a rare lesion. LI40 The slowly growing tumour infiltrates adjacent s
tructures and tends to recur after excision. I t almost invariably causes death
by local involvement of the central nervous system. Myelomas arc the most freque
nt primary malignant rumours of the spine. They are uncommon below the age 0[50
years780 and arc seen morc often in men. In myeloma tosis, the disease may be dec
lared by the sudden onset of severely painful backache because of a pathological
fracture, or the condition is revealed by the onset of para plegia. Often there
is slowly increasing backache, and there may be weakness, weight loss and other
constitutional features such as an ESR of 50 mm per hour. There may be anaemia a
nd pyrexia. I I SOb Metastases Marked osteolysis is seen in hypernephroma, thyro
id tumours and carcinoma of the large bowel, and osteoblas tic secondaries may oc
cur when the primary is in the breast, bronchus or prostate. 780 Secondary carci
noma usually occurs in older women, with a primary in breast or uterus, not alwa
ys discernible during life.98J The lumbar vertebrae are frequently involved and
the second lumbar vertebra seems a favourite site. Weakness of hip flexion, when
tested by static contractions against resistance, may be significant, as may di
fficulties in walk ing. In multiple metastases, bone may be riddled with metastas
es and yet not cause symptoms. Other tumours Slowly expanding lymphomas in the e
pidural space can for some time mimic the clinical presentation of disc dis ease.
A retroperitoneal malignant tumour, e.g. lipofibro masarcoma, may be the incitin
g factor in meralgia paraes thetica. }6S
rather than a set of rules. One muSt always be thinking of it, all the time and
every time. Whenever it is confirmed, tracking back on the clinical features, or
lack of them, may sometimes reveal where history-taking or physical ex amination
might have been more attentive or more com prehensive. The factors which may pro
vide warning o the possibility f of 'leoplastic disease could be summarised as f
ollows: I . Occipital pain which is aggravated on neck-flexion but which is not
accompanied by vertebral move ment-limitation and in which palpable signs of uppe
r vertebral involvement are absent. 2. The 'globally' rigid cervical spine with
all movementS greatly reduced, in the absence of trauma and other factors signif
icant enough to warrant the clinical articular signs 3. The combination of shoul
der girdle pain, neurologi cal signs in the distribution of CS-Tl and Horner's sy
ndrome 4. Severe intractable pain accompanying muscle spasm and vertebral deform
ity in young people. Sciatic sco liosis is not invariably a simple joint problem.
5. Disturbing or more severe and inexorable pain at night, in middle age or lat
er, unrelieved by resting and uninfluenced by changing position of trunk or l im
bs. 6. Meralgia paraesthetica which is accompanied by in tractable pain at night.
7. Backache in a patient with a known history of malig nancy during the past two
years. S. Sciatic pain with bizarre extrasegmental sensory symptoms, and neurol
ogical deficit, bur no backache. 9. Backache with pronounced loss of hip flexor
power is always suspect. 10. The spontaneous onset of backache in late middle ag
e, in the absence of a previous history of back pain, is more likely to be due t
o osteoporosis or malignant disease than to benign joint problems, l lSOb 1 1 .
Pain which is severe enough to be uninfluenced by the usual analgesics, and requ
ires morphia for more than 48 hours, is likely to indicate malignancy. 1 2 . Per
sistent backache which is not quietened or reduced by rest, and not influenced b
y posture. The older the patient, the more is malignancy suspect. 1 3. Shock, vo
miting and loss of spinal function following a trivial spinal jolt or stress ; t
he cause is likely to be pathological fracture. 14. Back pain with weakness, sph
incter disturbance, malaise and pyrexia. 1 5 . Back pain with marked difficulty
in walking, in the presence of normal foot, ankle, knee and hip joint function.
1 6. The coexistence of back pain and ankle clonus, with a normal range of strai
ght-leg-raising.
SUMMARY The recognition of neoplastic disease, earlier rather than later, depend
s morc on awareness, vigilance and suspicion
9. Examination
INTRODUCTION
No diagnostic laboratory test for joint disease is com pletely specific ( Holland
er, 1 978)." Tests which may be strongly suggestive when positive do not rule out
disease when they are negative. Many cases of joint pain can be diagnosed from
clinical findings alone, although careful attention to the history, together wit
h a precise physical examination which is planned on the basis of it, is mandato
ry. Having established the salient features for which the patient is attending,
i.c. pain, restriction, painless loss of function, instability, loss of confiden
ce, attendance fol lowing outpatient or inpatient invasive or other pro cedures, f
or example, the particular form of examination will differ according to the natu
re of the salient features of the casco After analysing the data obtained by two
clinicians examining consecutively, during the history-taking of 27 cases of lo
w back pain and the physical tests in 23 cases, Nelson el al. (1979)'" suggest t
hat if the clinician obtains a large amount of information much of it will be un
reli able; if he is prepared to limit the amount of information, its reliability
will be increased. In 1053 items in the his tory, observer disagreement was 33 pe
r cent; on 569 items of testing, 34 per cent. Redesign of the proforma used resu
lted in a reduction of observer error during history-taking to 18 per cent, bur
there remained a 30 per cent disagreement during physical teSts. The importance
of careful, precise history-taking, and of standardised meticulous physical test
s is thus empha sised. By those teachers responsible for physiotherapy postregist
ration manipulation courses, and for the better education of student therapists,
this need has received careful emphasis for some time. For example, getting the
patient to point with one finger to the precise area of pain (p. 306), rather t
han relying on verbal descriptions, has been standard practice among clinical th
erapists for more than a decade.
Therapists who base conservative treatment procedures very closely upon presenti
ng signs and symptoms after comprehensive examination would suggest that reducti
on of factors for assessment is a retrograde step, and would prefer not that the
number of factors for assessment is reduced, but that clinical examinations rem
ain compre hensive, and a detailed, uniformly higher standardisation of physical
tests established. Writing in the same journal, Kirkaldy-Willis and Hill (1979)6
62 stress the importance of a carefully planned approach which should include a
careful history and physical examination, with repeated clinical assessment of t
he patient, ' . . . other useful tests include facet and nerve injections, the r
esponse to manipulation, lateral radio grams in flexion and extension . . . . Sin
ce the principles of clinical examination are applic able to all clinical discipl
ines, the following observations about examination of the knee joint are as apt
for vertebral joint examination :
'
In every physical examination there is a theoretical ideal. The examiner tests a
ll anatomic and dynamic aspects of the joint in question (bones. soft tissues, r
ange of motion, muscle strength, vascular and neurological integrity). In a prac
tical examination, however, the key to an accurate diagnosis is often based not
on a step by step analysis of all possible factoTS, but on a specific investigat
ion of the patient's subjective complaint. A thorough, complete examination is a
lways performed, but emphasis is natur ally placed on that portion of the examina
tion that has the greatest clinical relevance. This kind of selective examinatio
n usually pro duces the highest yield of information about clinical disease in th
e shortest time. Frequently, a diagnosis can be made on the basis of the patient
's history alone, a judgment that can be supported by
1979)57"
a
precise,
specific
physical
examination.
(Hoppenfeld,
Planning the most efficient and productive form of ex amination, from patient to
patient, becomes easier with clinical experience but first there must be a found
ation, and a good beginning is to thoroughly drill oneself in the systematic app
roach of examining all the separate tissues from which pain and other symptoms m
ighl be arising.
304
COMMON VERTEBRAL IOINT PROBLEMS SUBJECTIVE EXAM INA TION-H I STORY Because the t
herapist's examination is not a sorting pro cedure, emphasis on particular aspect
s, and thus the sequence of examination, are different ; it is important to appr
eciate the reason for this. Assessment and continuing reassessment are the basis
from which constructive treatment evolves, and because pain and its behaviour a
re the dominant factors : (a) compelling the majority of patients to seek treatm
ent, and (b) guiding the selection and modification of treatment, a clear grasp
of both the distribulion and the behaviour ofpain are o first significance. f Si
nce patients depressed by pain tend to describe the onset in a rambling and some
times emotionally charged fashion, which may thoroughly confuse the therapist wi
th a host of 'red herrings' and prejudice the orderly grasp of essentials, the s
equence of history-taking suggested is : l . Patient's daily activity, at work a
nd play 2. The pain, and other symptoms, curremly troubling the patient 3. The o
nset of the attack, and previous attacks, if any 4. Previous treatment, if any,
and its effects. (See scheme.) The patient should be kept to the point, kindly b
ut firmly, and irrelevant elaboration discouraged. The therapist should lislen,
make no assumptions, try to clarify the infor mation being gathered, and help the
patient to be as pre cise as reasonably possible, b y : Keeping the questions si
mple Asking one at a time Getting an answer before proceeding to the next one Av
oiding putting words into the patient'S mouth Giving equal value to awkward poin
ts in the history, though they may be unwelcome in that they may negate favourit
e theories and bias on the therapist's part.
Knowledgeable trimming and speeding up of the pro cedures follow naturally in tim
e, as the worker gains clinical experience. Thus basic procedures arc described
below. Either at the time of the initial clinical examination, which is essentia
lly a sorting procedure, or at a subsequent examination conducted by the clinica
l worker who is going to treat the patient, it is necessary to give fullest atte
ntion to an 'Indications' examination, which is concerned solely with the manNer
in which the diagnosed joint problem is manifesting itself, and with localising
the vertebral segment(s) involved. Arranged in logical sequence, comprehensive
examina tion by the therapist is the foundation of effective treatment, and it is
necessary to acquire an orderly and systematic approach. Examination should alw
ays follow a basic pattern, in strict sequence ; this enables the therapist to b
uild up a firmly grasped technique of investigating joint problems and will give
increasing confidence in assessment as skill is progressively acquired:
I.
2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
'Listen' ' Look' 'Test' 'Feel' Record Assess
History Observation Test Palpation Write an account of examination Sort out prio
rities of information derived, and therefore of treatment.
Attention should be concentrated on only one aspect at a time. NB. Sections 1 ,
2, 3 and 4 are elaborated as needed to elicit full information. Al MS of this fu
ndamentally important procedure are : A. Subjeccive examination-to gather all re
levant infor mation about the site, nature, behaviour and onset of the currem sym
ptoms, with their behaviour in the past and details of previous treatment, if an
y, and to formu late the next step of physical tests accordingly. B. Objective ex
aminalion-to seek abnormalities of func tion, using active, passive, neurological
and special tests of all tissues likely to be involved, guided by the history.
C. To apply chis illformacion in planning treatment.
I. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Disturbances o function in the musculoskeletal and ner f vous system, and their e
ffects, are noted, and the more precise and full is examination the more likely
is correct localisation of the joint problem, with a clear appreciation of how m
ovements of the vertebral segment(s) are abnormal.
When writing of the pitfalls of communication, Wright and Hopkins (1978)"" point
out that in England, some 30 per cent of physiotherapy time is devoted to rheum
atic l orthopaedic conditions ; the factor of communication with patients is vit
al. In assessing the level of tripartite agreement on the meaning of common medi
cal terms between doctors, therapists and patients, the authors compiled a multi
choice questionnaire, by which the participants could in dicate their understandi
ng of the meaning of about 28 commonly used words and phrases, viz. : 'numbness,
weakness of the arm, cramp, sciatica, slipped disc, neuritis, vertebra, spinal
cord, morning stiffness, arthritis, deformity, swelling of a joint, anaemia, rhe
umatism, liga ment, locking of a joint, cervical, osteoarthrosis, sacrum, loin, h
eredity, lumbar, debility, salvage operation on a joint, steroids, spinal cord a
natomy (diagram), back (dia gram), sciatic nerve (diagram). The three sets of dia
grams showed alternative locations of these structures.'
EXAMINATION The answer favoured by the majority in each of the groups was clearl
y indicated by the highest percentage, and the agreement grades were : More than
70 per cent 5<Hi9 per cent Below 50 per cent good fair poor
305
Importam questiom: there are some questions which are mandatory, and it is unwis
e to begin treatment without the required information. (See Contraindications.)
Cervical regio"
(i) Any dizziness (vertigo), blackouts or 'drop' attacks? (ii) H istory of upper
respiratory tract in fection? ( I n juniors.) (iii) Any history of rhcumatoid ar
thritis or other inflammatory arthritis ? Treated by systemic steroids or anti co
agulants? (iv) Any ncurological symptoms in legs ? Thoracic region (i) Has the p
atient been treated recently by systemic steroid drugs ? Antico agulants? *(ii) A
ny neurological symptoms in legs ? Lumbar region (i) Any perineal or 'saddle are
a' anaes thesia or paraesthcsiae ? (ii) Any change m micturition habits associate
d with the back trouble, or sphincter disturbance? (iii) Steroids or anticoagula
nt>? NB. (a) It is desirable that the therapist sccs thc X-ray, but the more imp
ortant information is that the patient has bcen reccntly X-raycd, and thc films
have been seen by a radiologist. (b) General health and possible cocxistent dise
ase should be enquired about. (c) The significance of inexorablc night pain shou
ld be borne in mind (sec p. 302). A frivolous mnemonic may help the forgctful (i
.e. all of us) to bcar these in mind.
XXX Ale dizzily steers 'urting rheumatoid legs 10 night waten'lIg place XXX Ale
-X-ray and Anticoagulant drugs -Dizziness Dizzily -Steroids Steers -Upper Respir
atory Tract Infection 'Urting -Rheumatoid Arthritis Rheumatoid -Lcg symptoms Lcg
s to Night -Night pain Watering place-Micturition disturbance, 'saddle' anaes the
sia.
Amoug doctors agreement was rated as good for the majority of questions but for
weakness o the arm, sciatica f and sciatic nerve the agreement was only fair, an
d for back it was poor. Among patiellts agreement was generally poor; good agree
ment was reached only for rheumatism and heredity. Poorest agreement was for com
mon 'household' words like arthritis, slipped disc, deformity, ligamem, vertebra
, spi"al cord, lumbar, numbness, sciatica and back. Loin and groin were confused
by many, and rheumatic sufferers considered morning stifness f Some 17 per cent
of rheumatic patients took arthritis to mean a crippling disease of joints ; th
e authors report a study in which 28 per cent of a group of general practi tioner
s did likewise. Among both student and trained physiotherapists agree ment was go
od for most of the terms, yet with only fair agreement for weakness, swelling o
a joim, rheumatism, f lo;tl, spinal cord anatomy and sciatic nerve. Arthritis an
d back were poorly agreed, and two-thirds of the students got loill and groi" mi
xed up. Between doctors, physiotherapisls and paciems agreement was patchy. On t
he whole physiotherapists and patients did not appear to share a common language
, nor did physiotherapists and doctors appear to have an entirely common languag
e, since agreement was not good for 30 per cent of the terms. Among the authors'
observations are the following:
Patients' answers to questions containing these words and phrases should not be
taken at their face value. Care must be taken in ascertaining what the patient u
nder stands by commonly used words. I t should not be surprising that patients do
not follow in structions if they do not understand what we are talking about. Th
e term arthritis should be used with caution and with explanation. Regrettably,
the fatuous expression slipped drsc, which was popularly defined by patients as
'a bone out of place', continues to be perpetuated and probably continues to cau
se as much real but unnecessary concern as unthinking overuse of the word arthri
tis. Other than in research projects as here discussed, slip shod expression by c
linicians with responsibility has plainly resulted in patients having notions wh
ich are yet one further remove from reality.
Prolonged heparin sodium medication, c.g. for antepar tum iliofemoral thrombophle
bitis, can induce spinal osteoporosis. A case of multiple spinal fractures has b
een reported. 1 1621
These qucstions are additional 10 the routine neurological examina tion of arms w
ith cervical and thoracic regions, and Ic wah thoracic, lumbar and sacral regions
(q.v.).
306
Pain
-which posture or activity aggravates/eases? Sitting-standing-bending and lifti
ng arms above head-reaching-housework coughing and sneezing-deep breath-sus tained
flexion and returning from driving-reversing car-sewing-reading -theatre-walking?
-does pain build up regularly in evening? --eases now because can rest?
The important information is that concerning the currenT distribution of pain an
d where it is worst; outlined by the patient pointing with onc finger if possibl
e (where it is not is also important), its nature and characteristics, i.e. its
behaviour related to time, posture and activity (p. 276) and the degree of joint
and/or root irritability (p. 1 7 4). Distinctions must be made between constant
pain, with areas of radiation at times; periodic or episodic pain, and elicited
pain, i.e. that which is produced only by certain postures, movements or by lat
er testing examination and! or palpation.
Evening pain
Distribution. Should be interpreted in relation (0 derma tomes, myo(omes and scle
rotomes as a likely, but not in fallible, help to localisation of cause. For exam
ple, the symptom-area outlined by the patient often indicates the need to invest
igate two or more possible sources, e.g. back pain over the lumbosacral segment,
with an ache spread ing across anterior thigh from posterolateral buttock to med
ial knee, should lead to comprehensive examination of hip as well as lumbar spin
e. Thus the content o History f dictates the scope and planning of subsequent te
sting. Nature. The pain may be :
A dull, persistent ache, lying deep and hard to outline. Transient, severe pain
superimposed on this at times. A mild catch or twinge, or a severe jab or 'shoot
' on move ment. Sickening, severe and disabling 'root' pain. Inseparably associat
ed as painful paraesthesiae, i.e. prick ling, 'burning' or hyperaesthesia.
Understanding the characteristics of pain and the pat tern of its aggravation and
relief docs not necessarily make accurate identification of the tissue responsi
ble any easier, but provides the therapist with the vital criteria which are of
fundamental importance in assessment of efficacy of treatment. Painstaking exerc
ise of discernment and a grasp of small detail are infinitely worthwhile, becaus
e in time they provide a grasp of joint problem behaviour which no other exercis
e or education can give. Downie et al. (1978)274 have noted good correlation bet
ween pain 'scores' employing four different rating scales, the correlation holdi
ng good when presentation of the scales was separated by physical examination an
d the series of q uestions. Since the four scales calibrated well there is good
evidence that the same underlying pain vari able is being measured. A 0--10 numer
ical rating ( I I points) performs better than a continuous (visual ana logue) sc
ale or a 4-point descriptive scale.
Abnormalities of feeling
Irritability. An initial assessment of the degree of joint and/or root irritabil
ity (q. v.) should be made. Characteristics. I n seeking the behaviour of pain r
elated to time, posture and activity (see p. 1 7 2), a logical sequence of enqui
ry can assist the patient as well as the therapist, e.g.
How has the pain behaved during the last fortnight increas ing-s tatic-decreas in
g? Night pain -how do they lie? -sleep disturbed? -how ? because pain wakes the
patient without changing position or has patient dis turbed joint by changing pos
ition ? -painful paraesthesiae wakes patient in early hours? -type of bed base,
mattress and pillows? Rising a. m.-painfully stiff? -how long to loosen up? Day
pain -does pain increase steadily as day goes on, or depend upon activity? (i.e.
stress depen dent/time dependent)
The distribution of dysaesthesia, paraesthesiae and areas of loss of sensation m
ust be noted, together with their characteristics related to time, posture and a
ctivity.
01lSet (see p. 253). (i) This may be insidious, a mild and sporadic ache de mandi
ng attention as it becomes painfully more con tinuous; the patient may have no re
collection of injury or stress, but frequently, long forgotten trauma may be rec
alled which can reasonably be associated with a current joint condition. This pa
ttern often indicates a problem easier to help than not. (ii) Onset may be slaw
or delayed, in that symptoms begin some hours or days following stress (see p. 2
62); this fact can assist in selecting treatment, e.g. lumbar traction. (iii) Su
dden onset, in the form of recent severe trauma sufficient to fracture bones, af
ter which the symptoms arising from joints were of secondary importance, can in d
icate that treatment of the joint condition will progress only slowly. (iv) Sudd
en onsets o ajoinc locking are sometimes easier f to help than slow onsets over
hours or days, but a history of recurrent locking shows the need for treatment em
phasis on preventing recurrence rather than reduction
EXAMINATION THE SKELETAL FRAMEWORK OF ORDERLY H I STORY-TAK I NG
1. Patient's occupation 2. Pain
Where? (and where Worst? Nature? Behaviour - related
(0
307
nor)
Time
Posture
Activity
Constant pain? Yes
T I
Docs It vary? - Yes
NO'
. I
T------ + No
____
I
I
What aggravates? How much? For how long? What eases?
._ --
3. Paraesthesiae and concomitant symptoms
(e.g. tingling, 'pins and needles', formication, dizziness, numbness, 'uselessne
ss', 'heaviness', 'coldness', locali"ed 'burning' etc.) Nature? Where? Behaviour
?
4. Mandatory questions (see p. 305) 5. Onset
This episode? Previous episodes?
\J.uw1JY
-12
-
-3-4-5-
6 7 8 9
I
4 5
-IS-> -0 -0
--(S)---B
-6X X X
2 3
4
1
-7-
7 8
5
6
1 11
12 -2-3-
-1-4-
=$=
-0-;) -@-;)
Fig. 9.6 Palpation findings at neck and thorax of a 27-year-old woman with a lat
eral pelvic tilt, upwards on the right ( 1 1 .5.77).
going to 'keep fit' classes; the unilateral pain had begun at waist level and st
eadily migrated downwards. She aJso mentioned that any activity stirred up both
[he buttock and haunch pains, and also provoked the head, neck and arm pain prev
iously treated. Observation revealed a lateral pelvic tilt, upwards on the right
, with a posteriorly prominent right posterior superior iliac spine. The frontal
plane asymmetry disappeared on sitting on a flat surface. Extension was much re
duced and exacerbated pain on the right from the thoracolumbar region to the sac
rum. Left and right side flexion were reduced by a third, and very cautiously per
formed j both hurt savagely as above. Flexion was reduced to reaching the knees
only, with pain provoked as above. Rotations were reduced to
Fig. 9.7 Palpation findings at low thoracic, lumbar and sacroiliac joints of the
patient mentioned in Fig. 9.6 (19.6.78).
There were no neurological signs. X-ray, within the year, had revealed no abnorm
alities. Palpation findings were as depicted in Figure 9.7.
Treatment. By placing a
less painful.
j inch lift
under her left heel, the pain
fully limited extension immediately became free and markedly The right ilium was
very gently mobilised (grade II ), which
produced further improvement in extension range and an in creased straight-leg-ra
ising. It was suggested she raise the heel of all left shoes, and not attend for
further treatment until the effects of the raise became clear. Within a fortnig
ht, all pains (fromal, suboccipital, neck, arm, low back and haunch) with the ex
ception of a localised right yoke pain, had disappeared. The localised right yok
e avoided. pain remained subject to provocation by working stress, and was compl
etely relieved if stress was
60
on either side. Straight-leg-raising was left 75
and right
80 , both limited by right bunock pain. Prone-knee-bending was'
reduced to
90
on both sides, with similar provocation of pain.
312
applied to test the freedom of movements of spinal nerve roots and neural canal
struccures, but are not conduction tests. Special tests may include, for exampl
e, (i) trunk rotation with the head stabilised, and (ii) successively tap ping th
e spinous processes with a patella hammer. I t should be noted that a single tes
ting procedure, i.e. resisted isometric contraction 0/ muse/e, may be employed b
oth in (2) to seek abnormalities in the muscle and its anachment tissues, and in
(4) to determine whether motor nerve con duction is normal.
0" retrospective analysis, it is probably correct to assume that the remnant of
chronic right yoke pain was, in fact, due to the trauma of falling on that body
part some 10 years before, and that this was aggravated rogcrher with all other
pains, by the depredations of failure to compen sate for a laterally tilted pelvi
s due to unequality of leg length. The important point is that it is not possibl
e to know "J advance just how big a factor, in production of symp toms and signs
remote from the pelvic levels, the con sequences of pelvic asymmetry may be from
patient to patient. S toddard (1962) " "', describes three patients with obscure
anterior thoracic pains, whose symptoms were relieved by no other treatment tha
n an appropriate heel lift. While location of the source of backache, or a cervi
cal, thoracic or lumbar pain is necessary, there is also the ques tion of the gel
lesis of these pains, and the functional inter dependence of the spine should alw
ays be considered. In no way does this detract from the importance of accurately
localised treatment, but it does clarify the con text of that treatment, and mig
ht considerably improve an understanding of why vertebral joint problems behave
as they do.
Tests of movement . When symptoms and their behaviour are understood and postura
l abnormalities noted, the next step is to clarify which vertebral movements, or
carefully applied stresses (i) reproduce or aggravate the patient's symptoms ;
(ii) are in themselves abnormal. Since arthrosis and spondylosis are largely ben
ign diseases of the joints, consideration of the movement abnormalities resultin
g is fundamental to devising treat ment. They can be manifested in many ways, som
etimes obvious during an active test and sometimes remaining undetected until pa
ssive tests (q.v.) of both voluntary and accessory movements are completed. Mobi
lity in multijoim articulations. The physiological range of movement at each ver
tebral joint, however small in comparison to the larger peripheral joints, is JU
St as im portant to healthy joint function ; when diminished by various causes, l
imitation at an individual segment is rather more difficult to detect than in pe
ripheral joints in that it cannot readily be seen, although it can easily be pal
pated with practice. A typical cervical vertebra takes part in the formation of
ten separate joints. One thoracic vertebra takes part in 1 2 joints (counting ea
ch demifacet) and each lumbar ver tebra, 6 joints. During degeneration changes an
d after trauma the natural apportioning of movement to each small component of t
his kind of complex articulation may be upset, and what appears on cursory exami
nation to be normal movement in gross terms is actually movement achieved by ext
ra strains on those joints adjacent to the stiff segments of the articulation. T
his abnormality tends to be self-perpetuating, and cannot always be remedied by
the patient who has little influence, by way of voluntary effort, upon this defe
ct. 446 Movement may be limited, of full or limited range but distorted, and som
etimes exces sive in hypermobile joints. Limitation may be due to: Pain Spasm of
antagonistic muscle-groups Other t issue-tension, e.g. as stretch on adhesion fo
rmation or other soft-tissue contracture Tissue-compression, e.g. as squeeze on
marginal chron dro-osteophytes, periarticular thickening, or intra-articu lar tiss
ue changes.
OBJECTIVE EXAMINATION-PHYSICAL TESTS Tests of the tissues mentioned below are re
lated to their function. ZI7 1 . Joint function is movemellC, and both active an
d pass ive tests of voluntary range, and passive tests of accessory range, are ne
cessary. 2. Muscle function, with its tissue of anachment, is first to develop a
nd then to suscaill tension. By resisted isometric contractions, weakness and/or
pain on applied tension are noted. 3. Ligaments and capsule sustaill cemion, li
mit and also guide movement and maincain the incegricy o/joillt strucCures. Tens
ion is applied by passive movement, noting whether pain is caused, movement is l
imited, or the periarticular structures allow undue movement. I t should be note
d that localised tension is much easier to apply to the structures of single per
ipheral joints than to those of the multijointed vertebral segments. 4. Neurones
conduct impulses, and the conduction is tested by methods which disclose loss o
r abnormalities of conduction, e.g., questioning the patient regarding sensa tion
and equilibration changes, observing possible vaso motor disturbance and muscle
wasting, observing and pal pating for muscle spasm, testing for neurological defi
cit as muscle weakness and diminution or loss of tendon jerks, and testing skin
for sensory diminution or loss. 5. Some special tests, e.g. straight-leg-raising
(Fig. 9.17), prone-knee bending and others (see p. 60) are
EXAMINATION During examination of a joint, one can only do :
313
I. Functional test (active movement) 2. Passive test-of functional range (especi
ally the 'end feel' of the movement) ---o f accessory movement and joint charac te
ristics ---o f surrounding fibrous and other tissues 3. Muscle power test. Each
part contributes information about the state of the joint and its immediate neig
hbourhood, though the im portance of each part varies according to the position a
nd nature of the join t. While it is not possible to suggest a rigid testing seq
uence applicable to all joints, a basic spinal testing pro cedure must include th
e following tests :
Joilll movemem active, functional test -passive test of active and accessory mov
ement Joint structures-by local stress-tension, compression, torsion, unilateral
approximation Muscle resting-for muscle and attachments by localised isometric
-for neurological deficit tension Other neurological reslS-tendon jerks, plantar
response, ankle clonus, sensation Special tem, e.g.-Straight-Ieg-raising (NB. T
his is not an exclusively neurological test) -rotation test for giddiness -spina
l tapping test, etc.
-
-how much pain is caused, or how easily exacerbated ? ( Initial assessment of ir
rit ability) -does it limit the movemen t ? (It need not) -where is the pain? -is
it exacerbation of presenting pain only, or spreading further, or a pain not pr
eviously reported? xtent of spread into a limb ? Paraesthesiae and concomi--elici
ted or aggravated by tant symptoms movement? -which movemen t ? I t i s importan
t to establish the factor primarily respOfl sible797 (see p. 360) for the abnorma
l movement, because appropriate treatment procedures (q.v.) should be based on t
his knowledge ; frequently only one of these factors is primarily responsible, a
lthough at times this is not so.
}
Normal movement. To prove that movement is normal, it is necessary to :
1 . Repeat quickly 2. Add pressure at extreme of range, which should be tolerabl
e (Fig. 9.8) 3. Give sustained pressure at end of range 4. Sustain pressure on m
ovement towards thc side of pain and it may also be necessary to : S. Give compr
ession on movement towards the side of pain 6. Test 'corner' or combined movemen
ts (Figs 9.9, 9. 1 6, 9. 22)
and these are modified according to the nature and charac teristics of the joint
under examination.
Testing active movement of vertebral regions
Factors to be noted are: Willingness to move Quality of the movement (deviation,
asymmetry, adventi tious movement) Limitations of normal range, if any Amount of
limitation Nature of the limitation -reluctance -increasing pain -spasm -pain a
nd spasm simultaneously -inert tissue-tension -tissue compression -muscle weakne
ss -when? (e.g. 'arc' of pain, or If painful towards the end of range ?) -how qu
ickly does pain in crease during movement, if at all ?
Cursory examination of movemelll is iusufficiefll, and therefore ranges which ap
pear full and painless should be tested by passive overpressure at the extremes
of active range before being accepted as normal. Overpressure may cause discomfo
rt in normal joints, but this test should not hurt ; if it does, the joint is su
spect and its degree of involvement requires clarification by further examinatio
n. Again, the orthodox single testing movements, e.g. flexion, extension, rotati
on, etc., may frequently be in sufficient to reproduce or aggravate the patient's
symp toms, or to reveal latent joint abnormalities which arc underlying the pati
ent'S complaint; because of inadequate examination of movement, therefore, joint
problems amenable to treatment may remain undetected. More searching tests of m
ovement include:
a) Combined movements, e.g. extension with side flexion, or flexion with side-fle
xion (conveniently termed quadrant testing movements) (Fig. 9 . 1 6)
314
b) Applying compression or overpressure at the extremes of single or combined m
ovements (Fig. 9.8) c) Gently holding a vertebral region at the extremes of rang
e of an active movement, single or combined, so that possible delayed or latent
effects may be elicited. This test is of value when the presence or absence of '
root' pain (sec p. 175) remains undetermined by less searching tests. A descript
ion of combined (or quadrant) movements, and of the method of trying to provoke
the effects of physi cal trespass upon the vertebral artery, are as follows :
Upper cervical spine Sit or stand at side of patient
-extend at craniovertebral junction -then rotate towards -then side-flex towards
--extend head and neck, then rotate each side -fix head, then patient rotates t
runk (Fig. 9. 1 0)
Verlebral artery tesl
Fig. 9.8
Passive testing or the extremes or shoulder elevation. It is necessary to give o
verpressure to all apparently painless active-testing movements.
LO'Wer cervical spine Stand facing patient-one hand on (R) frontal area and othe
r on (L) scapula. (Can do from behind, iffac ing mirror and can see patient's fac
e) (Fig. 9.9) Cervicolhoracic Stand facing patient, place (L) hand on (R) should
er and (R) hand on (L) low neck, so that palmar aspect of metacarpal heads bears
against low cervical trans verse process Thoracic spine Stand behind patient (us
e mirror if possible) Lumbar spine Stand behind patient with hands on shoulders
-approximate occiput to (L) scapula, then add rotation to the same side
-press into extension and (R) side flexion, then rotate (R)
-extend, side flex to (L), then rotate (L)
-extend, side flex to (L), then rotate to (L).
Tests should be repeated to the opposite side. NB. Do not lose tension or approx
imation when additional movements are imposed.
Fig. 9.9
Passive overpressure to the combined movements or extension and left-side flexio
n.
Limit o range. This is virtually indefinable in an absolute f sense, since the l
imit of active movement varies with the state of the tissues, the time of day, t
he willingness of the patient, and the speed of the movement performed, and
EXAMINATION the limit of passive movement varies with the tolerance of the patie
nt, the courage or indiscretion of the operator, and the metabolic or vascular s
tate and temperature of the patient's tissues at the material time. Probably a u
seful working definition is : 'Limit of range is reached when the therapist, the
patient, and the joint decide that the move ment has proceeded far enough ' ! Th
e ;memity and duration of increased pain on movement depends upon the degree of
joint and/or root irritability Accurate assessment of this is important, because
pain which is easily exacerbated indicates the need for careful handling, both
in examination and treatment. The three factors to be considered are the amount
of movement re quired ro exacerbate pain; the intensity of the added pain ; how l
ong it takes to recede to normal levels. A small unguarded movement srirring up
intense pain for some hours indicates a highly irritable joint. Irrit ability is
also manifest when a quick testing movement elicits spasm earlier in the range t
han does a more sedate testing movement, and also when both pain and spasm, eith
er of which is of sufficient magnitude to limit range, are elicited simultaneous
ly. Pain which is nO[ easily pro voked and which settles down very quickly after
provoca tion by a gross movement indicates a much less irritable joint. Spasm ofa
ntagonistic muscle-groups can be elicited, as the primary movement-limiting fact
or, notwithstanding a degree of pain beginning either before the limitation or b
eing elicited as the point of limitation is reached. The accompanying pain is fr
equently not sufficient of itself to stop the movement. The variety of ways in w
hich joint irritability can be evidenced is due not only to the state of the joi
nt but also to the variations in central nervous system excitability from patien
t to patient. In less irritable joints, pain may be limiting the movement at any
point on the range. Pain may also begin during a movement and rise only moderat
ely until the movement is full y com pleted. A painful arc of movement, of greate
r or lesser amplitude, may be traversed during an otherwise un eventful movement,
as may sudden 'jabs' or 'catches' (see p. 259). If the two factors of inert tis
sue-tension and tissue-com pression are taken together as resistance, it is commo
nly found that arthrotic and spondylotic vertebral segments, giving rise to the
complaint of a dull persistent ache, can be limited by this resistance as the pr
imary factor, without eliciting further pain of any consequence. The resistance
may be due to changes of long standing or be of more recent origin. Distortion a
lso occurs during movements, and when asym metry or deviation from normal paths i
s noted during active tests, it is important to clarify its significance. If it
is the patient'S natural way of moving, manual preven tion of the deviation durin
g testing will produce discom fort but no pain ; when the deviation is an involun
tary
315
guarding response against pain during movement, its manual prevention during mov
ement will hurt, and this information helps in selection and accurate assessment
of treatment procedures. Crepitus on movement is more likely to be arising from
the synovial joints. H ypermobi/icy of vertebral segments can either be acquire
d, when pathological instability is underlying it, or be inherited as in those p
atients who arc naturally loose jointed.705
Testing muscle function
Static isometric contractions, of vertebral and paraver tebral muscle, are more f
requently employed as neurologi cal tests, i.e. of motor nerve conduction (q.v.)
than as tests of intrinsic changes in muscle and/or its attachment tissues, but
where weakness of paravertebral muscle, e.g. the abdominal wall, is believed par
t of a postural defect, an assessment of muscle-power is necessary, and similarl
y where it is suspected that forces sustained by joints may have produced tissue
-damage to muscles.
Resisted 'static' (isometric) contraclions. I t is probably wise to accept that
while this may be the aim, it is an extremely difficult thing to arrange in prac
tice. Joint movement always occurs, joint surface com pression occurs, and surrou
nding non-contractile joint structures are almost always disturbed in some way.
It is practically impossible to keepjoims quite still while muscles around them
are put into strong static contractions. Thus, when examining the periarticular
contractile tissues (of peripheral joints) such as muscle, tendon and tenoperio s
teal junction, by applying local tension, the fact that joint compression and jo
int shearing invariably occurs should be borne in mind. Aggravation of pain by t
hese tests need not necessarily indicate that the lesion lies in chese con tracti
le tissues. Meticulous examination will reveal that it is not often a muscle att
achment near a joint is abnormal without the joint also being abnormal, and the
precise nature of the changes occurring is not as clearcut as is sometimes asser
ted, especially so in upper limb areas com monly involved in referred pain (and o
ther symptoms) from more proximal vertebral lesions. When manually testing the t
ightness of postural muscles, a shorr sustained and uniform pressure should be e
xerted at a right angle to the direction of muscle elongation repetitive 'pumping
' pressures are likely to elicit facilita tion effects and increased tension. Whe
n testing the tightness of hip flexors, for example, the supine patient lies wit
h coccyx at the edge of the plinth, one hip and knee maximally flexed onto the c
hest and supported there by the therapist. The iliopsoas and rectus femoris of t
he freely hanging leg are tested for tightness b y :
316
I.
is invariably revealed without testing every muscle and every joint action. Con
cerning muscle weakness, the absence or presence of neurological deficit is conf
irmed by testing only one muscle, or joint action, as representa tive of a given
cord segment. In broad terms, the pattern of nerve root supply (see p. 69) will
help to indicate the probable level of involvement. During the therapist'S ' Ind
ications' examination, the neurological tests employed are restricted to those p
rovid ing guides for treatment, and normally the only Tendon reflexes tested are
the biceps, supinator, triceps, knee, ankle and great toe jerks. Plantar respons
es are also tested and the absence of ankle clonus must be determined. In cipient
root involvement may be missed if reflexes are tested once only, and routine '
Indications' examinations should include tapping the tendon s':x sllccessive lim
es, to uncover the fading reflex response which indicates developing root signs.
An additional deep tendon reflex is described by Berlin ( 1 97 1 ).87 With the
patient's foot in plantar-flexion and inversion, and the tip of the therapist's
finger exerting pressure over the heads of 4th and Sth metatarsals, the dorsum o
f the examiner's distal phalanx is briskly tapped. In 1 1 patients tested the re
flex was absent in all, while other deep tendon reflexes were variably affected.
When positive, the test is considered an indication of lesions affecting the LS
-S I segment. While one authority asserts that the state of the tendon reflexes
is a valuable localising sign, another may observe that patterns of neurological
deficit in lower limbs cannot be relied upon to inculpate a particular root, al
though it is nOt always clear whether electrodiagnostic methods have been includ
ed in the procedures for establishing the nature of the neurological deficit. In
his series of 26 patients with lumbosacral root com pression who underwent a cor
related clinical and electro diagnostic follow-up, Yates ( 1 964) ' '''' found th
at all 23 patients with involvement of the first sacral root showed a depressed
or absent ankle-jerk, while those with involve ment of fifth lumbar root had norm
al knee- and ankle jerks. Subsequent investigation reveals that the two heads of
gastrocnemius may be differentially affected by lumbo sacral radiculopathy,I249 t
he medial head is most com monly affected by LS root lesions and the lateral head
by lesions of the S 1 rOOL Among 60 consecutive patients with lumbosacral joint
problems, 1 8 had a clinically diminished ankle-jerk, but in only 8 patients we
re the clinical findings validated by e.m.g. testing, and among these 4 had invo
lvement of the lateral head, 3 had involvement of the medial head and I had invo
lvement of both heads. Some had a clinically enhanced ankle-jerk on the painful
leg side and this was confirmed by e.m.g. tests in one of them. 12..9 When testi
ng for sensory chauges leading questions should be avoided. Patients should be a
sked to report,
Observing the position of the thigh in relation to the horizontal plane, and exe
rting a steady perpendicular pressure to the lower anterior thigh. 2. If the rcc
CUS femoris is tight a slight extension of the knee will be manifest during this
test. Anteroposterior pressure on the shin will result in a degree of hip flexi
on of the rectus femoris is especially tight.
Testing connective-tissue structures
Local eension (by passive movement or resisted con traction). The term 'selective
tension' is not used, since it is extremely difficult to arrange that a single
tissue has tension selectively applied to it only. It is usually only possible t
o dispose the patient in such a way that tension is applied ro a whole group of
tissues, including the tissues one is presently interested in. Active movements
apply normal stress and tensions to all soft tissues. When muscles are relaxed t
he range of passive movement exceeds that which is possible actively, and for th
is reason the inert capsular, ligamentous and aponeurotic tissues are additional
ly tested by passively applying further tensio n ; this i s regionally localised
, s o far as possible, b y careful hand-placing and grasps. When assessing the r
esponses to these tests, i.e. in terms of which tissue be giving rise to the pai
n or spasm thereby elicited, two factors should be borne in min d :
1 . Movement of a 'rigid' structure, i.e. a vertebral body, must also move all s
tructures attached ro it. 2. Pain may be elicited on passive stretching of one a
spect of a spinal region, and be re-elicited on following resisted isometric con
traction of muscles on the same aspect. This does not necessarily indicate that
the lesion must therefore lie in vertebral muscle. The tests arc: 1 . The passiv
e overpressure ro apparently normal gross active movementS (described above). 2.
Passive questing movements of vertebral regions, to try ro ascertain more clear
ly the nature of factors limiTing gross active movements, or of other responses,
e.g. a test of cervical rotation (see p. 3 1 4), or flat-handed pressure on the
spine ofa prone patient (see p. 3S3). "",. More localised passive tests are des
cribed under 'Palpation'.
Neurological tests
Information that the signs and symptoms of root involve ment (see p. 1 60) are ap
pearing, have become established, or arc regressing, is an important facror in a
ssessment, as is the distribution of neurological signs. Evidence that more than
one rOOt is unilaterally involved, or that there is bilateral evidence of root
changes, generally contraindi cates many treatments. Root involvement affecting m
uscle sTrerlgch, if present,
EXAMINATION with eyes closed, when tactile sensation is stimulated by simple str
oking tests. When areas of complete anaesthesia are reported, or suspected, the
testing of skin sensitivity to pinprick is necessary. NB. When attempting to loc
alise the segmental level of root involvement by distribution of root signs, the
over lap of cutaneous supply, and pre- and postfixation of plexuses should be bo
rne in mind, also the discrepancy between vertebrae and roots in the cervical re
gion and the great obliquity of the lumbosacral roots (see p. 24). The precise n
ature of the lesion affecting the nerve root often remains in doubt in non-surgi
cal cases, and sometimes in surgical cases, also.
SPECIAL TESTS Passive testing movements such as : ( I) straight-leg-raising in s
upine lying (Fig. 9. 1 7) ; "14 (2) knee extension in sitting; ( 3) neck flexion
in supine lying and in sitting; I II (4) knee bending with hip extension in pro
ne lying; either alone or in combination, can exert ten sion on the spinal nerve
roms with their dural sleeves. Thus they provide information on the freedom of m
ove ment of those structures, and on the extent of entrapment or restriction impo
sed by trespass of related structures and/or by intrinsic changes in the tissues
themselves. The degree of root irritability is likewise indicated by limita rion
occurring simultaneously with aggravation of rOOt pain, coexisting with loss-of
-conduction signs in that root. The functional interdependence of spinal structu
res, particularly the inextensible soft tissues within the neural canal, i.e. th
e dura and root sleeves, indicate that the fol lowing are also highly interdepend
ent factors, which may underlie clinical presentations from 'tight' hamstrings t
o headache :
317
leg-raising, Breig and Troup ( 1 979) 1 2>b have suggested that in those patient
s in whom medial hip rotation elicits pain, the piriformis muscle itself may be
hyperalgesic. I . The Scrai ghe-Ieg-rai'ing rese (Fig. 9. 1 7) places a varying
degree of tension on each of the lumbosacral roots, from L4 to S 2 inclusive, th
e most traction being exerted on the first sacral root (see p. 6 1 ). Further, a
degree of lumbo sacral plexus and root traction must occur when the foot is dors
i flexed in addition (Braggard's sign), but it is a mis take {Q ascribe the incre
ased calf pain, willy-nilly, to the pain of increased root tcnsion. 7l10 Exacerb
ation of 'sciatic' pain, by forcible foot dorsi flexion near the end of a painful
ly limited straight-1eg raising range;m is not always a reliable indication that
the extra pain is due to further sciatic nerve stretch ; foot dorsiflexion will
often produc calf pain at 60 -io on a normal leg, and simple calf tenderness ofte
n accompanies purely sacroiliac conditions, being exacerbated by the dorsiflexio
n test. Allowing the knee to flex relieves the pain elicited wheu the knee is ke
pt straight-while this knee-flexion relieves tension on the sciatic nerve, it al
so relieves tension on the hamstrings, of course j thus the manceuvrc does not p
ro vide any more specific information about the cause of pain fully limited straig
ht-leg-raising. Similarly, while it is known that internal rotation of the lower
Iimbl2 1 b exerts tension on the root components of the sciatic nerve (see p. 2
96), the test is of negligible additional clinical value provided the straight-l
eg-raising tcst has been meticulously performed in the first place, i.e. with th
e knee extended, the fOOl at 90 , the leg slightly adductcd and with neutral rot
ation. The point at which painful root tcnsion limits funher movements (if this
is the limiting factor) can be adequately determined one way or another, and nee
d not require alternative rests which essentially give the same information. Man
y people have 5 - 1 0 normal discrepancy between limits of left and right straig
ht-leg-raising, and the normal full range can be any thing between an angle of 75
-120 , measured between longitudinal axis of leg and horizontal surface of couc
h. Wyke ( 1 976) 1 J62 asserts that the production or provoca tion of pain, eithe
r by active trunk flexion or passive straight-leg-raising, need not be due to tr
action on nerve roors, since (i) the spinal cord does not move vertically within
the vertebral canal, and (ii) (Brodal, 1 969) '30 the nerve roots are firmly an
chored to the walls of the inter vertebral foramina (see p. 62). ' I n both sets
of circumstances the intraspinal pressure is increased (and nerve root irritatio
n is thereby increased) because of changes in the transverse diameter of the spi
nal cord and in the volume of blood in the epidural veins that then occur.) A po
sitive straight-leg-raising test is not, as had been suggested ( Edgar and Park,
1 974)'" a ,ille qua 11011 of root involvement. For example, radiofrequency myo
tomy of
I. 2. 3. 4. 5.
The position of the head and neck The posture of the thoracic and lumbar spines
The position of the hip joint and the knee joint Whether the patient is lying, s
iuing or standing The presence of lesions producing tethering and thus increased
tension and distortion of neural canal structures 6. The dural continuity from
the lumbosacral plexus to the intracranial meninges.
Maitland ( 1978)''''' has initiated a detailed method of formulating and tabulat
ing normal values for the mean ranges of extensibility of structures in the vert
ebral canal, and suggests that further investigation is required, so that inform
ation might be provided in relation to (i) the use of straight-leg-raising as a
treatment technique and (ii) the concept of tight hamstrings. The field of these
imerre/aeiollShip, is as yet largely un explored, although much work has been do
ne on the bio mechanics of the spinal cord itself, of course, 121 a and on the ba
sis of their detailed findings on the effects of medial hip rotation, as a q ual
ifying test of the effects of straight-
318
straight leg not only applies torsion to the ipsilateral roots but also pulls l
aterally on the dural sac, thus disturbing the contralateral roots. When positiv
e, the sign is regarded by some as almost pathognomonic of disc herniation (alth
ough it does not necessarily follow, of course, that the disc herniation is enti
rely responsible for the pain). Hud gins examined 3 5 1 consecutive cases of supp
osed disc herniation with leg pain, and in 58 of these the sign was positive. Th
e presence of a herniated disc was proven in 56 (97 per cent) of them. Of the 29
3 patients with painful straight-leg-raising on the affected side only, 188 (64
per cent) had a proven herniation. Since up to 20 per cent of myelographic exami
nations may fail to reveal evidence of disc herniation, it is calcu lated that a
patient with a positive crossed straight-Ieg raising test and a negative myelogra
m nevertheless has a post-test risk of herniated disc of some 90 per cent. Hud gi
ns suggests that myelography is unnecessary for diag nosis in these patients, and
that it should be disregarded if normal. Following surgical intervention, pain
relief was enough to allow resumption of normal activities in 91 per cent of tho
se patients with [he positive crossed straight-Ieg raising sign, but only in 70 p
er cent of those without it, i.e. painfully limited straight-leg-raising on the
affec ted side only. It was therefore suggested that the sign should be sought fo
r every patient with low back and leg pain, since its known implications could r
educe de layed referral for surgery and unnecessary investigation procedures. Per
haps clinical considerations are not as clearcut, since it is a common experienc
e for manual therapists to con servatively treat, with success, many patients wit
h a posi tive crossed straight-leg-raising test. Kirkaldy-Willis and Hill ( 1979)
'" suggest that there should be a high index of suspicion of neuritic rather tha
n referred pain when straight-leg-raising is markedly reduce d ; more so when th
e Lasegue test is positive ; even more so with the crossed Lasegue sign. The Las
egue (est is not quite the same as the straight-leg-raising test, of course. Fre
quently, surgeons need to determine whether the cauda equina is the site of sign
ificant compression ; while disc prolapse is normally accompanied by a positive
straight-leg-raising test, a negative straight-leg-raising is not a contraindica
tion for surgery in spondylotic stenosis where back pain and/or sciatica are agg
ravated by lordotic postures and relieved by lumbar flexion. Disabling spondylot
ic trespass can exist in the presence of a normal straight-leg-raising. I)OO
trigger spots in paravertebral musculature can produce an immediate increase in
the range of straight-leg-raising, as well as lasting pain relief. "8 Hirsch et
al. ( 1 963)'" have shown that lumbar and pos terior thigh pain can be produced b
y irritant injections into the region of facet-joints, and Mooney and Robertson
( 1 976)867 have demonstrated (p. 250) that facet-joint changes will painfully r
educe straight-leg-raising. Anaes thetic block ofthe facet-joint restores normal
straight-Ieg raising within five minutes. The notion that a reduced straight-leg-
raising is pathognomonic of lower lumbar disc protrusion298 could bear some insp
ection ; in 40 per cent of patients who experienced pain relief (with inter rupti
on of the pain-muscle spasm cycle by denervation of the facet-joints with a ther
mistor probe under fluoro scopic control)658 a marked improvement in the straight
leg-raising test also occurred. Mooney ( 1 977)870 also reports patients with a
straight leg-raising reduced to about 4 5 -60, and positive e.m.g. readings at the
point of limitation. Injection of a single facet-joint is followed by the return
of normal range of straight-leg-raising and myolcctrical silence. Where a limit
ed straight-leg-raising is due to root in volvement, this need not be due to a 'd
isc lesion', implying trespass. Fahrni ( 1 966)H4 describes three patients with
the classical symptoms and signs of disc protrusion, and con sistently positive m
yelographic findings. No disc pro trusion was found at operation but the nerve ro
ot was densely adherent to the disc. Full and lasting relief was obtained by sur
gical release of the root, leaving the disc intact (see also p. 264). It is very
probable that there need not be any involvement of roots or dura for straight-I
eg raising to be limited. The limitation imposed can be due purely to an irritati
ve joint lesion, i.e. involving disc or facet-joint or ligament, or all three, n
ot physically affect ing neural tissue yet producing a greater or lesser degree o
f hamstring spasm. Where straight-leg-raising is limited by only 10 -20 , the pa
in is possibly caused by beginning of tension in a root which is abnormally sens
itive from causes intrinsic to the root itself, and not inevitably accompanied b
y any trespass of neighbouring tissues. Where straight-leg-raising evokes pain w
ith reduction to below 45 or thereabouts, it may probably indicate movement of an
already stretched root over a protruded disc, i.e. some of the 'normal slack' h
as already been taken up by the space-occupying protruded material. The one impo
rtant factor to note is the character of the respome and to use this as a criter
ion for assessing the effi cacy of treatment techniques employed. The importance
of the crossed straight-leg-raising test has been emphasised by Hudgins ( 1 977)
. '" In some cases of sciatica, raising the normal side leg exacerbates the scia
tic pain in the affected leg. From cadaver experiments it is known that raising
the
2. If knee-extension in siccing is passively tested, the mech anics of the cord,
meninges and root traction are broadly similar to ( 1 ) , with exceptions that g
ravitational compres sion, adding to intradiscal pressure, now tends to increase
the effect of any restriction upon free movement of the
EXAMINATION meninges, and this effect will be pronounced if the patient slumps i
nto a generally flexed posture (p. 60). 3. Neck flexioll ill Iyillg (Brudzinski'
s test). The effect of traction exerted in this way upon the neural canal struct
ures extends caudally as far as the thoracic and lumbar regions and for this rea
son it is perhaps a more valuable examination procedure for these regions than f
or the cervical region in that aggravation of low back, pelvic girdle or leg pai
n by this manceuvre is a useful indication that the source of pain lies wholly o
r partly in the spine and neural canal rather than in more peripheral tissues. 4
. Ie is sometimes necessary to apply the combined effects of ( I), (2) and (3) w
hen guides for action in treatment are not clearly afforded by any one of these
testS performed alone. Thus it may be necessary to flex the patient's neck while
raising the straight leg with foot at 90 , or further, to apply these tensions
while the patient sits slumped. S. Knee-bendillg with hip extension, passively p
erformed with the patient prone and pelvis stabilised, may exacer bate root pain
of3rd, and perhaps the 2nd and 4th, lumbar segment origin, since the femoral ner
ve lies in front of the hip joint and this test tends to disturb the sensitised
root (if there be such) by traction. The range of movement available in the hip
after the knee has been flexed is very small, and consequently forward pelvic ti
lting is difficult to prevent. NB. It is most important to bear in mind that the
se mana:uvres also put stress on joints, and responses can thus be equivocal whe
n joints also are in an irritable state. For example, the femoral nerve stretch
test applies com pression to the knee and hip joints, torsion to the sacroiliac j
oint with a forward-tilting effect upon the pelvis and thus also a disturbance o
f lumbar joints. Similarly, besides its well-appreciated traction effects on the
sciatic nerve and lumbosacral roots, the straight-leg-raisillg test also tends
to move, because of the lumbar-spine-flexion effect via the pelvis, joillls whic
h may be irritable, the joints between the vertebral bodies and also the synovia
l facet-joints. The pelvis is tilted backwards in the sagittal plane, and also u
pwards in the frontal plane, i.e. a lateral tilt upwards on the tested side. The
pelvis is also slightly rotated'" to wards the untested side, all of these effec
ts occurring to wards the end of range in the normal person. Hence, while standar
dised and precisely performed manreuvres are necessary, standardised conclusions
are unwise, and the examiner is never relieved of the obligation to assess, to
weigh the value of what arc frequently equivocal responses to standard tests. Ha
zlett ( 1 975)'" observes that in 45 patients with a femoral distribution of sym
ptoms and signs, the femoral nerve stretch test was not particularly useful to d
iagnose irritative lesions of the upper lumbar nerve roots, because of difficult
ies in controlling spinal motion on extension of the hip.
319
6 . A n additional, active straight-leg-raising test, seeking the 'Hoover' sign,
" may assist in deciding between willingness and unwillingness of the patient to
co-operate fully in the objcC[ive part of the examination. Normally, when the s
upine patient is asked to elevate one limb, the heel of t!1e opposite foot is pr
essed to the couch. With the examiner's palm under the heel, the degree of downw
ard heel pressure should be much the same for either limb in a nor mal subject. W
hen a weak or painful-side limb is elevated, the opposite and normal-side heel i
s pressed harder into the examiner's palm than when the normal side limb is rais
ed. Should no downward pressure be exerted by the normal heel, the patient is pr
obably not attempting to raise the supposed painful and/or weak contralateral li
mb. The test should not be regarded as conclusive in itself, but can at times as
sist in assessment of clinical features. 7. Cervical rotatjarl tests. The effect
s of head and neck movements on the vertcbrobasilar arterial system have been no
ted (see p. 3), and also the possible mechanisms underlying the distressing symp
tom of 'cervical vertigo' and 'drop' attacks (see p. 1 8 3). Dizziness is common
ly reported by middle-aged and elderly patients, and the cause is frequently not
within the province of physical treatment ; for example, if it is exacer bated b
y movement of the head in space, i.e. active neck rotation, but not when the hea
d and neck are kept still
Fig.9.10 Active cervical rotation, by the model turning her trunk fully to her r
ight, hi1e the therapist stabilises the head. Thus neck rotation occurs without h
ead movement.
320
The daily occurrence of orthopaedic surgeons and rheumatologists carefully palp
ating a synovial sheath at the wrist, or the structures of an ankle, the first c
arpometa carpal joint, an elbow or a knee, and recording their find ings about eff
usion, synovial thickening or crepitus, exostosis, the presence or absence of li
gamentous laxity, patellofemoral crepitus or pain on approximation, and the 'c1o
nks' or 'thuds' of an intra-articular derangement, is regarded nO{ as unusual bu
t proper to the discharge of professional responsibilities. Further, should a pa
tient report rhythmic twinges of pain over the dorsum of the foot when walking,
the clini cian does not initially palpate the hip or knee, but the foot itself, t
he site of the patient'S complaint. Plainly, the art of feeling or 'looking with
the fingers' has been widely practised by physicians and surgeons for centuries
, and much clinical examination would be the poorer for its exclusion from the p
rocess of finding out what is wrong. After long practice, clinicians and teacher
s set great store by their skill and experience in using these methods ; they ri
ghtly become proud of their expertise and devote time to transmitting their pain
stakingly acquired proficiency to the medical student. In this age of diagnosis
by computer and other techno logy, experienced clinicians and teachers, who under
stand better than anybody the value of a careful clinical search for abnormality
, are tireless in reiterating the vital impor tance of (a) listening to the patie
nt, (b) physically exami nating the patient, and (c) palpation. Perhaps it is not
sur prising, therefore, that the manipulatively minded worker (whether surgeon,
1 05 physician, l l80a physiotherapist450 or osteopath"") should be at a loss to
understand why the similar and logical use of careful segmental palpation, in e
xamination of spinal joint problems, has in the past been regarded with sceptici
sm by some. For example, when localised and subtle changes of con tour and attitu
de have been observed in relation to the vertebral column, what is more instinct
ive than proceed ing to feeling them, examining them by palpation ? Often it is o
nly by this means that their relevance or significance can be determined. The ex
istence of manifest abnormality, detected by experienced palpation and with the
clinical knowledge of what is normal, does not change because the sceptic cannot
, or will not, feel what there is CO be felt, or because the means of perceiving
its presence by feeling has never been elucidated for him. Assessing movement-a
bnormalities (pp. 35 1, 359) at vertebral segments, or arthrotic knee joints, fo
r example, employs criteria which are common to both, since there are at present
no other. The manipulatively minded worker is as earthbound as his colleagues o
f other disci plines; his clinical ways and means are no more than the ways and m
eans existing, yet by constant attention to what his fingers are telling him, an
d by practice, he has de veloped an examination method which employs the cri-
while the patient twists the trunk (Fig. 9. 1 0), the exciting factor is likely
to be head movement in space and not rota tory cervical stress. In patients for w
hom physical treatment is indicated and whose dizziness is aggravated by both of
the above manceuvres, it is important to avoid rotatory cervical movements in t
reatment ; besides carefully noting the effects of cervical rotation during acti
ve tests, it is wise to gently hold the lying patient's head in full rotation to
either side for about 30 seconds. Symptoms not aggra vated by the active teSt ma
y appear during sustained pass ive rotation, and treatment procedures should like
wise avoid rotation movements. 8. Vertebral percussion test. When it has been es
tablished that an ache is most likely to be arising from a thoracic or lumbar jo
int problem, and examination with careful palpation has failed to localise the v
ertebral level(s) re sponsible, gentle percussion of the spine can assist in re ve
aling it. The patient stands with the spine flexed or sits leaning foward with e
lbows supported on knees, and the therapist gently and successively taps the spi
nous pro cesses with a patellar hammer, noting at which level(s) the response exc
eeds that of the mild discomfort of the teS[. OBJECTIVE EXAMI NATION-PALPATION I
t is of interest to observe skilled clinicians carefully per cussing the thorax o
ver the lung fields, confident of their ability to gather valuable clinical info
rmation by this classical and important method of examination. For example, the
position of the trachea in the supras ternal notch, and the apex beat, are locate
d by palpation. The axillae, supraclavicular fossae and the neck triangles arc f
elt for enlarged glands ; and the presence of tactile fremitus over an area of i
mpaired resonance may help in deciding whether the impaired resonance is caused
by pleural effusion or not. In other disciplines, palpation of the radial, dorsa
lis pedis and temporal pulses, of the liver, spleen and cervical glands, or the
nature of lower limb oedema does not excite comment, yet failure to include thes
e simple but important tests in the appropriate examination procedures would soo
n invite observations about negligence and lack of examination method. I n dis cu
ssing the clinical value of palpation in respiratory disease, a standard text (
The Practice of MedicinelO4O) asserts :
. . . we must recognise that error is increased by carelessness, haste and indif
ferent techniques, and may be reduced by a careful rou tine and the skill born of
long practice and experience. Secondly, we must remember
that
it is
in the borderland
separating slight
abnormality from normality that mistakes are most easily made.
I t would be difficult to express more clearly the factors imponant in all exami
nation by palpation, par ticularly the tactile search for tissue-tension abnorma
lities in the ver tebral structures.
EXAMINATION teria in a more localised and specific way, not now to a larger peri
pheral joint but to a vertebral mobility segment. Conclusions about the nature of
the abnormality pal pated, and its significance in relation to symptoms, are a m
atter for experienced assessment and therefore argu able, but of its presence the
re can be no doubt. 627, 492
Procedure
321
A joint, with its immediate periarticular tissues and sur rounding muscle tissue,
has not been adequately exam ined unless it has been investigated by localised p
assive movement and palpation, because these methods obtain information not avai
lable by any other means. Palpation is used to test :
1 . The state of the skin, with superficial and deep soft tissues. 2. The state
of periarticular tissues (palpation of the still joint). 3. The characteristics
of segmental vertebral movement.
Note that in (3) the range of movement examined may therefore be : a. That of re
gional and segmental accessory joint move ment, which by definition cannot be pro
duced volun tarily, and b. That of the voluntary, or physiological movement betwe
en two vertebrae (see below).
Fig. 9 . 1 1 This illustrates important palpation tests, i.e. that of assessment
of abnormalities at the craniovertebral junction.
Skill, soft tissues alld subcutaneous bony points. The tem perature, texture and
dryness or excessive moisture of skin are noted. Abnormalities such as dysaesthe
sia (diminished sensibility) ; hyperaesthesia (unpleasantly in creased sensibilit
y) ; anaesthesia (loss of sensibility) are sought. Swelling may be palpated, and
its nature discerned, e.g. it may be soft and fluctuant, or thickened and indur
ated. The texture, i.e. pliability and soft resilience, of muscle bellies is not
ed, as is the presence and distribution of pos tural spasm. Undue tenderness of s
uperficial bony points, and of superficial tissues including interspinous con nec
tive tissue, is sought. Body areas which are normally tender should be borne in
mind. Periarticular palpation ( Figs 9. 1 1 , 9. 1 2) provides informa tion of po
ssible abnormalities of joint relationship, in the more superficial joints (this
refers to a degree of fixation in an asymmetrical position, nO{ subluxation, e.
g. as stated by Coutts, 1934,28 . . . a pathological fixation in a position withi
n a normal range of motion'), undue tenderness of deep periarticular tissues, de
ep thickening and the pre sence of undue bony prominence. The latter may be ano ma
lies of bone structure (sec p. 24) which are of no clini cal significance, or deg
enerative exostosis. I t is wise to note that palpation findings may not be quit
e the same in the lying position as they were when
'
Fig_ 9.12 Assessing occipitootlantal joint relationship, by simultaneous palpati
on of the mastoid process and lateral mass of atlas. 'Abnormalities' are not nec
essarily clinically significant.
322
By this examination method the three degrees of free domr available range in the
sagittal, frontal and hori zontal planes-which the spine can traverse by voluntar
y movement, are passively and rhythmically reproduced by the examiner; adjacent
bony points are palpated in turn and their changing relationship is the basis fo
r compari sons, and for assessment of segmental mobility. Transla tion movement an
d accessory ranges along (he axis of the column, approximation and distraction,
arc also tested on occasions. Technique is described on page 336.
the patient was sitting or standing. For example, if t.he occipitoatlantal joint
relationships are palpated bilaterally with the sining patient's forehead resti
ng on the standing therapist's chest, it is not uncommon for a prominent left ar
ch of atlas to change to prominence on the right when the same region is palpate
d with the patient prone. While we may speculate upon the causes of this phenome
non, it behoves the need to stick to standard testing procedures when assessing,
so that reproducibility is assured.
Accessory movemetIC (regional and segmental). (i) Flat handed pressure, applied v
ertically downward upon the thoracic and lumbar regions ora prone patient, is an
impor tant objective test. It elicits much useful information, helpful in the as
sessment of what is normal from patient to patient, and when abnormality may be
present (see Assessment in Examination, p. 353). Passive tests of segmemai acces
sory movement are per formed by applying thumbtips or pads, singly or more usuall
y together, against vertebral bony prominences. Carefully graded pressures are a
pplied in various direc tions. Fingers should rest but be spread so as 10 stabili
se the more active thumbs. The lumbar regions in heavy patients may require some
of the pressures to be applied via the pisiform of the operator's hand, reinfor
ced and stabilised by the other. Gentle longitudinal distraction and compression
move ments may also be manually applied to the cervical region, while the amount
of distraction occurring at a mobile segment is palpated. Distraction may also
be applied mechanically, via a cervical harness and pulley system. Thumb pressur
es used are: postero-anterior central pressures on spinous processes; postero-an
terior uni lateral pressures over the joints between adjacent articular processes
; transverse pressures against the sides of spinous processes ; postero-anterio
r unilateral pressures on the angles of the ribs.'97 For fullest information, th
e main direction of testing movements are altered, in that central pressures may
be angulated slightly cranially or caudally, transverse pressures may be likewi
se angulated, and unilateral pressures given a cranial, caudal, medial or latera
l bias, sometimes in combination. During this important stage of examination, mo
st of the criteria (see p. 3 1 3) for testing active movements of vertebral regi
ons are reapplied, because fullest information about the segmemal localisation o
f a joint problem, and the way it is clinically manifesling ilsel can only be ga
ined by careful alld f, orderly passive tests and palpation. Note : A suggested
routine for palpation of accessory movement is included with the tabulated 'Exam
ination Procedures' for vertebral regions.
(ii) Passive tests of the available funclional or physiologi cal movement between
two vertebrae are performed when necessary.
REGIONAL EXAMINATION PROCEDURES
A basic drill for the vertebral regions and associated limb girdles is given bel
ow, each followed by a suggested palpa tion routine. These will frequently need e
laboration to elicit special information, and should therefore be regarded as mi
nimum essential testing procedure. Since pain is very frequently referred from p
roximal to distal, and since joints which are situated in areas to which pain of
spinal origin is commonly referred often develop secon dary dysfunction, which c
ontributes to the total picture of signs and symptoms, all examinations should i
nvariably proceed from the spine to the distal body parts, in an orderly sequenc
e. CERVICAL REGION-ROUTINE EXAMINATION OF NECK AND FOREQUARTER
I.
H istory ('Listen') a. What is patient'S usual daily activity (work and play) ?
b. Details of presetJI pain -site and boundaries-radiation to arm? Hand? -headac
he? Which part of cranium? Face pain? -llature--deep or surface-shooting? -impro
ving or worsening? -area of worst pain? c. Behaviour of pain related to time, po
sture and activity --constant, episodic or occasional? -what aggravates? -what e
ases? -any functional restrictions, because of pain? -night pain? -rising a.m. ?
Day/evening pain? -time-dependent or stress-dependent?
EXAMINATION d. Other sympcoms -paraesthesiae? Where? Which fingers ? (Any fullne
ss, puffiness, numbness ?) Dizziness? Dysequilibrium? Visual symp toms? -what agg
ravates/eases? -any symptoms in legs ? e. X-rayed? Drugs? Systemic steroids ? Hi
story of rheumatoid arthritis? Anticoagulants? General health? f. Onset of this,
and previous attacks (after all details of presell l symptoms understood). Prev
ious treatment, and result of that treatment ? NB Now plan which spinal and peri
pheral joints need more than rourine examination (e.g. thoracic joints, shoulder
, elbow or wrist, lower limbs--cf. cervical myelopathy). 2. Observation ('Look')
Observe pelvic posture in standing and sitting, with quick check for possible l
eg length inequality (Figs 9. 1 , 9.2, 9.4, 9.5).
Patiem sitting
323
shoulder girdle Shoulder joint
Elbow/forearm Wrist and hand
levation (active) then resisl (for C) Ievation through flexion and through abductio
n (active) -passive overpressure to clear ---<:heck ---<: heck
Head and neck posture--shoulder levels ? Spasm-asymmetry-any other contour chang
e, especially round deltoid? [nilial palpalion. Feel muscle bellies for presence
of consistency changes and postural spasm. Palpate eye brow tissues. Patjelll re
sts forehead 0" operator's chest. Palpate -,;uboccipital region ( Figs 9. 1 1 ,
9. 1 2) -lateral mass of atlas near mastoid process -paraspinal region, over neu
ral arches (see p. 32 1 ). 3. Function ('Test') Palie1lt sitting Walch for : Lim
itations and reas ons for limitation, i.c. ? pain ? stiffness ? spasm. Always gi
ve overpressure to clear, if apparently normal. Repeat if necessary for asymmetr
ical move Ext. LSF ment, deviation ; watch for level RSF affected-painful/painles
s when Flex. prevented? Employ quadrant LR movements and compression RR (localis
ing effect to craniovertebral, midcervical or cervico thoracic as applicable) if
need be, to clarify. Seek regions of muscle tightness. M "scle power -tuck chin
in C I and C2 (Figs (resisted isometric-push chin up 9. 1 3, 9. 1 4) contraction
s) -press head and neck laterally-C3
Fig. 9.13
Resisted isometric (static) contraction of muscles supplied
by Cl and C2 (a.p.r.). See 'Patterns of somatic nerve rOOt supply' (p.
69).
}
Peripheral joints
Temp. /mand. joint (Check if face pain) Clavicular joints -teSt accessory moveme
nt
Fig. 9.14
Resisted isometric (static) contraction of muscles supplied
by Cl and C2 (p.p.r.). See 'Patterns of somatic nerve root supply' (p.
69).
324
Patient lying supine Palpatjon o cervical spi1le f Forehead rest, prone lying
Gonlly hold head fully rotated for 30 seconds either side, to see if headache ag
gravated or incipient syncope produced.
Muscle power
Shdr Abd. Deltoid Elb. Flex. Biceps Elb. Ext. Triceps Wrist Ext. or Flex. Thumb
Ext. EPL EPB APL Hand Intrinsics
Reflexes
(C5) (C6) (C7) (C7) (C8)
(T I )
.,,"'
Biceps Brachioradialis Triceps
SeflSation
law jerk
V "'" ;., C5 C6 C6 C5 C7
)
rest six successive times
Stroking test along dermatomes and sensibility to pin prick if applicable. 4. Pal
pation ('Feci'). While the patien! is supine, palpate the upper three or fou r r
ibs, costochondral j unctions and intercostal spaces. a. Find abnormality (see s
eparate drill) b. Decide whether abnormality is significant (some times is not) N
B. Passive physiological movement test (PP-MT) is only included if necessary. 5.
Record (Figs 9. 40-9.46) Write a readable account of findings; asterisk salient
signs and symptoms. 6. Assess Where to place the first emphasis on treatment.
General palpation : sweep fingers lightly, paravertebrally, occiput to upper tho
racic region. Seek -general information of state of soft tissue -sensitivity of
suboccipital tissues to pinching and skin rolling -tenderness 2 fingers' breadth
lateral to suboccipital mid-line -frank thickening of deep suboccipital tissues
Segmental palpation : feeling: Allow thumbtips to sink in gently-the harder you
press the less you feel. Try to make thumbs more per ceptive ; visualise the str
uctures you are palpating (Fig. 9. 1 5). Seek abnormalities : thickening-undue t
endernessundue bony prominences-apparent bony asymmetry. Moving the joint : by t
humb-tip pressure against ver tebral prominences, increase move men! progressively
, grade I-IV; only palpate in depth if indicated Seek abnormalities : irritabili
ty-elicited spasm-dim inished or increased accessory movement-provocation of pain
and/or paraesthesiae locally and/or distally Postero-anterior central pressures
-C2-T3 Postero-anrerior unilateral pressures -Cl -T3 1 -2-3 Postero-anterior un
ilateral pressures -Ribs other (plus levels if in dicated earlier in examination)
Transverse pressures -C2-T3 For fullest information-alter direction of palpatio
n movement : -<ephalad-towards head --caudad-towards feet -more medially -more l
aterally If applicable : passive physiological-movement test (PP MT) of active in
tervertebral range of each segment. SHOULDER AND CLAV ICULAR lOI NTS ROUTINE EXAM
INATION OF SHOULDER 1 . H istory (,Listen') a. What is patient'S usual daily act
ivity (work and play)? b. Pain --extent and nature of present pain? Any head, ne
ck, scapular, thoracic or axillary pain?
Fig. 9.15
General palpation of the paravertebral sulcus, from t he
suboccipital region to the upper thorax. The suboccipi ta l rcgion should
be palpatcd when thc paticOl is lying pronc as well as sitting upright .
EXAMINATION -radiates to elbow, hand or fingers? -which aspect of arm? Which fin
gers ? c. Behaviour o pai" related [Q time, posture and f activily onstant, episo
dic or occasional ? -what aggravates, what eases? -pain at rest, or only on move
ment? -which movements ? Of neck ? Of shoulders? -how much pain is caused? -how
long after movement does pain persist? -pain at night? Can sleep on that side? -
-other functional restrictions by pain? (i.e. assess degree of joint irritabilit
y) d. Other sympcoms -any paraeslhesiae, numbness, vascular changes? -which fing
ers? -any 'deadness' 'heaviness' of arm? What provokes these? -general health? c
. Onset of this anack, and of previous attacks, if any. NB. Plan examination of
more distal joints, e.g. elbow, wrist, hand, if needed. Patie1ll siuing Observat
ion ('Look') Posture, shoulder levels, abnormalities of contour and attitude (e.
g. around head of humerus), postural spasm. Patie1ll sluing Function (,Test') a.
Routine examination of neck and clavicular joints, with active movements of sho
ulder girdle, then de tailed examination of: Note these factors: b. Shoulder -wil
lingness to movc ? Active (Fig. 9.S) then ---q u ality of movemcn t ? passive :
-scapulohumeral Ievalion forwards rhythm? -range limited? Ievation sideways -by ho
w much? (abd.) -flexion extension at 90 -what appears to limit it? -pain primari
ly? ---s pasm primarily? xternal rotation -both? -internal rotation -inert tissue
-resistancc primarily? -muscle weakness ?
Pain
325
-docs it increase without limiting the movement? -how severe is it? -how soon do
es it settle? Seek : regions of muscle tightness.
Paciem l ying
c. Neurological test of reflexes, sensation and distal muscle (CS-T I ) d. Passi
ve test o f 1 s t rib, clavicular and glenohumeral joints : I st rib -accessory
gliding -accessory gliding Clavicular repeated Glenohumeral-abduction Carefully
--external rotation recheck the -internal rotation faclOrs noted -flexion extens
ion during active at 90 movements Ievation e. Resisted contractions with shoulder
held still in neutral and elbow bent to 90 Shoulder: Abductors Adductors Ext. r
otators Int. rotators Flexors Extensors Elbow : Flexors Extensors Supinators of
forearm
Note:
Local pain eliciIed by these tests may indicate thaI muscle attachments are cont
ributing to the symp toms 2. Do not include these tests if the patient is in a lo
t of pain, but complete the examination as soon as practicable.
PQc;em l yillg 4. Palpation (,Feel') Complete the passive How does [hc humeral t
est by examination of head movc in the glenoid? accessory glenohumeral Is access
ory range rejoint movement and duced? 'quadrant' test (Le. Compare with opposite
combined movement) if arm applicable (Fig. 9 . 1 6) J Palpate also for local te
nderness, swelling, tcmpera ture and palpate the upper three or four ribs anterio
rly, the costochondral junctions and inter costal spaces. 5. Record (Figs 9. 4(}-
9. 46) Write a readable account of findings. Asterisk salient s igns and symptom
s.
I.
-when does it begin? -how quickly does it increase? -where is it felt? -when is
it felt ('arc' of pain) ? -is it provocation of presenting pain?
326
when ribs are especially vulnerable.) Anticoagu lants? Rheumatoid arthritis? Gen
eral health? f. Onset of this and previous attacks ? How treated? Result of trea
tmenr? 2. Observation (,Look') Observe pelvic posture in standing and sitting, w
ith quick check for possible leg length in equality ( Figs 9. 1 , 9.2, 9.4, 9.5)
Patient silting (after checking pelvic levels and leg length in standing) Postu
re : (especially increased a-p curves) e.g. localised or generalised 'dowager's
hump') Patient crosses forearms in front of body-in spect for rib asymmetry, prom
inence of trape zius on one side, carriage of scapulae Often useful to feel for r
ib prominence by ftat handed sweep over posterolateral surface of hemithorax. 3.
Function (,Test') Patient silting Neck: Usual tests (see 'Neck examination') Try
to clarify effects of neck and arm movements on thoracic pain Upper limbs : Exa
mine cursorily if no symptoms there (NB. Elevation of arms extends thoracic spin
e) Watch for limitation. Give over Thoracic spine: Slump (sag sit) pressure to (p
atient places Ex!. (not from hips) clear if palms on LSF apparently opposite RSF
painless and shoulders) LR full range. RR Watch for asymmetrical movement. (Che
ck chest Deep breath and cough expansion) Seek regions of muscle tightness. Pati
ent lying supine Passive neck flexion) then straight-leg-raising, then active ne
ck flexion with each straight-leg-raise to clear. NB. Neurological test oflower
limbs. (Do not leave this ou!.) Sacroiliac joint approximation and gapping of il
ia. 4. Palpation ('Feel') While patient is supine) palpate costochondral junc tio
ns and xiphoid Patient prone with a,,'u to side a. Find abnormality (see separat
e drill). b. Decide whether abnormality is significant (some times is not).
Fig. 9.16
Testing the extremes of the combined ranges of extension
abduction or the glenohumeral Joint.
6. Assess Where to place the first emphasis in treatment, and general treatment
approach. NB. Recall tendency for conditions of heart, liver and diaphragm to re
fer pain to shoulder and arm. THORACIC REGION-ROUTINE E X A M I N ATION OF THORA
CIC SPINE
I. History (, Listen') a. What is patient's usual daily activity (work and play)
? b. Details of present pain --site and boundaries ?-radiarion ?-rib areas, brea
st, sternum, abdomen ?-Uppcr limb ?-Neck? -nature-aching or stabbing? -getting b
etter or worse? -where wors t ? c . Behaviour of pain related t o time, posture
and activity --constant, episodic or occasional? -what aggravates? -what eases?
-neck movements? -arm movements? -trunk movements? -coughing and deep breath? d.
Other symptoms -paraesthesiae in arms, in legs? -any weakness in arms, in legs?
e. X-rayed? Recently on systemic steroids ? Gastrec tomy? ( Latter twO because o
f possible osteoporosis,
EXAMINATION Record ( Figs 9.40-9.46) Write a readable account of findings ; aste
risk salient signs and symptoms. 6. Assess Where to place the first emphasis in
treatment.
Palpation o choracic spine (Upper thoracic area included f in Cervical spine exa
mination) Prone Iying-arms to side , head to olle side
5.
327
General palpation : -sweep fial hand, paravertebrally, for state of skin texture
and moisture -thumbs across sacrospinalis for spasm -fingers longitudinally in
paravertebral sulcus, for undue prominence and line of spinous processes -flat-h
anded vertical pressure Segmental palpation : feeling: Allow thumbtips to sink i
n gently-the harder you press the less you feel. Try to make thumbs morc per cept
ive ; visualise the Structures you arc palpating. Seck abnormalities : thickenin
g-undue tenderness undue bony prominences Moving the joint: by thumbtip pressure
against ver tebral prominences, increase move ment progressively, grades I-I V ; o
nly palpate in depth if indicated Seek abnormalities: irritability--elicited spa
sm-dim inished or increased accessory movement-provocation of pain and or paraest
hesiae locally and or distally Postero-anterior central pressures -TI-TI2 Poster
o-anterior unilateral pressures-T l -T l 2 -TI-T I 2 Transverse pressures For fu
llest information-alter direction of palpation movement : -<ephalad-towards head
--caudad-towards feet -more medially -more laterally If applicabl e : passive p
hysiological-movement test (PP-MT) of active intervertebral range of each segmen
t. LUMBAR REGI ON-ROUTINE EXAMINATION OF BACK AND H I N DQUARTERS
I.
History (,Listen') a. What is patient's usual daily activity (work and play) ? b
. Details of present pain -site and boundaries ?-radiation to buttock, thigh, le
g, foot, toes?
-nature-deep or surface ? -improving or worsening? -area of worst pain ? c. Beha
viour o pain related to time, posture and f activity --constant, episodic or occ
asional ? -what aggravates ? -wha t eases ? --effect of sitting and rising from
? --effect of stooping and rising from? -night pain? Rising a.m. (stiffness or p
ain)? -day pain? Evening pain? -time-dependent or stress-dependent? --other func
tional restrictions by pain (eg. cough or sneeze ) ? -standing? Walking? d. Olil
er symptoms -paraesthesiae ? Where? -which toes ? 'Saddle' area? -micturition ?
-weakness in legs? e. X-rayed? Drugs? Systemic steroids ? Anticoagu Ian ts? Gener
al heal th? f. Ol/set of this, and of previous attacks (after all details of pre
se,ll symptoms understood). Previous treatment, and result of that treatment ? N
B . Now pial/ which spinal and peripheral joints need more than routine examinat
ion (e.g. sacroiliac, hip, knee, ankle). 2. Observation ('Look') Pelvic and shou
lder levels-spinal posture-iliac crest levels-leg lengths-postural spasm-swellin
g-<>ther contour changes. (NB. see also Examination of sacro iliac joint.) (Figs
9. 1 , 9.2, 9.4, 9.S.) 3. Function (,Test') Patient SIal/ding (feet a little apa
rt) Ext. Watch for : limitation and reasons for limitation, i.e. ? pain, ? stiff
ness, ? LSF spasm RSF Flex. Overpressure to clear. Corner extension movements an
d com pression, if need. Asymmetrical movement? (repeat if necessary, and watch f
or level affected) De viation ? Painful or painless when correc[ed? Seek regions
of muscle tightness. Muscle powe r : Toe standing for calf ( S I-2). Repeat six
times consecutively for each side. Patient srllwg (knees together and arms folde
d) (Compare sitting posture to standing posture) . R. Rot. mes as m stan d'mg. W
atch lor abnormaI' . C L . Rot.
j
{
328
Patient lying supine
Passive neck flexion-iliac gapping and approxima tion-hip and knee flexion and ro
tation--straight-leg raising--suaighr-ieg-raising with neck flexion. Test straigh
t-leg raising with hip slightly adducted, and in neutral rotation, and with foot
held at 90 (Fig. 9 . 1 7). Functional teS t : Neck rest crook lying with feet f
ixed: trunk raise forward. Muscle power: Psoas L 1 -2 L3 Quad. T.A. L4 EHL L5 Ti
b. Post. L5 Reflexes : Knee-jerk (L3) six times, and plantar re sponse Test for a
nkle clonus Sensation : Stroking test, and sensibility to pinprick if applicable
.
Palielll l ying pro1le
b. Decide whether abnormality is significant (some times is not) NB. Passive phys
iological-movement test (PP-M T) if necessary, in appropriate positions. 5. Reco
rd (Figs 9.4()-9.46) Write a readable account of findings; asterisk salient sign
s and symptoms. 6. Assess Where to place the first emphasis in treatment.
Palpatioll o lumbar spille f
Standing-feel for postural spasm
PQtiem ill prone Iyh'g
(arms to side, head to one side)
General palpation : -sweep fiat hand, for skin state -thumbs across sacrospinali
s, for spasm -fingers longitudinally in paravertebral sulcus, for undue prominen
ce and line of spinous processes -fiat-handed vertical pressure. Segmental palpa
tion : feeling: Allow thumbtips to sink in gently-the harder you press the less
you feel. Try to make thumbs more per ceptive ; visualise the structures you are
palpating. Seek abnormalities : thickening-undue tenderness-un due bony prominenc
es Moving the joint: by thumbtip pressure against ver tebral prominences, increas
e move ment progressively, grades I-I V ; only palpate i n depth if indicated. Se
ek abnormalities : irritability-elicted spasm-dimin ished or increased accessory
move ment-provocation of pain and/or paraesthesiae locally and/or distally Poster
o-anterior central pressure -LI -L5 Postero-anterior unilateral pressure-LI-L5 -
LI-L5 Transverse pressure Whole of sacroiliac sulcus Tip of coccyx Use pisiform
pressure technique if indicated. For fullest information-alter direction of palp
ation movement: -cephalad-towards head audad-towards feet -more medially -more la
terally If applicable : passive test of physiological intervertebral movement (P
P-MT) of each segment. PELVIC J O INTS-ROUTINE EXAMINATION O F THE SACROILIAC JO
INT
Reflexes : Ankle-jerk ( S I). Test tendon-jerk six times Muscle power: Ham S2 Gl
ut. SI Femoral nerve stretch teSt: prone knee bending, with hip extension (stabi
lise pelvis) Functional test : feel fixed: head and shoulder raise. 4. Palpation
(,Feel') a. Find abnormality (sec separate drill)
Fig. 9.17
Straight-leg-raising should be tested with the hip slightly
m
adduc1.cd,
t\\.)TID20\ \\m\l o \''''. tnt OO\ s nou\6 not be too strong\), dorsWlexed as thiS
can produce pam in a 'lOrma/ limb.
neutral rOlati.on and with the. fOOl held at 90
. Neat the
T!\e c\)mte\\e!\'.\v e)<.a.m\!\a.\\\)!\ <:> \n\. i<:>\!\\ .nou\d 'oe regarded as an
expanded section of the 'Routine examina-
EXAMINATION tion of back and hindquarters' (q.v.). The sacroiliac joint should n
ot be examined comprehensively until the lumbar spine, hip and lower limb examin
ations, including neuro logical tests, have been completed. This self-discipline
is necessary because of our ubiqui tous tendency to jump to conclusions about sup
posed sacroiliac joint conditions as the cause of the patient's low back pain an
d/or sciatica. A good rule of thumb might be : 'Deformity or asymmetry docs not
always mean patho logy.' Because the joint lies in an area to which pain is very
frequendy referred from the lumbar spine and occasionally from the hip, it is de
sirable to exclude lumbar lesions, lumbosacral conditions, conditions of one or
both hips and serious disease of the sacroiliac joint before admitting the proba
bility of a benign sacroiliac condition as responsible for the symptoms reported
and likely to re spond to the appropriate manual techniques. This is desir able,
but not always possible. Following thorough ex amination, one must sometimes proc
eed initially on a basis of greatest likelihood, thereafter depending upon conti
nu ing assessment of the results of treatment to provide more guidance. When lumb
ar and sacroiliac joint signs are equivocal, which frequently happens, a good ru
le is to give priority to the lumbar spine, and to proceed thereafter by a proce
ss of exclusion based on assessment of treatment effects. ] f the problem is sac
roiliac rather than lumbar, i t will declare itself soon enough. The distributio
n of pain can be important, yet its seg mental significance is not always easy to
clarify because :
Exami,laliofl.
329
induce quite gross movement in the lumbar spine and are much too unspecific ; a
few are seemingly based on the idea that rotatory movement of the ilium, around
an axis at S2 level, is the only important movement occurring at the sacroiliac
joint. Yet others are so subjective that de scription of them is an irrelevance.
Observation
1 . Dermatomes are neurophysiological entities, whose boundaries can fluctuate w
ith the levels of facilitation at cord segments 2. Patients vary considerably in
their pauerns of pain reference or projection from similar, common joint ab norm
alities 3. Pain may be referred to sclerotome areas, which differ from dermatome
s. Proceeding in a logical sequence of comprehensive tests for the suspected joi
nts, we ask: 'What does it look like?' and 'What is the X-ray appearance ?' but
most impor tantl y : 'Which applied compressions or tensions and other stresses a
ggravate or reproduce the symptoms reported by the patient?'
Examination techniques
Gutmann ( 1 970)475 mentions that while the cervical spine and the craniovertebr
al joints arc important in disturb ances of verrebral mobility, the lumbo-pelvo-h
ip region is more important in disturbance of posture ; a careful analysis of pe
lvic posture is necessary. Feelingand looking sim ul taneously can cause confusi
on ; when clinically testing for symmetry, it is wiser to localise thumbs or fin
gers on bony points without also visual ising the area, and then to observe the
levels being palpated. Whether the thumbs are settled upwards or downwards onto
bony points is unimportant. One should resist the tendency to find what one woul
d like to find (Figs 9. 1 , 9.2, 9.4, 9.5). Pieda/lu Js sign. \x/ith the patient
sitting on a hard flat surface, one posterior superior iliac spine, more fre que
ntly on the painful side, is lower than its fellow. On forward flexion, the posi
tion is reversed, the previously lower bony point now becomes the higher of the
two. Maigne ( 1 972)'" explains it as being due to muscular contracture ; Piedal
lu asserts that the blocked joint moves solidly as one, while the sacrum on the
painless side is free to move through its small range with the lumbar spine. Wha
tever the explanation, the sign is that of an unmistak able movement abnormality
with a torsional component. A method of detecting movement abnormalities, in the
standing patient, is that of palpating the changing rela tionship of bony points
of the sacrum and posterior ilium when the patient flexes the hip and knee of t
he un supported side. This test, included in the teaching on post-registration ma
nipulation courses in the UK since 1 970, is well illustrated in Figure 9. 3. Th
e fact that the ischial tuberosity moves laterally dur ing hip fle xion, while th
e P S I S moves downward during the same movement, is a clear indication that no
rmal movement ofthe ilium, at the sacroiliac joint, is other than simple rotatio
n.
Neurological tests
It is good practice to try to restrict testing procedures on the lying patient t
o either the lumbar spine or the sacro iliac joint, and not test both together. T
his is difficult (e.g. the iliolumbar ligament presents problems) but it is wort
h attempting at all times. The number of tests is legion. Some so-called tests d
o not merit description while others
The presence of lumbosacral nerve root and/or cauda equina involvement, due to t
he consequences of spondy lotic changes and/or other pathology, should be accepte
d if: There are manifest neurological signs currently associ ated with the episod
e being treated. Coughing and sneezing produce a smart exacerbation of the pain,
more especially in the limb.
330
on the right, the right pubic ramus and anterior superior iliac spine will ofte
n be a little forward and higher, respec tively, than the same bony points on the
left ; similarly, the right posterior superior iliac spine will be a little low
er than on the left. The prone knee-bending hip-extension range on the right sid
e is often restricted, sometimes pain fully, since the attachments of rectus femo
ris on thar side have been drawn slightly apart. That the range is not in variabl
y restricted or painful is a reminder that backward rotation of one ilium is not
the only form in which pelvic asymmetry can present ; confident pronouncements
about a 'posterior innominate' as the cause of the patient'S pain are not always
j ustified, because the painful side is occa sionally on the left in the example
quoted, and at times there appears to have occurred a slight bodily shift of on
e ilium, with little 'rotation.' The clinical states of this mysterious joint ha
ve not yet been satisfactorily clarified and arc by no means under stOod. Attempt
s to clarify problems by dogmatic asser tions serve only to cloud the issue and t
o retard real under standing. For example, the objective evidence, of palpable as
ymmetry of the posterior margins of the ilium on the side of pain, is not always
most manifest at the posterior superior iliac spine, but equally manifest along
the whole length of the posterior margin ; thus it is apparent that the asymmet
ry can be more of a slight shift in relationships rather than a pure rotation, w
hich is plainly not possible at such a joint. Whether this asymmetry has anythin
g to do with what the patient reports by way of symptoms is a matter for experie
nced assessment.
Radiography
Brudzinski's neck flexion sign is positive in that it aggra vates haunch and limb
pain. Bilateral jugular vein compression also aggravates the pain within a shor
t interval, often almost immediately. A sacroiliac condition can of course coexi
st. Patients with sacroiliac problems often repor[ paraes thesiae in the absence
of neurological signs, which appear to simulate the consequences of lumbosacral
root involve ment; also a diminished ankle-jerk and some residual muscle weakness
may be the tombstone of a past disco genic episode and may have no connection wi
th a current sacroiliac condition. Straight-leg-raising is not an exclusively ne
urological test ; besides its tendency to disturb lumbar joints in vari ous ways
it also applies stress to the sacroiliac joints, and this can at times be used a
s a differentiation method. I f straight-leg-raising on one side is restricted t
o 70 b y a jab of haunch and leg pain, and the contralateral leg can be raised t
o a painless 90 , then raising both legs together to a painless 90 indicates tha
t reduced range on the affected side is due to unilateral torsional stress on th
at sacroiliac joint. This test does not preclude a possible coexisting lumbar pr
oblem, it only indicates the cause of straight-leg-raising restriction, yet this
is clearly helpful when assessing. Exacerbation of sciatic pain, by forcible fo
ot dorsiflexion near the end of a painfully limited straight-leg-raising range (
Fig. 9 . 1 7) is not always a reli able indication that the extra pain is due to
further sciatic nerve stretc h ; foot dorsiflexion will often produce calf pain
at 60 to 70 on a normal leg, and simple calf tender ness often accompanies purely s
acroiliac conditions, being exacerbated by the dorsiflexion test.
Iliac gapping and approximation test
The importance of these tests is their usefulness in exclud ing joint irritabilit
y, hypermobility and serious disease. They should never be left out, yet they ar
e frequently negative in the presence of benign sacroiliac problems, which are c
onfirmed by other tests, and which can be relieved by mobilisation or manipulati
on techniques applied specifically to the joint.
Hip extension
When there is hypomobility in one sacroiliac joint, an additional test may serve
to conform it. The therapist stands level with the pelvis and leans over the pr
one patient to stabilise the sacrum with the palm of one hand, while the other h
and passively extends the hip with an above-knee grasp. The leg on the hypomobil
ity side feels heavier and cannot be extended as much as its fellow.
Prone knee-bending hip-extension test
Not surprisingly, a patient with unremarkable X-ray appearances may be in consid
erable pain from a sacroiliac lesion. Continental radiologists have developed th
e tech nique of sacroiliac radiography in the craniocaudal axis. The tube is posi
tioned above the patient who leans the trunk forward a little while sitting on t
he casselle (Fig. 9. 1 8). The view gives beller detail of the bony joint sur fac
es, particularly of the ventral aspect at the level of the pelvic brim ; the cir
cumscribed opacities seen in orthodox views can be shown to be intra- or extraos
seous. )n osteitis condensans ilii, the thickness of the involved ilium can be s
hown. Whether it will become possible to radiographically show subtle yet painfu
l changes in joint relationship remains to be seen. Incidentally, Figure 4.59 on
page 445 of the 35th edition of Gray's A llaromy beauti fully depicts a right-si
ded so-called 'posterior innominate' sacroiliac lesion in a female patient!
Palpation
When pelvic asymmetry, in patients with equal leg lengths, accompanies unilatera
l sacroiliac joint pain, e.g.
The joint can be palpated in one locality only, i.e. at its inferior extent in t
he region of the posterior inferior iliac spine. Acute unilateral tenderness her
e and thickening is very common in painful sacroiliac conditions, and when
EXAMINATION
331
The patient leans forward a linIe, although the sacrum remains practically verti
cal
,
Olmpleal p S.I.S.
,
,
,
Fig. 9.18 Radiographs in an inclined parasagittal plane so that the main ray i s
in the general plan\.' of IhL" sacroiliac joint of that side. (After Hayes J, H
ayes E February 1979 Bri!. Assoc. Man. Med. Newsletter.)
\
General plane of sacrO-lliac JOint
well localised (as opposed to a general referred tenderness of the whole buttock
) is a useful confirmatory sign. When palpating for movement abnormalities in th
e sacroiliac sulcus, it is impossible to feel movement in the joint ; what one s
enses is a rhythmic, shifting relationship of adjacent bony prominences. After a
little practice, changes in (cn sion and springiness of the sacrotuberous ligame
nt arc surprisingly easy to feel through the gluteal mass, although gluteal tend
erness must be taken into account before admitting the value of this test in ind
ividual cases and assessing the differences in tension, if any. A change in join
t relationships, which tends to approxi mate the sacral and tuberous attachments
of the ligament, will slightly reduce the tension on one side, and vice versa, p
rovided such a change has occurred. We have already noted that pain from the joi
nt need not be accompanied by asymmetry.
Sacral apex pressure test
This is one of the most valuable tests because it is the most localised and spec
ific, when applied on the prone patient ( Fig. 9. 1 9). On a firm surface, the p
elvis rests on a tripod of two anterior superior spines and the pubis. Sacral ap
ex pressure tends to shear the sacral joints and the lumbo-
sacral joint on the stabilised ilia. While apex tenderness alone is inconclusive
, exacerbation of the unilateral sacral pain complained of is strong supportive
evidence of a sacroiliac problem. The fact that lumbosacral shearing may also be
referring pain to the sacroiliac joint must be borne in mind--one is never reli
eved of the obligation to assess. In many patients the only sigm will be the sli
ght uni lateral deepening of a sacroiliac sulcus, the subtle flatten ing on one bu
ttock, asymmetrical hip rotations without range discrepancies and the provocatio
n of localised pain by craniocaudal and anteroposterior stressing of the joint s
urfaces (Fig. 9.20). Pain provocation, by the various methods of stressing the j
oint, are really no morc than developments of the simple apex pressure test ; it
is a mistake to rely too heavily upon these developments in examination, and li
ke all olher tests the findings by these methods should be in corporated into the
clinical assessment as a whole. In this respect, one should bear in mind that s
acroiliac movement includes angular and parallel (shuffling) movement, as well a
s so-called rotations. Stressing first one and then the other ilium and the sacr
um in opposite craniocaudal direc tions may at times reveal a consistent pattern
of provoca-
332
(A) (B)
Fig. 9. 2 I A
Fig. 9.218
(e)
Rocking sacrum by pressure at its apex or caudal end with medial edge of right h
and. Left hand palpates changes in lefl sulcus.
Fig. 9.19
Fig. 9.21c Fig. 9.21
Scheme of posterior aspect of pelvis
tion or relief of symptoms, with particular combinations of pressure, and these
palpation findings may assist in selecting the therapeutic movement.
For the purposes o examination by palpalion with the f palie1lf prone,
tion, is the most effective in aggravating the pain (testing pressures are shown
as continuous lines). Thus, in the example (Fig. 9. 2 10), other combinations o
f craniocaudal movements which might also provoke the pain are as shown. Reading
from left to right: left ilium cranial left lower sacrum caudal right lower sac
rum cranial right ilium caudal traction on right leg
(0)
the sacrum is functionaHy divided (Fig. 9. 2 1 A and B) (A) into two paramedian
halves and (B) an upper and lower half; and by carefully localised provoca tive p
ressures, it can be determined which stress is most effective in aggravating the
symptoms (Dietzel, 1978). 25' The affected side is always that on which the gre
atest palpable soft-tissue changes and the greatest aggravation of pain by provo
cative pressures can be demonstrated. With a left-sided joint problem (Fig. 9. 2
1c) provocative pressure on the left half of the sacrum, in a caudal direc-
Fig. 9.210
Similarly in Figure 9. 2 1 E, different craniocaudal move ments (now as broken l
ines) which may tend to dimj,u'sh pain are as shown from left to right: traction
on left leg left ilium caudal left half of sacrum cranial right half of sacrum
caudal right Bium cranial
Fig. 9.20
Stressing the joint in a caudal/cephalic direction. Sacrum towards the head with
ilium stabilised.
EXAMINATION
333
As with cranial/caudal pressures, the intensity of pro voked pain and the degrees
of relief on ventral pressures are variable ; once the graphic method is agreed
, it is poss ible to symbolise with economy the two main provocative movements. F
or example:
(HI
Fig. 9.211:.
It will be apparent that in those cases where the mOSt potent provocative pressu
re is caudally on the righT ilium, the direction and side of the other movements
depicted will be reversed. Theclarityofthese findings will differ between patie
nts, and clinical presentation does not always fit neatly into these somewhat sy
stemised textbook patterns. Also, pain may be provoked when both ilia are presse
d cranially, or both halves of the sacrum are pressed caudally (Fig. 9. 2 1 F).
(FI
---+,
Fig. 9.21u
-f.
If the dorsal aspect of the sacrum is represented by a cross (Fig. 9. 2 1 H) , c
ranio/caudal pressures are represented by arrows and ventral pressures by dots.
The most pro vocative ofthe testing procedures are then seen at a glance, and the
movements most likely to assist in relieving pain can, after consideration of o
ther factors, be selected for initial trial and assessment of results.
A suggested examination drill may be tabulated as follows: observation-testing m
ovement-palpation
provocative movement
- - - - --. 'therapeutic' movement
Fig. 9.21F
By imagining an upper and lower half of the sacrum (but not placing an imaginary
rotatory axis in any particu lar location, since the movements are highly unlike
ly to be purely rotatory) we can distinguish which venTral pressure, on the uppe
r and lower halves of each side of the sacrum, also tend to provoke or diminish
the patient'S pain.
(Parielll stallds with feel a lillie apart alld parallel) Symmetry of general sp
inal contours ? Stands with pelvic rotation? Buttock contour? Level of gluteal f
olds ? Asymmetry of gluteal cleft? Level of il iac crests, and tubercle of crest
s ? (Fig. 9 . 1 ) Swollen appearance over one or other joint? P S I S levels fro
m behind? (Fig. 9.2) A S I S levels in front ? Lateral pelvic tilt? Real or appa
rent leg shortening? Observe pelvic posture during Trendelenbcrg's test. (Paliel
ll bellds fo"vard) Skyline view of gluteal mass from in front of patient. Reobse
rve and repalpate P S I S for asymmetry (Pie dallu's sign). (Fig. 9.4) (Patielll
sits erect 011 hard level sur /ace, and [hen bends for ward) Repeat observations
and palpation of bony points from behind, in both positions-lateral pelvic tilts
till present or previous lateral tilt in standing now eradicated? (Fig. 9.5) Man
y patients have anomalies of bony points ; interpret findings conservatively. Wh
en testing, compare sides and seek unequal move ment, loss of movement (Fig. 9.3)
, tissue contracture, hypermobility, undue tenderness, irritability. Before usin
g thigh as a lever, check that there is no hip joint involvement.
1
Fig. 9.2IG
In this example (Fig. 9.2 1G), either or both of the pressures (l right half of
sacrum caudally and . right lower sacrum ventrally) are the most provocative pre
ssures, while ventral pressure on the remaining three small quarters (Le. upper
right and two left) will tend to be more comfortable for the patient.
334
(Patiem lies supine) Check for leg lengths and 'set' of the pelvis, with patienI
lying straight (see p. 309). View horizontal levels of AS I S ; observe how the
limbs fall into rotation. Examine hips : Compare tcnsion, by passive stretch of
: Abductors, and iliotibial band Adductors, i.e. abduction of flexed limb with f
oot alongside opposite knee (Patrische test) Iliopsoas, i.e. with opposite hip f
ully flexed to allow passive extension of affected side Passive flexion-adductio
n test (Fig. 9.22). Hurt in groin or buttock? End-feel ? Add pressure down lengt
h of femuf, with opposite A S I S stabilised in this postion. Hurt? External and
internal rotation. Limited? Static isometric contractions of hip abductors and
adductors. Painful ? Where? Examine sacroiliac joint : Iliac gapping and approxi
mation tests with flat hard pil low under patient's lumbar spine Palpate in sacro
iliac sulcus of same side while repeti tively flexing, and then flex-adducting, h
ip. Movement abnormalities ? Straight-Ieg-raising---e ither leg, then both toget
her Palpation : Bacr's point (iliacus spasm and tenderness). Compare sides. Addu
ctor insertion, for undue tenderness. Anterior acetabular region. Configuration
of symphysis pubis, and undue tender ness there.
Stress sacrum upwards and ilium downwards and vice versa. Painful? What is the p
attern of provocation and relief? (Figs 9.20, 9. 21) Palpatioll : Relative depth
of sulci. Undue tenderness medial to P I I S . Symmetry o fsacrotuberous and sa
crospinous ligaments through gluteal mass (which may itself be tender). Record (
Figs 9.40-9. 46) Write a readable account of findings ; asterisk salient signs a
nd symptoms. Assess Where to place the first emphasis in treatment.
Discussion
Plainly, indications for treatment will become more marked in an almost direct r
elationship to the number of factors which arc accurately assessed. The more com
pre hensive the examination, the more likely appropriate treatment will be found,
as the weight of emphasis gradu ally mounts up during examination. Therefore it
is of tirst importance to be thorough and comprehensive, and to place more relia
nce on observable facts than on an over imaginative interpretation of them. Never
theless, the vagaries of referred pain can cause great difficulty, and it is wis
e to remember that combined sacroiliac and symphysis pubis conditions tend to re
fer pain to haunch, groin and anteromedial thigh; also that it is not rare for a
sacroiliac problem to be accompanied by abnormalities at the third lumbar segme
nt. ROUTINE EXAMINATION OF THE H I P
(Paciem lies prone, wich arms (0 side) Skyline view of gluteal mass, and view de
grees of rota tion of resting legs. Check leg lengths in extension and in knee fl
exion (see p. 310). Examine hips: Passively extend each hip while stabilising sa
crum with opposite hand. Extension limited and 'heavier' leg on affected side? C
ompare tension of rectus femoris, e.g. press heel to buttock with pelvis stabili
sed, then gently extend hip. Limited? Hurt? With knees flexed 90, check hip rotat
ion Examine sacroiliac joinc: Flex far knee to 90 and medially rotate far hip rep
eti tively ; with pelvis stabilised by operator's chest, palpate near sacroiliac
sulcus. Movement abnormalities ? (Fig. 1 2.60) Rock sacrum by repetitive pressur
es to its apex (at sacrococcygeal joint), compare movements at sulci. Does it hu
rt at sacroiliac joint? (Fig. 9 . 1 9)
The comprehensive examination of this joint should be regarded as an expanded se
ction of 'Routine examination of back and hindquarters' (q.v.). Some of the test
s here are included in that routine. Nevertheless, exclusion of problems at the
lumbar spine and sacroiliac joint, and neurological tests of the lower limbs, sh
ould accompany the more detailed hip examination set out below. Pain in the hip
region need not arise from the hip joint, and that due to a hip condition is not
necessarily felt in that area. Because the hip joint is the proximal end of a w
eight bearing and dynamically stabilised column, examination procedures should re
flect this in their emphasis on functional weight-bearing tests. I . History (,L
isten') a. What is patient's usual activity (work and play)? b. Details of prese
nc pain --extent and nature? -any back, buttock, trochanter, groin, thigh! leg p
ain? -what aspect of limb? Which toes?
EXAMtNATION
335
c. Behaviour o pain related to time, posture and j activity (Assess degree of jo
int irritability) ontinuous) episodic or occasional? -pain at rest, or only on mo
vement ? -what movement? Of back? Of hip joint? -how much pain is caused? -how l
ong after movement does pain per sist? -pain at night? Can sleep on that side? -
-other functional restrictions by pain? Standing? walking? stairs ? driving? dre
ss ing? -how far can patient walk comfortably? d. Other symptoms -paraesthcsiae ?
Numbness? Blanching or flushing due to vascular changes ? Which roes? -any 'dea
dness'/,heaviness' of limb? What provokes this? e. X-rayed recently ? Drugs ? Sy
stemic steroids? Anti coagulants ? History of rheumatoid arthritis ? General heal
th? f. Onset of this, and previous anacks? Previous treatment? Result of treatm
ent, if any? NB. Now pial! which more distal joints need more than routine exami
nation, e.g. tibiofibular, knee, ankle joint, foot. 2. Observation ('Look') Pati
enr standing Changes of contour-swelling-wasting? Changes of attitude-stance? 3.
Function (,Test') Patienr standing Observe : -standing from sitting -walking -s
tanding and flexing alternate knee to chest, and extending, abducting and rotati
ng non weight-bearing leg -hopping lightly on one leg -wide stride standing -step
ping up on stool on either leg -full squat position from standing Equilibrium te
st: -patient stands on one leg, with eyes closed, and is lightly supported by on
e hand. Check stabilisation efficiency of each hip when vision is denied.
Patien t lying supine
range of the right hip joint.
Fig.
9.22
Passive test of the 'cnd-fee)' of combined flexion-adduction
Muscle power : resisted isometric contraction Flexors Abductors Adductors of hip
Extensors External rotators I nternal rotators Palpation : Baer's point ( flexo
r spasm) Swelling Wasting Tenderness anteriorly and laterally over bur sae Temper
ature
Patient l ying prone
Passive test: of all ranges compared with other limb, with overpressure and asse
ssment of 'end-feel' (i.e. assess nature oflimiting factor, if any), especi ally
of combined ranges, e.g. flexion-adduction (Fig. 9.22). Test compression and dis
traction Seek regions of muscle tightness
Press heel to buttock with pelvis stabilised--extend hip joint Muscle power : re
sisted isometric contraction Hamstrings, as knee flexors and knee rotators Palpa
tion : -ischial tuberosities and posterior trochanter area -bulk of gluteus maxi
mus when statically contracted 4. Record ( Figs 9. 40-9.46) Write a readable acc
ount of findings. Asterisk salient signs and symptoms. 5. Assess Where to place
the first emphasis in treatment, and general treatment approach.
336
PAS S IVE PHYS IOLOGICAL MOVEMENT TESTS (PP-MT)
Because examination of intervertebral movement may employ both accessory-movemen
t tests and physiological movement tests, it is necessary to distinguish clearly
between them, and for this reason the following pro cedures arc named as above. D
escriptions of examination procedures are best used as companions to practical t
eaching sessions, because the method cannot be adequately learned from a text ;
fami liarity with the nature and extent of movement at the dif ferent segments tak
es some time to acquire. There are many ways of perceiving movement, and the tec
hniques described are somewhat basic ; they can be de veloped as the therapist ga
ins skill. Some therapists test each segment in both weight-bearing and non-weig
ht bearing posirions. The examiner should adopt a procedure which comes most easi
ly to hand and is methodical ; apart from modifi cations to suit a particular pat
ient'S physique, it is better to stick to the method chosen-the same tests shoul
d be done in (he same way every time. Procedure: Any apparent positional abnorma
lities should be noted first (in this connection, transverse pro cesses arc more
important than spinous processes), tests for segmental mobility arc then applied
. No more pressure than is needed to adequately detect the ranges of move ment sh
ould be used. I t is important not to 'waggle' but to produce precise, rhythmic
movements offair amplitude and regular frequency.
Co-C!
Fig.
9.23
Passive physiological-movement test (PP-MT) of side
flexion of CO-CI segment. It is important to isolate mo"ement to the craniovertc
bral junction.
Patient lies supine with head on a flat pillow Therapist stands at head with pat
ient's vertex in contact with his abdomen Side-flexion: Support occiput with fin
gers of left hand while left thumbtip rests between lateral mass of C l and mast
oid process. Place right hand as required for efficient sup port of patient'S hea
d. Repetitively side-flex craniovertebral junc tion to right side as thumb percei
ves amount of gapping between C l and mastoid on the left. Isolate movement to u
pper cervical o1lly (Fig. 9. 23). Repeat to opposite side after changing grasp.
Roratio1l : Stand a little clear of head and rotate it away from palpating thumb
. Repear to opposite side, with changed grasp (Fig. 9. 24). Flexioll : Rest pati
ent's occiput on small block and place palm (fingers caudally) on patient's fore
-
Fig. 9.24
Passive physiological-movement test (PP-MT) of the small
degree of rotation between the alias and occiput. The neck itst'lr should be hel
d in the neutral position so far as saginaJ movement is concerned.
Fig.
9.25
Passive physiological-movement test (PP-MT) of the range
or flexion at the craniovertebral junction (CO-CI).
EXAMINATION
337
head. Press forehead caudally so that chin is repetitively depressed by movement
at cranioverrcbral junction. Palpate, with finger or thumb, the left and then t
he right basiocci put at the joint as the head flexes (Fig. 9. 25). Extension: Re
move block, and with patient's vertex in therapist's abdomen, together with each
fore finger against the joint on that side, repeti tively extend the patient's he
ad at the cranio vertebral j unction by flexion of therapist's knees (Figs 9.26,
9.27).
r
Passive physiological-movement test (PP-MT) of the extension range at the cranio
vertebral junction (CO-Cl). The point of contact bttween patient's vertex and th
erapist's abdomen moves through an arc, the axis of which is the craniovertebral
joint. This necessitates considerable movement of the therapist's tfunk, hips a
nd knees.
Fig.
9.26
Passive physiological-movement test (PP-MT) of extension the craniovertebral jun
ction, illustrating the considerable movement of the therapist'S trunk. hips and
knees.
Fig. 9.27
at
CI-C2 Patient lies supine. Therapist stands at head. Rotation with side-flexion:
Support head with palm of left hand, while the index or middle finger is rested
on the tip ofC2 spinous process. The right hand rests as convenient on that sid
e of the patient's head, and helps to guide the testing move ment. With the left
palpating fingertip kept in the mid-line, the patient's head is side flexed to le
ft and right; the degree of offset of the spinous process of C2 to the opposite
side is a measure of both side-flexion and rota tion range , since these two degr
ees of freedom are interdependent. (For alternative method see p. 34 1 ) ( Figs
9. 28, 9.29). Flexion: Support head with palm under occiput, and pads of middle
fingers resting on the postero lateral aspect of the C I-2 joint; check that it i
s not C2-3. Flex head repetitively and com pare move men t.
Fig.
9.28 Passive physiological-movement teSt (PP-MT) of rotation wilh-side-flexion of
the atlamoocial joint C I-<:2.
Excemion: Extend head, keeping movement confined to upper cervical region only.
C2-C6 Patient lies supine on high plinth.
Flexion:
Therapist sits or crouches at patient's head, supports occiput with one palm (fi
ngers to wards patient's vertex) and repetitively flexes
338
between segments C2-C6.
Fig. 9.30
Passive physiological-movement testing (PP-MT) of flexion,
Fig. 9.29 Passive physiological-movement test (PP-MT). Alternative method of exa
mining the physiological range of combined side-flexion and rotation of the atla
ntoaxial joint (C l -C2) .
neck while edge of opposite thumb palpates gapping between successive spinous pr
o cesses from above downwards. Flexion is gradually increased for the lower segme
nts (Fig. 9. 30). Extension: The therapist stands at patient's head and supporrs
occiput with the non-palpating hand. With palm of the palpating hand con venient
ly placed, the therapist places index or middle finger (or one reinforcing the o
ther) over the junction of adjacent vertebral arches, and pushes the neck into e
xtension. The therapist's trunk is somewhat involved in the movement. Repeat on
opposite side (Fig. 9.31). Side-flexion: The therapist places the right foot a p
ace out and forward ; otherwise the starting position is virtually the same. Sid
e-flexion is palpated during bending the patient's neck towards the right by som
e movements of the therapist'S body. Movement is gradually increased for the low
er segments. Change starting position and repeat to oppo site side. Rotation: The
therapist stands facing the side of the patient's head and cups the occiput in
the
Fig. 9.31
extension at cervical segments between C2 and C6.
Passive physiological-movement testing (PP-MT) of
fingers of the cranial hand, with palm near to the patient's ear. The palm of th
e caudal hand is placed over the patient's far zygoma and cheek, while the pad o
f middle finger rests postero-Iaterally on the far vertebral arches. Rotation mo
vement is perceived by a recipro cating action of both hands, turning the head to
wards the therapist. Repeat to opposite side. C6-T3 All of the movements of this
region are examined with the patient in .ide-Iying and the therapist facing the
patient, resting his sternum on the deltoid area of the uppermost folded arm to
provide some stabilisation of the patient's trunk. The therapist's cranial fore
arm supports the patient's head, with fingers curling round the patient's lower
neck-the medial fingers are more active in grasping, while the therapist'S crani
al forearm and trunk take part in the movements. Avoid stress on the patient's n
eck.
EXAMINATION
339
Flexion, extension, rotation and side-flexion are all tested in this position, w
hile one finger of the caudal hand palpates movement between adjacent spinous pr
ocesses (Fig. 9. 32). Side-flexion and rotation are repeated to the opposite sid
e.
Fig. 9.32
Passive physiological-movement testing (PP-MT) of Fig. 9.33 Passive physiologica
l-movement testing (PP-MT) of extension, between segments T3-TIO.
rotation, between segments C6-T3.
T3-T 1 0
Flexion :
Patient sits sideways at end of plinth in 'neck rest' position with elbows toget
her, i.e. adducted. Therapist stands at side, reaching over the patient's forear
ms to grasp the opposite upper arm and hold the patient'S trunk against his own.
Movement is palpated between the spinous processes with the free hand, while th
e thera pist repetitively flexes the patient'S trunk by dipping his own in a side
-flexion movement. Extemion: Patient as above, with elbows still adducted but no
w raised forward. Therapist as above, but now reaching under patient's arms to p
lace hand on lateral aspect of opposite scapula. Both patient'S and therapist'S
trunk are rhythmically moved to produce extension as the spinous processes are p
alpated from above downwards (Fig. 9. 33). NB. In the two tests above it is impo
rtant that the therapist moves his trunk as one with the patient'S trunk. Side-f
lexioll : Patient in 'neck rest' position as before. Therapist stands at side, r
eaching across the patient'S upper pectorals and under the oppo site axilla to gr
asp as in extension testing. The
patient then rests both arms on the therapist's forearm. The palm oflhe therapis
t's free hand is placed on the near hemithorax, with index or middle finger agai
nst the ncar side of adjoining spinous processes. The patient's trunk is repetit
ively side-flexed, by a reciprocating movement of both hands. Movement is pal pat
ed either as gapping or approximation of th bony points.
Rotarian:
Patient is in crook-side-Iying with arms folded and adducted. The therapist sits
in the 'crook' of the patient (or stands facing the head) and stabilises the pe
lvis by placing his near axilla on the patient's upper trochanter. The therapist
's outer hand is placed over the patient'S upper arm, and movement is pro duced b
y rhythmically pushing the trunk away from the therapist into rotation. The ther
apist's free forearm lies parallel with and against the trunk, assisting in stab
ilisation of its lower part as the middle finger, reinforced by the index, is pl
aced from below upwards on the sides of adjacent spinous processes. The fingerpa
d fixes the lower spinous process while the rip perceives rotation movement of t
he upper process (Fig. 9. 34). NB. Passive testing of combined physiological mov
e ments may also yield important information (Fig. 9. 35).
340
Fig. 9.34
Passivt physiological-movement-testing (PP-MT) of
rotation, bCI'ccn segments T3-TIO.
T1SI
(A small flal pillow under the palient's loin will keep the lumbar spine in neut
ral posi tion.)
Flexion:
The patient lies on side with knees and hips bent. The therapist, in walk-standi
ng facing the patient's head, supports the patient's shins across his lower abdo
men by clasping the lower bent knee with his outer hand. The index or middle fin
ger of inner hand restS between adjacent spinous processes, and perceives the am
ount of movement as the paticm's knees are rhythmically moved towards his head b
y
Fig. 9.36
bet ween segments T I 0- S 1 .
Passive physiological-movement tcsting (PP-MT) of flexion,
the therapist's pelvis i n a forward and back ward rocking movement (Fig. 9. 36).
Extension: The operator turns to face the patient, main taining the shin-lower a
bdomen contact, and also changes his grasp so that the caudal hand now supports
the patient'S underneath leg. The therapist's cranial hand now palpates movement
between adjacent spinous pro cesses, as extension is rhythmically produced by mo
vement of the therapist's trunk (Fig. 9. 37). Side-flexioll: The flat pillow is
removed and the therapist, facing the patient, applies his caudal arm
Fig. 9.35
Passive physiological-movcml'nt tcsting (PP-MT) of
combmed flexion I side-flexion and rotation, of segments T3-TIO.
Fig. 9.37
Passive physiological-movement testing (PP-MT) of
extension, between segments TIO-S I .
EXAMtNATION
341
RO[3tion is perceived as the patient's pelvis is rocked backwards and forwards (
Fig. 9. 39). I t is not always necessary to repeat on the opposite side, but thi
s should be done at first. CI-C2 An alternative method of testing rotation and r
otation-with-side-flcxion is as follows: Patient sits on a low stool or plinth.
Therapist stands at side (Fig. 9. 29).
Rotation:
Palpate or grip spinous process of C2 with finger and thumb of one hand, and wit
h the other hand placed on the vertex spin head about 30 from side to side. Perc
eive degree of head rotation at which C2 begins to move. ROlaciofl wich side-fle
xion: Head is side-flexed and degree of side-swing of C2 spinous process to the
opposite side is assessed.
Notes
Fig. 9.38 Passive physiological-movement testing (PP-MT) of side flexion, betwee
n segments TIO-5 1 . round the whole of the patient's upper rump. By a rhythmica
l side-sway of his own trunk towards the patient's head, the therapist pro duces
a side-flexion movement which can be palpated either as gapping or approximation
by a finger of the cranial hand. Repeat to opposite side (Fig. 9. 38).
Rotacion:
The flat pillow is replaced and the therapist places the palm of his caudal hand
on the patient's upper trochanter. By leaning his cranial-side axilla on the pa
tient's upper ribs, his forearm lies along the lower thoracic spine and a reinfo
rced finger can rest against adjacent spinous processes.
It will be apparent that more than one starting position is employed in testing
most of the spinal regions, and when a complete vertebral examination is done, l
ess time is taken up if a sequcnce of sitting, lying and side-lying is adopted,
and findings at the different levels recorded out of numerical order.
RECORDING EXAMINATION
A systematic and accurate record of examination facili tates quick reference duri
ng treatment to salient findings, which should be noted especially (see listed E
xamination Procedures). Methods of setting out information are varied to suit re
quirements ; shorthand symbols save time and are desir able so long as their mean
ing is agreed. A specimen Recording Chart is set out below with one side devoted
to subjective examination and the othcr to objective examination, with remarks
on initial assessment and the first choice of treatment. This double-sided ver te
bral examination recording sheet (Figs 9 . 40, 9. 4 1 ) may be adapted for recor
ding information from only the upper half of the spine (Figs 9.42, 9.43) or the
lower half ( Figs 9. 44, 9.45). Examples are given in Figure 9.46 (A) to (F).
Fig. 9.39 Passive physiological-movement testing (PP-MT) of rotation, between se
gments TIO-5 1 .
342
Name
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
No.
_ _ _ _ _ _
A,,
_
_ _
Work Activity: Play Date
_
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
SITES OF PAIN
AND PARAESTHESIAE
PARAESTHESIAE and Ot her Symptoms :
-
. , ('
Rheumatoid Arthritis Dizziness Micturition
\ I
General Health PAIN Degree Nature Constant Periodic Static
Current
History
Occasional
DecreasIng
E M
Prominent Early Middle Late
I I I Thickened (deep)
ps Paraesthesial E. LSF. RSF. F. LR. RR.
'UUl HypermobHe
L
-1- 2-
3-
- 4- 5_ 6_ - 7-
Other Tests S.I. TIM
' 2
AlC
SLR .
SIC
4 5 6 7 S 9 '
-1 -
3
Shoulder Hip.
" ' 2
-3-
PKS
Elbow
-2-
Knee
FOOl
Wrtst Hand Isometric Testin (Muscles and Attachments!. g
Neurological Examtnation Neck F .
Weakness
Wasltng
X.ray.
(Dale)
Reflexes
Soensatlon Remarks:
Fig. 9.41
VCrlcbral cxamtnation recording chari: objective examination (signs).
344
Name
______
A" _____ No. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
SITES OF PAIN AND PARAESTHESIAE
Oiuines.s
Spnlnc1tf1 MEDICAL BACKGROUND
Rheumatoid Arthritis
"
('
Other IIIness.s Operations DRUGS Analgesics Steroids Antl-co.gulents IMMEDIATE H
ISTORY
\I
PAIN Dagree
Natur
Constant Increasing Night P,ln Pillows A Ising '.m. AGGRA ATES y
Perlodlc Stadc
OcclSional Decreasing
Bod Previous History. TrlltrMnt ,nd A"u11l
Standing Sitting Sultalned Flexion Cough/SntHIzl EASES
Walking Alslng from Rising from Deep Brth
DIY P,in (overlll) Evening I R R ITABILITY
Stre" Dependence Tim. Dependence
Fig. 9.42 Neck and thorax.
EXAMINATION
345
Posture POItur1ll Spnm Spi ArticullrSIan!wittl P.-iw Tntq Mi 0 Tendtr 50<.
p
po P.rJthniae
Pafton Findi""
I I I Thick,ned (deep) X Stiff Segment
M
L
Pain
1JUt Hypermobill
Segment
Elicited Spum
E
Prominent Elrty lltl Middle
E.
RSf.
F.
!Sf.
\uuulJY - ,- .- .- 6"" - T....
LA.
RR.
- 3-
- 2-
- 7-
'
TIM
AlC
3 .
6
2
5 7
SIC Shoulder
6
E,bow Wri1t
H,...
. , 12 " -,-2-
IlOfMtric: TMtinp (Mulel.
and Att.chment.l.
N"'ro!oticll EumiMtlon
N.ck F. WUknHS W..ting R.flu" Senution X-r.y. (O.t.)
I I I I
-
-3 -.-
-5-
111 1II 'D A I
Fla. 9.43
Neck and thorax.
346
N.me
_______
SITES OF PAIN AND PAAAESTHESIAE
A"
______
No. __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ PAAAESTHESIAE and Other Symptoms:
Dizziness
Sphincters MEDICAL BACKGROUND
Rheumatoid Arthritis
.,
('
Other I llnesses Operations
\ I
Analgesics Steroids
IMMEDIATE HISTORY
PAIN Degree Nature Connant Increasing Night P.in PilioWi Rising I.m. AGGRAVATES
.od
Periodic Static
Occuionat Decreasing
Previous History. Treatment .nd RlSults
Standing
Walking Rising trom
Sustained FlelClon Cough/Sneeze
Rising from Deep Brealh
Day Pain (ollendl) Ellenlng I R R ITABIliTY
StrKII Dependence Time Dependence
Fig. 9.44
Low back and pelvis.
EXAMINATION
347
Postur POItUf'llI Spurn
P.IJNtion Findings
0
p
T.nder
""',
X
Stiff Segment Elicited SPlsm Segment
..
E M L
Prominent Elrly Middle Lite
I I I Thickened {deepl
P,ln
p. P'rllsthe1iH
'UUt Hypctrmobil.
E.
LSf. RSF.
F.
\uuu1JY
- 2- 3, - 4-
-
-
lJt
RR.
- ._
B_
Other T.m
5,1.
SLA.
' ---- 2 _____ 3_ ____ 4 5 . 7 B 9_____
- 7-
Hip.
, " 12
-,-2-3-
PKB
Fool
. ...--
-Dt
-
{/r1
;7 )
.c
-
,,,..
....
..n -.
y.,',o/i
y.,)l ;
'o/Nl9
ft
3 -.9r.
1 ).;.7R
-- -
II
-
--
"'"" ,
.
w. ,",Me
A
--
,.;;-
L!.!I16I!.I.I.I
,.,....,."
c
........... ..
.... ",.... .... -....' .....
0 '_ 11 ___ . ., -.... . ..... __ ---
..
. _ . .... 01 ....
(
.... ..,., ......
, r:.-.....,_ .",.- r;". 1'-.... ;
\.II. I--""
@ J-j
.<LoOColt
- .- ,- .
_.-
u
..--- '10 V" aIt. \ fC .......
_ ./'
- .....
/} fut-f '"
-
'r,
f". """,,,
..,- '---... ..,- '---... ...r ,....... ..,-'---... ...r........ -/" .""-. ...r
'---... ...r ,___.. .......-- ._..,-,,"",-
- ,-
--
%:
-
,
. .
-
11;( S-I;."I
.., Ij. 4e
@ My<J'''' /"'....
2.- J ] "f'o
:>
S,
" ..
.I<-.u.,
o
0.,._-...
B Fig. 9.46 A-f
...... . ...u......." ,
_
r,
;;J J =iJ'=...cc""o...p=-==:; .J
Zr ..-..--- L..o-""" ...
-_ V
/ 1.
0,-(
4
dk
lIIuslr3tr' simply the use of recording method. Examples of more prolonged treal
mcnt are given elsewhere in the text.
EXAMINATION 3..
I)!Inf.
349
., ..." .
.. .. , ..!
li.
, ., ...
..
.to
, -
. ... -
t'.
0 .,,...-
C (i4''J
-
.... "h*' ..... '-'-" - - . .. - _. - --- L _ 1 .. _ _ _ _ 1
....,.... - .+ I ,'OC.... _
-
1/..-. 11.
,
-,-
7
f _
-oof!.-
...
--- "
7l.04.",
) " fr"'
,,"- ....
g......-...
c.
t
- J9 )
-;r ",, "" "'t , .....c....
r a&,
Aa
,on
l' . J').f'
__ "LI'I NIIl' _
' -
"' /'"
-
."
-
-
1111-'" - --- -
8!!:t"l!l
, ,. , ,. ,. ,. , , ,. ,
:!UloJ. {' f7
I
J,l
y.
).t - ( - )
oj, l: l-)
!iL
""'.
,. .
f_ _ -.. , - -" . -- .1-!!'I""""'''' -
1) f."
OK
it:
<"-
I"
---
oJ-
-_ . ....... - .... . _ ......... _. ...._ _...
.. ..., ....... ...
I
/lh,
&eetrP!""'"
17-,,
",
t, Uj ,r... ...
......
ua. '_ I
-
/t\.J... .
.. .. , ..." ..... .,c.v 0.." .lIt . .. -.-- -.
-
rl._
;I I I
, ,. ,.
,. II "
-
.oj I
I
E
F
10. Assessment in examination Prognosis
Depending upon the patient's pain, temperament and degree of anxiety, and the co
mplexity of the joint and soft tissue changes, descriptions of symptoms and thei
r beha viour related to time, posture and activity amount at times to the therapi
st being handed a tangled ball of wool. Ex amination and assessment must unravel
the tangle, clari fying the priorities and relative importance of the signs elici
ted. The purpose of examination is to fully and clearly grasp how the patient is
troubled, and then to seck a physical basis for these symptoms, in terms of obj
ective signs. These provide initial guides for action in treatment, but a degree
of judgement is necessary, and therefore assessmenl--ofthc patient; of the rela
tionship between the symptoms reported and the signs of disturbed function ; of
priorities, when two or more aspects need 3ncnrion is equally important, so that
the first choice of treatment method is closely related to the findings ........
456,797 This may not be easy when patients are treated in groups, or when speci
fic treatment prescriptions must be followed precisely, but an endeavour always
to relate treatment and its results to examination findings and assessment is re
paid by a better understanding of the be haviour of degenerative joint disease. S
ome mention of assessment during examination has already been made in preceding
pages.
History
degenerative disease later invades that limb. The central nervous system appears
to retain a memory for previously well-trodden neurone pathways, and pain at th
e old site is easily rekindled in later years.
Observation
Patients' functional difficulties can be noted when they are undressing, reachin
g to demonstrate painful areas, reach ing for shoes, getting onto the plinth, and
moving on it. Sometimes their agility belies the difficulties reported.
Objective tests
There is considerable variation in the way patients de scribe their symptoms and
functional difficulties ; some make less of their troubles than others, and may
find diffi culty in recalling the important time-sequence of develop ing symptoms.
The therapist must assess how complete, fulsome or sketchy an account is being
given. Pain intensity is not always proportional to objective findings ; also a
patient's response to pain may appear average, low or high. Accounts of pain int
ensity will vary with the patient's temperament. It is important to note that th
e site of a previous and painful limb injury will be disproportionately painful
if referred pain of vertebral
Logical treatment depends upon finding signs which are reasonably compatible wit
h symptoms presented by the patient. A thickened and stiff spinal segment may be
the 'tombstone' of a past episode, and not directly responsible for the pain cu
rrently troubling the patient ; also it is un likely that paraesthesiae of the th
ree middle fingers, with a weak triceps muscle, would arise from a tender and ir
rit able C2-C3 segment. For example, pain in the upper medial pectoral area can a
rise from the sternoclavicular joint, pain more laterally may be referred from t
he cervical region and/or shoulder joint, and lower paramedian pectoral pain can
be referred forward from upper thoracic segments. Objective tests by active and
passive movement, and careful palpation of all joints and associated tissues li
kely to be giving rise to the pain, will help to clarify the cause by a process
of exclusion. Again, the distinction between (a) muscular aches in the region of
the vertebral joint problems, due to causes out lined (see p. 1 72), and (b) the
pain referred into more distal limb muscles from the vertebral lesion, and (c)
pain also referred distally from a coexisting limb girdle joint prob lem, is not
always easy, but is an important part of clinical assessment. For example, durin
g assessment of the priori ties of treatment of the ubiquitous neck/shoulder prob
lems, a helpful guide may be: 1 . Where (i) the cervical and upper half of the t
horacic spine and the clavicular joints show no significant clinical
ASSESSMENT IN EXAMINATION abnormality, and (ii) the pain of a single resisted sh
oulder movement is dominant among the clinical features, and (iii) there is clea
rly no restriction of shoulder mobility on active and passive careful testing (a
lthough the movement which stretches the tendon concerned may be painful) attent
ion localised to the rotaror cuff tendon appears indicated. 2. If (i) there are
clinical abnormalities of the lower cervical and upper thoracic spine, (ii) rest
ricted shoulder movement is more dominant in the clinical features, and (iii) mo
re than one resisted movement is painful, there might be clear indications for g
iving attention to both ver tebral and peripheral joints, with the first priority
being the spine. In general terms, the amount of pain referred distally into a
limb from spinal problems is an index of difficulty (the further distal, the mor
e difficult) in applying quickly successful treatment.
PROGNOStS
351
deeper periarticular connective tissues--whi/e the joints
remain still.
For appreciation of the characteristics of vertebral methods include passive tes
ts of: regional accessory movement; segmental accessory movement; functional or
physiological movement.
movement,
I. Palpation with joints at rest
PALPATION IN ASSESSMENT
PALPAT ION The examiner should always bear in mind that palpable asymmetry of se
gmental contour, attitude and movements arc not necessarily abnormalities22-findi
ngs must in variably be assessed in terms of their relation to the symp toms repor
ted and signs previously observed. We may paraphrase our knowledge of the functi
onal interdependence of the spinal column by asserting 'no ver tebra is an island
', and because (p. 364):
I.
2. 3.
4. 5. 6.
Few musculoskeletal testing procedures are unequi vocal (pp. 3 1 9, 329) Of the v
agaries of referred pain, referred tenderness and spasm of muscles in areas to w
hich pain is referred There is so much overlap of dermatomes, and a fluctuation
of their boundaries according to the state of facilitation at cord segments Scle
rotome boundaries transgress axial lines, and cor respond only very roughly with
dermatomes The innervation of vertebral structures may be derived from cord segm
ents two, three or more distant Patterns of innervation may vary by prefixation
and postfixation of plexuses
the greatest weight of assessment, when endeavouring to localise the segmental l
evel of vertebral joint abnormali ties, rests on what is found by palpation, and
passive tests of intervertebral movement. As we have seen (p. 320), palpation in
cludes feeling the state of the skin surface, the superficial and deep soft tiss
ues including muscles and attachments, the configura tion of superficial and deep
bony prominences, and the
a. Undue tendenless. Tenderness can be very misleading, e.g. the first rib, the
clavicle and the mid thoracic spinous processes in young women are naturally ten
der, and of no significance when this tenderness is unaccompanied by other signs
or symptoms. Tenderness as such does not necessarily indicate abnormality unles
s, in relation to neighbouring structures of the same region, it is marked and is
accompanied by symptoms and signs reasonably associated with the marked tendern
ess of that structure. Tenderness just medial to the posterior inferior iliac sp
ine in suspected sacroiliac joint problems, for example, is ofless significance
when the whole of the gluteal mass is tender (probably referred tenderness) but
decidedly of significance when (i) accurately localised and (ii) this posi tive f
inding is buttressed by negative findings elsewhere. The problems of assessment
are compounded by referred tenderness as well as referred pain (see p. 1 68) and
this factor should be borne in mind. b. Postural spasm, i.c. hypertonus of vert
ebral muscle in the static postures of sitting, standing and lying, is not as a
rule localised but tends to be regional. It can be palpated in the sternomastoid
and trapezius muscles, axilla-boun dary muscles and the sacrospinalis, for examp
le. When a vertebral region is obviously fixed by postural spasm, which remains
largely unchanged whether the patient is standing, sitting or lying, its cause i
s likely to be a lesion whose degree of irritability is not gravity-depen dent. R
arely, this may be gross facet-locking by overriding, or an apophyseal fracture,
conditions requiring inpatient attention, but far more often it appears due to
a localised soft-tissue derangement, which can be freed by manual mobilisation.
The important point is that traction, or dis tractive techniques, are less likely
to help in this case than in lesions whose postural fixation by spasm immediate
ly disappears-with the patient lying down. In these cases, where the degree of i
rritability and postural spasm is plainly gravity-dependent, distractive techniq
ues are very likely to help, whether applied manually or mechanically, and may b
e the sole type of mobilisation needed. It is wise to remember that the muscles
of an area to which pain is being referred may be in a degree of postural spasm,
and also that 'spasm' may be the natural expression of the patient's anxious te
mperament, in which case its distn'but;orz and degree, relative to the musculatu
re as a whole, is the important assessment factor. In addition to the sensory ch
anges which accompany joint problems, there is the facilitated motor response
352
which has been well demonstrated by Denslow (1944). '" Stoddard (1969) 1 1 80' o
bserves that: 'Segmental motor reflex thresholds were determined by measuring in
kilo grams the amount of pressure applied to the spinous pro cess of each segment
which just evokes contraction of the paravertebral muscles at that segmental le
vel. Muscular contractions were detected and evaluated by electromyo graphic reco
rdings. ' Vertebral segments showing move ment abnormalities invariably required
weaker stimuli than did those with normal movements. c. Undue bouy promillence.
Complete anatomical sym metry of paired structures probably does nOt exist ; clos
e observation of the body contours, and palpation of the ver tebral column, in a
large group of healthy young people tends to confirm this impression. Cervical s
pinous pro cesses are asymmetrically bifid, the lateral masses of most atlases sh
ow asymmetry, and thoracic spinous processes are very often deviated from the 'm
id-line'. Less so do asymmetry of rib angles and of vertebral body laminae in th
e thoracic region occur, and asymmetry of the lumbar laminae is not frequent. Fo
r this reason, undue prominence of a single rib angle or vertebral lamina is mor
e often than not of significance; this does not mean to say that maialignment or
subluxa tion is thought to be present; only that there may be a degree of fixati
on at some point on the normal range of movement, and that in one or more of the
joints of that vertebral segment or costovertebral region there are soft tissue
changes hindering free movement. When these findings exist in the absence of oth
er signs, and there are no symptoms, treatment is certainly not merited on accou
nt of the asymmetry, unless there is a clear case for regarding the abnormality
as part of an interdependent clinical entity incorporating the changes at that s
egment and causing symptoms in other vertebral regions (see p. 364). Neither is
localised treatmenl likely to be profitable when localised changes of contour an
d attitude are clearly the result of long-standing adaptive shortening, although
it is often of help to the patient if the mobility, and thus tissue-fluid excha
nge, of soft tissues are improved ad jace,,( to the site of fibrotic contracture
. In general, it is wise to conservatively interpret 'undue prominence', or asym
metry of the bony structures of nor mal anatomy, and to be slow in ascribing vert
ebrogenic pain to their presence alone. The easily felt exostosis of degenerated
cervical facct-joints is another matter, and this may well be significant when
assessing the segmental level of joint changes giving rise to pain. d. Thic/re"i
"g. Not surprisingly, thickening is very fre quently localised over the site of p
ainful joint problems, even though the joint itself cannot be directly palpated.
It is probably indurated oedema, at times combined with a degree of capsular an
d ligamentous thickening due to fibrosis, although on occasions one may also be
palpating the belly of small intersegmental muscles in a degree of
postural spasm. Further intensification of the spasm will be produced by palpati
on which is too aggressive or rough, and these findings are common in the subocc
ipital region and at the cervicothoracic junction. When not accom panied by sympt
oms, painless thickening combined with a degree of movement restriction should b
e left alone, but see (c) above and page 364.
2. Palpation of accessory movement
a. Diminished/increased accessory movemellt. Perception of diminished or increas
ed accessory movement by manual testing requires (i) an appreciation of the wide
variations of body type and normal regional range of movement, and (ii) a famil
iarity with the normal accessory ranges of each segment. A normal vertebral regi
a" may feel generally : hard and springy; soft and yielding; soft and springy ;
tight, tough and unyielding. Further, comparisons between the normal amplitude o
f anteroposterior accessory movement, e.g. of C2, C6 and C7, in the order of mil
limetres, can with attention and a little practice be made quite readily, and th
e differences would be as follows :
MOVEMENT
t
slricled, as
I
C2
C6
I
C7
I
Vertebral segmental accessory movement may be re is often detected in tests of a
nteroposterior glid ing between proximal and distal rows of a carpus, for example
, or it may be increased, as is frequently detected during anteroposterior glidi
ng tests for cruciate ligament laxity at the knee, and in applying passive abduc
tionl adduction strains of the same joint when testing for instability. (i) If s
egmental accessory movement is limited the exa miner must then ask: What is the a
mount of limita tion? What is the nature of the limitation? Is it pain, primarily
, evidenced by voluntary muscle guarding? Is it irritability, evidenced by elici
ting involuntary and well-localised spasm very early in the small range of movem
ent? Is it not so much pain, or irritability, but moderately painful restriction
(felt as resistance to free movement) imposed by connective tissue thickening?
Is it virtually painless and old-established fibrotic contracture? I n what way,
if any, are these findings related to the symptoms reported by the patient? (ii
) If segmental accessory movement is increased, are the testing movements painfu
l, or painless? By how much is the movemen t increased? Does the increase arouse
suspicion of an unstable segment?
ASSESSMENT IN EXAMINATION
PROGNOSIS
353
When assessing examination findings during this fundamentally important procedur
e one is doing no more and no less than in exactly similar assessments being car
ried out by professional colleagues many hundreds of times on the same day durin
g examination of shoulders, hips and knee joints. The findings are, as in all cl
inical assessments, incorporated into the larger context of the patient, the sym
ptoms, and the unique combination of all factors so that formulation of precise
individual needs may be made and treatment planned. b. EHcited spasm, e.g. that
provoked in response to test ing movements of a reactive irritable joint, is some
times very localised indeed, and one needs to know on which side, and to which v
ertebral level, it is mOSt localised, and particularly whether the response is e
licited in the early, middle or late part of the available accessory-movement ra
nge. A knowledge of what the normal regional and seg mental accessory movement sh
ould be, from spine to spine, is presupposed, and the point on the range at whic
h spasm is provoked allows an assessment of the grade to employ for the initial
mobilising technique, i.e. the degree of irrit ability is a fundamental factor go
verning the grade of mobilisation. c. Provocation of paiu and/or paraesthesiae l
ocally alld/or distally: This provides vital information and is a valuable local
ising sign. As in testing voluntary move ments (p. 312) the therapist seeks to re
produce or aggra vate the patient'S symptoms, or at least find evidence of abnorm
ality which could be underlying them. For ex ample, the patient's response to a r
egional flat-handed pressure (p. 302) may vary in that: (i) if local guarding sp
asm is immediately elicited, and pressures either side of the locality do not el
icit spasm, the presence of a vertebral lesion is generally confirmed, and morc
detailed segmental tests are in dicated (ii) if a brisk guarding response involvi
ng the whole thoracolumbar spine is elicited, pathology of a morc serious nature
may be present, and further tests of movement should not be made until the suit
ability of physical treatment has been confirmed (iii) a slightly delayed respon
se may indicate a wish to impress the examining therapist. Similarly, if repetit
ive gentle pressure localised to the 6th thoracic spinous process provokes the s
ubmammary pain of the patient's complaint, and pressure on T5 and T7 produces sl
ight local pain only, the joints and associated tissues likely to be responsible
are those related to T6. When postero-anterior movement applied to the spinous
process of L5 aggravates or provokes pins and needles in the forefoot of a sciat
ic limb, and the same movement applied to the fourth and third segment does not,
(a) it is very likely that there is already a degree of trespass upon the root
by related structures, and (b) treatment tech-
niques should be carefully chosen so as not to further provoke the irritable roo
t; likewise if postero-anterior unilateral pressure on the C5-C6 facet-joint pro
vokes paraesthf!siae in the forefinger of the same side. Further, if the same ki
nd of testing movement on C2 inferior articular process reproduces the hemicrani
al pain of the patient's complaint, while testing other segments on the same and
opposite sides does not, it is perhaps reasonaole to assume that the lesion res
ponsible is associ ated with the C2-C3 segment on the side palpated, since this i
s the segment moved most by that particular pressure, and to treat initially on
that basis. The same applies to posterior axillary and upper arm pain on palpat i
ng the second or third rib angle on the same side. Further, if simultaneous tran
sverse vertebral pressure in opposite directions, on the spines of two adjacent
verte brae of the painful region, provoke or aggravate the patient'S pain, and no
other combination of transverse pressures does this, or to such a degree, it is
reasonable to assume that the segment responsible has been localised (Fig. 10.
1 ). Postero-anterior unilateral pressures then assist localisation ; further co
nsidered on page 355. In con trast to [his when, in the absence of neurological s
igns, the uni- or bilateral upper limb 'glove paraesthesiae' diag nosed as of ver
tebral joint origin, are provoked by central pressure on T345 segments, this can
not be due to a C5678 somatic root involvement (other than possibly a spread of
-- A4
-83
A5 -
--
7
0
--
-85
Fig. 10.1
Stabilisation of the middle vertebral spine by pressure A3,
with simultaneous movement to the opposite side of the subjacent spine by pressu
re 84, is the only combination of pressures which provoke or aggravate the patie
nt's pain. Frequently, transverse pressure 54 alone. in the direction indicated,
and posteroanterior unilateral pressure between A3 and A4 is enough.
354
excitation by facilitation to those cord segments) but is morc likely to be due
to mediation via the autonomic neurones accompanying somatic nerves to the limb.
Here, mobilisation of those segments by this same technique is a reasonable pro
cedure to begin with, and it will often relieve the paraesthesiae, whatever the
true explanation of the phenomenon may be. d. Crepitus. This is more evident on
active movement and often reported in the cervical region, occasionally at the s
acroiliac joint, by patients who arc anxious that the 'noisy' movement might be
ominous evidence of 'the crip pling disease of arthritis'. During examination by
passive movement, it is sometimes felt during cervical rotation in extension, bu
t more usually the simple act of lying down reduces crepitus-on-movement conside
rably. It is probably due to the approximation and rubbing together of roughened
facet-joint planes, is more subdued during rotation in flexion, and is seldom e
ncountered in the thoracic and lumbar regions, other than the scapulo thoracic cr
epitus which very frequently accompanies 'the scapulothoracic syndrome' (see p.
236). It is, however, occasionally encountered in the lax sacroiliac joints of y
oung mothers, and indicates the need for cxtcrnal support. 3. Palpation during f
unctional or physiological
movement
is the amount of movement, since assessments of postural bony-point relationship
would already have been made prior to these procedures. Technique is described
on page 336. EXAMINATION AND ASSESSMENT METHOD Many workers (i) use physiologica
l-movement testing in frequently and place much more reliance on careful seg menta
l examination of accessory movement, noting the effects of the variety of testin
g movements employed and which of these either reproduce or aggravate symptoms r
eported by the patient, and to what degree. In this way, having previously noted
the history of pain behaviour dur ing everyday functional occupations, and its b
ehaviour and changing distribution during the regional spinal movements (single
and combined) of active tests, the ex aminer seeks the fullest grasp of the relat
ionships overall, that the subjective and objective effects of segmental treatme
nt techniques may be wholly observed during sub sequent assessments. Other worker
s (ii) regard passive testing of voluntary movementS (single or in combinations)
as standard ex amination procedure, and therefore the routine mechani cal basis f
or assessment of joint problems. (Sec p. 366 for further discussion.)
Further to the theme of assessment when palpating accessory and physiological mo
vement
Functional mobility varies with posture ; it may not be the same in standing as
it is in sitting, or lying, and may also vary with the time of day, there being
less mobility early in the forenoon and in the evening, and rather more in the m
iddle hours, as a rule. The functional range of a vertebral 'mobility-segment',
i.e. movement between two bony points of adjacent verte brae, is difficult to det
ect at first, and requires long, con stant and attentive practice. Movement of a
typical cervi cal segment is perhaps the hardest to assess. Assessments of segmen
tal mobility must take into account the different general nature of spinal movem
ents from person to per son, e.g. lax and loose jointed ; tight jointed. Movement
is assessed as : 4-Hypermobile
3-Normal
2-Reduced I-Trace O-Ankylosed. These are assessments of mobility, and not diagno
ses of the cawe, for example, of what is assessed as 'ankylosis' at a segment. F
used vertebrae are not rare in the cervical spine, or transitional vertebrae in
the lumbosacral region ; further, the degree of postural gap palpated between tw
o spinous processes in any vertebral region is not a reliable indica tion of the
mobility of that segment. The sole criterion
Schmorl and ]unghann's"'" concept of the 'mobility segment' is a great advance i
n the way we think about the vertebral column and its benign or more serious abn
or malities, yet we have suggested that 'no vertebra is an island'; we may useful
ly add to this 'and no mobility segment'. I t is wise to note the functional int
erdependence of the spinal regions (see p. 364). We are not dealing with a simpl
e perpendicular arrangement of bony segments bound together by straps of ligamen
t, but a dynamic body axis in which no localised abnormality can exist without s
ooner or later affecting more distant segments and ulti mately the whole spine. J
ust as one cannot passively move a vertebra without moving all soft tissues atta
ched (Q it, so no event, anywhere in the spine, remains completely isolated. The
innervation of spinal structures is especially rich and is often derived from s
pinal cord segments unusually remote from the innervated structure. Filaments of
mixed somatic and autonomic nerves, after being formed from paravertebral plexu
ses outside the intervertebral foramen enter it and wander up and down the neura
l canal before terminating. This wandering is particularly marked in the cervica
l and upper thoracic spine, but occurs in other regions, too. Because of this di
versity and richness of innervation,
ASSESSMENT IN EXAMtNATION
PROGNOSIS
355
the nature and volume of the afferent impulse traffic from vertebral receptors i
s also rich. The upper cervical spine is especially important in this respect (s
ee p. 3). Volun tary movement is only as good as reflexogenic efficiency, and the
se arthrokinetic reflexes are disturbed by changes in joints which are degenerat
ing, as evidenced by abnor malities of movement. Therefore, when transverse verte
bral pressure to the left, for example, on C2 spinous process provokes the upper
left-sided neck pain and suboccipital pain of the patient's complaint, we have
provoked it by disturbing at least ewo 'mobility segments', i.e. C I -C2 and C2-
C3. We have disturbed, in asymmetrical ways, soft tissues at those two levels on
the patient's right and the patient's left. We have also disturbed the attachme
nts of muscle bellies which may span several segments, connective tissue structu
res spanning neighbouring regions and, in the foramen transversarium, the verteb
ral artery with its sym pathetic plexus destined for distribution to intracranial
structures. The muscles will include scalenus medius, the inter transversarii, s
emispinalis cervicis, longus colli, rectus capitis posterior, rectus capitis ant
erior and lateralis, and obliquus capitis inferior. Connective tissue structures
wil1 include joint capsules, the apical ligament, alar ligaments, accessory atl
antoaxial ligaments, anterior and posterior longitudinal ligaments and the ligam
entum nuchae. We cannot ignore the structural, functional and neural interdepend
ence of the vertebral column ; it is a constant factor underlying clinical prese
ntation (see p. 1 29), and further, a constant factor to be borne in mind when e
x amining, assessing, choosing techniques and formulating plans of treatment. Aft
er other teSts we seek by palpation irritability, elicited spasm, diminished or
increased accessory move ment, provocation of pain and paraesthesiae-we are try in
g to reproduce the symptoms reported by the patient, and if we can do that we ha
ve usually localised the focus of the abnormality. We have found the segment(s)
respon sible, although we may not understand precisely how they are responsible.
Here are two examples of palpation findings. In Figure 10.2 a patient complainin
g only of left occipital pain is found to have a prominent, thickened and very t
ender right lateral mass of atlas, movement of which aggravates the pain, with m
uch less tenderness at C2 and C3 on the sameside, slight tenderness at C I, C2 a
nd C3 on the oppo site, left side, and at C2 and C3 centrally. Had we palpated do
wn the left sidefirst, and accepted without question that the stiff, thickened a
nd slightly tender C2 and C3 segments were responsible for the left-sided occipi
tal pain, even though testing did not provoke this, we might not have discovered
that the left-sided headache was pro voked or reproduced only by unilateral move
ment of C l
on the righe. If localised right-sided movement of C I pro vokes the left-sided o
ccipital headache, and left-sided movement of C2 and C3 does not, then the impor
tant segment to initially mobilise is C Ion the right, not C2/ 3 on the left. Th
e left-sided stiffness at C2/3 is something ofa red herring in this particular c
linical presentation, and we are likely to get the patient out of pain sooner by
attending to the movement which accurately reproduces the pain, than by working
on the assumption that the C2/3 stiffness oughe to be responsible for the sympt
oms. We have listened to what the joints are tclling us, and we have assessed wh
ich arc the treatment priorities. To complete the full treatment of that patient
one should attend to the stiffened C2/3 segment on the left, after the greatest
progress in relieving the patient's head ache has been achieved, yet the stiffne
ss may be very old and virtually irreversible ; consequently vigorous mobi lisati
on or manipulation may only hurt the patient without profit, and the decision mu
st then rest on whether a pain less functional range of upper cervical movement h
as been rendered possible, as evidenced by repalpation and active tests with ove
rpressure. I f these show that further im provement in ranges of movement can be
achieved by mobilising C2/3 on the left, the treatment is indicated, but when to
Stop is as important as when to start (see p. 444). Referring once more to the
example given, had we not been able to provoke the left occipital pain by moving
C l on the right, it would have been proper to accept the left sided stiffness o
f C2 -C3 as the cause and to begin treatment there, subsequently being guided by
assessment of effects. In the second example (Fig. 10. 3), the slight tendernes
s at C 1 23 on the right side is of no great significance, because we find that
unilateral movement of the thick ened, tender and prominent C2-C3 segments on the
left immediately reproduce the left hemicranial pain, whereas right unilateral
movement does not. It is clearly indicated to mobilise C2-C3 on the left, in the
appropriate grade. Thus, when assessing the segmental locality of the changes u
nderlying clinical features, our first priority is, 'How can we reproduce [hem?'
, and if, despite a careful search, we are unable to do this, we should then pro
ceed on the basis of, 'Which segmental changes have we found which are most like
ly to be responsible?', and the search for these may require testing physiologic
al ranges, too. Mention has been made of slightly altering the direction of vert
ebral pressure techniques when examining, i.e. a little caudally, cranially, med
ially or laterally. When examining the consequence of degenerative joint disease
, we come upon the clearest and most potent expression of the abnormality existi
ng by subtle changes in how we apply the localised testing movements ; adding a
litde bias in one direction or another often makes all the difference between a
fairly relaxed, iner[ patient allowing testing movement to continue, and the sha
rp response of
356
Palpation Findings
0 Tender Sore
p Pain
X
..
Stiff Segment Elicited Spasm
e
E M L
Prominent Early Middle Late
III Thickened (deep)
ps Paraesthesiae '\M Hypermobile Segment
'
",)(= -4-5_6_
-7 -
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9
- 1 -2-
1 -.r11 -.r12 -3-
4
-
Fig. 10.2
Chart of palpation findings in a palient with headache (see text).
involuntary muscle guarding to protect a highly reactive joint, which is most se
nsitive to that movemem with thal bias. We may now conceive the view that we do
not treat 'mechanical joint problems' so much as movement abnor
malities, highly individualised from pariem to pariem
radiological appearances and theories of biomechanics notwithstanding (see p. 35
9). The more attentive, searching and subtle is examina tion, the more comprehens
ive our grasp of how they are
uniquely presenting. This does not mean we know any more about 'why?', only that
we have a better insight into what we are trying to deal with, using treatment
methods which themselves are based on movements of one kind, or degree, and anot
her. When looking for the site of what frequently transpires to be 'reversible d
iminished movement due to soft tissue changes' (p. 378) expressed as 'limitation
', 'restriction' or 'blocking', we must be able to distinguish between hypo-
ASSESSMENT IN EXAMINATION
P,lpation Findings 0 Tender Sore
p
PROGNOSIS
357
X Stiff Segment III Thickened Ideep)
e
E M L
Prom ine nt
Early Middle Late
Pa in
Elicited Spasm
ps Paraesthesiae '\.flJl Hypermobile Segment
$
-6 " , _3--Q .
-
2
4-5-
_6_ -7-
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 B
9
1 11 12 -1-2-3-
nature of a joint problem, and it is necessary to palpate each segment while pas
sively performing the normal active movements of rotation, side-flexion, flexion
and extension (pp. 336-341)-we are not now concerned with accessory movements,
and these tests may sometimes be necessary to clarify questions of whether restr
icted or in creased movement of vertebral segments is essentially the change whic
h underlies the clinical features. Again, in middle-aged men reporting a lumbar
ache, there is clearly reason to assume that these symptoms do arise from the ve
rtebral joints, yet there seems to be no great tenderness, no elicited spasm, no
hypermobility and no undue thickening or prominence, and physiological movement
tests are occasionally necessary to clarify the site of diminished movement. Th
ese tests are usually more necessary at or near the junctional regions of the sp
ine than the segments between (see p. 365). We should observe that workers of mu
ch academic and clinical ex perience naturally tend to rely on examination method
s to which they have become accustomed and by which they work to the best effect
. When testing vertebral segments, different abnormali ties can be detected by a
sense of tissue-tension, or 'end feel', and they can be classified as types (see
below) fami liar to all experienced workers, whatever may be their preferred palp
ation methods. The differences can be apparent to one worker employing accessory
-movement tests only for the majority of patients, because he is experi enced in
interpreting findings in this particular way. Another will assess the type of 'e
nd-feel' by the routine use of passive physiological-movement tests only, or com
binations of them, sometimes reserving the moment of greatest anent ion to the '
feel' of movement limitation after positioning the segment for a particular tech
nique and just prior to performing the final thrust. Yet another will place the
greatest reliance on the par ticular pattern and degree of voluntary movement res
tric tion, employing palpation routinely but in a general way and not necessarily
deriving precise treatment indications from palpation (see p. 366). The latter
may tend as a rule to employ regional manipulations (see p. 388) as the main the
rapeutic basis.
Perceiving the nature of factors limiting movement
Fig. 10.3 text).
Chart of palpation findings in a patient with headache (see
mobility and hypermobility. Aside from considerations of why it is so, tendernes
s and pain may arise from both a hypermobile and a hypomobile segment. The latte
r we try to reverse, the former is certainly not a case for grade V manipulation
techniques, although we can significantly reduce pain and irritability by gentl
e, repetitive mobilisa tion which is kept well within the normal movement range o
f adjacent segments. In a small proportion of cases, the testing of accessory mo
vements may be insufficient to fully elucidate the
Distinguishing between types of movement limitation is easy when handling normal
mobile peripheral joints, e.g. the abrupt stop when testing full extension of e
lbow or knee is quite different to the squashy feel of soft-tissue approximation
when the same joints are flexed to their limit. As MacConailI'82 has shown, fle
xed joints are 'loose packed' and movement is limited by soft-tissue contact, whe
reas extension movements are limited by 'close-pack ing') when the female surface
is in most complete con-
358
gruence with the male surface, the capsule and ligaments are in maximal tension
and it is difficult, although not im possible, to separate the bones by tracrion,
'U7 A moment's examination of the close-packed humeroulnar joint in fullest exte
nsion reveals that a measure of accessory abduclion and adduclion range can slil
l be passively pro duced, without releasing the degree of extension-the limit of
extreme movement is always something of a mov able feasl (see pp. 3 1 >.-3 1 5) a
nd Ihis abililY to accuralely assess, by observation and by feeling, what is nor
mal and abnormal in peripheral joint movement is served basically by applied ana
lomical knowledge, Ihe assessmenl becom ing morc accurate with clinical experienc
e ; this too applies to the vertebral joints. 3. On giving overpressure at the e
xtremes of volumary movement o spinal regions. The 'end-feel' in normal young f
subjects is mostly that of soft-tissue tension, i.e. the com bined resistance in
varying degrees of muscle with its attachment-tissues, fascial planes, ligaments
, joint cap sules and Ihe annulus fibrosus of discs. We know, for example, Ihat I
he main limiling faclOTS in sagi((al lumbar movement is the annulus, although ot
her soft tissues are put on tension ; rotation and side-flexion of the three reg
ions, with flexion of the lumbar and thoracic regions, have an elastic resistanc
e to manual attempts to increase range, and the precise end-of-range is difficul
t to pin point ; however, comparison between sides allows assessment, and range a
bnormalities can readily be per ceived on overpressure, if not by simple observat
ion be forehand, or bOlh. That cervical and thoracic extension are limited by bon
e-to-bone contact (or cartilage-covered bone contact, in Ihe normal) and nOI esp
ecially by sofl-lissue lens ion, cannol fully be perceived manually because all
one can feel is a somewhat harder and less elastic stop to the move ment, althoug
h a degree of elastic resilience remaining i s easily detected. Gently forcing c
ervical extension produces unpleasant discomfort before a solid limitation, if a
normal subject allows this degree of questing. Cervical flexion is limited by a
pproximation of mandible and sternum compressing the soft tissue between, yet mo
vement can be continued for a few degrees as the posterior vertebral tissues are
slrelched by Ihe 'beer-handle' effeCI of pressing down wards on the occiput. Cra
niovertebral extension is limited by the posterior edge of Ihe atlanlal face IS
engaging Ihe condylar fossae of the occiput; the same movement is limited at the
cervi cothoracic junction by the inferior articular processes of C7 engaging hor
izontal grooves below and behind Ihe superior facets of T l . Thoracic extension
is limited by contact of inferior articular processes with the laminae below, a
nd by contact of the spinous processes. At the thoracolumbar junctional region,
a 'mortise' effecI is produced in full eXlension by engagement of Ihe
articular facels of Til and Tl2 (somelimes Tl2 and L l see p. 1 4) and this is on
e of the few articular mechanisms in Ihe body where a praclically solid bony-con
tacl lock occurS at the extreme of movement. 228 Praclically all olher so-called
bone-Io-bone locks, with the exception of dental occlusion and lumbar rotation
in neutral or extension, occur to a degree only. b. When cescing vertebral acces
sory-movemelll ranges by
rhychmic pressures againsc che bony prominences available to palpation,
with the patient lying prone in a neutral posi tion, the anatomical and functiona
l criteria governing voluntary-movement assessments do not apply on a one lo-one
basis al each segment. (See Figs 2.6; 2.7.) For example, (i) Ihe 35'-45' range o
f rOlation at CJ C2 is nOI reflecled in Ihe degree of movement palpable on poster
o-anterior pressure on the C2 spinous process the odontoid prevents this-and to a
ppreciate the limit of available range of rotation it is necessary to turn the p
alienl's head Ihrough 90', and feel how far short of this amplilude Ihe spine of
C2 has moved. Nevertheless, should volunlary cervical rOlalion 10one side be li
miled 1030' or less, by pain arising from changes al Ihe C l C 2 segmenl o f Iha
l side, Ihis will be very accuralely re flected in the ease with which involuntar
y spasm and volunlary muscle guarding are provoked on applying uni lateral pressu
res to C I on the painful side, and transverse pressures to the spine of C2 towa
rds the painful side, with the patient lying in the neutral position. Again, (ii
) in the presence of pain referred forward to the pectoral region and breast whi
ch is arising from thoracic joint changes at interscapular levels, cursory ex ami
nation of voluntary thoracic movement does not in variably reveal positive signs,
neither does overpressure at the limit of the customary regional movements alwa
ys reveal abnormality. Limitation at individual segments is sometimes con cealed
from detection during observation of regional movements, only to be revealed on
searching tests of com bined movemenlS (see p. 314), or more surely on careful an
d systematic palpation at segments T345. Further, (iii) stiffness spanning three
mobility segmenls between L l and L4 is oflen deleclable by careful observation
of the patient's back during active tests, but not invariably so, yet after acti
ve tests which may be some what inconclusive, a flat-handed downward pressure on
the lumbar region declares the probability at once, and segmental palpation conf
irms it.
Abnormal 'end-feels' on passive testing
A general lab Ie of findings of segmenlal abnormalilY on passive testing is set
out below, with general indications. They do not represent diagnoses and they ca
nnot be con sidered in isolation from assessment of the clinical features as a wh
ole; their presence per se does not neces sarily amount to an indication for trea
tment.
ASSESSMENT tN EXAMINATION
PROGNOSIS
359
The table refers only to the differing nature of what can be perceived by palpat
ion, per se, and does not include the important factor of pain, and other clinic
al features. (For more precise relationships between findings and grade of mobil
ising see 'Range-pain-resistance relation ship', p. 360.) NB. The development and
sophistication of radiologi cal methods, e.g. radiculography, stereoradiography,
epidurography and image-intensification techniques (see p. 369), together with
the highly detailed parameters adopted by German radiologists" )8 for clarifying
the nature of mechanical changes depicted on plain film, might appear to be over
taking and overshadowing the use fulness of palpation as an examination method. T
he two arc not really in conflict, because while these significant advances add
valuable facilities for the bener understand ing of vertebral abnormalities, our
perennial concern as therapists in the clinical siwarjorl will remain the articu
lar signs and their relation (0symptoms. There appears no effective substitute f
or passive move ment and palpation as methods of seeking, segment by segment, to
provoke or reproduce sympwms reported by the patients, by which we assess the ne
ed for mobilisation techniques of a particular nature, direction and grade, and
further assess their efficacy as treatment proceeds. Because we enjoy better mea
ns, and can apply more de tailed criteria, when looking at abnormal joints, gener
al medical and surgical indications are better appreciated ; but where manual te
chniques are indicated, the treatment needs ofthe abnormal joints, and our metho
ds and criteria for assessing these, remain the same.
Table 10.1 TYIH
I. Resistance (a)
Comnt
Elicited spasm
General indication
Mobilise (grade 1IV}-degree of irritability governs initial grade
2. Resistance (b)
Negligible spasm; negligible voluntary guarding response. Tissue-tension limits
movement bcrore end of range, with clastic resilience detected when stressed. Ot
her movemcntS of the segment feel similar
Mobilise (grade 1IV) May manipulate (localised grade V) later
3. Resistance (c)
'Block'-no elastic resilience when stressed. Block' feels firm to attempts at mov
ing it. Only one movement may be involved
Manipulate (local ised grade V) (see p. 463) if no preclusions
4. Resistance (d)
Fairly 'hard end-feel' nature of limitation at end of movement, which is reduced
. No possibility of much further movement, but may be slight clastic resilience.
Other ranges likewise limited. (Chondro-osteophYle contact?)
Persistent mobilisalion-and traction, provided adjacent segments are not hypermo
bile
5. Resistance (e)
'Springy-rubbery rebound' type of resistance to questing movement-feel is simila
r to that when joint in fixed-flexion after IDK trying to extend knee
Mobilise in positions which gap the joint surfaces traction alone may be helprul.
Only those manipulations (local ised grade V) which gap the joint should be con
sidered
GROUPING JOINT ABNORMALITIES
To have complete control of the treatment movements we apply, and also to apply
them with the most effectiveness, we need to develop two things: 1 . A precise g
rading of the mobilising movemen ts and manipulations used in treatment, and 2.
A good understanding of the great variety of ways in which abnormal movement may
present. The nature and characteristics of the abnormal move ment give us our in
dications for treatment, both in terms of the grade of movement to use initially
, and subse quently the modifications needed as the signs and symp toms change dur
ing treatment. 797 '6 So far as abnormalities of joints, and their effects, are co
ncerned, patients can be placed into one of five main groups:
Group 1
6. Resistance (f)
Very little, if any, movement can be detected. Fused vertebrae, or degenerative
ankylosis?
Refer to radiographic appearance
7. Hypermobility (a)
Normal physiological 'feel' (i.e. detectable clastic resistance at end of range)
but range is great'Cr than normal. May or may not be painful
If not causing symptoms, or provoking those reported, leave alone. If painful, m
obilise within normal range for pain only Likely to be serious pathology. StOP t
esting movements and do not treat. Check history again, and leave alone until in
dications for treatment have been reconfirmed
8. Hypermobility (b)
'Boggy', 'squashy' unphysiological feel i amplitude of movement is greater than
expected, and 'end-feel' may not be encountered. May or may not be painful, but
usually is. When elicited spasm is provoked, it is widely generalised
There is plenty of pain from the joint, either at rest and/or on movement ; it i
s very irritable, and
360
Group 2
Group 3
Group 4
Group 5
( he pain and irritability limit the movement early in the range Resistance (eit
her as contractile-tissue tension, i.e. spasm ; or inert tissue-tension, i.e. ad
hesions and fibrosis ; or tissue-compression) and pain, arc both responsible (in
varying combinations) for limiting the movement. This is a very large group Res
istance, as incrc-tissue tension or compres sion, is manifestly the range-limitin
g factor. I t may hurt slightly to test the joint, and there may be a trace of s
pasm, but these lancr two arc negli gible in the face of resistance as (he moveme
nt restriction factor There is a 'catch', or momentary 'twinge' of pain, either d
uring a movement which is other wise of full range and painless, or more often at
the end of it. This group often show the twinge or catch of pain at the end of
combinariollS of movement, such as combined extension and side-flexion of the ne
ck, or combined abduction with extension of a shoulder compriscs those patients
in whom an accurate and confident diagnosis of joint derangemem, often confirmed
radiologically, can be made ; we need not consider this group any funher in thi
s panicular context.
a. amount of pain, and spasm and other resistance during applied movement b. the
ir point of onset on the range of movement c. the relationship between these fac
tors d. their rate of increase of effect, in bringing the move ment to a halt e.
the primary nature of the limit to further move ment. Only this depth of attentio
n, observation and percep tion during palpation will allow us to assess the (Rang
e pain-resistance' relationship which gives us our treatment indications for each
joint problem we handle. The nature of the range-limiting factor invariably dec
ides the grade employed in treatment, and frequently also the position ing of the
patient's joint, and the particular technique. Movements of abnormal joints are
usually, but not in variably, limited, and since the available excursion of move
ment is reduced the gradcs of treatment arc propor tionately reduced (see p. 421)
.
ASSESSMENT AND USE OF GRADES IN TREATMENT (see
p. 366)
Notice how the criteria for categorising these patients are the factors of abnor
mal movement. I t is not the patho logy which is of first importance, but the par
ticular phase of the pathology the patient is in. Even then it is still not the
pathology we give our main attention to, but how the abnormalities arc manifeste
d in terms of movement. Examination and assessment must be accurate enough to el
icit which group the patient falls into, and subsequent reassessment must be acc
urate enough to detect when the joint is moving from group to group. The joint a
bnor mality may move from group to group in one treatment it may not move from one
group to another in a week of daily treatments. The essence of good examination
and assessment of joint problems lies in extracting, from all the material pre s
ented by the patient, a clear mental picture of the inter action between the vari
ous factors we can measure, or estimate, i.e. The patient's story gives some inf
ormation regarding the probable degree of joint irritability, the amount of pain
at rest, and the functional restrictions 2. The active test of movement gives m
ore information regarding the functional range, and its possible limita tion, as
described above 3. The passive test of functional and accessory ranges gives the
most information (and often confirmation) regarding:
I.
It is not possible to describe the very many varieties of presentation of abnorm
al joints, with permutations of the 'Range-pain-resistance' relationship, but an
outline guide to initial grade selection is useful provided subsequent selectio
n is guided by careful assessment of results ; the two facrors of: (i) treatment
position of the joint, and (ii) technique selection being given. By combination
s (see p. 36 1 ) of these five simple steps, the 'Range-pain-resistance' relatio
nship for any one movement can be clearly expressed. Validity of programmes of r
esearch> into the nature and magnitude of movement-limiting factors in degenerat
ive joint disease, would depend upon precise data and meticu lous recording, but
in clinical work the need is for a quick and clear graphic record of the assessm
ent by which the treatment plan is formulated. Advantages of this method are spe
ed and simplicity because the need for abscissae and ordinates, calibrated for j
oint range and for magnitude oflimiting factors respectively, is avoided. The im
portant clinical findings to record are : (i) the poim o moveme,lt f iimilQtiou,
as a proportion of normal range ; (ii) the nature of the primary range-limiting
factor; (iii) the nature and magnitude of secondary factors. These can be clearl
y expressed and be read at a glance, and although easier to apply to careful man
ual tests of peripheral joint movement, the method has been found of much value
in 'Examination-and-assessment' training programmes during which candidates, aft
er some tuition and practice, are able to express their findings, after
ASSESSMENT IN EXAMINATION
vertebral-segment tests, with a degree of interobserver error which is gratifyin
gly small. This is probably the best use of 'joint pictures'
J
PROGNOSIS
361
Joint pictures may be used for each of two or more pass ive movement tests of sin
gle vertebrae or for two or more active tests of a vertebral region, but reach t
heir most sophisticated development when employed for the single accessory verte
bral movement which is being given priority as an assessment parameter during tr
eatment.
Neutral rest POSition Normal limit range
I
i.e.
as a means of developing perception of the character istics of joint abnormality
as they differ from patient to patient.
Examples of findings follow, with a mechod of graphic descriptioll in which: the
horizontal line represents normal range and movement is from left to right pain
is depicted above it spasm is depicted below it movement-limitation is represen
ted by a vertical line from the domi nant fac tor responsible resistance (other t
han spasm) is represented by a number of vertical lines which always cross the r
ange line.
of
,----
Assessmellt
Joim picture
Initial grade (sec p.
42 1 )
1 . Joint irritability is manifest with pain at rest
and/or provoked early in the testing move ment
I
2. Spasm elicited by the testing movement
I or I I
l i m its it quite early in the range) with pain less dominan t
3. Elicited spasm and pain inseparably limit
the movement early in the range
I
4. Spasm limits the movement much earlier
with a quick probe than with a slow probe, indicating latent irritabil ity
Quick
II
-
362
Assessment Joint picture I"ilial grade
(see
p.
42 1)
5. In the absence of resistance, slowly rising pain limits the movement after ra
nge
J
II
6. Pain and 'resistance' (as either spasm, other tissue tension or tissue compre
ssion) 3TC together limiting the movement. The grade employed depends upon : a)
which is the dominant factoT, b) when the limit occurs
I
or I
\
i) Pain and/or spasm encountered early in the range have been described in (2) a
nd (3).
ii) Limitation by pain and virtually spasm free resistance in roughly equaJ propo
r tions a) before ! range II i
b) after ! range
III
iii) Spasm limits the movement beyond ! range with little pain
I V (up to poim where spasm is about to be eli cited)
Assessmem Joint picture
ASSESSMENT IN EXAMINATION
PROGNOSIS
363
Ini[ial grade
(see p. 4 2 1 ) iv) Limitation b y the resistance, without spasm, of tissue tens
ion, or compression, is encountered at or beyond l range ; pain rises to its max
imum then but is much less dominant than resistance and by itself would not limi
t the movement
,. - - - - =-i IH , - - - .:::::: I-H _
.....
depending upon the amount of pain 1 1 1 - I I I or I V
7. In the virtual absence o f pain o r spasm, resistance limits the movement (a)
either before, or (b) after I range
,. - - IIH - - - H , - - -+ - - - I+ .. I
I
I
I
I
IV or LV
8. Resistance, including spasm, is encountered well beyond I range, with minimal
pain
IV
Notes
1 . The notion that grades denote progression of treatment in time is incorrect,
since the naNre of the movement-limiting factor governs initial choice of treat
ment grade and it has been shown that, from the first, this may be grade IV. 2.
Neither do the grades symbolise an ascending scale of aggression in treatment. '
Grade IV' indicates a particu lar amplitude, and position, on the available excur
sion of movement, and not necessarily the greatest vigour in mobilising. 3. One
should make up one's mind whether one is treating primarily pain, or resistance,
because this is funda mentally related to the grade of mobilisation which is cho
sen. Most of the more serious manipulation acci dents,6JO, 759, 1096. 1 148.008 a
few of them catastrophes, which have been reported in the literature have follo
wed overvig orouS or rough treatment, more often to the upper cervi cal spine. But
there is a dilemma here-<:ertainly nothing untoward, but also nothing of any th
erapeutic value, is going to result from aimless, undisciplined, oscillatory wag
gling applied to the upper cervical area or any other body part. Technique shoul
d be precise, specific and controlled,
yet mobilisation is by no means always gentle-as it has frequently and erroneous
ly been defined-and in the appropriate circumstances is quite vigorous. If mobil
isa tions grade I to grade IV, and traction, do not produce sufficient i mproveme
nt, it is time to consider the indi cations and contraindications for manipulativ
e thrust techniques. 4. An intervertebral segment may present as ( 1 ) above whi
le another segment in the same vertebral region will present as in (6 ii a). Tre
atment of the former should take priority. s . When employing grade I I I or IV,
possible treatment soreness should be alleviated by using lower grades on alter
nate days. 6. I ndications for grade V techniques are on page 463. 7. Recording
method As an exercise for beginners it is useful to symbolise, as treatment proc
eeds, the changing relationship of pain, re sistance and point of limitation of o
ne movement; an example is given on page 364. Although nOt all joint problems re
quire more than one treatmen t ; for example if patients present with joint prob
lems in stages (v) and (vi) a single localised grade V tech nique may be indicate
d.
364
Recording Method Example
::1
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
tirely on the pain as such, but also on its characteristics, its quality or its
nature : with much pain and irritability, low grades are employed ; with dull ac
hes, one can often manipulate immediately, that is, use a single, short-ampli tud
e, high-velocity thrust technique, a grade V, provided all other factors are fav
ourable and there are no contra indications. The ability to grade techniques accu
rately depends upon a working knowledge, from clinical experience and trained pe
rception, of the voluntary and accessory range of all vertebral segments. Yet wh
en palpating we must always remember the patient'S age and the natural varieties
of individual spines, i.e. hard and springy; soft and springy; soft and yieldin
g ; inelastic, tight and tough. In brief: 1 . Examination and assessment must el
icit the range pain-resistance relationship existing. 2 . The depth of mobilising
must be right for the range pain-resistance relationship. 3. Subsequent assessme
nt must be precise enough to guide technique and grading in accordance with the
changing requirements of the abnormal joints. Having decided whether one is trea
ting pain primarily, or resistance primarily, the broad principles for choosing
the patient's position, the technique and the grade are as follows : Pain. Mobil
ise the range of accessory movements with the joint in a painless position, or u
se physiological movements in a painless part of the range. Resistance. Both acc
essory and physiological ranges are mobilised at the available limit of movement
. I M PORTANCE OF JUNCTIONAL REGIONS With a step-by-step process of exclusion, b
eginning with the history and proceeding through observation, active movement tes
ts, regional and then segmental palpation, the essential purpose of examination
is to precisely localise the source of symptoms reported. Assessment of the pre s
emalion ofthe movement abnormality, i.e. how it is mani festing itself, then prov
ides the guide for action, even though we may not be able to know all we would l
ike about its true nature. Self-education in the accuratc localisation of spinal
joint problems is probably the most important single aspect for the beginner to
develop following training courses; onc learns the importance of going like a d
og after a cat for the precise level of vertebral involvement. Sooner or later,
however, depending upon the 'mileage' of patients treated, it will become eviden
t that the interdependence of the ver tebral column is asserting itself in variou
s ways, e.g.
1.
(v)
1
SUMMARY
(vi)
(vii)
As one generally handles highly irritable joints and/or nerve roots, with much r
espect, and less irritable joints with less respect, technique grading is guided
in the first instance by pain: 1 . If pain is constant even at rest and rises q
uickly on movement into range, or it appears early in the range and rises to a l
evel sufficient (0stop [he movement well before the normal limit, the techniques
should be of small ampli tude, gentle and confined to the beginning of available
range, i.e. grades I, I or I I 2. If there is no pain at rest, and it only begi
ns after more than half range has been traversed, then the mobilis ing technique
can move into the pain a bit, and even up to the limit, with carc. 3. A 'block'
by spasm, more than pain, can be treated by a grade I V technique up to the poin
t of spasm so long as it occurs beyond half range. I f it occurs before that, on
c should use a lower grade-the earlier the spasm, the lower the grade. 4. A bloc
k by inert-tissue tension, or compression, with negligible pain or spasm, should
be treated with a grade IV technique, and a grade V technique may be indicated.
During treatment, movement into pain depends not en-
Postero-anterior unilateral movement of T l or the first rib provoking the unila
teral hemicranial pain reported by the patient
ASSESSMENT IN EXAMINATION
PROGNOSIS
365
2. Cervical rotation and side-flexion restrictions dis appearing on mobilisation
of Tl 3. Lumbar side-flexion improving on mobilisation of the sacroiliac joint o
f that side 4. The frequency with which patients report with con current upper ce
rvical and lumbosacral joint problems. There are many further examples of this p
henomenon, simple explanations of which are always attractive ; one could analys
e ( I ) on the basis of scalenus muscle spasm, since the scalenus medius has par
tial attachment to C2 above and to the first rib below, and analyse (4) on the b
asis that should the foundation of a structure be dis turbed its most superincumb
ent parts are likely to be affected most. S ince the craniovertebral articulatio
n is a prime organ of equilibration, the analogy is a reasonable one, whatever t
he biomechanical and neurophysiological mechanisms may prove to be when comprehe
nsive analysis ultimately becomes possible. The analogy does not take into accou
nt, of course, whether the craniovertebral abnormality might have de veloped firs
t, with subsequent effects upon more distant but interdependent segments. Furthe
r to ( I ) above, Frykholm'" describes the observation that many patients with b
rachialgia, due to a cervical rib, have also suffered from cervical migraine, wh
ich was relieved by adequate decompression of the brachial plexus. A clinical an
d radiological survey t028 of9S patients with ankylosing spondylitis was underta
ken to evaluate male and female differences in clinical features. Radiographic d
ifferences in the 18 female patients included a high in cidence of cervical spine
abnormalities and a combination of sacroiliac and cervical spine involvement, w
ith normal intervening thoracic and lumbar regions. Spondylitis is not spondylos
is, but these findings may help to stress the important factor of perceiving the
vertebral column as an interdependent functional structure. Meanwhile, our pres
ent knowledge of vertebral column structure, in nervation and neurophysiology is
more than enough to support the contention (Wyke)t J62. 1 36) that we not only m
obilisc, and thereby affect, joints but by our procedures are affecting complex
arthrokinetic systems, disturbing the musculoskeletal neurophysiology of the who
le patient. In this connection, the junctional regions of the spine are frequent
ly found to show movement restrictions when the pain reported can be provoked at
segments distant from them. While the treatment o the segments giving rise f
to pain remain.s the prion'ty, a careful check of the junctional regions and sub
sequent attemion to mly movement abnormali ties four,d can be worthwhile, since t
he more comprehensive the exami"ation and the more e ffective the treatment, the
less do the problems seem to recur.
those with experience, They form the main indication for a repetition of the loc
alised part of the examination on every occasion before treatment is undertaken.
'
Examination fmdings alJow an assessment of the length of
Achcs and pains of moderate intensity localised to vertebral and paravertebral r
egions, with little or no reference to limbs and no neurological involvement, ma
y often be significantly reduced by treatment counted in days rather than in wee
ks. 'Experience with manipulative treatment shows that it is rarely sufficient t
o mobilise the affected joint on one occasion only. The number of treatments req
uired varies enormously from patient to patient. (Bourdillon, 1973.)'' The need f
or periodic medical treatment of diseases with episodic exacerbations, like chro
nic bronchitis for example, is unquestioned, yet the similar need for periodic a
ttention to a like disease, which also has existence in time as well as space, i
.e. vertebral degenerative joint disease, is seemingly not understood as plainly
as it should be. For some, it seems that manipulation means getting every thing
tidied up with one expertly applied manipulative thrust, and anything other than
this is not properly man ipulative treatment. Those who wittingly or unwittingly
hold this view may have conceptions, but the one thing they do not have is firs
t-hand shop-floor clinical experience of common ver tebral joint problems. Progre
ss is likely to be slow in the following situations :
treatment likely to be required,
J
Bourdillon ( 1973)105 observes that: ' . . . errors in exact localisation of the
lesion are surprisingly common even to
1 . When there is a localised distal area of objective numbness 2. When there is
marked muscle wasting, as a con sequence of degenerative joint disease 3. When t
here is severe limb pain, or when the worst pain is more distal than proximal 4.
When pain is sufficiently severe to produce facial dis tortion 5. When neurologi
cal deficit indicates involvement of the following nerve roots (in order of diff
iculty): L 3, S I, S2. Patients with neurological signs from L 4 and LS are easi
er to relieve 6, Where postural spasm is maintaining: a. a lumbar spine deviatio
n towards the painful side, or b. marked lordosis on attempted flexion, or c. a
flattening of the lumbar curve, or d. a frank lumbar kyphosis. 7. When extension
is grossly limited, and either pro duces or exacerbates arm or leg pain S. When
straight-leg-raising is severely restricted uni laterally and especially bilatera
lly 9. If palpation at a single vertebral level elicits brisk pro tective spasm o
ver a much wider area
366
10. Where symptoms are felt locally alld referred, from onc acturely tcnder spin
ous process I I . Long-standing cases 1 2 Result of recent trauma 1 3. Moderate
or severe whiplash injury during last three to four years 1 4. Juniors and adole
scents. The nature of pain is a further factor in duration of treatment. A gener
alised ache or a restrictive nuisance is more quickly relieved than is a throbbi
ng intense pain, or a shooting, stabbing pain. NB. It is uncommon for spinal joi
nt problems to be singielO'J and where multiple problems require careful analysi
s and appropriate treatment, the process cannot be achieved by the facile produc
tion of a single joint 'click', however prevalent may be this conception of what
manipulation is about. Some other common fallacies are: I. That the obese patie
nt is more prone to discogenic lumbar joint problems, and to recurrences, than i
s the slimmer person. )26 2. That postural asymmetry of the pelvic joints mUSt n
ecessarily be responsible, sooner or later, for low back pain ; it is more than
likely, but not inevitable. 3. That in suitable cases a corrective heel raise, f
or patients well over 40 who have chronic lumbar pain due to a laterally tilted
pelvis, cannot quickly relieve intractable symptoms ; the prognosis need not be
gloomy in these cases, simply because the patient is mature. 4. That joint condi
tions of sudden onset are invariably easier to relieve than those of insidious o
nse t ; this is by no means true. 5. That the longer a joint problem has existed
, the more difficult it will be to relieve. 6. That restricted straight-leg-rais
ing indicates disco genic trespass upon a root of the lumbosacral plexus, and tha
t the prognosis is therefore that of neurological involvement. 7. That provocati
on of the unilateral midlumbar and anterior thigh pain by the 'femoral nerve str
etch test' is corroboration of an irritative lesion of a root of the femoral ner
ve, and j ustifies a like prognosis,
these two categories may be helpful to the less experi enced. In (i), the use of
persuasive, segmental repetitive mobi lising movements (grades I-IV) is the main
therapeutic basis, and manipulative thrust techniques comprise less than 20 per
cent of the treatment procedures employed. In (ii), the therapist also employs r
epetitive, persuasive segmental movements in treatment, as well as manipula tive
thrust (grade V) techniques, with a tendency to con ceive the latter as the lynch
-pin of therapeutic method in this field of work. Having reached consideration o
f examination methods by palpation, we need to consider the fundamental dif feren
ce between two common rationales of treatment by manipulation, which may lie at
the source of much of the beginner's confusion and which are rooted in the two c
ardinal factors of palpation and assessment. Procedures are primarily based on e
ither: (i) the COI/Slallt relationship to pail/ of particular physio logical move
ments in a sphlQI region, or (ii) which specific segmental movemel/CS, i.e. flex
ioll,
extension, roratio,l, o vertebra are mose resen'cred. f
In (i), clinical assessment of patients and their pain is the basic skill and fu
ndamentally important, and in (ii), mech anical assessmenl o mobility by palpalio
n is the important f factor, although both approaches employ both of these facto
rs in different combinations in their method. The difference is illustrated by t
he example of a single vertebral segment which may have two or three of its poss
ible movements restricted, and which is found to be the segment giving rise to t
he patient'S symptoms. We can either mobilise that segment : (i) Guided primaril
y by the dislriblllioll alld behaviour of pain, without being unduly concerned w
ith abstract geometrical considerations of the correctness of the particular mov
ement found to be therapeutically effective, and this is the first approach, or
(ii) We can use techniques which specifically loosen each ofthe restricted segme
ntal movements assuming thereby that relief of symptoms and signs will follow as
a con sequence of restoring movement-and this is the second approach. In the fir
st, (i), distribution of pain and its behaviour (and behaviour of other symptoms
) arc more important than mechanical considerations, and for this reason the fir
st principle governing application and modification of techniques is not their s
upposed mechanical suitability for the known configuration of joints being moved
, but their suitability and effectiveness as evidenced by continuing assessment,
for each patient's unique presentation of pain, In the second, (ii), mechanical
considerations are virtu ally paramount, and it is a basic tenet that therapeuti
c
DISCUSSION-THE USE OF PALPATION IN ASSESSMENT
An outline of how palpation is used in conjunction with treatment methods, which
emphasises one aspect or another, is given on page 354, and approaches (i) and
(ii) were briefly described. A short description of some of the differences betw
een
ASSESSMENT IN EXAMINATION
PROGNOSIS
367
passive movements which are not applied either in the emulate what appears to be
the teacher's practised facility plane of the facet-joints (gliding) or at righ
t angles to them and dexterity of technique. As clinical experience grows, (gapp
ing), are 'incorrect'. Very much the same basis gov manipulative work is bener se
en as a slowly growing science, subject to ordinary physical laws like everythin
g erns what is thought 'correct' for peripheral joints, also. Yet another approa
ch is based on the prime importance else ; treatment techniques are then rightly
relegated to no ofpatlerflS of movement limitation, with commonly occur more tha
n another instrument to serve a widening under standing of the clinical features
of degenerative joint ring abnormal 'articular patterns' being integrated into a
corpus of teaching which relies to a degree on extrapola disease, i.e. why, and
which, patients suffer it. tion to formulate conceptions of the precise nature o
f tres Thus the experienced worker actually manipulates only pass, derangement or
other lesions believed to be under a handful and often none of the daily quota o
f patients, lying the signs and symptoms. Thus philosophies of the essential nee
ds of most being perhaps some modes treatments, which govern selection and type
of pro and undramatic localised mobilising, local segmenta cedures used, arise na
turally from conceptions of the exercises, regional strengthening exercises, har
ness trac nature of the abnormality, or from acceptance of the fact tion, tempora
ry or more permanent support, simple that more orcen than not we cannot know its
true nature. advice and guidance, very frequently a restoration o C01J f It sho
uld be emphasised that we know very much less, fidePice in their spines or a com
bination of these allied to about the true causes of much vertebrogenic pain, th
an the medical and surgical procedures which may be in we sometimes care to admit
. dicated. Throughout a professional career, a few may not Because of the real p
aucity of necessary facts it comes develop beyond the point of believing experti
se in tech about, as in other walks of life, that the way people think nique to b
e paramoun t ; for most it is but a stepping-stone governs what they do. to more
effective work with joint problems-it is palpatimJ We have already noted above
that the differences of and assessment which make the stepping stone. approach a
nd therefore method tend, in shop-floor clinical Sometimes, arbitrary and perhap
s impatient attempts practice, to become matters of emphasis only, yet the to im
pose order, reason and logic from without on the fundamental dissimilarity remai
ns, and if this is grasped irrational behaviour of signs and symptoms in common
early in the day by the beginner, much that is initially puz joint problems may b
e misguided and counter-produc zling in manipulation teaching may be easier to un
der tive. The body cannot read the book, and joints cannot know what is confident
ly expected of them by the theorist, stand. The differences of approach are roug
hly analogous to the logician and the biomechanic. In our enthusiasm for the pro
fessional preoccupations of mechanical and tele this or that therapeutic revelati
on we sometimes overlook communications engineers whose fields of activity overl
ap the infinite range of biological plasticity of response, and of individual un
iqueness, which makes fools of us all at considerably. A basic difficulty is tha
t each manipulation philosophy, one time or another. Perhaps it is wiser to tall
ow joints when first encountered, appears so logical and so reason to speak for t
hemselves', especially in the matter of palpa able. A further, painful difficulty
for the tyro may not even tion findings, and to assess and treat joint problems
on be recognised, let alone resolved, until after two or more the basis of acce
ptance of what is there to be observed, years of clinical experience in manipula
tive work, when while views about its genesis must often remain unproven. In our
condition of only limited albeit slowly increasing more knowledge and familiari
ty with the behaviour of common joint problems allows retrospective analysis and
certainty, careful and clinically responsible empiricism, a sobering comparison
between how much is understood and moderation in the use of vigour during treat
ment, from lectures and technique demonstrations and what seem to be prudent thi
ngs. actually transpires in the clinical situation. For some These matters are m
ost pertinent to fundamefUal questions f reason, which may have something to do
with a thera o how palpati01J is used, its value as ar, examinatioPi method, peut
ic method involving physically handling the tissues how closely clinical present
atioPi may be related to palpatitm fiahle is lhe heavy reliance 011 palpalion of
another, manipulation, more than any other therapeutic findings and how jUJli d
iscipline, seems prone to advocacy based almost entirely in clirrical assessment
. Undeniably, if the examiner can keep an approach on the supposed merits of thi
s or that technique. Having completed a long and devoted training in many differ
ent which is flexible and receptive, and try always to relate techniques of hand
ling, e.g. massage, maintenance move palpable vertebral abnormality, which presen
ts itself in ments for neurological and inflammatory arthritic condi such a varie
ty of ways, to the features of degenerative joint tions, proprioceptive neuromus
cular facilitation tech disease, a valuable method of clinical self-education com
es niques and other manual resistance methods, the beginner literally to hand, a
nd the question of manipulation philo tends to see manipulation almost totally as
an art, believ sophies assumes less importance. The joint is thus allowed ing so
me essential potency of effect to reside in the tech to speak for itself, and rea
l learning begins to take place nique itself; thus working and practising incess
antly to because one is now listening-by feeling.
368
more and more the need to rearrange concepts and ideas about the passive moveme
nt of joints which have perhaps served well enough in tne past. The time is now-
and yes terday has gone. +44
II is during this time that we vitally need the ability to live with a little co
nfusion and doubt, because it is abso lutely certain that if we do examine patien
ts well, progres sively improve our palpation skill, and do not sweep awk ward and
unwelcome facts under the carpet, we will feel
11. Investigation procedures
Measuring spinal mobility
Several clinical methods of measuring spinal mobility have been reviewed and com
pared by Reynolds (1975)1032. They are:
I.
1949,79
The Dunham spondylometer, described by Dunham
(1949)'"
2. A skin distraction method, described by Schober (1937)"24 and elaborated by M
oll and Wright (1971)'" 3. An inclinometer or pendulum goniometer using the prin
ciple described by Loebl (1967)760 Reynolds observes that the main clinical appl
ication of this type of measurement lies in the follow-up examina tion for cases
of ankylosing spondylitis. While clinical examination remains the best diagnosti
c procedure, a number of sophisticated developments in radiographic method, and
an increasing variety of other investigation procedures arc providing more speci
fic data. Information about these highly specialised techniques should be sought
in appropriate texts, but some brief comments arc included in the following lis
t, which is not comprehensive.
Radiography
measurements (using the methods of Begg and Falconer, Froning and Frohman, 1968,
'" and Pennal el al., 1972).'80 Radiographs of the lumbar spine and radio graphic
assessments of spinal motion were of no value in predicting or assessing the re
sponse of patients to manipu lation; they contributed little to the management of
such patients except to exclude serious spinal pathology before any form of phy
sical treatment was commenced. Carstairs (1959)'" makes the point that in most p
atients with musculoskeletal conditions, the problem is not to make a completely
accurate diagnosis but (0 make sure that treatment, although probably empirical
, will be safe. For this reason alone, radiography is necessary to exclude infec
tive and neoplastic disease before manipulation or traction. A grading of the ra
diographic appearances of diseased joints644 is as follows:
Apophyseal join IS of cervical spille
Changes of disc degeneration are not included and should be disregarded in gradi
ng. Grade Grade I: II: Doubtful osteophytes on margins of articu lar facets of ap
ophyseal joints Definite osteophytes and subchondral sclerosis in apophyseal joi
nts Moderate osteophytes, sclerosis and some irregularity of articular facets Ma
ny large osteophytes and severe sclerosis and irregularity of articular facets.
X-rays make good policemen but poor counsellors, in that while the straight radi
ograph may exc1ude serious bone disease and significant mechanical defect, it do
es not often provide much guidance about how to treat the patient. Even when fra
nk mechanical defect is revealed, it may have little or no clinical significance
. In 151 people whose occupations involved strenuous manual labour or vigorous p
hysical activity, but who gave no history of back pain, the radiographs revealed
: 8 with spondylolisthesis, including one complete forward dislocation; 5 with p
seu dospondylolisthesis(group I II); 30with transitional verte brae, including 10
with accessory or adventitious joints and 5 with scoliosis.91 Radiologists tried
to discover some correlation between lumbar spinal bony joint configuration bef
ore and after manipulation. 1047 Nothing significant came of their careful
Grade I I I: Grade IV:
In lateral films narrowing of apophyseal joints cannot be assessed accurately.
Cervical disc degeneration
Changes in the apophyseal Jomts are not included and should be disregarded in gr
ading. The most severely affected disc space determines the grading. Grade Grade
I:
I I:
Minimal anterior osteophytosis Definiteanteriorostcophytosis with possible
370
Grade II I:
Grade IV:
narrowing of disc space and some sclerosis of vertebral plates Moderate narrowin
g of disc space with definite sclerosis of vertebral plates and osteophytosis Se
vere narrowing of disc space with sclerosis of vertebral plates and multiple lar
ge osteophytes.
Thoracic disc degeneration
Grade Grade
I: II:
Grade I II:
Grade IV:
Possible sclerosis and osteophytosis at anterior margins of disc space Definite
but slight osteophytosis and sclerosis of vertebral plates Moderate narrowing of
disc space with sclerosis of vertebral plates and osteophy rosis Severe narrowin
g of disc space, marked sclerosis of verrebral plates and large osteo phytes.
Lumbar disc degeneration
Grade Grade
I: II:
Grade I I I:
Grade IV:
Minimal osteophytosis only Definite osteophytosis with some sclerosis of anterio
r part of vertebral plates Marked osteophytosis and sclerosis of ver tebral plate
s and marked narrowing of disc space Large osteophytes, marked sclerosis of ver t
ebral plates with marked narrowing of disc space.
Back pain in disc degeneration need not be the result of the degeneration as suc
h nor need its severity have any relationship to the severity of the X-ray chang
es, but may be due to other factors including fracture of the hyaline cartilagin
ous plate or the growth of granulation tissue into the disc after annular ruptur
e. By analogy with degenera tive arthrosis in other joints, the symptoms probably
arise from changes in the surrounding soft tissue rather than from the structur
es of a deranged joint. Fllrther, they very
frequently arise from lissues remote from lhe site of the most severe radiograph
ic evidence of joint 'disease'. NB. X-ray appearances associated with clinical c
ondi tions are mentioned briefly with their description (see 'Clinic,1 Presentati
on') (p. 205). X-rays with a much higher degree of resolution, some ten times be
tter than with standard apparatus currently in use, have recently been used to a
nalyse bone defects with a precision impossible for conventional methods.lOoi Di
scography
accuracy of interpretation of lumbar discograms depends upon the assessment of t
hree main findings: (i) the amount of contrast material which can be injected; (
ii) the repro duction of the symptoms, and (iii) following injection, the radiolo
gical appearances of the disc system. The normal disc has a limited ability to a
ccept injected fluid, and 0.5 ml may be adequate to exclude abnormality. Degener
ative fissuring of the annulus may allow dis persal of the fluid, and relatively
large amounts may be injected; thus the acceptance of around 3 ml may demon strat
e abnormality of the disc system,CHO e.g. small tears in the annulus, without di
sc rupture, may permit extra vasation of the dye in patients over 30 years of age
. 780 Cloward (1959)'" advocated cervical discography as being superior to myelo
graphy. Some authors'" have noted no real correlation between the amount of mate
rial used and the intensity of symptoms provoked and do not use either cervical
or lumbar discography as routine pro cedures.664, '564,29) The recent advantages
of image-intensification and direct television viewing, and contrast media of lo
w toxi city, have allowed easier technique and reduced pain for the patient. Macn
ab (1977)780 describes the mosl effective use of lumbar discography as in those
instances when the myelo gram is negative, venography findings are difficult to a
ssess, the root infiltration test is technically impossible and electromyography
gives equivocal findings. He also regards discography as of inestimable value i
n determin ing the extent of surgical fusion required in spondylolis thesis, i.e.
if discography shows the disc above the level of an L5-S 1 slip to be normal, a
localised L5-S I fusion is all that is required. Other authorsIJ28 strongly beli
eve that even a severely degenerated disc, as evidenced by discography, has litt
le to do with symptoms. Schaeffer (1976)'087 has mentioned that all a discogram
will show is a degenerate disc, but what it will not show is whether the degener
ate disc is a cause of the symptoms. Brodsky and Binder (1979)'32 reviewed 199 p
atients who had undergone lumbar discography, and found that management decision
s were influenced by the discogram findings in 155 cases (78 per cent). One hund
red and six patients (53 per cent) had negative or equivocal myelo grams but posi
tive discograms.
Myelography
The technique of injecting radio-opaque material into the nucleus pulposus of in
tervertebral discs is not new. Lind bloms)15 experimented in 1941 by injecting red
lead. The
Introduction of negative or positive contrast material into the subarachnoid spa
ce allows the identification of lesions of trespass. Gas myeiography,528 using e
ither air or oxygen, renders the subarachnoid space more transparent than adjace
nt tissues, and thus the spinal cord shadow has enhanced density. With air myelo
graphy,111 the spinal cord in the thoracic and cervical canal can be demonstrate
d with considerable
INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES
371
accuracy; conventional radiography can be used, particu larly when investigating
the cervical canal. Positive con trast material, originally the non-absorbable an
d oil-based materials like Lipiodol, and more recently water-based and absorbabl
e Dimer-X, can be used to opacify the spinal canal. 1175, 1004, 1159, 1 141, 678
,59' The introduction of foreign material into the subarachnoid space may be fol
lowed by a sterile, irritative meningitis, the cellular response and increased p
rotein generally being transitory.594 The changes may be more permanent when oil
y con trast media (e.g. Lipiodol, Pantopaquc, Myodil) 3re used, and an adhesive a
rachnoiditis may occur. nOlI There is marked thickening of the leptomeninges, an
d infiltration by chronic inflammatory cells. A vasculitis may also ensue, with
the possibility of occlusion of pial blood vessels. Radiographs of the spine a y
ear or two after myelo graphy with these media usually show globules of contrast
material, i.e. a form of internal pollution. In the theca, it is slowly absorbed
at about 1 ml a year,ll411 Myelography is of value in demonstrating central dis
c prolapse or large eccentric trespass impinging on the dura,97o but the viscosi
ty of iodised oil docs not allow clear delineation of lumbosacral root sheaths.
Diagnostic difficulties with myelograms are sometimes due to: I. 2. 3. 4. Poor f
illing of the nerve root pockets Ectatic dilated veins An abundance of fat False
localisation of the lesion, which happens occa sionally when transitional verteb
rae are present 5. A clinical syndrome suggesting disc prolapse, but with a norm
al myelogram. 10
Radiculography (Myelography with water-soluble con trast material) Radiculography
allows betier visualisation of the lumbo sacral nerve roots, and more accurate a
ssessment of lateral disc trespass. 110, 970 The technique differs from con venti
onal myelography. Epidurography
planes of the body Structures eliminating the confusing shadows of plain radiogr
aphy. Used in conjunction with myelography employing a water-soluble medium, mye
lo tomography can be of considerable helplo in clarification of preoperative case
s with negative routine myelograms.
Transverse axial tomography
This is a radiological technique6(H showing an undistorted cross-section of the
spine. An X-ray tube and film cassetle arc placed at opposite ends of an eccentr
ic C-arm, which rotates around the supine patient in a 2200 arc-the axis of rota
tion is the spinal axis of the patient. Axial tomo graphy allows the preoperative
detection of lumbar stenosis, and may also be used to evaluate the patient with
new or recurrent symptoms after surgical fusion, for example. 602
Computerised transverse axial tomography (Scin tography)'" This is a radiological
scanning technique showing an un distorted cross-section of the spine or other b
ody part; hence the term EM! Scanner. By a combination of X-rays and computer te
chnology this precise method of producing pictures of the inside of the body (so
metimes called a scintogram) is probably the most significant advance in investi
gation procedures since Roentgen's discovery of X-rays in 1895. A fan beam of X-
rays, rotated through 180, is scanned across the supine patient; on the other sid
e of the patient, and diametrically opposite the source of X-rays, an array of h
ighly sensitive scintillation detectors count all the X ray photons transmitted t
hrough the patient's tissues. A picture of [issue density measurements is built
up following calculations by a computer. In a total of 180 one-degree intervals,
some 29000 readings are recorded from a single tomographic !ice, en abling the com
puter to ascertain the density of a volume of tissue of I. 3 cm). Each reading c
an be represented as a square in a matrix containing 2 5 600 squares. What is pr
oduced is a tone (or shade) picture, which has 16 values between black and white
. The representation is not the same as a conventional X-ray tomogram, but the p
ictorial record of a compu terised analysis; thus visual X-ray interpretation doe
s not arise.947 The whole-body CT Scanner'" offers advantages when investigating
orthopaedic conditions. The bony frame work of the neural canal, including the p
edicles and facet joints, can be clearly visualised, as can the presence of bony
spinal stenosis, and soft-tissue masses can be delineated. Computed tomography h
as been employed to confirm a diagnosis of diastematomyelia. 1299 The technique
has also been employed to diagnose rota tory fixation of the atlantoaxial joint (
p. 212),'" spondy loschisis (cleft of the vertebral arch) of the atlas,'"
This is an investigation method in which water-soluble contrast medium is inject
ed into the extradural space, and which is not in general use;970 synonyms arc p
eriduro graphy, epidural myelography and canalography. Thus it is distinguished f
rom injections into the subarachnoid space. The contrast material, when introduc
ed into the lumbar epidural space via the sacral hiatus, outlines the sacral can
al, the cauda equina and the lumbar spinal canal. Mathews (1976)'20 discusses th
e relative merits of myelography and epidurography.
Tomography
This method of radiography was introduced by Ziedses de Plante in 19331180 and f
ocuses an organ or successive
372
fractures of the atlasb36 and a lumbar vertebra,'41 and a Ewing's sarcoma. Body s
canners expose patients to about the same amount of hazardous X-rays as the conv
entional tech niques, yet if the tissues are scanned morc slowly to improve the l
evel of definition by reception of more X ray photons, the exposure increases to
levels approaching those of the most hazardous conventional X-ray pro cedure (Wal
l et al., 1979). "" The authors recommend that (he need for an improved quality
of image must be balanced against the increased risk of bodily injury or cancer.
As applied to scanning of the lumbar spine,144/) compu terised tomography is a r
emarkably short-term advance in the technology of investigation and a marked imp
rove ment on many of the invasive diagnostic tests such as myelography. Recent re
search indicates the important potential of high-resolution zoom scan modificati
ons, dose reduction technique, various forms of three-dimensional display, obliq
ue plane capability and better coronal and sagittal displays. There is more prec
ise knowledge of the degree of physi cal trespass by disc disease, deformities of
the articular processes and joint spaces, and thus of central and lateral steno
sis; CT scanning techniques give a much better picture of the sequelae of discec
tomy, herni-Iaminectomy and dorso-Iateral fusion procedures. For example, iden ti
fication of the degree of trespass by over-growth after fusion indicates the nee
d for re-evaluation of some surgi cal techniques, and in the whole field of radic
al treatment for lumbar spinal problems these new visualisation methods will ens
ure that surgery is undertaken only after more accurate and comprehensive analys
is-also, that surgery is less likely to usher in a further series of undesir able
changes. The Mayo Clinic has recently developed the Dynamic Spatial Reconstruct
or by which cone-shaped X-ray beams circle the patient continuously and cover a
broader area of the body. A single scan takes in a cylindrical volume 20cm long
and up to 40cm in diameter. The DSR can 'look inside' the body from any angle, a
nd could find a small lung tumour behind a rib which by conventional X rays might
otherwise be undetectable.
Xerography
record, either in the negative or positive forms. Areas of low contrast, like so
ft tissues, are better demonstrated than in standard radiography.
Radiographic stereoplotting""
This is a method enabling three-dimensional measure ments to be taken from a pair
of X-ray films; the paired radiographs can be obtained with any conventional X-
ray unit. Between exposures the X-ray tube is shifted a known distance along an
appropriate axis of the structure being examined. This technique allows detailed
examination of radio graphs in a manner not readily available by conventional me
ans. Binocular stereovision enables examination of the apophyseal joints and obs
ervation of degenerative changes with a clarity that is not apparent when viewin
g either of the two radiographs in a conventional way. A better visualisation of
facet-joints, by stereoscopic radiography, has allowed an analysis of the chang
es in these joints in rheumatoid disease. Stereoscopic views showed erosions of
facet structures which resembled the rheumatoid erosions observed in other joint
s.11l5 It was observed that these changes may be due, among other causes discuss
ed, to analgesic or steroid therapy.
Interosseous spinal venography (Epidural phlebo graphy) The introduction of contr
ast material into the vertebral venous system via injections into a lumbar spino
us pro cess, for example,22 allows identification of lesions and trespass upon ne
ural cord structures. 1272 The rich plexus of intervertebral veins is outlined b
y contrast, and in lumbar disc herniations the protuberant disc trespass can be
recognised on lateral films by the backward displace ment of epidural veins from
the posterior surface of the intervertebral spaces. Other space-occupying lesion
s can also be detected. Epidural veins may also be outlined by percutaneous cath
eterisation of the femoral vein, with ad vancement into the external vertebral ve
in under X-ray control. 718 The radiological change of venous occlusion by tresp
ass is readily observed.945 Vertebral artery angiography
This is a new radiographic technique with an increasing range of application.564
The X-ray technique is standard, with the exception that an electronically char
ged selenium plate replaces the standard film in a cassette. Radiation impinging
upon the plate causes the charge to 'leak' in proportion to the quantity of rad
iation. A dusting of ton ing powder will then adhere to the plate in proportion t
o the residual charge; by a further process the resulting pat tern is fused by he
at to present a permanent xerographic
The vertebral arteries are particularly subject to compres sion by spondylotic an
d arthrotic changes, and the seg mental level of impingement can be anywhere betw
een C l and C 6 segments'" The vertebral arteries can be visualised by retrograd
e pressure injection of the brachial arteriesJ1S and a right brachial angiogram
will opacify the right vertebral artery from its point of origin to, and includi
ng, the basilar artery. The vascular condition of 'subclavian steal' may produce
symptoms which closely resemble vertebrobasilar insuffi-
tNVESTIGATION PROCEDURES
373
ciency, and vertebral artery angiography, via a midstream injection into the asc
ending aorta, is of value in elucidating the cause of symptoms.
Cineradiography and fluoroscopy
These two methods of dynamic visualisation}48, :H9.1l11 are ideal to study norma
l and abnormal movement of the cervical spine981 but do not allow precise measur
ement of ranges of movement. Enlargement of individual frames of cine-film is of
limited value, since the loss of fine detail compares poorly with a standard ra
diograph. Further, the patient may 'run off' the screen during dynamic studies o
f movement. Some authors suggest that a combination of radio graphic methods may
be necessary to clarify the causes of neck pain, for example, and advocate the u
se of odon toid views, oblique films, lateral films at extremes of move ment, pill
ar views, tomograms and cineradiography, in the patient with obscure neck proble
ms.1ll2 Among the large number of non-radiographic investi gation techniques, som
e are:
Thermography
of the needle requires different approaches for the fifth lumbar and first sacra
! roots. After localisation of the needle a contrast material is in jecred, and i
f placement is correct the root sleeve is out lined on radiography as a tubular s
hape. Local anaesthetic is then injected.
Electrodiagnosis
A healthy body shows a symmetrical temperature distri bution, with a surface temp
erature range of about 12C. Limb temperature falls off distally by about 2-3C to wa
rds fingers and toes. A thermographic or heat camera measures the body's infrare
d 'glow', which is proportional to temperature, and transduces it to electrical
impulses which can then be recorded as a multichromatic photo graph. Surface body
temperature is very closely linked to blood flow, and abnormalities due to drug
effects, disease or injury may cause the abnormal tissues to become hotter or c
older than the normal surrounding tissue. 609 While the technique has considerab
le application in detecting the degree of vascularity of the extremities, it can
also be an aid in assessing the extent of some types of neoplasm. It is also ca
pable of detecting inflammatory processes in joints, and a 'hot' thermogram may
uncover sacroiliitis before the characteristic radiographic changes become manif
est (p. 285). '07< A thermogram of the asymptomatic individual's back reveals a
symmetrical tadpole-shaped area-the 'paraver tebral warm area'. In patients with
back pain, thermo graphy frequently revealed a paravertebral area which was asymm
etrical, lacked continuity and was accompanied by 'cold patches' over the glutea
l region in some. In pain free subjects, the gluteal 'cold patches' were absent.
1215
Nerve root infiltration
Electromyography is valuable in that while it may not pro vide the specific clini
cal diagnosis175 it is able to localise specific root involvement, and the prese
nce of multira dicuJar involvement; evidence that more than one root is involved
can be of prime importance in assessing the indi cations for conservative or surg
ical management of the patient (see p. 107). 569, 61l Electrodiagnosis also offe
rs a means of distinguishing between a neurapraxia and more severe nerve injury,
and thus prognosis.lOl8 The e.m.g. is valuable in assessment of hysterical para
lysis. The major e.m.g. changes associated with nerve root compression are fibri
llation potentials and positive sharp waves at rest; there is also a decrease in
the number of active potentials on voluntary contraction. Macnab (1977)'80 obse
rves that myelography and electromyo graphy should be used to supplement each oth
er. Magora et al. (1974)785 examined 57 patients with head ache syndromes and fou
nd e.m.g. evidence of neuropathic or spinal lesions in the seminspinalis muscles
in a high proportion of them. The second remarkable observation was the high in
cidence of neuropathic lesions disclosed by e.m.g., even though a careful neurol
ogical examination did not reveal any pathological signs. Troup (1975)'247 demon
strated by e.m.g. that the two heads of gastrocnemius are differentially affecte
d by lum bosacral radiculopathy; the medial head mOSt commonly by L5 root lesions
and the lateral head by lesions of S I root.
Electroencephalography
The use of e.c.g. has demonstrated that acceleration and deceleration trauma (wh
iplash injuries) to the neck and head can cause a similar clinical picture, and
similar e.c.g. abnormalities, to those resulting from a direct blow to the head.
1231
Electronystagmography and cupulometry
The infiltration with local anaesthetic of an involved nerve root at its point o
f emergence will eradicate the sciatic pain and thus demonstrate the site of the
lesion.78 0 Placement
The basis for e.n.g. recording is the corneoretinal poten tial. The cornea is pos
itively charged with respect CO the retina, effectively transferring the eye int
o a rotating dipole.679,1)41 Four e.n.g. electrodes are placed around the eye to
record ver[ical and horizontal nystagmus, [he fifth elec trode acting as a groun
d. Vestibular dysfunction demon strated by this, and other, tests still remains f
or several years after whiplash trauma, and may later be responsible
374
for recurring symptoms under conditions of physiological or pathological stress.
Intervertebral disc manometry
detected acute osteomyelitis of the sacroiliac joint, when initial radiographs w
ere interpreted as normal.768
Ultrasonography
The in vivo intradiscal pressures 3rc measured by a speci ally constructed needle
with a pressure-sensitive mem brane at its tip.88) The pressures are recorded on
an elec tromanometer to which the needle is connected. The needle is introduced
into the nucleus pulposus, a disco gram serving as a guide that the needle is cor
rectly located in the nucleus pulposus. In the last decade intradiscal pressures
have been recorded in a variety of postures and during a variety of voluntary a
ctivities, and have contributed significantly to knowledge of forces sustained b
y the lumbar inter vertebral disc.890
Cystometry
Occult bladder dysfunction appears to be a major mani festation of lumbar nerve r
oot compression. 10'9 In 100 patients with the provisional diagnosis of lumbar r
oot in volvement, routine bladder evaluation by cystometrogram showed that the ch
aracteristics of bladder dysfunction were present in 83 per cent. Residual urine
was found in 20 per cent of the group. The authors suggest that it may now be c
lear why some patients require catheterisation postoperatively, despite what may
have been a relatively atraumatic surgical pro cedure; this proportion of patien
ts probably had occult hypotonic bladders preoperatively, and the problem became
overt postoperatively (see p. 150).
Radioactive isotope studies
This is a non-invasive investigation method in which a pulsed beam of ultrasound
is passed through a body part; the beam is reflected from surfaces perpendicula
r to it and is recorded by oscilloscope. The type of scan may be linear or three
-dimensional. Use of the method in bone is hampered by difficulties such as echo
es from normal bone.864 Nevertheless, by inclining a transducer at 15' to the sa
gittal plane of lumbar spines, Porter er a/. (1978)"'00 directed a 2 cm diameter
beam of ultrasound through the thin bone of a lamina, and th us obtained three
major echoes: (i) from the posterior surface of the lamina, (ii) from its anteri
or surface and (iii) from the posterior sur face of the vertebral body. A sagitta
l, or more lateral, movement of the transducer causes high absorption of sound b
y the spinous processes and the facet-joint structure, respectively. The mean ob
lique sagittal diameter of the spinal canal can be measured with a high degree o
f accuracy by the inclined transducer beam. This non-invasive technique can thus
demonstrate the degree, and cephalocaudal extent, of spinal stenosis (see p. 27
5); it may reveal bony encroachment which is not detectable by myelography, and
measurement at each lumbar level will help planning of the surgical decompressio
n.
Psychometry and personality studies
Radioisotopes emit radiation while retaining their ordi nary chemical properties,
and thus by the rate of their breakdown demonst.rate activity rather than struc
ture. A compound such as technetium polyphosphate, for example, witt be concentr
ated at a bone tumour or an abscess, and witt thus produce a 'hot spot' when rec
orded on a scanner. Radioisotope examination is the method of choice for demonst
rating multiple lesions such as neoplas tic deposits in bone.864 Radioactive scan
ning techniques of the sacroiliac joint, for example, can reveal early cases of
sacroiliitis some six months or more before radiographic examination shows abnor
mality. The radioisotope strontium ("Sr) can be employed, and patients are given
an intravenous injection of 50 microcuries; the uptake of strontium in the sacr
oiliac joints is measured 8 to 9 days afterwards. While radiography gives an ind
ex of the difference between the integrals of the rates of bone formation and re
sorption, radioactive scanning techniques provide an in dex of the rate of bone f
ormation. An increased uptake of strontium (85Sr) indicates an active process. R
adioactive scanning of the uptake of fluorine- I S has
There is clear recognition 1109 that when personality factors are unfavourable,
a poor prognosis of the effectiveness of surgery for lumbar pain is virtually ce
rtain, no matter how accurate the anatomical diagnosis or how skilled the surgeo
n. Studies have demonstrated that some patients with cer tain personality traits,
which can be evinced by testS, are less likely to respond to treatment than are
those not exhibiting these traits. 89' Since an individual's response to pain i
s very much a psychological phenomenon,407 the developmtnt of a reli able formula
for prediction of how a given patient is likely to respond to surgery has consi
derable advantage. Psycho logical rests such as the Minnesota Multiphasic Per sona
lity Inventory (MMPI) and the Cornell Medical Index (CMI) have been found to be
of value. Combined with the surgeon's preoperative evaluation of the degree to w
hich symptoms might be of psychogenic origin, the preoperative use of the MMPI,
CMI and Quick tests on a group of 130 patients having chymopapain injections all
owed the derivation of an easily applied prediction formula. 1328 Patients with
low scores on the MMPI hysteria and hypochondriasis scales were 90 per cent cert
ain of having
INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES
375
a good or excellent symptomatic improvement, while only 10 per cent of patients
with high scores showed this amount of improvement.
Nuclear magnetic resonance
Herman (1979)'" has described how the measurement of nuclear magnetic resonance,
an analytical method well established in chemistry since the 1940s, can be adap
ted to analyse small body regions; the analysis can be expressed as a black and
white density image, i.e. a photo graph. The method is based on a physical phenom
enon in which radio waves stimulate transitions between the spin states of nucle
i in a magnetic field. The atomic nuclei of hydrogen atoms, which are present in
tissue in enormous numbers, act like tiny mag nets. Each nucleus precesses (like
a spinning top) thereby becoming a receiver or emitter of short-wave radio-fre q
uency radiation. If a radio-frequency magnetic field is applied to the atom it a
bsorbs energy and tips over. If the radio-frequency field is then removed the at
om loses energy and eventually returns to its initial state of equilib rium. The
rate of return is an exponential one with a time constant which depends upon the
atom's environment. In viscous surroundings the return will be slow; in a more
fluid one it will be faster. The wavelengths of the absorbed radiation, and the
duration during which the nucleus returns to its original state, can reveal much
about the chemistry of the environment of the nucleus. Researchers are experime
nting with methods of enhancing the signal strength by injecting tiny 'permanent
magnets' (paramagnetic ions) into the blood stream; the method is roughly analo
gous to the injection of contrast
media to show up the radiotranslucent areas in X-rays. The images produced so fa
r by physiciSIS, chemists and computer experts have been maps of the densiry of
mobile protons; in other words, the water content, yet by taking the NMR spectra
of a number of different aloms (protons, phosphorus, sodium and possibly carbon
and nitrogen) a complete chemical analysis may be possible. Since the tissues o
f a 70 kg person contain some 42 kg of water, this investigation method plainly
has promise. There is some evidence that the environment in a tumour differs fro
m that in the normal tissue, and a map of relaxation time in principle would ind
icate the location of a tumour. Thus the technique holds special promise for the
detection of tumours in sofe tissue. The method may be able to give clear infor
mation about areas of oedema and it may well, eventually, be a useful tool for m
onitoring blood flow and the movement of other body fluids and for imaging inacc
essible anatomical regions such as the spinal cord and brain stem. This possible
method of non-invasive diagnosis appears to have no risks attached, so far as i
s known at present. NMR has similar applications to computerised tomo graphy but
also has important advantages. It docs not use potentially dangerous forms of ra
diation. It does not neces sarily require contrast media to be injected to make s
ome tissues show up. It can take pictures directly of sections at any angle thro
ugh the body. And by adjusting a few settings, the NMR equipment can produce pic
tures in which different tissues show up differently. Images of high quality hav
e recently been produced, one clearly confirm ing a suspected cerebral neoplasm i
n a 22-year-old woman, and another demonstrating healthy intervertebral discs. T
he technique allows soft tissue discrimination.
12. Principles of treatment
Al..!lw"gb largely_benign and eventually self-limiting, Further, one method of t
reatment may meet different requirements; (or instce, while support in the form o
f degenerative joint disease of the spine resembles chronic resif (,Y. disease..
., in that its slow progression over many a stiff cervical collar may temporaril
y or semipermanently decades is marked b ex'!J;l: bations which are frequently ca
bi/ise a p"ainless but dangerously unstable segment, for which surgical fusion m
ay not be feasible, for anothtr related to functiQnal.onmentaLand other stresses;
patient the purpose of a soft collar is to ease Ihe pain o f ai;the management o
f chronic bronchitis, for example, treatment aims must be realistically assessed
against the an irritable spinal segmem by resting it for a short period. known
natural history of the disease. Spondylosis and arthrosis The pace and degree of
degenerative changes in joints When symptoms and signs indicate a predominantly
SPOll and theIf associated tissues difICLwidely from person to person, an d yloc
ic pattern, the emphasis of treatment is placed on: al terms the mor hological c
hanges of degeneration have little direct relationship to the Rotatory manual mo
bilisation. amou t of ain or f ctional disablement suffered by an 42. Traction-s
ustained or rhythmic, but always sustained individual at any particular time. if
there is neore root involvement with root irritability. In clinical practice, t
he classical division between con 3. St bilisation-by mechanical support if neces
sary, and servative and radical treatment becomes less important as by surgical
fusion if indicated, but ften by correction the combined skills of the medical, s
urgical and paramedi oJ muscle imbalance with strengthening exercises. cal team a
re applied to help the patient. Consequently, 4. Surgical decompression for intr
actable symptoms. treatment methods are discussed under the headings of The latt
er, for example, may take the form of a cervical general principles, one of whic
h may be the guide for hemifacetectomy, for relief of root pressure, or removal
medical, physiotherapy, and surgical procedures. For example, in the management
of three patients, relief o f of protruded lumbar disc material for the same rea
son. pain is the dominant reason for the three treatments When the clinical feat
ures are predominantly those of arthrosis. the main treatment em-'phasis is on:
of: -medical prescription of analgesic drugs --carefully graded manual mobilisat
ion to the vertebral segment -surgical removal of prolapsed disc material or ove
r growth of bone for relief of severe root pain by decom pression. Again, the prin
ciple of scabi/isacio1l of a vertebral segment may underlie: -provision of a sup
portive collar for the neck xercises to strengthen the abdominal wall muscles in
low back pain -segmental strengthening of intrinsic muscle like rota tores and mu
ltifidus -surgical fusion (arthrodesis) of an unstable segment. I. Localised m<W
Cmen!, whether produced by manual mobilisation, manipulation, rhythmic traction
(in the absence of irritability) or specific exercise. 2. Supports, which are le
ss indicated in degenerative con ditions of synovial joints, but rnaY.-be-req.uir
.edJar.. a limited period to ease pain by allowing irritability to settle.
-
Therefore, while not all of the treatments tabulated under 'Principles' are appl
ied in aU cases, and the manage ment of the patient may include perhaps analgesic
s and heat, with postural correction and prophylactic advice, th emphasis of act
ive treatment, if indicate<!, will be on trac tion for spondylosis and movement f
or arthrosi. when the clinical features are c/eor the disrj'lCtion to be ,,e (p. 37
8).
PRINCIPLES OF TREATMENT
377
AIMS OF TREATMENT
;aim rant'-.hy:
2.
f The primary treatment aim is resloralion o normal painless -
,5. The restoration of adequate control of movement :. Relief from chronic postur
al or occupational stress L Functional reablement of the patient . Pvention of re
cu cnce. The aims will assume differing orders of importance between individuals
. The following tabulated list, which is not exhaustive, is arranged as examples
of method to indicate the variety of ways in which the principles of treatment
may be applied.
I. Relief of pain and reduction of muscle s asm ResOOration of normal tissue-flu
id exchange, soft (issue pliability and extensibility, and normal joint mobility
1.. Correction of muscle weakness or imbalance i.. The stabilisation of unstable
segments
Relief of paill
Injection of -local anaesthetic -hydrocortisone Oral analgesic andlor anti-infla
mmatory drugs Heat-SWD -MWD Ice Ultrasound Rest Support Massage, e. g. inhibitor
y pressures Mobilisation Stretching Manipulation Traction Acupuncture Operant co
nditioning Electro-analgesia Counter-irritation
Movement
Active mobility exercises -regional -<iegmental Hydrotherapy Massage Mobilisatio
n Manipulation Traction
Stabilisation
Support Muscle-strengthen ing exercises -regional -segmental Correction of muscle
imbalance
Pos lUral correction
Passive st.retching of contracted soft tissue Active exercises to stretch contra
cted tissues Re-education by postural exercises Correction of sleeping posture U
nilateral heel raise, for example
FU1lctional reableme1lt
Restoration of confidence Job analysis Ergonomic correction of -work posture -dr
iving posture -lifting and handling Prophylactic advice
Surgical Joint manipulation under anaesthesia Nerve root stretch under epidural
andl or general anaesthesia
Surgical Fusion Sclerosant injection
Surgical Postoperative rehabilitat.ion
Surgical Epidural injection Chymopapain injection Rhyzolysis: (i) by stab inject
ion (ii) by radiofrequency Disc fenestration Disc enucleation Decompression Fusi
on by arthrodesis
378
They cannot always be clearly differentiated. Con sequently, so far as physical t
reatment is concerned, a working hypochesis may be stated as a set of principles
: I. There is relatively little relationship between radio logIcally evident dege
nerative chan Und the symp toms repor e by the 1.!!D<:P t. f unc2. CTC IS a very
close relationship between loss o f citin, or abnormal/unction, and signs and sy
mJliQrns. 3. Loss of function is very frequently found at sites other than those
of degenerative change as such. 4. Chronic degenerative changes will remain whe
n nor mal function conSistent withage is restored, and symp toms are partially or
completely relieved. 5. Ls of function is, for the most part, manifested in tee s
of abnormalities of movement. 6. Treatment is directed, in the main, to Slates
of reversble diminished movement due!!!.-l!! -tissue changes, with theu consequen
ces; but also at times (0 mild degrees of hypermobility. 7. Methods are essentia
lly regional and localised move ment (including traction) begun and graded accord
ing to examination findings. 8. Syndromes of instability are treated by measures
to stabilise vertebral segments.
problems are, in the main, abnormalities of movemenUor O.1Ze Because the comm01l
-JJtleb.r.al (and peripheral)
DEFINITIONS
For commonly used procedures, descriptive terms and phrases may vary between gro
ups of workers and from country to country, e.g. the word 'manipulation' may for
one group refer specifical1y to localised thrust techniques of short amplitude
and high velocity, while for another national group the word may be used mainly
as a general term covering any manual or mechanical1y applied move ment of body p
arts. Again, the one word may correctly be employed in either the general or the
specific sense. Definitions are given below for terms used in this text:
Passive movementjs any movement mechanically or manu
ail3j)lied to a bod art there should be no voluntary muscular activity by the pat
ient. Such treatment therefore ies:
1 . Massage blaintenance movement 3. Mobilisation 4 . .,Manipulation 5. Stretchi
ng (A) (Sec also Stretching (B) in Massage') 6. Traction.
2.
-
io..i!ll
a licacion of mO'llement would form che Iynchpin of chera pUlic methods, together
with one or more associated forms the bulk of the methods described in chis lext
. treatments,. it is for this reason that treatment by movement
reason or another, it [allows that treatments involving the
C.2!!l!"on vertebral joint problems, and more especially _ low back pain, compri
se b far the most costly ailment of modern society.869, 13)9 While there is a gra
tifying increase in recognition of the value of manipulative procedures, a much
more important
experienced manipulative therapists working ethically as part of che medical lea
m.
development is recap/icion of che pOlencial of informed and
Mooney and Cairns (1978)'" emphasise this aspect:
tion (manipulation?) by the therapist. There is every reason to expect that a jo
int unable to proceed through its full anatomic this range, the joint should ben
efit. If this is the only therapeutic a progressive exercise program focused on
improving function and enhancing strength and endurance, it has a useful role. P
hysi manttuvre it is a short-sighted one, but when incorporated into
We believe that there is a role for passive assisted joint mobilisa
range is abnormal. If mobilisation by manual therapy can increase
cal therapists functioning in a responsible medical environment offer the greate
st potential for this manttuvre to be pursued in an ethical setting wherein comp
arison of results with other methods can be challenged.
1. M..!.l'assiYunovement of soft tissues, usually !lli'K,' manually but sometimes
mechanically applied. 2 Maintenance movement: Passive movement to pre serve exis
tingjoint mobility, soft tissue extensjbility, and kinaesthesis, where voluntary
movement is not possible or is temporarily undesirable. restoratioll-o(fujLpain
3. Mobi/isacioll: Tt: , less joint function by rhythmiS epetitive passive move fl
)ents to tfi e panentjs tolerance, in voluntary and/or acces sory range and grade
d according to examination findings. The patient is at all times able to stop th
e movement if so wished. This may affect a whole vertebral region or be localise
d so far as is possible to a singk.s.egment. 4. MampulaClolI: An accurately loca
lised, sing!e uick and decisive movement of small amplitude, following careful p
ositioning of the patient. It is not necessarily energetic, and IS completed bef
ore the patient can stop it. The manipulation may have a regional or a more loca
lised effect, depending upon the technique of positioning the patient. 5. S!1ecc
hing (A): Sustained or rhythmically inter mittent force applied manually or mecha
nically to one aspect of a body part, to distract the attachments of short ened s
oft tissue. Both 0 he thera ist's hands are in firm contact wah body points prov
iding attachments for the shortenea tIssue. 6. Traction: Sustained or rhythmical
ly intermittent force, manually or mechanically applied in the longitudi nal axis
of a body part, and thus to all aspects of it. In \-6, there should be no volun
tary muscular activity by the patient, although involuntary spasm is often prese
nt and may be the reason for treatment.
PRINCIPLES OF TREATMENT Massage: mobilisation of soft tissues In the final analy
sis, all movement techniques whether mobilisation, stretching, manipulation or t
raction, are movementS of the soft tissues, and the justification for a separate
classification is to draw attention to the prime im portance (see p. 113) of inc
luding tues which lW! the specific .l!fpose of improving the vascularit and exility
of the soft tissues. Because:
379
finger, thumbpad or heel-of-hand traction movementS are rhythmically applied wit
h the body part disposed so that elongation of muscle and connective tissue is p
ossible; when giving transverse stretching movements across muscle bellies, the
same disposition of the patient is neces sary. c. Inhibitory pressure. With thepa
tient comfortably dis posed and the attachments of the hypertonic muscle(s) appro
xlma e , pressure IS applied over the belly of the muscle by finge or thumbpad, t
henar or hypothenar (i) Normal muscle function is dependent upon normal eminence
. Pressure is slowl increased and as slowly joint movement re .!ruieJLafteramiol
lte oLSo--Ouustainedcontact. &ess.y.re (ii) Impaired muscle function perpetuates
and may cause e ated at the same locality or on an;acent sec m deterioration in a
bnormal joints (p. 1 1 5) tion of the muscle, an is continued until the palpable
con (iii) Muscles cannot be restored to normal if the joints traction is felt to
relax, or it becomes plain that the hyper which they habitually move are not fre
e to move tonicity will not respond to this particular technique. . the treatmen
t 0 t disturbances should include d. Kneadingand pe/rissagearenot dissimilar in
that both m asureswhichrelax muscle and restore ItS norma vascu techniques are dir
ected to improving the tissue-fluid larityand extensibility, while restoration o
f normal painless exchan e vascularity and normal texture of subcutaneous joint
range remains the primary treatment aim. The classi d deep soft tissue. The variou
s manipulations all have I cal use of massage, as a method ofrelle'Vingp; promot
the quality of alternate traction, picking-up or squeezing ing relaxation and th
e reduction of muscle spasm, reduc and relaxing movements of a localised mass of
tissue held ing swelling and improving circulation must be as old as between fin
gers and thumbs, or between hypothenar pain itself, and is well described in man
y texts.85<1,IISOI eminences; a muscle mass is treated by handling small sec Simi
larly, the importance of deep transverse frictions tions of it at a time until t
he whole region has been treated. and the technique of their application are des
cribed by The method my be combined with stretching (which is their innovator, Dr
James Cyriax. only a regional variant of kneading) or with inhibitory The follo
wing description of treatment methods for soft pressures, and an important effec
t is that of assisting mus [issue is restricted to those which are commonly emplo
yed cular and general relaxation. e. Vibrations may be applied by fingertips, bu
t effective in the management of vertebral joint problems: technique is difficul
t to acquire and requires long practice; a. Stroking further, the method is less
suitable for the large muscle b. Stretching (B) masses of the trunk and limb gi
rdles, and since a powered c. Inhibitory pressure vibrator is much easier to use
as well as being effective, d. Kneading it seems sensible to employ one. e. Vib
ration The tonic vibratory reflex (de Domenico, 1979),''' a f. Frictions reflex
increase of tone in response to a vibratory stimulus a. Stroking, or effieurage,
may be. firmly and deeply of low amplitude (>3 mm) with a frequency of around a
pplied with the greatest possible area of hand contact, 100 Hz, is useful in the
re-education of weakened phasic to relieve fluid congestion of a body -P'art bu
t is more usu muscles, where these are the antagonists of tight postural ally emp
loyed as a metllod of inducing relaxation in a musculature (see p. 1 1 4). tense
. anxious patient. A minute or two spent in slow, The slow tonic contraction las
ts for some 20 seconds, rhythmic stroking over a region of muscle spasm is often
and repeated applications of the vibrator produce an aug worthwhile, since it no
t only allows time for the patient mented response. to begin settling down but a
lso gives the therapist an Notwithstanding its use to facilitate a weak voluntar
y opportunity to become more familiar with the state and contraction, or to init
iate oneJ in neurological conditions, texture of the soft tissues. cliiliCafimpr
essions are that vibratory treatment of para b. Slre/ching (8) is applied either
along the length of a vertebral regIOns of referred pain, and of the secondary m
uscle or transversely across its belly, and while the tech muscular aches segment
all associated with s inal joint ng vascular nique is called muscle stretching it
will be plain that..all pro ems, IS so a valuable aQjunct in !m musculoskeletal
soft tissues are influenced by it in varying exchange within tfie muscle. The p
aradox that such a degrees. Distinguished from Stretching (A) because the su'mul
us may often induce a following afcer-relaxati(]" therapist's hands, fingers and
thumbs remain in contact remains unexplained, although it has been suggested th
at with soft tissue only. frequencies of 20-50 Hz tend to produce inhibition'" a
nd I,(lngjtudinal stretching tec iques, the slow, deep also an effect upon the a
utonomic nervous system.)45 In
.
380
Apart from sustained stretching and sustained traction, all of these techniques
have the quality of rhythmic repeti tion, and are under the control of the patie
nt in that the patient can Stop the movement at any time if so wished. Mobilisat
ion as defined (p. 378) is a graded movement (see p. 421).
Mastny ( 1 974) stresses the value of vibratory treatment in the management of t
raumatic and degenerative joint condirions.814 f. Frictions may be applied trans
versely to the localised attachment points of muscle, tendon, aponeurosis and li
gament, or in a firm circular fashion with thumbpad or heel of hand along an ext
ensive bony attachment such as the iliac crest.217 Connective tissue massage Sup
erficial soft tissue manipulation, by rhythmic and Carefully applied fingertip t
raction strokes, can achieve physiological and therapeutic effects which are dif
ficult to explain, 290, 177 other than on the basis of somatic and visceral stru
ctures sharing a common segmental neurone pool in the spinal cord. In this conne
ction, it is important not to overlook the rich and varied innervation of the on
c structure which lies between us and our environment, i.e. the skin with its su
perficial connective tissues, together with its equally rich central nervous sys
tem connections. Careful palpation of superficial structures reveals areas of ti
ghtness and hyperaesthesia which are often unknown to the patient, and which whe
n appropriately treated by the stroking techniques can improve the blood supply
of extremities and assist in the treatment of back pain. The zones for treatment
are based to a degree upon the topography of Head's Zones (p. 178). NB: The ben
efits of im roved vascularit .>-tissue-fluid exchange ad restoration oenormal ext
ensibility may well be an imPQrtant factor in the therapeutic effects of treatme
nts like re ionaI mobilisation, specific mobilisa tion or rhythmic traction, alth
ough there IS no a solute certainty that this is so. Maintenance movements As pr
eviously defined, these movements sometimes have a place in re-education of post
ural abnormalities of the vertebral column, but for the most part find their bes
t use in the management of inflammatory arthritis and neuro logical conditions. M
obilisation and manipulation In the general sense, any movement technique applie
d to musculoskeletal tissues mobilises them by manipulation, which may be manual
or mechanical and, further, may be localised or regional. These passive movemen
ts may be categorised as fol lows: Soft tissue techniques (massage) Regional mobi
lisation Specific or localised mobilisation Stretching (sustained or rhythmic) T
raction (sustained or rhythmic)
Techlliques ullder the COlllro/ of the patielll
After careful onin of the atient, these techni ues are sin Ie hi h-velocit movem
ents of short amplitude, an are not under the control olthe atient, since the mo
vement is completed before the patient can stop it. They are distinguished by th
e speed of movement, and are categorised as grade V techniques when vertebral re
gions are manipulated, an!! Localised techoi ues when ever effort is made to loc
alise grid the movement to a particular segment. There is probably no such thing
as a completely segmentally localised ver tebral manipulation; true isolation of
effect to a single segment is virtually impossible.
MANIPULATION IN GENERAL TERMS
The history, development and various types of treatment by orthopaedic surgeons,
orthopaedic physicians, physio therapists, osteopaths, chiropractors, naturopath
s and boneseners have been described in very many texts. Manipulation belongs to
no man, nor to any professional group; indeed, it has the happy knack of being
all things to all men. Some professional groups seem to claim it for their own,
while for the timid and overconservatively minded it can conveniently be cast in
the role of an Aunt Sally, or scapegoat. Occasionally, there is justification f
or this, e.g. when patients unfortunately have been subjected to imprudent treat
ment by the euphoric rogue-elephant manipulator. It is an equally convenient pla
tform for the clinical worker who, at heart, is no more than a rule-of-thumb bon
esetter, with a reach-me-down set of concepts about things being 'out' and requi
ring to be 'put back' or 'sucked back'. Historical descriptions which attempt to
clarify the various schools of manipulative treatment, and then some what rigidl
y categorise them, are of limited use because while an individual who is well ex
perienced in a particular method may have a working acquaintance with other meth
ods, no one person can really know enough of each to pronounce with full knowled
ge and impartiality on all of them. Hence it becomes a matter of opinion and of
incli nation. Further, human frailty and curiQSity bein what they are, what is ve
hemently preached from any particular
PRINCIPLES OF TREATMENT pulpit is never quite the same as what goes on between t
he pews, because congregations are people; all of us have ;Ur supposedfalls from
grace, we incorporate something from all treatment philosophies in what we do,
and rightly so. It is also human to do what one wants or likes to do, and then t
o rationalise afterwards, or to make a virtue of expediency. Jacob Bronowski (Th
e Ascent of Man, 1 973)'" reminds us,'. . . there is no absolute knowledge. Thos
e who claim it, whether they are scientists or dogmatists., . to tragedy. All in
formation is imperfect. We have to treat it with humili . That is the human cond
ition.' When rationalisation becomes threadbare and con trived, and reveals only
an overriding wish to impose arbi trary order by diktat upon things which nobody
really understands very well anyway, Bronowski's homily has especial meaning for
us. a. PROCEDURES AND RATIONALE Briefly,ortho aedic surgeom tend to employ mani
pulations with the patient under general anaesthesia; the move ments are more fre
quently gentle and prudent, and com prise a passive traverse of normal voluntary
joint range, so far as the underlying condition allows. The spinal techniques am
ount to regional, rather than segmental, manipulation. Orthopaedic physicians di
slike manipUlating a generally anaesthetised patient and commonl em Igy regional
mobilisation or manipulation techniques (what we might term 'environmental mani
pulation') whose effect can be reported by the conscious patient; thus the 'pula
tor is' uided b the changingj>atterns of signs and symptoms. Where possible, the
manual manipulative procedures in elude traction; where not, they do not, and th
us the de elared virtues of applied traction during manipulation are only partial
ly applicable. Physiotherapiststend to rely on repetitive persuasive and accurat
ely localised techniques whiclure carefully modu lated according to the highly va
riable nature of the single or combined movement-limiting factor. and..l2iJ'ticu
larly a to thejoincs-.0lnd the patient'S, tolerance. Spe cHic or regional single g
rade V thrust techniques arc occa sionally used. Traction techniques, either manu
ally or mechanically applied, are used in their own right and are not routinely
combined with other techniques. Segmental and regional vertebral exercises are a
n important part of treatment procedures. The chiropractic method favours direct
manual inter ven ion methods applied to the bony prominences of the vertebrae, w
ith a speed and vigour which takes reflex defences by surpriSe-:-The osl<o/lfJJ.
.h (a meaningless word, but no more so than many terms in current use; for examp
le, spondylosis merely means 'an excess or fullness of the spine', and
381
arthrosis merely means 'an excess or fullness of the join('). The osteopath tend
s to employ soft tissue techniques and r ional or s ectfic 'articulation', i.e. m
obilisation, as a preparatory treatment before using specific thrust tech niques.
These are localised by using shorter or longer lers'I8()' and/or by skilfully fi
xing and protectin&-the chain of vertebral joints by what are termed 'locking' p
osi tioning techniques (see p. 425); these are not always with out strain on uninv
olved segments. Frequently, the pre paratory treatment is enough, and thrust tech
niques transpire to be unnecessary. Gutmann ( 1 968)41. observes, fThe inceroent
ion of the two laller methods is carried oUl o"'n the basis of a local diagnosis
, and appears to take no account of factors other than ffI{)f)emem-dysfunction o
f the joint .5 question.' [My ilalics.] Bonesellers have been referred to above.
There is no essential difference between the principles of manipulation for ver
tebral and peripheral jOillt8,450 so the principles can be expounded in relation
to the verte brae alone, bearing in mind the additional complications of the spi
nal cord and nerve roots, autonomic nerve trunks, important vessels and the ubiq
uitous inter vertebral discs. Defined by the Oxford E7Igiish Dicti07lary as. 'to
handle, ' deal skilfully with, manage craftily', manillula' in the professional
sense, can he held to cover any manual pro cedure applied passively to a relaxed
body part, often for the restoration of joint range and functional relationship.
The idea that force and flamboyance must necessarily accompanya mafllpulatlon I
S qUIte wrong. A specific joint movement of short amplitude and high velocity is
occa sionally indicated, yet by far the majority of effective manipulative work
requires only the use of simpler, much more gentle and less dramatic mobilising
procedures.'I4J Because of the most tenacious and traditional associa tion of man
ipulation (in its general sense) with concepts of 'putting joints back', 109' '
reducing subluxations', 'ad)'u;tment', 1180. Ire ositioning', -ction' and so on
' proffering a different approach to the manual treatment of common joint proble
ms requires considerable persist ence. The difficulty is compounded by the well-k
nown therapeutic results of 'reducing' an intra-articular de rangement of, for ex
ample, the knee, by manipulation. Yet to approach the passive-movement treatment
of vcncbral, saCr'Oi lac an peTlpheral joint problems with only this sOiTieWh3'
fSimplistic doctrine in mind is considerably to reduce t e asS) iIities of impro
ving an understanding of the infinite variety of presentation of joint problems,
gradually improving the number of successful treatme ts, andJaining the pro ess
lOnal respect of peers and col Icagues.451 ; Bearing in mind what has been said p
reviously on asym metry and anomalies (p. 280), the standpoint thaI 'sym metry is
all' and asymmetry and distortion must always be 'normalised' becomes less tenab
le.
382
sarily means forceful treatment, and that this force is likely to damage joints
and other structures.443 Treatment by manipulation is the prerogative of no one
professional group, and it does not follow that because orthopaedic sur geons, o
rthopaedic physicians, osteopaths, chiropractors, bones etters and naturopaths u
se particular techniques, that only these techniques will relieve the signs and
symp toms of a particular joint lesion (see p. 367), nor is it true that sudden,
dramatic manipulations necessarily make the patient suddenly, dramatically bette
r. T t>e re :::e o fix at " s or blocking of a joint is a common :.: . " :: :; ::
;: . ,.: :; ;:: everyday experience most eOllle have shaken about an elbow or k
nee, and on doing this have experienced a release of a temporary block to free m
ovement. The author lias a panent whose intractable headache was completely reli
eved when she stumbled down some steps and jolted her neck! (Her iatrogenic reli
ef was unaccompanied by a click.) The experience may be likened to overcoming th
e immobility of a stuck drawer in a chest of drawers by rat tling it about. I!) r
elation to atlantoaxiai dysfunction, Coutts ( 1 934)'8 has defined what may be ca
lled a blocking, as 'fixation in a p':osition possible to a normal neck', and th
is excellent workin definition is a useful starting point for discussion of e ur
ose of treatment by passive movement. What is the fundamental nature of the fun
ctional block to free movement? The plain truth is that we do not know, yet it i
s very likely that the phenomenon described occurs only in the synovial vertebra
l joints. Research findingsl!), 677, 7.3, 7811, 12)0, 1382 begin to indicate the
possibility that locking may involve some derange ment of the synovial meniscoid
villus or fringe which pro jecrs into the 'oint cavity. at_new all spinal synovi
al jp!!llS; also, at times, the painful, fixed engagement of roughened, arthroti
c facet-joint planes. t is no accident that the rime aim of many manipulative th
rust tech niques (some of which, it is important to recognise, were evolved mainl
y by the osteopathic school, at a time when the 'osteopathic lesion' was conside
red the essential mech anical vertebral abnormality) i roduce gapping of articular
surfaces, thereby freeing the joint. Nor is it acci dental that traction iques f
igure so lar6ely in passive movement for vertebral joint problems, albeit the no
tion of 'sucking back the disc' has been a factor in the past. Were the concept
of facet-joint blocking to be our only clinical preoccupation life would be simp
le, but the occasions when a vertebral joint fixation, because of a locked or bl
ocked joint, is freed by a single manipulative thrust technique comprise only a
very minor proportion of manipulative work. The one-shot dramatic manipula tive t
reatment which completely relieves signs and symp toms is much more of a rarity t
.han we are sometimes led to believe, or more importantly, would like to believe
. Much more commonly necessary is the attentive, plod ding analysis of join t pro
blems, often occupying more
However, when a bony prominence of a vertebra appears to remain blocked or fixed
in a position normally adopted during a natural asymmetrical movement, while th
e rest of the vcncbral column (Le. its adjacent or neigh bouring segments) are in
a neutral and resting relation ship, it is always worth while considering the ad
aptation of techniques to influence these clinically detectable shifts of normal
relationship when assessedas Qf recent origin and associated with prodUCliotl o
f the symptoms reported.J)Je im portant poim is chal 'reduction' is flOT always n
ecessary for symptoms to be lastingly relieved. Those without special experience
in this field often con ceive manipulative treatment to be that of restoring ran
ge to a stuck joint, most often dramatically, by a single manual procedure. The
restoration of movement and the relief of pain are conceived ideally to be insta
ntaneous and accompanied of course by the obligatory click. The click has a cert
ain value because patients are sometimes impressed bYJt and clinical workers are
naturally iruer ------- . ..but apar.tJi:Q!ll..thls It IS of no especial impore
ted i e.12S8 t ( 1978)'" has suggested that manipulation .is.
effective if: (a) there is some passive movement restriction, and (b) we achjeye
normalisatIon of mo I ICy. He further suggests. that if pain and exaggerated mo
bility coexist, manipulation is futile and may even be har u . Maitland ( 1977)'
" has carefully descri15Ccl priate use of passive movement techniques when succe
ss fully treating pain associated with hypermobility, and thus the matter under d
iscussion hinges around what is meant by manipulation. Lewit'" mentions the clic
k, a typical articular pheno menon, as the sign of a successful manipulation. Not
all workers would agree with this; while some successfully manipulated joints '
click' synchronously with the execu tive thrust, others do not. Often, the produc
tion of a 'click', perceived at the segment treated, is not accom panied by manip
ulative success, and the patient is no better. A most superficial survey of the
daily case-load of acci dent and emergency, orthopaedic, rheumatology, re habilita
tion and sportS injury clinics, and the multifarious needs of these patients wit
h vertebral and peripheral joint pain in terms of passive movement techniques of
one kind or another, suggests that to see manipulation proper as only the produ
ction of a click by facet-joint (or any other joint) gapping, is greatly to rest
rict its considerable and rightful place in physical medicine. dw.rds ( 1 969)>07
ru.s noted the successful application ofpassive-movte i ues in treatment of low-
back P. in among the normal case-load of a general-hospital. Patientstre .ted wi
th those techniques (Maitland, 1 977)'" were or better in about half the time ta
ken for those treated by more traditional physiotherapy techniques. It is also b
elieved by many that manipulation neces-
PRINCIPLES OF TREATMENT
383
than one treatment session, by orderly and logical method, an the ro ressive fam
iliarisation of oneself with the salient clinical features which guide treatment
procedures, and which differ so much fromJ'atient to patient. 0he degenerative
changes of spondylosis, osteophytic trespass, fibrosis, acquired stenosis, spina
l root irritation, secondary contracture of soft tissue, segmental instability a
nd segmental stiffness (for one reason or another) provide the major bulk of wha
t we might term a family of 'abnor malities of movement', and since only 1 in 1 0
000 subjects progresses to the stage of myelography and major surgical procedur
es, i.e. 0.0001 per cent,72] conservative treatment is of the utmost importance.
Lewit ( 1 972)7J9 observes that when manipulative treatment relieves pain, it h
as succeeded in doing 50 purely O th the norntaJiliJiK..Q[ disturbed uncJjon. Th
ere are many ways of normalising the disturbed function of structures which comp
rise the moving parts of the body, and even the most superficial acquaintance wi
th the many schools of manipulation makes it plain that while they all have thei
r successes the basic premise, rationale and treatment procedures adopted by eac
h seem to differ considerably. Greenman (1978)<> observes that:
There is a wide and varying range of techniques that now fall under the term man
ipulation, or spinal manipulotherapy, and if onc picks up various tcxtbooks on t
he subject, one notes whole diferent f slight movements to various forms of mass
age, to gross nonspe
I t is plain that differing principles of approach, the con siderable varieties o
f methods and the many hypotheses about effects leave us with little that is com
mon to all of them. If the technique and effects of simple massage are put to on
e side, then on further acquaintance, there appear to be only two factors which
are common to all man!'pula tive disciplines, namely: (i) skilful and confident h
and Itng; em joint movemeru. We might consider these factors as follows :
cific movement using femurs and shoulders and so on, to minute specific kinds of
adjusting techniques which put a specific contact on either a transverse or a s
pinous process and give a very short, sharp thrust. So there is great variation
in techniques by people never be made from a single qualified practitioner to th
e emire is often dismissed on the basis of one technique. field of manipulation.
Nevertheless, all of manipulative therapy who claim to be spinal manipulators,
and a generalisation can
Haldeman (1978)787 has tabulated some hypotheses, from times past to the present
, of the nature of therapeutic effects of manipulative therapy:
ThLory Author
Galen Pare
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Restore vertebrae to normal position Straighten the spine Relieve interference w
ith blood flow Relieve nerve compression Relieve irritation of sympathetic chain
Mobilise fixated vertebral units Shift a fragment of intervertebral disc Mobili
se posterior joints Remove interference with cerebrospinal fluid circulation
(1958)]95 (1958)969 Still (1899)1I7b Palmer (1910)966 Kunert (1965)686 Gillet (1
968)408 Cyriax (1975)218 Mennell (1960)8 52
De Jarnette Perl
(i) Skilful and confident handling Although adult patients are likely to stoutly
reject the idea, most experienced practitioners might agree that those who pres
ent with varying degrees of painful damage to their locomotor apparatus, or who
are temporarily disabled for their normal work and activity by pain, aTe actuall
y in a state of mourning for their partial loss of physical func tion; many are a
lso needlessly frightened of what the future may hold, in terms of an expected a
nd fearful re striction of their locomotor freedom. Perhaps in a part of their ps
ychic, emotional world they have unconsciously become children again, and in stin
ctively long for the omnipotent mother to take hold of the injured part, to hand
le it with loving care, skill and sympathetic interest; and to make them better-
-one way or another. Emotional maturity, social aspiration and in systems. T tell
ect notwithstanding, it is very common indeed for people with restricting aches
and pains from joints in stinctively to seek out the therapeutic 'handler', wheth
er orthopaedist, physiotherapist, osteopath, chiropractor, masseur, bonesetter o
r football team trainer,lJ8b C,?nfident, gentle and skilful handlin&J1.y whateve
r tech nique is a very powerful thereutic weapon. and thera pists who han iL.paticn
ts with insight and under standing, and examine them attentively with care (or de
tail,'" have already won half the battle; willy-nilly, they have already been pol
Qllically cast by the arient in the role of 'the sympathetic handler who will ma
ke me bette?, and the confident and skilful therapist fulfils the . role, satisfy
ing a deep and unconscious psychological need. Only so far as this powerful psyc
hological need is concerned, the actual clinical method of handling pales into i
nsignificance ; so much so that, even should the therapist not make the patient
sign- and symptom-free, the burden of pain may be considerably relieved, and the
patient calmed and reassured. U8b
Physical contact through the touch or cit al at in hands..of
(1967)2]7
10. Stretch contracted muscles, causing
relaxation
(1975)986
doctors or physiotherapists is
y patients as a E!!ticular
II. Correct abnormal somatovisceral
reflexes
Homewood
12. Remove irritable spinal lesions 13. Stretching or tearing of adhesions
around the nerve root
14. Reduce distortion of the annulus
(1964)174 Farfan (1973)]26
Chrisman I!t al.
(1963)566 Karr (1976)675
expression ofcare and concern for them.
alectric sensation about their neck and back, in the area at the very prospect of
phYSical contact, of massage, of attention. of the superficial trapezius muscle,
or over
any acknowledge an
thelf arms or hands,
While phYSICians now largely express their concern and care by
384
sion of the impulse to help. The amount of physical contact with ati ents par ku
larly the lonely, the frigtened and the elderly t should never be reduced.)01
deep thought and the contemplation of the outcome of tests. ph sIOtherapIsts sti
ll represent the most direct ?"d natural expres
Y
So long as the human animal suffers benign but painful restriction of free bodil
y movement, so long will there be need for those skilled in therapeutic handling
. All the more desirable that the handling should be informed, prudent and of tf
ie highest academic standard.
(ii) Joint movement
The manual treatment of limbs and the spinal column has always maintained its pl
ace in official medical practice . . . wi an we are mechanically able to influen
ce certain conditions of the tissues ; a ove alt the mobilj(YJ1fJ . s as ell as
the relationship b b ni oint partners. However) we also set in motio" reflex !1Ie
clS I rfiy italics] and thereby the human hand may influence the regula tion and
cont;ol mechanisms of postural and movement systems. Inana;:-rower sense, we mec
hanically try by manual therapy to restore disturbed jOlrll Jut/cliot/ (my itali
cs] to normal, so far as is possible.4'"
joint to the different things we do in the way of treatment bY/itis sive movemen
t-ofone kind I md another.
techniques. For example, Jones (I 964)'" described ttie technique of spontaneous
release by positioningJ in which the patient is passively disposed in the pOSit
ion of reatest ort c o,;,f and held there for some 90 seconds. After that i terva
l) the patient is very slowly returned to the neutral position. Muscular hyperto
nus is released and voluntary gu;;ding becomes unnecessary. The technique is app
lic a e to oth spinaP63 and peripheral joints, and is particu larly useful in trea
tment of the painful shoulde- r. Although treatment of a single segment is often
suf ficient in the very early stages of dysfunction of that segment, where none
existed before, the greater majority of joint problems present as a complex of c
hronic changes. There is no magic in the manipulator'S hand, there is no mystiqu
e of manipulation. But there is a centralmY.:; tery, and it lies in the variet 0
res omes o the abnormal f Joints cannot read books, or understand theories abou
t technique; what suits one joint problem will not suit another. We must learn t
o be humble in the face of this mystery, we must learn to listen to what the abn
ormal joint istring to tell us-in short, we must learn to assess. b. NEUROPHYSIO
LOGICAL EFFECTS In the business of getting the patient better, the technic ally d
esirable movement, the movement which is logically based on biomechanical concep
ts, on the orientation and configuration of facet-joint planes, for example, is
by no means always the successfully curative movement ,. we can only learn which
is the therapeutic movement from the initial responses of the joint, and it is
the author's belief that the ultimate understanding of this central mystery can
be served, among the study of other factors, by improving our appreciation of th
e neurophysiological aspect of our work.
One essential point is that when applying the principles of mechanics to the pre
vention and management of back pai , the n other biological factors which are re
levant must be taken into account; in particular, the epidemiological, neurophys
iological and psychophysical aspects . . . . Pain implies neurophysiological dys
function, and its relationship to the pathomechanics of lumbar spinal disorders
dominates the interpretation of signs and symp toms . . . (Troup, 1979). 1 150b
There is ample evidence that nociceptor activity giving rise to pain also genera
tes extensive reflex effects ; there is similar evidence (vide infra) that the s
imple passive movement of joints likewise generates reflex effects. It is untrue
that treatment by mobilisation and manipu lati be ade uately discussed only on a
mechanical cusc-and-cffect relationship; while we continue [0 regard musculoskele
tal joint problems as simple mechanical ones, while we conceptualise only like m
echanical engineers, our potential for better results will remain re stricted. Mi
llions of as mtomatic individuals are walking about wit hanical joint .QI.oblems.
Because of the work of B. D. WykelJS4 1 3,7, 136 1 . I16J and P. Polacek998 we ha
ve every reason for progressing to the point where we begin to think like teleco
mmunication engineers-since the most basic acquaintance with spinal joint neurop
hysiology and recent research findings indi cate that the phenomenon of joint pai
n and its relief by mechanical techniques involve effects which transcend simple
mechanical ones, e.g. widespread reflex changes in the de ee of aciiita . pinal
mot.QL.D.C"ur.ol s, voluntary and smooth muscle tone, vasomotor and sudo motor to
ne and alterations in pulse-rate , cardiac output and JililQd... ressure. If we
add to this the effects of treating chronic changes at the junctional vertebral
regions (p. 364), and that of modulating the chronic changes in texture and exte
nsi bility of the soft tissues (p. 113), simple therapeutic con cepts of'putting b
ack' things which are 'out') or hoping to routinely deal with joint pain by mana
:uvres restricted to a single segment, begin to be seen as inadequate.397 There
are many alternatives to high-velocity thrust
Korr ( 1978)616 has made some pertinent observations in this respect:
Manipulative procedures, even in the hands of the same practi tioner, vary accord
ing to the findings and their changes in each visitj they vary from practitioner
[0 practitioner, from patient to patient, and, for the same patient, from visit
to visit Man ;ulliItive therapy is no more a uniform the utic entity than is sur
geffi psyc iatry or pharmacotherapeutics. Clinical etrec'SMetbht h . ebe achieved
throu h im rovement in mus ynamics of the body fluids (including blood circula-
PRINCIPLES OF TREATMENT
nd in neryo"sr"Omon . . . . It has lion and lymphatic drainage) a
385
mediator of the clinical effects of manipulative therapy, yet the precise mechan
isms arc still, for the most part, obscurc . . . .
been clear for many decades that the nervous system is a major
system and in the periphery) reflected in aberrant sensory, motor and autonomic
functions.
neural clements produce, in turn, changes in the central nervous
and the transinduced changes in excitation and conduction of
According to our hypotheses, both thc changes in afferent input
I an ortho ae ic environment, there is much emphasis on: the Erotective role of
t e verte ra co umn; Its unc h et attac m n f6m s L .and itsbiomechanical t!g.D u
ce for example, but it also has a much <;baracterjsrics, neglected nfZ ophysiol
ogz'cal function, Le. of serving a ,!!! ex neuromuscular refl system which drive
s the perceptual and reflex basis of posture, movement and respira tion ;1361. 96
of being a prime organ of equilibration. Joints move only when muscles induce t
hem to do so or allow gravity to do so. Muscles only do what nerves tell them to
do, after the muscles have informed the nerve centres of their states of tensio
n. The forces acting on joints and connective tissues of the vertebral column it
self tell the nerves what to tell the muscles to do. Vertebral joints are extens
ively 'wired up', to the muscles which move them, by a very complex feedback or
servo system; not only to the muscles which move them but to all other musculosk
eletal systems including that of respiration, and also to vascular and visceral
systems governed by autonomic nerves . The affer nt discharge from t e l and t p
e I I corpus cular mechanoreceptors in the facet-joint ca e neck (p. I I), for ex
amp e, produces reciprocally co-ordi l nated reAex eff ects on vertebra and limb
musculature ;1 363 thus disorders 0 sture and movement of the head, spine an 1m
s may result from traumatic, 10 ammatory and degenerative changes in the cervica
l joints. Unnecessarily igorous manIpulation and traction techniques may pro duce
disturbances of this powerful cervical arthrokinetic system 1358 which can exert
effects upon mandibular and external ocular musculature 1 36) as well as that o
f spine and limbs. Conversely, repetitive and persuasive passive movements, with
in the tolerance of the patient, may be used to enhance mechanoreceptor afferent
activity and thereby reduce awareness of pain. All articular refiexo enic s ste
ms are polysynaptic-the afferent Impu ses from type I and type mec anorecep tors
operate through the fusimotor neurone-muscle spindle loop system, while those fr
om type I I I mechanoreceptors (absent from spinal joints) and type IV nocicepto
rs operate through the alpha motoneurones only. StimulatioQ, whether mechanical
or chemical, of the llci,ep(QrsvstemJ in the connective tissuesof theyertebral co
lumn also roduces 01 s na tic reflex contraction of the related portions of the
paravertebral musculature see
o \ fsidng
p. 196) 979 and examples ofeffects mediatedz,io theuert'C"s ws : system in verte
bral and peripheral 'oin anIcal stimulation of uociceo(Qcs, in the 1 rte mech fa
cet-joint cap sule of a spinal cat, will simultaneously evoke a large number of
reflex al terations in the body, e. g. reflex spasm of the segmentally related m
usculature, as well as alterations in cardiovascular, resEiratory and endo crinal
function. 1 356 '--rf't is the combination of all these sp ontaneously-occur rin
g physiological changes, . . . in the resence of patho logical Ir ritation of nQc
iceptors whiCh makes up the totality of the patient's experience of pain.' (ii)
'associated with the active and passive movements of joints in various parts of
the body, and with the application oflimb and spinal traction . . . afferent dis
charges from joint receptors exert potent reflex influences on the activit of e 1
1mb paravertebral BRe nSJ3iratQq' ml1sculare at and brain-stem levels.' 1 )57 spi
nar Dee ( 1 969)'44 presented the simultaneous electromyo graphic record of bilat
erally co-ordinated arthrokinetic reflexes, as widespread changes in muscle tone
in the ipsi lateral and contralateral hip musculature of a lightly anaesthetised
cat, during passive abduction and adduction of one isolated hip joint. (iii) El
ectromyograms of articular reflexes in the in trinsic muscles of the eat's larynx
(Fig. 12 I) recorded from pairs of needles inserted directly into the muscle, d
emonstrate the changes reflexly produced during move ment of the cricothyroid joi
nt. 1354 (iv) Electromyograms of arthrokinetic reflex responses in the leg muscl
es of a cat, after a cuff of skin was removed from around the joint region and a
ll tendons operating over the joint were divided, demonstrate rapidly and slowly
adapting motor unit responses (Fig. 12.2) accom panying passive movement of the
ipsilateral ankle joint. 13S 4 (v) An electromyographic record of responses to p
assive movement of an ankle joint, before and after electrocoagu lation of the jo
int capsule, demonstrates the absence of motor unit responses following electroc
oagulation (Fig.
Mechaooreceptor and nociceptor reflex effects upon the cervical musculature (Fig
s 1 2. 4 and 1 2. 5), and the reflex I effects of cervical traction (rapidly app
lied to the apophy seal joints ofa smgle cervical segment) upon the muscles of al
l four limbs (Fig. 1 2 6), Iaye no doubt about the widespread neurological effect
s of passive movement of the vertebral column. While the research findings brief
ly referred to above provide an insight into the complexity and extent of neurom
uscular changes which accompany joint abnor malities, our clinical grasp of the t
otality of these and other changes occurriug in the joint problems of individual
patients remains patchy. We do not just mobilise and manipulale joints, we mobi
lise complex arthrokinetic s stems whi are unctIon By andneurop ysioiogicallyint
erdependent.
1 2.3)."54
Before electrocoagulation of joint capsule
IAI
-------'---'-...Jl 100 V
25
After electrocoagulation of Joint capsule
------FII. 1 2 . 1 Electromyograms of articular reflexes in the intrinsic muscle
s of the eat's larynx, recorded from pairs of needle electrodes inserted directl
y into the muscles. IBI Fig. 12.3
'---'--...Jl 1 00 V
25
Abolition of articular reflex responses in the leg muscles to
(A) Rapidly adapting motor unit discharges provoked in the detached
leC! cricothyroid muscle at the onset and cessation of passive caudal displaceme
nt of the isolated ipsilateral cricOlhyroid joint. The joint displacement was ma
intained. (From Kirchner and Wyke, (8) Reciprocally co-ordi ated, rapidly adapti
ng articular reflex n responses in the thyroarytenoid muscle (above) and posteri
or cricoarytenoid muscle (Iow), displayed in simultaneous recordings during anter
omedial displacement of the isolated ipsilateral cricothyroid joint. Note that,
immediately following the joint movement, brief facilitation of motor unit activ
ity in the (adductor) thyroancnoid muscle is accompanied by transient inhibition
of activity in the (abductor) posterior cricoarytenoid muscle. Note also that s
lowly adapting changes in mOtor unit activity arc absent in each of the tracings
in ( ....) and (8). (From Wykc College of Surgeons of England
passive movement of the ankle joint by electrocoagulation of the joint capsule.
Both electromyograms were recorded from the same muscle (tibialis anterior). (A)
Motor unit responses evoked in the tenotomised tibialis anterior muscle by pass
ive plamarflexion of the ipsilateral foot. (8) Following capsular electrocoagula
tion, the motor unit responses are absent. The myotatic reflex (not illustrated)
was still elicitable in the muscle. (From Wyke BO Royal College of Surgeons of
England of Surgeons of England.) Fig. 11.1 Electromyograms of anicular refkx res
ponses in the leg musdes of the cat to passive movements of the ipsilateral ankl
e joint. Prior to the recordings a cuff of skin was removed from around the join
t region, and all tendons operating over the joint were divided and freed. (A) R
apidly and slowly adapting motor unit responses in the tenotomised tibialis amer
ior musde to plantarflcxion of the f oot. (8) Rapidly and slowly adapting motor
unit responses in the (From Wyke 1967 The neurology of joints. Annals of the Roy
al College of Surgeons of England tenotomised gaslocnemius musde to dorsiflexion
of the foot.
interrupted line indicates a period of 60 seconds during which constant
1965.)
1967 The neurology of joints. Annals of the 4 1 : 25. Reproduced by kind
permission of Or B. D. Wyke and the Editor, Annals of the Royal College
1967 The neurology of joints. Annals of the Royal 41 : 25. Reproduced by kind
permission of the author and the EdilOr.)
41: 25. Reproduced by kmd
permission of the author and the Editor.)
, Ne '7 -'I'f ( Z. / tJ "" (..o Jl
r
L /S
'-------'/
2 SC
I-...JJ IOO}JV
16fli <.J/C'>1/-, r- I) ?AJ'tl?,,( .
---,--,---"1 100 )JV
2 SfC.
PRINCIPLES OF TREATMEN,T
CE RVICAL REFLEXES
L Sc,, RSc,t""u. L St.rnomas.old
LEFT BICEPS
387"
C E R VICAL R E F LE X E S
BRACHII
......
""
R St.,nomaslokl ......,.
l Cornpl
R Compluu.
..u,
--....
Ag_ 12.4
muscles, At the arrow (S), iii single cervical anicular nerve supplying the Cerv
ical anicular mechanoreceptor reflex effects on neck
S lV' 5HI,5m,
..
1 1 II. I t' .. ., t qf J . ) -I I, 1 : SIt '$ $ - 1 q ' . . " , I' ill';j r '!! .
1 >! , ...,. . ------ 1 I, lit, '" \ ,,'71,,: r: J . 1
lEFI
IR"'", BRACH!!
LEFT
RECTUS
FEMORJS
,IIii""lWII:illil$lM''' "' !.JIitt' ", ti ...
1 ... I r( , . " i" ..
, 'v
J
LEFt
BICEPS
FEMORIS
RIGHT BICEPS
BRACHt! , ... ,
WAJ't"U,',e' , ]
] ] J J
,
'00 jJV
RIGHT TRICEPS BRACHJJ
RIGHI RECTUS
FEMORIS
RIGHT BICEPS
d -->r---
left C3-C4 cervical apophyseal joint (isolated by microdissection in an meehanoce
ptor afferent fibm in the nerve. The tracings arc anaesthetised cat) was re)Xtit
ivcly stimulated electrically for 3 sec with stimulus parameters (indicated belo
w signal) that selectively excite the
Results o f treatment
5 weeks No. Worse no change Symptomf",,, Much better 1 8 months No. Worse no cha
nge Symptomfree Much better
Manual therapy 1 3 Conventional
therapy
21
16
1 90 0 500
8""
92 0 8 1 0
13 20
1 50 2 3 0
851' 77 0
Placebo
500
15
500
500
Northupp (1978)938 S!l8SgSU; (Rat we Sho"ld keep in mind that the musculoskeleta
l spinal lesion is n ta thing o it is a complex process, a lesion of motion, and
not some thing which can be sectioned or biopsied or seen on the a .
ble
the end point . . . is always the same, and that is restoration of
Sometimes the type of procedure will vary considerably. but
PRINCIPLES OF TREATMENT
389
The object is m . isation and frequent! sIre ctiv od usc e tis ue. Relaxation is
a.ssisted and tissue-fluid exchange is stimulated' jeifH mQ:yement almost invar
iably occurs. abnormal, there Will follow sooner or later as a con sequence, abno
rmalities of the muscles which cross it, e.g. spasm, weakness, wasting, tightnes
s and ultimately a degree of fibrosis. These clinical features must be treated,
but the primary anention must be given to the testing and treatment of the joint
, even though the usc of massage, for example, may occasionally be necessary to
induce re laxation so that the joint can be treated. While the soft tissue techni
ques of Stretching (A) are in tended to affect specific muscles or groups of musc
les, they are essentially regional techniques by reason of their field of effect
. 1 . a first step, chronically shortened tissues should s y be stretched(I) pas
sIvel and steadily; (ii) after maximal contraction, and by this stretching the i
nhibitory effect on weakened antagonistic muscle will be lessened. 2. Other fact
ors (age, chronicity, etc.) given, if a satis factory balance between the opposed
muscles and other soft tissue is not achieved after three to five treatments of
the shortened postural muscles, a specific training pro gramme for the phasic mu
scle group must begin. erior soft structures The Ii amentum nuchae an in the sub
occipital region sustain a localised steere w en u ward and forward pressure app
lied to the occiput Fig. 12.7A) is accom ame nd backward pressure, appl ied via
the lower jaw. A more generalised tension is applied to posterior cervi cal struc
tures when the whole neck is flexed (Fig. 1 2.7B), while the upper thoracic regi
on is stabilised by downward pressure on the upper sternal region. A degree of l
ocalisa tion may be obtained by shifting the occipital hand so that its heel appl
ies the pressure lower down the neck (Fig. 12.7c). I imperative to be gentle,and
to apply the ten sion for two or three short periods, with a rest in between.
Transverse frictions are sometimes applied to aponeurotic muscle attachments at
the nuchal line of occiput (Fig. 1 2.8). Unilateral tension may be applied to th
e soft structures
The "Haralian o normal painless joint range is the pri f mary treatment aim. When
the function of a 10mt is
A. SOFT TISSUE TECHNIQUES
c Fig.
12.7
Soft-tissu stretch of posterior cervical StruCtures. Suboccipital; (8) whole neck
; (c) more localised to lower neck.
(A)
li nking head, neck and shoulder by combining side-flexion and rotation away fro
m the shortened side, and adding a degree of unilateral traction (Fig. 12.9). Wh
ile the heel of the stabilising hand rests on the outer pectoral area (and not p
ainfully on the point of the shoulder), the palmar sur face ofthe therapist's rig
ht index finger can apply a degree of localisation, depending upon its positioni
ng, by bearing
against a transverse process. While [he therapist's stabilis ing hand remains unm
oved, the patient'S head and neck are returned to the neutral position by fairly
large and rhythmic excursions of the therapist's body. and it is convenient to
have the patient in sjde-Iyjoawith tJu! hips and knees flexed to 90 " ; this belp
.'" ".eime-the trunk. The patient's upper hand should lie under the chin.
enlS often need mobilising, Til!scapular soft tinueguachm
390
Fig. 12.9 Rhythmic unilatcral soft-tissue stretching of structures common to the
neck and shoulder girdle.
---
Fi,. 12.8
nuchal line of occiput.
Transverse friction to aponeurotic anachmc:nts of muscle to
Finger grasp of the medial border of scapula, and sternal pressure on the patien
t's deltoid area, remain un modified throughout the movements of scapular lifting
(Fig. 1 2 . lOA), protraction (Fig. 1 2 . 1 DB), retraction, cranial and caudal
mobilising. Thus these fairly large scapular excursions must be accompanied by
equally large move ments of the therapist's body.
The sacrospinalis mwcle group. and associated connective dssues, may need unilat
eral stretching and mobilisation. This may be achieved in part by orthodox massa
ge tech niques, or by using methods which also have a consider able effect upon th
e morc intrinsic joint structures. In Figure 1 2. 1 1 , the patient is positione
d as in Figure 1 2 . 1 0 and the therapist stands astride facing the patient
y te 3IlQ gluteal regions. These regions are distracted by flex o o ut e s i: '
hipsand by simultar.eous lateral i n fd k i pHs s ms, while his fingertip lift t
he movement of away from t e spinous processes h u h e e y !] l!!,. er p tlti e
' JeapsWpOpthepatjnt. By extending t e hips anda m i gtheforearms to approximate,
distraction ll ar p he eated. The is released ; .!, movement is rhythmically re
p effect is enhanced by a small hard pillow under the patient's loin, and furthe
r enhanced by exerting the finger pressure to 'lift' the spinous processes, as s
hown.
4 u b S cr l Gion may reattirea unilateral distraction T el m QQ q re technique
(Fig. 1 2 . 1 2A) with the patient in a side-lying P'OSi'tiOn , over a hard pill
ow under the loin, and close to the plinth edge so that the degree of hip extens
ion is minimal. ThC-pa..t.ieatts under bjp and knee are comfortably er limb lowe
red over the side of the flexed a ernur s t. By gentle ressure over t wjth the ca
lldal hand, an a stabilising pressure on the patient'S glutealregion with the ce
phalIchand, a sustameo
Fig. 12.10
(A) and (8) Mobilisation of the scapulothoracic articulation, by stretching tech
niques for soft-tissue attachments.
PRINCIPLES OF TREATMENT
39 1
Fl,. 12.11 Soft-tissue mobilisation of the paravertebral mass of the sacrospinal
is muscle.
+
Fl,. 12.13 Unilateral mobilisation of restricted range of straight-leg-raising w
hen root or joint irritability is absent and restriction, rather than "ain, is b
eina treated.
r<:
or rhythmic unilateral distraction of the lower region IS ac leve . The techni u
e may be adapted for vertebral lislin deviation (Fig. 1 2. B, C .
SuaigJu-le -raisin g g
r
0
may be unilaterally restricted, and accom anied by chronic and stable root sym t
oms a or unilateral hamstring ug [ness ; these will require stretchiPg. With the
piltjenr slIRine on a low plinth, the therapis t stabilises the pelvis and oppo
site limb by (i) palm pressure on the IpSI atera I lac spine an 11 knee ressure
on the lower can fa atera t Igh, which is protected by a fiat pillow (Fig. 12. 1
3).
Fig. 12.12 (A) (8) (c) "....c:=. (A) Unilateral stretch of lumbar and lumbosacra
l soft tissues of the patiem's left side (or right side). When there is evidence
of ipsilaferal sciatic nerve rOOt involvement, the technique is unsuitable sinc
e a funher increment of root tension would be applied.12lb The technique may als
o be adapted (8), to aid in the slow correction of listing, or listing with flex
ion, directly associated with a recent lumbar joint derangement but not complica
ted by established lateral pelvic tilt or neurological involvement. The patient
should initially lie on the side deviated towards, with a loin rai of small hard
pillows. The uppermost limb, at first resting on the plinth, is gently lowered t
o the floor. After some minutes the patient will become accustomed to the positi
on and the therapist's supponing hand can be removed. The slow step-by-step rota
tion to the supine position may take up to thirty minutes. I f pain is provoked
at stage (8), and does not diminish with a few minutes' rest, it is wise to stOp
and slowly return the patieOl to the starting position. Following either the co
mpleted mana:uvre, or its attempted completion, the patient intersperses floor r
esting, in a neutral position, with self-correction exercises fore a mirror. The
disposition of the lower li bs, e.g. degree of m flexion of the UDder hip and kn
ee, the height of the loin raise and time spent in getting the patient supine ar
e variables which must suit the patient.
392
The therapist's other foot rests on the floor, while the free hand stabilises th
e patient's limb, with knee extended, against the shoulder of that side. The str
etch is imparted by a forward and upward move ment of the therapist's trunk, by e
xtension of hip and knee. B. REGIONAL MOBILI SATION This description correctly a
pplies to a wide variety of techniques, when defined as rep etitive, rhythmic pa
ssive movement applied to vertebral re iom. or at least to more g tha two segmen
g. n Rhythmic manual or mechanical traction (p. 396) is per force also regional m
obilisation in this sense, although by careful positioning of the patient every
effort may be made to produce the majority of the mobilisation or traction effec
t at a particular segment. The osteopathic term 'articulation' refers to the sam
e type of movement, with the important qualification that the effects are often
carefully localised to a single segment, and commonly employed to improve the di
minished range of a single movement of that segment. Thus the word articulation,
I I80, when applied to tech niques used in this way, might be equated with local
ised mobilisation, and these localised techniques are described later (p. 4 1 3)
. As will be seen, they are more often distin guished by the use of direct contac
t, through the soft tissues, with the bony apophyses of a single vertebral body.
798 and neck s u orted, beyon e e ge 0 t e linth the thsePist who stan s at t e
pallent s head For left rota tion, the ther ' lef hand comfortably grasps the t
r!. on lenn, wJth full contact 0 pa m an Pll
Cervical rotation. The patient lies supine with hea
-
mandible, and full contact of ve ide of a ist's opposite hand supports the fce a
nd hea . l _ patient's orcjPIt. WiE the therapist'S trunk held still, and upper l
imbs h relaxed while positively supportjngthepatient'Shead.the repetitive, rhyth
mic left rotation movement is imparted around an imaginar longitudinal axis; the
movement is y
oscillatory because the hands move reciprocally and all excur sions have equal va
lue (Fig. 12.14). Localisation,jnthe sense that a particular segment may osition
for movement, be placed jnjtsm s u o a e disp o t 'V "r bl
is achieved the neck in a neutral positi9n fcra i v l movement, with increaslOgfl
exion for no successivelylowersegments. A further method of restrict ing the effe
ct is to transfer the palmar surface of the index finger of the 'occipital' hand
so that it unilaterally bears against the transverse process ofC4, for example
; the head and all segments to C4 are then rotated as a unit, with a localised e
ffect on the C4-C5 segment. Below C6, the small but important Cervicorhoracic re
gion movement very often becomes restricted. (i) Flexion (Fi . 1 5A) limitation
is conveniently treated wIt the patient in an e ow- ean rone 10 osi tion. t e the
ra ist's stabilisin hand li along the thoracic spine, the finger and thumb grasp
! eraplsrs opposite thenar a spinous process' th ih eminence ap lies thmic distr
acting pressure co e n yxt spinous process above, by contact Just Istat to the t
herapist's carpal scaphoid. The forearm must be kept -
hTa er;e
ejntajning
1.
. .
This technique looks specific, but a regional mobilisa tion effect is difficult t
o prevent. or (ii extension of the same region (Fig. 12. 15B) the e patient clas
ps her ngers ra I in a grasp from underneath. The therapist stabilisesonespin9w6
prpress by thumb pressure, so that a careful and moderateextension moveent c ied
b liftin with the 0 posite forearm. While a degree of localisation is achieved
by t e thum pressure, the attachment of latissimus dorsi and pectoralis major wi
ll dictate a regional effect. This is diminished as much as possible by firm pre
ssure of the stabilising thumb, and by not allowing the extension movement to in
volve the whole thorax. Tbe potentiallY powerful I:.verag should be used with ca
ution. e .
Thoracic exle1lSion (Fig. 12. 16) is more often limited than fte)(lon, and a sui
table position for the patient is neck-rest si tting on a stool,with the finge[l\
clasped. The therapist st ds behind the patient with one foot forward, and to e
anent s ack. applies the aceral h By reaching over the patient's arms and graspi
ng them enrleandrhythmjcextenSIOQmove close to the axillae. ag men g t e thoracic
spinecapbeapplied b l a i gb rJs.: t fh y e nn a
FII. 12.14
amplitude, for a C2-C3 joint problem. For lower cervical segments, the neck woul
d be more flexed.
':)
Cervical rotation to the left, within a grade I
PRINCIPLES OF TREATMENT
393
Fia. 1l.16
Soft-tissue mobilisation of contracted pectoral and anterior
thoracic Structures. The potentially powerful leverage mUSt be used gently and c
autiously.
Fi,. 1l.1S (see text).
r-r
Flexion (A) and extension (B) of the cervicothoracic region
ward. The excursion of movement should be moderate, since it is not easy for the
patient to quickly prevent overenthusiastic stretching.
umbar rotatio" (Fig. 12. 1 7), albeit with a degree of exten
than for much else. can rhythmically be performed with the patient lying prone.
Fi. 12.17
useful for encouraging relaxation (preparatory for other techniques)
C
A moderate range of lumbar rotation. which is more
sion com med, may be employed for its relaxing effect as well as its mobilising
effect, whn muscle spasm prevents other techniques, or the patient is temporarily
unable to lie on either side. Theprone patient Ijesoyeras a flatpjJJowunder the
m ll men ; the therapist stands at the side and reaches over abdO" to gently gr
aspthe far anterior superior iliac sp ine, resting the other hand on thelow thor
acic region. By gently rais ing and lowering one side of the pelvis, a rhythmic r
ocking lumbar rotation of small amplitude is produced. A d9:!ee of localisatiolU
rilLoludous4c-oc hen the thera ist's thumbpad engages the near side of a lumbar
spinous process:-
Lum
(and thus the lumbar spine) with the patient'S lower limbs arranged so that the
L3-L4 segment is most favourably disposed to benefit from it, i.e. wJth hips and
knees flexed a.J.i.!!le less than 90. (The disposition of the patient may need t
o e mo ifl"e"d- slightly, following assessment of the effect of the first attemp
t.) With forearms aligned with the patient'S thighs, the therapist stands behind
.leYelwith the patient's low back J and places a palm on the iliac crest and the
greater tro e on o ch. 1h patient's uppe r WrIst hes onherl i .s that t slightl{re
tracted shoulder girdle adds to the mild in ertia of her trunk, as the pelvis is
repetitively rotated to
olalio" in side-lying798 can be precisely graded. igure 1 2. 1 SA shows a grade
I I left rotation of the pelvis
394
Fi., 12.18
':)
(A) Rhythmic lumbar rotation, to the patient's left side.
c
(8) Lumbar rotation (in grade II) by a slightly built therapist
for a heavy patient.
of the patient's knees may be stabilised in the therapist's lap. Hand pressure o
n a tender buttock region should be avoided, while the repetitive lumbar movemen
t is applied as above, with the difference that stress upon a slightly built ope
rator is considerably lessened. For a grade I I I lumbar rotation which is repet
itively taken to the limit of available range, the patient's position is modifie
d, in that the under shoulder girdle is shifted forward to add more thoracic rot
ation (Fig. 1 2 . I Sc). The under limb is extended at the knee and rotated exte
rnally, which also extends that hip a little; the upper knee is flexed, with the
foot conveniently hooked behind the opposite knee. Because friction between the
patient'S upper knee and the plinth surface often prevents free movement, it is
useful to interpose the patient's under forearm, which must be kept relaxed. Th
e therapist'S stance should be such that the patient's upper shoulder can be lig
htly steadied but not completely stabilised, and the lumbar spine can be observe
d while rotatory movement is being imparted. As the degree of lumbar flexion or
extension is modi fied, so the therapist's stance must also be slightly changed.
Double hip and knee flexion is a most useful technique, partly because a proport
ion of l umbar backache appears to arise mainly from chronic approximation of po
sterior joint structures, in the absence of frank disc pathology, and also becau
se chronic tightness of the overlying fascial planes (i.e. lumbodorsal fascia) a
nd vertebral musculature must be released before postural correction is feasible
. Further, the technique may be modified to produce thoracic flexion, with the m
ain effect directed to a particu lar segment. Figure 1 2 . 19A depicts a grade I
I movement, in the early stage of the available range. It is important for the t
herapist to stand widely astride, imparting the movement by small excursions of
his trunk and not by flexing the forearm which supports the patient's thighs.
':)
(c) A grade I I I
lumbar rotation.
the patient's left through the middle amplitude of the available range of moveme
nt. When handling a heavily built or very tall patient, the therapist modifies t
he technique (Fig. 1 2 . 1 SB) by standing in front of the patient and crouching
a little, so that both
Flg. 12.19
Passive lumbar flexion (see text). ( ...
) c!f'+ 11-
PRINCIPLES OF TREATMENT
395
(8)
IV
If the therapist, standing at the side, crosses the patient's near knee over the
far one and grasps the near knee after passing a forearm under the far knee, la
rge amplitude flexion and side-flexion regional movements can now be applied to
the lumbar area. By adopting a wide stride standing position, and using equally
large ampli tude movements of his own trunk, the therapist can approximate the pa
tient's knee to her head, and thus pro duce flexion as far caudally as the upper
thoracic spine. By stabilising one thoracic spinous process with his cranial han
d, the therapist can increase the effect upon the mobile segment of which that v
ertebra forms the upper part, but this hardly justifies grouping the method amon
g localised techniques. When the lumbar and thoracic flexion movement is imparte
d by approximating the patient's knees to the near axilla (Fig. 1 2 . 1 90) an a
dditional side-flexion stretch is also imparted to the near-side lumbar structur
es.
As potentially powerful forces are applied whenever the therapist's body-weight
is employed in a downward direction, these techniques must never be imprude'lIly
used.
Sacroiliac joint problems often respond to quite gentle
p-;' ocedures ; techniques need not be flamboyant and dramatic.
(c) ,
IV
Fl,.
12.10
technique. when the painful side is that of a relatively depressed posterior sup
erior iliac spine, and the lumbar spine is nOI involved.
b-:J
A modest and undramatic sacroiliac mobilising
(D)
III+
In Figure 12. 198 the therapist applies a grade IV move ment by leaning his crani
al forearm on the patient's upper shins, adding to the stretch of dorsal lumbar
soft tissues by lifting the patient's sacrum with the caudal hand. A degree of l
ocalisation to the low lumbar area can be achieved if the therapist also leans o
n the patient's shins and applies additional pressure in a downward and caudal d
irection (Fig. 12. 1 9c).
Figure 12.20 depicts the patient in side-lyinK over a small flat pillow which ma
intains the s ine in a neutral position. It e un e ded.sligh.tlJult the hip, ana
stabilised there by the aliter aspect of rbe. operator's leg which is placed on
the plinth, the sole of the patient'S upper footi pa d3vainst the operator's an
s l ce t.erolateral loin. W !.'. le supporting the patient's upper knee i r-side
sacroiliac with one hand, and palpating in the u sulcus with t e o er, the oper
ator can produce mild she arin effects upon the upper sacroiliac joint by repeti
tively moving his pelvis forwards. Ince t e operator stands on one leg, although
also supported by the leg on the
396
plinth, it is as well not to have an arthrotic or unstable left knee ! While a d
egree of localisation is achieved, this cannot be called a localised technique-a
s may be determined by a third person palpating the L3-L4 segment, for example.
By reason of the a-p distance (some 7 cm) between the sacroiliac joint and the ac
etabulum, lon itudinal dis g traction of one lower limb will tend to induce a co
ined downwar an orwar side. -The lower leg of the prone patient is fixed between
the operator's crossed thighs, while he leans forward with straight arms to sta
bilise the sacrum, by placing one palm on its dorsal aspect, further stabilised
by the other palm on the dorsum of his hand. The technique (Fig. 1 2.21A) is per
formed entirely by repetitive distraction movements of the therapist's lower lim
bs. The effects of this useful technique may be further enhanced by also distrac
ting the ipsilateral anterior superior iliac spine with one hand (Fig. 1 2. 2 I
B) or by in creasing the tension in rectus femoris by bending the patient's knee
and applying the distraction via the upper most region of the calf (Fig. 12.2 IC)
. This laner technique needs some practice before it can easily be performed. Wh
en using this longitudinal distraction method many times in a day (Fig. 1 2 . 2
1 A) it is possible for the therapist to painfully strain one knee joint, by rea
son of the crossed leg grip above the patient's malleoli. A solution is to use th
e bent leg technique (Fig. 1 2.2Ic) and to distract the patient's limb by loopin
g a broad adjustable strap around the patient's upper calf and the therapist's t
runk (not illus trated). The limb is then distracted as in Figure 1 2 . 2 1 A b y
trunk movements.
C. MECHANICAL HARNESS TRACTION AND MANUAL TRACTION
/lllrOdUCli01l. Because guides for various therapeutic pro cedures 3CC basically
notions about the nature and purpose orthese procedures, rationalei fjmd ID pr l
yimportant. s a c aJ Also important is ( e wisdom of revjsjoe coocepts as C kll
owledge increases. Traction is widely used in various ways in orthopaedic pract
ice, but in association with manipulative treatment of spinal joint problems its
use in (he past has been re stricted to attempts to reStore presumed shifts of d
isc material to its 'proper' place, most often by way of a sustained pull repeat
ed daily. So long as the nature of common pathological changes underlying neck p
ain and brachial neuralgia, and back ache and sciatica, is basically envisaged as
'3 slipped disc' and the sale basis for using traction is the notion of mechani
cally 'putting it back', or 'shifting it off the nerve
B
Fir. 12.21 +--,j +--,j (A) Distraction of the Jeft lower limb and ilium while th
e sacrum is stabilised. (8) Enhancement of effect by simultaneous distraction ap
plied at the same side a.s,i.s. (e) Further enhancement by flexing the: knee and
applying distraction at the popliteal space. The height of the support is a cri
tical factor when using this modificalion, which requires much practice.
PRINCIPLES OF TREATMENT
397
root', the therapist is denied a much wider range of applica tion of this useful
treatment method. Alternatively, if traction is conceived as a flexible and free
ly adaptable method of mechanica1 mobjlisarioc.,. its field of usefulness is con
siderably broadened. Experimental evidence and clinical experience support o r t
he view that many abnormalities may combine t p oduce \h!' syndromes treated (se
e Pathological Changes, p. 1 25), and among the factors arc :
1 . Spinal stenosis, congenital and acquired 2. The bl o ly of the spinal cord, c
auda equina and 3. 4.
is hoped to produce, and (d) coexisting conditions which may complicate techniqu
es, there are about a dozen/actors
to be considered: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
8.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9. 10.
II. 12.
1 3.
14. 15.
16.
brain stem The great variability of arterial distribytion The tendency to p arti
al ischaemia of spinal cord cells lying in so-called 'watershed areas' of end-ar
tery supply, and the particular pattern of arterial distribu tion in individual c
ases The vertebral venous plexuses, and their tendency to engorg ement i in beni
gn as well as malignant space ns occupying leso B\!fkling of the ligamentum flavu
m, as a part of degenerative change, with trespass anteriorly into the neural ca
nal Degenerative change of facet-joints, and consequent trespass hy exostOsis an
d thtckened, indurated soft tissue Qisc degeneration, herniation and prolapse y
h Root irritatjonandcompreSSion b p ysical trespass oCr l t d tissues ea e The s
eemingly irritant nature ofthe products of disc dgeneration, and their possible r
ole in nerve root inflammation T)le complex neurophysiological illcerdependence
of supply to the vertebral structures The importance of afferent impulse traffic
from the mechanoreceptors of facet-joints, particularly in rela tion to equilibr
ation The tendency for joints, ligaments and dura to be supplied by filaments de
rived sometimes from segments five or six distant-this applies particularly to i
nnervation of structures within the neural canal Reactive fibrosis of the nerve
root sleeve Sl:I\mental instability or hypermobility, and segmen tal stiffness or
hypomobility ; often existing side by side The phenomena of referred pain, and
'remembered' pain, and the difficulties sometimes in accurately localising the s
egment(s) responsible for signs and symptoms, and localising the treatment.
9. 10. 11.
1 2.
Type of apparatus and suspension points available The position of the patient Th
e physique and weight of the patient The head/neck angle (i.e. the relative leng
ths of occipital and mandibular straps) The neck/trunk angle (i.e. the rope angl
e, decided by position of the fixation point) The force or poundage The weight o
f the apparatus, between neck and attachment point The duration of the traction
Whether sustained, or rhythmically varied and the periodicity of pull and releas
e phases The frequency of traction sessions The presence of difficulties, such a
s : an overtender suboccipital area ; a painful arthrotic temperoman dibular join
t; badly fitting dentures, and so on Finally, the question : 'What are we doing
it for ?'
The principles of treatment of the lumbar spine require much the same considerat
ion, while for thoracic traction there are one or two additional factors requiri
ng attention.
Some effecls of Iraction. Undoubtedly, traction is capable of producmg <a) measu
rable separation of vertebral bodies, and (b) centrioetal forces exerted by the
tension a gelied to surrounding soft tissues.817 These effects are valuable and
important in the treatment of signs and symptoms considered due to particular st
ages in the pro c so disc herniation and prolapse ; yet myelographically s f demon
strated disc trespass into the lumbar neural canal frequently coexists with the
complete absence of symp toms or signs, this having been shown to be so in 37 per
cent of 300 normal subjects.m Traction has other andequally important effects, s
ome : of "hich are likely to be most valuable when it is employed rhythmically,
or modified so as to produce oscillatory longitudinal movement rather than a fra
nk distractive effect. "mong these may be, 1 . The simple mobilisation of joints
with reversible stjff
2. Modification of the abnormal Eatterns of afferen t impulse tr c fr Joint me a
receptors atti om cb no 3. Relief of pain by inhibitory effects upon afferent 4
. The reduction of muscle s!l)lsm 5. The stre(ching of muscle, and connective ti
ssues 6. The improvement of tissue-fluid exchan ge in muscle 7.
s
neurone traffic subserving pain
cervical traction as an example and bearing in mind : (a)
Similarly, in a discussion of traction technique, taking
the condition/diagnosis, i.e. the whole nature or family of pathological changes
likely to have occurred; (b) its unique presentation in any one patient ; (c) t
he effects it
and connective tissue The likely improvement of arterial, venous and lym phatic f
low
398
8.
ta ning the integrity of resting joints, is often enough to relieve pain and limi
tation. Joint apposition forces are small,M, M being due to: < Use of technique.
Since only about I in 10 000 ofthe popu (a) the sliiht elastjc tension of muscle
. tendons and a lation with backache and sciatica, for example, come to aponeuro
ses, the joint capsule. lig ments periartic1J myelography and operarion,721 conse
rvative treatment is lar connective tiss1Ie,deepaodsuperficjal fascia and skin;
of prime importance, yet by this very circumstance we are (b) til.!: slight nega
tive pressure within joints, some 5denied a view at open operation of the lesion
as it exists 10 mmHg below that of atmosphere."" in each patient, and by the na
ture of these lesions their In passing, the presence of elastic fibres has been
mortality rate is practically nil ; significant opportunities demonstrated in th
e annulus fibrosus of intervertebral for comparing clinical findings and post-mo
rtem appear discs. 139 To summarise this point. it is often useful to regard ance
s are few indeed. There are X-rays, there is extrapola tion, there is intelligent
guesswork, but at best only a tract i as (a) a moderate (sustained or rhythmic)
amplifi on e atin ravitational comn sketchy correlation between, on the onc hand,
the known cation 0 t e e ect serial tissue-changes in an ageing joint or in one
insulted by simply lying down, and (b) another form of passive by trauma, and o
n the other hand the signs and symptoms aUob,lisiov rechDlqlle . 10 do this,Tr I
S not necessary to presented by any one patient. In benign joint problems employ
cumbersome apparatus which may resemble the of the spine, confident and precise
diagnosis is difficult. weight and construction of a battleship, or harness res
em Further, sce we do not know fully and precisely what bling the trappings of a b
rewer's dray. It has to be admitted that the mechanism of pain pro mobilisation.
manipulation or tractiondoestoa joint and its associated tissuest we can onlyuse
the treatment logic duction in common joint problems is not yet completely unders
tood, nor enough known in every case about why , i.e. select and modify it, on th
e basi ' sym toms and how thes n e as treatment recee s ; the procedures relieve
the symptoms and signs. Neither i t is not wise to base selection of procedures
on diagnostic is it poss;bl@ to cxplaifl the puzzling fact that 5 to 1 5 tion c
an have potent therapeutic concepts only, or to regard traction treatment solely
as a minutes of daily tr QR hi means of creating possible suction effects, measu
rable effects 00 2 j i {11! ilR is etkerntise subject to some12 separation of ve
rtebral bodies, and ligamentous stretch orore hoursdailyofgrayjrational compressio
n amounting. The immense amount of information now available about the intervert
ebral disc and the great variety of bio chemical and physical changes which can o
ccur in it and its closely related structures, should caution us not to con ceive
it simply as a sort of badly packed suitcase. Clinical experience teaches that
a relatively small pounda f ficient to equal the natural apposition ten encies mai
oThe physiological benefit to the patient of rhythmic movement, and of the Isenin
g of compressive effects.
---.
Fig.
12.22 shows, from left to right, a selection of cervical harnesses, Tru-Trac mac
hine, with tilting-type chair, three Maitland-type double-pulley systems, a modi
fied 'SCOlt' traction frame with 'Scott' harnesses and an 'Oldchurch' manipulati
on pli th. The 'Scou' frame n has been boarded over and covered with vinyl to re
duce friction and thus dissipated force factors.
Fig. 12.23 shows the Tru-Trac table. machine and 'Fowler position' s(ool, with (
he chrome stand and an ordinary chair for sitting traction in the near-neutral p
osition.
PRINCIPLES OF TREATMENT
399
Fig. 12.24 The more recent Tru-Trac ('Tru-Ezc') incorporates a number of improve
ments, panicularly that of variable height. For example, lumbar traction in flex
ion may be achieved either by using the leg support, or by lowering the table re
lative to the traction machine, or by a combination of both methods.
ingtomanytimes more than the poundage employed in tr atme n the face of this emb
arrassing ignorance, it is surely sensible to place the most reliance on w at is
much more clearly known, i.e. the relationship between common and uncommon sets
of signs and symptoms, and the varying grades and types of treatment procedures
. Here, the ground becomes more sure in direct relationship to the completeness
of our grasp of: <a) the signs and symptoms in themselves, and (b) the full pote
ntial of the treatment methods. Plainly, the therapist's prime concern must be :
(a) care ful and comprehensive examination, and (b) continuous development of tr
eatment methods, neither of which relieve us, of course, of the obligation to im
prove our im perfect understanding of the nature of the lesions we treat.
Technique. Therespoose of the signs and symptomstpthe . . i edure selected shoul
d be the dominant factor, 0 t e manual e.g. in the case of testing the respo tec
hniques, or to the initial trial of traction. Since a frequent objective of trea
tment is to produce movement, and most movement will occur when a joint is posit
ioned in the midposition of all the other ranges of
Fig. 12.26
The facilities of a breathing hole for the prone patient, provision for swinging
aside me traction machine, and depressing the head end, allow the plinth to be
adapted for both manual mobilisation and other treatment such as postural draina
ge.
.-
Lateralfle)(lon venlral-dorsalfle)(lon
DropsectlOn
Threedlm. traction
Adjustment of table segments
Fig. 12.25
Cervical traction may be arranged with a 450 angle between the line of pull and
the horizontal, although this does not mean, of course, that the angle of neck w
ith trunk will also be 45 . Again, the angle of pull can be varied by modifying
the height of the table.
A scheme of a three-dimensional treatment table devised by F. Kaltcnbom. Adjustm
ent of the adaptable sections allow a variety of dispositions of the paticnt's t
runk and limbs. NB For those not wcll experienced in particular methods of treat
ment, it is wise to bear in mind that excellent and effective work is perfectly
possible using a simple horizontal suppon and a variety of hard and soft pillows
, together with a traction harness and pulleys. Sophisticated apparatus does not
add therapeutic effectiveness as a matter of course in direct relation to its c
omplexity, although it may be labour-saving.
Fig. 12.27
400
Cervical traction
FI,. 12.28 The Porta-trac Unit allows traction to be progressively applied in in
crements of I to 10 Ib (0.5 to 4.5 kg), and in cycles from 2 to 30 seconds, to a
maximum of tootb (45 kg) or 200lb (90kg) with the poundage doubler.
which it is capable, th lordotic areas of the spine (cervical ! and lumbar) shou
ld be posItIoned more in neutral or slight extension when treating the upper par
ts! i.e. C I -C2, Ll U', and 10 increasin flexion as the lower areas are treated,
i.e. C6 C7, L4-L5, L5 5 1 . This app les especially when treatments with a gene
ralised or regional effect, i.c. trac tion, arc being used, but less so when spec
ific vertebral contact techniq ues 3rc employed. Apparatus is of many kinds (Fig
s 12.22, 12.23, 1 2.24, 1 2. 25, 1 2 26, 1 2 27, 1 2. 28, 1 2. 29) and provided
funds allow there is advantage in having choices of method, and of harness.
Signs and symptoms due to involvement of arricular and periarticular tissues at
the neck and upper/middle thoracic spine respond well to passive movement techni
ques, of which cervical harness traction (sustained or rhythmic) is only one. Ce
rvical traction should not be regarded solely as a treatment in itself; patients
sometimes benefit from a mixture of techniques. Some will improve on harness tr
ac tion only, though manual mobilising can be more specific ally localised to vert
ebral segments affected, and is often quicker in appropriate cases. FJ. xion ofth
e neck, without traction, separates the ver tebrae posteriorly it also increases
the tens tOn In" the lura, menmgeal ligaments and nerve roots j l lO this tens o
n I is increased if there is already a degree of congenital or developmental ste
nosis, and further increased if there is acquired stenosis due to : disc patholo
gy ; osseous bars and bosses ; ligamentum buckling; facet-joint changes. 120 Fle
xion also aggravate, tke teftsisR Of menjngeal ad hesions. W the patient half-lyi
ng or lying, the resultant of the ith forces acting on the neck is that of: (a)
the weight of the head; (b) the weight of the harness, spreader and rope ; (c) t
he angle of rope ; (d) the poundage (Fig. 12.30), and without accurate knowledge
of all four components it is impossible to know just how much stress, in which
par ticular direction, is being applied to the cervical spine and soft tissues. F
or this reason alone it seems wise to start fairly cautiously with low levels of
stress and increase if need, on the basis of careful assessment of each treatme
nt. Some conclusions derived from research 191, 192, 19}, 1260, 12bl findings ar
e:
403
Notes
Dllration Weighl
Be slow to increase if joint is irritable; otherwise be quick to increase durati
on, and then weight, if adequate improvement is not maintained
Improved
Improved
No change Improved Improved Worse Worse Worse Fig. 12.32
No change No change Worse Improved
}
i i
_ or
i
-Carl
if irritable
designed to utilise convenient bony configurations, e.g. occiput and mandible, c
ontours of upper loin area, lower loin and iliac crests, but because there are n
o conveniently shaped body areas which allow an upper attachment for traction to
be applied specifically to the thoracic spine, the treatment requires adaptatio
n of: a. the cervical traction method, for the upper three quarters of the thorac
ic spine (Tl-T9), and b. the I umbar traction method, for the lower quarter of t
he region (T9-TI2).
Segments Tl-T9. When applying experimental cervical traction with a horizontal p
ull to a supine subject of average physique, a pull of around 6Ulb (27 kg) is re
quired before the traction is sufficient to overcome body weight and friction, a
nd begins to move the patient bodily along the plinth towards the attachment poi
nt. (The pull required will vary somewhat with the patient'S physique and clothi
ng, and the nature of the plinth surface.) For this reason, when giving thoracic
traction via a cervical harness, the weight of an inert and relaxed patient is
often sufficient to provide counter-traction with pulls below SOlb (22S kg); pou
ndage of this order and sometimes above may be required when attempting to influ
ence thoracic joint problems below the T6 segment. With higher poundages counter
-traction by the lumbar traction pelvic harness may be necessary. Down to the T6
level, lighter poundages are quite effective, and and for the T I to T 3 segmen
ts, pulls in the middle and upper ranges of cervical traction poundages are usua
lly sufficient. It goes without saying that any degree of cervical pain, and irr
itability, will preclude this method of harness trac tion for the thoracic spine
problem, and manual mobilisa tion (including manual thoracic traction) must be th
e treatment of choice. Technique. By a passive test of thoracic flexion and ex te
nsion in sitting, assess when the segment to be treated is in the mid-position b
etween extremes of these sagittal movements and try to reproduce the general tho
racic posture which accords with this requirement when the patient lies down. Ex
isting postural curvature differs widely between patients, of course. Raising th
e end of the plinth and placing two or three pillows under the patient'S head an
d upper thorax may be necessary. The cervical harness is applied and the fixatio
n point arranged so that the neck/trunk angle is around 45 ; this may need modifi
cation following a pretreatment manual test of whether the traction is affecting
the segment in tended. This is palpated by the therapist as test pulls of the se
lected treatment poundage are rhythmically applied with the therapist's other ha
nd. A double-pulley system reduces manual effort. Before proceeding, assess join
t irritability, intensity of pain and nature of the pain; providing no exacerbat
ion
No change Worse
I I
I
A guide to modification of duration and/or tension, when
necessary, after the initial treatment by traction
Rhythmic tractio" (or variable traction) : Tru-Trac apparatus ; chrome stand and
Tru-Trac table ; tilting chair; ordinary plinth (Figs 12.22 and 12.23). Techniq
ue is not very different, except that the apparatus requires the inertia of the
patient's weight for its operation and many patients try to 'go with the rope' w
hen the pull is applied. They need to be reminded to remain still and relaxed, a
nd allow their body weight to act. Set the poundage, duration and periodicity re
quired and proceed then as for sustained traction except that: with severe sympt
oms-relatively long periods of 'hold' and 'rest' should be employed (i.e. less m
ovement) ; as symptoms become less severe-shorter 'hold' and 'rest' periods are
more effective (i.e. more movement). NB. Since the upper cord attachment may be
station ary, the degree of neck flexion can be modified by raising or lowering th
e head of the plinth, or the whole plinth if this is not possible, if the patie!
't is lying or half-lying. When the extended headboard of the older Tru-Trac tab
le is being employed to treat a supine patient, the greatest possible flexion is
only 24. Traction in neutral can be done with the patient sitting under the appa
ratus. A tilting dentist-type chair is then useful for altering the neck/trunk a
ngle, for traction in flexion.
Thoracic traction
T e not infrequent clinical findin that cervical traction is Eapable 0 pr 109pai
n from a latent and undeclared middle/lower thoracic, and sometimes lumbar, prob
lem I reminder of the mechanical interdepende ce isa of the vertebral co umn, an
d of how far into the thoracic area cervical traction is felt. In general, the p
rinciples governing thora cic traction are the same as for other regions, with t
he exception that the application of tension is not as direct. Cervical and I um
bar harnesses can be
404
has occurred following the test pull, and the traction is clearly reaching the a
ffected segment, appl y the traction for four minutes, then reduce the tension s
lowly and con siderately. The signs and symptoms are then assessed as for cervica
l traction with the exception that when pound ages around 50-60 (22 '>-27 kg) are
being employed for the middle/lower thoracic segments, and there is no change a
fter the initial session, repeat the four-minute pull but with the same poundage
. If there is still no change, do no more at that session-the guide for subseque
nt ses sions is as for the cervical spine (Fig. 1 2 32)-bearing in mind that prop
ortional increases in poundages, as for cervical traction, are not always desira
ble when the middle/lower thoracic segments are being treated. The effect of fri
ction between patient and plinth, and thus the amount of applied pull which is d
issipated because of it, is not easy to assess-many factors (termed 'dissipated
force factors' by B. D. judovich)"o,'21, 622 con tribute to the proportion of app
lied poundage required to overcome resistance, e.g. (i) the weight of the patien
t ; (ii) the surface area of contact ; (iii) the nature and shape of the contact
ing surfaces. Added to this, the weight of the patient's head and neck, acting d
ownward at an angle of approximately 1 350 to the line of the rope, when the lat
ter is at 450 or so, contributes to the fraction of the pound age which is neutra
lised so far as clinical usefulness is concerned. For example, during horizontal
lumbar traction on a fixed plinth surface, a force equal to some 25 per cent of
the patient's body weight must be subtracted from the poundage selected, the re
mainder representing the force actually being applied to the lumbar joint struct
ures; and while dissipated forces of this order would not apply to the T 1 -T9 t
horacic traction method described, it remains a factor to be eliminated, or redu
ced as much as possible. The poundage dissipated is very much lessened by a non-
friction, rolling half-section of the plinth, but not quite so completely as in
horizontal lumbar traction because of the large angle between the lines of pull
and the direction of the rolling section movement, at least when the patient is
propped up by two or three pillows and the fixation point is somewhere overhead.
When a rolling plinth-section is not available, simple methods which help to re
duce the proportion of dissipated force are: (i) placing a small nylon sheet, do
ubled, between patient'S upper trunk and pillow; (ii) carefully lifting the pati
ent's trunk, after poundage has been applied, and then lowering it back on the p
illow. The lower the segment being treated the more important are these consider
ations. Forces applied can be measured in various ways, e.g. by a statimeter or
a tensiometer in series with the rope, by a single spring balance reading up to
561b (25.5 kg), or by a bank of two light spring balances, reading up to 251b (
1 1 . 2kg) each, and arranged in parallel by common attachment points at either
end of the bank. With this
method, which is somewhat cumbersome, each balance shows a half of the tension a
pplied.
SegmenlS T9-TI2. The lumbar traction plinth and har nesses are employed with the
thoracic belt applied higher than when treating lumbar segments ; if the Scott h
arness is used, the lower ofthe three straps should be more firmly applied. Smal
l folded towels may be nceded in the axillae to prevent discomfort. The pelvic h
arness is applied as usual. Vertebral mobility in the sagittal plane is least at
the T9-TIO segment, amounting to 2 -40 only, and the mid position of this range
is more difficult to assess. So long as the supine lying posture is comfortable,
and the patient is relaxed, the mid-position is achieved in many patients. Neve
rtheless, it is always worth ensuring that this is so because, depending upon th
e patient's posture type, pil lows considerately placed beneath the knees 'for co
mfort' may well put the low thoracic segmenls inlo an undesir able amount of flex
ion. The amplitudes of movement arc small, and therefore critical. The aim of lo
calising the pull to the segment concerned is more likely to be achieved by plac
ing the segment imme diately over the division between fixed and rolling sections
of a friction-free plinth. Technique. The initial test treatment, and immediate
ly following assessment, are conducted virtually as for lumbar traction, bearing
in mind that treatment on a non sliding section plinth requires incorporation of
the dis sipated force factors into assessment of the tensions needed. There is a
lso the factor of the fraction of pull which is effectively neutralised by the s
pringy thorax, and the slightly extensible vertebral segments lying in series be
tween the low thoracic spine and the sacrum.
Some reports746. 756. 81 5 in the recent literature indicate that clinicians are
investigating lumbar traction in new ways, and attempting to provide added info
rmation on its appli cation and usefulness. Yet in a majority of papers the write
rs appear to remain preoccupied with the factors of: 1 . Increasini the height o
fthe jntervertebral spflce 2. Altering the profile of the annulus fibrosus 3. Re
ducing the intradiscal pressure and thus creating a suction effect 4. Exerting c
entri etal ressure b increasin t tension of circum erential soft tissues. 8 17.
81 9. 568. 648, 973. 8]1 Probably because there have been clear demonstrations t
hat conditions favouring these effects are readily pro duced by traction, questio
ns of its efficacy continue to be largely discussed only in relation to disc tre
spass, sciatica and neurological deficit ; 1 294,708, 710 yet it has been estima
ted that motor weakness occurs in less than 1 5 per cent of hos pital cases ofsci
atica.'l69 For example, brief reports of four
Lumbar traction
PRINCIPLES OF TREATMENT
405
trials, all of which admitted patients with sciatic pain, many of whom also had
neurological signs, are of interest. Some reported good results, others indiffer
ent results : 1 . Thirty-seven patients with sciatica, neurological deficil and
posilive myelographic signs were trealed by rhYlhmic Iraclion of one-third body
weighl on a friclion free table. A control group of 35 with similar clinical find
ings were treated by simulated traction with trivial poundages for the same peri
od. There was no significant difference in treatment results, in these 72 patien
ts with clear evidence of root involvement.'294 2. Forty patients, most of them
with neurological signs, were trealed by 55-70lb (25.32 kg) rhythmic traclion on
a friction-free table for 20 minules daily, producing 'excellent' results in 6
cases, 'good' in 1 5 and 'poor' in 19."" 3. A double-blind conlrolled trial of s
uslained traclion excluded patients with recently acquired neurological deficit,
although one criteria for admittance was the pre sence of sciatica, defined as s
evere and well-delineated pain in the limb. The 'control' group ( 1 4 patients)
re ceived simulated traction with trivial poundage. Improve menl in the trealed gr
oup ( 1 3 patients) did nOI achieve statistical significance, albeit the groups
were smal1. 8 1 9 4. Sixty-two patients with low back pain, and sciatic pain of
more than a month's duration, were assigned to one of Ihree groups comprising: (
a) heal, massage and exercises, (b) hot packs and reSI only, and (c) 20 minutes
rhythmic traction in the Fowler position with pulls of one third body weighl plus
3O- 40 lb ( 1 3.5-18 kg), combined with abdominal and hip extensor muscle stren
gthening. Briefly, the patients in group (c) showed a significantly greater impr
ovement Ihan groups (b) and (a).74. Some other conclusions derived from research
findings are : I . With high poundages, the L4-L5 space is increased by 1 .5 mm
and Ihe L3-L4 space by 2 mm, i.e. narrowed disc spaces are returned to somethin
g like their normal width, but the spaces return to their pretraction level afte
r release of tension and on standing U p. 24 1. 2. Vide other reports, high poun
dages are apparently not necessary; in general, pulls of half, or a little more,
ofa normal subject's body weight will increase the lumbar vertebral space by ab
out 1 . 5 mm, if this be the aim of treatment, and reduce the intradiscal pressu
re by about 25 per cent.... When some of these reports prompt unfavourable opini
ons in medical journals of international standing, wholly questioning the value
of traction and suggesting that it should be abandoned as a routine treatment/OS
, 710 there is justification for reiterating the value of traction used in other
ways and for other reasons. When selecting manual and mechanical passive move me
nt techniques in the treatment of lumbar and lumbo sacral joint problems, there m
ay well be an advantage in
setting aside the classical and almost automatic tendency to associate (a) sciat
ica with or without neurological signs, and (b) sustained traction. Perhaps a gr
eater flexibility of approach, based pri marily on the signs and symptoms per se
and the degree of joint and root irritability, rather than on classical con cepts
of mechanical changes as the necessary causes of these clinical states, may lea
d to wider appreciation of the infinite variety of their presentation, and the f
ormulation of a wider and more appropriate field of indications for using tracti
on. Lumbar traction should certainly not be regarded as a treatment apart from o
ther mobilising techniques . It is a passive technique which can be interspersed
or changed with others as indicated. Perhaps we are optimistic to expect that p
rolapsed disc material can be restored to its former position by traction. Many
patients who benefit from this treatment may not have sustained this particular
type of joint derangement, and if we believe that some have, it is not necessari
ly the sole cause of all the symptoms. Consequently, it is not easy to know prec
isely why traction is beneficial, especially when applied with low or moderate p
oundage. The object of treatment is to relieve signs and symp toms between treatm
ents and relief of pain during traction does not always indicate that this objec
t will be achieved, although the initial trial of traclion can be employed to no
te its subsequent effect.
Movemem 011 and off the treatmetJ[ table. Patients who are
unable to modify their functional movements to lessen pain should lie down and g
et up from the plinlh with the lumbar spine held in the neutral position. right
angle at hips, knees and ankles 2. Keep knees and ankles together all the time a
nd lower the trunk sideways to a side-lying posilion with the back held still. A
s the trunk is lowered the legs are raised sideways, the body moving as one piec
e 3. Roll on to back 4. Stretch out legs.
Lying dawn. I . Sit on plinth with back straight and a
Getting up. This is an exact reverse of this procedure. Do not allow the patient
to get up by initially raising Ihe head
and shoulders forward. Legs must flex first, then roll on the side, then sit up.
Stretcher patients should roll, or slide with knees bent, on to the treatment t
able from trolley placed alongside.
Technique A (Sustained traction on a fla! support). The following sequence appli
es to the Scot! harness, used on a non-sliding platform.
406
Initial procedure is broadly the same as for cervical trac cervical traction, emp
loying duration increments of five tion (q.v.). minutes and poundage increments
of 1 0- 1 5 1b (4.5-7 kg). Subsequem rreatments. Pull in an indicated range of 4
0Knuw the patient's salient signs and symptoms before applying traction, and ass
ess them after the initial trial ; 100lb ( 18-45 kg) (very occasionally up to 15
0lb (67.5 kg), depending upon the physique of the patient) and for up subsequent
ly, assess before each treatment session. Shoes, bel (5, corsets and restrictive
clothing should be to 20 minutes daily, although 1 5 minutes often suffices, re
moved. Shirt or petticoat may be kept on but should using the 'guide' (Fig. 1 2
32) given for cervical traction but with the increments mentioned above. Around
25 per be loosened upwards before straps applied. On a flat treatment table, low
I umbar lesions are better cent of the force of the traction is 'mopped up' by
the treated supine with hips and knees flexed, and mid/upper springy thorax and
soft tissue generally, and by friction lumbar with less flexion, though the opti
mum position for between patient and plinth (which is lessened consider ably with
a sliding friction-free platform). The spring each patient must be found by ass
essment. Arrange thoracic and pelvic bands on the table before balance will show
a decrease in pull, but the decrease dur the patient lies down and test the sali
ent sign chosen as ing treatment will be negligible if slack is taken up effi the
assessment marker (often straight-leg-raising). Esti ciently beforehand. If the
straps are slipping they must mate the angle at which limitation, if any, occurs
, noting be reapplied more effectively after slowly winding the its characterist
ics, e.g. if painful, where the pain is being patient in. provoked, and record i
t on the patient's card. Notes : a. Explain what the treatment involves and what
\ . Padding: Some harnesses need to be padded; the reactions may be expected. S
cott harness is often better without padding. b. Instruct the patient not to hav
e a heavy meal 2. Thoracic band: Patient puts arms through the before treatment.
thoracic harness and the straps are secured. The band c. Warn the patient to tr
y to avoid sneezing or should be placed immediately below the greatest diameter
coughing while on full traction. of the thorax (i.e. its upper edge at the zipho
id level) so d. Patients should expect a possibly irregular im that it cannot sli
p upwards, and securely fastened. Res provement, with some stiffness immediately
piration is bound to be somewhat restricted ; try to achieve following each trea
tment. a good pull with the minimum discomfort to the patient. 3. Pelvic band :
The band is secured resting on the iliac End of treatment. Wind in slowly and sm
oothly until all crests (or sacrum, if prone)-some patients prefer it rest straps
are slack. Release all buckles carefully and slowly ing on the greater trochante
rs, and if it can be comfortably a sudden release of a tight thoracic band can b
e severely secured in this position there is no objection to this; it painful. W
arn patient not to inhale deeply immediately makes no difference to the ultimate
effect but compression as this can also be painful. After treatment, the patien
t of gluteal vessels may produce transient paraesthesiae. should lie for a minut
e or two to collect himself. Assist Secure the thoracic straps to the head of th
e apparatus, him up by the method described. The main assessment taking up all s
lack by hand. Steadily pull the straps of the is carried out the day after treat
ment, i . e. prior to the next pelvic harness, and take up all slack by hand bef
ore secur one. A basic treatment has been descn'bed but there are many ing them t
o apparatus. The patient should wriggle a little to settle harness comfortably,
and do this again during the variations. Patients may be treated prone or supine
, one application of the traction. The pelvic band should be or both bands may b
e used upside-down. (Patients treated settled round the patient's pelvis at righ
e allgles to the hori supine on the unmodified Scott frame are bound to be in zom
al and tilted anteriorly, or posteriorly, if assessment flexion due to the canva
s sagging a little ; this does not suit all patients.) of early treatment shows
the subsequent need for this. It is usual to start with most patients supine on
a firm Firsr applicarion. Wind patient out slowly and progres sively to about an
indicated 40Ib ( 1 8 kg), and check straps ; surface and thereafter to modify th
e technique individu friction effects will reduce the applied tension on the ally
according to findings-we cannot know exactly how lumbar spine to about 20-301b.
The patient'S reaction to the lesion is affecting the joint and we can only fin
d the a short and gentle initial pull of ten minutes or less pro most effective p
rocedure by trial and error with each vides valuable information for future proc
edures, and his patient. The consistent factors are (a) a steady pull confidence
is gained if he is introduced to an unusual repeated daily at first, and (b) as
sessment of suitable experience gradually. He is told to report the slightest di
s poundage by behaviour of signs and symptoms, and the patient's physique. comfor
t. Spinal traction is effective but often undramatic ; it in N B : If severe pain
is dramatically relieved with the first gentle pull, lessen it carefully at onc
e, otherwise a very volves the patient in some discomfort, and so the length sev
ere pain reaction will occur. of treatment should be kept as short as possible b
y giving Assess results immediately afterwards, as described for an adequate ses
sion at each attendance.
PRINCIPLES OF TREATMENT
407
Traction should be abandoned when (a) there is no im provement after three sessio
ns, or (b) there is deterioration in terms of increased pain and/or further move
ment re striction during the first two days, despite variations in the applicatio
n of pull. Patients having sustained traction for severe root pain should be car
efully checked for the appearance of neurological signs at each visit, because a
lessening of pain may actually be the change which often accompanies increasing
root compression and this may in dicate the need for a short trial of increased
poundage and duration ; watchful assessment of effects is important at this stag
e. As the pain becomes less severe and less vari able, rhythmic traction can be s
ubstituted with advantage. or static).
Technique B (On friction-free Tru-Trac table-rhythmic Selling up. I . See that t
he sliding lumbar section of the
mittent', set 'Hold' and 'Release' periods if applicable, set poundage required,
and start the treatment by turning timing dial to the right for the required pe
riod. 4. The timer mechanism switches off the machine and releases the traction
at the end of the set period. A/rer rrearmenr. 1 . Carefully assist the patient
to lift but tocks a little, so that sliding platform can be gently closed up and
locked. 2. Release the harness and remove the stool. Lock the sliding platform b
efore the patient gets off the table. In struct the patient to get off the table
after a short rest by rolling onto side with knees and hips bent, and lowering l
egs as trunk is brought to the vertical. 3. When indicated, modify duration and
poundage accordingto the Guide(p. 403) given for sustained traction.
table is locked in its fixed position, by pushing the black knob on the left-han
d side of foot end of table. 2. Release the cream formica sliding platform by pu
lling out the chrome spring on its right side, and sliding the platform out a fe
w notches. Leave the platform in the hori zontal position. 3. Clamp the machine,
dials upward, on the end of the formica platform and screw the black knob tight.
4. After assessment of salient signs, fit the thoracic and pelvic harnesses ove
r minimal clothing to the patient while standing; some recent changes allow harn
ess to be applied with patient lying. Make sure the harness is comfortable but f
irmly applied. 5. The patient lies supine with feet towards the machine and with
hips and knees flexed so that calves rest on small stool and pillow. The interv
ertebral segment being treated should be level initially with division of table.
6. Attach thoracic harness to clips at head of table. With 'Poundage' knob posi
tioned at 'Cord Release' position, pull out the cord, pass it under the stool an
d clip it to the lumbar harness rings. 7. Adjust (a) length of thoracic straps,
(b) position of formica platform until the set-up has minimal slack and will all
ow the sliding lumbar section to move horizontally as the traction comes on. The
re is an extra length of adjustable cord with the equipment. Treatment. l . Inst
ruct the patient about using the 'Help needed' bell and the method of switching
off the treat ment, should this be necessary. 2. With sliding platform locked in
position, set the poundage to two-thirds of total available (lower if dealing wi
th an irritable joint), and apply a short 1 -2 second pull to settle the harness
firmly, while patient wriggles pelvis to assist the process. Friction due to th
e locked platform will reduce tension actually applied to the joint. 3. Release
the sliding platform lock by pulling out the black knob on left side. Set switch
es for 'Static' or ' Inter-
Notes : a. Since the traction is virtually 'friction-free' J poundage indicated
on the dial is probably that being applied to the joint. b. As the table is rela
tively high, some patients may need to be helped down. c. Patients may also be t
reated in the prone posi tion, with standard or reversed application of harness.
to nerve root or sinuvertebral nerve inflammation. By employing the thoracic har
ness only, and tilting the support in progressive increments, distraction is app
lied to the lower half of the torso, gravity beginning to produce a traction eff
ect at about 35 of tilt. Hence frictional resist ance is progressively negated. In
patient treatment sessions are 30-60 minutes, six to eight times daily, dependin
g upon tolerance. The angle of traction is progressively and regularly increased
, and when pain is relieved, treatment sessions are continued at this angle of t
ilt for similar durations for a further three days, after which the patient is d
ischarged to continue a home traction programme as indicated. The treatment was
considered unsuitable for referred pain from the lumbar musculature or apophysea
l joints, and to this end the differential was established by the re sponse to lo
cal anaesthesia of the posterior primary rami at L3, L4 and L5 bilaterally-the i
njections were under fluoroscopic control. Those patients whose pain was relieve
d for the duration of the anaesthesia were considered unsuitable for gravi tation
al traction. The study was not intended to assess forms of conserva tive treatmen
t other than gravitational traction, although the patients in this review had fa
iled to benefit by other conservative measures. The 1 2 1 patients were divided
into: Category I : those who had had no previous operation87 (72 per cent)
Oudenhoven ( 1 978)'59 describes gravitatiollal lumbar traction as a method of t
reating pain considered secondary
408
Multipurpose table The Akron tracrio,. lable, which can double for both trac
Category I I : those who had undergone one or more surgical procedures-24 (28 pe
r cent). In Category 1 , 69 (87 per cent) of the 8 1 patients without a true dis
c herniation were no longer occupationally dis abled, and in Category I I , 1 3 (
45 per cent) of the 29 patients who had not had a spinal fusion continued to hav
e good pain relief. It was postulated that the treatment failures in Category I
I may have been due to postoperative fibrosis, and Oudenhoven suggests that the
technique of gravitational lumbar traction warrants careful consideration in the
management of chronic back and leg pain.
Intermiccem or repetitive rhythmic lumbar traction with slid ing plimh seceiorlS.
The physical behaviour of the clothed
lower half of the torso, lying on a sliding-section platform and being subject t
o intermittent longitudinally applied tension, is not the same as that of a simp
le helical spring; it is likely that a degree of residual or resting elongation
remains, even when the pulling cord is slack during the rest phase of rhythmic p
ulling cycles. It is important to bear in mind that once an initial dis traction
to the set maximum has been applied, a sliding section platform will rarely go ba
ck to rest in the previ ous fully closed-up starting position after the pull phas
e has been completed, unless a system of springs or some such is provided to dra
w it back. A moment's experiment will demonstrate this, and so
long as there is no provision for both the sliding-section
platform and the patient's lower half to be incorporated into a single mass whic
h is distracted as a whole, notions of what happens to body tissues between pull
phases may be fallacious. This is a factor which must be included in any con sid
eration of the use of this or that traction method, and what is believed to be h
appening during its application. Much the same considerations probably also appl
y to cervical traction in supine, but less so in the half-lying position and pro
bably not at all to traction from a suspen sion point directly overhead, when the
patient is seated. Similarly, the physical behaviour of a torso, under rhythmic
or sustained traction, is not the same when prone as when supine ; the differen
ces can be reduced if the har ness is always arranged so as to be in contact with
the slid ing-section, but this may not always suit the aims of the treatment met
hod and the differences will remain. An ex periment will verify that the nether e
nd sliding-section will be distracted more (for a given tension) when the patien
t is supine, and the harness straps under the patient, than when the patient is
prone and the harness is arranged to pull on the dorsal aspect of the trunk. Wit
h the latter arrangement, excursion of the moveable part of the table is lessene
d and the benefits of a sliding-section table are considerably reduced.
tion and manipulation treatment, allows a variety of appli cations covering most
clinical requirements for rhythmic or sustained traction and may also be used, w
ith the longi tudinal plug removed, for progressive resistance exercises with wei
ghts (or springs, with a floor attachment) in the rehabilitation of amputees and
the treatment of weak hip musculature. The couch is divided into a friction-fre
e roll-top pulling half, which can be raised for half-lying positions, and a fix
ed but longitudinally divided half with removable central plug when a prone brea
thing facility is required. I t is a stable support and being slightly lower tha
n stan dard plinth height allows easier mounting for short patients and those dis
abled by backache. The mechanism operates on the principle of a weight sliding o
n a bar as in weighing machines, and provides for a scale of tensions from 5- I
O lb ( 2. 2-4.5 kg) to 1 1 5 1 b (52 kg). The degree of tension is selected by s
liding a weight so that its central marker is opposite the calibration on the sc
ale, which is marked in pounds or kilograms. A timer-switch, with 'pull-duration
' and 'rest-duration' controls for any combi nation of rhythmic traction from a f
ew seconds to over three minutes, together with the sustained-traction switch, a
re mounted on a small portable hand-box which has a hook to attach to the horizo
ntal part of the frame work. Fixation points are adaptable for use with types of
trac tion harness in common use; but a cloth harness for pelvis and thorax, and a
cervical harness with adjustable occipital and mandibular straps probably allow
s the greatest range of adaptability for the different requirements of patients.
Via a cord attaching the mechanism to the moving end of the plinth, an electric
motor takes up the slack until the weight is in balance. As the harness settles
on the patient, the motor maintains in equilibrium the inert resistance of the
patient and the poundage set by the operator. If sus tained traction is selected,
the motor is reactivated imme diately tension falls off (due to slight tissue an
d harness stretch) and equilibrium to set poundage is restored. The manufacturer
s state that the mechanism is accurate with tension above I O lb (4.5 kg), provi
ded instructions are followed. When requiring accurate tensions between 5 and 1
0 Ib ( 2 2-'l 5 kg), in the early stages of treating very irritable cervical joi
nts, manual pulley systems incorporat ing a spring balance would probably be pref
erred. When employing rhythmic traction, a duration of 1 520 seconds should be a
llowed for the selected tension to be reached, and also fully released. N B : Th
e back-rest should never be raised without securing the rolling top by means of
the hand wheel provided. Techniques. With the machine connected to the mains sup
ply with mains switch 'on' there remain two switches
PRINCIPLES OF TREATMENT
409
to operate, viz. the 'on-off' switch with green light indica tor at the side of t
he machine, and the red treatment selec tor key on the remote control box. When c
ommencing treatment it is advisable to always operate these switches in the sequ
ence of green light on, then red treatment selec tor key from rest position to 'r
hythmic' or 'hold' (sus tained traction), and in the reverse order when finishing
the treatment. It is especially important, after switching the treatment select
or key back to 'rest', to wait until the mechanism is fully released before oper
ating the green light switch, since the mechanism retains the previous in structi
ons and should it be operated again without having previously been allowed to re
turn to 'full release', it will complete this phase before obeying the new instr
uctions. This will be confusing to the operator following, whose instructions ar
e apparently being ignored by the mechan ism, at least initially. The use of swit
ches in the sequence recommended will prevent this confusion.
All slack in the system is taken up by hand; in the case of the pulling section
the T -bar should be drawn up against the metal frame, thus extending the spring
which covers the pulling cord. See that: 1 . The patient is comfortable 2. The
harness is symmetrically placed 3. All slack has been manually taken up and the
T-bars are secure 4. Both switches are to 'off' 5. The poundage selected is corr
ectly indicated by posi tion of the central marker on the sliding weight 6. The h
and wheel securing the rolling section is now un screwed to release the rolling m
echanism.
For rhythmic traction. The knobs on the control box are set to 'hold' and 'rest'
positions desired, and switches then operated in the sequence described; the re
d key to 'rhyth mic'. Remember the 1 5-20 second allowance referred to above. For
sustained traction. The 'hold' and 'rest' knobs are ignored, and the red key is
switched right across to the 'hold' position. At the end of the treatment perio
d, switch off in the recommended sequence, waiting for the tension to be fully r
eleased and thell turn off the green light switch. Before releasing the patient,
gently slide the rolling section against the fixed section, and secure the roll
ing section with the hand wheel before the patient gets off the plinth. NB: Olde
r versions of the table can be secured by plac ing the transverse plug across the
gap at the pulling end. The general considerations, precautions, indications an
d contraindications of lumbar traction apply (q.v.). Alteration of poundage duri
ng treatment. This facility is unlikely to be required, but tension may be alter
ed during traction with the exception that during sustained traction, the pounda
ge should not be reduced without returning the red key switch to rest for a few
seconds. Lumbar traction (supine position) (Fig. 1 2. 34). Prepara
HI. 12.33
Prone trlcton for L4-L5 segment. i
Lumbar traction (prone position) (Fig. 12.33). With all switches, other than the
main, at 'off' position remove the transverse plug and slide the rolling sectio
n firmly against the fixed section ; secure the rolling section with the hand wh
eel to keep it stable while preparing the patient. The longitudinal plug is also
removed. Before the patient lies down, the harness is firmly and securely appli
ed, with the straps centred symmetrically over the dorsal thorax and buttocks. A
s with the Scott harness, the less padding the better; so long as there is one l
ayer of clothing between patient and harness and no skin contact by the Velcro m
aterial, the harness will be quite comfortable. The remarks on page 406 apply al
so to the Akron harness. The patient lies prone with face between the fixed-sec t
ion padding and feet towards the pulling end, and with the lumbar segment to be
treated lying directly over the division of the table. For accurate tensions, th
e horizontal T-bars should be 1 1 inches (27 em) above the centre of the pulling
-bar fulcrum (a small mark is filed on the verti cal of the T-bar to indicate thi
s height when level with the top of the outer tube).
tion of the table is the same, with the exception that the harness is placed on
it before the patient lies down. Pre paration of the patient is similar, and pill
ows or the leg rest flexion stool, available with the apparatus, can be used if a
degree of flexion is required. Treatment procedure is as described in 'Lumbar t
rac tion-prone position'.
Thoracic traction (half-lying position--segments TI-T9) (Fig. 1 2.35). The great
est degree of neck flexion possible, with the cervical traction mast in place an
d fully extended, is around 30, and depending upon the patient this may be insuff
icient to affect thoracic segments below the T6 level, as mencioned previously.
Also, with the patient in a modified half-lying position on the horizontal treat
ment
410
FI,. 12.34 Supine traction in Fowler's position for L5-S I segment. Whether a pa
tient be treated in this degree of hip flexion would depend upon the purpose of
the traction. In the example illustrated. the purpose is to stretch the donal lu
mbosacral soft tissues. and it is for this reason that hip flexion is considerab
le. (NS The postures depicted are examples only-the position for each patient is
a matter for assessment, and there is no 'standard' position.)
FI"
12.36
Supine traction to affect T12-LI segment.
table, supported by pillows arranged under upper thorax and head, it is not poss
ible to use the traction mast. A con venient adaptation is to dispense with the c
ervical traction mast and pass a longer cord through a separate pulley, attached
overhead to a weld-mesh support. The cord is attached to the cervical h.arness,
and by its other end to the grip-cleat which is hooked to the T-bar. The patien
t may then be treated with the back-rest placed a little raised for comfort. The
procedure is otherwise as described previously. A spring balance is necessary t
o ensure that tension being applied to the patient is that selected, since varyi
ng posi tions of the overhead pulley, height of T-bar, angles of pull, and fricti
on, will be responsible for discrepancies. A small and neat 561b (25 kg) spring
balance is obtainable
< ," I "'"""f
from a well-known maker; the weight of harness and spreader should be subtracted
from the reading obtained. Some therapists prefer to replace the single cord wi
th a neat double-pulley system, although the factor of measuring tensions applie
d to the patient remains to be considered. When applying traction to the mid- an
d upper thoracic segments, a half-lying position with the back-rest raised and t
he cervical traction mast extended to its limit is recommended, although the opt
imum set-up for indivi dual treatment must be found by assessment.
Thoracic traction (supine or half-Iying-segments T9T 1 2) (Fig. 12.36). This may
be done in two ways : (i) with the patient supine on a flat table as in supine
lumbar trac tion (described above), or (ii) with the patient in a degree of half-
lying on a raised back-rest, employing the cervical traction mast and strong cer
vical spreader for attachment of the thoracic strap (Fig. 12.37). In both cases,
the thoracic harness must be attached cranially and not caudally to the segment
to be treated,
. . _E......
---
- ". -
:- .
,
,
FI,. 12.35 Midthoracic traction. via cervical spine flexed [0 45", to affect T7-
T8 segment.
FI,.
12.37
Traction to the thoracolumbar junction, in ; lying position.
PRINCIPLES OF TREATMENT
411
and the axillae suitably protected. For women patients, padding to protect the b
osom should take account of in dividual needs. In technique (i), the degree of fl
exion of hips would be the important factor deciding the mid-position of the seg
ment to be treated, which should, of course, be placed directly over the divisio
n of the table. Because of this re quirement, most patients must lie with legs ap
art to allow movement of the T-bar at the foot end. In technique (ii), flexion o
f the koees (and thus further flexion at the hips) also puts a low thoracic segm
ent into a flexed position-this can be ascertained by palpating the segment and
raising/flexing the koees with the other hand. Cervical traction (supine lying).
It is probably better to avoid trying to give 'neutral' traction with the patie
nt lying, and pulling with the rope parallel to the horizontal plinth, because t
here is always a tendency for the man dibular strap to apply the lion's share of
the tension ; also, the amount of friction between head and pillow precludes the
best estimate of the amount of pull actually being applied to the upper cervica
l structures. To produce a pull the resultant of which is virtually in the longi
tudinal axis of the upper neck, it should be arranged that the rope angle is som
e 1 0_1 5 above the horizontal, counteracting the effect of gravity on the head ;
this arrangement ensures a pull in the neutral position (Fig. 12.30). Vet there
is still the factor of friction to be considered, and for this reason neutral ce
rvical traction is probably best applied in sitting (Fig. 1 2.40), with a double
-pulley and spring balance set-up, because the ten sion then being recorded is th
at being applied to the patient (less the weight of the harness and spreader, wh
ich are between spring balance and the patient) and it may be necessary in t.he
early stages to pull with low tension,
.
. -iii "'-
.
lsli
.
FI,. 12.39 Cervical traction in neutral position of C5-C6 segment, i.e. flexed t
o about 25".
i.e. just sufficient to allow the beginning of movement to be perceived by a pal
pating finger. When neutral cervical traction in the supine or virtu ally supine
position is the treatment chosen, t.he principles governing the first and subseq
uent treatmentS are as given above and procedure with the Akron table is as foll
ows : The extensible cervical mast is not used, but after appli cation of the cer
vical harness, the cord is attached to the spreader, and the grip-cleat adjusted
to take up the slack. The grip-cleat hook is attached to the T-bar, which shoul
d be raised high enough to allow a 10 - 1 5 rope angle. Operation of the mechani
sm is as described previously except that with the T-bar raised to a height of 2
2 inches (56 cm) from the pulling-bar fulcrum, the manufacturers state that tens
ion being applied to the patient is only half of that indicated by the sliding w
eight. Cervical traction (half-lying) (Figs 1 2.38 and 1 2.39). With the back ra
ised to the third or fourth notch, a much more flexible arrangement of angles of
pull becomes possible, and traction in flexion or in neutral is then easier to
arrange. With a pillow under the patient's knees, and a pillow supporting the he
ad, the support for the cervical traction mast is slotted into place. The height
of the mast is adjusted by sliding it in the friction-grip, which on tightening
the black koob stabilises it at the required height. A few turns of the cord ar
ound the koob will hold it there while the harness and spreader are being applie
d to the patient and then attached to the cord. The grip cleat is hooked to the m
iddle of the T-bar (at a height of I I in-27 cm-from the pulling-bar fulcrum) an
d then adjusted so that the T-bar is pulled forward against the frame of the app
aratus. The operation of the table and the principles of treatment are as previo
usly described. To ensure that the tension selected is that being appl ied to th
e patient, a spring balance (25 or 561b) ( I I or 25 kg)
Fl. 12.38 segment.
Cervical traction in neutral position of craniovertebral
412
Fig 12.41 segments.
Gentle rhythmic manual traction to the cervicothoracic
when the techniques have been mastered (Figs 12.41 and 12.42).
Fig. 12.40 AutOlraction to the upper cervical region. The patient sits beneath a
double-pulley system attached overhead, and grasps either end of a spreader lyi
ng across the upper thighs.
should be incorporated between spreader and pulley, and the weight of the harnes
s and spreader subtracted from the 'balance' reading. a double-pulley system att
ached overhead, and grasps either end of a spreader lying across the upper thigh
s. When the therapist has attached the harness and applied the maximum degree of
tension required (best measured by a small spring balance in series), the cord
is firmly secured to the spreader where it is held by the patient, thus maintain
ing the tension. By lifting the spreader gently from the thighs, the patient eas
es the tension applied, and by pressing the spreader down to the thighs again, r
eapplies the tension. The degree of cervical flexion, the poundage, and the 'hol
d' and 'rest' periods are variable according to the aim of treatment, and the mu
scle-work of repetitively pressing (he spreader (0 the thighs does not increase
the tension of the cervical muscu lature. An advantage is that the patient's thig
hs prevent application of a tension greater than that set by the thera pist (Fig.
12.40).
Manual lraClion. Failing the provision of any equipment al all, rhythmic tractio
n can be applied to the upper cervical The lack of sophisticated equip",e", /lee
d /lot preclude the use of rhythmic cervical traction. The patient sits beneath
is achieving good results has been developed at the Rode Kors Syke Huset, Oslo,
Norway, by the physiotherapist Oddbj0rn Bihaug." The supine patient is stabilise
d in the Fowler position on a split table by a pelvic band, and applies the tens
ion by pulling with one or both arms, thereby distracting the sliding section of
the plinth. The system allows variations in application of tension, and adaptat
ion to individual requirements.
AutolraClion ( lumbar). A method of autotraction'48 which
spine, lower cervical spine, cervicothoracic region, mid thoracic area, thoracolu
mbar region and low lumbar area, by manual techniques. They can be tiring ifnot
performed correctly and with a good stance, yet are surprisingly easy
Fig. 12.42 Rhythmic manual traction for the uppt:r cervical region. NB This is n
ot 'oscillatory longitudinal movement'.)
PRINCIPLES OF TREATMENT
413
D. LOCALISED MOBILISATION TECHNIQUES Localised mobilisQrimr techniques are those
in which every effort is made to restrict the effect of movement to a single se
gmem. This ;s easier in some anatomical /aealians than in others.
Fl. 12.44 ...... Transverse venebral pressures, to the patient'S right) of the at
las. Alternative technique. Fi,. 12.43 -e+ Transverse vertebral movement of the
atlas towards the painful side.
The occipilOarlama/joim very frequently requires a passive movement and Figure 1
2.43 shows a method for trans verse movement which is easy for both patient and
thera pist. The patient lies with the painful side on a flat, firm pillow. The th
erapist stands facing her and contacts the tip of the lateral mass of atlas with
one thumbtip ; the opposite thumb is placed alongside and helps to stabilise th
e thumb primarily imparting the small-amplitude, grade I oscillatory movement in
a downward direcr.ion. Contact must not be lost; the atlas and both thumbs shou
ld move as a unit. Because ora coexistent shoulder or upper rib-joint con dition,
the patient may not be able to lie on onc side; the technique is adapted (Fig.
1 2.44) so that with the patient supine, the operator's palm replaces the firm p
illow against the painful side, and the lateral aspect of the opera tor's second
metacarpal head replaces the thumbtip con tact with the lateral mass of atlas on
the painless side. It is important to keep the forearms aligned with the gentle
movements being imparted via the contact with the lateral tip of atlas. Extensio
" at the cra" iovercebral joint can be mobilised by standing at the head of the
supine patient (Fig. 12.45) and stabilising the posterolateral apsects of the at
las by a finger-and-thumb grasp from underneath. By gentle,
Fl,. 12.45 Extension at the occipitOitlantal joint. The atlas is relatively fixe
d and the occipital condyles are moved by repetitive mandibular pressures.
repetitive grade I I cranial movements applied by finger pressure to the inferior
aspect of the mandible with the other hand, the craniovertebral joint is rhythm
ically extended. Unilateral postero-a7lterior gliding of the atlas (Fig. 12.46)
is easily achieved with the patient again in side-lying and with her head on a s
mall, firm pillow. The therapist stands facing her shoulders and gently stabilis
es the head with the far-side pal m ; the thumbtip or pad of the near-side
414
hand bears against the upper posterolateral mass of the painful-side atlas, with
the therapist's forearm aligned in the direction of the gentle grade I I repeti
tive postero anterior movement. Again, atlas and thumb must move in the small amp
litude as one. An alternative method (Fig. 1 2.47) is with the patient prone and
her forehead resting on an EV3zorc pad on the dorsum of her fingers. Standing a
t her head, the therapist applies the palm of his hand to the temporal region of
the painful side, gently inducing side-flexion away from it in rhythm with the
downward, inward and cranial pressures applied by his opposite thumbtip. The thu
mbtip contact must be precise, delicate and evenly maintained through out the mov
ement, which may be a grade I, I I or I I I movement. Restriction near the extre
me of rotation at the atlanto-axial joint ( Cl-C2j may be freed by turning the p
rone patient's head to the side of limited rotation (Fig. 12.48) and apply ing un
ilateral, repetitive postero-anterior pressures to the back of the transverse pr
ocess of axis with both thumbtips. Movement is imparted to the straight thumbs b
y excur sions of arms and elbows, and not by the intrinsic muscu lature of the han
ds. Since much of the available range of CI-C2 rotation movement is taken up by
the positioning, the movement is graded as 1 1 + , I I I or IV, unless the avail
able range of movement (p. 42 1) be taken as that available with the patient in
this particular position. Side-lying techniques are valuable when treating local
ised problems of irritability and/or adjacent stiffness and hypermobility. Local
isation can be very precise, by stabil-
lel ) 12.46 Unilateral posteroanterior pressures to the left lateral mass of atl
as, with the patient lying on the right side.
FI,_
t-
Fi.
(e l ) Posteroanterior unilateral vertebral 12.47 pressures to the right lateral
mass of C l , synchronously with small-amplitude gapping of the joint by side-H
exing the head to the patient's leC! .
}1
Mobilisalion of lefl rolalion al lhe allamoaxial F1,. 12.48 (CI -C2) segment, ne
ar the extreme of rotation range.
P
PRINCIPLES OF TREATMENT
415
Fi,. 12.49 (A) and (8) Side-lying techniques are valuable in the early stages of
treating irritable cervical problems, and localisation can be very precise. The
thumb positions illustrated are self-explanatory.
isation of segments which need to be kept virtually still (Fig. 12.49). Establis
hed sn'jferring at the cervicothoracic junction oftcn requires firm and persiste
nt mobilisation, and where firmly applied techniques are used in the presence of
flexion limitation, it is helpful to place the patient resting on her approxima
ted elbows, with the head and neck drooping downwards in the space thus provided
(Fig. 12.50). The therapist stands at the side level with her shoulders, and ap
plies one thumbpad reinforced by the other against the side of a spinous process
. The repetitive transverse
Fi,. 12.51 Simultaneous transverse pressures to the patient's right on the spino
us process or T l . and posteroanterior pressures on the right transverse proces
s or the same vertebra.
-.t+
pressure is directed to the painful, or most painful, side ; this is one of the
few instances when intrinsic thumb muscles are brought into play, so that the pa
tient is not bodily rocked about by the firm pressures being applied. When limit
ation of flexion is not such a dominant feature, an alternative method (Fig. 12.
5 1 ) is for the thera pist to stand at the head of the patient, who rests her fo
rehead on the backs of her fingers with an Evazote pad interposed. While the the
rapist'S left thumbpad applies unilateral, postero-anterior pressures to the rig
ht lamina of T I vertebra, for example, the right thumb and forearm are more hor
izontally disposed to apply reciprocating transverse pressure to the left side o
f the spinous process of that vertebra. The costovertebral and costOlransverse j
oinls of the first rib may be mobilised by direct rib pressures. There are many
techniques; the one illustrated (Fig. 1 2.52) employs the standard prone positio
n previously described. The therapist stands facing the patient's opposite hip a
nd applies one thumb pad, reinforced by the other, to the costal arch of the fir
st rib beneath the bulk of the trapezius
FI,. 12.50 -...... (C7) Finn transverse vertebral pressures of the C7 spinous pr
ocess to the patient's right. Used when there is established stiffness with some
flex ion limitation.
416
L- (1 SI Alb) . . Mobilisauon of the first nb by Fl,. 12.52 .----repetitive pres
sures, applied anteriorly to the upper trapezius and against the: upper rib surf
ace:, and directed to the opposite hip.
muscle. Repelitive mobilising pressures towards (he patient's opposite hip are a
pplied by movements of the therapist's shoulders and elbow joints via the point
of thumbpad contact ; the intrinsic hand muscles take no part in producing movem
ent, which is graded according to ex amination findings. Anteroposlerlor mobilisa
tion of the second rib can be of value in the 'second rib syndrome' (p. 235). Wi
th the supine patient's elbow supported against her anterolateral upper abdomen
by the therapist's loin, the therapist's near-side thenar eminence engages the l
eft second rib. With the thenar eminence of his other hand engaging the medial a
spect of the coracoid process, an anteroposterior and ou[Ward movement is impart
ed to the rib-this is aided by the rhythmic elongation being applied to the pect
oralis minor muscle (Fig. 1 2.53).
Fi,. 12.54 Simultaneous posteroanterior unilateral pressures on T4 transverse pr
ocess and posteroanterior unilateral pressures on the angle of the fourth right
rib.
(T4)
Thejoinrs of the 4th thoracic vertebra and its associated 4lh rib can be mobilis
ed by a combined pressure technique (Fig. 1 2 . 54). With the patient prone, her
arms by the side and her head rotated to the treatment side, the therapis[ sran
ds facing her and places the cranial thumbpad unilaterally over the 4th thoracic
lamina and the pisiform bone of the caudal hand on the angle of the 4th rib. Th
e fingers of this hand engage the other, thus ensuring synchronous pressure by b
oth thumb and pisiform. An aherna[ive to pressures on acutely tender thoracic
L... (2nd R lb) FII. 12.53 I Amcropostcrior and outward movement imparted to the
second rib, aided by rhythmic elongation of the pectoralis minor muscle.
Fi,. 12.55 Placing the pads of crossed thumbs over the transverse processes of a
single thoracic vertebra provides an alternative to posteroanterior central ver
tebral pressures. The movement imparted is not quite the same as in posteroanter
ior central vertebral pressures and should not be: regarded as its equivalent fo
r assessment purposes.
H
PRINCIPLES OF TREATMENT
417
Fig. 12.56 A degree of localisation of right rotation, at the T8-T9 segment, is
achieved by stabilising T9 spinous process by left-side pressure and 'tightening
' all thoracic segments above T8 by the combined positioning of the trunk.
C (TS)
FI... 12.57 (l2) Transverse vertebral pressures to a mid-lumbar spinous process,
towards the painful side.
spinous processes is that of bilateral pressure on transverse processes (Fig. 1
2. 55). ROlation in the lower thoracic region may be mobilised by positioning th
e patient so that a majority of effect occurs at a single segment (Fig. 1 2.56)
and this method employs the principle of endeavouring to stabilise a chain of ve
r tebral joints by combinations of movements in positioning (see p. 425). The pat
ient sits and clasps her elbows. Standing behind, the therapist passes his right
arm over the patient's right shoulder and in front of her torso to grasp the le
ft upper arm. Placing his left fingers in her left loin and his left thumb tip o
r pad against the left side of T9 spinous process, for example, the therapist fl
exes and then left-side-flexes the patient's trunk. While not allowing any relea
se of these combined positioning movements, right trunk rotation is added ; it i
s important to concentrate on the feeling of increasing soft tissue tension dete
cted by the thumbtip, as the range of available movement is increas ingly taken u
p, from above downwards, by the positioning technique. Right rotation (in this c
ase at the TS-T9 segment) can be gently or more firmly increased, either by repe
titively rotating the patient's trunk against the stabilising pressure of the th
umb, or by taking up the combined movements CO the existing limit of range and t
hen sharply increasing
rotation by a single short amplitude movement of the therapist's right hand. Bec
ause a neck-rest position of the patient's hands puts maximum tension on the lat
issimus dorsi muscle and lum bodorsal fascia of the side to which the trunk is ro
tated and from which it is side-flexed, this adds unnecessary re striction and th
e elbow-clasp position is probably more suitable. While the rotatory effect is p
robably maximal at the TS T9 segment, the combined movements produce consider able
regional stress, and the effects of these cannot be ignored because one is prim
arily interested in T8-T9. Transverse vertebral pressure is a useful technique f
or uni lateral midlumbar joint problems (Fig. 1 2.57). The patient lies prone ove
r a small hard pillow, with the arms hanging down or at the side. The therapist
stands on the painless side and applies one thumbpad to the near side of the spi
nous process, the other thumb pad rein forcing the first. The oscillatory pressur
es towards the painful side are imparted by movements of the therapist's shoulde
rs and elbows and not by the intrinsic thumb muscles. Chronic dege"erative sti f
fness of the lumbosacral segment sometimes requires persistent localised movemen
t (Fig.
418
(ii) according to the principle of Maigne ( 1965)'87 in which the most painless
movement (usually directly opposite to the painful one) is that selected for tre
atment technique, or (iii) according to the asymmetry when present. While it is
not always easy to know beforehand which particular movement will be the most he
lpful, a basis for selection of the initial movement might be as follows : a. wh
ere pelvic joint asymmetry is plainly detectable, and assessed as underlying the
clinical features, the initial mobilising movement should be that which is most
likely to correct i t ; b. where step-by-step palpation and provocative press ur
es have clearly established a pattern of aggravation and relief, and asymmetry i
s present but barely de tectable, the choice of therapeutic movement is that dire
ctly opposite to the provocative movement; c. where pain is manifest but symmetr
y appears undis turbed, and the results of testing by provocative pressures are e
quivocal, the prime need is to reduce joint irritability, and thus the initial p
rocedures should either (i) gently gap the joint structures, or (ii) gently and
rhythmically repeat the most painful movement, to the patient's lolerance. Wheth
er (a), (b) or (c) are continued with depends upon assessment of results, which
is always the final arbiter. The classic maxim : 'Find it, fix it and leave it a
lone' does not apply quite so much to sacroiliac joint problems, in the sense of
a single and correctly arranged manipula tive thrust relieving the joint conditi
on. Several sessions may be needed before satisfactory relief is given to the pa
tient, particularly in chronic and unrecognised cases, where adaptive soft tissu
e changes have begun to occur as a consequence of the subtle but persisting chan
ge in joint relationship. In many patients with an apparent prominence of one po
sterior superior iliac spine, the range of combined hip adduction/flexion on tha
t side will feel 'tight' and sore, especially in the posterolateral haunch. Ther
e will be a mild reduction in the ranges of hip abduction and extension, and the
re may well be un equal rotation ranges when compared to the unaffected side. In
some, detectable 'tightness' may simulate the earliest soft tissue changes which
normally raise the question of an 'early arthrotic hip' and concomitant with ma
nual tech niques for the sacroiliac joint itself, the tight tissues will need att
ention, in their own right, by selective and moder ate stretching techniques. So
far as vertebral segments are concerned, our prime aim is to see that they are m
oving as much as they should, and no more than they should. On the other hand, w
hen dealing with mechanical sacroiliac joint problems, the normal mobility is so
slight, and the consequences of a
12.S8 !:I:+i Transverse vertebral pressure, on the patient's right, to the spino
us process of L5, while the sacrum is stabilised by the heel of opposite hand.
Fi,.
12.58). The technique is also useful in the presence of the type of adventitious
joints which 3re sometimes associated with transitional vertebrae, and which se
em especially subject to degenerative changes (see p. 276). With the patient pro
ne over a small hard pillow at the lower abdomen and her arms hanging down, the
therapist sits on the edge of the plinth and applies the heel of his outer hand
to the lateral aspect of the sacrum. By leaning over the patient, the thumbtip o
f the other hand is applied to the spinous process of L5, so that firm, repetiti
ve pressures may be applied towards the therapist while the sacrum is being stab
ilised. The technique should be used in either direction, between assessment of
effects, so that the morc effective direction may be confirmed. Mobilisation tec
hniques for the sacroiliac joint should be as localised as is possible, because
this materially aids assessment ofjoinr problems in a region nO[Qriously liable
to confuse the therapist by the equivocal nature of symp toms and signs. The atta
ch men ts of the i1iol umbar liga ment will ensure that the fifth lumbar vertebra
takes some part in most of the so-called specific sacroiliac techniques, and it
may well be that there is no such animal as a purely musculoskeletal sacroiliac
condition. Since the step-by-step palpation methods (p. 331) are essentially si
milar to the examination method developed by Maitland ( 1 977)'97 and Maigne ( 1
972), '89 the experi enced therapist will recognise several choices in the direc
tion of the therapeutic mobilising movement. This can be: (i) according to the p
rinciples of gently repeating the most painful movement in the appropriate grade
, or
PRINCIPLES OF TREATMENT
419
Ft. 12.S9 Repetitive gapping of right sacroiliac joint, with mild shearing effect
due to the disposition of the uppermost lower limb.
Q
slight but persisting change in joint relationships can cause such chronic disco
mfort, that here the emphasis shifts to getting the relationship right, and keep
ing it right. When frank sacroiliac joint hypermobiliry is underlying the patien
t's discomfort, stabilisation is rather easier than in the vertebral column, sin
ce a 'binder' (of one form or another) is not difficult to arrange. Figure 1 2.5
9 shows a forward-shearing technique which is indicated in mild degrees of sacro
iliac joint irrit ability associated with a slightly posterior position of the ri
ght posterior superior iliac spine (see p. 281). The patient lies on her side ov
er a small hard pillow under the loin ; this ensures a neutral position of the l
umbar spine. The under hip and knee are flexed to pro vide a cradle for the upper
leg; this is extended at the knee, and slightly flexed and internally rotated a
t the hip. The therapist stands behind, level with the pelvis, with his cranial
palm on the anterior superior iliac spine and his caudal palm over the greater t
rochanter. While both hands repetitively induce a shearing influence on the iliu
m, in the direction of the patient's upper thigh, the therapist's cranial hand a
dds a measure of sacroiliac gapping by downward pressure on the anterior iliac c
rest. In manipulative practice, testing procedures are fre quently used as subseq
uent treatment procedures and Figure 12.60 illustrates such a one. I n stabilisi
ng the patient'S near ilium by the pressure of his lower chest, the therapist ha
s left both hands free ; repetitive internal rota tion of the patient'S far hip j
oint, by caudal forearm pressure against the medial calf of the patient'S flexed
leg, allows palpation in the near-side sacroiliac sulcus of the movement occurr
ing. Thus the gentle repetitive move ments can be very precisely graded, and this
is especially important when joint irritability is present. Provided the buttoc
k is not unduly tender, the tech nique is useful in treatment of the 'posterior i
nnominate' of osteopathic terminology.
Fl. 12.60 This examination technique, for palpating the degree of sacroiliac join
t mobility, can be adapted for its mobilisation effects when treating mild fixat
ion of the joint nearest the therapist.
Mobilisation procedures of more firmness may be re quired, and in Figure 1 2 . 6
1 the sacrum of the prone-lying patient has been stabilised by palm pressure of
the thera pist'S caudal hand. The heel of the cranial palm has engaged the medial
aspect of the posterior superior iliac spine on the far side, which is repetiti
vely mobilised in a downward, outward and caudal direction, by pressures directe
d in the line of the therapist's forearm.
.1...\ (PSIS) Downward. outward and caudal Fi. 12.61 r .. mobilisation of the pat
ient's right ilium, while the sacrum is Stabilised with the opposite hand. From
the painless side, the therapist leans over the patient.
420
Mobilising method Whatever may be the chosen method of treatment by per suasive p
assive movement to the patient's tolerance, there has been ample demonstration t
hat it does not need to be applied in the plane of the facets, or at right angle
s to these planes, to be therapeutically effective. This does not mean to say th
aI such movements should not be an integral part of any repertoire of mobilisati
on techniques ; but only that they 3rc certainly not the only effective way to t
reat parienrs.797.307. 296 For example, onc commonly used tech-
nique of postero-anterior vertebral pressures
thumbpads or heel of hand to the spinous process of a cervical, thoracic or lumb
ar vertebra (Fig. 1 2.62) will plainly produce accessory movement of a dissimila
r nature at each region because : the morphology of the vertebrae differs consid
erably; (he orientation of facet-planes is dif ferent ; the nature of connective-
tissue attachments is not the same in each region. Notions of the vertebrae 'jus
t going up and down' in response to these repetitive pressures plainly will not
do, since a moment's consideration of vertebral anatomy indi cates that the small
movements are likely to be complex, and also to vary considerably between indiv
iduals. As a little bias is added to the movement (see p. 355) by way of a cauda
l, cephalic, medial or lateral inclina tion of the direction of pressures, a full
and precise biomechanical analysis of the small movement becomes difficult. Whe
n transverse vertebral pressures are applied to spinous processes, equally compl
ex movements are produced. Whether either, or neither, of these techniques is ul
ti mately employed in the successful relief of signs and symptoms would not depen
d upon something approach-
t applied by
ing a diktat in a textbook, but would depend upon the initial responses of the a
bnormal joint and its associated soft tissues, since each patient is unique. Sin
ce these modest and economical ways of mobilising vertebral joints have been sho
wn to occupy a most useful place in the range of available techniques, it follow
s that therapeutic effectiveness does not derive solely from con siderations of w
hat is thought to be the 'correct' geometry of the direction of movemen t. Expre
ssed otherwise, the responses of each abnormal joint are more important than 'lo
gical' and arbitrary rules of manipulative method. A treatment method797 which w
ould seem appropriate to adopt is formulated on the basis of: (i) Examination pr
ocedures in which the therapist assumes noching but provides opportunities for t
he nature of the joint abnormality to fully declare itself, in terms of the 'ran
ge-pain-rcsistance' relationship (p. 360) (ii) Giving the greatest weight to the
unique individual combination, and degree, of the abnormal signs and symptoms,
rather than to generalised diagnosis (iii) Grading the degree of applied movemen
t in accord ance with detailed examination findings, and (iv) Changing the techni
que and/or the grade of applied movement according to the changing nature of the
joint abnormality during treatment (v) Employing the least vigour which will ac
hieve the desired effect. This treatment approach is by no means the prerogative
of any one school of manipulation, IIBOa, 627. 2 17 yet in the author's opinion
Maitland ( 1 977)", has developed it to the highest degree, and so far as appli
ed movement under
i
{ 1
i
Lumbar Fig. 12.62
ThoracIC
Cervical
Posteroanterior central vertebral pressures on spinous processes will produce di
fferent segmental movements according to regional characteristics.
PRtNCIPLES OF TREATMENT the control of the patient is concerned, the following o
bservations on grading concern this particular method.
Grades of manual mobilisation treatment Each grade (I-IV) has : (a) a constant p
osicion on the avail able excursion of movement, and (b) ampliwde, which is a con
stant proportion of it. Grades I and IV are small amplitude movements at the beg
inning and end, respectively, of available range, while " and " I are larger amp
litude movements occupying mostly the middle parts of available movement. Grades
are applicable to whatever treatment movement is chosen, be it the available ex
cursion of the active range ofa single joint or complex of joints, or that of an
involun tary accessory movement. For normal joints, grades can be depicted in va
rious ways ( Fig. 1 2. 63A-E) :
421
Movements of abnormal joints are usually, but not in variably, limited, and since
the available excursion of movement is reduced, the grades of treatment are pro
por tionately reduced, i.e. (Fig. 1 2.64):
Normal Joint Abnormal Joint Neutral
" III IV IV
II
III
A!2OQ1
lJmi!.
Normal Limit
Fig. 12.64 Grades adapted to the reduced available range of movement of an abnon
nal joint.
Neutral Fig. 12.63"
b
II
"
III
IV
Thus, when the 'treatment grade' is expressed or recorded, it refers to grades o
n the available excursion and not the normal range, unless the range of movement
is
POSTER O - ANTERIOR VERTEBRAL GLIDING
Normal Limit
Relatively fixed
1
Moving
N. ,.....,I"'"""--
I . . \ I 1"1
.
\ I,
:... _ . ' ' L. . .. .., .,. ..,,,. ,,,,.., _ -' '...J ...
"
1v
Fig. 12.630
III IV
CARPAL OR TARSAL JOINT GLIDING
I
.
Fig. 12.638
N.l. ......
_
....... -..
.._ -
.
.
-- . -- -
.....
. ...
.
.
,.... . . .. . .
,H
,
MOVing
- \,
-....._.
I
!===
Relatively fixed
. .........
.../
IV N.L.
Fig. 12.63E Fig. 12.63 (Range of accessory movement has been exaggerated for cla
rity)
Fig. 12.63c
422
not limited, e.g. the abnormality is manifest by painful movement only. The natu
re of the range-limiting factor, together with the degree o limitation invariabl
y decide Ihe grade employed f in treatment, and frequently also the positioning
of the patient's joint and the particular technique ; thus when recording palpat
ion and passive movement findings it is necessary to record not only the point o
f encounter on the expected normal range but also the nature of the limiting fac
lOr (see Palpation in Assessmenl, p. 35 1). During examination, it is probably e
asiest to notc the former as being in the 'early', 'middle' or 'Iatc' part of th
e expected normal range. In summary: (i) Palpation findings during examination a
nd initial assessment are expressed as facmes encountered during the 'E', 'M' or
'L' part of the expected normal range, these being conveniently recorded on a s
pinal chart alongside the segment concerned (ii) The treatll/erlt grade employed
refers to the available range. E. REGIONAL MANIPULATION It is sometimes necessa
ry to employ grade V manipulative thrust techniques, near the limit of available
range, when improvement in signs and symptoms achieved by progres sive and adequ
ate mobilisation (grades I-IV) has reached stalemate, and assessment of the cond
ition indicates that further improvement is possible. While the aim of manipulat
ive procedures is more often that of influencing a particular vertebral segment,
the term 'regional manipulation' is here taken to include the single, quick dis
traction techniques with a regional effect, as well as the rotational manipulati
ons for the cervical, thoracic and lumbar regions when manual contact with a bon
y apophysis of a vertebra for the purpose of localisation does not form part of
the method. This somewhat restricted definition includes, neverthe less, some of
the oldest and most useful techniques known to therapists. The technique of regi
onal lumbar rotation is a prime example of manipulation being all things to all
men; it is as old as the hills, and to the best of the author's know ledge there
is no school of manipulation in the teaching of which it does not form part of t
he technique repertoire, in one guise or another. There are many slight variatio
ns of technique, of hand placing and method of conlact with the patient; the eff
ects are variously described as 'restoring the normal configura tion of the disc'
, 1)71 'shifting the nerve root off the disc', or 'correcting' unilateral sacroi
liac joint asymmetry. 376 Our difficulties arise because the techniques may inde
ed do just this, but the correlation between what has actually
Fig. 12.65 ...-....{ (CO-Cl) loe V A localised gapping manipulative thrust to th
e left occipitoatlantal joint; this nevertheless has a regional effect and is no
t a truly localised manipulation.
happened in the large family of soft tissue and joint structures influenced by t
he manipulation and what we may believe, or hope, has happened, is manifestly sk
etchy. Regional cervical and lumbar rotational manipulations are excellently des
cribed in many currently available texts707.217 although the aims underlying the
ir use may not include that of regional effect, and Maitland ( 1 977)'" de scribe
s a manipulative distracdon technique for the thoracic spine. Anexampleofdistrac
tive manipulation, with a degree of localisation, is that commonly employed for
the occipilo atlantal joint (Fig. 1 2.65). The patient lies supine with her head
on a flat firm pillow and the therapist stands on the side to be treated ; provi
ded the pillow is firm and so long as the patient'S chin, cheek area and vertex
are ade quately cradled and stabilised by the therapist's cranial palm, forearm a
nd arm, respectively, there is no real need for the therapist to actually suppor
t the patient's head from underneath. Having carefully contacted the patient's o
cciput, closely adjacent to the occipitoatlantal joint, with the anterolateral s
urface of the proximal phalanx of his index finger, near the metacarpal head, th
e therapist slighIly side-flexes the patient'S craniovertebral region towards hi
mself, and then adds slight extension and rotation to the opposite side. Three p
ointS are Ihen carefully aligned as closely as possible to the paramedian plane,
viz. : (i) the patients's vertex ; (ii) the point of occipital contact, and (ii
i) the operator's near-side elbow. This ensures alignment of the forearm to appl
y a uni lateral distraction to the craniovertebral region. While firmly slabilisi
ng the patient's head, the available longi tudinal movement is taken up by crania
l movement of the therapist'S forearm, and the manipulative thrust then de livere
d by a very short amplitude and high-velocilY move ment with the minimum of energ
y. Minor degrees of atlantoaxial joint limitation may be
PRINCIPLES OF TREATMENT
423
mobilised by what is in fact a regional manipulation tech nique (Fig. 12.66) with
a localised effect which is depen dent upon careful positioning. The patient lie
s supine with her head supported, in minimal flexion, beyond the edge of the pli
nth by the therapist's fingers under the occiput and his thumbs in fron t of her
ears. Without flexing the patient's neck or inclining the whole neck to one sid
e, her head is gently side-flexed away from the side of restricted movement. The
chain of typical cervical joints has thus been 'locked' (in osteopathic ter mino
logy) in that the concave-side facet-planes have been closely approximated, and
the convex-side facet-planes have been distracted to produce ligamentous and cap
sular tension. The former are said CO be 'facet-locked' and the latter 'ligament
ous-locked' (see Discussion, p. 425). Thus as a result of careful positioning, t
he amount of further movement in the typical cervical segments is minimal. Becau
se rotation range at the occipitoat/ama/ joint is small, and occurs near the ext
remes of rotation, movement in these joints will also be minimal, more especiall
y if the extremes of cervical rotation are not approached during the technique.
At the atypical atlantoaxial joint, however, the rotation range is much freer) a
nd thus this is the only segment which is left exposed co further rotation movem
ent of any degree. By gentle, small questing movements the therapist care fully t
ests the precise point of restriction ; when this has been established and the r
otation is sensed to be at the point of restriction, the manipulative thrust is
delivered by a smail 3_5 amplitude of increased rotatory move ment, of high veloci
ty and minimal force) by synchronous movement of both the therapist'S hands. Ful
l, regional cervical rotation is not approached. So much for the theory-the smal
l rotatory thrust is often accompanied by an impressive cacophony of clicks,
and by no s tretch of the imagination can this be called a localised technique.
I t is a regional technique with localised emphasis, like so many other manipUla
tions. The technique has a s ingle indication only-mild unilateral re striction o
f rotatory atlantoaxial movement in the presence of an otherwise normal neck, an
d there are much easier and less dramatic ways of treating the patient (see p. 4
1 4). Many descriptions and illustrations of localised or specific techniques p
lainly show that the positioning for, or execution of, them applies stress to ma
ny vertebral segments. This regional stress should not be ignored, and sometimes
may well be a factor underlying the indifferent results of manipulative methods
which, during the hot pursuit of localisation, overlook the regional stress im p
osed by positioning. Care and delicacy of technique will minimise stress to unin
volved segments. F. LOCAL ISED MAN I PULATION The basis for preparatory locking
of vertebral regions prior to localised manipulation, by methods of positioning
which employ combined movements, rests upon the differing nature of vertebral mo
vement from region to region. Generalised descriptions of spinal movement and of
limiting factors need not occupy us here. 417. 6)1, 994 A de tailed knowledge of
the morphology of facet-joints is in dispensable when devising manipulative tech
niques with the intention of localising the effect, since the paired facet joint
planes are an important factor influencing the direc tion, the nature and sometim
es the extent of movement in a vertebral district. There are, however, other fac
tors which should not be overlooked, e.g. 1 . The spine as a whole is not only a
n 'empilement' of individual vertebral bones of particular shapes, but also a fl
exible rod exhibiting three distinct curves in one plane. Its tendency to rotati
on, when bent in the plane at right angles to these sagittal curves, is no more
than can be demonstrated by performing the same experiment with a green and flex
ible twig; thus an explanation of the physi cal behaviour of this living flexible
rod does not depend entirely on the presence or arrangement of vertebral apo phy
ses or facet-joints, except that by reason of their pre sence its natural physica
l characteristics are somewhat modified. 2. As we have seen (p. 47), there is so
me variety in the characteristics of combined vertebral movement between individ
uals. 3. The effects of anomalies of bone structure and of facet-plane orientati
on, and of anomalies in the presence of adventitious fibrous bands with unilater
al tethering effects which are present in many patients should not be forgotten.
"' I C 1 - C21 I oc V . . Attempt to localise left rOtation (0 FI,. 12.66 .J the
atlantoaxial joint, based upon positioning by combined movement, according to f
acet-plane geometry.
424
Characteristic movement combinations Sagittal movement is not 'pure' and cannot
occur alone. Rotation and side-bending are combined, and after the first degree
or two of movement onc produces a proportion of the other and these physiologica
l combinations of move ment cannot be separated. I t is possible to bend the neck
sideways and keep one's nose pointing s traight to the front, but vertebral rot
ation to the same side will occur [0 a degree anyway, and this voluntary resista
nce of the natural tendencies of cervical movement will be accom panied by a feel
ing of strain. It is these narural, or physiological, combined-move ment tendenci
es which require further examination. Flexion reduces side-bending and rotation
range ; it eradicates the cervical and lumbar curves, sometimes slightly reversi
ng the former, often mainly at the C4-C5 segment. Extension also reduces the ran
ge of side-bending and rotation. Side-belldingres tricts flex ion and ex tension
. Side-bending in the neutral or extended position of the thoracic and lumbar sp
ine makes rotation easier to the convexity than to the concavity ; in the typica
l cervical, and the uppermost thoracic, regions rotation is easier to the concav
ity. The same applies to the remaining thoracic and the lumbar spine when flexed
, as rotation is then easier to the concavity. Rotation restricts flexion and ex
tension, and is almost in variably accompanied by a degree of side-bending as de s
cribed above. These regional combinations of movement are the nor mal physiologic
al tendencies when the vertebral column is side-flexed or rotated from the flexe
d, extended or neutral position. The characteristics of upper cervical regiorl m
ovement have been discussed in Vertebral Movement (p. 43), and the only other po
int to mention is that flexion of the cervi cal region produces a degree of movem
ent restriction, by ligamentous tension at the typical segments, and thus the ra
nge of head-rotation on a flexed neck is likely to represent, for the most part,
atlantoaxial range. S45
binding is naturally accompanied by rotation to the opposite side, and vice vers
a. Sacroiliac joilll . This has been described on page 52. For those who may be
unfamiliar with these movement combinations, it is important not to accept the s
tatements at their face value, but to meticulously work their own spines through
the various positions and verify for them selves the tendencies described. When
using specific or localised techniques, the de clared aim is that of moving one v
ertebral joint only, I180& but since a single typical certival vertebra, for exa
mple, takes part in the formation of 10 joints: 4 facet-joints, 2 intervertebral
body joints, 4 neurocentral (or uncover tebral) joints, besides giving attachmen
ts to very many soft tissue Structures which span more than one segment, the vie
w that it is possible to move one joint only becomes untenable. Similar consider
ations will apply to all other vertebral articulations. This is not to say that,
by careful technique and a well-developed sense of tissue-tension, the skilled
therapist cannot arrange the patient'S position so that the manipulative effect
is mainly exerted at a particular segment in a particular way, but only that not
ions of affecting 'a single joint' should not go unexamined.
Techniques of positioning for localised manipula tive thrust techniques (grade V)
The aim is to stabilise adjacent vertebral joints in such a way that the single
, quick, short-amplitude thrust is maximally exerted at a single segment in a pa
rticular direction ; it may be to neatly distract the two planes of a facet-join
t, i.e. movement at right angles to these planes, or to translate or glide one u
pon the other in the existing plane. A further aim is protective, in that carefu
l tech niques of controlled fixation of neighbouring articulations where possible
will prevent them from being subjected to needless movement ; this is also the
consideration under lying economy of vigour when applying the manipulative thrust
. These are thus the aims.
The physiological tendencies in other regions may be summarised as follows : T y
picalcervical regioll (C2-C6)s i de-bend ing is in varia bl y accompanied by rot
ation to the same side, and vice versa, from all positions of sagittal movement,
i.e. whether the neck be flexed, neutral or extended. Cervicothoracic regioll (
C6-T3). Although movement rapidly diminishes from above downwards, side-flexion
is accompanied by rotation to the same side, and vice versa. Thoracic and lumbar
regions. Side-binding is accom panied by rotation to the same side (and vice ver
sa) only in flexion. In the neutral or extended position, side-
Let us nOW examine these considerations, as applied to the cervical spine. In Fi
gure 12.67 A, a scheme of the left lateral aspect of the cervical facet-joint pl
anes shows that the planes would roughly converge somewhere in from of the eye.
During side-bending to the patient'S left, i.e. cowards the viewer, the weight o
f the superimposed head will soon, but not immediately, cause each inferior arti
cular facet to move dowrlwards, and then posteriorly, upon the upward and-backwar
d-facing superior articular facet of the sub jacent vertebra. On the opposite rig
ht side, each inferior articular facet-plane tends to move upward and forward on
the one below. Thus rotation cowards the direction of side-bending is imposed b
y the facet orientation (see Figs 12.67B and c). I f, while holding the neck sid
e-flexed to the left, we
PRINCIPLES OF TREATMENT
425
D
On the (L) side, a 'facet-apposition-Iock' or 'compression-Jock' has
Fig. 12.67
(A) The cervical facet-joint planes are oriented so as to
on side-bending. (D) Opposite (right) rotation imposed. Facet apposition on (L)
and facet gapping on (R).
roughtly convuge at a point somewhere in the region of the eye. (8) Neutral posi
tion. (c) Physiological tendency is rotation to the same side
been achieved by rotating the head and neck in an opposite direction to the phys
iological tendency. On the (R) side, a 'ligamentous-tension-Iock' has been achie
ved; the facet-planes are maximally distracted and the capsule of the joint is t
autened.
impose an opposite (right) rotation, the left facet-planes are markedly approxim
ated, and those on the right strongly distracted. In osteopathic terminology, th
e left row of typical facets are regarded as being 'facet-apposi tion-Iocked', an
d the right-side row as being 'ligamen tous-tension-locked' (Figs 1 2 678, c, D).
"" Thus, in the position described above, the facet-lock occurs on the side rotat
ed away from, and the ligamentous lock on the side rotated towards, when the rot
ation imposed is opposite to the physiological tendency of that particular verte
bral district. These positioning techniques which tend to stabilise the vertebra
l segments of a region by locking do not ensure that a small-amplitude thrust wi
ll mainly move only the vertebrae to which it is applied, but with careful techn
ique will make it more of a certainty than not. Bearing in mind what has been sa
id about the regional
characteristics of vertebral movement, it will be plain that positioning techniq
ues will vary from region to region, and that the techniques will need careful s
tudy and much patient practice before confident precision and economy of vigour
gradually replace the hopeful shove. I t should be evident that a sound knowledg
e of the planes and angulation of the facN-joints, of the character istics of spi
nal movement, of the importance of anomalies and individual variations together
with a well-developed sense of tissue-tension, are important factors in position
ing the patient immediately prior to the manipulative thrust. The German Fingers
pitzenge Juhl (literally, 'the sense of perception by fingertip') expresses the
impor tance of this sensitivity. There is now a further consideration, i.e. while
the movement combinations of a typical cervical vertebra appear to be fairly we
ll elucidated on the basis of facet-
426
plane orientation, it is not so easy to adequately explain vertebral movement in
the same way at all other regions. As an instance, the behaviour of the segment
s T6-T3 is much the same as those of the typical cervical region, despite a rapi
dly diminishing range of movement and the added auachments of the shortest and s
trongest ribs. To explain this curious phenomenon on the basis that the facet-pl
anes are much like those of the mid- and lower cervical region is to raise more q
uestions than answers, more so when it is plain that the facet-planes of the T5
segment, for example, are much more like those ofT3 than those ofT3 are like C7.
Vet the typical movement combi nations of T5 are directly opposite to those of T
3. We can only observe what the characteristic combinations are, 1 180a.489 and
employ them for our purpose, while analy sis of the biomechanical influences rema
ins to be satisfac torily elucidated. The way in which the patient is positioned
to achieve localisation, and the degree of emphasis upon either the positioning
itself, or the amount of manual fixation pressure required, will depend upon the
observed characteristics of each vertebral region. For example, at the lower th
oracic segments, there is a position of slight flexion when rotation (0 the same
side is not automatically combined, and (0 improve the rota tion range of a segm
ent in this particular neighbourhood by a manipulative thrust technique, it is n
ecessary to employ rather more finger and thumb localisation than would be requi
red in other regions. In general terms, to localise or restrict the main effects
of a grade V manipulative technique, the patient is positioned in rotation oppo
site to the physiological ten dency. When this is done, the facet-compression loc
k usu ally occurs on the side rotated away from, and ligamentous lock occurs on t
he side rotated (owards. When the objective of manipulation is to free an assume
d facet-joint 'fixation', by using thrust techniques to induce movement in the p
lane of lhOljoinl) the segment is positioned just short of complete tightness, a
nd this must be sensed by careful and attentive palpation. It is then the manipu
lative thrust in the plane of the facets which is 'executive', taking the joint
to its normal limit, together with a degree of accessory movement, by a short, q
uick and decisive movement. Here, facet-approxima tion-locking is emphasised, emp
loying a high-speed mani pulative thrust. When the objective is to emphasise the
gapping of facet joints, at right angles to their planes, the emphasis is on liga
mentous-tension-Iocking, and the 'executive' is a slightly slower movement which
actually comprises the final synchronous application of the side-flexion and ro
ta tion movements which were employed to carefully posi tion the segment. N B : Th
e term 'locking' is unfortunate, since it conveys a finality of effect. Whether
a true lock is ever achieved, excepting perhaps at the thoracolumbar mortice joi
nt (p.
1 4) on full extension, is debatable. The facet-joint cap sules are thin and loos
e, and even when full capsular ten sion is applied a rotatory slip or glide is st
ill easily imposed, because the interposed discs (at least in the cervical spine
) have the special quality of lateral distortion, which is the physiological bas
is of sagittal movement in the neck (see p. 46). For analogy, the fact that the
handles of a concertina have been distracted to their fullest limit does not mea
n that movement of the handles, at right angles to the l ine of distraction, is
not easily applied. Nevertheless the arrangement of facets, and their effect on
movement, are important, c.g. although the annular attachments of the strong lum
bar disc would, on their own account, preclude a free range of lumbar rotation)
the arrangement of the lumbar facets soon prevents this, anyway, by their being
firmly approximated unilaterally like the flanges on a rail way train wheel engag
ing the track.
Techniques N B : It cannot be too strongly emphasised that manipUla tive thrust t
echniques, for the vertebral column but also for the peripheral joints, should n
ot be used without in struction which includes a sufficiently long period of ade q
uately supervised practical and clinical work. Manipula tive thrust techniques ca
nnot be learned from a text. There is no safe substitute for practical instructi
on by an experienced teacher) and close supervision in the early stages of clini
cal work. It is possible, of course) to learn from a textbook how to fly a light
aeroplane, but only very rarely indeed would the process be without incident. T
here are many ways of manipulating vertebral segments ; the following selection
is representative of methods employed to achieve a more localised effect (see al
so p. 424).
Oecipiroa/lamal joirll (CO-C I). Limitation of side-bend ing at this joint may be
treated by a technique which moves both occipital condyles on a relatively fixe
d atlas, and the direction of the treatment movement is in that of the limitatio
n (Fig. 12.68). The patient is supine on a low plinth while the therapist stands
behind holding the patient'S head with whole hand and palmar grasps at the regi
on of the anterior ears. By flexing the neck, a degree of posterior ligamentous
tension is applied to the cervical structures ; this leaves the C I -C2 segment
still capable of considerable rotation. By side-flexing the neck to the right an
d rotating it to the left while maintaining the flexion) the right row of typica
l facet-joints has been approximated (a facet-apposition lock), and the left row
markedly distracted (a ligamentous tension-lock). Atlantoaxial rotation is also t
aken up, the atlas having rotated with the occipital condyles. The treatment mov
ement is applied in the normal frontal plane of the occipitoatlantal segment, al
beit this has been
PRINCIPLES OF TREATMENT
427
Fig. 12.68
-...> (CO-C l l 1ocV A gapping/distraction manipulation
for the left occipitoatlamal joim. It is vital for the therapist's left hand to
remain stabilised againsl his amerior left thigh.
Fi,. 12.69
releasing an axis which is blocked or fixed in slight lefl rotalion
C
. . . (C2 ) loc V A manipulative ttthmQue for
or left sideHexion. The therapist's under hand does nOt move.
oriented through some 800-90 towards the patient'S left side. The increasing tig
htness ofsoft structures must be care fully perceived and the very short manipula
tive thrust de l ivered without further gross movement of the neck. To this end,
by slightly bending his knees, the therapist sta bilises the back of his left han
d against his lower anterior thigh. With both arms straight, the upper hand deli
vers a small-amplitude downward thrust as the under hand is synchronously moved
upward and outward for the same excursion of movement ; the whole cranium is act
ually moved through the small arc of a curve. Thus right side bending restriction
at CO-CI is mobilised, and this is an example of localisation achieved without
manual contact with a vertebral apophysis. The technique should not be used in t
he presence of joint irritability at a cervical segment. The atlantoaxialjoillt
(C I-C2). When the axis (C2) is fixed or blocked in a position of slight left ro
tation (or left side flexion, which is the same thing) a pulling technique may re
place a thrust technique, albeit the effect is the same. As shown in Figure 12.6
9, the patient lies supine and the therapist stands on her right side at the cor
ner of the plinth. With the patient'S head and neck in the neutral position, the
head is rotated to the right and supported on the thera pist'S cranial hand. The
therapist's distal phalanx of the index or middle finger of the caudal hand is
carefully placed against the left posterolateral aspect of the axis (C2); the pa
tient'S head is extended around the fulcrum of the therapist's finger. The rest
of the neck is not extended. When the extension and rotation positioning have be
en taken to the point of tissue-tightness, the mani pulative traction movement is
a short amplitude pull on the transverse process of C2, along a line joining th
e tip of the patient'S nose and the lobe of the ear. The cranial
hand must be consciously stabilised and still at the ins rant of the executive m
ovement. A thrust technique which may be used ro free atlanroaxial r CI-C2) rota
tion restriction is that depicted in Figure 12.70. With patient supine and the t
herapist standing at her head, the patient's neck is kept in the neutral positio
n dur ing rotation to the restricted side. The therapist's right hand lightly but
firmly supports the patient's right cranium, while the left palm engages the pa
tient's left occiput, so that the anterolateral aspect of the proximal phalanx o
f the index finger engages the left posterior arch
Fig. 12.70
at the atlan!oaxial join!.
(C l -C 2 ) t oc V A manipulative thrust technique (through an arc of !'ome J on
ly) to free a right rotation restriction
C
No cervical technique involving a degree of r0l3tion, or rotation with extension
, should be employed without first holding the neck in full rotation with extens
ion for 30 seconds, on either side, 10 observe its effecls.
428
of atlas. When it is sensed that the point of rotation restric tion has been enco
untered, the manipulative thrust by the left hand is a very quick and delicate i
ncrease of rot3tion which aims at some 3Q of movement only. I t is important for
the ventral surface of the therapist's right lower fore arm to limit the excursi
on of right rotation movement, and the arm should be stabilised as close to the
patient's fore head as is necessary to do this. The latter technique may be modif
ied to mainly affect the C2-C3 segment by shifting the executive hand so that it
engages the left posterolateral aspect of C2, in which case the head, Cl and C2
are roealed as a unit. In this case, and in other rotatory manipulations for se
gments below e2, the movement should be in the opposite direction to the painful
restriction, i.e. a restricted left rotation of C2C3 or C3-C4 is best treated b
y a right rotation movement in the first instance. N B : Rotation rechniques sho
uld not be employed before the effects of a test rot3tion have been noted during
the ini(ial clinical examination. CZ-C6. A standard technique (Fig. 1 2.7 1 ) f
or this ver tebral district involves facet-opposition and ligamentous tension loc
king, and allows modification of emphasis to achieve particular effects. The gen
eral effects of applying the combined positioning movements have been de scribed
on page 425. The therapist stands to the right of the supine patient's head, and
grasps the chin with his left hand so that the patient's left ear and vertex wi
ll be resting against his fore arm and biceps muscle, respectively, when the neck
is rotated to the left. The anterolateral aspect of the proximal phalanx of the
therapist's index finger engages the articu lar process of the upper vertebra of
the cervical mobility segment being treated. Without inclining the whole neck t
o the right, the therapist side-flexes the neck from above downwards, around the
stable fulcrum provided by his index finger, by gently pushing to the patient's
left side.
When it is sensed that side-flexion range has been taken up, the side-flexed pos
ition is held while rotation to the left is carefully added, until the rotation
movement begins to disturb the vertebra in contact with the therapist's in dex fi
nger. The therapist then adds very slight extension, and confirms that his index
finger contact is correct. His forearm is aligned along a line joining his righ
t elbow, right index finger and the patient'S left eye, which will ensure that t
he direction of the thrust is in the plane of the facet-joints. There are two wa
ys of employing this technique: 1 . For right side-flexion limitation at the mob
ility segment concerned, the therapist takes the combined movements to the point
when the restriction is encountered, and then delivers a short-amplitude, de cis
ive thrust in the plane of the facets ; the right hand is the executive one and
the left hand merely stabilises the combined position. This emphasises the facet
-approxima tion of the preparatory positioning. 2. A modification of the method i
s to use the ligamen tous-tension component for side-flexion (or any other) re str
iction of the left side apophyseal joint. The patient is positioned as before, b
ut the combined movements are not taken completely to the point of restriction ;
the slower manipulative thrust is applied by a small amplitude, de cisive increa
se of both rotation and side-flexion with the left hand, thus producing a gappin
g effect on the left side of the involved segment. Hence the left hand is now th
e executive one and the therapist'S right index finger remains still as the fulc
rum of the movement, or may syn chronously add a mild degree of thrust as a secon
dary accentuation of the movement. Cervicothoracic region (C6-T3). Acute and chr
onic condi tions of the upper three costotransverse and costovertebral joints are
very common, and when manipulation of a single rib is indicated the methods of
localisation are similar to those for (he typical cervical region. It is conveni
ent for the patient to lie prone, with (he operator standing at her head and sli
ghtly to the opposite side of the affected joint. By a combination of rather mar
c left side-flexion and right rotation, together with increased extension, than
would be employed for a cervical manipu lation, the patient'S cervicothoracic reg
ion is placed with the left-side facets approximated and the right-side facets d
istracted. It is important to probe the positioning until the rising tissue-tens
ion can be sensed ; since this involves the fixation of a chain of joints which
is rather long, it is probably wise to add further stabilisation more locally. F
igure 12.72A shows preparation for a manipulative thrust, which is to be applied
to the angle of the patient's first right rib by the distal aspect of the thera
pist's right pisiform bone. Following positioning, the therapist'S left palm and
fingers stabilise the patient's neck and occiput, while his left thumb engages
the left transverse process
technique, in this case ror (he lerl C3-C4 segmen(.
FI,. 12.71
+
(C3-C4 ) locV
A unilateral facet-join( gapping
PRINCIPLES OF TREATMENT
429
have been side-flexed left and rotated right j the left transverse process of TI
has been stabilised by the therapist's left thumb.
Fig.
manipulative thruSi LO the right first rib. The patient's head and neck
12.72 --------. ( 1 sI R ) IOC V
(A)
Preparation f or a
Fig. 12.73
which may be adapted to free a flexion or extension restriction, at segments bet
ween 1'3 and 1'10.
Q (T4-T5 ) locV T
(A) A manipulative thrust technique
POints of contact With laminae
''---'''ttl . 1,,
_ _ _ _ _ _
Pomts of contact wtth spinous process
(8) To show the twO points of contact, i.c. middle phalanx of middle finger and
anterolateral aspect of first metacarpophalangeal joint, which (8) The manipulat
ive thrust is delivered through pisiform contact of the therapist's right hand w
ith the angle of the first rib. engage the laminae and transverse processes of a
thoracic vertebra; a small coltonwool ball may be grasped in the hand to make t
he points of contact more stable. The spinous process of the vertebra rests alon
gside the middle fingernail.
of the first thoracic vertebra. Before the downward, out ward and caudal thrust i
s delivered (Fig. 1 2.728), some little time should be devoted to ensuring that
the pisiform rib angle Contact is precise and firm. The line of the shof[ amplitud
e movement is along that joining the therapist's straight arm with his shoulder
and the pisiform contact. Thoracic area (T3-TI O). Many techniques for the thora
cic region are based upon the effects of ligamentous tension, which is locally e
mphasised by a degree of manual fixation. Figure 12.73A shows the patient lying
near the thera pist's side of the plinth with her knees bent and hands clasped be
hind her neck. The therapist rolls the patient'S upper torso towards himself and
engages his right hand (see Fig. 12.738) firmly against the soft tissues overly
ing
the laminae and transverse processes of the lower vertebra of the joint to be ma
nipulated. His left palm lies on the back of the patient's hands and his left bi
ceps muscle is against the patient's vertex. By rolling the patient back onto hi
s right hand, and leaning well over so that the parient's upper forearm bears ag
ainst his lower sternum, the therapist is able to flex the neck and thorax until
mounting ligamentous tension is perceived by his right hand. The sharp but shor
t-amplitude thrust is applied by a decisive downward movement of the therapist's
trunk while his left arm stabilises the patient's position. I . To free a flexi
on rescricciofl, the thrust is a small but firm increase of flexion, which will
be maximal at the segment of which the manually fixed vertebra forms the lower p
art.
430
FI,.
applied over the transverse processes of a single: thoracic vertebra. II is impo
rtant to position the shoulders vertically over the joint to be manipulated.
L--l 12.74 ..--.
(T7) V
lac
A downward thrust simultaneously
.
/
i. ,
2. To free an extension resrriClion, the patient's flexed thorax is first locall
y extended at the involved segment by lowering the patient's shoulders towards t
he plinth, with out releasing the ligamentous tension of the cranial side segment
s ; the executive thrust is (hen delivered in a downward but cranial direction,
i.c. morc in line with the patient's upper arms. The positioning comprises less
a 'lock' than a mixture of ligamentous tension with extra localisation by m::mua
l fixation. EXlemion restriction may be treated by a technique which has clement
s of the chiropractic method, in that without localisation dependent upon positi
oning, a direct thnl is applied to vertebral apophyses (Fig. 1 2.74). Standing a
t the side of the prone patient, the therapl " applies the palmar-surface of the
distal phalanges of h,s index and middle fingers over the laminae of the I "'.'
cr vertebra of the restricted segment. Leaning well over the patient, the hypoth
enar eminence of his other hand presses on the dorsal aspect of the two distal p
halanges. Instructing the patient to breathe in and then out fully, the therapis
t closely follows the downward movement of the thorax during expiration and cont
inues to firmly take up the remaining thoracic resilience by a downward move ment
of his trunk. At the point of encountering the restric tion of further movement,
a firm but shon-amplitude vertical thrust is applied by a movement of the thera
pist's trunk, and with both hands moving as one. Techniques of this nature depen
d almost entirely upon the speed and decisiveness of the thrust, which are much
more important than excessive vigour. Restriction o rotation at a lower thoracic
segment may be f freed by a manual contact thrust technique following the use o
f combined movements to assist localisation (Fig. 1 2.75). Fora right rotation r
estriction, the patient is seated across the plinth and the therapist stands beh
ind; the patient's
FIg.
restriction at a low thr Ihe patient'S houl(l
12.75
C (T9)IOCV
.\
IIlallon
11\ f'n,'I,;
Thl' Ih"uSI i3 up
right rnlmion
. J, lowards
lay _ v.I .=d but need not be, and many relax better ...I rms fl.' ignored. Passi
ng his right arm over the pwHcnt so a to engage her right shoulder with his right
axilla and her left hemithorax with his right hand, the therapist engages the l
eft transverse process of the upper of the two venebrae forming the restricted s
egment, with the pisiform bone of his left hand. The contact must be firm, and w
ith a slight caudal bias, so the upward or cranial direction of the treatment mo
vement is decisively applied. It is convenient to link the fingers. By gently hu
gging the patient, she is side-flexed to the right, and then slightly extended a
s the therapist shuffles round to add right rotation, until a sense of increasin
g tissue-tension indicates that the point of restriction has been encountered. T
he manipulative thrust with the left hand is a short, sharp upward-lifting motio
n rather than a rotatory action, and is timed to coincide precisely wit.h the mo
ment that the patient complies with the therapist's quiet instruction that she d
rop her head onto his right shoulder. A small degree of trunk rotation accompani
es the manipulative movement. It is important (i) to v isualise the plane of the
lower thoracic facet-joints, and to apply the movement in that plane, and (ii)
not to apply more than mild thoracic extension.
...
PRINCIPLES OF TREATMENT
431
Lumbar spine (L3-L4) (Fig. 12.76). When unilateral re striction of movement at a
lumbar segment requires mani pulative release, the patient lies on the unaffected
side in a neutral position. Standing before her, the therapist pal pates between
the spinous processes of the restricted segment with his cranial hand, and with
his caudal hand gently flexes her uppermost leg through a small range until mov
ement begins [0 be perceived between L3 and L4 spinous processes. At this point
the patient's foot can con veniently be hooked behind the knee of the under leg (
which need not be straight) or the leg may be allowed to add its weight to the r
otatory effect by hanging over the side of the plinth. This may add a degree of
undesir able stretch if there is limb pain.
commcnls on hypcrmobility,)
(l3-l4) 1ocV ROlational manipulation to gap FI,_ 12.76 the LJ-L4 facetwjoint on
the patient'S left side. (Sec text for
C
With the spine still in a neutral flexion-extension posi tion, the therapist now
palpates (he L3-L4 segment with his caudal hand, while rotating the patient'S th
orax away from himself by pulling upwards on the patient's under arm with his cr
anial hand. Should the L3-L4 lumbar joint restriction be adjacent to an L4-L5 jo
int hypermobility, the thoracic and upper lumbar rotation should not be in crease
d beyond the point where the rotation, imposed from above downward, j ust begins
to affect L3-L4. If there is no lumbar hypermobility, a further degree of rota t
ion may be added. A standard technique is then to arrange (he patient's upper pa
lm on her abdomen so that her forearm lies on her loin. The therapist's abdomen
bears against the dor sum of the patient'S hand. By threading his cranial arm bet
ween the patient'S arm and trunk, applying his cranial forearm to the patient'S
o'uter pectoral area and his caudal forearm to the patient's upper haunch, the t
herapist has both hands free to localise the emphasis of the rotatory manipulati
on. The left trunk rotation is locally emphasised by contact of the therapist's
cranial thumb against the left aspect of L3 spinous process, while the right pel
vic rotation is
emphasised by the therapist's index or middle fingertip engaging the right aspec
t of the L4 spinous process ; me therapist'S forearms accentuate the general rot
ation by contact with the patient'S haunch and pectoral regions. By rolling the
patient back and forward, further incre ments of rotation are successively added,
until the point of restriction is encountered. The firm and decisive mani pulati
ve thrust is a sharp accentuation of the rotatory movement, by the four points o
f contact, i.e. cranial fore arm and thumb, opposed by caudal forearm and index f
inger. When more cautious rotatory manipulations are used to free joint restrict
ion in the presence of adjacent hyper mobility, me standard technique is modified
, in that if the hypermobility is at L2-L3, for example, the region L3and-above
is held still while the therapist'S caudal hand and forearm apply the final rota
tory thrust. If L4-LS is the hypcrmobile segment, the region L4-and-below is sta
bilised while the rotatory thrust is delivered from above downwards to L3. The m
anipulative thrust is an accentuation of gapping of the left L3-L4 facet-joint.
Since the patient is in a neutral position, but somewhat side-flexed to the left
by reason of the right-side-Iying position, the physiological tendency is for t
he trunk to rotate to the right (p. 424). By positioning the patient in left tru
nk rotation, the right row of lumbar facet-joints is approximated and the left r
ow distracted. The basic principles of rotatory manipulation apply to the region
T l O to LS-S l , but at the upper part of the region they are considerably mod
ified to accord with its movement, by the four points of contact, i.e. cranial f
ore important consideration is the orientation of the lumbo sacral facet-planes. I
l80a The sacroiliacjoi1ll. I t is important to try and localise mani pulative te
chniques, by hand placings which reduce regional effects to the minimum. This is
because accurate assessment of sacroiliac joint problems, and the effects of tr
eatment procedures, can at times be uncommonly diffi cult. The more diffuse the t
reatment effects, the more un certain is likely to be assessment of results. Ther
e are many methods j the examples illustrated have been chosen for the reasons o
utlined. On occasions when assessments can be made with more confidence because
of the unequivocal nature of symptoms and signs, the choice of technique becomes
wider. N B : Indications for localised grade V manipulation of the sacroiliac j
oint occur much less frequently than might be supposed, since the great majority
of patients respond to persuasive joint movement by mobilisation, rather than a
n abrupt insistence on movement by manipulation. If a posteriorly prominent or r
otated ilium is considered to underlie the symptoms reported, their relief by ad
equate mobilisation has reached a limit and further improvement
432
Fig. 12.78
. ' A gappmg Wit h backward 'rOlallon manipulative technique for pain associated
with a forward ihum
b"-' IAS ISIIOCV .-../
.
on the same side.
Fig. 12.77
HIPS'S) lOCV
A downward and outward thrust to
a prominent posterior iliac spine. The therapist's lert hand stabilillCl> the sa
crum.
cranial hands, respectively, and by a controlled, short movement of the therapis
t's trunk, a slight accentuation of the hip adduction and pressure down the leng
th of the femur. I t is important to carefully control Ihe degree of applied mov
ement because of leverage on the hip joint. G. LIMB GIRDLE J O I NTS
is reasonably to be expected, a postero-anterior thrust technique (Fig. 1 2.77)
may be employed. The therapist stands on the affected side of the prone patient,
level with her pelvis. While (he cranial arm is held straight and the heel and
palm of that hand stabilises the sacrum, the heel of the caudal hand engages the
whole sur face of the posterior superior iliac spine. The therapist leans a mode
rate amount of body weight through the caudal arm, which is aligned in a downwar
d, outward and forward direction, for a few seconds before a short ampli tude thr
ust is applied to the ilium in that direction. On the less frequent occasions wh
en a forward position of the ilium is assessed as underlying the unilateral symp
toms, a localised combination of gapping, anteroposterior movement and rotation
can be effective (Fig. 1 2.78). Standing at pelvic level on the unaffected side
of the supine patient, and with the affected side hip slightly adducted and flex
ed to rather more than 90 , the therapist supports the knee against his upper ab
domen and leans over the patient, to cup the ischial tuberosity with his caudal
pal m ; his cranial palm rests comfortably on the anterior superior iliac spine.
By slightly flexing his trunk the therapist further adducts the affected-side h
ip, while not allowing the pelvis to rise from the plinth, and during this sligh
t movement the hand placings are stabilised. The quick but short amplitude manipu
lative thrust is a synchronous applica tion of: upward and downward pressures by
caudal and
Vertebral pain syndromes are very frequently accom panied by associated painful c
onditions of the limb girdle joints (p. 187). Their treatmenl by manual techniqu
es is a comprehensive subject in its own right,7Q8 and the few examples which fo
llow may serve as an indication of the importance of gentle distraction techniqu
es, and of improving the range of accessory movements which underlie normal acti
ve movemen ts.
Acromioclavicular joint (Fig. 1 2.79) The therapist stands on the painless side
of the supine patient level with her shoulders. Her upper arm rests on
Fl,. 12.19
Distraction of the patient's left acromioclavicular joint.
PRINCIPLES OF TREATMENT
433
a flat pillow. Stabilising the medial end of the clavicle by a finger and thumb
grasp with his caudal hand, the thera pist reaches across the patient to place th
e heel of his cranial hand on the coracoid process and his palm against the head
of humerus. The scapular distraction is imparted by protraction movements of th
e therapist's cranial shoulder girdle, and not by elbow extension and flexion. I
nternal rotation o the arm. This is an important j functional movement, and a fu
ndamental aid improving voluntary range is to mobilise the accessory gliding and
rolling range, in a postero-anterior direction, of the head of humerus in the g
lenoid foramen.
Fig. 12.80 Mobilising the accessory component, and the physiological movement if
need bc!, of the internal rotation range of the shoulder. h is a technique requ
iring some practice, since there are four things to think about.
Figure 1 2.80 shows the patient in the side-lying position with her upper limb i
nternally rotated to the point when pain precludes further movement. The limb is
safely sta bilised at this point by pressure of the therapist's loin, since he i
s standing behind so that the coracoid process of scapula may be engaged by his
hypothenar eminence. The head of the humerus is repetitively mobilised in a for w
ard direction by pressure of the therapist's thumbpad j as the range of internal
rotation increases, positioning of the patient'S limb is modified so that the g
entle mobilisa tion movements are applied at the point of limitation. Where resis
tance is more dominant than pain (see p. 364), forward movements of the humeral
head are accom panied synchronously by backward movements of the therapist's fore
arm, and in later steps of the treatment by downwards (medial) movements of his
elbow. Thus the combined movements involve four separate components of the techn
ique, one of which is the unchanging stabilisa tion of the coracoid process. Dist
raction techniques. These form a useful part of mobi lisation for shoulder and hi
p joint conditions. Figure 12.8 1 A shows the preparation for glenohumeral distr
action. A two-inch brick of firm Plastazote is placed
Fig. 12.81 (A) and (8) A distraction technique for the glenohumeral joint, with
scapula stabilised by pressure to coracoid process and lateral scapular border.
against the coracoid process, before the patient lies prone and hangs her arm ov
er the edge of the plinth. By standing at the same side and firmly leaning his l
ateral haunch against the lateral border of the scapula, the therapist further s
tabilises it; laying the patient'S arm over his near side anterior thigh and slig
htly flexing the knee of that limb, the therapist grasps the lower end of the hu
merus with his arms straight (Fig. 1 2 . 8 1 8). By this method, even the most s
lightly built therapist can exert considerable dis traction effects upon the glen
ohumeral joint, by employ ing bodyweight exerted through straight arms. Glenohume
ral elevation range. This is frequently limited to a slight but painful degree,
when tested with the arm close to the head or in full elevation with some abduct
ion from the mid-line.
434
FI,. 12.82 Gaining the last few degrees of elevation at the glenohumeral joint,
by small accessory movement anteriorly of the humeral head. with the scapula sta
bilised.
Restriction of anterior accessory movement of the humeral head in the glenoid ca
vity often underlies this slight limitation of full elevation. The patient lies
on the painless side with hips and knees flexed to 90 ; the therapist stands beh
ind the patient and elevates the arm, to the point of restriction, by grasping i
ts medial aspect just above the elbow (Fig. 12.82). This brings the flexor aspec
t of his near-side arm against the lateral border of the scapula, which becomes
the method of stabilising it. By applying his other palm to the humeral head, ju
st distal to the shoulder joint, and keeping his other forearm aligned at right
angles to the patient'S arm, the small-amplitude postero-anterior mobilising mov
e ments can be localised to the joint. Dislractioll of Ihe hip-joint (Fig. 12.83)
. This is con veniently applied in the line of the neck of femur . ..n The
FI,. 12.83 Distraction of the femoral head in the line of the neck of femur. The
fulcrum of the movement comprises the patient's k:n against the thenpist's lower
abdomen.
patient lies in a three-quarter prone position with the affected hip uppermost,
and flexes this to something less than 90", hooking her foot behind the under kn
ee. Standing facing the patient, the therapist stabilises her upper knee in his
groin, and with a thick pad of towelling interposed grasps the upper adductor ma
ss with clasped fingers, keeping his arms straight; the positioning thus employs
the principle of the third order of levers. By lean ing backwards repetitively,
the femur is distracted in the line of the femoral neck. Alternatively, a soft c
anvas sling may be employed to apply the femoral distraction.
13. Recording treatment with clinical method
Because of the prime importance of recording the nature and results of modern in
vestigation procedures, which almost daily become more technical and comprehensi
ve, the volume of accumulated medical information about one individual receiving
hospital treatment is likely to be con siderable. This will be added to by the m
ore traditional and already comprehensive information recorded about the clinica
l examination, straight radiography, blood counts, liver, lung or cardiac functi
on tests, etc. and for inpatients a detailed account of temperature, pulse, res p
iration and other bodily functions, details of monitoring systems, drugs adminis
tered, and so on. There may be a tendency for the importance of this great amoun
t of technical information to obscure its ulti mate objective, and to diminish th
e importance of an equally valid necessity, i.e. an accurate and full notation o
f the therapeutic results of all this attention. This becomes a vital necessity
when assessment of the effects of treatment procedures is made for the most part
imme diately after the procedures; the most effective use of mobilisation, manip
ulation and traction techniques de pends upon precise observation of their immedi
ate effects, and assessment of the meaning and importance of these effects. Thro
ughout treatment, the therapist must remain in full control of the proceedings a
nd be awake to the signifi cance of changes in the signs and symptoms as they occ
ur, whether treatment occupies one or many sessions. Besides the prime considera
tion of the patient's welfare, there is the importance oflearning by experience,
and this is facili tated if retrospective analysis is made possible by the order
ly habit of precise recording of each step in treatment, and of its effect. Accu
rate recording is therefore an unavoidable necessity; all treatment procedures s
hould be fully and precisely recorded, and a common system of expression and not
ation is desirable. At present, when the use of manipUlative methods by physioth
erapists is burgeoning, discrimination between the traditional schools of manipu
lative method becomes
somewhat passe ; this is especially so since physiothera pists themselves have ma
de significant contributions in the field. 797, 8n, 627,1053 The currently avail
able repertoire or vocabulary of techniques is something of a melting-pot, with
several new and traditional systems mixed together. Thus there is a difficulty i
n that the number of manual and mechanical passive movement techniques runs into
many hundreds at least,; in the absence of an internationally agreed system of
notation it is important that therapists use recording methods which are agreed,
or at least readily understood, among those of their colleagues who may treat t
he same patient. Notation methods arise naturally from what therapists do,; wher
e the variety of techniques is considerable, the notation system must be compreh
ensive and flexible. Notes would come under several headings: Examination Mobili
sation Manipulation Traction Department /'" Individual
Exercises
/
'-......
""" Home
Group
Associated treatments Prophylaxis and ergonomic guidance Support.
EXAMINATION Findings should be written on a Vertebral Examination Recording Shee
t, ending with comments on initial assessment and treatment approach selected (s
ee p. 360). Comprehensive examination of peripheral joints can be recorded on a
separate sheet. The author has formulated a layout for recording the
436
COMMON VERTEBRA.L JOINT PROBLEMS
initial vertebral examination findings (see p. 342) which is being adopted, with
minor changes, both at home and abroad ; there is need for similar method of re
cording ex amination of peripheral joints, and head pain. It is prob able that sep
arate forms would be required for head pain (including the temperomandibular joi
nt), upper limb and lower limb. It may well be that therapists of the future wil
l employ an electronic method of recording examina tion, in which the totality of
single and combined ex amination movements, and their effects, are electronicall
y systemised, and thus incorporated into something resem bling the modern pocket
calculator which could display the salient factors. Certainly, the detailed writ
ten account of a comprehensive vertebral and associated peripheral joint examina
tion requires considerable organisation of method. MOBILISATION TREATMENT (grade
s I-IV)797 Record at each attendance :
011
Where a technique has been localised, the symbol 'loca lised V' or 'LV' should be
used. TRACTION (as an outpatient sessional procedure) Recording should note : a
. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i.
J.
whether manual or mechanical apparatus employed position of the patient angle of
pull or the suspension (attachment) point the segment(s) for which traction is
given force of traction duration of traction whether sustained, intermittent or
rhythmic ; or mani pulative (grade V) periodicity of pull and rest phases, if not
sustained effects-if to be assessed immediately. If not, this must be noted.
left-halld side
011
right-halld side
Technique used Grade Vertebral levcl(s) treated Number of times Effects during a
pplication
Patient's subjeC[ive assessment of symptoms (inverted commas) Therapist's object
ive assessment of signs
and ending with commellts as a reminder for next attelldance
For example:
!
II (C4)
x3
'feels looser' Ext. inc. by t with less pain
If remains improved tomorrow, stop and check after 1 / 52. Wean from collar. Thu
s, a complete but short account of treatment and im mediate results is written at
each attendance. Shorthand symbols for the techniques employed can save time, a
nd are desirable so long as their meaning is agreed. MAN I PULATION TREATMENT (g
rade V) There are many systems of annotating treatment pro cedures, yet they can
be recorded exactly as above; where no symbol is used, or exists, it is wise to
write a short de scription of the technique employed. Whatever recording method i
s used, it should include these factors : I. 2. 3. 4. 5. The segment treated The
type of manipulation The direction Whether a regional or localised effect was i
ntended Effects (unless it is planned that assessment be after a short period-th
is must be noted on the record).
The difficulty with traction is that there are innumer able ways of applying trea
tment, and therapists who employ many methods will need a fairly c0mprehensive r
ecording system, which is flexible enough to meet most requirements. To distingu
ish between continuous or sustained trac tion in bed, and traction treatment on a
n outpatient basis, the word 'sessional' is probably better than 'intermittent'
alone, since the latter could apply to once daily outpatient treatment, or to tw
o applications of sustained traction with a rest between, at a single outpatient
attendance. Manual traction can be specified by the letter 'M' ; if this is omi
tted, the [faction can be taken, by agreement of colleagues, to indicate mechani
cal traction. If the gross position of the patient is indicated by arrows, e.g.
sitting or standing,
b
Backward 'rotation' of the ilium, by reci procal pressure on A S I S and ischial
tuberosity Posterior-superior iliac spine pressure, on left, with sacrum stabili
sed Sacral apex, (specify) or sacral base, pressures
fi t
Approximation of ilia in side-lying (pressures on patient'S right A S I S ) Appr
oximation o f ilia i n left side-lying (pressures on the right A S I S ) with ri
ght lower limb flexed at the hip, extended at the knee, and internally rotated U
nilateral leg and ilium distraction in prone lying (right side) Unilateral leg a
nd ilium distraction in prone lying (left side) Unilateral right leg and ilium d
istraction, with bent knee, in prone lying
Sacrospinalis stretch exercise in standing (see p. 456) Lumbar rotation to patie
nt's left, with legs crossed
Manipulation (grade V) Note : Add 'L V' (localised grade V) to the symbol if a l
oca lised technique and also specify the intervertebral level treated.
f---lCO-C1(V -+ ----jICO-C1IV
(nghlJ
Gravitational adduction, over edge of support, of uppermost hip in side-lying, w
ith the under hip and knee flexed and stabilised Correction of deviation or list
ing by pressure to patient's left Correction of deviation or listing by pressure
to patient'S right
Distraction manipulation for the right occipitoatianral joint Distraction manipu
lation for the left occipitoatianral joint Localised gapping manipulation for th
e right occipitoatlantal joint Localised gapping manipulation for the left occip
itoariantal joint Localised manipulative rotation to the right, of the occipitoa
tiantal joint Unilateral postcro-anterior thrust on the left lateral mass of the
first cervical vertebra Rotation of the atlas to the left, with stabilising pos
tero-anterior pressure on the left transverse process of the axis Rotation of th
e occiput and atlas to the right Gapping manipulation to patient's left (specify
whether in supine or prone)
fCO-Cl)LV
' " '--" lCO-Cl l LV
Examples of notation for sacroiliac joint mobilisation techniques are given belo
w. Where appropriate, indicate the side treated. Forward movement of the ilium,
by pos tero-anterior pressure on both P S I S and ischial tuberosity Backward mov
ement of the ilium, by anteroposterior pressure on both A S I S and ischial tube
rosity
CfCO-C1JLV IC11LV
PIC1-C2ILV CIC1-C2JV
G
Forward 'rotation' of the ilium, by reci procal pressures on PS I S and ischial t
uberosity
+ICJ-C6ILV
440
+IC7-T3)LV
Gapping manipulation to patient's right (specify whether in supine, or prone, or
sitting) Longitudinal distraction manipulation (neck or thorax) Downward, outwa
rd and caudal thrust on a right upper rib angle, with stabi lising postero-anteri
or pressure on the opposite transverse process Postero-anterior manipulative thr
ust on both transverse processes of onc vertebra (supine). Specify whether to in
fluence flexion or extension Postero-anterior thrust on the angle of a right rib
(supine) Postero-anterior thrust on the angle of a left rib (supine) Bilateral
postero-anterior thrust on the transverse processes of a vertebra Bilateral post
ero-anterior thrust, with a latcral bias, on opposite and adjacent transverse pr
ocesses
L
clinical shopfloor. A note of what happens there provides the skeletal framework
of self-education. Paradoxically, we learn more from our therapeutic failures t
han from our easy successes, and we will make this timeless agent of real learni
ng work much more effec tively for us when full and precise recording allows a re
tro spective analysis.
CLINICAL METHOD
Much has been said about applied anatomy, congenital anomalies, pathological cha
nge with or without root in volvement, clinical syndromes, examination method, as
sessment in examination and techniques of mobilisa tion, manipulation and tractio
n. It will have become apparent that our certain knowledge of the changes under l
ying common joint problems amounts to an island of knowing in an embarrasingly l
arge sea of ignorance. Simi larly, following examination and initial assessment,
the times when a therapist is confidently able to forecast pre cisely which techn
ique, or treatment approach, will get the patient bener, are nO[ as frequent as
we would like. The previous reminder (p. 420) to 'assume 1l0lhillg' merely state
s the same truth in a different guise. As one's clinical mileage of patients tre
ated steadily mounts, the knack of more successfully choosing the first techniqu
e comes more easily to hand, but acquiring it is a slow pro cess ; the tyro who a
spires to this state of informed flexi bility by short cut is either irresponsibl
e, or has been irre sponsibly taught, or both. Alike in the early and advanced st
ages in manipulative work, there is no substitute for clinical self-education by
step-by-step analysis, expressed by the mnemonic SOAP: S Subjective examination
o Objective examination A Assessment P Plan of treatment. The only difference b
etween the novice and the advanced worker, in terms of cerebral activity, is tha
t the latter has experience to call upon and progressively works more quickly. A
t no time does the clinical routine of seg mental analysis become redundant. Asse
ssment continues during treatment (p. 444) and the response to what is done init
ially, and subsequently, pro vides guidance for the next step in treatment. Thus
it comes about that, by a logical and orderly method of ex amination, followed by
treatment which is planned solely on the basis of the signs and symptoms in the
mselves, patients are frequently relieved of painful disablements without the th
erapist ever really knowing the precise nature of the changes underlying these c
onditions. At times it is possible to be reasonably sure, but more often than no
t there is insufficient basis for complete confidence
q-(T3-nOllV q-!Rlbs4
6)LV
(Rlbs4 6)LV
CITS-L5llV '::)ILS Sl)LV till LSI LV
1L3
Rotational thrust to the right localised to a named segment A left rotation thru
st localised to the I umbos acral joint Postero-anterior thrust cenrral vertebra
l vertebral
LS)LV
Postero-anterior central thrust in slight extension
ILS)V (i) Longitudinal distraction manipulation v (ii) by single leg traction I(i
) right ; (ii) left]
+......--1ILS)
Longitudinal distraction manipulation by two-leg traction
Sacroiliac joint
Forward 'rotation' (specify side) of the ilium ilium
b
LV
Backward 'rotation' (specify side)
of the
Like all good and ultimately productive habits, precise recording is onerous and
can be a bore. Yet the need is inescapable, and the benefits make it infinitely
worth while. Precise assessment of the effects of treatment is not possible with
out precise recording, and real learning of the craft of therapeutics happens in
only one place-the
RECORDING TREATMENT WITH CLINICAL METHOD
441
that the diagnosis is correct, or has other than a supposed relationship to the
changes causing the patient's attend ance. The need to reach a diagnosis is impor
rant, but this need is not met by facile, snap decisions which often appear to b
e made on a patently inadequate basis. As manipulation, in the general sense, re
mains largely an empirical form of treatment, so diagnosis, in its precise and c
linical sense, often retains some empiricism when applied to common musculoskele
tal conditions. For this reason, it is not wise to base the selection and use of
passive movement techniques on diagnost.ic concepts only, although there are ce
rtain important clinical features which must be respected for what they infer. F
or example: -backache in a patient with a history of neoplastic disease -joint p
roblems in a patient with advanced diabetes -mid- and low-lumbar pain in the pre
sence of radiologically-evident osteoporosis -low backache in a patient with adv
anced Scheuer mann's disease -thoracic pain in spinal gout. Nevertheless, the vit
al principle is that of formulating treatment on the unique way in which signs a
nd symptoms present in each patient, while coexistent disease or factors indicat
ing caution are borne in mind. Further, since we do not know exactly what mobili
sation or manipulation actually does to a joint and to its associated tissues, w
e can only use the treatment intell igently, i.e. select and modify it, on the b
asis of signs and symproms and how these change as the treatment proceeds. The r
esponse of the joint, to the initial procedures selected, is the dominant guidin
g factor, e.g. in the case of testing the response to one of the pressure techni
ques or a trial of traction. Thus clinical method is considered under the three
head ings : I. Use of technique in general terms 2. Selection of technique 3. Ass
essment during treatment.
I.
USE OF TECHNIQUE IN GENERAL TERMS'"
Other factors given, the aim is to make the joint 'clear', i.e. able to sustain
grade IV mobilisation without pain, but it is not always possible, nor advisable
, to aim for full res toration of movement, and ifsymptoms have been relieved it
is often better not to attempt to influence joint limita tions which are clearly
the result of adaptive shortening. Since the object of treatment is to produce m
ovement, and most movement will occur when a joint is positioned in the mid-posi
tion of all the other ranges of which it is capable, the lordotic areas of the s
pine (cervical and lumbar) should be positioned more in neutral or slight extens
ion when treating the upper parts, i.e. CI-C2, L l L2, and in increasing flexion
as the lower areas are treated,
i.e. C6-C7, L4-L5. This applies especially when using regional techniques to aff
ect single segments, e.g. rotation. Two good uses ofa technique, in the appropri
ate grade, at one session, are enough to assess its value in a particular case a
t a particular time. In cases likely to progress slowly, four or five lrealment
sessions are sometimes required, before the value of tech niques can be assessed.
Unless progress is obviously going to be slow, the thera pist should move throug
h the techniques fairly quickly to find the value of each, but this should be we
ll controlled throughout, with techniques adequately performed and with reassess
ment of signs and symptoms guiding selec tion at all times. This is quite differe
nt from a haphazard and willy-nilly use of whichever technique happens to spring
to mind-it is important always to keep the treatment firmly in hand, with a cle
ar grasp of how the signs and symptoms are responding to applied pro cedures. Sli
ghtly altering the angle when using pressure tech niques, or the joint's position
in rotation techniques, is often necessary to extract the most benefit. The tec
hnique itself need not always be changed. A technique which produced no change,
yet no deterioration either, should be repeated with a higher grade, i.e. more f
irmly. I f the condition continues to remain unaffected, the technique must be c
hanged. If a procedure helps, it should be continued with. I f not, i t must b e
discarded for something that does. There is no gain in persisting with pointles
s techniques, simply because they may be the therapist'S favourites. Techniques
which do not help in the initial stages of a treatment are often found to be suc
cessful in the later stages-the therapist should change his ground as the signs
and symptoms change theirs, which they will do as the localisation of stress cha
nges during treatment, but he should nor discard a particular treatment method u
ntil it ceases to help. When a patient has two or more areas of pain from separa
te lesions, or a large area of pain appears to have more than one lesion (e.g. a
cervical segment and a high thoracic segment) contributing to its existence, it
is better to clearly know the effects of treatment procedure on one of these, b
efore a second technique is added in during the same session. When treatment sor
eness is such as to make assessment difficult, treatment should be stopped for a
day or two to allow the Soreness to settle. When improvement by manual mobilisa
tion has reached a limit) traction should be added or substituted for a little w
hile, after which manual techniques may be taken up again. I t is not always nec
essary to pursue signs and symptoms with treatment to the bitter end. Often, t.r
eatment can be stopped before they are completely cleared, although the
442
patient must always be assessed at the end of a few days, when it is frequently
found that lhe joint problem has con tinued clearing without further treatment. G
ross cervical and lumbar rotational manipulations (grade V) can be repeated two
or morc rimes in a single session with benefil (other factors being equal) if th
e im provement in signs indicates this. Localised specific manipulations (grade l
oc V), when indicaled, should be done as a rule only once to each side (but see
p. 463), and should not be repeated until soreness has seltied down in a few day
s, and then only if signs indicate thaI a repelition should be useful.
Summary of rules of procedure
particular manipulative school, the matter is relatively simple, because their s
election of treatment procedures has been inculcaled from the first. Those with
some ex perience of many schools may find tabulated schemes irk some, since il is
highly likely that lhey have evolved their own favoured sequence, anyway. The qu
estion uppermost in the tyro's mind is : 'When 10 do what to which, and how gend
y or forcefully to do it', i.e. the selection and use of technique. Therefore in
the teaching of manipulation, the frequent question : '1 have done a good exami
nation, and found such and such, now whal do I do?' must be answered by : 1. Giv
ing the 'Summary of Rules of Procedure', 2. Providing demonstration of the appro
ach of various schools of manipulation to a given set of signs and symptoms, to
show that there are many ways of starting and none of them are 'wrong', necessar
ily. 3. Teaching contraindications, which help to show when procedures may be un
safe. 4. Producing basic guides for selection of first and sub sequent mobilisati
on and manipulation technique (see below), and stressing the importance of conti
nuous assessment. 5. Assurance that all manipulators have this trouble and that
it becomes less troublesome with experience, although all profil from the experi
ence of those who have gone before. 6. Arranging opportunities for course member
s to be in pairs, ideally, and to work for many weeks on the clinical shopfloor
with an experienced teacher. The following seemingly modest seieclion of lech niq
ues797 has a very wide range of clinical application ; in creasing experience of
their potential for resolving the signs and symptoms of degenerative joint disea
se (when their use is correctly applied to the 'range-pain-Iimita tion' relations
hip, p. 360), is a salutory exercise, and will rightly cast doubt on the proposi
tion that technique must always be based on facet-joint plane geometry. A thorou
gh knowledge of the clinical application of these modest and undramatic procedur
es is the very best basis for more advanced work.
Selection of technique by distribution of pain
1. Bear in mind contraindications, and the conditions requiring extra care and g
entleness. DO NO HARM. 2. Examine thoroughly, and carefully assess patient's sig
ns and symptoms for indications of initial tech nique and likely progress. 3. Alw
ays try to localise the problem(s) and work in a specific way, i.e. localise the
treatment, too. 4. Begin feeling your way forward by exploralory mobi lisation,
or traction, and keep the treatment under con trol by frequent reassessment and p
recise recording. 5. Each step should be reasoned, and governed by the response
to the previous steps in treatment. 6. Use manipulative procedures only if neces
sary ; for the mOSI part only when adequalely applied mobilisa tion is not achiev
ing the degree of improvement reasonably expected. 7. If a technique is being ef
fective, do not substitute another until it ceases to produce adequate improve me
nt. Discard or modify techniques which are un productive. 8. Remember to warn pat
ients about treatment soreness and temporary after-effects ; this relieves their
un necessary anxiety between treatments. 9. Do not overtrea t ; when signs and s
ymptoms are cleared, STOP. 10. NEVER push through spasm when il is prolecling th
e joint you are treatin g ; treat joint irritability with respect. 2. SELECTION
OF TECHNIQUE Tabulated suggestions of what to try first have a tendency to becom
e permanent rules of thumb, albeit qualified ; they should be nothing of the sor
t, since their intention is only that of providing the novice with an initial ba
sis for guidance. As experience is gained, the now more confi dent therapist will
have perceived why the suggested sequence was arranged in this particular way,
and will have acquired the clinical basis to know more surely when to transgress
the sequence. For those who have received their initial training in a
(i) Central pairr, or bilateral symmetrical pain CT TT L T (or do unilateral lec
hnique to both sides) (ii) Bilateral asymmetrical pain Usually a good plan 10 tr
eal as lWO separate unilateral pains unless they can be shown to be associated,
or both pains arising from a segment or adjacent segments, when the pains can be
treated as bilateral symmetry.
RECORDING TREATMENT WITH CLINICAL METHOD
443
(iii) Unilateral pain (e.g. left side)
CERVICAL
Initially, rotate away from the side of pain, and be cautious about rotating (ow
ards or into the pain, in the cervical region ; this guide is modified with expe
rience. If the initialillmbar rotation away from the side of pain is not success
ful, the opposite rotation is then used with out fear of untoward effects because
of the direction of rotation itself, other factors given.
Selection of technique in order of efficacy for spinal regions
-<--+-+
'\/
CT
t
THORACIC
Traction is mobilising technique, and should be employed as such (p. 398). I t i
s just as correct to change from a manual mobilising technique to harness tracti
on, or vice versa, as it is to change from onc manual technique to another. The
factor that harness traction may need some three or four sessions, before assess
ment can reason ably be made, does not negate the proposition that it is correctl
y used in this way, i.e. as a mobilising technique. Maitland (1977)797 provides
a detailed tabulation of effects of the individual mobilising procedures.
BILATERAL PAIN
0
a 0 0
0 0
'\t,
LUr-'eAR
IJppt'r ----... --
lT lo ..."r
LT
Fig. 13.2
CERVIC AL Generally rotor! away from
Spinal techniques in order or efficacy (from above
downwards)
Side of poln
For more experienced therapislS, who have mastered the techniques of careful reg
ional and segmental examination, and understand the prime importance of accurate
ly loca lised treatment procedures, a precis of clinical method (with some reiter
ation) might be arranged as follows :
1. During the 'observation' part of the examination for all vertebral regions, c
heck leg-lengths, and pelvic symmetry, in sitting as well as standing. 2. Always
check the lower limbs neurologically when dealing with neck problems in mature
patients. 3. Always check the sacroiliac joints in any case of thoracic or lumba
r pain. 4. Note the regions of soft tissue tightness. S. During palpation, be aw
ake to segmental hypermo bility, as well as stiffness and irritability. 6. While
primarily seeking the segmental locality of a joint problem, bear in mind the im
portant junctional regions (p. 364) and the covert effects of degenerative chang
e there. 7. Treat specifically at all times, but within the context of regional
changes which may also need treatment. 8. Never forget the functional and the ne
urophysiologi cal interdependence of the vertebral column.
THORACIC
t---rr
"b
TT
r !
-<...
LT
lower
,
LT
Can rolote
Inlo pain Side If Inltlol rototlon II not successful
ALL ASSUMING PAIN IS
@ UNILATERAL
Fig. 13.1
Spinal techniques in order of cfficacy (from left to right)
444
COMMON VERTEBRAL 101 NT PROBLEMS
9. Proceed on the basis of: a. Specific or segmental )omt mobilisation (or manip
ulation if indicated) by appropriate method h. Regional soft tissue techniques,
to release tightness c. Regional mobilisation, when indicated d. Segmental exerc
ises to maintain mobility c. Segmental and regional exercises to improve stabili
ty, if indicated f. Ergonomic advice and guidance g. Always aiming to instil the
patient's cOPljidence in the durability of their vertebral column. Nothing last
s forever, not even joint pain. N B : (i) The treatment factors are added in the
sequence suggested, as clinical features declare the need, but the set routine
may not be necessary, e.g. the gentle release of a recent vertebral joint derang
e ment at C2-C3 may be all that is required. (ii) Vertebral segmental exercises a
re given for the same reasons as exercises for individual peripheral joints.'45
10. Never lose sight of the whole, while pursuing one's self-education in the ma
ny approaches to the treatment of vertebral pain syndromes. An additional sugges
ted sequence, in broad terms, of localised and regional manual and mechanical te
chniques, for those with more experience, is given below. Each tech nique can and
should be transposed according to clinical findings, with selections guided by
assessment of effects. Many experienced therapists are competent in the use of t
echniques derived from various manipulation schools and because this text is not
solely devoted to teaching any particular manipulative method, not all of the s
uggested recording symbols are included in the sequences. Some standard techniqu
es will be recognised, but it should be borne in mind that in mobilisation of a
first rib, for example, the patient may be in the supine or prone position ; thi
s variation applies to many procedures, by in dividual preference. This tabulatio
n can be no more than a personal recom mendation, since a single technique often
achieves dif ferent effects in different hands. There are many other procedures f
or successfully treat ing the segments and regions concerned, and none should be
considered in isolation from the need to restore extensi bility and pliability of
soft tissue where necessary ; some soft tissue techniques have been included. T
he formal inclusion of localised and regional grade V techniques is not necessar
ily a recommendation that these should be employed if preceding techniques under
the patient'S control have been unsuccessful j some patients may benefit from t
he use of repetitive mobilising tech niques while positioned as for grade V techn
iques. Without exception, the use of manipulative thrUSts must be carefully guid
ed by the indications (p. 463) and
those not adequately experienced in either clinical assessment or manipulation s
hould not attempt unfamiliar manipulative procedures without guidance. The fact
that more than one manipulation is suggested does not mean that more than one at
a session should be employed. Again, clinical findings and assessment are the g
uides for action ; techniques should be as localised as possible. 3. ASSESSMENT
DURING TREATMENT In close accordance with the detailed findings during ex aminati
on and treatment, each session has a beginning, a continuation and an end. The g
uides for starting, con tinuing and finishing are solely provided by assessment th
ere are no criteria other than those wittingly or unwitt ingly presented by che p
at;ellc. Perceiving when to stop is as important as knowing how to start and rec
ognising how to continue. The berter the assessment, the fewer the treatment ses
sions. Practice makes perfect-there are no short cuts. Taking as our enemy the c
hanges causing the patient'S distress, and regarding the clinical shopfloor as a
front line, we arc more likely to win battles if we sec to our mili tary intelli
gence, endeavour to objectively understand the nature of the enemy, resist intim
idating propaganda about him, do a thorough reconnaissance of the terrain and of
his present positions in relation to it, and make an appraisal of the possible
moves open to him during the battle and of his present and future intentions. We
are also likely to be more successful if we fully understand the nature and pot
ential of our own weapons, economically use our firepower to the best effect and
do not deploy our heavy artillery when good marksmanship with a rifle may suffi
ce. Thus we do our best to avoid desecration of the countryside not presently oc
cupied by the enemy.-us These observations transpose themselves into the im porta
nce of: a. Developing a comprehensive examination procedure, which allows the jo
int to s peak for itself, and then listening to what it is saying. We will not h
ear successfully with the deaf ears of preconception. There are many examples of
wide differences in the behaviour of body systems, and a diversity of clinical
features which follow tissue damage or abnormal stresses. Three have already bee
n given, viz. the vagaries of referred pain (p. 196), the idiosyncrasies of comb
ined movements of the spinal column (p. 47) and the variety of lumbar spinal pos
ture accompanying lateral pelvic tilt. While there must be reasons for this biol
ogical plasticity of behaviour in what appear to be similar changes and we may h
ave elucidated some of the reasons, our certain knowledge remains limited; until
it is more complete, attempts by instructors to impose an overall regularity an
d
RECORDING TREATMENT WITH CLINICAL METHOD GRADES I-IV GRADE V
445
---1 or "-.-7 or
}--
CI-C2
(sp,nous process)
C r H P 1'------" L_ +
C6-TJ
}--
+-+-
C
r-.
+
Upper nbs
(1-3)
r--/
Upper
r- Lower
(8
Lower robs
12)
I I r r-_ _
TlO-L5
C "J !
or
",..=
Upper Lower
--
c
f--
C
listing or deviation
L5
SI
(PSIS)
f------+
S-I/I
o
Fig. 13.3
Unilalcral, i.c. (L) sidcd pain
G
446
COMMON VERTEBRAL JOI NT PROBLEMS GRAnES I-IV GRADE V
CO-C1
C1-C2
U- --1 C p
us
1
C + ++ H q- H l
or or IUpper)
C2-C6
!cYr ! +-+C t r----!t++1
-----+--+.-----. "----"
C6-T3
Upper robs 11-3)
T3-T10
t
=
t+ +1
upper
f---Lower ---+
q.-
Lower robs 18 12)
-----
___ II _
_
T10
L5
t t !
and support
LIsting or devIation to alternate sides
L5-51
t
Ibase)
C t
lapexl
5-111
0 0
Fig. 13.4
Bilaleral pain
RECORDING TREATMENT WITH CLINICAL METHOD
447
seemingly reasoned and logical order, where none can yet exist, are highly misle
ading for beginners. No explanation at all is better than authoritarian non sense
. b. Recognising the biomechanical, neural, vascular, and thus functional interd
ependence of vertebral structures. This interdependence is a constant factor und
erlying clinical presentation and further, a constant factor to be borne in mind
when examining, assessing, choosing tech niques and formulating plans of treatme
nt. So far as treatment of the joint itself is concerned, the effects of precise
ly localised and graded passive move ments in treatment are better noted if the p
atient attends daily at first. Once the responses of the joint condition during
treatment are understood, attendance can be less frequent. Not only does assessm
ent give guidance during the con tinuation oftreatment, it also provides the basi
s for know ing with assurance when treatment can be safely discon tinued. Dependin
g upon the nature of the joint condition, and its consequences, attendance will
vary between one session and frequent sessions for two or three weeks. It is imp
ortant for the therapist to decide (p. 448), 'Can I expect a quick result or is
progress going to be slow?' and also to decide (p. 363), 'Am I primarily treatin
g pain or resistance (in its various forms)?' Assessment of the presenting and t
hen the changing relationships during treatment of pain with movement is a funda
mental skill which can be learned, as can the assessment of whether a joint is n
ormal or not. 'Any joint which is not causing symptoms should be able to accept
a certain amount of stretch at the limit of its ranges, with out pain.'796 Simila
rly, Mooney and Cairns ( 1978)'69 have observed that there is every reason to ex
pect that a joint unable to proceed through its full anatomical range is abnorma
l. Assessments of the changes produced by treatment will be inaccurate unless al
l the factors of a movement abnor mality are precisely known. Maitland ( 1972)796
has well exemplified this :
The behaviour of pain with movement is very important,
as
his shin. His thigh and calf symptoms arc not affected by the flexion. (iii) As
movement increases the pain spreads into his buttock but it is stiffness which p
revencs him from flexing rurther than halfway down his shin. (iv) As movement in
creases so the pain spreads down his leg to his calf. (v) As movement increases
the pain in his back disappears but his calf becomes increasingly painful reache
s the limit of his range. When pain behaves as indicated in (v) the patient must
be treated with much more care than when it behaves in a manner similar to (i).
The first indicates a nerve root pain which may be harmed by too zealous treatm
ent. If we arc treating a patient such as in (i) and do not take note of the beh
aviour of pain throughout movement then his pain may change to that of (v) witho
ut our appreciating it. as the movement
is borne out in the following examples of equally restricted lumbar flexion, eac
h with a different pain pattern. The differences are im portant because they guid
e the treatment and because, if they are not appreciated, the patient may be mad
e worse by treatment without the physiotherapist realising. In all of the exampl
es which follow, the patient has an ache in his lower back which extends down hi
s leg into his calf. On forward flexion, he first feels a change in his pain whe
n his fingertips reach his knees. With further movement he can reach halfway dow
n his shin with the following differences in the behaviour of his pain: (i) Ther
e is no alteration to the pain, 'half-shin' being the nor mal limit of his range.
(ii) His back pain increases in intensity until the increase in this pain preve
nts him from flexing further than halfway down
Accurate assessment of the nature of abnormal 'end feels' on passive testing (see
p. 358) will also indicate when further mobilisation (grades I-IV) is pointless
, and a grade V thrust technique is indicated. In some cases, this will be indic
ated from the first, in which case the joint is manipulated, provided there are
no preclusions (see p. 464). Confidence in safely recognising the indications is
based mainly upon methodical assessment of the nature of the range-limiting fac
tor (see p. 360). Assessments are made : (a) after each use of a technique, duri
ng one treatment session ; (b) prior to the next treatment. A selection of two i
mportant 'markers for assessment' enables a quick estimate of progress to be mad
e without repeatedly going through the whole examination pro cedure. The changes
in one symptom, e.g. the length of time a patient can sit, and one sign, e.g. th
e intensity and precise distribution of pain and/or paraesthesiae during a parti
cular movement, are adopted as parameters ; thus assessment of the value of each
technique during the treatment session usually hinges on the sign, and the effe
cts of the treatment between attendances upon the symptom, with other informatio
n spontaneously proffered by the patient. Criteria will vary considerably betwee
n patients, e.g. an improvement of 2 in (5 em) in the range of flexion may be si
gnificant in one patient, but in another may be judged inadequate improvement to
justify continuing with a par ticular technique. Choice of the best parameters f
or assessment is a matter of experience, but patients usually present the domina
nt symptoms first in their history and this helps selection for subjective asses
sments. For objective assessments, selection is easy if only one movement is pai
nful and/or limited, but it may be neces sary to choose the movement which produc
ed the greatest spread of pain, e.g. if both flexion and extension of the lumbar
spine aggravate or produce calf pain, it is extension
448
which should be chosen because limb pain on spinal extension movement is a morc
sensitive index than flexion. This usually also applies to the upper limb. Altho
ugh changes in a salient sign and a salient symp tom 3CC chosen as (he immediate
markers of treatment effects, assessment as a whole can be likened to an in tensi
ve care unit, in that many factors are continually monitored. Examples are, of c
ourse, ranges of movement (both active and accessory), intensity and distributio
n of pain and of paraesrhesiae, neurological signs, degree of tenderness, range
of straight-leg-raising and its effects, decrease or increase in asymmetry of mo
vement, changes in the degree of postural deviation, changes in postural spasm a
nd elicited spasm, and so on. While the routine procedure has been outlined, it
is im portant to make the right interpretation of what patients report. A laconic
, 'Not so bad' from a patient who is known to be somewhat monosyllabic, should p
erhaps be given about the same assessment value as the effusive, ' It's been abs
olutely marvellous' from a patient who appears unable to make the simplest state
ment without fulsome embroidery. If distal pain has become more proximal during
the interim, even if the more proximal pain is increased in in tensity, this gene
rally indicates improvement. 'The longer the pain the slower the gain', and the
progressive centra lisation of pain is an important assessment marker which indic
ates progress. I f a patient reports that pain has remained in the same distribu
tion, has come on at the same time of day, and at the same intensity, but its du
ra cio" is 75 per cent less, this is progress. Similarly, if the straight-leg-rai
sing test provokes a grimace at 45, when it did so at 35 the day before, this is
progress, however dramatic the grimace. Hence the therapist's grasp of the patie
nt's symptoms, and their behaviour according to time, posture and move ment, must
be complete ; patients must be helped to be as precise as they are able. A hand
ful appear incapable of doing other than producing confusion (see apoph thegm, Fi
g. 1 3. 5), and a bit of courteous firmness may be a good idea, i.e. 'You're eit
her better, worse or no dif ferent-which is it?' Improvements are not always due
to treatment : in
mature/elderly patients, whose resilience and powers of recovery are somewhat di
minished, it is often more pro fitable to find ways of reducing ioint stress rath
er than re peating specific treatment which does not hold its im provement. An eld
erly patient whose pain is always bad on Thursdays, when she carefully negotiate
s her shopping trolley over pavements by rotating the head to the right to look
behind, can be relieved of her regular Thursday pains by learning to pull her sh
opping trolley with the opposite hand, especially if the regular exacerbation of
her right C2-C3 chronic ioint problem, by right cervical rota tion when pulling
the trolley, is undoing the improvement of specific treatment. Mobilising techni
ques are grouped as : a. Localised mobilisation by vertebral pressures b. Rotati
on c. Longitudinal movement and traction. Examples of treatment guided by assess
ment follow:
1. Where a quick response to treatment is expected
AN Oll \)etpi,," "';t
tt
h
Fla. 13.5 Apophthegm.
.sotutlm L'r (\)l1trlbutl l:?t robtn ?
If, in these cases two uses of the first choice in group (a) do not result in ad
equate improvement, it is better to pro ceed next to group (b) than to immediatel
y try all other pressure techniques. I f rotation docs not produce satisfac tory
progress, a short traction treatment may be tried, but the next most profitable
step is to work through pressure techniques again to find the most effective. Th
e ultimately successful combination of procedures should be achieved solely with
rhe guidance of assessment; wishful thinking and therapeutic favourites are no
substitute for objective evaluation of results. While the patient's report, of c
hanges in symptoms im mediately following a technique, are important, some dis cri
mination must temper their face value. For example, if a pain is reported during
treatment and it is other than worsening of the particular symptom taken as the
marker for subjective assessment, this is not necessarily a negative thing, esp
ecially if the signs are unchanged or slightly improved. Transient pain and othe
r symptoms during treatment sessions can be an artefact of treatment, and need n
ot ring alarm bells, unless they infer: incipient or increasing root pressure; v
ertebrobasilar ischaemia ; a deterioration in joint function. For example, durin
g lumbar rotation techniques, the patient may report what appears to be a 'rib-s
tretch' pain in the uppermost hemi thorax. Slight modification of the patient's p
osition will relieve it, and it is of no consequence. When treating distally ref
erred pain from the lumbar spine, it may transpire that a low-grade rotation tec
hnique has moderately worsened the symptoms ; the same tech nique applied in smal
l amplitudes at the limit of available range will frequently produce improvement
. The guides for action are (i) that the initial attempt did not worsen the sign
s, (ii) it was not vigorous enough to have affected
RECORDING TREATMENT WITH CLINICAL METHOD
449
the underlying changes, and (iii) it did not produce an exacerbation duri,rg its
application. 2. When it is obvious that treatment will span weeks
rather than days
Small improvements or deteriorations in how the patient is troubled are importan
t, and thus the initial examination must be full and precise enough to allow the
se significant straws in the wind to be recognised. Improvement in symptoms may
not keep step with improvement in signs, and vice versa. For example, a patient
may report being able to sit for longer, or be able to bend the head over readin
g or sewing for longer, for some days before any significant change in articular
signs occurs. Again, signs may steadily improve for some days before the patien
t ceases to report 'no change' in symptoms. In both above cases, the improvement
s would justify continuing the treatment which produced these results. If the pa
ssive-neck-flexion teSt (in supine lying) pro vokes the existing sciatic pain fro
m low back to heel, and after the chosen procedure the test provokes low back pa
in only, this is improvement. The patient who, after sitting for 30 minutes, can
not rise directly from the chair and walk away, but has to cau tiously 'unwind' a
nd stand awkwardly for some 10-30 seconds before moving, requires patient and pe
rsuasive mobilising techniques which can be monotonous to per form, but which are
shown to have been the correct approach when the patient returns and reports be
ing able to more quickly stand from sitting. When limitation oflumbar flexion in
standing is accom panied by buttock and posterior thigh pain being pro voked at t
he point of Jimitation, and mobilisation ofa stiff lumbar joint allows an immedi
ate increase of flexion, yet with precisely the same amount of pain, it is very
likely that while mO'fJement limitation was due to the stiff joint, pain must be
due to some trespass upon the pain-sensitive structures within the neural canal
. Hence treatment must be modified to aim at these, and the addition of lumbar t
raction for example, should be considered. The point being emphasised here is th
at pain and t1'IOVement limitation are not necessarily related. If an otherwise
fit and strong patient is steadily but slowly improving on mobilisation techniqu
es, and there ' is no after-treatmen t soreness or increased irritability, comple
tion of treatment aims should be speeded up. Articular signs on active tests nee
d not be the only assessment parameter ; a reduction of segmental tender ness on
palpation, less provocation of pain on segmental accessory movement or provocati
on of the same pain requiring further excursion into accessory range, are all in
dications of improvement. A report that 'my head feels too heavy, I feel I can h
ardly hold it up' does not necessarily imply cervical seg mental instability. Man
y patients with neck problems
appear to have a type of 'pain inhibition' or a mechanical disturbance of joint
function which interferes with pos tural control of the head, and which very freq
uently clears up satisfactorily by localised mobilisation of the abnormal segmen
ts. The frequent combination of neck and arm pain need not imply a single cause;
many patients will have neck and arm symptoms from a C5-C6 joint problem, toget
her with scapular and arm pain from the T3 segment. I t is neces sary to be preci
se about the changing distribution of pain as treatment progresses, and to be aw
are of combinations of effect. I n contrast, the patient may stoutly say that hi
s or her symptoms are improving while steady deterioration in joint function is
objectively plain ; the treatment tech niques manifestly need modifying in this c
ase. Examples o signs and symptoms indicating deterioration, f and the need for
modification or cessation o treatment, are: f The patient'S report that a partic
ular symptom is more easily and more quickly provoked. Periodic symptoms occurri
ng more frequently, with more intensity and for longer duration. An increase of
distal pain, or a proximal pain beginning to spread distally. Symptoms invoking
a suspicion of increasing vertebro basilar ischaemia (q.v.). Symptoms changing fr
om an ache to a sharper and more delineated pain, in the same or more distal dis
tribution. Increasing limitation of movement. Spinal deformity, or deviation dur
ing a movement, becoming apparent. Symptoms of incipient root involvement, e.g.
the advent of paraesthesiae, or sensibility loss. The emergence, or increase, of
neurological signs. The advent of sphincter disturbance, indicating in creasing
trespass upon the pudendal nerve.
Neurological involvement. Where the possibility, or prob ability, of nerve root i
nvolvement is suspected, by reason of the patient's description of the type and
distribution of pain (p. 175), it is wise to carefully monitor the clinical feat
ures from session to session, and to include neurologi cal tests, for root tensio
n and of reflexes, as the assessment markers. When considering t,eurological sym
ptoms, for example, if on cervical side-flexion to the painful side, there is a
12-second latent period for provocation of paraesthesiae in the fingers, and at
the next treatment session the latent period is now 3 seconds, this indicates in
creasing root irritability and the need to modify treatment. Conversely, if the
l 2-second period has increased to 20 seconds, this gives an assurance that, for
the time being at least, the treatment is succeeding. So far as neurological si
gns are concerned, it is important to distinguish their import in relation to th
e condition ;
450
for example, the patient with spinal stenosis (q.v.) who has been sining in a wa
iting room for 30 minutes before being assessed prior to treatment, may present
without neurological deficit, yet if the same patient be asked to walk around th
e block or stand for 30 minutes imme diately prior to examination, a transient ne
urological deficit may well be present. If spinal articular signs arc in part di
minishing, i.c. greater range of some movements before being limited by pain, bu
t the straight-leg-raising test indicates possible pressure on the nerve root be
cause this passive movement is more reduced and painful, the patient's condition
has obviously deteriorated. An increase, or the advent of, a neurologic deficit
, and morc particularly a reporc of sphincter disturbance indi catc, respectively
, the need for a modification of treatment and an urgent surgical opinion. 3. As
sessment on symptoms only Treatment may be necessary for intermittent symptoms w
hich occur during some particular activity during even ing hours. There may be ve
ry little in the way of joint signs to provide for an objective assessment durin
g the patient's attendance, and in order that procedures and their effects may b
e clearly related on assessment prior to treatment at the next attendance, it is
necessary to keep the variety of techniques employed at one session to a minimu
m, otherwise ascribing good or bad effects to any one of them becomes difficul t
, and the necessary guides for action are not clear. It is useful to remember th
at in general, changes in barometric pressure and weather will affect symptoms m
ore than signs.
Relief, or improvement, directly related to treatment procedures will show that
treatment was correct, though does not necessarily show rhat the diagnosis was a
lso cor rect, since we cannot always know. If both were incorrect, it is better n
ot to have made the patient worse, or the condition more serious ; for this reas
on alone, a fundamental principle is economy in the use of vigour. In our increa
singly technological milieu, the value of subjective and objective clinical asse
ssment should not be discounted or diminished. The predictive value of several h
ighly sensitive and specific serological tests, including the latex fixation tes
t for rheumatoid factor, were subject to investigation. * There were appreciable
differences in sensitivity and reproducibility, and some widely used measuremen
ts appeared to have little if any real value. Where patients had kept a detailed
daily record of morn ing stiffness and other symptoms, these reports proved to b
e as useful a measurement as any, and appeared to greatly reduce the variability
of assessments by more technical merhods. In short, rhe best measurement of all
appeared to be that of asking the patient : 'How are you?'
In summary. Treatment is flexibly adapted according to presenting signs and symp
toms ; as these change, so should treatment. The guides for action depend upon a
ssessment. This requires concentrated attention at all times j it may be demandi
ng, but it is infinitely more excit ing and rewarding than the pedestrian perform
ance of generalised textbook procedures.
Journal 0/ Clinical Pracrice 3 1 : 173.
_____ 2 :-- m
-----J
470
COMMON VERTEBRA.L JOINT PROBLEMS
The one-quarter inch Evazote and more particularly the one-half to three-quarter
inch latex sponge rubber will require binding with a light tubular bandage, and
while the Evazote will have sufficient resistance to buckling to need only a me
thod of securing it, the latex sponge rubber requires an additional stiffener in
the form of a variable number of turns of tubular bandage around its circum fere
nce. An important factor is the degree of stiffening-the soft night collar for r
educing sleeping stress is insufficient for absorbing the stress of daily activi
ties, and ideally the patient needs a range of supports which are suitable for s
ome three demands : sleeping; working (head down a bit); social activities (head
up a bit). One could provide three collars, but this is a somewhat grandiose so
lution to the problem. The attraction of the sponge-rubber-and-tubu lar-bandage s
ystem is that fewer turns of bandage reduce the degree of resilient resistance a
nd more turns of ban dage increase it. The patient chooses and modifies accord ing
to changing need, and the only disadvantage is that of uncomfortable warmth in
summer. This can be an in ducement to use it only when needed, but if a continuou
s support is necessary and uncomfortable warmth is a prob lem it is probably bett
er to make a thicker Plastazote collar with anterolateral 'windows' for ventilat
ion. Ladies some times need reminding of how interesting a temporary collar, clev
erly concealed by the right piece of silk scarf, can be! The iudications for a c
ervical support, of the kind being described, are: 1 . To reduce provocation, by
movement, of pain from an irritable cervical nerve root. 2. To settle severely
sore, localised cervical joint prob lems which are being aggravated by mechanical
stress. 3. To help support the weight of the head during occupa tions which nece
ssitate bending the neck for long periods. 4. To prevent jarring of a susceptibl
e cervical or upper thoracic segment when driving continuously in town traffic.
5. To prevent sleeping stress when this is a factor in regu larly provoking cervi
cal migraine. 6. In cases of pain from a chronic poking-chin deformity, to hold
up the head until pain, muscle imbalance/weak ness and soft-tissue contracture ha
ve been overcome. Root pain in the upper limb may be severe enough to warrant a
light arm sling, as well as a cervical collar, when the patient is upright. Cerv
ical joint irritability requires a light and slightly resilient support, which m
ay be needed day and night for some days, or only at night. As in low back probl
ems, measures to improve sleeping posture and avoid stress on joints can be help
ful, allowing better rest and reducing the amount of pain and stiffness felt on
first rising in the
morning. Painful stiffness in the morning may also be reduced by applying a roll
ed handtowel lightly around the neck, and/or making a butterfly- or bow-tie-pill
ow to provide neck support and prevent extreme neck positions during sleep. Down
-filled pillows are more suitable than those filled with rubber-foam material, t
he latter tending to resist comfortable indentation by body contours. Patients w
earing collars all day should be warned to be careful when driving a car, moving
about a darkened room,7 1 5 using intricate machinery requiring manual dexterit
y. 1364 Relative immobility of the upper three cervical segments, together with
a lessening of normal compres sion by the weight of the head, disturbs the patter
n of afferent volleys of impulses from mechanoreceptors of these joints; the pat
ient is usually unaware of the transient defects of postural control and upper-l
imb co-ordination, and for a few days extra care is wise, until a degree of ac co
mmodation to the novel situation occurs. Lee and Lishman ( 1 975)'" have observe
d that vision is very important in the control of equilibration, and that visual
reference (to the verticals and horizontals of one's daily environment) acquire
d early in life help to train the fine and efficient adjustments of propriocepti
ve mechan isms for the maintenance of difficult postures and the smooth performan
ces of movement. Later in life, proprio ceptive defecls, which are a sequel to de
generation of joints and the disturbance of mechanoreceptor afferent impulse tra
ffic, can be compensated for, and masked, by vision. If both vision and proprioc
eption are denied by the cir cumstance of wearing a cervical support and being in
the dark, the patient can be in a parlous state. Wyke ( 1 965)"6< has unequivoc
ally demonstrated the importance of cervical mechanoreceptors in governing the d
egree of dexterity in performing intricate manual opera tions. Co-ordination and
equilibratory impulses to all limb muscles are disturbed for a day or two until
the patient gets used to the collar. It would be most interesting to record the
changes in muscular activity when driving a car (or, for that matter, piloting a
light aeroplane or a mechanical digger). The proprioceptive circumstance is qui
te singular, with body supported on the backside, the thoracic and lumbar spine
curved forward and the neck flexed but the head relatively extended. Since the f
eet are pushing and releas ing pedals, the most constant proprioceptive influence
, apart from the behind, is probably from the joints of the hands, gripping a st
eering wheel or control column. Added to this the whole body is, together with t
he vehicle, being jogged up and down and from side to side, and fore and aft-it
is small wonder that prolonged driving pro vokes cervical joint problems. The sit
uation is akin to the stress applied to the visual and equilibratory apparatus i
n trying to read a newspaper while sitting sideways in one of the old London tra
mcars.635
SUPPORTS AND APPLIANCES AND ADJUNCT PHYSIOTHERAPY TREATMENTS
471
Thoracic pain due to advanced degenerative changes may justify a light general t
Tunk support, but these require much careful fitting and modifying before accept
ance by patients, and they may be a short-sighted measure if there is only mild
osteoporosis since the condition is further aggravated by reducing normal physio
logical stress on bone. Shoulder straps are not a good thing-it is better to mak
e a whole polythene jacket-high up to the sternum and over the bust in front, wi
th the back cut well down
below the scapulae. LUMBOSACRAL SUPPORTS The variety of lumbosacral supports, wh
ich range from a light and flexible 'cummerbund' to formidable con structions of
steel-braced canvas with many straps, seems matched only by the variety of views
of the indications and rationale for their use, and conversely, arguments again
st their usc. In a survey of the use of external support in the treatment of low
back pain, Perry (1970)9" found that the literature described more than 30 diff
erent designs, and by now the number existing must surely exceed this. If we imm
ediately recognise the factor of a powerful placebo ('that which pleases') effec
t upon some, of some thing being given by an omnipotent healer-physician, as an '
encloser', 'supporter', 'warmer', 'protector' and 'identifier' of the injured pa
rt, in precisely the same way as a child may regard the bandage (the badge) appl
ied to a cut finger, then having nodded to this factor it may be put to one side
; yet not before we also recognise an equally powerful one, i.e. the marked dis
taste with which many regard anything which might draw attention to their functi
onal difficulties. Perhaps we should also recognise that these two standpoints,
including the notion that supports weaken the muscles underlie much of the somet
imes thinly rationalised argument for and against supports. When the physician,
surgeon, physiotherapist, osteo path or chiropractor ftatly asserts: 'It is again
st my prin ciples to use corsets for back problems because . . . (and here follow
s this or that contention)', one recognises yet again how a philosophy of therap
eutics has imperceptibly hardened to the stage of becoming more important than w
hat therapy is aboUl, i.e. the infinitely variable needs of patients. 'The presc
ription of corsets for all and sundry back aches, without proper indications and
proper diagnosis, is retrograde and slipshod. I t leads to unnecessary expense,
unnecessary discomfort, and unnecessary invalidism in many cases. On the other h
and, extremists in the reverse direction who condemn all corsets to the waste-pa
per bas ket are also making a mistake' (Stoddard, 1 969). "80b The widespread and
sensible use of many varieties of protective clothing and appliances in industr
y, the build-
ing trades and in sport seems not to engender fears that the part which is suppo
rted may be weakened. It is quite extraordinary to observe athletic men, who wil
l be almost obsessive about wearing a supportive wriststrap for an im portant ten
nis match, a supportive jockstrap and a protec tive gumshield for a professional
fight, a protective 'box' when defending their wickets against fast bowlers, a s
crumcap for rugger and shin pads when playing football and cricket, yet who will
show a marked distaste and great reluctance when a lumbosacral support, as a pr
otection against lumbar stress, might be indicated as a transient necessity in t
he treatment of their painful low back problem. The enthusiastic amateur footbal
ler who also looks after a demanding garden, and may drive many hundreds of mile
s weekly in the course of his occupation as an agricul tural representative, is n
ot at all keen on the suggestion that a temporary corset, for use only when gard
ening and driving, may considerably aid the speedy resolution of his back proble
m. At times, one cannot help detecting an undercurrent of unexpressed and someti
mes unrecognised anxiety-lit might do me a serious mischief-interfere with my mu
scles (my virility), make me weak (impotent), make me reliant upon it (weaken my
natural defences)', and really these are not altogether unreasonable responses.
Plainly, suggestions that the region adjacent to the pelvis may need a 'crutch'
for a little while, and for part of the day, arouse much greater anxiety in som
e than similar advice regarding a body part far removed from it, i.e. the neck.
That the lumbosacral region differs functionally and structurally from the cervi
cal spine does not invalidate this proposition. Recent research findillgs provid
e the information that wearing a lumbar support, for periods of up to five years
, does not 'weaken the muscles'.887 The effects of lumbar supports on trunk musc
ulature are that there is no effect during standing and slow walk ing, but during
fast walking the support actually increased muscle activity. '290 Overall, acti
vity of the sacrospinalis muscle, recorded by e.m.g., is affected very Iinle by
the wearing of a corset or brace, although activity of the abdominal musculature
is decreased during the time the appliance is worn. Vet over five years the mus
cles are nOt weakened. A tight and embracing lumbar support reduces the intradis
cal pressure by about 30 per cen(88) and it has been demon strated how a raised i
ntrathoracic and intra-abdominal pressure decreases the load on lumbar discs. Re
duction by intradiscal pressure is accompanied by re duction or modification of g
ravitational and functional stress on all other lumbar structures, of course ; w
hile the pressure in vertebral venous plexuses is possibly raised to a degree. T
hus, the effects of corsets and supports appear due
472
__
t r t lif""" ,-----_ -/
___ _
The notion that lumbar supports restrict motion of the spine is plainly fallacio
us, and it may be thaI (he sole func
tion of the corset is to raise the i,ura-abdominal pressure and thereby reduce,
by something approaching one-third, the load sustained by the lumbar discs. If a
t the same time it acts as a placebo, keeps the patient warm, acts as a reminder
, improves the patient'S silhouette and confers other fringe benefits, this is a
ll to the good, but they remain fringe benefits. The real function of the stays,
which function just as effectively if made of the lightest metal or plastic str
ips, is to prevent buckling and folding of the elasticised material doing the ma
in job, which is that of raising the intra-abdominal pressure. The 'navvy' of ti
mes past did not wear a leather belt jusI to keep his trousers up, since this fu
nction was usually performed by braces. 'The most important component of a spina
l brace is the abdominal binder',78O and the rigid steel supports, especially an
terior or anterolateral ones, are a waSte of mineral resources and an unnecessar
y addition, doing little more than producing discomfort and alienating many pati
ents who would otherwise cheerfully accept the temporary need for an efficient a
nd light 'cummerbund'.
i
Fl. 16.2
)
A tubular balloon will increase its length as the: middle: is
constricted.
largely to compression of the abdomen, with a consequent decrease of load upon t
he vertebral column itself (see Fig. 16.2). These findings corroborate the value
of abdominal strengthening exercises in the treatment of low back pain. Lumbar
supports do not 'immobilise" the lumbar spine j to do this completely, a double-
hip plaster-of-Paris spica, extending from just above the knees to (he upper tho
racic vertebrae, or a plaster bed would be necessary. Van Leuven and Troup (1 96
9)'265 unequivocally demonstrated that the range of sagittal movement was vir tua
lly the same whether the healthy symptom-free subject was wearing an 'Instant' c
orset, a tailored lumbar corset or no support at all! While the fearsome strap-a
nd-buckle, canvas and metal-framed type of support may make some movements uncom
fortable, it does little to prevent them. By the insertion of Kirschner wires in
to the lumbar spinous processes of normal subjects, Norton and Brown ( 1 957)'''
' observed that commonly used low back braces, and plaster-of-Paris jackets, fai
led to limit lumbar move ment. The brace actually appeared to increase lumbosacra
l movement by restricting motion in the rest of the spine. Lumsden and Morris (1
968)'69 found that lumbosacral rotation was only slightly restricted by corsets
and braces. There is now the question: What are the stays for ? The provision of
these ranges from a pair of light, flexible para vertebral inserts posteriorly,
to a virtually rigid, rect angular metal framework at the back and a pair of eq u
ally formidable anterior steels ( 'to stop the patient bending forward') togethe
r with at least three and often more straps and buckles to bind the assorted iro
nmongery and the patient into an uncomfortable whole. Cailliet ( 1 977)'" makes
the surprising observation that the stays must never be bent to conform to the b
ack, but that the back should conform to the stays. Further, that the appliance
should have a small curve caudally to con form to the bunock, because 'this ensur
es comfort and in general a more desirable posture and appearance'.
Constructional details Thompson (1969)"1< describes in three short paragraphs a
simple temporary lumbosacral support which is within the reach of the smallest p
hysiotherapy department, and consists only of Tubigrip and adhesive Moleform ; i
t can successfully be washed. Ifa support has been made by an appliance departme
nt it must be fitted, and thus the posterior steels (if there be such) need to b
e shaped to the patient by (he prescnber after the appliance makers have complete
d it. De(achable steels are desirable for bending to fit-the corset should be wr
apped around the patient in standing, and the top of the corset marked on the sk
in. The steels should be re moved and bent to the patient's shape. They should no
t be pushed too far into a great lordosis in standing, for when the patient sits
the lordosis disappears and the corset is pushed backwards. STEELS SHOULD BE BE
NT TO FIT THE
' PATIENT S WORKING POSTURE.
The corset must have sufficient 'waisting' (flare) top and bottom to suit the pa
tient with regard to sex dif ferences, i.e.: V torso, small hips, big gluteii --c
orset does not tend to move up as women's do. Straps between legs are not necess
ary if it fits well Women-'Parallel' torso, bulging hips, small gluteii orset doe
s tend to move up. Needs a longer 'skirt' for them to sit on and keep it down ;
suspenders for stockings are not enough.
Men
-' '
Alternatively, the ' Instant' type of elasticated support with a single Velcro f
astening may be worn with the single
SUPPORTS AND APPLIANCES AND ADJUNCT PHYSIOTHERAPY TREATMENTS
473
encircling belt in the lower of the two loops provided, thus gripping the patien
t below the iliac crests rather than above them. Perry's review987 (vide supra)
mentions the following clinical situations in which one or other variety of supp
ort was indicated: -postoperative fusion ---<;pondylolisthesis -pseudoarthrosis
-preoperative trial --disc syndrome --chronic pain -<>besity and pain -acute str
ain. Plainly, it is the prerogative of the orthopaedic surgeon to decide whether
a support is indicated in conjunction with surgical procedures, and to prescrib
e the type of sup port to be supplied; again, the indications for stabilisation,
in a proportion of the cases not considered for surgery, may require the prescri
ption of supports of a particular type. Vet this number is very greatly exceeded
by those who need support for a limited period, and who benefit most from its p
rovision without delay. So far as the provision of lumbosacral supports is con ce
rned, the interval between recognition of need and meeting the need has now beco
me unacceptably long. With the unabating flood of patients referred for conserva
tive treatment to hospital physiotherapy departments from many sources in a regi
on, it follows that experienced therapists, in those departments which have a se
ction specialising in handling musculoskeletal problems, would have the wit to k
now when the immediate provision of a simple and temporary support is indicated.
Thus an ample supply of a range of supports for both sexes would have a markedl
y higher cost-effectiveness than the pro vision of two new short-wave diathermy m
achines. Like justice itself, the wheels of appliance-supply, in too many hospit
als, grind exceeding slow, and too many therapists have too often experienced a
wistful confronta tion with the facts of life, i.e. 'this patient doesn't need a
corset in six to eight weeks-it is needed now', Bearing in mind the important ru
le, 'never supply a support with out a plan to eliminate iC,967 the indicatiom fo
r support are segmental hypermobility, or insufficiency, of which there can be m
any forms,I(9) e.g. a, Insufficiency may be due to advanced regional degenerativ
e change in mature patients, where severe chronic spondylosis and arthrosis have
markedly in creased vulnerability to stress b. Hypermobility may be due to a sin
gle lifting stress in a young nurse, or to grade I I I spondylolisthesis at L4L5
in a mature woman c, Recurrent attacks of lumbar articular derangement,
where exacerbations are related to trivial occupational stresses d. That type of
time-dependent lumbar pain which regu larly and steadily worsens during the day
after a pain free morning e. Temporary social and occupational demands, e.g. wher
e a patient has to attend a wedding, or other un avoidable engagement ; the harve
st will not wait for the farmer's acute back pain to subside. It follows that im
proving the strength of the trunk musculature (p. 452) and ergonomic guidance (p
. 500) are the methods of dispensing with the need for support and that its prov
ision can only be a part of treatment, usu ally a secondary part. As cervical col
lars and some types of cervical traction harness may painfully press on very ten
der soft tissues, so may a I umbar corset press upon a tender haunch and be diff
icult for the patient to bear. When support is im perative, this tenderness can b
e overcome by a vapocool ant spray over the tender region and/or by the interposi
tion of plastic foam sheeting. Plaster-of-Paris jackets Like lumbar traction and
other treatments beginning to acquire some antiquity, an assessment of the purp
ose and value of plaster jackets should include a appraisal of why they came int
o vogue in the first place. This is because old treatments are often adapted to
be used more success fully in different ways for different reasons ; while they a
re less often used nowadays, the rationale for applying a plaster jacket in the
treatment of acute back pain seems not to have changed much in the last three to
four decades, i.e. -literally to hold the patient up, if such is the patient's
need -to provide local rest by 'immobilisation' -to allow acute lumbar joint irr
itability, and acute pain, to settle down -to attempt the straightening of later
al spinal deviation of recent onset. In some cases these aims were achieved ; in
many they were not, the net result of some four to six weeks in a jacket amount
ing to little more than having been decidedly uncomfortable for that time, havin
g carted around a few extra kilograms and having had one's choice of wardrobe so
mewhat restricted. If the patient is not undoubtedly improved, i.e. defi nitely l
ess restricted by pain within five to eight days, there is no point in subjectio
n to the further inconvenience of wearing it; the simple passage of time has pro
bably con ferred a better likelihood of success with alternative treatments of mo
bilisation, manual deviation-correction and traction , If the patient is improve
d, the jacket can be
474
removed anyway, and an elasricised lumbosacral support and/or other treatment su
bstituted.
Application: The plasler jacket must be a good, close fit, and should be quickly
applied by an experienced tech nician who is adept at protecting bony points and
avoiding a thick rim of plaster under the axillae. This type of plaster cast sh
ould never be applied by the enthusiastic amateur. Because of (he need to avoid
fixing the lumbar spine in a lordosed position, the patient should stand with (h
e hips and knees a little flexed, and the pelvis tilted a little backward; by sl
ight hip and knee flexion most patients quickly get the idea of a backward pelvi
c tilt and can hold the position for long enough, even when in pain. It is for [
his reason that all the materials required, including measurement and preparatio
n of the front and back 1 5 or 20 cm wide 'slabs', should be made ready and clos
e to hand, so that no time is lost. The arms must not be above the head and ther
e is no point in applying the jacket 'under slight traction', i.e. with the pati
ent grasping a bar above the head. This throws the lumbar spine into lordosis, a
nd in any case, it is doubtful whether any degree of spinal elongation remains w
hen the arms are lowered. After an inner lining vest of stockinette is applied,
the patient's hands may be clasped lightly behind the neck, with the elbows allo
wed to fall tOgether anteriorl y ; if this position is hard for the mature patie
nt to maintain, the arms may be supported in some abduction by canvas slings sus
pended from a ceiling hook or light suspension bar. Anteriorly, the plaster shou
ld extend from upper pubic region to the manubrium, by rounded tongues which are
graduated laterally, and posteriorly from the midsacral level to just below the
inferior angles of the scapulae (Fig. 1 6.3). A degree of abdominal compression
is importan t ; the jacket must leave n o room anteriorly. Front and back Stren
gthening slabs' are incorporated between the encircling turns; some use diagonal
slabs also. Before the patient is allowed to go his freedom to sit with out uncom
fortable groin pressure is confirmed ; if this is not possible the plaster must
be modified. It is kinder to patients, and better for the jacket, to give a ligh
t dusting of talcum powder over the whole exterior surface, so that it becomes i
ncorporated with the drying plaster and leaves a smoother external coat. Patient
s should be warned not to scratch itches by poking pencils, etc., between plaste
r and skin, since they easily become irretrievable and may necessitate removal o
f the jacket.
Fig. 16.3
Plaster of Paris jacket. The patient must able to sit comfortably.
SACROILIAC SUPPORTS A mild degree of hypermobility of one sacroiliac joint, in t
he absence of severe trauma to the pelvis, can cause nag ging, wearisome and intr
actable symptoms, and is much commoner than seems supposed.
The presence of painful clicking or crepitus when standing on one leg, or radiog
raphic evidence of a vertical pubic shift on changing from one leg to the other,
allow easy recognition of gross hypermobility, but it is not until careful palp
ation tests are made that mild hypermobility, also, can be recognised for what i
t is, and appropriate treatment given. To require, among other signs, the evi den
ce of a Trendelenburg 'lurch' when walking, before reaching a diagnosis of sacro
iliac strain, is to place the re quirement much too high. After repetitive athlet
ic or other stress to the pelvic joints, and after recent pregnancy, a painful a
nd mildly lax joint may need external support; there seems a pre occupation with
strap-and-buckle appliances when the degree of support need not always resemble
the securing of a cabin trunk. As some cervical collars do need to pro vide firm
support, but most need not be quite so restric tive, so the measure of support fo
r the pelvic joint is a matter of degree, and this requires assessment. A low 'c
ummerbund' of 1 5 cm crepe or rayon elastic bandage, or an old girdle or roll-on
folded into three and sewn inside a new roll-on, or even a firm roll-on itself,
arc often quite sufficient to give the degree of temporary support needed, and
for sacroiliac joint irritability to settle. Some may prefer a rayon elastic ban
dage kept in place by a light girdl e ; this may suit the plump patient. Not a f
ew patients with sacroiliac joint hypermobility also have a lumbar joint problem
; there should be no diffi culty in accepting the simple proposition that repeti
tive occupational stress, a vigorous athletic effort or a losing of one's footin
g when pushing a car, may affect both lumbar spine and one or other of the pelvi
c joints, particu larly when torsion figures largely in the stress; thus a patien
t may need some temporary support for both low
SUPPORTS AND APPLIANCES AND ADJUNCT PHYSIOTHERAPY TREATMENTS
475
back and pelvis, and in these cases the 'Instant' type of corset, with the light
bel t threaded through the lower of the two loops, is a useful measure. Recurre
nt irritability of the sacroiliac joint, as a con sequence of hypermobility, may
need treatment by injection of a sclerosant solution" Gross hypermobility will n
ecessitate a tailor-made support of considerable firmness, and if this measure d
oes not succeed surgical arthrodesis may be necessary. CORRECTION OF LATERAL PEL
VIC TILT While considerations of deformity and its consequences must take into a
ccount many factors, a congenitally short leg, producing lateral pelvic tilt, ca
n be the cause of back ache and sciatica (p. 264 and 270); clinical experience in
di cates that thoracic and cervical joint problems, in some, can also be an indir
ect consequence of lateral pelvic tilt. Bearing in mind that a short leg1 1 80.
or pelvic joint asym metry need not disturb the horizontal alignment of the iliac
crests, or cause a scoliosis,736 and also that lateral deviation of the spine c
an be due to an uneven upper sacral surface and/or a trapezoidal-shaped 5th lumb
ar vertebral body (see Figs 1 .28-1 .30), it is wise to closely consider the fac
tor of lateral pelvic tilt whenever dealing with common ver tebral joint conditio
ns (p. 3 1 0). This does not mean to say that correction of a tilt by a heel-lif
t is a 'hole-in-one' therapeutic measure, only that if this factor is not con sid
ered among very many others, the items for assessment are incomplete. Reach-me-d
own concepts of the causes of backache, and similar approaches to conservative t
reatment, are no longer enough. The gambit of assessing pelvic levels in standin
g, and then in sitting erect on a hard level surface, often tells the experience
d practitioner much more than 'scientific' mensuration with a tape-measure, whic
h so often employs bony points which are topographical 'districts' rather than d
istinct eminences. It is a matter of assessment, and erect X-ray films are an ad
vantage, since they can reveal disconcerting bony anomalies, and also scolioses
and rotations which sometimes defy analysis. In general terms, segmental abnorma
lities of position are much less important than abnormalities of movement, but t
he marked exception to this rule is that of the pelvis, where the order of prece
dence is reversed . " '" Leg length discrepancies of one-quarter inch are common
, and much greater differences in leg length can be present without apparently c
ausing symptoms, because adaptation by the soft tissues during the adolescent gr
owth spurt has prob ably been sufficient to compensate for the discrepancy. The c
ost of this compensation, in many, appears to be a reduced ability to withstand
the stresses of ordinary activi ties; backaches of insidious onset in adults, wit
hout apparent cause and without much movement-limitation (although some movement
s may be painful), are very fre-
quently the clinical features of this failure of compensa tion. A very experience
d clinician (Stoddard, 1 969)""b has observed:
The cumulative effect of one-quarter inch of leg shortening over many years is c
onsiderable, and this is a proven aetiological factor in backache of ligamentous
origin as well as in pathological conditions of the disc.... Nature appears to
make more effort to compensate for gross structural faules than for minor ones .
.. many patients with oyer one inch of shortening are thoroughly compensated and
symptom free, yet with one quarter inch of shortening other patients suffer fro
m backache which can only be relieved by using a quarter-inch heel cushion.
The provision o a heel ''It must depend upon accurate f
as should its effects. A reduction of pain on back movements, when retesting the
m with small raises underfoot on the short leg side, clarifies the nature of the
problem, but assessment is not complete in under two to three weeks. Side-flexi
on is usually freer to the side of the short leg, and the patient may deviate to
that side on flexion. It is not wise to raise the height of a shoe if side-flex
ion of the trunk to that side is painful early in the range of move ment. As an e
xample, let us consider two patients, one a young woman with left-sided backache
and posterior thigh pain, and the other a mature man with right-sided low backa
che. In both (see p. 272), the pelvis is laterally tilted upwards on the right b
ecause of a short left leg: a. In the younger patient, with symptoms attributabl
e to low lumbar discogenic changes on the side of the short leg, the unilateral
pain is often provoked early in the range of left-side-flexion movement, and a h
eel lift is less likely to help; it should nevertheless be tried. b. In the more
mature patient, left-side-flexion (although the freer-range movement) is more l
ikly to pro voke the right-sided pain than is right-side-flexion, and paradoxical
ly, a heel lift on the left shoe is much more likely to be of value, immediately
reducing pain on move ment and indicating that the raise should form pan of the
treatment; this may often need to include stretching tech niques for tightened do
rsal lumbosacral soft tissues, and strengthening exercises for the abdominal mus
cles. If the backache is minor, and there are no signs of chronic changes or mar
ked irritability, a permanent heel raise may be all that is required. The raise
may be added to one heel, or removed from the heel of the longer side; a heel pa
d inside one shoe may be sufficient; but the use of soft or resilient material f
or a pad in the heel is not of much use, the repetitive pounding of multiples of
some 1 00-1 50 lb (45-70 kg) of body weight soon reduces its height and effecti
veness. Women should have both heel and sole thickened if they wear high heels.
In young people, the amount of raise
assessment,
476
should be a little less than the discrepancy, e.g. an assessed half-inch discrep
ancy should have one-quarter to three eighths of an inch lift. In more mature pat
ients, the amount of raise which can be tolerated may be less, yet it is surpris
ing how effective can be a heel raise in patients over 50. Often, mobilisation o
f the low lumbar joints, fol lowed by a degree of raise as a trial, is required.
Patients with a well-compensated leg length discrepancy may have little pain whe
n standing, but a lumbar ache when sitting for long, since the ischii 3rc then b
earing weight and a level pelvis is, for them, a strained position. A small flat
pillow as a unilateral buttock raise will help. It should not be overlooked tha
t leg length inequality can produce sacroiliac joint problems as well as lumbar
problems (see p. 282), and thus treatment priorities must reflecl the detailed f
indings on examination and assessment. There is no point in relying entirely on
a heel raise in those patients, with pain offairly recent origin, who main tain a
similar degree of lateral pelvic tilt in both the standing and sitting position
s; plainly a comprehensive examination of the pelvic joints is the first step.
At times, the effecrs of a heel raise may defy analysis, i" that they can be dir
ectly opposite 10 what is reasonably expected.
For example, a 55-year-old engineer, whose hobby was racing motor-bikes, was pus
h-starting a machine and leapt side-saddle onto the seat of the moving bike, lan
ding on his right buttock. His immediate acute right buttock and right groin pai
n necessitated a week of complete bcd-rest, during which any other than cautious
and minimal move ment provoked severe jabs of buttock pain. He was seen 14 days
after the incident-the pelvis was tilted upwards on the right by some 2 cm and t
he right posterior superior spine was more prominent than the left, with a deepe
r sulcus on the right. The pelvic asymmetry appeared well established, and may h
ave been secondary to a left ankle injury (see below). The lumbar spine was flat
, with bilateral lumbar muscle spasm. Cautious lumbar movements were considerabl
y limited by right buttock pain as well as apprehension; flexion was the most fr
ee movement, although restricted and with the spine flattened; extension was the
most limited and careful. Straight-leg-raising was left 75' and right 45', both
limited by right buttock pain. By reason of a long-past severe ankle injury, th
e left calf was weak and wasted and the left ankle-jerk absent but there were no
other signs of neurological involvement. All lumbar segments shared in the gene
ralised stiffness which was apparent when testing accessory movement, with marke
d tenderness and thickening at the right lum bosacral level. The right sacroiliac
sulcus and PSIS were also tender to palpation. Mobility testing revealed no det
ectable difference in sacroiliac movement between sides.
He was initially assessed as more likely to be suffering from an acute right uni
lateral lumbosacral segment com pression insult, than a sacroiliac 'shuffling' le
sion, but in the event was much improved by successive techniques, individually
localised as far as is possible to both the L5SI segment and the right sacroilia
c joint, each adding an increment of improvement. At his second attendance, he h
ad reached the stage of being virtually sign-and-symptom-free with the exception
of a slight jab of pain over the right sacroiliac sulcus at about two-thirds of
his lumbar extension range. His lateral pelvic tilt remained, and since the sac
roiliac tech niques had made no apparent impression on the pelvic asymmetry, the
effects of a left heel raise were tried. A half-centimetre and then a one-centim
etre left heel lift reduced his extension range and increased the sharpness of h
is jab of pain by successively greater increments, while the same two lifts unde
r his right heel, the side of the upward pelvic tilt, did precisely the opposite
. At his third attendance, after a four days interim during which he had returne
d to work and had also been carrying out a simple home regime of flexion and ext
ension exer cises, his extension had improved considerably but flexion had regres
sed a bit in that the range was a little limited and his lumbar spine remained s
omewhat flat. Crossing his right leg over the left when sitting also provoked a
jab over his right sacroiliac joint. For the latter reason, the technique adopte
d was that depicted in Figure 1 261 ; after three applications, he moved normall
y without pain and his leg crossing restriction was freed. In retrospect, he was
probably more a right sacroiliac than a low back problem, and it would probably
have been unhelpful to pursue the question of a heel raise. LOu the temporary p
rovision of lumbosacral supports, the
temporary use of a unilateral bUllOCk raise when sitting is sometimes indicatBd.
A 36-year-old mother of children aged 10 and 1 2 years stoutly maintained that s
he had had no back problems with her two pregnancies, but had noticed over 1 0 y
ears that her right hip periodically 'went out' on walking-by this she meant her
prominent right haunch. She recalled no trauma of any conseq uence to her back.
For the last year, her right hip had not 'gone out' but over the last six month
s a right buttock ache had de veloped to a level which she was beginning to find
intoler able. The ache spread outwards and downwards over the trochanter, around
to the ASIS and halfway down the front of the thigh. It was 'very sore-really ba
d at times' and was provoked after sitting for 5-1 0 minutes, on crouching when
gardening and when dressing in the mornings. Standing, and lying flat with legs
elevated, eased her pain. She stood with a lateral pelvic tilt upward on the rig
ht, a prominent right posterior superior iliac spine, a markedly prominent right
buttock and trochanter, and her
SUPPORTS AND APPLIANCES AND ADJUNCT PHYSIOTHERAPY TREATMENTS
477
lumbar spine listed to the left. When she sat on a level surface, the pelvic til
t remained. Her lumbar articular signs were: ---<!xtension VV -Ieft-side-flexion
only half with a jab of pain right haunch -right-side-flexion V V -flexion to t
oes but deviated to the right with a noticeable curve, and with moderate pain ri
ght buttock -left rotation VV -right rotation full range but with a jab of right
lumbosacral pain at extreme of range The positive sacroiliac tests were : -ilia
c approximation hurt sharply over the right sulcus -Baer's point (q. v.) was ten
der on the right -Patrische's test (q.v.) was positive on the right -sacral apex
pressure hurt at the right sulcus Testing flexion/adduction of the right hip pr
oduced right groin pain. Straight-leg-raising was 90 /90 and painless, and there w
as no neurological deficit. Apart from some thickening over the right lumbosacra
l joint, the lumbar spine was clear on palpation ; the right sacroiliac sulcus w
as markedly tender. On the first day, techniques individually localised (Figs 1
2 18, 1 2 61) to both the sacroiliac and lumbosacral joints considerably eased h
er pain on movement, especially left side-flexion and rotation. The likelihood of
her need for a temporary left buttock raise when sitting was manifest for three
reasons ; (i) marked provocation of pain on sit ting but not on standing ; (ii)
maintenance of her lateral tilt when seated; (iii) deviation to the right on fle
xion. These factors suggested the presence of lumbar soft tissue contracture on t
he right, and at her second attend ance, when she remarked, 'much better, but sit
ting still hurts', and her left-side-flexion, flexion and rotation pain remained
improved, the techniques were repeated and she was instructed to lift her left
buttock by a 1 em raise when sitting. She was also shown a postural correction e
xercise for the pelvis and a sustained stretching exercise for the right lumbar
soft tissues. After 18 days, she reported that her pains had virtually gone, she
had dispensed with the buttock raise witf>in a week and had been able, without
discomfort, to assist with the laying of paving slabs and to go for a 200-mile c
ar drive. Her pelvic contour and attitude were much less marked, although still
detectable. When giving rise to pain requiring treatment, lateral pelvic tilt ca
n be expected to be marked by asymmetrical signs, but it can give rise to perfec
tly symmetrical symp toms: when the tilt is slight, this circumstance can mis lead
the examiner. The possibility of well-established soft-tissue changes
should be borne in mind, since the pelvic tilt may be manifest in standing, sitt
ing and lying. A 26-year-old o ffice worker suffered severe bilateral and equall
y distributed lumbar and groin pain after a hard game of squash, five weeks befo
re being assessed on 2 1 .2.79. He stood with an upward pelvic tilt on the left
side and his lumbar spine plainly tilted to the right-he was unaware of both abn
ormalities (Fig. 1 6.4A). Notably, his pelvic tilt remained when sitting on a ha
rd horizontal surface, and the X-ray (Fig. 16.48) revealed its presence when the
patient was lying supine. Careful comparison of the two a-p views of the patien
t in standing erect (Fig. 1 6.4c) and lying supine (Fig. 1 6.40) shows that in b
oth views, the perpendicular distance between the left aceta bulum and the highes
t point on the left iliac crest remains greater than on the right side. This pro
bably reflects the somewhat fixed and slightly abnormal relationship of the pelv
ic joints, but may also indicate anomalous develop ment of the ilium itself. The
obturator foramen shadows are slightly more sym metrical when standing than when
lying, indicating a slight ilium 'shift' when weight-bearing. Further, while the
upward tilt on the left side remains in both the supine (Fig. 16.48) and the st
anding erect posi tion (Fig. 1 6.4A) the lumbar spine is concave to the right in
lying and concave to the left when standing erect. The lumbar articular signs we
re : xtension limited by one-third with pain equally across the lumbosacral level
-right-side-flexion was greater than left-side-flexion; both were painless -fle
xion, during marked deviation to the right, was limited by pain equally across t
he lumbar spine when the patient's extended fingers reached mid-shin -rotations
were unexceptional Straight-leg-raising was left 65 and right 55 , both limited b
y symmetrical lumbar pain. There were no neurological sings, and on the basis of
a deep left sacroiliac sulcus (see p. 28 1 ) together with lumbar pain, the pat
ient was treated on the basis of a com bined lumbar and left sacroiliac problem s
econdary to lateral pelvic tilt. Localised mobilisation to the lumbar spine, and
then the left sacroiliac joint, produced moderate improvement in straight-leg-r
aising ranges and in flexion, but plainly not enough. Over a period of three wee
ks without treatment a 1 em heel raise reduced his pain to the point where he co
uld play squash without discomfort. Both straight-leg-raising and flexion ranges
had improved considerably. He still had pain on sitting for more than 30 minute
s. A l cm right buttock raise when sitting had relieved this residual discomfort
14 days later; whether this relief of
478
Fig. 16.4
Patient R.M. (See text for comments.) (A) Standing erect film (22.2.79).
(B) Supine film (22.2.79).
the sitting pain was due to the slowly cumulative effects of Ihe heel raise, or
was ascribable only 10 the added measure of a buttock raise, remains uncertain,
although he has now dispensed with the buttock raise. He has since played severa
l games of squash without incident. A further standing-erect a-p film of lumbar
spine and pelvis on 9.4.79 while wearing his I cm right heel raise (Fig. 1 6.4E)
revealed that while his pains were satisfac torily diminished, the appearance of
pelvic asymmetry had hardly altered at all, although comparison with the standi
ng-erect a-p film of 22.2.79 (Fig. 1 6.4A) shows the left lumbar concavity to ha
ve been slightly reversed ; this is probably due !O the heel raise but there is
no absolute certainty of it. Several debatable points arise: a. Was the relief o
ver three weeks due to the delayed effects of mobilisation, or to the heel raise
? b. While a I cm heel raise appears not to have modified the pelvic asymmetry,
the lumbar spine posture has clearly been modified. c. Might transient fluctuat
ions, in the tone of paraver tebral musculature, modify the posture of a somewhat
labile lumbar spine from day to day, and at different times on the same day? d.
Do there exist unknown or ill-underswod fac[Qcs which might account for the vari
able findings reported by Bailey and Beckwith ( 1 937)" (p. 265) ? e. Does leg-l
ength inequality invariably underlie the appearance of lateral pelvic tilt? In m
any a-p views of the pelvis, there appear grounds for believing that an anoma lou
s difference in the actual height of the ilia may also be the factor responsible
---<:ompare Figures 1 6. 4c and 1 6.40. ' f. Since Epstein ( 1 969) " (p. 3 1 )
has drawn attention to the importance of torsional soft-tissue strains in pro duc
ing pain, do we necessarily have to completely 'correct' pelvic asymmetry before
pain can be relieved? Is it neces sary, as a matter of course, to manipulate for
manifest pelvic asymmetry, when assessed as the cause of clinical features ? g.
Clinical experience indicates that the consequences of a laterally tilted pelvi
s can be unimportant, moderate, or extensive, from patient to patient. At times
the effects of a corrective heel raise will be trivial, partially beneficial or
the sole measure required in relieving a host of
SUPPORTS AND APPLIANCES AND ADJUNCT PHYSIOTHERAPY TREATMENTS
479
(D) Supine: lower lumbar spine and pelvis (22.2.79).
(c) Standing erect: lower lumbar spine and pelvis (22.2.79).
apparently unrelated joint problems from occiput to low back (see p. 308). In th
e field of benign vertebral-joint pain, a prime indi cation for treatment by a he
el raise is as follows: -unilateral back, buttock and posterior thigh ache -unil
ateral scapular region and arm ache -unilateral neck pain and episodic migrainou
s headaches in a young woman of 20 to 25 years of age or so with a lateral pelvi
c tilt upwards on the affected side (see p. 3 1 1). Sometimes this is the only t
herapeutic measure re quired, although a proportion of patients also need loca lis
ed manual techniques, of course. An unlevel sacral base is one of the most commo
n find ings in patients with low back pain. (Greenman ( 1979)'''' .)
Use of scales When pelvic asymmetry and/or leg length inequality are considered
present, it is useful to stand the patient on a side-by-side pair of scales. Loa
d differences between sides are noted, and lifts of varying thicknesses placed u
nder the foot of the shorterleg. By this simple measure, the dif ferences can som
etimes be eradicated, but whether a simple heel-lift will then be [he sole treat
ment is a matter for assessment.
(I!) Standing erect film (9.4.79) wearing a I em heel raise on the right shoe:.
480
COMMON VERTEBRAL JO tNT PROBLEMS
Later assessment It is wise to review the effects of a heel raise after some 6 t
o 1 2 months, by taking a history of clinical features dur ing the interim and by
re-examining pelvic levels, spinal movement and straight-leg-raising. In a smal
l handful of patients, mild thoracolumbar problems may have been iniriated. Clin
ical impressions suggest that heel raises of some thing less than I em can have s
ubtle but cumulative effects upon the line of thrust during weight-bearing ; in
some patients these effects may present as obscure ipsilateral knee pains, for e
xample. Or, after a few months of preg nancy, the 'lateral pelvic tilt' of a year
or so before may be observed to be now reversed. Hence assessmenl, a year or so
after applying the heel raise, is wise.
ADJUNCT PHYSICAL TREATMENTS
By this phrase is meant those commonly used surface applications to that part of
the body from which pains of venebral origin are believed to arise. Among these
might be included radiant heat, moist heat, hot water bottles, short-wave diath
ermy, microwave diathermy, ice (or cryotherapy), vapocoolant spray, inter receori
al therapy, ultrasound, localised counter-irradia tion by ultraviolet radiation a
nd roller faradism. Electrical muscle stimulation may be used to initiate volunt
ary strengthening exercises ; an alternative use of electrical stimulation (elec
troanalgesia) has been considered on page 487). The traditional use of analgesic
application to tbe body surface, for those pains which are now increasingly rec
og nised as arising in the vertebral musculoskeletal and associated tissues, must
be as old as pain itself, and it is not surprising that there remains among the
rapists of all persuasions a powerful instinct to favour this or that appli catio
n. This is not unreasonable, because the common clinical experience is that they
do help, and while the lynchpin of treatment of the moving parts of the body, i
.e. the joints and associated tissues, is primarily the variety offorms oftherap
eutic movement, or modification of movement by temporary support, mis does not d
imin ish the value of complementary or associated treatments. The essential point
is that body-surface applications, or such treatments directed to deeper tissue
s via the body surface, should perhaps not be employed until such time as a comp
rehensive attempt has been made to elucidate the nature of the disturbed functio
n being treated. Since the nature of is frequently that ofa movement abnormalit
y of one kind or another, it mUSt surely be appropriate as a first step to try a
nd elucidate the particular characteristics of the
movement abnormality. This does not necessarily mean since diagnosis in its prop
er and classical sense is very frequently not possible; but it does mean that by
the application of heat, cold, high-frequency radiations or other applications
without appropriate clinical examina tion and assessment o the abnormal movements
a basic prin f ciple has been ignored, and without constant reference to first p
rinciples no progress of any kind is possible. Thus there is no reason why physi
cal treatment applied in this way need not eventually degenerate into something
like coin-operated laundries and dry cleaners, in which those with a painful yok
e, interscapular area or low back may deposit a coin in the slot and buy 1 0 min
utes or so of this or that application by holding the affected part a prescribed
distance away from, or against, the fixed appli cator. In the case of radiant he
at, ultraviolet irradiation and faradism this, or something very like it, has vi
rtually happened, of course, and the increasing technology of everyday domestic
appliances is an augury that the process may by no means be completed. The situa
tion becomes completely different when these useful treatment methods are select
ively employed to enhance or complement treatment by movement (be i t passive o
r active), muscle strengthening, postural re education and ergonomic instruction,
which itself has been carefully selected on the basis of proper examination and
assessment, and whose effects are subjected to con tinuing assessment. In the tr
eatment of , adjunct physical methods should probably remain secon dary treatment
s, or to put it another way should not, by the very nature of the lesion under c
onsideration, assume the importance of primary treatment although they may very
frequently be the appropriate form of initial treatment, as in the field of trau
matology, for example. Mooney and Cairns ( 1 978)'" have described interest ing a
nd effective treatment regimes in the management of patients with chronic low ba
ck pain, and briefly declare : 'We have not found a role for the various modalit
ies such as ultrasound, diathermy, intermittent traction and trans cutaneous nerv
e stimulation. All seem to avoid the pri mary goals of the treatment programme, i
.e. improving soft tissue control of the degenerated segment and placing respons
ibility on the patient.' White chronic low back pain or the 'multiple-operation
back' are not the same thing as acute injury and many other painful states, onc
perceives here a morc proper rela tionship between treatment and its aims than is
the case when body surface applications become the primary and single procedure
in treating painful vertebral conditions without full assessment. The indicatio
ns for, and rationale of, their use have been discussed in very many texts, I05,
diagnosis,
286, 281, 288, 410, 5 16, 066, 717, 8n. 1021, 1098. 1218, 1234
Perhaps for ease of application, but also on the basis of clinical experience, t
he author's use of adjunct
SUPPORTS AND APPLIANCES AND ADJUNCT PHYSIOTHERAPY TREATMENTS
481
treatments is restricted to three methods, i.e. small and flexible electrical he
ating pads, a mechanical vibrator and an ultrasonic generator with provision for
variable fre quencies for insonarion.
Flexible hearing pad.! serve no other purpose Ihan that of providing comfort by
gentle warmth. They are simple and adaptable, and by reason of their flexibility
lend them selves to sometimes being incorporated with cervical, thoracic or lumb
ar tcaction treatments, with the pad placed against the painful part after the h
arness has been applied. If there does exist acceptable scientific evidence that
they have any therapeutic effect, the author has long since forgotten about or
never knew it-perhaps flexible heat pads serve a compassionate streak which is e
xercised when onc changes a nervous and exhausted patient in acute pain into a w
arm, relaxed and comfortable objective person who is also much more able to give
uncoloured in formation. These considerations may not apply in other than temper
ate climates, yet simple and hackneyed measures are no less effective for being
such. Warmth can also assist the aims of traction, of course. Electrical safety
depends on watchful maintenance of the pads.
Mechanical vibrators
have been referred to on page 379.
Ultrasound. If one had to be restricted to but a single method of adjunct treatm
ent, which is most happily allied to techniques of passive and active movement,
it would probably be ultrasound. '" Therapeutic use of this form of energy is no
t new; the report of a 1950 international congress on the subject in Rome listed
678 articles, and Curwen ( 1 952)'" observed that the softening of fibrous tiss
ue by increased perme ability was probably the most important effect, this being
borne out by clinical experience. In the treatment of 200 cases, the best result
s were achieved in conditions of superficial scarring, fibrosis and induration.
Also, effusions and oedema were more rapidly absorbed under its influence, and i
nflammatory reactions accelerated. Curwen considered that calling the mechanical
effect 'micro-massage' was an inadequate term for the intense shaking to which
tissues are subjected ! He regarded the process to be that of increasing the rap
idity of fluid exchange within the tissues, under the normal osmotic and hydrost
atic pressure mechanisms, due to the shaking of all semipermeable membranes : '
. . . in the way stones in a sieve will pass through the mesh more rapidly if it
is shaken than i f i t is held still'. From that time, when several rheumatolog
y departments commonly gave ultrasound treatments to suitable conditions, its us
e suffered a de cline, to be followed by a steadily increasing interest in its pr
oduction, technique of application and effects.
As ever, this is reflected in the spate of articles on the subject, and it is of
interest to observe that the various clin ical states of connective tissue, part
icularly fibrosis, still comprise the largest single group of conditions for whi
ch the treatment is advocated. For example, Dyson and Suck ling ( 1978)'88 provid
e a table of conditions in which it is nowadays common to use this adjunct thera
py, i.e. strained and torn ligaments, inflamed tendons and tendon sheaths, lacer
ations and other soft-tissue damage, scar tissue sensitivity and tension, varico
se ulcers, amputation neuromata, strained and torn muscles, inflamed and damaged
joint capsules, fasciitis, treatment soreness after mobilisation techniques. Ul
trasound has been shown to have clinical value in stimulating tissue repair. An
almost routine use of insonation to 'relieve the soreness of mobilisation techni
ques' may satisfy a compassionate streak, but tends to diminish the possi bilitie
s of accurate assessment of the effects of manual mobilisation. Other than heat
pads as a pretreatmem measure to aid relaxation and assist examination, it is th
e author's prac tice never to use any adjunct treatment for movement abnormalitie
s until such time as the nature of the abnormality, and its response to initial
procedures, have been assessed. Perhaps it is a matter of inclination and priori
ties. Merhod: Pulsed ultrasound is said to be most effective in recent soft-tiss
ue lesions, and in particular to injuries of the back. Q74 I t is very common, b
ut fallacious, to suppose willy-nilly that the earlier all back injuries, for ex
ample, receive some kind of active therapeutic intervention, the easier they arc
to resolve. A proportion of acute and painful low back in j uries are preferably
left entirely alone in the initial stages, an example being those patients with
severe bilateral lumbar and buttock pain, in whom movements are 'glob ally' limi
ted by increasing pain, after a fall onto the but tocks or other application of u
pward force to the ischial tuberosities. Yet many cases of back injury are consi
der ably assisted by the early usc of ultrasoun d ; for example what appear to be
minor low back muscle strains and also in the initial treatment of more severe
injuries which may include stress fractures of transverse processes.97 4 In this
connection, the certain identification of minor paraver tebral muscle strains by
palpation is not as easy as might appear, since the phenomenon of referred tend
erness can bedevil the most careful examination ; as always, it is a matter of a
ssessment and reasonable likelihood rather than certainty (see p. 258) and the p
recise nature of the excit ing trauma is a vital factor in deciding the treatment
approach. Clinical impressions are that in the great variety of pain ful joint c
onditions primarily due to degenerative disease-itself hastened by repetitive st
ress, or trauma in
482
times paH-continuous beam ultrasound at low intensi ties is effective in assistin
g to reduce pain. The merits of applying a given quantity of energy emission eit
her inter mittently or continuously are plainly arguable, and are not considered
here. 7Q4, Q44, 1 82 Therapists will not need reminders of the necessity for car
eful recording of any adjunct procedure ; with regard
to insonation, Oakley ( 1 978)'" has provided an admirable example of precise re
cording of treatment.
Vapocoolanr spray. Relaxation of muscle in spasm can be achieved by a spray of v
apocoolant. The muscle or muscle group is placed on the stretch while the spray
is applied to the overlying skin.1 2 l7
17. Medication and alternative methods of pain relief
MEDICATION
In 1972 a current MIMS monthly index listed some 1 00 items under analgesics and
antipyretics and, under anti inflammatory drugs another 60.5n Huskisson (1974)'"
has remarked: 'The clinician choosing a drug for his rheumatic patient is prese
nted with a bewildering array of analgesics, anti-inflammatory, immunosuppressiv
e and other medicines ; the same drug also appears under different names in diff
erent dosages, combinations and formulations') e.g. the many forms and combinati
ons of salicylatcs. Drugs in the anti-inflammarory group which have proved their
worth in the rheumatoid disorders have also proved to be gastrointestinal irrit
ants. The number of available medicines continues to in crease, and the following
is a simple classification: 1. Simple allalgesics. Panadol (Paracetamol), Codis
(aspirin and codeine), Oistalgesic (paracetamol and dex tropropoxyphene), OF 1 1
8 (dihydrocodeine tartrate), Oolobid and aspirin in small doses. 2. Analgesics
with mi"or ami-inflammawry properties. There are a series of proprionic acid der
ivatives ; the group includes the fenamates. They may be prescribed for minor mu
sculoskeletal disorders in which powerful anti-inflammatory effects are not requ
ired. An example is ibruprofen, and the analgesic potency is similar to that of
aspirin.
3. Analgesics with major ami-inflammarory properties are phenylbutazone (Butazol
idin), indomethacin (often pre scribed for relief of pain at night and morning st
iffness) and aspirin in large doses.
5. Drugs employed in rheumatoid archritis are gold, penicil lamine, immunosuppres
sive and the antimalarial drugs. 6. Drugs with a specific acrion ;11 gout are co
lchicine and allopurinol. Briefly, the use of drugs5!) is as follows:
a. Analgesics
Paracetamol is a mild analgesic with antipyretic proper ties. Codeille phosphate
is a weak analgesic which may be used in a linctus to control non-productive cou
ghing j the stress of coughing may frequently exacerbate lumbar and thoracic pai
n, for example. Phenacetin was present in very many drug formulations, but was r
arely given alone. It has a reputation as a nephro toxic agent and is now seldom
used. Carisprodol has mild analgesic properties and is a 'muscle relaxant' (see
below). Pentazocine (Fonral) is an effective analgesic, with no anti-inflammator
y or antipyretic properties.
b. Anti-inflammatory agents
4. Purely anti-inflammatory drugs are the corticosteroids and corticotrophin, wh
ich tend to suppress or affect nor mal endocrine function. For this reason, no do
ubt, Mooney and Cairns ( 1 978)'" observe that steroids have no role in the trea
tment of chronic degenerative processes.
Ifa drug has an anti-inflammatory effect it will almost cer tainly have a potenti
al ulcerogenic effect as well. Aspirin (acetylsalicylic acid) is widely used in
its soluble form. The action of aspirin is rapid but short-lived ; all preparati
ons, buffered or unbuffered, may cause dys pepsia and/or gastrointestinal bleedin
g. Forms of the drug are: Paynocil (glycinated aspirin) ; Bufferin ; aloxiprin (
Palaprin) ; enteric-coated aspirin (Nuseals), all of which reduce gastrointestin
al side effects. Also, benorylate (Benoral), a combination of paracetamol and as
pirin ; Safapryn, a similar combination ; Levius, which is said to have a more p
rolonged effect, may be used for the relief of night pain. Phenylbutazone and ox
yphenbucazone are pyrazoles ; they are effective anti-inflammatory drugs with an
even, prolonged action. Flu/enamic acid and me/ane,.,.,ic acid (Ponstan) are an
al gesic, anti-inflammatory and antipyretic, and these
484
anthranilatcs arc an alternative if drugs such as aspirin are nO[ tolerated well
or are ineffective. lbruprofen (Brufen) is a mild analgesic, with anti-in flamma
tory properties. Indomethacin begins its anti-inflammatory action within onc or
two hours of taking. h can produce headache and a variety of cerebral sensations
reponed as muzziness and giddiness, together with gastrointestinal symptoms. Wh
en degenerative and non-inflammatory conditions are causing sporadic pain only,
analgesics with a rapid action may be prescribed. For severe and morc constant p
ain, anti-inflammatory analgesics such as indomethacin or phenylbutazone are mor
e likely to be chosen. Prednisolone may be given for (he early morning stiff ness
of polymyaJgia rheumatica, and Indomethacin, Butazolodin and NaprosYll for nigh
t pains and morning stiffness in ankylosing spondylitis. More recent drugs,584 w
ith analgesic and anti-in flammatory effects and reduced side effects arc: Alclof
enac (an acetic acid derivative) Fenoprofen (a proprionic acid derivative) Ketop
rophen (a proprionic acid derivative) Naproxen (a proprionic acid derivative) Pr
inalgin Fenopron Orudis Naprosyn Proprietary name
ALTERNATIVE METHODS OF PAIN RELIEF
Having mentioned (p. 480) adjunct physiotherapy methods which involve the variou
s applications of heat, cold and some forms of electrical energy, there remains
a somewhat disparate group of procedures which are not yet widely incorporated i
nto orthodox physical therapy and which cannot be grouped under those invasive p
ro cedures which are themselves intended to exert the thera peutic effect (see p.
5 1 4), rather than the implanting of a long-acting device, for example. A list
of these might include : A. B. C. D. E. F. G. Acupuncture Transcutaneous electro
anaigesia I mplanted stimulators Operant conditioning, or behaviour modification
Relaxation Employment of the biofeedback principle The back 'school'.
A. ACUPUNCTURE Traditional Chinese medicinel'"'' can claim to have been the worl
d's first organised body of medical knowledge. The earliest Chinese medical trea
tise (The Yellow Emperor's Classic of Internal Medicine) was written several cen
turies before the birth of Christ, and is said to date from 2698 BC and 2598 BC.
Low ( 1 974)767 mentions that treatment by acupuncture for low back pain is not
new. In America, Bache ( 1826)' described the merits of acu puncture in managing
pain in the low back. In 1825 the French physician Sarlandiers used electrical s
timulation via needles inserted into acupuncture points to treat back pain, and
in 1 9 1 5 an English acupuncturist, Davis, described the therapeutic value of g
alvanic acu puncture. A later report (Goulden, 192 1 ) ,'" in the British Medical
Jounral, described acupuncture and electrical stimulation in several hundred ca
ses of sciatica. Smith (1974)"" observes:
The theoretical background of traditional medicine is uniquc, being concerned wi
th the achievement of balance between the two opposing life forces, yin and yang
. Illness is thought to be due to imbalance in Lhese natural forces. Practitione
rs claim that they can identify specific skin areas which become hypersensitive
when thc function of an organ is impaired-and that the points con cerned with a p
articular organ can be linked to form a line or meri dian. The network of these l
ines and points forms the theoretical basis of the technique of acupuncture.
Other new drugs in the same group are Clinoril, Metura zone, flurbiprofen (Froben
) and Tolectin. Voltarol (diclofenac sodium), a new antirheumatic drug which is
said to be well tolerated, also has analgesic and antipyretic properties.
c. Muscle relaxants
I n this connection, the views of Mooney and Cairns (1978)'" arc of interest:
Many of the drugs advocated for chronic back pain care are said to treat 'muscle
spasm'. It should be noted that myoelectric activity related to chronic pain in
the back (when the individual is at rest in a supported position) has never bee
n described. It is hard
[0
understand what spasm is being treated. Our own
studies17Q of patients lying in traction in bed complaining of severe back pain
and 'spasm', using very thin wire electrodes in the low back musculature, have f
ailcd to demonstrate elcctricaJ activity.
d. Relief of gout
Three drugs most useful in the rapid relief of acute gout are indomethacin, phen
ylbutazone and colchicine. Serum uric acid levels may be lowered by reducing ura
te syn thesis, or by promoting the excretion of urate by the kid neys, and uricosu
ric drugs in common use are probenecid, echebenecid and sulphinpyrazone; the dru
g allopuri,lol reduces urate synthesis and is now the mOSt widely used in this g
roup.
The Traditional Medical College in Kwangchow teaches that there are 361 acupunct
ure points; other Chinese authorities have quoted twice as many. It is held that
both diagnosis and treatment is facilitated by detailed
MEDICATION AND ALTERNATIVE METHODS OF PAIN RELIEF
485
knowledge of the distribution of these points, and that malfunction of organs is
(i) recognised by sensitivity of the point, and (ii) relieved by stimulation of
the points. Thus, acupuncture in Chinese medicine is used both in diagnosis and
in treatment. There are several methods of acupunclure:41:J2
Needle acupuncture, or needle insertion in specific acu puncture points. (The poi
nts selected may be near the site of the disease or remote from the site, accord
ing to tradi tional meridians.) Injection acupuncture, the injection of sterile w
ater, saline, local anaesthetic, vitamins or other medication into acupuncture p
oints. Thread acupuncture, the insertion of thread into onc acupuncture point an
d out through another and the thread left in situ for a period of time to produc
e persistent stimulation. Pressure acupuncture, the application of digital press
ure over appropriate points, and Moxibustion, which involves the application of
heat in the combustion of a piece of artemisia vulgaris. Auricular acupuncture,
which is the stimulation of acu puncture points situated in the ear. A more recen
t method of stimulation is the use of elec trical current transmitted via needles
or surface electrodes (see p. 487). The use of acupU1lcture i" anaesthesia is v
ery recent, and was not allempted before 1956. Wall ( 1 974)"" believes that soc
ial and psychological mechanisms play a dominant part in the effectiveness of ac
upuncture, but also mentions that while surgical opera tions are certainly comple
ted under acupuncture, the number of such cases is decreasing. For example, he v
isited the most active Chinese hospital using acu puncture, and among 5200 major
surgical procedures dur ing 1973, only 6 per cent (324) were under acupuncture ;
the rest were performed under the conventional chemieal anaesthesia. In precedin
g years, the numbers were 845 ( 1 970), 395 ( 197 1 ) and 350 ( 1 972). He remar
ks that what is new is that the Chinese have developed a combination of three cl
assical techniques for the control of pain: (a) relief of anxiet y ; (b) suggest
ion; (c) distraction, and suggests that the undoubted success of acupuncture ana
lgesia in volves a number of factors such as the national culture, the personalit
y of patient and doctor, the operation itself and the acupuncture stimulus. Neve
rtheless, these are assisted where necessary by sedation, narcotics and local an
esthesia. Levine et al ( 1 976)714 observed the effects of needle acu puncture in
a small group of37 patients, 1 0 of whom had pain associated with nerve damage,
the remainder having either acute or chronic pain (the laller defined as pain f
or longer than 6 months). In chronic painful conditions, the treatment was effec
tive in producing at least transient analgesia, a high score
on psychometric indicators of anxiety and depression being a significant predict
or of success in these chronie cases. Needle acupuncture was observed to produce
per manent relief of acute (self-limited) pain, but was not helpful in pain resu
lting from nerve damage. Fox and Melzack ( 1 976)J70 treated 1 2 patients suffer
ing chronic low back pain with both acupuncture and transcu taneous electrical St
imulation. The intensity and quality of pain were measured with the McGill Pain
Question naire. Acupuncture was by insertion of a needle into three places on the
bladder meridian (points commonly used for the treatment of backache) with. str
ong manual rotation for one minute at each point. Transcutaneous electrical stim
ulation (see later) was applied, with an e.e.g. disc elec trode, for ten minutes
at each of the same points in succes sion. The generator, having a variable outpu
t of up to 35 volts, produced 60 Hz sine-wave trains at a rate of three per seco
nd, and the voltage was raised to a bearable but painful level. Based on measure
ment of pain intensity overall, relief was greater than one-third in 75 per cent
of patients given acupuncture and in 66 per cent treated by electrical stimulat
ion, the mean duration of relief being 40 hours and 23 hours, respectively. Stat
istical analyses of the data revealed no significant difference between the two
treatments, and both methods appeared to be equally effective. Gunn et al ( 1 97
6)'" have remarked on the confusion which appears to exist in China as well as i
n Western countries (vide supra) caused by the inability of workers in acupunctu
re to demonstrate the exact nature of acu puncture loci, or to identify them in n
euroanatomieal terms. The authors reviewed 70 commonly used acu puncture points,
and found that the loci could be classified inw at least three types, viz: I--co
rresponding to a known anatomical entity, i.e. the motor point of a muscle; I I-
--<:orresponding to the focal meeting of superficial nerves in the sagittal plan
e, and I I I-lying over superficial nerves or plexuses. They append a detailed t
abulation of the 70 points, and suggest that as a first step towards the use of
acupuncture by the medical profession, a new system of locus nomen clature be int
roduced, based on relating them to known neural anatomy. Trigger points associat
ed with myofascial and visceral pains (see Head's zones, p. 178) often lie withi
n areas of referred pain, yet many are located some distance from these areas. B
rief, intensive stimulation at trigger points often produces prolonged relief of
pain. For example, the injection of short-acting local anaes thetic at trigger p
oints, or brief stimulation of them by dry needling, intense cold, injection of
normal saline or transcutaneous electrical stimulation may diminish or
486
abolish some forms of myofascial and visceral pain for days, weeks or permanentl
y. Following Travell and Rinzler's paper (1952)12>8 on myofascial pain syndromes
, and the phenomenon of pain relief by injection of trigger points, Melzacker al
. (1977)'" attempted to determine the correlation between trigger points and acu
puncture loci, having observed that the relief of pain by injecting trigger poin
ts resembled the relief of pain by needling acupuncture loci. A high degree of c
orrespondence (71 per cent) was note d ; the authors suggested that trigger poin
ts for pain and acupuncture loci, though discovered independently and according
to different treatment philosophies, 'represent (he same phenomenon and can be e
xplained in terms of the same underlying neural mechanism'. The authors reproduc
e clinical syndromes, pain patterns and associated trigger areas described by Tr
avell and Rinzler, and then tabu late the associated acupuncture points with the
clinical syndromes. Shealy (1977)'''' regards the effects of acupuncture as neit
her a psychosomatic nor a placebo response, but as due to modulation of nerve fu
nction, doing this via the autonomic nervous system. He asserts that many of tho
se in pain are suffering because of overactivity of the sym pathetic ponion of th
e autonomic nervous system.
Needle grasp (or che eech'i phulomeno'l) mId crigger poine pressure. Needling at
acupuncture points and pressure at trigger points (or vice versa), produces a d
eep aching feel ing. While orthodox medicine assumes this to be due to stimulatio
n of an underlying focal pathological change, in acupuncture it is named 'tech'i
',467 and there is evidence that it may be due in part to a local muscle reflex
which produces gripping of the acupuncture needle on penetra tion of subjacent mu
scle at acupuncture points. There are two types of needle-grasp---<;uperficial a
nd deep. SlIperficial. This occurs when the needle has penetrated the skin for a
millimetre or so. When the needle is rotated, the skin around the needle will p
ucker and be lifted a lillie as traction is applied to the needle. Deep. This oc
curs most obviously at type I (motor point) acupuncture loci, a local muscle spa
sm occurring at the point of stimulation. The needle is observed to be
some muscle sites but not others ; also unexplained is the nature of the underly
ing focal pathological change. Myofascial trigger points are sometimes associate
d with definite nodules of fibrous tissue. Kennard and Haugen (1955)'" have obse
rved that Irigger points of the pectoral area and back are rare in infants and c
ommon in adults, and Korr (1955)'" has suggested that trigger points de velop dur
ing the course of growth as a result of musculo skeletal stresses, especially tho
se of the back. There is evidence that, long after total healing and pain relief
, the sites of injured or 'insulted' tissues may be parti cularly susceptible to
the formation of trigger (or acu puncture?) points. It is tempting to equate this
pheno menon with the known phenomenon of 'remembered' pain (p. 173). While the g
enesis of trigger points in {he adult remains to be fully elucidated, it is evid
ent that most of them are relatively invariable from patient to patient and conf
orm to a panern, while a small percentage, as sequelae of earlier injuries, woul
d naturally conform not to the general pat tern but to the type, locality and nat
ure of the injury. Mann e r al. (1973)"" have described the treatment of intract
able pain by acupuncture, and Mann (1966, 1967)""2.",,) has provided both an atl
as of acupuncture and described the treatment of disease by this method. Gunn an
d Millbrandt465. 466. 467. 468, 469. 470. 47 1 have noted the phenomenon of tend
erness at motor points, and hypothesise that trigger points, acupuncture points
and motor points may represent a common underlying basis for understanding much
that is as yet unelucidated about musculoskeletal pain. Weinstein (1974)1298 has
discussed the application of acupuncture in physical therapy, and makes proposa
ls for its possible use. The techniques of therapeutic local anaesthesia by in je
ction were reviewed by Lewit (I979)'" and it appeared that the common denominato
r was needle puncture and not the anaesthetic substance. In 241 patients exhibit
ing chronic myofascial pain, 312 pain-sites were treated by dry needling, with i
mmediate analgesia without hypoaes thesia in 86 per cent of the cases, when the m
ost painful spot was touched by needle. Permanent relief of tenderness was achie
ved in 92 of the needled structures, relief lasting several months in 58, for se
veral weeks in 63 and several days in 32 of 288 pain sites, on follow-up. Treatme
nt effectiveness is related to the intensity of pain provoked on needling the tr
igger zone, and to thl! precision with which the site of tenderness is localised
by needle. The author observed one feature which is common to the use oflocal a
naesthetic and to manipulation (described as segmental reflex therapy),741 i.c.
after immediate relief pain was reactivated after some hours or next day, the
grasped, and this change may occasionally be so intense as to require considerab
le traction for needle extraction; sometimes the needle is found to be bent. The
phenomenon is most manifest when the needle enters partially denervated or neur
opathic muscle, and when the motor point stimulated is already tender. Gunn and
Millbrandt (1977)'67 suggest that the subjec tive feelings of deep soreness, numb
ness, heaviness, pressure and aching are probably due to the stimulation of noci
ceptors and proprioceptors. An unexplained fact is that the aching feeling is fe
lt al
MEDICATION AND ALTERNATIVE METHODS OF PAIN RELIEF
487
reactivation lasting a day or so before the full therapeutic effect was establis
hed. Comparisons of the undermentioned tabulated pain spots and trigger zones wi
th those of Travell and Rinzler'2J6 and Hansen and Schliak,"98 and the periostea
l points of Vogler and Krauss,1271 revealed that there are many such localities
and some may have been chosen arbitrarily. Lewit's localities, and rationale for
needling them, ace summarised: Posterior arch of atlas may be the most importan
t single trigger zone in headaches of cervical origin. Pelvic ligaments. The imp
ortance of these ligaments has been stressed by others; pain can be elicited by
stretching the ligaments and needling their insertions. I1Jlerdigital fold. An i
mportant trigger zone in radicular syndromes. Infiltration is frequently effecti
ve if there is a zone of hyperalgesia. Lewit mentions a disappearance or reducti
on of Lascgue's sign as evidence of success after needling a painful skin fold b
etween the toes. Head of fibula. Painful spots in this locality may be related t
o painful leg cramps, a complaint in patients recovering from acute radicular sy
ndromes. Periosteum of ribs. A frequent source of pain, particu larly near the co
stal angle, in the axillary line, the mammil lary line and at the sternocostal ju
nction. Spinous processes, especially that of C2, probably because of upper cerv
ical muscle insertion. Upper border of scapula. Insertion of levator scapulae mu
scle. Ischial tuberosity. An important muscle insertion point and a frequent sit
e of pain. In the present climate of interest in acupuncture, much is sometimes
made of what is termed 'acupuncture mas sage', in which circular frictions, trans
verse frictions or steady digital pressure are applied to muscles at acu puncture
loci; in low back pain, for example, the bladder and gall-bladder loci are empl
oyed. When the essentials of the technique are considered, they seem to amount t
o little more than the known method of inhibitory pressures (p. 379). Duffin ( 1
978)" has provided a very good geographical survey of the current interest in an
d development of acu puncture techniques, yet to suggest that the success of acup
uncture in the treatment of pain is explained by what is essentially an hypothes
is (the pain-gate theory, p. 168) itself not yet elucidated, is to raise more qu
estions than answers. Investigation of the effects of acupuncture indicate the p
ossibility that it may stimulate release of endogenous substances with morphine-
like biological properties which have an analgesic effect. Brain and serum extra
cts of acupunctured rabbits injected into untreated animals produced a marked an
algesic effect, as evidenced by a great increase in their tolerance of pain.7L6
B. TRANSCUTANEOUS ELECTR ICAL ANALGES I A The initial reference (p. 169) to elec
trical stimulation, for pain relief, requires further consideration. In reviewin
g the results of treating 100 cases of low back-sprain by surface electrode stimu
lation at acu puncture points, Gunn and Millbrandt ( 1 975)'62 give the neurophys
iological basis for acupuncture as: 1 . The development of analgesia depends upo
n the stimulation of specific acupuncture points, which cor respond to certain ty
pes of muscle receptor. 2. The transmission of a painful stimulus can be blocked
by other afferent inputs at spinal and thalamic levels. 3. There are descending
inhibitory influences from the raphe nuclei which are activated by muscle affer
ents. 4. There also appears to be involved a humoral agent, which has not yet be
en identified (see above) The 100 patients with low back pain, 94 of whom com ple
ted the treatment and were included in the follow-up study at three months after
discharge, were grouped as follows:
Group I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X No. of pariems 29 7 5 13 18 2
I
II I 7
Non-specific soft-tissue injury Disc degeneration (i.e. radiographic disc narrow
ing) Disc generation with only subjective radicular symptoms As group III but wi
th objective signs such as reduced SLR. etc. GcncraJiscd degenerative changes (s
ome patientS had had surgery in the past) Spondylolysis without slip Spondylolis
thesis ReccnI postoperative cases (original injury nOI defined) Functional overl
ay a. Lumbar instability-old laminectomy,subscqucmly required fusion (I) b. Comp
ression fracture (2) c. Transverse process fracture (I) d. Right ilium fracture
(I) c. Arachnoiditis (I) f. Backache superimposed on Maric-Strumpcll's disease (
I)
Surface electrode acupuncture obviates many of the complications of methods such
as needle insertion, e.g. sepsis, transmitted infection and breakage of needles
, and also burns from moxibustion. The technique employs a current with biphasic
square wave pulses, with an optimum frequency (found by trial and error) in the
neighbourhood of70-100 Hz and a pulse duration of 0 . 1 milliseconds. The measu
red output was from 2 to 6 milliamperes at 2 to 6 volts ; this was gradually inc
reased during each session of stimulation, as the patient developed tolerance, w
orking up to 10 rnA at 10-40 V. The stimulation sessions occupied 20 minutes dai
ly, and as improvement occurred the sessions were reduced
488
to thrice weekly. Patients were gradually weaned from stimulation and progressed
to moderate or advanced remedial exercise groups, or were discharged.
Placement of electrodes
Group I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X aj bj cj dj ej f)
No. of cases 29 7 5 13 18 2
I
Good 25 5 4 7 8
Satisfactory 3 I I 4 5 I 3
Temporary or Poor
Whether the symptoms were unilateral or bilateral, elec trodes were placed bilate
rally, in accordance with tradi tional acupuncture practice. The anodes were plac
ed on the back, at the segmental levels of spinal nerves, and the cathodes were
placed on the limbs according to the distri bution of the anterior primary rami.
( Root values are those given by the authors.) The points were chosen according
to the level of root involvement, and subjective tenderness to digital pressure.
In this respect, it is worth recalling (p. 192) that the distribution of sympto
ms and signs in the lower limb is not a reliable indication of the level of segm
ental changes responsible for them. A,lOdal electrodes were placed as follows:
Acupuncture point Bladder Bladder Bladder Bladder Bladder Bladder 22 23 24 25 26
47 AnatomicallocalilY Sacrospinalis L2 Sacrospinalis L3 Sacrospinalis L4 Sacros
pinalis L5 Cutaneous nerve ppr Til Cutaneous nerve ppr TI2
2 5 I 4
II I I 2 I
4
The cathodal electrodes were placed as follows: a) Posterior aspect of limb:
Awpmfcwre point Bladder 48 Bladder 49 Bladder 50 Bladder 51 Bladder 54 Bladder 5
5 Bladder 56 Bladder 58 Kidney 9 Gall-bladder 34 Anatomicallocaliry Upper motor
point gluteus max (L5-S2) Lower motor point gluteus max (L5-S2) Sciatic nerve at
gluteal fold (L4-S3) Sciatic nerve at mid-post thigh (L4-S3) Popliteal nerve (L
4-S2) Sural nerve (L4-5) Sural nerve (L4-5) Motor point lateral soleus (L5-S2) M
otor point medial soleus (L5-S2) Common peroneal nerve (L4-S2) Motor point-glute
us medius (L5-S2) Motor point-med. head of gastrocnemius SI2) Motor point-Iat. h
ead of gastrocnemius (SI2)
Other poin tS
{
b) Anterior aspect of limb :
Gall-bladder 34 Spleen 9 Spleen 8 Liver 6 Spleen 36 Lateral cutaneous nerve of l
eg (L5-S2) Saphenous nerve (L3-4) Saphenous nerve (L3-4) Saphenous nerve (L34) M
otor point tib. ant. (L4-5)
One centimelre diameter sfainless steel electrodes were employed.
Results were classified as: (i) Good: relief of signs and symptoms-patient retur
ned to previous employment. (ii) Satisfactory: relief of signs and symptoms, and
patient
advanced to remedial occupational therapy or referred to lighter employment. (ii
i) Poor or temporary: no change, or relief only during stimulation.
No contraindications had appeared to date, but patients with a cardiac history o
r with metal in the tissues, such as a plated fracture, were excluded from the s
eries. The authors compared treatment by surface electrode stimulation with a si
milar series of patients treated by the standard orthodox regime, and conclude t
hat the former is an acceptable form of treatment comparable to standard orthodo
x measures, and well worth a trial in those cases resistant to standard regimes.
Gunn (1976)461 observes that muscle stimulation is maximal at a fairly narrow t
ransverse band, the zone of innervation, near the neurovascular hilus of the mus
cle and approximating to the motor point on the skin. Many classical acupuncture
points are now seen to co incidewith motorpoints (videsupra). Of the many method
s of stimulation by acupuncture, the two most employed are transcutaneous neural
stimulation using surface elec trodes, and needle acupuncture with or without el
ectrical stimulation. The greatest relief of pain is reported to occur following
the patient'S subjective appreciation of the 'tech'i' phenomenon. The author di
scusses the importance of large diameter mechanoreceptors of muscle in relieving
pain, and con cludes that it would seem logical that stimulation is best applied
at the motor point. Callaghan, Sternbach et al. (1978)'" examined sensory perce
ption, in those patients with chronic pain in one limb, before and after pain re
duction by transcutaneous neural stimulation. The contralateral limb, and normal
subjects, served as controls. Compared to the controls, painful limbs showed co
nsiderable impairment of sensory sensitivity j following transcutaneous neurosti
mulation, however, sensitivity was improved towards normal levels. Conversely, e
lectrical stimulation slightly impaired sensitivity in normal limbs. Among the c
onflicting hypotheses about the mechan ism of electrical analgesia, there is slig
ht support for the concept of peripheral small-fibre blockade or fatigue. Findin
gs suggest that, at most, only some small fibres
MEDICATION AND ALTERNATIVE METHODS OF PAIN RELIEF
489
could have been blocked, and this is consistent with the observation that stimul
ation did not completely abolish the pain but only reduced its severity. The hyp
othesis of central inhibition was not entirely supported, either. The results of
this research suggest that both peripheral small-fibre blockade and large-fibre
stimulation are involved in electroanalgesia ; the former is predominant when p
ain reduction occurs in a painfuJ limb and the later is more noticeable in norma
l limbs. Transcutaneous nerve stimuJation is ineffective if attempted on the bas
is of treatment for 30-{i0 minutes a day, for example. For the majority of patie
nts in whom it may be indicated, the stimulus needs to be applied almost continu
ously during their waking day, at least ini tially. 1119 The routines of stimulat
ion must be individually worked out for each patient, with a variety of stimulat
ors and eleclrodes applied in turn to some 40 different surface points, before t
he optimum effectiveness is achieved. For those who will need transcutaneous sti
mulation on a permanent or semi-permanent basis the treatment plan should aim at
transferring responsibility for the use and maintenance of the equipment to the
patient ; a variety of neat and portable stimuJators is now available. The pati
ent will need to attend for a period of familiarisation with equipment, rational
e and aims of treatment, the location of motor points and formal dermatome areas
, and the need for persistence. Some may obtain relief fairly quickly, others ma
y need up to four weeks of patient testing with the electrodes in different posi
tions. A combination of using trigger points (p. liS) and formal dermatome areas
(Figs 2. I S, 2.19, 220) is used by some therapists, on a basis of initially pl
acing electrodes proximally to the site of pain and over the spinal nerve root o
r peripheral nerve trunk serving the painful region. (i) For central pain which
spreads distally, the elec trodes are at first placed proximally (ii) For localis
ed distal pain, and for specific joint pain, electrodes initially are placed in
the vicinity con cerned (iii) The use of an interferential technique for localise
d areas, i.e. four electrodes, may be more successful where two-electrode stimul
ation has not been suc cessful (iv) Where there is deep pain, it may be an advant
age to initially stimulate with electrodes placed a few segments more cranially.
Some patients will experience pain relief during the stimulation periods only ;
others will experience relief or diminution for as much as three or four times
longer. It is suggested that stimulation is contraindicated in the presence of c
ardiac pace-makers, and where pain relief is likely to conceal the symptoms of p
rogressive pathology. TENS (Transcutaneous Electrical Nerve Stimulation)
is particularly suited for use by physiotherapists, and of a recent survey among
196 of them975 some 65 per cent employed the technique to relieve chronic pain f
rom a variety of disorders. Short-term use, and the most common use of the metho
d was in treating low back pain and cervical pain.
C. IMPLANTED STIMULATORS Wall and Noordenbos ( 1 977)"" have demonstrated, fol lo
wing examination of three patients with spinal cord dorsal column lesions, that
the subjects did not lose one or more of the classical primary modalities of sen
sation, but lost the ability to simultaneously analyse the spatial and temporal
characreristics of a stimulus. Two of the patients had s uffered single stab wou
nds which cut com pletely across both dorsal columns and extended into the ventra
l white matter. Their findings raise questions about the validity of classical t
eaching, particularly about the nature and physiological significance of afferen
t impulse traffic in the posterior columns. Rather more than 10 years ago, follo
wing experimental work, the use of electrical stimulation of the central or peri
pheral nervous system, to inhibit pain, became the subject of much investigation
. Relief of pain by electrical stimulation of peripheral nerves was reported by
Wall and Sweet in 1967. 1280 Since activation of the large A-beta fibres was obs
erved to inhibit nociceptive impulse traffic, stimulation of the dorsal columns
of the spinal cord might reasonably offer a method of subduing chronic pain. Exp
erimentally, dorsal column electroanalgesia was found to totally abol ish prolong
ed small-fibre after-discharge (PSAD), as recorded in the upper cervical cord, t
egmentum and parts of the cere bell urn. Further experiments, in which electrica
l impulses of 0.5-1.0 rnA were applied to the dorsal columns of cats, demonstrat
ed that noxious stimuli failed to evoke normal responses to pain. Shealey, Morti
mer and Hagfors (1970)1117 implanted 5 mm square platinum plates into the thorac
ic spines of six patients, placing the electrodes some four to eight segments ab
ove the levels of pain input. The plates were attached to silicone-impregnated D
acron which was sutured to the dura; the pulsed signals were delivered to the im
planted radio-receiver, transcutaneously, by a bat tery-powered radio-transmitter
. Biphasic square wave pulse durations of 0.3ms, repeated 50-275 per second at v
ariable voltages, were controlled by the patients, who seemed to prefer a freque
ncy of 100-200 per second. Some relief of pain was felt by all the patients. For
patients with constant pain, stimularion was constantly re quired, and there was
no lasting after-benefit from stimu-
490
lation, as is seen in stimulation of peripheral nerves. There was no interferenc
e with normal neurological function. Long ( 1 977)762 reviews eleclrical slimula
lion for Ihe control of pain, remarking that implantable stimulators have been u
sed for stimulation of peripheral nerves, anterior and posterior surfaces of [he
spinal cord, and the brain; he suggests that peripheral nerve stimulators 3rc t
he most efficacious of the implantable devices, used spe cifically for Ihe pain o
f peripheral nerve injury. The long-term results of dorsal column stimulation, v
ia Ihe surgical implanling of eleclrodes close 10 Ihe dorsal columns during lami
nectomy, have been reported by Urban and Nashold ( 1 978)'25' as disappoinling,
wilh a failure rale which may be as high as 70 per cenl. They itemise the proble
ms as failure to gain effective stimula tion referable to the painful region, to
derive adequate pain relief from an acceptable level of stimulation and to conti
nue pain relief after initial success. They describe a percutaneous method of im
plantation into the epidural space, with electrodes connected sub cutaneously to
the receiver placed in a subcutaneous pocket in the left loin. Each patient was
instructed in the auto-stimulation technique, with variations of frequency and i
ntensity. The generally poor results of conlrolling pain by spinal cord stimulat
ion were confirmed, although 7 out of 20 patients were started on 'chronic' auto
stimulation and only 1 failed to experience continued pain relief. Theadvanlage
oflhe method is IhalOn failure 10 respond with satisfactory relief of pain, the
system is easily re moved. D. OPERANT CONDITIONING, OR BEHAVIOUR MODIFICATION Acu
te, or more especially chronic low back pain, for example, frequently has a numb
er of factors in its pathogenesis.09 Disturbances of the skeletal, articular, mu
scular, cere brospinal and autonomic nervous systems, and of the viscera, posture
and psyche, all need to be taken into account. I t is well known that the inten
sity or amount of pain (if such can be quanlified for analysis olher Ihan by com
mon social awareness and subjective evaluation) does not have a one-to-one relat
ionship to the amount of tissue damage presumed to be responsible for it. 846 Be
echer ( 1960)78 has observed:
Many investigators seem grimly determined to establish-in deed,
position of c01ldir;o";'lg, of the processing comp01le,ll, of the psychic
reacrion. [my italics.]
In some individuals, pain (or rather more aptly 'pain behaviour') appears to con
tinue for an inordinately long period after presumed tissue damage may be expect
ed to have resolved. There is something singular and unusual when pain appears 1
0 be lasling forever, despile Ihe besl efforts of experienced doctors, surgeons
and therapists. A propor tion of patients appear to have become habituated to pai
n after chronic disability, and notwithstanding our lack of certain information
about the true nature of joint pain, there is reason to believe that pain behavi
our may be rein forced, and be conlinued for disproportionalely long periods afte
r the stimulus which gave rise to it has dis appeared, if advantage of onc kind o
r another is gained Ihereby. 'The differences between pain as a sensory system a
nd as a chronic condition are critically important.' (Fordyce, 1 973.)"" Chronic
pain allows lime for alliludes and Iypes of behaviour 10 be learned. The sel of
aClions, by which a person in pain will wittingly or unwittingly signal this to
others, are called operants, e.g. the descriptions of pain, facial distorcion,
way of sitting down or rising from a chair, reaching out for supporc, limping, s
eeking medication or rest and avoiding various fundamental activities or duties.
Almost all examples of pain behaviour arc operants. Much behaviour is determine
d by its consequences.754 The importance of operants is that they can be influen
ced, i.e. eilher sleadily reinforced or eXlinguished, by Ihe con sequences which
follow Ihem. If a particular behaviour (operanl) is repelilively and immedialely
followed by favourable consequences, it tends to become positively reinforced,
and tends to occur again in response to a similar stimulus. Should pain behaviou
r not be system alically followed by favourable reinforcers, of one kind or anoth
er, usually the operant will tend to occur less fre quently and ultimalely be eXl
inguished. Pain habilualion becomes learned when pain behaviour is positively re
in forced and well behaviour is poorly reinforced. Fordyce367 gives a common exam
ple:
A heavy labourer with chronic back pain illustrates positive re inforcement. When
he works, his pain increases. When he rests, his pain decreases. If he receives
his rest contingent on hurting (engaging in pain behaviour), rest becomes a pos
itive reinforcer. Thus, he mUSt hurt to gain rest. This situation can lead to le
arning a pain habit-that is, to developing pain behaviour controlled by environm
entaJ consequences rather than a pathogenic factor. Although the pain does not s
tart in this way, the arrangement de scribed may serve
[0
too
often there does not seem to have been any question
in their minds-that for a given stimulus there must be a given response j i.e. f
or so much stimulation of nerve endings, so much pain will be experienced ... Th
is fundamental error has led to enormous waste . . . there is no simple relation
ship between stimulus and subjective response . . . the reason for this is the i
nter-
maintain or increase the pain even after the
stimulus is no longer present.
The description 'psychogenic' is not appropriate, since it assumes the existence
of a personality disorder, which
MEDICATION AND ALTERNATIVE METHODS OF PAIN RELIEF
491
is not invariably present. Further, psychotherapy has a low rate of success in t
reating chronic pain. Pain behaviour is automatically learned, whether or not th
e patient has a personality disorder. Other examples of positive reinforcement f
or pain be haviour, or secondary gain, are: (i) The man or woman whose chronic ba
ckache, or lower abdominal or coccygeal pain, serves to postpone sex ual intercou
rse, about which there is some aversion because of difficulty, real or imagined.
eii) Continuing pain eliciting a continuation of extra attention and helpfulnes
s, when 'well' behaviour does nor. (iii) Attention and expressions of sympathy u
pon pain be haviour 3re potent reinforcers. (iv) 'Well' behaviour leading to resu
mption of unpleasant duties or grappling with painful difficulties. (v) Hospital
inpatients, after a period of chronic pain, may be rei uctant to face the sea o
f troubles which laps the hospital gates. (vi) Sometimes, a prescription of medi
cation for pain, and rest for pain, may act as reinforcers in some patients, if
relief of pain follows. In each case of long-continued chronic pain, where the c
hanges initially producing pain can reasonably be assumed to have resolved, evid
ence of a relationship between pain behaviour and positive reinforcers should be
sought. For example, there may be a strongly ingrained pattern of using pain as
a tool in social relationships. 1 52
Operant conditioning refers to methods by which the strength, or frequency of oc
currence, of operants may be increasedor decreased, and depends upon recognition
that pain behaviours are subject to learning or conditioning. To modify pain be
haviour by operant conditioning, the physician and/or therapist must:
In most patients, operants to be diminished or elimi nated are medication, and re
sponse to pain by non-pro ductive behaviour. S ince persons in daily contact with
the patient should be trained to become socially unresponsive to pain complaint
s, and to lavish attention when socially acceptable activities are steadily incr
eased, both pre fessional staff and the patient'S family must be appraised of the
aims and methods of treatment. Treatment without altering family reactions to p
ain and well behaviour is less likely to succeed, or be permanent. This does not
mean that medical staff and members of the patient's family are issued with a l
icence to punish the patient for undesirable actions,167 and some imagination an
d compassion should temper the particular type of re inforcers chosen. Commonly,
the aims of treatment are: (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) Reduction of analgesics
Extinction of antisocial behaviour Diminish avoidance of activities because of p
ain Steadily improve exercise tolerance Increase walking distance Increase work
and social activities.
Cairns et aI. ( 1976),'>2 in describing a method of in patient management, have f
ound that:
Many patients have viewed surgery as the best, if not the only, method of treatm
ent. Therapeutic blocks are usufllly seen as second best. Exercises and activity
analogous to <learning to live with it' are viewed as a poor substitute for pas
sive forms of treatment. Our experience indicates that shifting the patient from
a passive role to becoming
an
active participant in his own re
habilitation mUSt receive careful attention. Thus, every effort is made to avoid
terminology placing exercises and activities in a tertiary category. Statements
to the patient such as 'there is noth ing more we can do for you other than exer
cises' are never made.
a. Establish the behaviour to be produced, increased, maintained, diminished or
eliminated. b. Determine which type of reinforcer (encouragement, withdrawal of
attention, praise, disapproval, etc.) are likely to be effective in each individ
ual. c. Gain sufficient control over the patient's environ ment to regulate conse
quences of the behaviour to be influenced. Mooney el al. ( 1 976)'68 described f
ive methods of per sonality assessment for the psychological treatment of patient
s wi th chronic back pain: (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) Patient pain drawings Pentothal p
ain studies Stress score index Testing by the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality
Inventory (MMPI) (v) Response to treatment challenge.
Behaviour modification techniques are now being used in the rehabilitation of pa
tients with head injury.7'.. When all is said and done, much of behaviour modifi
ca tion technique is not dissimilar to the timeless process of bringing up childr
en, of helping them to grow up by encouragement and by stressing the positive as
pects of steady achievement, self-reliance and socially acceptable attitudes. Ne
vertheless, the development and application of this particular method of rehabil
itating adult patients is new, and achieving success.978
E. RELAXATION The word 'relaxation' is used in many contextS to describe the sin
gle aim of a great variety of techniques-for gener ally relieving mental and phys
ical tension or achieving 'stillness' of mind and musculature, reducing unnecess
ary voluntary contraction of skeletal muscle, involuntary ske letal muscle spasm
and the tightness of contracted tissues.
492
Massage, and the exercise technique of 'hold-relax', are methods of inducing rel
axation of specific muscle-groups, of course, and there is currently much intere
st in learning (he techniques of meditation and of Yoga, for example. The physio
therapy methods under consideration arc those such as : (i) eii) (iii) (iv) Tota
l suspension in slings47.1 Relaxation exercises for sciatica 12 16 Deep breathin
g Induction of relaxation by (a) placing the patient in a soothing environment,
(b) encouraging restfulness by talking quietly to the patient of pleasant and re
stful situations7!! ' (v) Treatment of migraine, for example, by explanations ab
out stress and fatigue, by shaking and swinging exercises, and tensing then rela
xing the muscles of specific body parts, region by region, until all skeletal mu
sculature is in a relaxed state.
Treating painful benign vertebral (and peripheral) joint problems by using every
day physical meallS to induce the patient to relax, is less common than it was.
This may be so partly because a much greatcr variety of treatment methods is now
available, partly because the technique never seemed to be quite as effective a
s was hoped (at least when it comprised the sole form of treatment) and partly b
ecause slowly improving understanding of the nature of particular joint abnormal
ities has led to more specific and appropriate treatment. This is not to say tha
t local and/or general relaxation may not form a valuable part of the aims of ma
ny types of current and effective treatment methods, e.g. the rest and relaxatio
n afforded by a well-fitting and individually tailored cervical collar, for irri
table neck joints and aching muscles, the timeless value of rest in a position o
f comfort for an acute altack of lumbago and the methods of biofeed back (p. 493)
, or that a relaxed frame of mind is not a highly desirable commodity in its own
right; only that aucmpts to induce relaxation, as an umbrella or 'shot-gun' tec
hnique for headache, neckache or backache, without first making a comprehensive
attempt to understand the genesis of the pain in terms of the proper function of
structures believed to be concerned, leaves something to be desired. As an inst
ance, we know that there arc very many causes of headache, some of them patholog
ical changes of serious consequence ; it is also known that many causes of 'migr
aine' (sec p. 2 1 8) are due to benign upper cervical joint problems which are f
airly easily and quickly remedied by specific treatment to the joint abnormality
itself. Further, it has been the author's more than occasional experience to en
counter patients whose chronic cervical joint condition has never been comprehen
sively examined, whose description of bizarre symptoms have never been given pro
per anention and whose indifferent
handling by a succession of clinicians and therapists has led to deeply frustrat
ed anger in some, while others have been slowly brought to the threshold of real
neuroticism. Cause enough for headache. 29', 296 While pain, fear, anxiety (oft
en for very sound reasons), overwork, demanding situations and frustrated anger
(because of chronic pain) give rise to a general increase in muscle tension, and
a reduction of tension is desirable, these factors may morc often be provoking
or aggravating a covert or overt joint problem than being the sole agent of its
genesis. The factors of listening attentively to what the patient has to say, of
handling the patient's tissues considerately and with confident skill and simpl
y getting the patient bettcr, are more potent methods of achieving relaxation th
an the rather cumbersome and awkward procedure of total suspension in slings, or
just talking quietly to the patient in the hope, rather than the belief, that t
he arthro genic hypertonus would be induced to just go away. The methods tabulate
d above were very time-consum ing, and in appropriate cases are not as effective
as skilfully applied relaxed passive movement, whether applied to the joints the
mselves or to the soft tissues or both. F. THE BI OFEEDBACK PRINCIPLE Feedback,
or knowledge of results, is a powerful factor in the learning process, and amoun
ts to no more or less than the principle of modification procedures being guided
by the monitoring of errors. The same servo-system is the basis for operation o
f a great variety of control mechanisms in modern technology. That familar examp
le of feedback, a thermostat, cor rects its errors by a series of oscillations of
decreasing amplitude as overswing to honer or colder becomes less and less wide
of the mark and the set temperature is reached-the whole cycle starts again as
the changes in the environmental temperature make further corrections necessary.
The principle is not new-this was how World War " torpedoes progressively corre
cted directional errors and finally homed onto and hit the target ship. In biolo
gical terms, the shift of glance from near to far or from onc thing to another,
'aiming' a hand to grasp an object, and riding a bicycle are all examples of rap
id, fine oscillatory correc tions which characterise all voluntary activity, 1 28
9 particu larly that of homing onto a visual point or neatly grasping a door hand
le. Likewise, the 'Donnan equilibrium potential', across the membrane of resting
nerve, oscillates very slightly above and below the given average value for res
ting nerve. Biofeedback is the technique of using feedback of a nor mally automat
ic bodily response to a stimulus, in order to acquire voluntary control of the r
esponse, and ;11 con sideracion o ic we need co discuss posture. f
MEDICATION AND AL TERNATJVE METHODS OF PAIN RELIEF
493
Roaf ( 1 978)1045 describes the difficulty of formulating a definition of postur
e, and it may be (hat these difficulties will arise whenever we try to charge si
ngle, simple and universal words-like 'posture', 'relaxation', 'pain' or 'love'-
with scientifically satisfactory meanings. It must always be something of a self
-defeating exercise, until such time as science has hived off and then categoris
ed the whole rich variety of emotional, hormonal, mechani cal, neurophysiological
and social factors to which, by un spoken acceptance, we nod whenever we use the
se words in ordinary conversation. This time is not yet, so the words retain the
ir proper expressive value-for example, it is correct to refer to 'sleeping post
ure' as simple mechanical dispositions of body parts, while accepting the object
ion to most postural standards, i.e. that they are fixed. For scientific purpose
s we have to resort CO something of a makeshift, and, as a definition of posture
, Roaf pro poses : 'the position the body assumes in preparation for the next mov
ement', observing that mere static up rightness is not true posture, since this i
nvolves balance, muscular control, co-ordination and adaptation. Head ( 1 920)'"
had in mind this objection to fixed pos tural standards when he suggested 'by me
ans of perpetual alteration in position, we are always building up a postural mo
del of ourselves which constantly changes'. A system of psychosomatic self-regul
ation, termed autogenic training, was developed in Germany around 1900 and was u
sed CO assist in gaining a degree of control over some autonomic functions. H2 T
he use of a verbal stimulus for postural re-education, as a type of conditioned
reflex, was employed for the cor rection of tensional imbalance by Alexander ( 1
932)'" '" and in the conditioning of pupillary contractions by Hud gins ( 1 933).
'" In the re-education of improved postural reactions, Bar low ( 1 952)" suggeste
d the term 'postural homeostasis' to denote the state of steady motion which und
erlies all voluntary movements, i.e. 'postural homeostasis in the in tact organis
m is effected by feedback from the eyes, the muscles and the labyrinth, and the
information which is fed back is assessed against the postural model'. This is s
imilar to the property of physiological homeo stasis, by which is maintained the
constancy of the internal environment (the 'milieu interieur' of Claud Bernard).
It is the individual's postural model, or body image, which, with his or her co
-operatimr, is made subject to modification by the re-education process. The pri
nciple of biofeedback is always the same: infor mation is made available to subje
cts about the state of one or other of their physiological systems, in a way tha
t is understandable to them and which allows them to gain control over the funct
ion of that system/ I ? and thus modify its performance. If one associates a giv
en degree of muscle tension, and
its associated jeeling, with external stimulus, this given tensional balance is,
in time, produced by the external stimulus alone, and Barlow's ( 1 952)" subjec
ts were taught to project a series of verbal directions which were I inked up fo
r them with an improved postural reaction. The exteroceptive stimulus was thus a
vocalised word of com mand, the stimulus gradually and eventually becoming a sub
vocalised command given by the subjects themselves. In a relatively short period
the subjects were able to evoke at will the improved manner of using their bodi
es. Barlow found postural defects very common ; he con sidered them present in be
tween 70 to 80 per cent of ado lescents and increasing with age. Manual therapist
s will find interesting his view that postural homeostasis (an improved ability
to maintain a correct body image when reacting and adapting oneself to outside s
timuli and stresses) is priman'/y dependent upon correct equilibration of the he
ad/neck relationship. His results, in treatment of a group of 50 voice and drama
college students, provided powerful evidence of (i) the multifactorial nature o
f back pain and (ii) the interdependence of the vertebral column. For example, a
voice student, with marked asymmetry of standing posture, had failed an auditio
n because of con stant low back pain, and extreme unpredictability of per formance
. Her body image was inadequate in that she was quite unaware of her postural mi
stakes and could not cor rect them ; when corrected she felr 'crooked'. Following
treatment, her low back pain disappeared, her voice improved and at another aud
ition she was accepted. Other subjects experienced relief from migrainous headac
hes, and improvement of scoliosis. Barlow Stresses that the re-education was not
done by physical exercises but by means of a conditioning pro cedure which modif
ies a poor body image and thus improves the capacity for postural homeostasis :
'Various patients with psychosomatic and psychiatric disorders have been neated
in this way with success. Remedial exer cises or manipulative therapy are inadequ
ate without re education of the postural homeostasis.' On the basis that the firs
t function of biofeedback is to make an individual aware of what is happening in
body systems of which he was previously unaware, with the aim of gaining contro
l over the system, there is evidence that quite considerable degrees of neuromus
cular control can be learned. Clarke and Kardachi ( 1977) I SO have used more el
aborate methods of employing the biofeedback principle in the treatment of facia
l pain consequent to bruxism, or teeth grinding at night. Another method of feedb
ack places the patient in an electronic circuit, which produces an auditory sign
al related directly to the degree of muscle spasm. Used as a rehabilitation tech
nique, the patient'S relaxation and normal muscle activity are aided and guided
by auditory evidence of successful reduction of spasm.
494
Biofeedback procedures have been used in research on (he nature of learning and
behavioural plasticity, investi gating brain/behaviour relationships, and in atte
mpting to quantify (he experience of consciousness. 1097 While modern c.m.g. bio
feedback instruments are likely to be used for conditions of muscle overactivity
like torticollis, the spasticity of neurological disease, peri pheral nerve inju
ries, rehabilitation of some stroke patients and the correction of gait irregula
rities, Alex ander's successful method (vide supra) of using a verbal stimulus as
the conditioned reflex clearly demonstrates that electronic circuitry is not es
sential for clinical exercise of the basic principle, when treating postural def
ects. While the evidence of the effects of biofeedback training are interesting,
it is presently of a mixed quality and few definite conclusions can be drawn at
this stage. I 0 1 7 Nevertheless, therapeutic possibilities and (he benefits of
applying the principles have been energetically pursued and expanded, 7 3. with
detailed descriptions of biofeed back electronics, selection of patients, a prop
osed basis for neurophysiological effects, and descriptions of the method in tre
ating psychosomatic disorders and controlling gastrointestinal motility, among m
any other applications. Jones and Wolf( 1 980)6 1 " describe the use of e.m.g. b
io feedback training during movement, as a method of treat ing chronic low back pa
in. In an excellent review, Hurrell ( 1 980)58 1 . suggests that because EMG fee
dback involves impressive technology, both therapist and patient may be particul
arly susceptible to the effects of optimistic expectations. Further,
It is important to emphasise that despite the proliferation of publi cations on t
he use of EMG feedback, f ew studies have been con ducted with the rigour normall
y expected in clinical trials of new therapeutic agents or techniques.
tion (p. 457), isometric abdominal exercises, ergonomic instruction in the techn
iques of lifting, and the nature of increased disc pressure during functional ac
tivities are also taught. At the end of each instructional session the group pra
c tises the exercises and then rests in the 'psoas position' for discussion with
the therapist. The treatment pro gramme, for acute back pain rather than the chro
nic joint problem, is based on rational and well-proven principles : I . Underst
anding the nature of the problem makes it much easier to cope with 2. Meeting ot
hers 'in the same boat' is always helpful 3. Learning how to rest, and use the b
ody machinery more effectively 4. Strengthening the abdominal muscles by isometr
ic exercise. The 'group dynamic' is a powerful factor in human psy chology ; Hard
ing ( 1 977)" has emphasised how man's strength lies in the group, the clan, the
tribe, and 'for psychological development [he] requires both an outer and an inn
er environment'. The comforting outer en vironment, of like sufferers, nourishes
and reassures the inner environment. Again, the knowledge that an examination wi
ll be set at the end of the course of treatment is a powerful stimulus to pay at
tention to the teaching; the writer recalls the notable increase in alermess whe
n a spirit of competition was first introduced to the annual CSP Manipulation Co
urses in 1968, in the form of theoretical, practical and later, cli ical examina
tions. n Bergquist-Ullman and Larsson ( 1977)" who present a prospective study o
f acute low back pain in industry and its treatment by group methods, also prese
nt an equally convincing exposition of how little is really known about low back
pain. Thus, for a condition nor awfully well understood, group treatment is adv
ocated, and the nature of the joint problem is explained to the patient ! The ob
servations of Greenman, and of Northupp (pp. 384, 388) are relevant here. The au
thors suggest that because several patients are treated at a time, relatively sm
all resources are needed to achieve the same effect as other forms of physiother
apy including manipulative treatment. A notable feature of the treatment approac
h was the therapist's visit to the patients' work-site, for about 1 hour at firs
t, and for about 30 minutes a fortnight later, to assess the effects of ergonomi
c instruction. The arrangement probably works well in large industrial complexes
, when the industrial physiotherapist can quickly reach various parts of the wor
kshops or administrative section, but the travelling time and sheer logistics of
a therapist making two visits in a fortnight, to the work-place of 70 parients
(i.e. the number participating in the trial reported)
G. THE BACK 'SCHOOL' Nachemson ( 1 975)"" remarks that recent studies have shown
that both biochemical and mechanical factors are probably of importance in the
genesis of back pain, that for the present we cannot successfully treat the chem
ical component, and should concentrate on the mechanical component. In passing,
we might also concentrate on the neurophysiological component (p. 384) and the f
actor of J unctional interdependence of the spine (p. 38). Knowledge gained from
intravital disc-pressure mano metry provides the basis for his advocacy of a gen
eralised treatment programme of four instructional group-ses sions, in which six
patients are led by a physiotherapist. During the first lesson, basic anatomy an
d function of the spine, and simple information on low back pain, are taught wit
h an emphasis on self-help. The importance of resting in the 'psoas-release' pos
i-
MEDICATION AND ALTERNATIVE METHODS OF PAIN RELIEF
495
scanered about a city, rather alters the time and staffing economics of the meth
od. A logical extension of the principles of group treatment is the development
of a thorax 'school') a hip 'school' and neck, shoulder, knee and foot 'schools'
, which, so far as remedial exercises in groups is concerned, was developed in t
he early post-war years. In This came about because very large numbers of injure
d men had received treatment consisting of soothing warmth, massage and passive
movements. Although in those days limb and spinal fractures, amputations and ser
ious ligamentol;s injuries comprised the bulk of the conditions which overwhelm i
ngly necessitated a new emphasis on active, energetic and progressive exercises
in groups, the classic ingredient of pressure on physiotherapy departments has n
ot changed. For hospitals and large industrial organisations the central dilemma
is that of a flood of patients with muscu loskeletal pain, faced by a clinical w
orkforce which is too small and in some cases not specialised enough. Where indi
vidual treatment of musculoskeletal pain is not suffi ciently precise, effective
and speedy, sheer economics will dictate an emphasis on group treatment. There r
emains an element of 'umbrella' treatment in the method ; forthe writer, the inh
erent defect of any group method of treatment, whether it be the back school, gr
oup exercises in lifting and handling or generalised back exer cise groups such a
s were common a decade or two ago, is that of a tendency for the therapist conce
rned to learn very much more about group treatment than about the infinite varie
ty of ways in which back pain can present, about the comprehensive and multifact
orial nature of low back pain and about individually appropriate treatment. The
well-informed modern therapist, who has become
accustomed to conducting a thorough and meticulous 'in dications' examination and
assessment procedure for musculoskeletal problems, is not likely to enjoy givin
g 'shot-gun-Iike' treatments (however well founded in general terms) without fir
st making a comprehensive attempt to understand the clinical pattern of presenta
tion so that a treatment plan may be formulated accordingly. As the advent of vi
rtually routine, successful hip re placement surgery has tended to blunt the purp
osefulness of research into degenerative arthrosis of the hip, there may be a te
ndency for group treatment methods for back pain to engender a blunting of physi
otherapists' drive to fully comprehend what back pain is. When the incentive to
learn is removed, we do not learn. Perhaps the time-honoured and largely unquest
ioned association of physiotherapy and group exercises may pro gressively have a
ball-and-chain effect upon the develop ment, by physiotherapists, of their fuller
potential as highly skilled members of the clinical team. With respect, one doe
s not need to be especially skilled to give group remedial exercises ; in times
past the writer was very efficiently taught, among other physical skills, in und
er six months to do this with confidence and exper tise. While we remain tethered
and therefore grounded by the classical association of a part of physiotherapy
with group exercises, like 'horse and carriage', so long shall we have unnecessa
ry difficulty in overdue metamorphosis into more sophisticated clinical occupati
ons. It may well be that physiotherapy helpers, and not physiotherapists, should
be occupied in giving group exercises, and the real talents of physiotherapists
developed to the point where appropriate and quickly effective treatment, toget
her with such explanation as fits the case, is given according to the needs of t
he individual.
18. Prophylaxis
Some people are well aware of which positions suit them, and which postures tcnd
to increase or provoke their par ticular joint pain, although they seldom have a
clear idea how great are the forces developed by usual activities such as sweep
ing leaves, raking lawns, stooping at a spin-dryer and bending [Q wash hair at a
basin. Most need help in analysing the relatiollShip between what they do, how
they do it and why they suffer muscu loskeletal pain. The basic principle is that
of avoiding extreme positions or extreme stress for long periods, and the write
r's view is that patients should be advised and encouraged to dis cover by experi
ment what suits them, following a brief exposition of the effects of susmined st
ress on soft tissues, so far as it applies to the features of their particular j
oint problems. (Supports are discussed on p. 468). An interminable list of instr
uctions can be counterpro ductive, and frequently focuses an undesirable amount o
f attention on presumed defects and weaknesses. The more we encounter the conseq
uences of what has been said to patients in the past, the more plain it is that
much anxiety and overconcern about disease and arthritis can be prevented, by ne
ver using either word unless it is justified (p. 305). It very seldom is. Degene
rative change as such is not 'disease' in the sense that patients conceive it to
be. In the use of prophylactic exercise a distinction should be made between a.
Those which are designed for one patient to comple ment, and continue the effect
of, localised manual treatment to single segments, and b. Those which are given
for home use because they have a generally beneficial effect upon soft-tissue e
xtensi bility, ranges of movement and muscle power. Those given below are for the
most part in the second category. CERVICAL SPINE
(i) Resting postures Prolonged extension, or the posture of looking upward for
even a few seconds, may be sufficient to produce mild syn cope. Extension combine
d with rotation can reduce the lumen of the vertebral artery, with the consequen
ces of vertebrobasilar ischaemia. Cervical extension tends also to increase root
tension at the cervicothoracic junction, where the roots may have undergone two
successive angulations before emerging from the foramen (p. 102). Conversely, p
rolonged flexion exerts traction on cervi cal nerve roots and their dural sleeves
,1lO.IZh with flatten ing and broadening of the spinal cord against the osseocar t
ilaginous spurs of spondylotic change, 117 and consequent localised ischaemia (s
ee p. 56). Side-flexion is usually difficult for the mature or elderly patient,
anyway, and since prolonged side-flexion is a posture of strain, it is evident t
hat a neutral position is probably the best resting posture for the neck. This d
oes not mean the military posture of 'anention' which is a posture of strain (see
p. 469)-but that as a general rule the patient should always try to keep the ne
ck as 'long' as possible. It is sensible to use the support of one hand beneath
the chin when reading or writing for long. I f the neck feels tired in the eveni
ng, a 'bow-tie' or 'butterfly' pillow, with the contents shaken out to the ends
and the constricted centre placed in the nape of the neck, gives comfortable sup
port when sitting in an armchair. Allowing the head to droop forward and to one
side, when dozing in trams and armchairs, is a potent cause of painful neck prob
lems. This is quite different from the exercise described below (p. 497). When s
leeping, a good quality down pillow, which accommodates the weight of head and n
eck and then in ertly remains in that configuration, is bener than a sorbo rubber
filling which offers an active resistance by its resi lience, and is thus less ad
aptable to the individual's shape. Again, a 'bow-tie' pillow will support the ne
ck on three aspects. Whether one or two or three pillows are used de pends upon t
he patient'S physique and the pillows' thick nes s ; the important factor is supp
ort in a neutral position. Patients who regularly retire at night without a head
-
PROPHYLAXIS
497
ache and frequently wake up with one, need to give special attention to preventi
ve measures, and may also need a soft night collar for a while. These measures a
re often more important than treatment, unless frank cervical joint problems are
present.
(Ii) Activity Extreme positions or postural stresses for long periods (Le. drivi
ng, reading, sewing, preparing food, looking round, looking up as in decorating,
working beneath a motor-car) for more than one hour should be avoided. Typists
who continually look down and to one side should try to modify their work-habits
. Fruit pickers who persistently reach overhead, and farmers who look behind to
keep an eye on the furrow when ploughing, are also at risk. Carrying suitcases o
r shopping in one hand imposes severe st.ress possible, the weight should be div
ided between sides; where not, frequent rest periods are necessary. As soon as t
he patient begitu to be aware of strain, the strain should be relieved by doing
the opposite for a little while, and moving the neck around a bit. After decorat
ing a ceiling, for example, it is wise to kneel on all fours and allow the head
to hang down for a little while; this will relieve chronically approximated neur
al arch structures by reason of the flexion and the mild traction effect. Drivin
g is a posture of strain for the neck (see p. 470) much episodic neck pain is rel
ated to driving stress. Thus it may be important for some patients to temporaril
y wear a malleable collar when driving, so that cervical rotation is possible wh
en needed, yet the head is prevented from sinking further and further forward as
the mileage builds up. As important is the need to stop, get out and walk aroun
d for a bit--every hour or so, whether the patient has neck problems or not. The
back supports of car seats should be high enough, and the head-rest arranged so
that the driver's neck may be in a comfortable neut.ral position. It is not unr
easonable to expect that before long, the upholstery configuration of a car driv
er's seat will be a matter for individual tailoring, by the use of medium density
foam (e.g. Dunloprene 012), and that the shape of the upper thoracic back rest
will receive as much atten tion as the lumbar support. Neck extension frequently
provokes cervical pain. Farhni ( 1 976)'" has very sensibly referred to the spas
modic neck extension which occurs at the climax of sexual intercourse. Those wit
h cervical joint problems should be advised to try keeping the chin tucked down,
and to con tinue trying until the manttuvre succeeds and its prophy lactic effect
is demonstrated. (iii) Preventive exercises Besides isometric exercises (p. 464
) to help overcome sym metrical or asymmetrical tightness, or for other specific
purposes, it is wise for healthy people to make two or three full-range excursio
ns ofthe neck each day. Anterior cervi cal muscles frequently become elongated an
d weakened, and this is much easier to prevent than to reverse. a. A mild tracti
on effect, and prophylactic extension of the ligamentum nuchae, is produced when
lying supine with the head on two pillows and the knees and hips bent; the head
is smoothly raised and the chin depressed to the chest as closely as possible.
After lowering smoothly to the pillow, the exercise is repeated 10-20 times. b.
A more positive exercise is that of sitting in a chair with the arms abducted an
d the palms, with fingers inter laced, resting on the forehead. While strictly ma
intaining a neutral neck position, the forehead is pressed against the hands to
produce isometric contraction of the anterior neck muscles. The force of the con
traction should be built up slowly and smoothly, and over one to three minutes d
aily. Although the generalised full-range movement (vide supra) are valuable for
the neck as a whole, the occipito atlanta! joint may need localised home exercis
es, and while there exist localised exercise techniques which involve somewhat e
xotic hand placings for fixation purposes, many patients are just not able to do
them. I'" c. While sitting with the hands lightly grasping the sides of the cha
ir-seat, a simple lateral glide of the head and neck from side to side (like a B
alinese dancer), exer cises the craniovertebral junction more than the lower segm
ents. If this is (hen followed by simple nodding exercises and full rotation fro
m side to side in the same sitting position, the CO-C I segment has been given a
n ade quate 'home exercise' treatment in its important ranges. Five excursions in
every direction are enough.
CERVICOTHORACIC REGION
(i) Resting postures The two requirements are that (a) the part should be relaxe
d, and the cervicothoracic region cannot be relaxed unless (he cervical, thoraci
c and lumber spines are also relaxed by being supported. Thus the support must b
e from seat to occiput, and (b) the shoulder girdle must be relieved of the weig
ht of the arms, which should lie on arm-rests or pillows. It will be plain that
these re quirements are seldom fully satisfied for long, even when individuals ar
e supposedly relaxing at home and watching television, for example. During wakin
g hours, the cervicothoracic region is more or less constantly 'on call', and is
probably the hardest-working of all vertebral regions. (ii) Activities Patients
should be made aware that all activities with the head bent forward, and involv
ing pulling, pushing or
498
pressing movements with the arms (hanging washing, hanging curtains, polishing t
he car, cleaning windows, pushing recalcitrant motor-cars, prolonged ironing, pu
ll starters of lawnmowers, outboard engines, crc.) place heavy stress on the 'yok
e' area architecture of the spine and shoulder girdles, and these activities mus
t not be prolonged. It seems almost the rule that the upper thoracic region beco
mes virrually 'fossilised', so far as joint movement is concerned, in late middl
e age ; this may be because (he greatcr amount, by far, of functional use of the
arms in volves work in front of the body. The ccrvicothoracic region slowly beco
mes less of an 'empilement' of mobility segments, and more of a region providing
a stable anachment for the powerful isotonic and isometric actions of the neck
and shoulder-girdle musculature. It follows that connective-tissue becomes progr
essively thickened, and movement steadily dim inishes, as the functional role des
cribed above is gradually imposed upon the upper thoracic segments, and structur
e adapts to function. This does not necessarily affect the upper two costal join
ts quite so much-upper rib joint movement abnor malities occur in late maturity,
although they are more fre quent in younger people.
(iii) Preventive exercises Paradoxically, the key to relieving, as well as preve
nting, 'yoke' area pains which are clearly associated with thick ened and tender
upper thoracic vertebral joints, is that of attending to shortened and tight pec
toral muscles as well as the joint problem. In general terms, manual segmental m
obilisation techniques for hypomobility which are not complemented by exercises
to maintain or improve mobility, are not enough; the cervicothoracic region is a
prime example of this principle. Simple exercises are:
Fig. 18.1
A home exercise for stretching the pectoral muscles (centre).
The chest is pressed forward. with the anns stabilised by the door jamb. Produci
ng a lumbar lordosis by pushing the abdomen forward is incorrect (left); the nor
mal posture of the spine should be maintained (right) and it is worthwhile spend
ing a little time ensuring that the patient well understands the procedure.
gently extend the upper thoracic region. The weighl of the head should not be al
lowed to hyperextend the neck, by removing occipital support. c. While sitting,
reach the right arm round the left side, beneath the chin, to place the pad of t
he middle finge on the right side of the C7 spinous process. Repetitively rotate
the head and neck to the left side. By stabilising C7 (or C6 or T I ) in this wa
y, rotation mobility is exer cised. Repeat to opposite side. Some patients are ju
st not able to do this exercise. 141
a. Stand in a doorway with the arms abducted to 135 and the palms placed against
the door jambs. Keep the elbows straight and push the chest (not the abdomen, w
hich may painfully hyperextend the low back) through the doorway (Figs 18. I , 1
8.2). This exercise is intended for tight pectoral structures, and is not suitab
le for a painful condition of the gleno humeral joint, unless there is no irritab
ility and treatment has reached the stage of encouraging the last few degrees of
elevation in 30 or so of abduction. b. With the knees bent and feet resting on
the support, place one palm behind the occiput and lie supine with the upper tho
rax over the edge of a stout table (a folded towel relieves painful pressure on
the upper thoracic spinous processes). It will be found that resting one ankle j
ust above the opposite bent knee relieves a tendency to lumbar lordosis. 1 45 Al
low the weight of head, neck and arm to
Fig. 18.2
An alternative home exercise for stretching the pectoral
muscles. The patient stands with feet astride and, with the elbows kept extended
, places the palms on a flat support at about chest height. By repetitively lean
ing backwards from the ankles, the chest is depressed to the floor, and the pect
oral soft tissues repetitively stretched.
PROPHYLAXIS
499
THORACIC SPINE
(i) Resting postures By reason of the continuity and overlapping attachments of
the vertebral soft tissues, and thus the physical inter dependellce of the spine,
the thoracic region cannot be com pletely relaxed unless the head, neck and lumb
ar spine 3CC relaxed by being supported. Hence, supine lying on the floor with t
he knees bent, the head on a small pillow and the hands lying loosely on the abd
omen, is one posi tion in which the thoracic cage is relaxed, and its postural te
ndency to kyphosis counteracted. (ii) Activity During heavy work involving grasp
ing, carrying, pushing, pulling and levering objects sideways, the magnitude of
forces acting upon (he thoracic spine and rib joints is great, and commonly pati
ents have little idea of the magnitude of these forces. :llO, 2)1, 2)2 The muscl
es of neck, shoulder and scapulae, and the erector spinae, abdominal muscles, di
aphragm and qua dratus lumborum exert great stress upon the thoracic architecture
during powerful use of the arms and trunk. Similarly, coughing, sneezing and vo
miting considerably Stress the thoracic joints. Activities which stress the cerv
icothoracic junction (p. 498) also stress the thoracic joints, and should not be
pro longed without break. When pushing an unresponsive motor-car, short steps ar
e better than long strides, since the addition of pelvic rotational stress may b
e significant in exceeding toler able levels of stress on thoracic joints. Althou
gh the glottis is usually closed at the moment of a lifting heave, it is better
to keep the airway open during heavy use of the arms and trunk in pulling and pu
shing operations. When coughing or sneezing is felt to be imminent, it is wise t
o bend the knees and hold the lumbar and thoracic spines in a neutral position.
The driving position is important, and a well-raked backrest of the driving seat
(as in some low-slung cars with li[[le headroom) makes marc work for thoracic m
uscles. Rosemeyer (1971)1057 found increased myoelectrical activity in thoracic
muscle when the backrest angle was around 140. The least e.m.g. activity in spina
l muscu lature occurs when the angle is around 120.)0, ll. J2 Ie is difficult to u
nderstand why patients are sometimes advised [Q sit as close to the steering whe
el as possible. 780 The height of the backrest should be sufficient to wholly su
pport the thorax, and the configuration should include laleral support to improv
e trunk stabilisation-when the trunk is not sufficiently stabilised there is ext
ra stress on the arms and consequently upon the trunk musculature.)' The action
ofleaning forward when sitting and reaching over a desk to lift a weight of arou
nd 2-31b (1-2 kg) pro duces a high magnitude of both intravital disc pressure
and myoelectrical back muscle activity. Patients should be warned about this, an
d advised to stand up, and get sup port from one hand placed on the desk, before
they reach for a weight at the far edge of a desk or table.
(iii) Preventive exercises The position of relaxed leaning backwards in Slttmg,
against the low back support of a standard office chair, is that in which the in
travital disc pressures are lowestXl,11 and office workers should take up this p
osition from time to time during the working day-many of them in stinctively do.
a. A deep inspiration, while raising the arms to full elevation and leaning back
wards in the chair, is also a method of reversing the effects of prolonged sitti
ng in a hunched position. Relief from thoracic strain is also gained by lying su
pine on the floor, with the knees bent and the arms abducted to 1350 The exercise
for maintaining extensibility of the pec toral muscle group (p. 498) is also use
ful in this respect. b. Extension mobility of the thorax, and the power of dorsa
l musculature, is maintained by the exercise of sit ting in one's heels on the fl
oor and bending forward to rest the forehead on the floor in front of the knees.
The forearms are pronated so that the dorsum of the hands rest alongside the le
gs. Without altering the flexed posture of the lumbar spine, the thoracic spine
is extended, the arms externally rotated and the scapulae approximated, as the h
ead (maintained in a neutral relationship) and shoulders are raised to flatten t
he thoracic spine. The posi tion is held for an increasing number of seconds as t
he patient becomes familiar with the purpose and tcchniq\J.c of the exercise, wh
ich may be fairly strongly progressed by abducting the arms to 90 . Five to ten
daily repetitions are enough (Fig. 18.3). c. Side-flexion and rotation mobility,
and mobility of the rib-cage, may be exercised by sitting on a stool or chair w
ith the knees apart. While keeping the pelvis stabilised, one hand firmly reache
s for the floor as the opposite arm is elevated to some 1 sao behind the plane o
f the trunk, and is looked at by turning head and trunk to that side. The exerci
se should be done smoothly and easily to full range without jerking. Repeat to o
pposite side, with 5 to 10 daily repetitions. Nursing mothers are more prone to
thoracic strain than may be recognised, and the exercises described are a useful
preventive measure. The benefits of swimming, badminton and squash are plain, y
et patients often need reminding of what they know, i.e. the simple value of fre
e activity. While Yoga exercises have a tendency to produce joint problems in th
e overenthusiastic, the cult is an excellent way of main taining thoracic mobilit
y, so long as the fervour to progress too rapidly in ability is kept in reasonab
le check by a good teacher.
500
is equally maintained according to their function, and so that the tissues on on
e as pect of a limb) or the truok. are n.uuteadily changed to become permanently
tifbter shor tened.relatively ischaemic and more prone to injurywhen s (see also
p. 509). Anderson ( 1 9 7 1 )" observes:
The difference between good and bad movcmcn[ is frequently subtle and the distin
ction often cannot be made without knowing (a) the purpose of the action involve
d; (b) how the movement was initiated" . there is ample evidence that structural
deterioration of the body tissues results from excessive tension in different p
arts of the body .., mchanisation in industryhas reduced the amount oLhard labour
but it has IOcreased the tendency to cumulative , ., It is unfortunatc that, li
ke so many other functional aspects of the human body, the subtle progression of
cumulative strain is most difficult to demonstrate by means of laboratory ex per
iments, otherwise many existing conceptions of physical acti vities would probabl
y have been altered many years ago ... (yet the) immediate reaction to excessive
muscular tension and its rela tion to cumulative strain can be demonstrated by a
practical ex periment. For example, when [be fist is clenched as firmly as possi
ble. withforearm flexed for about 30 seconds and the fingers are then allowed to
relax slowly, it will usual! be y rt.Q!!lin more exe a norma. :.gmeoftbe tensio
D remains as ' . a 'hangover', and if thi rom wit out ever stretching the tissue
s rmal extension d of the fingers wil ecome more and more restricted, .connectiv
e s will become shortened nd it is then tissue as wei s re e the tissues concerne
d. t is in the ex ri n e of the writer, d backthat accounts for the frequencyofd
jsabilj'irsand restriered movemcm in thosc areas.
FI,_ 18.3 Exercise (0 maintain thoracic extension mobility and power of dorsal m
usculature. (A) Starting position. (8) Static (isometric) hold in the extended p
osition. The exercise may be progressed by external rotation of the arms, while
held closely to the sides.
THE LOW BACK
Introduction There is nOt necessarily a direct relationship between the a volume
of liter wrc00aparticularsubject and the orderly accumulation offactsaboutit; t
he prophylaxis of low back pain is onc such example. The mountain of literature
on the multifarious aspects of pathology of common spinal articular changes, par
ticularly disc changes, is massive enough ro have become all things to all men-i
t is now so great that each can find in i t what they might wish to find, while
a great deal is yet unsolved. Em p hasis, in the prevention of low back pain, te
nds to bcome polarised around two factors : (a) What is the pathology? and (b) Wh
at can we do about it? yet there are other factors of great importancej for exam
p le, q ues tions of human kinetics and food movement appea r to figure in prophy
laxis much less than the should. 28, 29 y
Co.m:epts of the most efficient way to manually handle and lift are too often co
ncentrated on simple mechqnicql factors. at the expense of something which is ha
rder to teach but is of rime importance-tr ' 'n in use of e body so that extensi
bility an vascularity of all soft tissues
-
Nachemson ( 1 976)"" observes that the true cause of back pain remains obscure :
'. . . we do not know where the pain comes from, or at what level we are treati
ng the patient,e.g. at the level of the motion segment, at the level of the dors
al horn neurons in the cord or at higher levels in the brain.' In much writing,
the two factors of bias and advocacy are sometimes more prominent than data. Thu
s: (a) enthusiastic extrapolation, based upon the considered im portance ofthis o
r that description of pathological change, and (b) the search for conveniently g
eneralised, standard 'hand-outs' of prophylactic advice for patients have prompt
ed a variety of recommendations for preventing the onset, or the recurrence, of
painful joint problems. Many of the recommendations appear based only on simplif
ied mechanical concepts as they relate to the inter vertebral disc, and appear to
take little account of the multifactorial nature and behaviour of vertebral pai
n, "86 or the probability that the true genesis of injury might include steady a
nd selective deterioration of soft tissues over a prolonged period beforehand. F
arfan (1973)'" has drawn attention to the relatively minor developmental differe
nces which may render an in-
PROPHYLAXIS
501
dividual susceptible to back pain in later life. These ano malies are common, and
many occur in the neural arches or their processes, although low back pain whic
h is con sidered due to facet-joint arthrosis occurs often enough in the absence
of detectable anomaly. Weinstein el ai. (1977)1100 provide a well-referenced de s
cription of the many abnormalities found in the posterior (neural arch) structur
es in lumbar spondylosis.
... twO elderly male patients' legs became numb and weak after walking or even s
tanding for just 10 to 15 minutes. Neither of these patients had pulse diminutio
ns in the legs but they de veloped absence of tendon reflexes in the legs as well
as anaes thesias at the height oftheir walking- or standing-induced attacks. Bot
h of these patients exhibited prompt disappearance of the symptoms povoked by th
e erect posture shortly after they sat down. One of the two patients, who could
ride a bicycle bent over the handlebars and played tennis from a crouch but coul
d not kneel erect without the prompt appearance ot numbness and paresis, support
s the belief that lordotic posture rather than exercise-induced leg muscle ischa
emia was the critical factor. This patient was comfortable lying supine in a ham
mock but developed his trouble immediately upon turning over to the prone positi
on. Upon exploration of this patient, the yellow ligament between
levels posteriorly (my italics) and particularly in the laminae and
apophyseal processes. Disc bulge increased posteriorly but tan gential strain inc
reased anteriorly.
L3 and L4 was found to be pathologically thick; following
laminectomy and removal of this ligament, he could walk for hours.1JOO
Notwithstanding a persistent belief that 'the lower intervertebral disc most lik
ely causes the pain'889b there is now ample evidence that changes in the neural
arch structures'" are equally capable of producing the clinical features of back
pain with reduced straight-leg-raising which have been regarded as the signs of
'a slipped disc.' The truth is that we do not know; this being so, we might get
our best guidance from the thing we do know about, i.e. the unique clinical pre
sentatrqn from patient to patient. For example, Maigne789 observes that a proport
ion of 'lumbago' arises not from the low lumbar joints but from the thoracolumba
r junction segments, being referred to the lumbar region. This pain is relieved
by localised treatment of low thoracic and upper lumbar segments. Severe aggrava
tion of the clinical feature of spinal stenosis, by lordotic postures, is well d
ocumented by Weinstein el al. (1977)1100 yet despite a considerable in crease in
awareness of the pathomechanics of spinal stenosis, patients with back pain and
sciatica continue to be advised of the importance of maintaining, and even in cre
asing, the 'natural' lumbar lordosis, sometimes without reference to that most d
ominant feature, the particular
nature afld pallern of clinical features.
It is well known that discal injury may occur during excessive loading stress in
unsuitable poscures, yet back injury involves structures other than discs and a
lthough slooping is harmful (particularly under load), simple jlexiOtI is not ne
cessarily so. While the lumbar neural arch structures play only a minor role in
pure axial loading (which almost never occurs in normal activity), there is a la
rge strain on these structures during off-centre com pression and during posterio
r compression (extension). Lin el al (1978)'" have shown that the posterior elem
ents transmit considerable force during quasistatic complex loading, and especia
lly so in extension and frontal shear. Other investigators484 have also indicate
d the magnitude of forces acting upon facet-joint structure s ; the damage produ
ced by these forces was demonstrated by Harris and Macnab (1954)'1JI! more than
25 years ago. Jayson (1980)... described modern bioengineering techniques to stu
dy the strain distribution in cadaveric lumbar spines and observed that:
Under central compressive loads, the compressive strains were greatest in the po
sterior clements of the spine and tensile strains were greatest at the vertebral
rims above and below the inter vertebral discs. Disc bulge and strain were great
er posteriorly and postero-Iaterally than anteriorly. When the compressive load
was anteriorly offset to simulate for",,ard fiexion, the compressive strains on t
he vertebrae increased anteriorly but the tangential strain increased posteriorl
y. When the spine was extended, com pressive strains decreased anteriorly and inc
reased to very high
I mprovement in the range oflumbar movements, in the sagittal and in other plane
s, is a prime aim of treatment for backache, and in general terms a logical basi
s for pro phylaxis. Hypotheses about changes in the configuration of lumbar inter
vertebral discs, in particular postures, may have little relationship to what ac
tually occurs (Fig. 18.4), since there is a relative dearth of experiments which
might clarify our difficulties. In the prevention of low back pain, some author
i tiesln, Ho, I'H strongly recommend the flexed posture and eradication of lordos
is, while othcr workers2188l-1 Stress [he value of maintaining a lumbar lordosis
and remind the patient that they are at risk of a recurrence if [hey lose the ho
llow in the low back for any length of time. It is sometimes suggested that Afri
can natives do not get backache, because of their tendency to stand with a somew
hat exaggerated lordosis, yet from [he cxperience of living in that country for
many years the writer knows this to be untrue. Backache is a serious concern to
indus trial medical officers in continents like Africa. 'Ho Some booklets seem to
give patients the impression that the single painful episode which prompted tre
atment, and prophylactic advice, is unlikely to occur again so long as this or t
hat recommendation is faithfully followed. For example, the following sentences,
by a physician, occur within the compass of a few pages: ' . . . most back pain
need never occur if people take sensible precautions
502
The sedes (A) to (H) are radiographs of a young girl's lumbar spine, some 12 hou
rs postmortem, being extended and Hexed by bone-forceps attached to L5 below and
L I above. The twO mcn conducting the experiment, each to a pair of forceps, ex
erted all their power to move the specimen to its full limit of sagittal movemen
t. (Reproduced by courtesy of GTF Braddock FRCS. Personal communication, 1979.)
FIg. 18.4
(t\) Extension and (8) flexion with nc=ural arches intact. In extension, the
anterior longitudinal ligament is taut; in flexion, the posterior longitudinal l
igament is now taut and the discs are bulging anteriorly. There is no posterior
bulge of the disc.
against it.", . . intelligent planning could prevent you get ting backache in the
first place.' " . . we know remarkably little about (he causes and cure of back
pain.' It is sometimes overlooked that vertebral degenerative joint change has
existence in time as well as space (like chronic bronchitis); that prophylactic
measures can only reduce the likelihood of painful recurrences is sometimes not
made clear to patients. The unavoidable demands of life, e.g. suddenly reach ing
to protect a child al risk, having to change the wheel of a car, nursing a sick
relative, a night in an unaccus tomedly soft hotel bed, will occur sooner or late
r to induce a painful episode-prophylaxis can only reduce their frequency. We ha
ve no therapy which can compete with the infinite capacity of patients to reinju
re themselves. Prophylactic regimes which include the few well-recog nised basic
principles of manual handling, together with
sections which owe more to bias and advocacy than to cer tain knowledge, are prob
ably as likely to succeed in as many cases as those which contain the few basic
principles only ; we do nOI yet know why. When very experienced surgeons, physic
ians and therapists advocate the prophy lactic value of lumbar flexion, and other
equally experi enced physicians and therapists advocate an extension regime, pla
inly there is room for more certainty. Reducing Ihe likelihood of musculoskeleta
l spinal pain, and preventing recurrence of painful episodes, is a field of ende
avour in which our sketchy knowledge is evident. To paraphrase Oscar Wilde :'n7
'Truth is seldom simple, and is far from plain.' For example, instruction in man
ual handling and lifting is almost universally believed 10 have prophylactic val
ue, although there is no scientific evidence that this has been effective in red
ucing the severity or fre quency of back pain ;"''' while Charlesworth, el a/. (
1978)'" have no doubl, on practical or Iheorelical
PROPHYLAXIS
503
(c) Exwu;on and (D) ftu;on. The nuclei have been injected with
radio-opaque material. It is plain thai the posterior part of the nucleus pulpos
us of the L2-L3 segment has migrated a little anteriorly, as the
posterior longitudinal ligament becomes taut during flexion and the disc bulges
anteriorly.
grounds, that such training contributes significantly to the prevention of back
trouble. Neither do we know why there was a 22 per cent in crease in back pain ep
isodes, and a 30 per cent increase in their duration, between 1 9 6 1 and 1 967,
1)]8 long after programmes of lifting training had been instituted in many spher
es of industry, in the nursing profession and in physiotherapy, for example, whe
n the writer was active in this field of prophylaxis. 'There is little evidence
based on prospective epidemio logical studies to prove the value of training but
there is no doubt that a well-prepared programme can have satis factory results,
even if one of the mechanisms is a Haw thorne effect, i.e. the initial improvemen
t in performance which tends to follow any change of management. (Troup, 1979.)1
25'" Where a high morbidity rate, due to repetitive indus trial handling of a spe
cific kind, has provided experience for the formulation of detailed on-the-job h
andling tech niques, there appears to be definite benefit from organised training
of this kind, 211 but at a meeting of European and
I
American workers in the field of low back pain prophyl axis, it was agreed that t
here appers to be no evidence of benefit from general education in lifting and h
andling techniques. While there is some recent and slight evidence'2sob that the
determined application of lifting and handling tech niques may result in somewha
t less backache, a besetting difficulty is that the techniques appear to their m
odest best only in those work environments which can be rigor ously controlled, a
nd monitored, in a manner approaching the average laboratory research project. T
he overwhelming majority of occupational stress occurs during the unforeseeable
hurly-burly of daily liv ing-in the care of small children, in household, garden,
space-restricted storerooms and loading bays, garages, do it-yourself jobs, the
sports field, multifarious agricultural work, dressing in a hurry, moving house,
horseplay with children, walking over difficult terrain and strange hotel beds-
any degree of control or monitoring of these chance stresses is unrealistic, tho
ugh possibly the time is nOt tOO far off when training in dynamic body postures
will be
504
(E) ExwlSion and (F) flexion. With the neural arches removed, the
ranges of movement are virtually identical, suggesting the role of the annulus f
ibroSllS in governing the amplitude of sagiual movement.
as much a feature of education in schools as the ubiquitous calculator. The abun
dance of little booklets 168. 248, J)5 , 527,671, 1068, 1252, 1321 and advice sh
eets providing basic information on joint
problems, and conflicting advice for lay people, is an un easy reminder that the
few certainties lie buried beneath the weight of vocal advocacy for this or that
approach to the problem. One recommends sitting down whenever possible, 7KO and
another warns against sitting for long.8)o1 Sit with the back rounded, sit with
it hollow, and so on. A likelihood for the patient who reads all of them, in th
e search for enlightenment and guidance, is that they will become a litue confus
ed. Hutton and Adar:1s ( 1980)"" investigated the forces acting on the neural ar
ch and carried out experiments with a hydraulic servo-controlled testing machine
which gave outputS of applied force against joint deformation. They concluded t
hat the lordotic standing and fully flexed postures bOlh seem important in the a
etiology of low back pain and degenerative changes in the apophyseal joints. Ada
ms and Hutton ( 1980)" have also reported a cadaver experiment which strongly su
ggests that lumbar
interbody joints can resist the greatest compressive force when flexed between 4
and 8 When flexed to greater degrees, the compressive force of back muscle cont
raction is likely to first damage the supraspinous and inter spinous ligaments, a
nd then the intervertebral disc. Among the many writers of advice bookiets for b
ack sufferers, a recent one722 suggests several options for rest ing positions an
d instructs readers to choose (he onc giving most relief. The important factor o
f self-assessment is a welcome feature. As might be expected, observations on ba
ck pain and prophylaxis, by those who have spent many decades physically handlin
g low back problems on the clinical shopfloor (Stoddard, 1 979)"'" will be of mo
re practical value than the more generalised observations of others without this
hard-won experience. Some 20 years ago, following a 5-day course of practical s
hopfloor experience in handling drums, gas cylinders, girders and other heavy in
dustrial weights the writer, who was an active member of the CSP Committee on Po
sture and Lifting, became convinced of the need to keep the back straight, in a
position approaching active extension, dur.
PROPHYLAXIS
505
(G) EXlensiorl and (M) jltxiorl. Longitudinal ligaments have been outlined with
barium paste. Disc bulging posteriorly during extension
at the L4-L5 segment, with anterior bulging at all segments during flexion, is p
lain.
ing manual handling and lifting (Grieve, 1958).'" Now sadder and wiser since tho
se days, and more familiar with the infinite variety offorms in which cervical,
thoracic and lumbar joint problems may present, it seems plain that advice on pr
ophylaxis, and lifting and handling, after an analysis of household and industri
al working difficulties,
should not be
(00
rigid.
Although they may not be able to articulate their know ledge as clearly as we wou
ld like, patients are as a rule much more familiar than the therapiS! with (i) t
he beha viouroftheir pain and (ii) with the special ergonomic diffi culties of the
ir daily activities, unless a fairly comprehen sive analysis during a workplace v
isit is made, yet very many ofthem need help to analyse the relationship between
the behaviour of their painful episodes and the way they have had to work or th
e way in which they res!.
The flexible application of principles which are clearly understood is probably
beeter than highly detailed and 'mili tary' instruclions gloomily based on the di
re need to keep {he back straight at al/ times, or {he back bent like a banana a
t al/ times.
'There is no "natural" way of lifting which is universal and thus biologically s
ignificant.' (Troup, 1979.)''''Jb It is difficult to equate the advocacy of lord
osis with the well-recognised need)26. 7411, 780, 3)1,151.891 for improving the
power of the abdominal wall musculature. For a propor tion of patients with low b
ack pain, sitting in a soft chair provokes the pain, and sitting erect with slig
ht lordosis on a hard chair relieves or diminishes the pain. Con versely, for tho
se whose low back pain is sharply provoked on standing for 15-30 minutes, and wh
ose pain is spread bilaterally to buttocks and thighs on bending backwards for m
ore than a few seconds, sitting (or squatting) is their method of gaining relief
, and they may prefer a soft chair. Quite apart from the clinical features of sp
inal stenosis, there is this group of patients whose symmetrical low back pain i
s unaccompanied by sciatica, reduced straight-Ieg raising or neurological signs.
The only movement which does not hurt is flexion (see p. 267). To advise this gr
oup to lie prone or supine with the legs straight, which are lor dotic postures,
and to passively hyperextend the spine as a regular exercise, even when these pr
ocedures are seen to provoke pain, may indicate that philosophies of
506
treatment can become more important than what the treatment is all abDul, viz, t
he infinitely variable needs of patients (see p. 205). While the experiment depi
cted in Figure 1 8.4A-H may not have completely simulated conditions in vivo, it
never theless provides a valuable clue about the effects on lumbar inrervcnebrai
body joints of sagiual movemenL McKenzie ( 1977)'34 has demonstrated that the a
pplica tion of the few basic principles of prophylaxis in low back pain, includin
g admonitions not to lose the lumbar lor dosis, together with a passive extension
exercise regime, tended to reduce the frequency of recurrence in a group of pat
ients whose pain was considered due to 'flexion de rangement') i.e. worse after p
rolonged sitting or bending. Patients whose pain could be abolished by flexion,
and those with provocation of distal pain on extension, were not advised to foll
ow the regime. I t is apparently to this latter group of patients that the two s
imilar 'flexion' regimes are addressed. )36,780 So far as prophylactic exer cise
is concerned, clinical experience indicates that a con siderable proportion of pa
tients can diminish painful lumbar stiffness in the early morning by gently pull
ing the knees onto the chest, while lying supine. Similarly, a flexion-exercise
regime, designed to mobil ise chronically tightened dorsal lumbosacral soft tissu
es, is the treatment of choice in some. Again, it is a natural reaction after si
tting or driving for a long time, to stand with the feet apart, hands on hips, a
nd to lean backward for a bit, whether one has backache or not. In others, avoid
ance of flexion is important, yet this does not necessarily mean that they need
to hyperextend their spines as a regular routine. The choice of prophylac tic mea
sures should be dictated entirely by the occupation and needs of the patient, as
deduced from the clinical pre sentation, and not by the dictates of this or that
approach to the problem of low back pain.
(\) Resting postures Advice about resting postures should be modified to suit in
dividuals' needs. A simplified black-and-white division into two common types of
low back pain presentation is perhaps justified in order to make the point, but
it has its dangers, since the two simplified groups certainly represent less th
an 50 per cent of all patterns of low back pain presentation. Reference to the v
arious clinical patterns described (pp. 250-300) will make this plain. For examp
le, leg length in equality and lateral pelvic tilt are not described, although, i
n passing, the writer's clinical experience is that a flexion type regime suits t
hem much better than that of maintain ing lordosis. As an illustration we can des
cribe a simplified 'A' group who stand with a pronounced lordosis and have a som
e what weak abdominal wall. Their pattern of recurrence is that of:
a. Pain across the low back, initially with some spreading to both buttocks b. A
ggravation of pain by standing, walking, and lying prone or supine c. All lumbar
movements, other than flexion, provoke the pain d. Flexion is painless, and fre
e so far as tight lumbodorsal soft tissues will allow, with a localised low lumb
ar lor dosis unchanged at the extreme of flexion e. There are no neurological sig
ns. Straight-leg-raising is fairly free, of equal range and not limiIed by pain.
That the posterior (neural arch) elements sustain con siderable force during ext
ension has been demonstrated by Lin et al. ( 1 978)747 (p. 501). Shah er al. ( 1
978))"08 subjected the 4th lumbar vertebra and L4-LS discs, of six cadaveric sp
ines, to controlled compressive loading. With central compressive loads, the max
imal strain was found to occur near the base of the pedicles, and the super ficia
l and deep surfaces of the pars interarticularis. The importance of the posterio
r vertebral elements, in trans mitting load, was thus emphasised. On applying loa
ds with a posterior offset, both compressive and tensile strains on the pars int
erarticularis were increased, sug gesting the probable genesis of stress fracture
s and group I I spondylolisthesis. Since the dominant feature is that of pain pr
ovocation by any posture which approximates the posterior joint structures, it w
ill be plain that a flexion type of regime will suit them better, i.e. a. When s
tanding for long, one foot should be rested some 40-50 cm above the ground, and
one or both elbows or hands rested on the raised knee, so that the low back is n
ot hollow. If this is not feasible, the patient should tilt the pelvis backward
from time to time, hold ing it so for some seconds at each use of the exercise. b
. Sitting with a somewhat curved posture in a semi reclining position. c. Lying s
upine with hips and knees flexed, and calves resting on a support. d. Lying pron
e, so long as a pillow or two under the abdomen prevents lordosis. e. Side-lying
with the knees bent up (some may need a small pillow under the loin, to prevent
overapproxima tion of the uppermost lumbosacral structures). f. A comfortable sl
eeping posture, which diminishes joint strain during the night, is that of side-
lying with the hips and knees bent, but the uppermosl limb being less flexed, so
that the uppermost thigh comes to lie across mid-thigh and mid-calf of the unde
rneath limb (Fig. 18.5). Patients with the clinical features of frank spinal ste
nosis, with bilateral limb pains and paraesthesiae aggra vated by lordotic postur
es, belong to this group rather
PROPHYLAXIS
507
fied by individual needs. Lumbosacral joint problems are usually more comfort abl
y rested on a firm mattress with boards beneath, but not invariably so. Mid-lumb
ar joint pain often responds to rest with the patient lying with knees flexed on
a some what soft mattress. Patients should be encouraged to ex periment and find
for themselves what suits them, and perhaps should be advised not to expend larg
e sums of money on specialised beds until they are satisfied that it is not poss
ible to make arrangements using ordinary materials usually to hand.
(ii) Activities
in which the usual Fl,. 18.S A sid - . . 'on of lower limbs is reversed, puts le
ss s r i e low di lumbar region.
The bed. The important factor is rest n a position of comfort, and not an arbitra
rily imposed position unmodi
than the following one, as will those patients whose pain is assessed as being d
ue to a mild or moderate degree of spondylolisthesis. Conversely, a simplified '
B' group, whose painful recur rences are more likely to be provoked by prolonged
sitting and bending, tend [Q present with: a. A degree of loss of lordosis b. So
metimes with slight listing to one or other side c. The amount of pain on sittin
g and the preference for standing depends upon the severity of loss of lordosis
d. Severe but temporary incapacity after driving for more than 3H5 minutes e. Le
ss provocation of pain on bending backwards (which, if possible, they neverthele
ss do cautiously) than on flexion f. Pain on side-flexion is variable, but is us
ually greater on bending towards the side of pain g. Reduced straight-leg-raisin
g, sometimes bilaterally and asymmetrically, but often on one side only h. No ne
urological signs. Akerblom ( 1949)" demonstrated that in sitting upright the lum
bar spine is flexed. Suitable resting postures for reducing painful episodes the
n are : a. Standing normally with the weight on both feet ; the patient should s
it as soon as standing begins to bring on pain b. Sitting with a support across
the low back, if relaxed, and sitting upright in the neutral position if in a ha
rd chair c. Lying prone or supine on a hard surface d. Sleeping on the side with
. the limbs disposed as de scribed above, but with less flexion o(both hips so th
at the neutral lumbar position is maintained.
n e idemiolo ica1 study646 has shown that com am work are to ex rience severe bac
k pain as those w a dQ not drive daily; those who drive as a wor occupation for
most of the day are three times as likely to develop severe back p ain. With reg
ard to driving posture and car seats, Anderson et al. ( 1975)" measured the e.m.
g. activity of several back muscles, and the intravital lumbar disc pressures, o
f healthy subjects in automobile seats. The parameters were :
Drivin .
a. b. c. d. e.
backrest inclination degree of lumbar support seat inclination depression of the
clutch shifting gear.
The lowest level of both lumbar disc pressure and myoelectrical activity occurre
d when the backrest inclina tion was 1 20, the lumbar support was 5 cm thick and t
he seat inclination 1 4. A considerable increase was observed in lumbar disc pres
sure during de ression e c1utc p a ; s ifting a t e gear lever also increased th
e e disc pressure and influenced the myoelectrical activity. In general terms th
e lessons for the average driver are plain : a. A seatwhjchsupports tbe low back
sothat it can reSI, whetherjn neptral or in a degree of lordosis whjch.evr they
find most com Ie. b. A backrest in ' as above, and tall enough to supers, with a
measure port the upper thorax and sbo of'wra -around' support for the trunk and
lateral but r se a w a at r I di in t f one buttock can provoke otherwise latent I
llmbar pain. c. A degree of hip and knee flexion which suits the driver ft (l;>y
fore and a adjustment 01 the seat positIOn). d. A 'driving drilJ' of stopping an
d g etting out for a stretch ever hour or so during longjourneys. y e. For commu
ter-driversinheavy town traffic. automatjc transmission, but also a more philoso
phical attitude to
508
ffic t!!, jams. Involuntary tensingof low back and pelvic girdle muscles, throug
h Ihe daily frustrations of driv iryJin city streets, may be a more potentcalise
of'dri" ing backache' than IS realjsed. The ab ove study on four adull volunteer
s" is a valuable pointer to car-seat design, but there is always a group of indi
viduals who seem to prefer, because they are only comfortable then, a hunched-up
attitude at the steering wheel, and it is unwise to try and impose, willY-Dilly
, arbi trary driving postures upon every patient. In the end, it atient and what
they know pamalgamofthe car, the p a by experience is best for them. ---rhe infl
uence on lumbar spinal posture of the degree of backrest inclination when seated
, and the presence of a localised lumbar support pad, has been radiographically
studied in 38 healthy subjects by Anderson et at. (1979)" Increases of the angle
of the backrest, in four 10 steps from 80' to 1 1 0 , had only a minor effect up
on the lumbar lordosis. The presence of a localised support pad had a significan
t influence on the lumbar curve, lordosis increas ing with increased support, i.e
. an increased distance between the plane of the backrest and the front of the l
umbar pad. The precise posirioll of the lumbar support pad, with respect to the
segmental level, did not significantly influ ence the angles measured. G,(!lin in
and out 0 the car is a maner of choice--cither ... / g lead with the fundament,
sitting sideways with the legs together and then swinging them in together, or
rely on a,secure grip with one hand on the roof-ed e and stee in g w' h the near
Ie so that t e lumbar s ine is unweighted fi uring the manceuvre. I f this meth
od is referred, e oot of the 0 ou e ting out is a reversal of these proceduresj
it is not wise to..,Bet In or out ofa car while holding a heavy or awkward packa
ge.
Stooping and reaching. These two activities, when the back is used like a derric
k, whether the individual is kneeling, sitting or standing, are probably respons
ible for far more back disability than the plain lifting of weights, e.g.
When changingfrom sittingto standing, and vice versa, ortant principle is to kee
p the body's centre of an imp gravity over the feet, e.g. lumbar strai is lessen
ed when n standing up if the pc VIS IS ffiO.Y. :OFW8rllrlOg the earliest phase o
f hip and knee extension ; this is not always own, there feaSible for me elderly
panent. On slttmg d is less strain if hips and knees are Hexed whIle still over
the feet, so that the pelvis is moved backwards in the chair as the last p hase
of the mana:uvre. When reaching f orward in a stoop, flexion of the forward kne
e (w ere f h eaSible) reduces lumbar strain. Ih stram of reaching to the bottom
drawer of a filing e cabinet. or tuckmg In bedclothes, IS reduced if a backward
step is followed by dropping to the rear knee, so tfiat fI xion can then occurfro
m the hip while the body is sup s ported on forward f t and rear knee. oo Llfring
Shah ( 1 9 76) 1107 mentions that in establishing a complete pattern of loading
in the lumbar spine, the fol lowing forces must be considered : a. b. c. d. grav
itational force muscular force forces due to ligaments forces due to abdominal p
ressure.
a. b. c. d. e. f. g.
using a vacuum cleaner reaching to lift a battery from a car stooping over furni
ture to clean windows making beds kneeling while bathing a baby reaching across
desks, to lift weights stooping and reaching, or kneeling and reaching, while ga
rdening.
Remedies are : a. remembering not to do it-get closer to the work b. getting for
ward support from one hand when standin or one foot forward as in half-kneeling
c. utensils with long handles d. place the work at waist height if you can.
However, force vectors cannot be calculated from e.m.g. measurements by methods
presently available; e.m.g. studies of the spinal musculature are incomplete, th
us force diagrams for in vivo loading of the spine cannot be drawn. Also, no com
pletely satisfactory attempt has been made to evaluate tensile loads due to the
configura tion of ligaments. For these reasons accurate force diagrams, which dep
ict the directions and magnitudes of the various loadings, cannot yet be drawn.
Vet the research findings of Nachemson889b and his colleagues, by which intravit
al lumbar disc manometry recorded great differences according [0 the subject's p
osture when handling weights, in sitting as well as in standing, provide some fa
ctual evi dence that most of our few timeless principles of lifting are probably
correct, at least in so far as they reduce in tradiscal pressure and myoelectrica
l activity of back muscles to the minimum, but whether this is actually going to
reduce the incidence of low back pain remains to be seen.I HS, 25' I t is for t
his reason that the writer would stress very strongly the need to educate young
people in physiologic ally efficient ways of using their bodies,29 which is not t
he same as learning how to lift. C"should not leave out of consideration the need
, not so much to teach people how to lift, but during school years to instil ins
tinctive proprioceptive knowledge of the difference between a clumsy jerky movem
ent and a sweet, flowing movement 'which fulfils its function efficiently with a
minimum of effort and the minimum of cumulative
PROPHYLAXIS
509
strain'. (Anderson, 1971 .)" The analogy between a furi ous swipe at the golfball
and a sweet, flowing and powerful swing, is too tempting to omit. If the writer
may be allowed a hobby-horse, perhaps the genesis ofback injuries to adults at
work (and, in pass ing, a proportion of arthrotic jip joints)880 lies in the fier
cely competitive atmosphere of the school playground, the school gymnasium, the
athletic field, and the SportS club gymnasium, e.g. touching the toes at all cos
ts, lying supine and raising both legs slowly off the floor, while the feet hold
a heavy medicine ball, lying prone and vigorously raising head, arms and legs.
Being qualified to make observations by reason of long experience in times past,
as a regular RN Physical Educa tor at a Naval Engineering College, the writer be
lieves the youthful emphasis on strength, virility and 'success' may perhaps pre
sent its account in later life. Might physical educators and athletic coaches al
so hold out to the young and eager the goals of mobility, extensibility and the
har monious development of co-ordination with sweet move ment within the reasonabl
e capabilities of each? It is not so glamorous as athletic success, but then nei
ther is back ache and disablement, especially when a wife and children have becom
e interested parties. With regard to lifting as such, after a simple exposition
of the natural reaction of living tissues to physical insult, and the particular
way in which this applies to the indi vidual concerned, perhaps patients should
receive no more written advice than can be contained on one side of a postcard.
For those with recurrent back pain, here indeed is the suggested postcard:
Analyse your work-relate your pain
you do it No lifting if too heavy-get help No lifting without secure foothold No
lifting by stooping with legs almost straight Stand close and grip well to what
you do and how
in this milieu, seem to be losing the ability, the will or the wit to shift for
themselves, and to resourcefully tackle their own intimate domestic difficulties
according to their means and the circumstances. 'Sexual activity may pre cipitat
e recurrent pain or aggravate existing pain in the same manner as lifting, pushi
ng, pulling or any other physical activity, if performed too early or too vigoro
usly in the course ofrecovery from neck, back, or radicular pain syndromes. , H1
64 This much is plain to patients, and having perceived the dilemma, a proportio
n of them have acted on the principle, ' If it hurts, I'll find another way of d
oing itr I'll stop for a bit, and put up with it.' For those with back pain who r
equire advice and guid ance on sexual intercourse, Fahrni ( 1 976)'" (Fig. 1 8.6)
has presented some charmingly sedate illustrations of posi tions from one to sev
en. He makes the sensible suggestion that, upon the stable footing of a firm, no
n-sprung mat tress over a 2 em plywood board :
. . . advances arc made with the prior agreement that nothing painful is to be p
ersisted in, and that the advent of pain should require the immediate notificati
on of the other partner. This may result in several false starts but once the pr
oper course has been tenderly explored and established, the memory of the initia
l dis appointment will soon be clouded over by the impact of the pleasant results
. All such preliminary skirmishings should work towards a position where the par
tner with the backache maintains an S-shaped attitude and the other assumes a po
sition, onc way or another, to conform to this necessity.
Stoddard ( 1 979) 1\83b includes some sensible advice on sexual intercourse in h
is admirable booklet on advice for back sufferers.
Nursing mothers, the low back and the sacroiliac joim. After delivery it will be
many weeks before the connective tissues of t.he lumbar spine and pelvic joints
lose the softening and extensibility which occur during the last stages of preg
nancy (p. 283). At a time when these structures are at their most vulner able, th
ey are often subjected to the greatest stressf sit ting and bending to feed the ba
by and to change it, bend ing over the washtub, placing the baby in and picking i
t up from cot and pram, wheeling it and shopping (often up slopes and negotiatin
g steps and pavements). In conjunction with postnatal exercises, it is important
to avoid prolonged sitting, and in the early postnatal phase to avoid those exe
rcises or functional activities which stress the pelvis asymmetrically, e.g. ste
pping up high with one foot, leaping over a ditch or puddle and landing the body
weight on one foot, getting awkwardly out of a bath. Carrying bulky or awkward
objects, shifting fur niture, taking muscular and boisterous dogs on a lead or si
tting on the floor with both legs curled to one side are all likely to give rise
to lumbar and pelvic joint stress. A frequent cause of low back and sacroiliac
joint prob lems is that of attending to the toenails, while sitting on
Always
keep seat lower than head
Hold low back in neutral position Lift without jerking Change foot position to t
um with weight Don't Stoop or reach to put it down
Where the hazards o speci industrial "fting and hand f fic ling duties are well u
nderstood, and safety measures can be incorporated into preventive training, ins
tructions can be highly speci fic,168 but for most individuals it is a matter o
f grasping and applying principles. Sexual difficulties. The present-day rash of
official and semi-official institutions, eager to give advice and gui dance to t
he citizens on almost every aspect of their daily lives (however intimate), has
tended to generate in its wake a fair proportion of people who, having grown up
510
B
E Fi,. 18.6 (A-G) The difficulties of sexual intcrcousc with back pain may dimin
ished by partners arranging a position whereby the one with backache 'maintains
an S-shad attitude and the other assumes a position, one: way or another, to conf
onn to this necessity',
(Figures reproduced from 'Backache : Assessment and Treatment', 1976, by kind pe
rmission of W. Harry Farhni MD FRCS MCh Orth and Musqueam Publishers Ltd.)
PROPHYLAXIS
511
G
the floor after a bath, when normally strained positions feel easier to assume.
Stooping and reaching, while standing on one leg with the other extended at [he
hip to retain balance, is also un wise (see p. 499).
(iii) Preventive exercises Aside from habitual occupational stresses and/or sing
le episodes of exciting trauma to which everybody is liable, low back pain appea
rs general1y more common in those with weak trunk musculature, somewhat tight ha
mstrings, a tendency to lordosis because of lax abdominal muscles, shortening of
the psoas muscle and also the lumbosacral soft tissues. For these reasons preve
ntive exercises should, in general terms, include those for:
is pushed forwards, so that the body's centre of gravity remains over the suppor
t area. Placing the palms higher or lower makes a slight but negligible differen
ce to the effect (Fig. 1 4.8). Vigorous flexion exercises, and passive hyperexte
nsion regimes in prone-lying (when the trunk musculature is relaxed) should not
be given until such time as a passive physiological-movement test (PP-MT) has de
termined that there is no hypermobile segment at the lower thoracic or lumbar sp
ines, e.g. T I O--T l l, L I L2 or L4-L5. b. Abdominal and dorsal muscle strength
ening. Those exer cises described in the treatment of a hypermobile lumbar segmen
t (pp. 452-454) are also suitable as preventive exer cises. c. Stretching of the
psoas muscle. When sitting and stand ing, in vivo manometry of the middle lumbar
discs reveals that they support heavier loads than can be attributed to gravitat
ional compression, e.g. in a 70 kg man sitting upright, the L3 disc is carrying
140 kg, and when standing upright the load on L3 is 1 00 kg. .. Besides acting as
a hip flexor, the vertebral portion of the psoas muscle also appears to take pa
rt in maintaining the upright posture, and by this activity adds a compres sive e
ffect upon the lumbar discs, in addition to that of gravitational force alone. A
simple 'maintenance' stretch of the left psoas muscle is achieved by lying supi
ne on a firm surface and, grasping the right knee, pulling the knee onto the che
st by full hip and knee flexion. The left lower limb is pressed onto the surface
along its whole length. Repeat to opposite side (Fig. 18.7).
a. Joint mobility, with a n emphasis o n flexion and extension b. Abdominal and
dorsal muscle strengthening c. Stretching of the psoas muscle d. Elongation of s
hortened hamstrings (to a degree nor mal for each individual) e. Ability to corre
ct forward pelvic tilt f. Physical endurance (again to varying degrees suitable
for the individual). a. Joint mobility. The exercise of pulling the knees onto t
he chest (Fig. 14.7) and its progressions (p. 457) will assist in maintaining fl
exion mobility, and in preventing tight ness of the lumbodorsal fascia. Extension
mobility can be maintained by standing with the feet a little apart, supinat ing
the forearms to place the palms on the I umbar region or iliac spines, and then
leaning backwards as the pelvis
512
COMMON VERTEBRAL JOrNT PROBLEMS
f. Physical endurance. The physically active person appears less likely to get b
ackache. Recreation or work which involves 'global' mobility of joints is prefer
able to that which repetitively stresses one aspect of joints. A more comprehens
ive scheme of exercises is given by Buswell ( 1 978).145
The nature of prophylactic advice One important aspect, which seldom appears to
enter into consideration, is the likelihood of changing a reasonably back-consci
ous patient into a decidedly back-happy patient. An overcautious state of mind a
bout back prob lems, roughly proportional to (i) the size of the detailed instruc
tions and (ii) the severity of the admonition to 'take care') often slowly becom
es transposed into an underlying loss of confidence in the durability of the ver
tebral column and in its inherent ability to recover and to stand up to the stre
sses of life (p. 261). One would hesitate to be responsible for inducing such a
state of mind in an otherwise fit individual, yet for many parients the process
has probably begun the moment they peruse and digest an interminable list of do'
s and don'ts upon which, they may be given to understand, the health and welfare
of their lumbar spine depends. Over many years of clinical practice, the writer
has seen this again and again. Prophylaxis is important, but it cannot prevent
steady progression, to varying degrees, of the changes of degeneration. Degenera
tion as such is not disease, and the patients should never be given the notion t
hat they have got a 'disease'. The evidence is all around us-individuals who hav
e survived a back-pain episode, got over it and pressed on regardless, albeit by
sensibly avoiding the more gross type of physical insult, but by no means think
ing carefully before they do anything at all. I t is gratifying to feel thar our
advice and detailed guid ance may have been responsible for this happy state of
affairs-but when we encounter cheerful, durable people who have got over a back
episode and got on with their lives and no such advice or guidance has been give
n, there is food for thought. This is not to say that we should neglect our prof
essional duties by ignoring potential hazard, but that while giving the patient
instruction, we should instil confidence and not unwittingly undermine it. Thus
the 'Lifting advice' postcard referred to above (p. 509) might have on its rever
se side a further injunction :
Do the preventive exercise given Avoid prolonged periods in one position (sittin
g, standing,
FIg. 18.8
knee of the supponed leg must be kept Slraight. The foot of the
FIg. 18.7
A 'sustained hold' position for maintaining extensibility of
the psoas major muscle. While onc hip and knee arc fully flexed, the patient end
eavours to approximate the back of the other knee to the surface of the plinth.
d. Elongation of shortened hamstrings. The flexion exer cises (vide supra) will a
ssist this aim, but a more specific exercise is necessary. From standing with bo
th feet parallel and a little apart, onc heel is placed forward onto a support (
stool, chair seat, desk) as high as stability allows-the height will vary accord
ing to the individual. The hamstring muscles of the raised leg will be stretched
as the standing-leg knee is bent, while both hands reach down the shin to the f
oot of the raised leg. Repeat to oppo site side (Fig. 18.8). e. Backward pelvic (
ilcing. These exercises need no de scription here.
A stretching exercise for the left hamstring muscles. The
driving, bending, decorating ceilings) If you cannot, do the reverse for a bit,
every so often Your back is not falling [0 bits and will last as long as you do;
get on with your lif and don't become overconcerned about e your back.
standing leg has been incorrectly illustrated, and it should be parallel with th
e supponed foot. The exercise has a powerful effect and should not be repeated m
ore than four times at a session, although it may be done twO or three times a d
ay.
PROPHYLAXtS
513
Naturally excluded from these observations are those with significant mechanical
defects, gross hypermobility, spinal stenosis and conditions other than degener
ative change as such. A change of job may be desirable or necessary, but is not
always possible.
Ergonomic guidance-home or workplace visit A comprehensive analysis, of occupati
onal and domestic duty stresses imposed upon one individual, is a formidable unde
rtaking, and more usually the patient is questioned about occupational, sporting
, domestic and other physical stresses and the applicable prophylactic guidance
given. This should be recorded. Where group training is given, this must also be
recorded. Adaptation of the height of working surfaces and more suitable arrang
ement of work situations help to reduce stress on the low back. Supports and app
liances The fact that a patient has been given an 'instant' lumbar support, whic
h is to be worn for 5 to 10 days and no more, or is to be used only for gardenin
g and long car trips, should be recorded, as should be a note of the eifects, fo
r future reference. Comment As 'Nature follows art', it may well be that the cur
rent enormous expansion of interest in , nationally and internationally, will be
accom panied by a great deal more of them-not necessarily for the obvious reason
s, since truth is stranger than fiction, the human animal is indeed a strange de
vice and that which is fashionable sways all of us much more than we care to adm
it, even to the extent of having a 'real' backache with physical signs ! Wood (
1 976)"" has posed a relevant question : 'Does
back pain have a pathology?' [my italics] and also draws attention to the findin
g that persons with back pain appear to have an increased propensity to use heal
th services.894 These observations are not meant to suggest that there is no rel
ation between back pain and degenerative change or tissue-reaction to streSs, bu
t that its multifactorial nature and our limited knowledge should not lead us to
suppose that there is, necessarily, a one-to-one relation ship between back pain
and something we call pathologi cal changes, in all cases.
PROPHYLAXI S FOR SPORTS INJURIES Vertebral strains, during family and competitiv
e sport, can occur for many reasons, not least insecure footholds.
I.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Do not stint on good shoes. Feet and ankles should be well supported with plenty
of room for toes. Bundle up warmly, since warm muscles are less prone to injury
. Older people should wear enough to start perspiring before playing, and follow
ing the activity should bundle up immediately to avoid chill. Start slowly-the m
ore precompetitive tension, the greater the need for warming-up by gentle rhythm
ic exercises, gradually progressed before the competitive stress. Re-educate and
co-ordinate 'rusty' muscles-train first, play later. For example, the lower lim
bs can best be strengthened by walking groin-deep in water. For upper limbs, thr
ow and catch an increasingly heavy medicine bal l ; then increase the speed of d
oing it. For simple or moderately severe acute musculoskeletal injuries, apply i
ce immediately. For injuries which have been ignored for several days but become
persist ent, warm heat pads or warm soaks. Seek help if the injury is persistent
.
19. Invasive procedures
These can be considered under the two divisions of (A) those minor invasive tech
niques which 3rc usually con ducted on an outpatient (or short instay) basis, suc
h as injections and rhizotomy or rhizolysis procedures,and (B) major surgical pr
ocedures.
and, despite vocal assertions that the problem is simple and has been solved, ma
ny remain unconvinced. Smythe and Maldofsky ( 1 978) 1151 propose a set of cri te
ria for 'fibrositis' or 'non-articular rheumatism' as the invariable association
of: a. Symptoms of chronic aching b. A non-restorative sleep panern with marked
morning stiffness and fatigue c. The e.e.g. finding of alpha intrusion in non-R
EM sleep d. Localised tenderness at 12 or more of 1 4 specific sites. Among the
sites mentioned are the lateral epicondyle anachments, the cervical intervertebr
al ligaments joining transverse processes C4 to C6 and the L4 to SI inter spinous
ligaments-the possibility of an association, between vertebral changes and thos
e in the soft tissues of more proximal peripheral joints, is not pursued. The ge
neric label 'non-articular rheumatism' may be convenient, but is perhaps unsuita
ble. Clinical impres sions suggest that much localised pain arising from the anac
hment-tissues around larger peripheral joints is due to chronic secondary change
s initiated there primarily by degenerative change in the associated vertebral s
egments. Thus, while the 'trigger' point areas of referred pain and referred ten
derness in muscle bellies, and localised painfully tender points in attachment-t
issues near joints, may not be Quite the same thing, the production of these cha
nges may have much more to do with vertebral joint changes than the phrase 'non-
articular rheumatism' may suggest. Mooney and Cairns ( 1 978)'" have briefly sum
marised the rationale of these procedures as follows:
One of the most poorly understood phenomena related to chronic pain syndromes is
the focal hyperirritability of tissues related to painful areas of the body. Th
ese areas arc generally classed as crigger points and frequently represent areas
of referred pain and autonomic nerve dysfunction. By a poorly understood mechan
ism, local injection with anaesthetic can provide pain relief at a distant locat
ion for far longer than can be explained by the
A. MINOR INVASIVE TECHNIQUES
A Jist of injection and other techniques cannot be defini tive, since the variety
of procedures is so great and the techniques are constantly changing; they migh
t be sum marised as follows: 1. Injection of soft-tissue 'trigger' points with lo
cal anaes thetic 2. Peripheral nerve block with anaesthetic and neurolytic agents
3. Hydrocortisone-derivative and local anaesthetic injection of 3n3chment-tissu
es 4. Sclerosant injection of attachment-tissues 5. Injection into joint cavitie
s or synovial spaces 6. Epidural or extradural injections 7. Rhizotomy and rhizo
lysis by tenotome and radiofre quency, respectively 8. Chemonuc1eolysis by chymop
apain injection. (Acupuncture is mentioned on p. 484.) 1. INJECTION OF SOFT-TISS
UE 'TRIGGER' POINTS W ITH LOCAL ANAESTHETIC Non-articular rheumatism is an 'umbr
ella' name for a number of syndromes, some poorly defined and others well recogn
ised. In some patients the clinical features can be attributed with confidence t
o defined systemic disease or some local pathological process, but there remains
a large group of patients in whom the connecrion is difficult to demonstrate. C
linicians offer a variety of explanations
INVASIVE PROCEDURES
515
pharmacological action of the drug. Probably the most simplistic explanation of
this phenomenon is the break-up of a cycle of neurological action and response.
Travell (1942'''' 1949, "" 1954,"" 1960,'''' 1968'''') has written extensively o
n this subject (considered in some detail on pp. 118--1 19) and in 1952'''' publ
ished de tailed charts of predictable patterns of pain associated with tender tri
gger points. Wilkinson (1971)"" observes that, in cervical spondy losis, injectio
ns into painful areas may give relief of pain and spasm, and improved cervical m
ovement. The tech nique is usually that of injecting an 0.5 per cent procaine or
0.25 per cent xylocaine solution into the soft tissues at the site of maximum te
nderness ;)56 there is considerable variation in the solutions employed. Mehta (
1973)'39 employs local infiltration of painful tissues with dilute local anaesth
etic (0.25 per cent ligno caine or bupivacaine) as a simple means of relieving sy
mp toms. He observes that while relief is seldom permanent it frequently outlasts
the duration of local analgesia, and that this effect may be consequent upon re
lief of muscle spasm (see p. 196) and vasomotor changes associated with an irrit
able focus in superficial soft tissues; he suggests local infiltration in detect
ing trigger areas for referred pain, for temporary relief of chronic pain, muscl
e injuries and strains, muscle spasm in muscle-tension headache, wry neck (torti
collis) and lumbago. Bourdillon (1973)'" describes his use of 1 per cent lig noca
ine as the local anaesthetic when infiltrating muscles, preferring this to the m
ixture of 2 per cent lig nocaine in equal parts with hydrocortisone (25 mg in 1 m
I) because his results have been very satisfactory in the majority of patients,
using the local anaesthetic alone. He describes effects which sometimes occur an
d are dif ficult to explain: a. Patients with back and leg pain, accompanied by a
cutely tender fibrositic areas which when injected with local anaesthetic are dr
amatically relieved together with the back and leg pain. b. Somewhat similar eff
ects produced by local injections into the muscles and ligaments around the spin
al joint which is causing symptoms. Stoddard (1969)'"'' also describes the infil
tration of painful soft-tissue sites by local anaesthetic, as a method of induci
ng relaxation of muscle hypertonus which is self perpetuating because of chronic
mechanical faults. In low back pain, impressive improvement follows intramuscula
r injection, and Burnell (1974) '" infiltrates the tender bands and nodules whic
h are so often found in association with vertebral pain. The injection technique
for a tender piriformis muscle (KirkaJdy-Willis and Hill, 1979)66' is that of i
nserting one finger in the rectum so that its tip overlies the sensitive belly o
f the muscle (p. 296). With the other hand a long
needle is inserted posteriorly, halfway between the lateral margin of the sacrum
and the greater trochanter. The needle tip is inserted further until its tip ca
n be felt be neath the rectal mucosa. Mter withdrawal for 1 cm, 2-3 ml of 0.5 per
cent lidocaine are injected, to ensure that the needle does not lie in the vici
nity of the sciatic nerve. A further 2-3 ml ofO. 75 per cent marcaine are then i
njected, and if the diagnosis is correct dramatic rei ief of pain occurs within
10 minutes. 2. PERIPHERAL NERVE BLOCK The use of analgesic or neurolytic block o
f nerve con duction is almost a century 0Id:8 Sensory block relieves pain, motor n
eurone block relieves spasm and sympathetic neurone block can relieve vasomotor,
sudomotor and visceral disturbances. Nerve blocks may help to determine the pat
hways and mechanism of pain, the cause of the pain and the patient's reaction to
elimination of pain. After full investigation of the nature of the pain, tempor
ary interruption of con duction in nociceptor fibres often produces relief which
persists appreciably longer than the duration of the anaesthetic block. The anal
gesia is not due to nerve destruction. Mehta (1973)'" observes that one or more
peripheral nerve blocks may be needed. He mentions a series of patients (some of
whom had compression of spinal roots from orthopaedic conditions) who remained
comfortable for up to 21 days after peripheral nerve block. It is ill understood
how completely reversible local analgesia pro vides sustained relief, and suggest
ions are that the effect may not depend entirely upon simple and temporary inter
ruption of the peripheral nociceptor pathway, but that modulation of the substan
tia gelatinosa 'pain-gate' mechanism (see p. 168) may allow freer use of the bod
y part and, because of this, persistence of the modulation effect. The advantage
s of the procedure are that pain relief is complete and, in comparison with anal
gesic drugs, the side effects are fewer. Depending upon the concentrations emplo
yed, some differential effect is possible, i.e. sym pathetic neurone block with l
ow concentrations, somatic sensory block with slightly higher concentration and
a block of motor neurones as well with still higher concen trations.
Technique
Accurate needle placement requires care, and difficulties can be unrecognisable
landmarks, anomalies of nerves, obese patients and those who may be unable to co
mmuni cate or are unco-operative; also, individual susceptibility to local anaest
hetic is variable. Aids which can assist accurate needle placement include the i
nitial production of paraesthesia in the nerve distribu-
516
tion,image-intensification fluoroscopy, nerve stimulator locators and a 'block-a
id monitor', in which the close approximation of the needle to the nerve is demo
nstrated by an electrical stimulus producing a muscle twitch. The technique is e
specially valuable when attempting to block nerves which are not related to bony
landmarks. Mehta's description of block techniques and their in dications, from
the cranial to the anococcygeal nerves, includes the following:
3. HYDROCORTISONE-DERIVATIVE AND LOCAL ANAESTHETIC INJECTION OF ATTACHMENT-TISSU
ES
Mention has been made (pp. 116,188) of the great impor tance of attachment-tissue
s in vertebral pain syndromes. The attachments of ligaments, muscles and aponeur
oses are peculiarly liable to undergo changes which are a fruit ful source of mus
culoskeletal pain. While the true genesis and nature of these changes remains de
batable,their accu a. Spinal accessory nerve for spasm of trapezius and ster rate
localisation by painstaking examination and their relief by localised procedures
have improved beyond nomastoid measure over the last three decades. b. CI and C
2 a.p.r., when these nerves are damaged in Much attachment-tissue pain arising f
rom the vertebral trauma coiumn itself, the limb-girdle regions (i.e. bicipital
ten c. The greater occipital nerve in intractable headache dinitis) and around th
e more peripheral joints (e.g. medial d. Brachial plexus block for compressive s
yndromes of or lateral epicondylitis) can frequently be relieved by a the cervic
al region e. Paravertebral space injections for peripheral thoracic single, accu
rately placed injection. Hydrocortisone reduces inflammation at tissue-level ner
ves, and mid-axillary intercostal blocks and is potent in the connective tissues
; because the natural f. Injection of intercostal nerves at the point of travers
ing hormone is too soluble and disperses too quickly, hydro the rectus sheath (se
e pp. 100,241) cortisone acetate (HCA) was employed. Longer lasting g. Paraverte
bral block of lumbar nerves in vertebral ano preparations are methylprednisolone
and triamcinolone. malies and disc protrusion h. Injection of the lateral cutane
ous nerve of thigh in The addition of hyaluronidase, to the mixture of hydro cort
isone and local anaesthetic, is sometimes employed meralgia paraesthetica and mo
re proximal degenera tive trespass upon the nerve root (see p. 268) when injectin
g the soft tissues, but since it is a foreign i. Sciatic nerve block, providing
analgesia and inter protein an allergy may develop following repeated in jections.
ruption of autonomic function in those rare cases The instant analgesic effect
of the local anaesthetic where sciatic pain may have a vascular origin wears off
in two or more hours, and the corticosteroid J. Trans-sacral block of sacral an
d coccygeal nerves in intractable sciatica component may take one to two days to
become fully effective; thus the pain may soon return and also be pro k. Block o
f the anococcygeal nerves in coccydynia. voked for a day. Patients should be war
ned of this. Among the treatments for internal derangement,Cyriax Common siles f
or injection are the bicipital and supra spinatus tendons, the common fexor l (19
74)217 mentions sinuvertebral nerve block for the attachments on the humeral epi
condyles, the second and lumbar and thoracic joints. The value of lignocaine int
ercostal block,in abdominal third costochondral junctions in Tietze's disease an
d,in pain of spinal origin, has been demonstrated by Ashby low back pain, the su
praspinous and interspinous ver (1977)," yet there are alternative methods of suc
cessful tebral ligaments, the tips of the lumbar transverse pro treatment."52 In
his series,the most commonly involved cesses and muscle attachments along the il
iac crest. Bur intercostal nerve was Til on the right. nell (1974)'43 observes th
at if painful apophyseal joints can be numbed, even temporarily, the patient has
a chance to mobilise them by doing active exercises immediately Neu rolysis aft
erwards. More prolonged effects arc produced by neurolytic agents If automobilis
ation is not possible by the patient,the such as alcohol,phenol,chlorocresol and
ammonium salt, relaxation obtained may allow more effective localised and they
produce a patchy destruction of all types of fibre passive movement. in the nerv
e root injected. Placement of the needle must Cyriax (1974)217 describes the tec
hnique of injection for be very accurate,and the pain relief may last for a matt
er ligamentous and tendon strains,and for those joints and of weeks or may be pe
rmanent; the average period is a ligaments which are unsupported by muscle, e.g.
the few months. sacroiliac joint. Alcohol blocks of somatic nerves may be follo
wed by In the ill-defined but large group of patients with what chemical neuropa
thy and severe neuralgia, which can be is variously called low back strain,iliol
umbar strain,sacro more distressing than the pain which they are intended iliac s
train or lumbosacral strain, Ingpen and Burry (1970591 had considerable success
by combining one, and to relieve.911
tNVASIVE PROCEDURES
517
at the most, two injections with lumbar isometric exer cises. They infiltrated th
e region of maximum tenderness, between the L5 spinous process and the posterior
superior iliac spine, with a suspension of 1 ml of prednisolone ace tate (25 mg/
ml) and 2 ml of procaine HCI 2 per cent.
4. SCLEROSANT INJECTION OF ATTACHMENT-TISSUES
Segmental instability, where a degenerating vertebral segment is functionally in
competent because of in sufficient soft tissue control (whether muscle, ligament
or disc) can be an intractable problem. In 1957, a monograph entitled Joint Liga
ment Relaxa (ioll (Hackett)'" described a method of injecting scleros ant solution
s into spinal and pelvic ligaments which had become attenuated or slack through
degenerative pro cesses,trauma and stress. He described weakening of the fibro-os
seous junction as 'a condition in which the strength of the ligamentous fibres h
as become impaired so that a stretching of the fibrous strands occurs when the l
igament is submiued to normal or less than normal ten sion'. Hackett used a pheno
l-glucose solution for what he termed 'prolotherapy',to encourage fibro-osseous
pro liferation at the site of insufficient soft-tissue control. Stoddard ( 1969)"
"" employs I ml of ethanolamine ole ate with 1 ml of 2 per cent procaine. Three i
njections are given,at fortnightly intervals, and a lumbosacral support is worn
for three months to ensure that the maximum fibrous tissue reaction occurs in th
e connective tissue. A fourth and fifth injection may need to be given in some;
after the final injection, six weeks should elapse before final assessment of re
sults. There is considerable variation in the amount of pain caused by these inj
ections,ranging from no pain at all to an intense reaction. Barbor (1974)58descr
ibes in detail the technique at each site and employs a solution of: Phenol 2.0-
2.5 Dextrose 20.0-25.0 Glycerine 20.0-25.0 Pyrogen-free water to 100 per per per
per cent cent cent cent
and the sacral attachments of the sacrotuberous and sacro spinous ligaments. A st
rong and disagreeable reaction after the local anaes thetic wears off is said to
presage a good result. Barbor injects at weekly intervals, and three weeks after
the final injection the patient must walk rwo miles a day for a fortnight. Stod
dard also employs the procedure for the lower cervical joints. Some physicians u
se the technique for superficial ligaments but are understandably reluctant to i
nject substances which initiate an inflammatory reaction into the deep spinal li
gaments. Whether the good results are due to actually improving ligamentous laxi
ty is regarded as unproven by some, \0, )57 and even when the clinical results ar
e satisfactory the radiographic evidence is often disappointing. Hackett has sug
gested that the sclerosant produces a firmer attachment to bone, rather than an
actual reduction of excessive mobility. 5. INJECTION INTO JOINT CAVITIES AND SYN
OVIAL SPACES Intervertebral facet-joints are a significant source of pain.870 Th
e introduction of stable suspensions of hydro cortisone into a joint cavity, so t
hat the microcrystalline deposit would remain for some weeks and exert an anti in
flammatory effect,is some 30 years old and now stan dard procedure in orthopaedic
and rheumatology clinics. Injection into the cavity of a vertebral facet-joint
is a more recent practice,at least on a wide scale. Following injection, under f
luoroscopy control, of hypertonic saline into the lumbar facet-joint cavities of
20 subjects (5 normal individuals and 15 patients with chronic low back pain),
Mooney and Robertson (1976)'" noted a painful reaction after about 5 seconds. An
initial deep, dull, vague discomfort, which increased after 20 seconds, radiate
d over the buttock and down the pos terior thigh. In two patients the pain transg
ressed the midline and in three patients the pain spread in a sciatic radiation
to the whole leg and foot. Following an injection of saline irritant into his ow
n low lumbar facet-joint, Mooney (1977)'70 experienced pain of sciatic distribut
ion, i.e. into buttock, posterior thigh and calf. Overall, there was a relations
hip between the distance of radiation and the amount,the duration and the volume
of the irritant fluid. A further test, of the responses to irritant material in
synovial facet-joint cavities,showed marked myoelectrical activity in the hamst
ring muscles and a reduction of straight-leg-raising to some 70. Three of the pat
ients in the group had depressed deep tendon reflexes. Both the pain and the ham
string hypteronus were obliterated in all 20 subjects by a second injection of 2
to 5 cc of I per cent xylocaine; the previously depressed tendon reflexes
mixed in 1 : 200 procaine in saline to a proportion of 4 ml sclerosant to 6 ml p
rocaine, and gives the indications as: a. Prevention of recurrent disc protrusio
n (after reduc tion) b. Stabilisation of the sacroiliac joint (after reduction of
subluxation) c. Pure ligamenrous strain d. Stabilisation of spondylolisthesis.
Ligaments which he commonly injects, at the ligamento periosteal junction rather
than the whole length, are the L4 and L5 supraspinous ligaments, the iliolumbar
liga ments, the posterior sacroiliac and interosseous ligaments
5 18
also returned to normal as compared with the normal limb. The authors then formu
lated a diagnostic-therapeutic procedure of facet block, and in 100 patients who
potenti ally had a facet-joint problem as a part of the source of their pains, t
he synovial facet cavities were injected with steroid and local anaesthetic unde
r fluoroscopy control. Therapeutic success was assessed on the basis of subjec ti
ve description of pain relief, and results were tabulated as follows: Patients w
ith initial relief Continued complete relief a six months review Partial relief
at six months review No relief at six months review Return t o normal work activ
ities Seen by other physicians for back care Currently requiring pain medicines
for back 62 20 32 10 55 8 30
the quadriceps of a painfully arthrotic knee, is not the same as suffusing the j
oint cavity. 6. E PIDURAL ANALGESIA Infiltration of the epidural or extradural s
pace is not a new technique; it was described by French physicians in 1901 and 1
909.201. 1)74 Evans ( 1930)'" employed an epidural block for the treatment of l
ow back pain with sciatic radiation. He in jected 60 to 1 4 5 cc of 1 to 2 per ce
nt novocaine or saline, with immediate or complete relief in over 60 per cent of
40 patients. There are a number of variations of injection method and solutions
employed. In severe low back or sciatic pain it is effective as an outpatient p
rocedure in temporarily blocking transmission of impulses in a large proportion
of thinly myelinated or unmyelinated neurones (without disturbance of larger dia
meter fibres) when dilute solu tions of 10 ml or more are introduced by lumbar in
jection, or 20-50 ml by caudal injection via the sacral hiatus. Mehta ( 1 973)'"
observes that mechanical stretching of nerve roots, by the physical mass of flu
id volumes greater than 40 ml, is unnecessary and potentially dangerous, althoug
h Cyriax ( 1 975)'18 and others employ 50 ml as a routine. As with injections of
local anaesthetic into the attachment-tissues around joints, relief of pain may
long outlast the duration of pharmacological effect. Two groups of 20 patients,
in severe sciatic pain, were studied by Coomes ( 19 6 1 )'0' who treated one gr
oup by epidural injection and the other by bed rest,after full clinical and radi
ological assessment. Simple analgesics were not effec tive in controlling the pai
n and the patients were only comfortable in bed. The duration of symptoms prior
to treatment was comparable; a mean duration of 37 days in the epidural group,an
d of 31 days in the bedrest group, who were rested either at home on fracture-bo
ards or in hospital. Epidural injections were given via the sacral hiatus with a
solution of 50 ml 0.5 per cent procaine. The mean time for recovery in the bedr
est group was 3 1 days, and in the epidural group 1 1 days; the epidural group h
ad a greater improvement in neurological signs than the bedrest group.
a. Lumbar technique
Their findings suggest that injections of synovial facet joint cavities can produ
ce long-term relief in some 20 per cent of patients with low back pain, and part
ial relief in a further third of the patients. Mooney ( 1 977)870 describes a po
stsurgical patient with chronic low back pain who had been unable to work for si
x months. A consistent physical sign was a painful 'hitch', or arc of pain, on b
ending forward; this was associ ated with increased myoelectrical activity in bot
h multi fidus and the regional musculature of the erector spinae. Immediately aft
er injection into the facet-joint the e.m.g. was quiescent and the pain relieved
-the patient went back to work. A week later the findings remained improved. The
technique of facet block was originally used as a diagnostic procedure prior to
facet-joint rhyzolysis by the method of Shealey ( 1 974)"18 and it became appar
ent that many of the patients needed no further treatment, since the period of p
ain relief extended far beyond the antici pated 14-day action of the corticostero
id injected. Periarticular injections, and those into facet-joint cavi ties, in t
he cervical spine are not without hazard.
As the facet syndrome becomes more commonly diagnosed, in jection of the involved
areas is becoming a widely used technique. In the treatment of headaches, espec
ially those involving the suboccipital region or the upper cervical facet-joints
, injection of these areas may have severe, permanent and even fatal complica tio
ns . . . (we I report the association of injection of these structures with brai
n stem ischaemia and the sequelae of this phenomenon. (Gottesman, Harris and Ols
han,
1975.)"t28
Relief of pain by injection of facet-joints has been criti cised on the basis tha
t the procedure is merely another form of 'trigger' point injection,870 yet the
comparison is a little unjust-the injection of a tender locality in soft tissues
is not the same as depositing hydrocortisone and local anaesthetic into the syn
ovial cavity of a joint. In jection of a painful point, in the tender muscle mass
of
The epidural space may be entered in the midline, between the lumbar spinous pro
cesses, or by a lateral or paramedian approach. For sciatica and low back pain,
Mehta advocated up to 10 ml of 1 per cent lignocaine or 0.25 per cent bupivacain
e (plain) injected at L2-L3 level, and prefers this method when the pain lies in
the distribu tion of the upper roots of the sciatic nerve. Burn and Langdon (196
7)'<2 employed the lumbar
INVASIVE PROCEDURES
5 19
method in 138 patients on an outpatient basis, by injecting Repeat epidural inje
ctions at 18-24-month intervals 40 ml of 0.75 per cent lignocaine, to which was
added may be necessary. BO mg of methylprednisolone (in 20 ml) and 25 mg of b. S
acral technique hydrocortisone acetate (in 20 ml). The solution was infiltrated
at the 3rd-4th lumbar With the patient prone, the fluid is introduced into the i
nterspace with the patient lying on the side and conscious. epidural space,at th
e rate of 5-10 ml per minute, by an Following this,a brief general anaesthesia o
f one to two ordinary lumbar puncture needle with stylet (Cyriax, 1975)218 via t
he sacral hiatus, after anaesthetising the minutes was induced by intravenous in
jection; the lumbar spine was then rotated and the sciatic nerve stretched. supe
rficial tissues overlying it. The majority of patients After resting under obser
vation in the recovery ward for experience a sacral ache, sometimes including th
e pos one to two hours,the patient waited a further hour,and terior thighs,as the
fluid enters the epidural space. left the hospital. Fluid ascends cranially for
a distance which is pro Patients with gross neurological deficit were not portio
nal to the force and volume of the injection, (he accepted, but those with minor
deficits such as depressed amount of leakage through the intervertebral foramin
a, reflexes or diminished sensibility were included. The the height of the indiv
idual,the capacity of the sacral canal overall success rate was 66 per cent,and
it appeared that and the amount of connective tissue within it.839 Follow the bes
t results were achieved in those over 40 years whose ing the injection patients
are as a rule quite composed after current episode was under 12 months duration,
whose lying for 20-30 minutes, and can get up and go home. Some patients are vi
rtually pain-free for two days,after straight-leg-raising was over 45 degrees an
d in whom which the pain returns; in others, pain may increase for there was no
paresis,paraesthesiae or anaesthesia. For pseudoradicular (referred) pain, i.e.
that distri a day or two and following this it quickly diminishes. buted to low b
ack and thigh but not below the knee, Generally,a week is allowed before assessm
ent of results, relieved by rest and often associated with unilateral but those
with severe sciatic pain and root signs are seen paraesthesiae,Oudenhoven (1979)
'" suggests diagnostic in about five days for a further injection; those with lo
ng local anaesthetic injections of the posterior primary rami, standing root pain
should be left for a fortnight. An improvement in either signs or symptoms,or b
oth, bilaterally at L3,L4 and L5. Relief of pain inculpates the posterior primar
y rami as the pain source, and specifically indicates a further injection,218 bu
t a proportion do not excludes the ramus meningeus, or sinuvertebral nerve need
the second procedure. Epidural corticosteroid injection, of 50 successive (q.v.)
as the source. In passing, it should be mentioned that while eradica patients wi
th sciatica, was reported by Harley ( 1 966)'02 tion of a local pain (from attac
hment-tissues of muscle Most patients received one or two injections, which were
and/or ligament) around the limb girdle areas does not sufficient to produce si
gnificant benefit in those who were necessarily indicate its source (see Referre
d Pain,p. 189) likely to respond. He observed that the greatest incidence this p
henomenon of referred pain and referred tenderness of benefit occurred in those
patients who had pain but is less likely to be so misleading when the diagnostic
local no sensation abnormalities, no abnormal physical signs and normal X-ray f
indings. Twenty of the group were anaesthetic is injected at the vertebral colum
n itself. Oudenhoven suggests that referred pain mechanisms completely relieved,
13 considerably improved and 17 which involve the posterior primary ramus are '
best unchanged. Burnell ( 1974)'" finds that it is rarely necessary to use relie
ved by a properly performed radiofrequency denervation') and for those cases whe
re pain is presumed epidural injections for an acute low back pain episode, sinc
e manipulation combined with relaxation techniques to arise from the recurrent s
inuvertcbral nerves,the spe cific treatment is epidural injection of 30 cc of 0 .
5 per cent usually proves effective. On the occasions when he does procaine, wi
th BOmg Depo-Medrol. His series of over employ the injection technique, the solu
tion is one quarter per cent citanest combined with 20-50 ml of pred 4000 such inj
ections were all done berween L3 and L4. He regards epidural injections as speci
fic for pain which is nisone. Others use lesser amounts of local anaesthetic, i.
e. secondary to degenerative discs without herniation, and 20 ml or less for sma
ll patients,to secure relaxation of the it is particularly effective in sciatic
scoliosis without neuro spinal muscles,so that the operator can then use manipu lo
gical deficit; it may also help in early degenerative lation with a better likel
ihood of success. 10'5 For low (group J J J) spondylolisthesis. He describes the
injections thoracic joint problems somewhat larger quantities are as having bot
h a neural effect, upon the sinuvertebral needed. With the patient under brief g
eneral anaesthesia,ortho nerve, and a ligamentous effect upon the posterior longi
tudinal ligament, and suggests that intradiscal steroids are paedic surgeons may
use an injection of local anaesthetic only effective in a chemical disci tis, w
hile intrathecal and hydrocortisone via the sacral hiatus, followed by pass stero
ids are only effective in residual radiculitis or root ive straight-leg-raising
and passive hip-extension-with knee-flexion, to mobilise the roots of the sciatic
and sleeve inflammation.
520
femoral nerves. The procedure may be indicated for poss ible roO! adhesions follo
wing surgery or as the sole thera peutic measure.
The effect of solutions employed
In support of the rationale for using steroids in epidural block, Cho ( 1970)'"
refers to the study by Lindhal and Rexed (1950)'49 who described the inflammator
y in nerve roots,and hyperplasia of the perineurium, which were observed in biop
sies of nerve roots in ten patients. Cyriax2l' observed that adding hydrocortiso
ne to the anaesthetic solution does not enhance the effect; Coomes'OL has sugges
ted that the hydrostatic effect of the extradural fluid mass of the local anaest
hetic, together with the anaesthetised nerve sheath and the painless lumbar move
ment, must bring about improvement. He pointed out that the improvement may occu
r either by relieving pressure on the nerve root, or increasing it, both of whic
h are capable of relieving pain,though by different mechanisms. Since that time,
research findings have sup ported '3 growing feeling that sciatic pain and limite
d straight-leg-raising may not be an indicator of root com pression, but instead
may be due to muscle spasm in paraspinal muscles or referred pain from the poste
rior joints or paraspinal ligaments. It is therefore not valid to equate relief
of radicular pain with reduction in nerve compression. '481 Haldeman (1978),'" L
ewit ( 1 978)'" and Sunderland (1978)IIQ4 reiterate that mere nerve compression
usually produces numbness rather than pain, and that damage to sensory nerve fib
res is not necessarily painful. In some patients, the injection of a weak soluti
on of local anaes thetic will abolish pain before there is any effect upon the ne
rve roots,105 and it has been suggested that the effect is upon the ramus mening
eus or sinuvertebral nerve. A comparison of the solutions employed for epidural
injections was made by Yates ( 1 978)."74 Four different injection-solutions of
50 ml were ran domly used in a series of patients with low back pain and sciatica
, over a period of one year, the solutions being: (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) 50 ml 50 m
l 47 ml 47 ml of normal saline of 0.5 per cent lignocaine normal saline and 3 ml
lederspan 0.5 per cent lignocaine and 3 ml lederspan.
differs from a virtually immediate and dramatic response to partial and only tra
nsitory relief. Epidural analgesia will only be produced in: (a) structures inne
rvated by the sinuvertebral nerve; (b) the nerve sheath; (c) the dura mater; (d)
the posterior longi tudinal ligament; (e) the apophyseal joint, and in diagnos ti
c problems this can help in distinguishing pain from other structures. The dange
rs (Cyriax, 1975) '18 include local sepsis,sensi tivity to procaine and the use o
f an excessive volume of fluid. It is dangerous to give an epidural injection wh
ile the patient is under general anaesthesia, and difficulties arise when the ne
ural canal is filled with dense fibrosis.
7. RH IZOTOMY AND RHIZOLYSIS The procedures of rhizotomy (a!tempted cu!ting of n
erve root or primary ramus) and rhizolysis (neurolysis of nerve by radiofrequenc
y or thermister probe) have, by their suc cess rate in relieving lumbar symptoms
and signs, stimu lated a great deal of interest in changes in the vertebral facet
-joints and/or paras pinal soft tissues as likely to be a common cause of low ba
ck and sciatic pain.
The severe pain which is so characteristic of the 'intervertebral disc syndrome'
may more often be related to the sensory distri bution of the posterior rami of
segmental nerves, which are distri buted to fascia, ligaments and periosteum of t
he posterior inter vertebral joints. It is unlikely that the intervertebral discs
, which have a different sensory innervation through the sinuvertebral nerves, a
re commonly involved in this pain mechanism. (Rees,
1971.)1019
The patients graded their symptoms before and 30 minutes after the weekly inject
ions, and the subjective assessments were compared with changes in signs. The ch
anges in mobility were greatest after the injections con taining lederspan. The i
ndications are given by Yates (1976)"" as: very severe lumbago, agonising sciati
ca, chronic sciatica and for differential diagnosis. The long-term response to e
pidural local anaesthetic is extremely variable, and the degree and duration of
relief
King ( 1 977)'" has observed, ' . . . it is difficult to escape the conclusion t
hat structures innervated by the posterior primary rami play an important role i
n generating the back and leg pain which accompanies acute disc rupture,as well
as the chronic pain of many patients suffering from inter vertebral disc degenera
tion'. The essentials of this view were put forward by Pu!ti ( 1 927)1003 and si
gnificant support for these observations lies in the subjective and objective re
lief regularly and con sistently provided by minor invasive procedures involv ing
the facet-joints and paravertebral soft tissues, but not directly involving the
intervertebral disc. From about 1 966, Reesl019 used the technique of mul tiple,
bilateral, subcutaneous rhizotomy for the relief of vertebral joint pain; the te
chnique may also be used for the relief of pain arising from degenerative change
s in the neck. Essentially, lumbar rhizotomy is performed with the patient lying
prone under epidural anaesthesia. Through stab incisions at the points of maxim
um tenderness over the facet-joint regions, some 2-3 em from the midline, a long
narrow blade is inserted to the hilt, directing the point of the blade towards
the facet-joint. The blade is
INVASIVE PROCEDURES
521
then swept backwards and forwards through an arc of 80 , for the purpose of deep
sagittal cutting of the posterior rami of segmental nerves. This is done bilate
rally, and usually four CO six segments are incised. There may be a brisk haemor
rhage which is controlled by digital pressure; no sutures are required and a ste
rile dressing under adhesive plaster completes the procedure. 'Relief of pain is
immediate; the patient walks back to the ward for two hours rest in bed and the
n gets up and begins prescribed exercises, all movement-limiting pros theses bein
g discarded.' (Rees, 1971.) 10 1 9 Some patients go home the next day but most r
emain in hospital for 48 hours. There may be a mild sunburn sensation across the
buttocks, probably due to cutaneous nerve irritation by extravasated blood, and
occasionally there is reduced sensibility in those who have a large haematoma.
Leg pain may be exacerbated for a few hours. Rees reported no complications in 1
000 patients whose ages ranged from 12 to 84 years; 95 per cent of these had pre
viously received unavailing treatment. In 1972, more than 3000 patients in Austr
alia had received treatment since 1 966, with no major complications recorded. T
here was no clinical or radiological evidence of the formation of Charcot's join
ts, or any other pathological change, resultant on the operation. With three yea
rs experience of the technique, Francis ( 1 974)'" mentions that rhizotomy is no
t considered until other pathology is ruled out by full clinical and radiologica
l examination and blood tests, and manipulative treatment tried. He gives the in
dications as: (i) History: chronic low back pain, often needing bed rest, which i
s provoked by sitting, driving, standing, bending over a basin, lying in bed and
intercourse. Some have buttock and thigh pain, and some report pain in the ankl
e. (ii) Signs: limitation of flexion and lateral tenderness in the lumbar region
; straight-leg-raising reduced, reflexes usually unaffected. An assessment of 20
0 cases ( 1 16 males and 84 females) was reported by Toakley ( 1 973). 122 1 Pre
operatively, the average duration of pain was 9 years, and varied from 9 months
of constant pain to 30 years. Most were never free from pain, the distribution o
f which was: Back Buttock(s) Thigh/groin Calf, and to ankle 200 patients I I I p
atients 1 52 patients 60 patients
Generalised osteoarthritis or ankylosing spondylitis Normal appearance
5 patients 1 8 patients
The number with prior operations was 48. Apart from modifying the mode of anaest
hesia, the rhi zotomy procedure was essentially that described by Rees ( 1 97 1)1
01' and was followed by mobilisation exercises. With a minimum follow-up period
of two months, the res ults were as follows: -70 per cent or more improved Fair
-50 to 70 per cent improved No change-less than 50 per cent improved Subjectivel
y worse Good 125 patients 37 patients 36 patients 2 patients _ _ 200 patients
Neurological deficit was present in 90 patients, and X-ray examination revealed:
Disc narrowing Spondylolisthesis (grade 1-2) Lumbar facet-joint sclerosis 176 p
atients 14 patients 83 patients
Reoperation, in 20 patients from the 'Fair' and 'No change' groups, achieved an
80 per cent improvement figure. Toakleyl221 remarks that, '. . . true disc protr
usion with sciatica of dermatome distribution, and changes in reflexes and sensa
tion, do not appear to be helped by the procedure. Postoperative mobilisation ex
ercises are necessary to gain maximum mobility, a physiotherapist visiting the p
atient 12 hours after the rhizotomy. Common to all cases were (i) heavy bleeding
in spite of pressure dressings, and (ii) an aggravation of local pain on comple
tion of exercises; an immediate return to maximum mobility required encouragemen
t. Of a group of 74 patients, 3 1 were contacted 6 to 1 2 months after their lum
bar rhizotomies. I t was notable (Shanahan, 1974)1109 that those whose pain reli
ef was accompanied by increased mobility, and who continued their exercise regim
es, continued to improve. Those whose pain was not relieved but whose mobility i
ncreased showed no later improvement in their pain and oftcn lost the earlier ga
ins in movement. Following e.m.g. investigation of patients who had undergone rh
izotomy procedures, Burnell ( 1 974)1" reported that quite large segments of the
sacrospinalis had been denervated, and suggested that denervation of muscle may
be a factor responsible for the pain relief after rhizotomy. In the lumbar regi
on, the medial branch of the posterior primary ramus winds backward around the b
ase of the suPerior articular facet of the subjacent vertebra; it passes beneath
a strong ligament connecting the mamillary and accessory processes to supply th
e facet-joint, and also pro vides a branch to the joint below as well as innervat
ing the segmental musculature, i.e. multifidus, rotatores and interspinales. The
mean depth, of the most dorsal aspects of the target
J
522
for the Rees procedure, is greater than the length of the tenotOme blade,'" and
lateral X-rays taken at the time of the surgical procedure showed that the knife
-blade had not reached the facets. Since the tenotome blade cannot, with the tec
hnique described, reach the nerve supplying the facet-joints,101 denervation of
those joints (in the patients reported upon) cannot be the mechanism of pain rel
ief. FrancisJ72 suggests, on the basis of cadaver experi ments, that what is bein
g cut are the branches of the posterior primary rami which pass Laterally to inn
ervate paravertebral muscle, i.e. sacrospinalis and intertrans versarii. His hypo
thesis, of the possible cause of much back pain and its relief by rhizotomy, may
be summarised sequentially as follows: synovial meniscoid villus impacted betwe
en joint SUf faces of hypermobile facet-joint stretching of joint capsule and sti
mulation of type IV nociceptors ! regional spasm, i.e. polysynaptic reflex contr
action of the related portions of paravertebral muscle synovial effusion within
the joint, with anterior bulging of the thinnest part of capsule, and thus tresp
ass upon its anterior relation, i.e. the nerve root possible root pain by locali
sed hyperaemia as well as physical trespass upon the root persisting muscle spas
m irritating (i) those joint-noci ceptor neurones which traverse the paravertebra
l musculature, and (ii) biochemical irritation of nocicep tors in the walls of bl
ood vessels in hypertonic muscle. Following rhizotomy,e.m.g. studies demonstrate
d a reduction in myoelectrical activity in paravertebral muscle. King ( 1 977)'"
studied the effects of radiofrequency rhi zolysis at (a) the level reached by a
tenotome and (b) the dorsal aspect of the facets. In a third placebo group (c),
the radiofrequency probe was introduced through the anaesthetised skin close to
the point of maximum tender ness, and a stimulating instead of a coagulating curr
ent was passed through the probe for two minutes at each point. In groups (a) an
d (b), a coagulation lesion (10 mm x 7 mm) was produced by a two-minute current
producing a temperature of BOC. In group (a) (Rees procedure): Of 2 1 patients, 1
5 (7 1 per cent) experienced satisfactory pain relief, the figure dropping to 1
0 in 6 months. In group (b) (Shealy procedure): Of 25 patients, 18 (72 per cent)
experienced satisfactory relief, the number fa1l ing to 6 in 6 months.
!
!
!
!
In group (c) (placebo): Of 1 4 patients, 7 (50 per cent) had satisfactory pain r
elief, but all had regressed after 5 weeks. A pre- and postoperative review of s
igns indicated that the only consistent change was in the straight-leg-raising t
est. In about 40 per cent of those in group (b), the straight-leg-raising test i
mproved considerably. One patient, who was not included in the study because of
sciatic pain of acute onset,showed myelographic evidence of a large right extrad
ural defect at L4-L5; his right extensor hallucis longus was weak. Immediately a
fter radiofrequency rhizolysis his pain was relieved and his toe strength was no
rmal. Some months later, a large seques trum of disc material was removed. Of a f
urther seven patients with symptoms,signs and compatible,large mye lographic defe
cts indicating disc trespass, six experienced total pain relief after radiofrequ
ency myotomy. In three patients, large sequestra were subsequently removed when
pain recurred. After six months, the remaining four had not required surgical at
tention. Together with the studies reported by Hitselburger and Whitten (1968)'"
these findings have important implica tions, and raise considerable doubts about
the common notion that discogenic trespass and pain have a one-to one relationsh
ip. On the basis of these findings King ( 1 977)'" suggests that the backache an
d sciatica which may be i"iriared by discogenic change is largely gelleracedby t
he pain-muscle spasm cycle of structures innervated by the primary pos terior rami
. On interruption of this neurological circuit, either at the deep soft-tissue t
rigger points as in the rhizo tomy procedure, or at the p.p.r. as in the rhizolys
is pro cedure, pain relief and improved signs can be achieved in many. It has bee
n demonstrated that myelographic evidence of lumbar disc trespass exists in one-
third of asympto matic people. Studies of the effects of radiofrequency rhizolysi
s, and Depo-Medrol-with-xylocaine injections with needle placement exactly simila
r to the radiofrequency probe, were made by Oudenhoven ( 1 977)'" in 129 patient
s. All had mechanical low back and leg pain, positive articular signs and restri
cted straight-leg-raising. All responded positively to diagnostic local anaesthe
sia of the facet articular nerves, with resolution of back and leg symptoms and
disappearance of leg signs for the short duration of the anaesthesia. Following
this, 20 patients (controls) had Depo-Medrol-with-xylocaine injections of articu
lar nerves, with the result that 3 had marginally abnormal electromyograms and n
o relief of pain, while 1 7 had a normal e.m.g. yet relief of pain; in none of t
he 20 did the pain relief last longer than 33 days. The remaining 109 patients u
nderwent bilateral radio frequency rhizolysis at the segments L3, L4 and L5. The
e.m.g. was bilaterally abnormal in 89 (81 per cent); 9 (10
INVASIVE PROCEDURES
523
per cent) of these had had previous surgery. Of the remaining 80 without previou
s surgery: 2 1 (26 per cent) had excellent relief of pain 43 (54 per cent) had g
ood pain relief 16 (20 percent) were considered treatment failures. The author's
conclusions are that facet rhizolysis does denervate the structures supplied by
the posterior primary ramus, and there is a direct correlation between the degr
ee of denervation and the quality of pain relief. Pain relief without denervatio
n is only temporary, and unilateral denervationofthe dorsal ramus is ineffective
in controlling mechanical low back pain and leg pain. Thus, the/acec-joint mech
anoreceptors must exert Jacilita tory and/or inhibitory influences in both ipsila
leral and con tralatera/ facet structures and musculature. Patients with normal e
lectromyograms after rhizolysis will nO! have their pain relieved. Oudenhoven (
1 979)'60 reported the effect of radiofre quency denervation on a group of 337 pa
tients, all of whom met thecriteriaof pseudoradicular pain which could be reliev
ed by an initial local anaesthetic injection of pos terior primary rami. All had
been occupationally disabled for over four weeks. Following denervation, 279 (83
per cent) had continu ing good-to-excellent pain relief and were occupationally
re-abled. Pain relief correlated directly wth abnormal post denervation electromy
ography. Average follow-up was 26 months, and it was noted that unilateral dener
vation did not control pain. The incidence of denervation of paravertebral muscu
lature, following major spinal surgery, has been studied by Macnab et al. ( 1 97
7)780 and in this connection it is inter esting to recall a paper by Sco((-Charlt
on ( 1 972),"00 who drew attention to the significance of the posterior primary
rami, and suggested that the pain relief achieved by sacro iliac joint fusions ma
y well be due to the simple cutting of dorsal nerves during the surgical approac
h to the joint. 8. C HEMONUCLEOLYSIS BY CHYMOPAPAIN INJECTION The feasibility of
injecting a discolytic enzyme into the intervertebral space was discussed in 1
959'" and on the basis of experiments on rabbits and dogs, the technique was use
d on human patients after 1963. Chymopapain is a proteolytic substance extracted
from the paw-paw tree (Carica papaya latex), a vegetable enzyme with a quite se
lective action on chondromuco protein; it will rapidly cause disintegration of th
e nucleus pulposus of the disc without any effect upon the retaining annulus fib
rosus, the ligaments, nerve fibres or dura mater. Before the injection of chymop
apain was employed,
some clinicians injected steroids ; others used the enzyme coagulase. In experim
ental discolysis with injection of the enzyme collagenase (clostridium histolyti
cum) into dogs, Sussman and Mann ( 1 969)"" showed that while the enzyme had an
overwhelming effect upon the nucleus pulposus, it had only slightly less activit
y against fibrocartilage. Massive intrathecal injection produced no effect. Chym
opapain has a much more selective action upon the nuclear material. 14 3 Its mod
e of action is to attack the keratosulfate, chrondroitin sulfate and protein of
the nucleus, hydrolysing and dissolving the non-collagenous protein which connec
ts long-chain mucopolysaccharides. It is very specific and is effective in a dos
e some 20 times less than that w hich would affect the fibrous tissue of the ann
u1us. 709 Smith and Brown ( 1 967)"<7 gave the first comprehen sive account of t
he procedure, and all 75 patients selected were considered as candidates for exi
sting surgical opera tions, on the basis of a presumptive diagnosis of lumbo sacra
l nerve root compression. Most patients had spinal listing, muscle spasm, articu
lar signs, limitation of straight-leg-raising and neurological deficit. Attempts
were made to choose only those patients who were emo tionally stable, and all ha
d undergone prolonged conserva tive treatment. The first patient was injected und
er local analgesia, but after this a routine general anaesthetic was employed. W
ith the patient lying on the left side, a 6-inch (15cm) I S-gauge spinal needle
with stylet is introduced at an angle of 4 5' or more, with the help of a portab
le image intensifier. The needle is directed just lateral to the articu lar facet
and just above the transverse process, and its posi tion is checked by rotating t
he portable intensifier. The needle in the 4th lumbar disc is used as a surface
guide to the lateral approach for the 5th lumbar disc. After needle placement is
completed, X-rays in two projections are taken to confirm the position, and for
record. After injection of 1 ml of radio-opaque material (only 0.5 ml of which
would be accepted, under considerable injection pressure, by a normal disc) the
degenerate nucleus is outlined by a discogram. Following this, 2 mg of chymopapa
in in 0.5 ml of distilled water is slowly in jected into the disc. Assessments, a
t 4 to 30 months after injection, were as follows:
Result
No. previous spinal surgery
Previous spinal surgery
TOlal
Good
Fair
Poo'
46 5 2 53 22
II 6 5
57 II 7 75
524
PostOperatively, almost all patients were relieved of sciatica ; after injection
back pain was severe in 28 patients and analgesic drugs were necessary. Most pa
tients were free of symptoms after three to four weeks. When the fine structures
of chondromucoprotein has becn disrupted, the degraded material is then of suff
i ciently small molecular size to diffuse out of the disc. Smith and Brownl 1 47
observed that: ' . . . the rapid loss of sciatica in most of our patients can be
st be explained by this mechanism.' The fate of the chymopapain has been studied
by Kap salis et al. ( 1 974),'32 who observe that the direct result of chymopapa
in injection is rapid loss of the nucleus pul posus with the annulus remaining es
sentially intact. Dis ruption of the central protein cores of protein-polysac char
ide complexes decreases the water-trapping prop erties of the nucleus pulposus, a
nd reduces the accom panying intradiscal presure. After radio-immuno-assay of pla
sma, and other studies, the authors suggest the following sequence of events on
chymopapain injection in man: (i) Immediately, relatively high concentrations of
enzyme depolymerise the soluble, high molecular weight glycosamino-glycan-prote
in complexes, and bind to less soluble complexes. (ii) Some solubilised componen
ts, combined with some of the then inactive chymopapain, diffuse rapidly out of
the disc into thc circulation. (The milky fluid, which can be aspirated from the
nucleus immediately after injection, is a combination of soluble disc com ponent
and chymopapain.) (iii) Over several hours, residues of the enzyme may remain i
n the disc, acting as a catalyst in the slow decomposition of the less soluble,
non-collagenous residues. (iv) Over a period of several days, degraded nucleus p
ul posus and chymopapain gradually diffuse out of the disc. (v) This diffusion is
made good by extracellular fluid containing inhibitory macroglobulin, and thus
resi dual enzyme bound in the disc is inactivated. (vi) Finally,as antibodies are
developed, residual chymo papain protein is removed by the reticuloendothelial s
ystcm. Thcre is the risk of severe allergic reaction 14} and this occurs in abou
t I per cent of patients. The rapid diffusion of immunoreactive chymopapain out
of the disc space is probably the reason for the swift anaphylaxis in those pati
ents with hypersensitivity to the enzyme. 612 This is the main hazard of the pro
cedure. 172 With regard to toxicity, experiments show that the toxic dose far ex
ceeds the therapeutic dose. 709 Direct injections into lumbar discs after an ext
raperi toneal approach have been employed 1271 on two patients,
but subsequently, injections were given under X-ray control. Graham ( 1974)'" re
ported on 90 patients treated by chymopapain ('Discasc') injection and suggested
, on the basis of his results, that the procedure gives the patient a one-in-thr
ee chance of complete cure. Improvement was noted in the majority of those not c
ompletely relieved, but this group were not entirely free from some lumbar stiff
ness. Those with two segments involved did less well than those with a solitary
lesion. An accurate diagnosis of the intervertebral level at fault, and of the t
ype of disc problem, are important factors for good resuits, and the difficulty
with a technique which relies on X-ray localisation is that there is no absolute
cer tainty of the exten< of the changes. Where there is complete extrusion of di
sc material, injection of the enzyme is un likely to be effective.'" Burnell ( 1
974)'43 suggests that the main indication for the procedure is when there is inc
reased intradiscal pressure, with or without early prolapse of disc substance. A
dvanced degenerative change, sequestration of disc material and sciatica caused
by osteophytic trespass are unlikely to be helped by chymopapain injection. Macn
ab ( 1 977)'" considers that the procedure should be employed as the last resort
of conservative treatment, and if a patient has not improved significantly afte
r two weeks of bedrest, the injection should be employed before surgical inter ve
ntion is considered. In 1974, the preliminary data of a double-blind study at fo
ur institutions were reviewed/57 and the results of a placebo injection were not
significantly different from the chymopapain injection. On the basis of a revie
w of laboratory and clinical reports, Sussman ( 1 975)"" believes that chymopapa
in is toxic for muscular and neural tissue. Rydevik et al. ( 1978)'''' have sugg
ested that a spinal nerve compressed by discogenic trespass is probably already
injured, and thus has a lower threshold for tissue injury :
. . . consequently, even concentrations of chymopapain below
0.4 per cent might be expected to cause nerve injury, but such
an effect may not necessarily become clinically manifest, due to overlapping inn
ervation from diff erent spinal segments. . . . Obvi ously chemonucleolysis with
possible leakage of intradiscally in jected chymopapain is a pathophysiologically
and anatomically highJy complex situation. It is our opinion that (i) chymopapa
in at clinically used concentrations has a potential for affecting nerve tissue,
and (ii) the rarc clinical occurrence of neurologic sequelae as seen after chym
opapain injection may be explained by various factors cooperating to counteract
the side-effects of the enzyme, e.g. the dura barrier, inactivation of enzyme an
d possibly also the phenomenon 'hidden nerve injury'.
INVASIVE PROCEDURES
525
B. MAJOR INVASIVE PROCEDURES
Measured against the totality of patients with musculo skeletal spinal joint prob
lems, and the numbers and types of treatment procedures, the important step of m
ajor sur gical intervention is most uncommon. Yet, with speciaJised investigation
methods, it is the clinical assessment by sur geons and surgical procedures whic
h have provided such a wealth of importanr information ; for this reason, discus
sion of common spinal joint conditions is not complete without a section on surg
ery. The indications for seeking a surgical opinion arc more proper to this text
than writing in detail of surgery itself, which is summarised below in general
terms only, with such detail as may be of special interest.
Cervicothoracic region
a. Persistent oedema or other vascular changes of one or both hands or upper lim
b (other than early morning puffiness of fingers) (p. 229) b. 'Light-headedness'
, dizziness and visual disturbances on active use of an upper limb (p. 528) c. H
orner's syndrome associated with upper limb symp toms of CB-TI distribution (p. 3
00).
Thoracic spine
""a. Girdle pain, bizarre and unpleasant paraesthesiae of lower limbs, walking d
ifficulties, or any involvement oflower limbs in association with thoracic joint
prob lems (p. 249) b. Frank instability of a thoracic segment which is resist ant
to adequate conservative treatment.
Lumbar spine
THE IND ICATIONS FOR SEEKING A SURGICAL OPINION Factors which may influence the
surgeon's decision are the severity of symptoms, the lack of response to conserv
a tive treatment, the passage of time and the degree of functional restriction im
posed by the lesion.92b The indications for surgery and the type of surgical pro
cedure are the prerogative of surgeons, but for those whose daily work is the co
nservative treatment of ver tebral joint problems, it is important to know when a
surgical opinion may be indicated. In some cIi,rical states, the need may be ur
gent. "" In addition to 1M faclOrs which may provide warning of Ihe possibi/ilY
o neop/aslic disease (p. 302), the salient indi f cations for seeking opinion may
be set out as follows :
Cervical region
a. Instability of the craniovertebral joint complex (CO C I -C2) due to rheumatoi
d disease, trauma, stress or congenital anomaly (pp. 208, 209) Persistent sympto
ms of vertebrobasilar insufficiency, e.g. vertigo, tinnitus, or nausea related t
o head move ments, and particularly 'drop' attacks (p. 200) Long-continued and in
tractable unilateral neck and arm pain which is resistant to adequate conservati
ve treatment Difficulties of walking and/or other lower limb involve ment, in mat
ure patients with cervical spondylosis (p. 228) Bilateral neurological deficit a
nd foot pain in upper limbs (this does not include transient nocturnal 'glove' p
araesthesiae) A degree of dysphagia which is greater than mild dis comfort or com
pulsive throat-clearin.
b.
'*a. Sphincter disturbance associated with low back and bilateral leg pain, usua
lly due to central disc prolapse (p. 257) *b. Extrasegmental root signs in one l
ower limb (p. 1 07) associated with a back pain episode. N B : With regard to th
e recovery of motor function, operative treatment appears to give no better prog
nosis than conservative treatment, 129] although patients with evidence of multi
segmental but uni lateral root deficit may stand a better chance of optimum recov
ery of power if operative inter vention is speedy.I36Q c. Failure of adequate con
servative treatment, e.g. in relieving severe limitation of unilateral or bilate
ral straight-leg-raising, with or without neurological deficit in one or both lo
wer limbs. d. Increase in neurological involvement despite adequate conservative
treatment e. Recurrent and disabling sciatica f. Intermittent claudication, ass
ociated with low back pain (p. 276) g. Segmental instability, of whatever cause,
e.g. intract able nagging low back pain provoked by any activity, associated wit
h an arc oflumbar pain on sagittal move ment (p. 259). AMONG THE SURGICAL PROCEDU
RES FOR ARE:
Vertebral region
c.
d.
e.
f.
CO-CJ-CZ. (a) Occipitocervical fusion'"' ''' (b) Transpharyngeal fusion of atlan
toaxial joint, for traumatic rupture of transverse ligament of atlas, rheumatoid
arthritis, un-united fracture of odontoid and rota tory subluxation at the atlan
toaxial joint. 10). )54. 829, 121), lJ4b
526
Occipitocervical fusion is employed in stabilising an unstable atlantoaxial join
t, the main cause of which is rheumatoid arthritis. Inclusion of the occipitoatl
antoid joint in the fusion adds only a minor degree of movement limitation, and
does not materially affect the amount of rotation restriction.491, 925 Fusion of
the atlantoaxial joint alone may be done by the Gallie'" method of wiring which
holds in place a corti cal graft from the iliac crest, the graft being notched t
o conform to the C2 spinous process and the posterior tubercle of C I . McGraw a
nd Rusch ( 1 973)"9 and Fielding el al ( 1 976)'" discuss the ind ications for i
ncluding the occiput or the C3 segment. When the remainder of the spine is disea
sed in its full length, as in some cases of rheumatoid disease and ankylosing sp
ondylitis, trans pharyngeal fusion may be the method of choice. 10). 1 2 1 ] Sim
mons and Bhalla ( 1969) " " emphasise that in hand ling patients with mechanical
disorders of the cervical spine, operation is rarely required. Middle and (a) Ve
rtebral body fusion by bone graft to lower cervical. immobilise an unstable segm
ent, by anterior approac h ; "7 also discectomy and removal of osteophytes l l02
. 1 1 0], 1 ] 1 9 ,
1 1 ]2. 1087
level of the lesion, since a single nerve root can be affected by pathological c
hange at any of three different levels. , 10' Myelography, tomography and e.m.g.
conduction studies are necessary, but even with thorough neurological ex aminati
on, e.m.g. studies, discography and cervical phle bography, localisation of the c
orrect segmental level for surgical intervention is not always certain.751 Selec
ki ( 1 97 1) "2 observes that the procedure is most suitable for the lower cervic
al spine and that a posterior approach is more suitable for the levels above C4.
After postoperative periods ranging from two to nine years, Williams el al. ( 1
968)"" compared the signs, symp toms and X-ray appearances of 60 patients who ha
d undergone cervical discectomy and interbody fusion, and concluded that: a. Tho
se with radicular symptoms had a higher rate of improvement than those without.
b. Men tended to have much better results than women. c. Those with occipital he
adaches as a dominant symp tom tended on the whole to do less well-although some
were greatly improved (see Keutcr, below). d. Those with correlated signs and sy
mptoms of root in volvement did better than those in whom good fusion was manifes
t ' . . . suggesting that the selection of patients for cervical discectomy may
be more impor tant than the obtaining of a bone fusion.' e. Patients with apparen
tly normal X-ray appearances did less weIl than those with frank osteophytosis a
nd{ or reduced disc space. After follow-up of one to eight years on 84 patients,
Simmons and Bhalla l\J2 suggested that those who require the operation often gi
ve a history of significant injury; they have a mechanical type of pain which is
consistently provoked by activity and coughing and sneezing, and somewhat impro
ved by rest, support and traction. Some surgeons perform the discectomy without
the bone graft,8 1 2 and in 5 1 patients with cervical disc disease, the standar
d Cloward procedure was used for 25 patients and radical discectomy with foramin
otomy for the remaining 26 patients. Ninety-two per cent of the patients in each
group were improved after surgery. Epstein el al. ( I 969) '" observe that:
The ideal operation should relieve the spinal cord and nerve roots from pressure
s in all quadrants, including those exerted ventrally by osteophyte:; and dorsal
ly by infolded yellow liga ments, lamina, or osteophytes on the posterior facets
. . . Adequate circumferential decompression of the spinal canal, by means of la
minectOmy, foraminotomy, and excision of osteophytes over as many as four or mor
e interspaces, is possible only through a pos terior approach.
(b) Decompression by facetectomy or foraminotomy, with or without in cision of du
ral root sleeve and ad hesions, to relieve pressure upon a nerve root, by posteri
or approach"7 (c) Laminectomy, with foraminotomy if necessary, to relieve spinal
cord com pression in cervical myelopathy l 1 7 . ] 1 6 (d) Decompression of the
vertebral artery, in basilar artery insufficiency and spi nal cord ischaemial l 7
221 . 656 (e) Removal of spondylotic osteophytes and soft-tissue calcium deposit
s caus by dysphagia, ing anterior approach89, 102. 14 1. 1075 (f) Vertebral arter
y ligation in the subcla vian steal syndrome.99I 1J77 In 1955, Robinson and Smith'
''' described a compara tively simple anterior approach to the cervical spine, th
is method being said"32 to be easier than the posterior approach, with a higher
fusion rate and simpler postopera tive management. Yet the operation of anterior
interbody decompression and fusion of the cervical spine by Clo ward's technique'
8] is now an established surgical method in treating chronic, incapacitating cer
vicobrachial pain, cervical myelopathy and other conditions. Schaeffer ( 1 976)'
087 mentions that the Cloward pro cedure is not indicated unless radicular brach
ialgia exists. There may be difficulties in local ising the segmental
Yet Sim el al. ( 1 970)"" mention that there is a risk of late instability with
so-called swan-neck deformity which may require surgical stabilisation.
INVASIVE PROCEDURES
527
In cervical arthrosis with vascular symptoms, lung and Kehr ( 1 972)'" reported
the technique of opening the intervertebral foramen via an anterior approach, i.
e. an anterior foraminectomy or an uncoforaminectomy, and in 57 patients with Ba
rre-Lieou-like symptoms due to arthrosis, achieved the following results : Heada
che ceased in 91 per cent Vertigo attacks ceased in 90 per cent Hearing abnormal
ities ceased in 83 per cent Psychic disturbances ceased in 70 per cent. In 5 of
6 patients with previous 'drop attacks', these no longer occurred. In a further
group of 2 1 patients with post-traumatic cervicoencephalic syndromes, they repo
rted 1 7 successes (7 'very good', 5 'good' and 5 'fairly good'). Since the surg
ical procedure is limited to removal of the uncus at one or more segments, they
emphasise the especially damaging effect of uncoarthrosis in the aetio logy ofcer
vical pain aIId cervicoencephalic syndromes (see p. 5). Dan ( 1976)221 has also
drawn attention to the frequent involvement of the uncovertebral joint in cervic
al degenerative change, and to the bony spur thus developed which may displace t
he artery laterally and sometimes anteriorly. 'When vertigo, tinnitus, nausea or
syncope occurs in relation to head movements, significant encroachment on the v
ertebral artery may be suspected.' He describes a more limited surgical decompre
ssion pro cedure without fusion : ' . . . in the light of the long-term effects o
f fusion in spondyloric necks . ' Keuter ( 1970)'" studied the pathogenesis o f
clinical features due to lesions of trespass upon the vertebrobasilar vascular s
ystem. He commented upon the difficulties of segmental localisation of the tresp
ass, due to the enormous variability of the vascular arrangement.7(H Degenerativ
e changes in the lower neck, producing vas cular disturbances of the spinal cord,
may give rise to syn dromes with an upper limit of effect at about the C4 level
; these are considered due to flow impedence in the lower cervical portion of th
e anterior spinal artery, and some times by partial impedence of a major radicula
r artery. In some cases, neurological involvement occurs at a higher level becau
se of a diminished blood supply in the upper cervical cord. In six patients, Keu
ter demonstrated a combination of neurological abnormalities both above and belo
w the level of lower cervical lesions, with the two regions separated by a pecto
ral area of normal function. Of the two involved areas, the higher level disturb
ance is not topographically consistent with the segmental level of the lesion, a
nd suggests ischaemic changes affecting the spinal trigeminal nucleus (see p. 1
1). Williams and Wilson ( 1 962)"" have drawn attention to the vulnerability of
this spinal nucleus to ischaemic changes.
With regard to the more distal changes, cervical myelo pathy presents most often
as unilateral or bilateral corticospinal and spinothalamic tract involvement, co
rresponding to the postmortem findings of wide spread demyelination and neuronal
loss, occurring mainly in the lateral and anterior columns. Less commonly, the p
osterior columns may suffer most.
The Brown-SeQuard syndrome 7OS Ipsilaterally Cutaneous anaesthesia in the in volve
d segment Hyperaesthesia below the anaes thetic zone Loss of proprioccptivc, vibr
atory and tWO point discrimination below the involved segment Lower motor neuron
e paralysis n i the involved segment Upper mOlor neurone paralysis below the inv
olved segment Contralaterally Zone of hyperaesthesia segment involved Loss of pa
in and temperature sense below the segment involved in the
While the Brown-Sequard syndrome has been linked, inter alia, to cervical trauma
and extramedullary neo plasms, a rapidly progressive myelopathy of the Brown Sequ
ard type may be associated with cervical spondylosis (Jabbari e/ al., 1 977).'"
The authors have presented a series of six patients with a rapidly progressive m
yelo pathy of this type. The surgical procedure employed was bilateral cervical l
aminectomy and foraminotomy. Breig ( 1 978)121b describes the cervicolordodesis
pro cedure in which transplantation of fascia lata to the pos terior aspect of the
neck, in a patient with cervical myelo pathy and Brown-Sequard's syndrome, preve
nts flexion and thus cord, and meningeal and nerve root traction. He observes :
To prevent flexion of the cervical spine when there is a risk of pathological te
nsion and hence over-stretching of the nerve fibres and blood vessels, a brake m
ay be insened in the neck, an operation that has been designated cervicolordodes
is. This pro cedure also prevents separalion of intramedullary wound surfaces in
the case of tissue rupture due to compression. It has now been employed in a sco
re of patients for the relief of symptoms in vari ous types of myelopathy and rhi
zopathy and to promote approx imation of the intramedullary wound surfaces after
compressive cervical spinal cord injury. To eliminate compression of the nervous
tissues in the cervical canal by means of bilateral laminectomy it is mandatory
to use a protective technique which avoids introducing any pan of an instrument
into the lumen of the canal and thus exerting even the slightest momentary pres
sure on the dura and the cord. For this purpose the techniques of protective bil
ateral lamillectomy and
protective arcocristectomy have been designed. The latter consists
in sawing out only the upper rims of the laminae and then raising them carefully
from the canal. This type of partial superior bilateral laminectomy maintains s
pinal stability i it is therefore recommended wherever it is practicable.
528
Vertebral artery ligacion. If either subclavian artery is occluded proximal to t
he vertebral artery branch, and the resultant decrease of distal subclavian arte
rial pressure is sufficient to create an arterial pressure gradient, a reversal
of blood flow will occur in the vertebral artery of the same side, and blood is
shunted from the vertebrobasilar (and thus cerebral) system to the ipsilateral u
pper limb. 1 m The tendency to dysequilibrium, blurring of vision and headache w
ill be intensified by use of the limb, and the condition could possibly be mista
ken for a degenerative cervicoencephalic syndrome. The most common cause is an a
therosclerotic plaque in the subclavian vessel, and vertebral artery ligation is
a s urgical method of providing relief.
Dysphagia
Cervical osteophytosis may be causally related to diffi culty in swallowingl4 1 .
1 07S and the bony mass trespassing upon the oesophagus may be excised via a tr
ansoral approach in the upper neck, or an anterolateral external approach. ,02 C
ervieochoracie (a) Excision of an anomalous cervical rib702 or malformations of
first regIa'" thoracic rib'06O (b) Division of supernumary fascial bandsl2 1 0 (
c) Scalenotomy, to reduce soft-tissue trespass upon the neurovascular bundle"28
(d) Vascular surgery dilatations, etc.764 for aneurysmal
Nmes on surgical intervention are included on pages 1 36 and 230. Thoracic spine
. (a) Posterolateral rhachiotomy with rib resection and discectomy, for thoracic
disc prolapse82, 1 1 16. II3L (b) Thoracic discectomy by anterior extrapleural
approach9s7 (c) Decompression for thoracic spinal stenosisoo (d) Surgical fusion
of hypermobile seg ment72 l (p. 239). 'There is no characteristic clinical syndr
ome that typifies all thoracic disc herniations.' (Simeone, 1 971.) '1lI 'The ty
pe of surgical operation most suited to thoracic disc removal does not appear cl
ear cut. (Benson and Byrnes, 1975.)" Shaw ( 1 975) " " discussed the dangers of
laminectomy in treating thoracic disc lesions, and mentioned the first choice of
a posterolateral approach. 'The blood supply of the spinal cord is shown to be
least rich, and the spinal canal narrowest, from the T 4 to
J
approximately the T9 vertebral level. This is named the "critical vascular zone
of the spinal cord", the zone in which interference with the circulation is most
likely to result in paraplegia.' (Dommisse, 1 974.)" Hume (i 960)'" advocated a
posterolateral approach to the thoracic spine, and Ranshoff ( 1969)"" suggested
the importance of preoperative intercostal angiography, if the lesion were above
T9, to determine the location and the size of the arten'a radieularis mag1la, o
r artery of Adamkie wicz (p. 1 4). Otani et al. (i 977)'" reported six surgical c
ases in which an anterior extrapleural approach was used, these com prising 1 .7
per cent of a total of 348 disc operations at all levels over a period of I I ye
ars. The authors suggest that the past notoriously unfavourable results of surge
ry may be due to the fact that the compressive lesion lies in front of the spina
l cord and is commonly in the midline. They suggest that removal of the posterio
r structures by laminectomy allows an abnormal increase in spinal motion. In a r
eport of the surgical decompression of develop mental stenosis of T9 vertebra, Go
voni ( 1 97 1 ) '" men tions that among 594 thoracic vertebrae, and 1 1 complete
spines in a department of anatomy, there was a moderate dorsoventral narrowing o
f the spinal canal in only four vertebrae, and in one the narrowing was severe.
Osteo phytic projections from the neural arch protruded into the spinal canal in
two vertebral bodies. A series of six patients with herniated thoracic discs, al
l of whom did well after disc removal by the anterolateral transthoracic approac
h, is described by Allbrand and Cor kill ( 1 979)." In four patients the affected
segment was T l l -T I 2, the others being TIO-T I I and T5-T6. All exhibited n
eurological abnormalities in lower limbs either clinically or on e.m.g. Three pa
tients with T l l -TI2 lesions had bladder dysfunction, as did the patient with
the T5-T6. Lumbar spille. The results of surgical treatment for low back pain de
pend upon diagnostic accuracy and the nature of the pathology. There are few con
trolled prospective studies comparing surgical treatment with conservative manag
ement, since the decision for surgical intervention is usually initiated by a pe
riod of failed conservative treatment, or by the need to deal with a significant
mechanical defect like spondylolisthesis. When a proven herniated disc is assoc
iated with nerve root compression, its surgical removal gives an initial suc cess
rate of over 90 per cent in the relief of sciatic pain, yet long-term follow-up
shows the need for reoperation in about 10 per cent of cases, and a recurrence
of symp toms, especially back pain, in 20 to 30 per cent. As an adjunct to disc r
emoval, the role of primary fusion remains uncertain ; there is conflicting evid
ence in the literature, although it is claimed by some authors that pri-
I N VASIVE PROCEDURES
529
mary fusion improves the long. term results by 1 0 per cent. Certainly, a higher
incidence of indifferent results is associated with poor patient selection, uns
ettled claims for compensation, and reoperation. The three main objectives of lu
mbar surgery'" are: ( I ) removal of space-occupying lesion, (2) stabilisation,
(3) decompression. As in other spinal regions, techniques vary between surgeons
and once operation is undertaken each surgeon, on the basis of his own experienc
e and the nature of the findings, usually includes some individual modification
or extension of textbook procedures. 1 1 95 For detailed descriptions of techniq
ue, with indica tions, the literature should be consulted. 'There is some confusi
on in the nomenclature used for the different operative procedures on the low ba
ck.' (Newman, 197 3.)'" Laminectomy describes the excision of a lamina, or two o
r morc laminae ; a,lso the excision of a neural arch on one side, between spinou
s process and pedicle, or the whole neural arch between pedicles, or multiple ne
ural arches. The term has no other meaning. Fenestraliofl indicates exploration
of the spinal canal and lateral recess through an inspection aperture, avoiding
severance of the neural arch and with minimum disturb ance of the facet;oint. Spon
d ylotomy (or rhachiotomy) indicates cu!!ing into soft tissue and/or bone of the
vertebral column ; it includes all surgical opening of the intervertebral canal
.
Procedures for lumbar spine926
Fenestration operation via imerlaminar exposure for lateral disc prolapse. Adequ
ate exposure by laminectomy of one or more ver tebrae, for excision of massive ce
ntral disc prolapse. Disc removal with or without stabilisation by fusion, in ch
ronic and severe disc degeneration, instability and arthrosis of facet-joints. S
tabilisation for instability, by transarticular screws and posterior laminar art
hrodesis, when neural arch and articular facets are intact. Stabilisation for in
stability, with decompression of lateral recess by lateral laminectomy or facete
ctomy, when the neural arch is defective. The transverse processes are fused by
bone slivers from the ilium. Stabilisation for group I (congenital) spondylolist
hesis, by fusion with autogenous bone slivers bilaterally in the paravertebral g
utters, from L4 to the sacral alae. Decom pression is added if there is significa
nt cauda equina involvement. Fusion for group I I (isthmic) spondylolisthesis, w
ith decompression added if true sciatica due to nerve entrapment is present. Tra
nsarticular screw fusion is not used, and the stabilisation is achieved by inter
transverse or anterior intercorporeal fusion.378 Decompression of theca and both
L5 roots, for group
I I I (degenerative) spondylolisthesis, most often at the L4LS segment. Partial
bilateral laminectomy, with partial bilateral vertical facetecromy, occasionally
with removal of the whole neural arch of L4. Stabilisation is necessary and may
be included during the procedure, with inter transverse autogenous bone graft, o
r fusion of vertebral bodies may be done at a second operation by extraperi tonea
l exposure. During a review of surgery for 2 1 patients with degenerative (group
I I I) spondylolisthesis, Reynolds and Wiltse ( 1 979)10)) found that those who
had had a midline decompression only, in which the articular processes and the
pars interarticularis were preserved but the lateral recesses enlarged, did bett
er than those in whom the articular processes were completely sacrificed to acco
m plish decompression. Patients with a midline decompression had 78 per cent good
or excellent results while those with articular pro cesses removed had only a 33
per cent good or excellent result. The difference was attributed to the instabi
lity con sequent upon removal of articular processes. Decompression by multiple l
aminectomy and facetec tomy for spinal stenosis ; stabilisation may be added if t
here is instability. Decompression of the first sacral root, in chronic lum bosac
ral disc degeneration, by partial laminectomy and partial vertical facetectomy,
and fusion of the segment by transarticular screws and posterior laminar graft.
Decompression of the lateral recess by laminectomy and facetectomy, for root pai
n in elderly patients with lumbar scoliosis and progressive stenosis on the conc
ave side. 118
The lateral or posterolateral prolapsed lumbar disc
Naylor ( 1 977)'" observes that disc disorders, in many cases, are 'contained wi
thin the annulus', i.e. a biochemi cal disturbance of the nucleus causes increase
d intradiscal pressure or minor incomplete rupture, resulting in defec tive funct
ion of the disc and the vertebral mobility segment. He suggests that, in these c
ases, surgical enu cleation of the disc has no place in the treatment of the asso
ciated back and bu((ock pain. There is no common agreemen t on the choice of sur
gi cal exposure, 199 and the nature of surgical problems is clearly stated in the
following paragraph :
The close anatomical relationship of the axial skeleton and lhe central and imme
diately peripheral nerve system brings its par ticular problems and this provides
the surgeon's dilemma. Mini mal exposure of the affected nerve root via the inte
rlaminar approach does not seriously affect the stability of the spine, but cert
ainly carries the risk of failure to find the effective cause, whereas wide expo
sure will usually, with patience, satisfactorily demonstrate the source of mecha
nical interference; but we are then confronted with significant joint instabilit
y. [Bell,
1974.)8 1
530
Preoperative assessment
A lumbar-disc-surgery predictive score card has been de veloped to assist accurat
e appraisal (Finneson, 1978)'58 in selecting the patients most likely to do well
, and those likely to fare indifferently. The predictive method refers only to t
hose patients with prolapsed lumbar discs, who have had no previous surgery_ The
score card is sum marised as follows :
Positive points Negative points Back pain principally Gross obesity
leg-raising and a pOSItiVe myelogram often responds dramatically to surgical rem
oval of the disc prolapse.9 1 2
The operation over, it is psychologically important to regard the procedure as a
relatively minor one. Walking in a few days and flexion and extension movement
of the spine after ten days are important for two reasons j to mobilise the nerv
e tissues and
[Q
build up the intrinsic intersegmental muscles. Flexion accoums
for the former, recovery by extension for the latter.
1 973.)'26
[ New man,
5 Incapacitating back pain and
sciatica
15 10
15 Sciatica more severe than
back pain
5 Silting and bending provoke
the pain-bedrcsl relieves it Entire leg numb. Simultaneous weakness of toe exten
sors and flexors. Extension of pain into areas not explained by an organic lesio
n
10
25 Neurological
ment
examination
Poor
psychological
back- 15 to
reveals single root iovolvc-
ground-unrealiStically high expectations, hostility environment-spouse-em ployer.
Much time off work for medical reasons
25 Myelogram 10 Positive
test
corroborates
Secondary gain-work-con- 20 nected accident-medico legal adversary factors--eligi
bility f or pension if symptoms persist
neurological findings straight-leg-raising
20 Crossed straight-leg-raising
test
10 Realistic
Positive total
self-appraisal
of
History of previous medicolegal problems
future capabilities
to
Negative total
The negative total is subtracted from the positive total 10 give the predic tive
number.
Predictive scoring :
Points Prospects good fair marginal
75 and over 65-75 55-65 below 55
POO'
Finneson and Cooper ( 1 979)'" determined the validity of the predictive score c
ard by reviewing the charts of 596 patients who had undergone lumbar disc surger
y between 1962 and 1974. Two hundred and eighty patients responded to the mailed
request form, and it was evident that the outcome of lumbar disc surgery seems
directly related to patient selection, at least during the first five postoperat
ive years. Because of the everchanging state of the lumbar spine, the outcome is
less critical after five years. Notwithstanding the personality of the patient,
intract able sciatic pain with spinal rigidity, reduced straight-
When frank disc trespass is myelographically evident, and is currently underlyin
g sciatic pain with neurological deficit, the results of conservative treatment
may not be quite as gratifying as those of surgical treatment, although an impor
tant variable may be the nature of conservative treatment. Over a period varying
from 4 to 8 years, with a mean observation period of 5.5 years, Weber ( 1 970)"
" compared the conservative and surgical treatment of lumbar disc protrusions, t
he presence of which had been verified by positive myelographic appearances in a
ll patients. Patients in both groups were between 20 and 50 years of age, had ra
diating pains in the leg and all had neurological signs of nerve root involvemen
t. The segments involved were equally distributed as to sides ; 1 0 were at L}-L
4, 93 were at L4-L5 and 87 were at L5-$ I . COllservative group. 108 patients, o
f whom 1 0 1 were assessed at follow-up. A good or fairly good result was obtain
ed in 70 per cent of this group. Surgical group. 95 patients, of whom 89 were as
sessed at follow-up. A good or fairly good result was obtained in 95 per cent of
this group. After consideration of the factors involved, it was con cluded that
the difference in results could mainly be ascribed to the treatment itself. In t
he surgical group, there were no variables which significantly affected the resu
lts. In the conservative group, however, there were three vari ables which appear
ed to influence the outcome : mental disturbance, a long period of incapacity pr
ior to hospital isation and a leptosome body type: Experienced manual workers wil
l be familiar with the introspective, light, thin patient whose responses are le
ss gratifying than in those who are somewhat bener covered. In 400 consecutive p
atients with low back pain, Froning and Frohman ( 1 968)'88 made 565 X-ray films
of the lumbar flexion/extension ranges : 92 of these patients underwent surgica
l procedures. Among 72 patients in this group, 52 had a laminectomy for partial
disc removal and 20 had fusion of the l umbosacral spine. The group of 72 was fo
llowed up postoperatively at 3, 6 and 1 2 months, and were re-examined by X-ray.
Diminished segmental movement after disc herniation and partial discectomy appe
ared to be related to a good operative outcome. The findings demonstrated restri
cted flexion and exten sion in most of the patients in whom disc-substance
INVASIVE PROCEDURES
531
removal was a success ; where virtually normal mobility simple lateral discogeni
c trespass has more than purely persisted the operative result was poor. Mobilit
y X-rays mechanical effects. Expressed otherwise, have the pro often demonstrated
increase flexion/extension ranges in cedures of chemonucleolysis (p. 523) and s
urgical disc segments adjacent to the stiff one, especially in arthro enucleation
more in common than is expected ? desed segments. Spencer and De Wald ( 1 979)
1 16 1 have described a tech nique of simultaneous anterior and posterior surgica
l Regarding the local sequelae of removal of the pro lapsed material and enucleat
ion of the disc, Brown approach to the thoracic and lumbar spine; the procedure
entails two teams of surgeon and assistant surgeon, and is ( 1 97 1 ) '" mention
s the growth of granulation tissue into the avascular disc as a beneficial proce
ss, with rapid clear applicable where combined anterior and posterior instab ility
needs reduction, internal stabilisation and circum ing of polysaccharide molecul
es and subsequent fibrosis ferential fusion. In some fixed deformities, circumfe
ren being a factor in relieving back pain ; he suggests that per tial osteotomy, c
orrection and fusion may be required, as foration of the cartilaginous end-plate
s allows granulation in ankylosing spondylitis, for example. tissue to enter and
rapidly produce fibrosis. It is interesting that laboratory discectomy, i.e. th
orough removal of nuclear material from fresh postmor Sciatica and back pain tem
discs by a technique resembling that of the clinical I t is well known that remo
val of prolapsed disc material procedure, still left almost half of the nucleus
remaining is more effective in relieving severe limb pain than it is (Markolf an
d Morris, 1974) '07 in relieving the backache, and following surgery some 60 The
se authors' research findings suggest that the to 70 per cent of patients will s
till have some back pain annulus is much more important for the compressive be at
times. 889b haviour of the disc than was believed. By repetitive load Another es
timate is that while seven or eight out of ten ing of fresh autopsy specimen dis
cs, and recording patients will have their sciatica completely relieved, back cha
nges by a bulge transducer, they observed : ache will also be relieved in about
two out of three.Ql2 1 . An apparent self-healing phenomenon in discs with Moone
y ( 1 977)870 observes that where chronic de experimental lesions through the ann
ular wall. They generative changes are responsible for both sciatica suggest tha
t the first loading cycle reflected a flow of the and backache, both backache an
d sciatica are relieved remaining nuclear material into the channel ; the return
by including the decompression procedure of hemi to normal compressive behaviour
after only a few loading facetectomy. cycles showed how rapidly a temporary rep
air could take Naylor ( 1 974)"" reviewed 204 cases of surgery for pro place, lon
g before in vivo repair could occur by scarring lapsed intervertebral disc by (i
n the majority) unilateral and the formation of fibrous tissue. exposure with ex
cision of one lamina and ligamentum fta 2. Following a laboratory discectomy, the
new re vum, with or without removal of the spinous process to sponse to repetiti
ve loading was very nearly that of the expose two roots. He observed that backac
he was the most intact specimen-this observation perhaps explains the frequent d
isability after operation ( 1 7 per cent), and is postoperative improvement of p
atients following lumbar related to the degree of degenerative change before and
disc surgery. after the operation. The surgical procedure of itself does 3. A s
imilarity of behaviour between that of the isolated not produce backache. annulu
s and the intact disc. Without the nucleus, the disc responded normally to compr
ession in load-deflection, load-relaxation and creep tests, demonstrating that t
he Types of root trespass viscoelastic behaviour of the disc as well as its stat
ic stiff In a minority of patients with clinical evidence of root in ness are dete
rmined by the annulus. 'In these tests, the volvement, further exploration for t
he cause may be annulus was the major structure determining the com necessary dur
ing the surgical procedure.775 Among 842 patients, there were 68 in whom surgica
l pressive characteristics of the disc . . . concluded that the exposure did not
reveal any disc herniation, until the nucleus plays a less important mechanical
role in deter operative field was further explored and five causes of mining com
pressive deformations.' root tension were revealed : The discs showed a wide var
iety of degenerative states, yet the degree of degeneration did not appear to in
fluence (i) Migration of a fragment of disc into the intervertebral the compress
ive characteristics observed. foramen. Since Naylor ( 1 977)' 1 0 remarks that i
n only 12 to 1 4 per (ii) Kinking of the nerve root by the pedicle above. cent o
f patients is injury a prime factor in the onset of disc prolapse, that injury i
s usually only a precipitating (iii) Compression of a nerve root between a super
ior articular process and the pedicle above. factor and that an underlying bioch
emical defect is the (iv) Diffuse annular bulge by loss of disc height, with bas
ic cause on which mechanical stresses are superim subluxation of posterior joints
, marked osteophytosis posed, it may possibly be that the surgical correction of
532
and ligamentum flavum bulging. In all of this group the lesion was at L4--L5. (v
) Extraforaminal lateral disc herniation. In 1 8 of the 68 patients, no abnormal
ity could be found.
Postoperative management
effective and economic. The surgical cure rate was 96 per cent, and one year aft
er surgery all non-compensation cases were working, as were 80 per cent of the c
ompensa tion cases. Unless the patient's work was heavy labour, they returned to
their usual activities within four to six weeks.
Fusion
The rate at which the patient is mobilised, the time before walking is permitted
and the relative vigour of rehabilita tion exercises, varies with the surgeon an
d the degree of surgical exposure. 72J
Microsurgical technique
There are several procedures : a. b. c. d. e. f. Posterior laminae fusion Screw-
fusion 104 Intenransverse fusion Interbody fusion Posterior H-graft fusion Facet
block fusion or posterolateral fusion. )26
For the 'virgin' herniated lumbar disc, a conservative disc ectomy by microsurgic
al technique has recently been de scribed (Williams, 1978) , 1 )22 There is no la
minectomy or disturbance of facet-joint structure, no disturbance of the epidura
l fat and no sacrifice of healthy disc material. The technique of blunt perforat
ion of the annulus, rather than scalpel incision, appears to minimise rehcrniari
on and the formation of adhesions. The small operative field is approached throu
gh a one inch midline incision. Perforation of the 'virgin' annulus is made gentl
y by blunt dissector, producing a small dilated opening which can be seen to clo
se in a sphincter like fashion after the decompression procedure. A portion of th
e herniated disc, which is compressing the nerve root, is removed by repeated sm
all evacuations with micro lumbar forceps. The perineural extradural fat is pre se
rved, thus minimising the risk of postoperative ad hesions. Operating time averag
es 37 minutes. Straight-leg-raising begins on the second postoperative day, and
on average the patient goes home on the third day. No car-riding or sitting is a
llowed for three weeks postoperatively. A series of 530 patients is reported, an
d on the basis recovery to being physically comfortable and economic of ally prod
uctive, satisfactory results were achieved in 9 1 per cent. The average time for
return to work i n non compensation cases was 5.2 weeks. It is interesting that
slow onset, recurrent sciatica occurred in the same root distribution in three p
atients who ceased the twice-daily straight-leg-raising exercise several years a
fter the initial operation. Re-exploration after negative myelography showed an
annulus well sealed by fibrous reaction, plentiful epidural fat but a nerve root
immobile to straight-leg-raising test ing in the theatre. Dense adhesions on the
ventral root surface were tethering the root, which became freely mobile after
their release ; these patients were asympto matic two years later and were contin
uing their rwice daily straight-leg-raising exercise. After a follow-up study of
147 patients over a two-and a-half year period, Goald ( 1 978)'" mentions that a
trans fusion was never necessary, and that the procedure is safe,
A common technique is transfacet screw fusion and posterior laminae fusion by bo
ne graft.9B 'Surgical procedures tend to produce cercain irrever sible effects on
the intervertebral joints. Spinal fusion, when successful, tends to produce per
manent stability in the treated joint . . . but limitation of movement may preci
pitate problems with neighbouring joints.' (Farfan, 1973.) '26 Aside from the te
chniques of spinal fusion and indica tions for particular modifications of techni
que, which are not the concern of this text, there appears much less dis agreemen
t about surgical fusion for frank lumbar instab ility than about fusion procedure
s as an accompaniment to excision of prolapsed disc material, when this is the s
ole reason for surgical intervention. 'Over 80 per cent of neurosurgeons and 60
per cent of onhopaedic surgeons consider fusion rarely or never in dicated . . .
spinal fusion in lumbar-disc surgery is one of the most disputed fields in ortho
paedics ; some urge routine fusion to improve functional results, others agree t
hat trials in alternate cases show that it is never required.' (Le Yay, 1967.)'"
After 10 years, Frymoyer el al. ( 1 978)'93 evaluated 79 per cent of 3 1 2 pati
ents who had undergone lumbar disc surgery, some with fusion and some without. F
unctional restrictions, back symptoms and nerve root problems were just as commo
n among the 1 4 3 patients on whom fusion was carried out, as they were among th
e 64 patients who did not have the fusion procedure with disc excision. Of those
whose spines were fused, 30 per cent were considered long-term failures ; of th
ose without fusion the figure was 37.7 per cent. Symptoms at the bone graft donor
site persisted in 37 per cent of the fusion patients. After reviewing other stu
dies, the authors conclude that there is slight but statistically insignificant
benefit in com bining fusion with disc excision. Freebody ( 1 964)'" described th
e procedure of trans peritoneal anterior interbody fusion, and later ( 1971 ) )79
INVASIVE PROCEDURES
533
reviewed the resuits of 252 operations over a 1 2-year period; 243 patients were
followed-up and are tabulated as follows : Degenerative disc lesions Retrospond
ylolislhesis Spondylolisthesis (mostly group I I ) 66 10 167 patients excellent
or good results in 60 patients excellent or good results in 10 patients excellen
t or good results in 1 52
Analysis revealed no close relationship between the clinically less good patient
s and radiological evidence of partial union or non-union. The presence of posto
perative symptoms may be related to something less than good bony fusion, but an
alysis of the 'satisfactory' and 'failure' patients revealed that other factors
are also important and may contribute to failure. A consecutive series of 83 pat
ients treated by anterior disc excision and interbody fusion was reported by Sta
uffer and Coventry ( 1972)"" with a good clinical result in only 36 per cent, an
d X-ray evidence of fusion at all levels grafted in only 56 per cent. They concl
uded that the reported differences in success rates with this tech nique were att
ributable chiefly to interpretation of clinical and X-ray factors by different a
uthors, and to the type of patient selected for the procedure. In this respect i
t is noteworthy that Rolander (p. 4 1 ) 10" has suggested that while a 'solid' f
usion corrects instability it does not completely immobilise a vertebral segment
. Further, bony union is not necessary for subjective relief of symptoms ; fibro
us union may be enough (Shaw and Taylor, 1956) - " " Weber ( 1 970)'''' has show
n, over a mean follow-up period of5.5 years after discectomy and spinal fusion f
rom L4 to S I , that with mobility at the fusion levels or visible fractures in
the bone graft a 'good' or 'fair' result may be achieved. X-ray films were taken
at full flexion and extension. Adkins ( 1 955) 7 suggested that estimations of
fusion by mobility X-rays may be unreliable in that no dis tinction can be made b
etween bony union and fibrous ankylosis. A stereophotogrammetric X-ray method I
i04 can be used to detect and measure all movement between segments which have n
ot fused with complete bony union, and among a small series of three patients wi
th a total of seven mobility segments operated on, only one segment had healed w
ith a solid bony union. Three of the segments operated on had retained their mob
ility, and t.he three remaining segments were comparatively rigid though still m
obile. The patient with the one solidly fused segment still had a painful stiff
back after 275 days ; the other two patients
without solid fusion were largely relieved of their pain, one at 285 days and th
e other after a year. Ir is suggested by Goldner er al. ( 1 97 1 )'" that assess
ment of bone union by X-ray may not be accurate until a postoperative year has e
lapsed. Kokan er al. ( 1 974)" mention that solid lumbar fusion is not the only r
equirement for relief of disabling low back pain, and t.hat successful pain reli
ef is more likely when degenerative changes are limited to one or two levels onl
y j there is freedom from neuroticism ; the history of back pain is short. Conti
nuous chronic or episodic pain following spinal fusion may be due to several fac
tors, e.g. a. Disc prolapse and root involvement at a segment below the fusion b
. Iatrogenic stenosis, by overgrowth of new tissue into the neural canal or tres
pass upon the foraminal contents c. Extensive fibrosis around nerve roots d. Dur
al cysts forming adjacent to or below the fusion site. Goldner el al. ( 1 97 1 )
'" refer ro these factors when advo cating, for certain cases, the technique of a
nterior disc excision and interbody fusion. They suggest that the fusion rate is
at least as good as that with other methods of operation, give the indications
for the anterior approach and recommend discography under local anaesthesia as a
useful diagnostic procedure. Farfan ( 1 973)'26 considers it primarily importan
t to regard facet fusion as an anti torsion device, and by the technique of denu
ding the facet-planes of articular cacti lage, and wedging the joints open with b
locks of cancellous bone, the length of the neural arch is maintained, the artic
ular processes are preserved and the neural arch is strengthened. Occasional cas
es of acquired spondylosis, following lumbar and lumbosacral fusion procedures,
are reviewed by Harris and Wiley ( 1 963),''' who suggest that the lesion may be
more common than brief references in the litera ture may indicate.
Spinal stenosis
. . . the elderly individual crippled by spondylotic caudal radicu lopathy can be
given a new lease of lif by adequate surgical e decompression, just
as
can younger individuals with lumbar
stenosis. As our knowledge expands and experience increases in these areas, it i
s hoped that diagnosis will become even more sophisticated and treatment even sa
fer and more effective. Recent developments leading
[0
application of techniques of axial spinal
tomography and microsurgery with high-speed drills suggest that this may indeed
be the case. 1 lOO
It has been suggested'" that the recent emphasis upon acquired abnormality, such
as space-occupying trespass by herniated disc and tumours, as a cause of spinal
stenosis
534